openSUSE Commits

Download

commit@lists.opensuse.org

February 2015

1 participants
1390 discussions

commit texlive-specs-i for openSUSE:Factory
by root＠hilbert.suse.de 24 Feb '15

24 Feb '15

Hello community, here is the log from the commit of package texlive-specs-i for openSUSE:Factory checked in at 2015-02-24 13:00:00 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ Comparing /work/SRC/openSUSE:Factory/texlive-specs-i (Old) and /work/SRC/openSUSE:Factory/.texlive-specs-i.new (New) ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ Package is "texlive-specs-i" Changes: -------- --- /work/SRC/openSUSE:Factory/texlive-specs-i/texlive-specs-i.changes 2014-06-18 07:50:56.000000000 +0200 +++ /work/SRC/openSUSE:Factory/.texlive-specs-i.new/texlive-specs-i.changes 2015-02-24 13:02:04.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,0 +2,14 @@ +Thu Feb 19 09:29:36 UTC 2015 - coolo(a)suse.com + +- rework generate to create the texlive-specs-$letter.spec directly + to build X sources +- this decouples the letter from being a prefix to be a slice of + all the texlive packages + +- as such patches move between packages, among them + bbold_bbold11.dif bbold_bbold11.dif context_fourier-map.dif context_fourier-map.dif + jadetex_ini.dif kpathsea_cnf.dif latexdiff_env.dif luaotfload_varfonts.dif latex2man_tmphandling.dif + musixtex_various.dif pgf_plain.dif musixtex_various.dif texconfig_scripts.dif + texdraw_info.dif tex4ht_env.dif texdoc_cnf.dif tetex_scripts.dif + +------------------------------------------------------------------- Old: ---- ibycus-babel.doc.tar.xz ibycus-babel.tar.xz ibygrk.doc.tar.xz ibygrk.tar.xz icsv.doc.tar.xz icsv.tar.xz idxlayout.doc.tar.xz idxlayout.tar.xz ieeepes.doc.tar.xz ieeepes.tar.xz ifetex.doc.tar.xz ifetex.tar.xz ifluatex.doc.tar.xz ifluatex.tar.xz ifmslide.doc.tar.xz ifmslide.tar.xz ifmtarg.doc.tar.xz ifmtarg.tar.xz ifnextok.doc.tar.xz ifnextok.tar.xz ifoddpage.doc.tar.xz ifoddpage.tar.xz ifplatform.doc.tar.xz ifplatform.tar.xz ifsym.doc.tar.xz ifsym.tar.xz iftex.doc.tar.xz iftex.tar.xz ifthenx.doc.tar.xz ifthenx.tar.xz ifxetex.doc.tar.xz ifxetex.tar.xz iitem.doc.tar.xz iitem.tar.xz ijmart.doc.tar.xz ijmart.tar.xz ijqc.doc.tar.xz ijqc.tar.xz imac.doc.tar.xz imac.tar.xz image-gallery.doc.tar.xz image-gallery.tar.xz imakeidx.doc.tar.xz imakeidx.tar.xz impatient-fr.doc.tar.xz impatient-fr.tar.xz impatient.doc.tar.xz impatient.tar.xz impnattypo.doc.tar.xz impnattypo.tar.xz import.doc.tar.xz import.tar.xz imsproc.doc.tar.xz imsproc.tar.xz imtekda.doc.tar.xz imtekda.tar.xz incgraph.doc.tar.xz incgraph.tar.xz inconsolata.doc.tar.xz inconsolata.tar.xz index.doc.tar.xz index.tar.xz initials.doc.tar.xz initials.tar.xz inlinebib.doc.tar.xz inlinebib.tar.xz inlinedef.doc.tar.xz inlinedef.tar.xz inputtrc.doc.tar.xz inputtrc.tar.xz insbox.doc.tar.xz insbox.tar.xz interactiveworkbook.doc.tar.xz interactiveworkbook.tar.xz interfaces.doc.tar.xz interfaces.tar.xz interpreter.doc.tar.xz interpreter.tar.xz interval.doc.tar.xz interval.tar.xz intro-scientific.doc.tar.xz intro-scientific.tar.xz inversepath.doc.tar.xz inversepath.tar.xz invoice.doc.tar.xz invoice.tar.xz ionumbers.doc.tar.xz ionumbers.tar.xz iopart-num.doc.tar.xz iopart-num.tar.xz ipaex-type1.doc.tar.xz ipaex-type1.tar.xz ipaex.doc.tar.xz ipaex.tar.xz iso.doc.tar.xz iso.tar.xz iso10303.doc.tar.xz iso10303.tar.xz isodate.doc.tar.xz isodate.tar.xz isodoc.doc.tar.xz isodoc.tar.xz isomath.doc.tar.xz isomath.tar.xz isonums.doc.tar.xz isonums.tar.xz isorot.doc.tar.xz isorot.tar.xz isotope.doc.tar.xz isotope.tar.xz issuulinks.doc.tar.xz issuulinks.tar.xz itnumpar.doc.tar.xz itnumpar.tar.xz iwhdp.doc.tar.xz iwhdp.tar.xz iwona.doc.tar.xz iwona.tar.xz texlive-specs-rpmlintrc texlive-specs.tar.xz New: ---- fbs.tar.xz fc.doc.tar.xz fc.tar.xz fcltxdoc.doc.tar.xz fcltxdoc.tar.xz fdsymbol.doc.tar.xz fdsymbol.tar.xz featpost.doc.tar.xz featpost.tar.xz fenixpar.doc.tar.xz fenixpar.tar.xz feyn.doc.tar.xz feyn.tar.xz feynmf.doc.tar.xz feynmf.tar.xz feynmp-auto.doc.tar.xz feynmp-auto.tar.xz fge.doc.tar.xz fge.tar.xz fifinddo-info.doc.tar.xz fifinddo-info.source.tar.xz fig4latex.doc.tar.xz fig4latex.tar.xz figbas.doc.tar.xz figbas.tar.xz figbib.doc.tar.xz figbib.tar.xz figflow.doc.tar.xz figflow.tar.xz figsize.doc.tar.xz figsize.tar.xz filecontents.doc.tar.xz filecontents.tar.xz filedate.doc.tar.xz filedate.tar.xz filehook.doc.tar.xz filehook.tar.xz fileinfo.doc.tar.xz fileinfo.tar.xz filemod.doc.tar.xz filemod.tar.xz finbib.tar.xz findhyph.doc.tar.xz findhyph.tar.xz fink.doc.tar.xz fink.tar.xz finstrut.doc.tar.xz finstrut.tar.xz first-latex-doc.doc.tar.xz fix2col.doc.tar.xz fix2col.tar.xz fixfoot.doc.tar.xz fixfoot.tar.xz fixlatvian.doc.tar.xz fixlatvian.tar.xz fixltxhyph.doc.tar.xz fixltxhyph.tar.xz fixme.doc.tar.xz fixme.tar.xz fixmetodonotes.doc.tar.xz fixmetodonotes.tar.xz fixpdfmag.tar.xz fjodor.doc.tar.xz fjodor.tar.xz flabels.doc.tar.xz flabels.tar.xz flacards.doc.tar.xz flacards.tar.xz flagderiv.doc.tar.xz flagderiv.tar.xz flashcards.doc.tar.xz flashcards.tar.xz flashmovie.doc.tar.xz flashmovie.tar.xz flipbook.doc.tar.xz flipbook.tar.xz flippdf.doc.tar.xz flippdf.tar.xz float.doc.tar.xz float.tar.xz floatrow.doc.tar.xz floatrow.tar.xz flowchart.doc.tar.xz flowchart.tar.xz flowfram.doc.tar.xz flowfram.tar.xz fltpoint.doc.tar.xz fltpoint.tar.xz fmp.doc.tar.xz fmp.tar.xz fmtcount.doc.tar.xz fmtcount.tar.xz fn2end.doc.tar.xz fn2end.tar.xz fnbreak.doc.tar.xz fnbreak.tar.xz fncychap.doc.tar.xz fncychap.tar.xz fncylab.doc.tar.xz fncylab.tar.xz fnpara.doc.tar.xz fnpara.tar.xz fnpct.doc.tar.xz fnpct.tar.xz fntproof.doc.tar.xz fntproof.tar.xz fnumprint.doc.tar.xz fnumprint.tar.xz foekfont.doc.tar.xz foekfont.tar.xz foilhtml.doc.tar.xz foilhtml.tar.xz fonetika.doc.tar.xz fonetika.tar.xz font-change.doc.tar.xz font-change.tar.xz fontawesome.doc.tar.xz fontawesome.tar.xz fontaxes.doc.tar.xz fontaxes.tar.xz fontbook.doc.tar.xz fontbook.tar.xz fontch.doc.tar.xz fontch.tar.xz fontinst.doc.tar.xz fontinst.tar.xz fontname.doc.tar.xz fontname.tar.xz fontools.doc.tar.xz fontools.tar.xz fonts-tlwg.doc.tar.xz fonts-tlwg.tar.xz fontspec.doc.tar.xz fontspec.tar.xz fonttable.doc.tar.xz fonttable.tar.xz fontware.doc.tar.xz fontwrap.doc.tar.xz fontwrap.tar.xz footbib.doc.tar.xz footbib.tar.xz footmisc.doc.tar.xz footmisc.tar.xz footnotebackref.doc.tar.xz footnotebackref.tar.xz footnoterange.doc.tar.xz footnoterange.tar.xz footnpag.doc.tar.xz footnpag.tar.xz forarray.doc.tar.xz forarray.tar.xz foreign.doc.tar.xz foreign.tar.xz forest.doc.tar.xz forest.tar.xz forloop.doc.tar.xz forloop.tar.xz formlett.doc.tar.xz formlett.tar.xz formular.doc.tar.xz formular.tar.xz fouridx.doc.tar.xz fouridx.tar.xz fourier.doc.tar.xz fourier.tar.xz fouriernc.doc.tar.xz fouriernc.tar.xz fp.doc.tar.xz fp.tar.xz fpl.doc.tar.xz fpl.tar.xz fragmaster.doc.tar.xz fragmaster.tar.xz fragments.doc.tar.xz fragments.tar.xz frame.doc.tar.xz frame.tar.xz framed.doc.tar.xz framed.tar.xz francais-bst.doc.tar.xz francais-bst.tar.xz frankenstein.doc.tar.xz frankenstein.tar.xz frcursive.doc.tar.xz frcursive.tar.xz frege.doc.tar.xz frege.tar.xz frenchle.doc.tar.xz frenchle.tar.xz frletter.doc.tar.xz frletter.tar.xz frontespizio.doc.tar.xz frontespizio.tar.xz ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ Other differences: ------------------ ++++++ texlive-specs-i.spec ++++++ ++++ 12147 lines (skipped) ++++ between /work/SRC/openSUSE:Factory/texlive-specs-i/texlive-specs-i.spec ++++ and /work/SRC/openSUSE:Factory/.texlive-specs-i.new/texlive-specs-i.spec ++++++ ieeepes.tar.xz -> fbs.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 2949 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ ibycus-babel.doc.tar.xz -> fc.doc.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 2553 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ ibycus-babel.doc.tar.xz -> fc.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 16618 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ ibygrk.doc.tar.xz -> fge.doc.tar.xz ++++++ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/fonts/fge/README new/doc/fonts/fge/README --- old/doc/fonts/fge/README 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/fonts/fge/README 2011-12-03 17:26:54.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +This is the fge font, a font of special symbols for setting Frege's +Grundgesetze der Arithmetik and the secondary literature. + +See the file fge-doc.pdf for information on how to access to these +symbols from LaTeX. + +The original font is written in Metafont and mftrace is used to +create PostScript Type 1 (pfb) files. + +This package contains several characters derived largely from +the Computer Modern fonts, (c) D.E. Knuth. The spritus lenis +accent is a simplified version of that in the Ibycus font +(c) Pierre A. MacKay. The remainder of this work is Copyright +(c) J.J. Green 2007, 2009, 2011 and subject to the LaTeX Project +Public License. + +Further information on the font can be found at + + http://soliton.vm.bytemark.co.uk/pub/jjg/en/code/fge.html + +J.J. Green 2011 Files old/doc/fonts/fge/fge-doc.pdf and new/doc/fonts/fge/fge-doc.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/fonts/ibygrk/COPYING new/doc/fonts/ibygrk/COPYING --- old/doc/fonts/ibygrk/COPYING 2008-02-05 20:05:39.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/fonts/ibygrk/COPYING 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,340 +0,0 @@ - GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE - Version 2, June 1991 - - Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA - Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies - of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. - - Preamble - - The licenses for most software are designed to take away your -freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public -License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free -software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This -General Public License applies to most of the Free Software -Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to -using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by -the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to -your programs, too. - - When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not -price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you -have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for -this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it -if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it -in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. - - To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid -anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. -These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you -distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. - - For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether -gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that -you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the -source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their -rights. - - We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and -(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, -distribute and/or modify the software. - - Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain -that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free -software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we -want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so -that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original -authors' reputations. - - Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software -patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free -program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the -program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any -patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. - - The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and -modification follow. - - GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE - TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION - - 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains -a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed -under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, -refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" -means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: -that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, -either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another -language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in -the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". - -Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not -covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of -running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program -is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the -Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). -Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. - - 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's -source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you -conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate -copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the -notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; -and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License -along with the Program. - -You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and -you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. - - 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion -of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and -distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 -above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: - - a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices - stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. - - b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in - whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any - part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third - parties under the terms of this License. - - c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively - when run, you must cause it, when started running for such - interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an - announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a - notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide - a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under - these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this - License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but - does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on - the Program is not required to print an announcement.) - -These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If -identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, -and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in -themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those -sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you -distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based -on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of -this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the -entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. - -Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest -your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to -exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or -collective works based on the Program. - -In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program -with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of -a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under -the scope of this License. - - 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, -under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of -Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: - - a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable - source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections - 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, - - b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three - years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your - cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete - machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be - distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium - customarily used for software interchange; or, - - c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer - to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is - allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you - received the program in object code or executable form with such - an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) - -The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for -making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source -code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any -associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to -control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a -special exception, the source code distributed need not include -anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary -form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the -operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component -itself accompanies the executable. - -If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering -access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent -access to copy the source code from the same place counts as -distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not -compelled to copy the source along with the object code. - - 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program -except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt -otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is -void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. -However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under -this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such -parties remain in full compliance. - - 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not -signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or -distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are -prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by -modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the -Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and -all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying -the Program or works based on it. - - 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the -Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the -original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to -these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further -restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. -You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to -this License. - - 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent -infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), -conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or -otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not -excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot -distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this -License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you -may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent -license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by -all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then -the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to -refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. - -If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under -any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to -apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other -circumstances. - -It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any -patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any -such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the -integrity of the free software distribution system, which is -implemented by public license practices. Many people have made -generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed -through that system in reliance on consistent application of that -system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing -to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot -impose that choice. - -This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to -be a consequence of the rest of this License. - - 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in -certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the -original copyright holder who places the Program under this License -may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding -those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among -countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates -the limitation as if written in the body of this License. - - 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions -of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will -be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to -address new problems or concerns. - -Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program -specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any -later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions -either of that version or of any later version published by the Free -Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of -this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software -Foundation. - - 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free -programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author -to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free -Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes -make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals -of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and -of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. - - NO WARRANTY - - 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY -FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN -OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES -PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED -OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF -MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS -TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE -PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, -REPAIR OR CORRECTION. - - 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING -WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR -REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, -INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING -OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED -TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY -YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER -PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE -POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. - - END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS - - How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs - - If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest -possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it -free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. - - To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest -to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively -convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least -the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. - - <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> - Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA - - -Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. - -If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this -when it starts in an interactive mode: - - Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author - Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. - This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it - under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. - -The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate -parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may -be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be -mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. - -You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your -school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if -necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: - - Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program - `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. - - <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 - Ty Coon, President of Vice - -This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into -proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may -consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the -library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General -Public License instead of this License. diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/fonts/ibygrk/NEWS new/doc/fonts/ibygrk/NEWS --- old/doc/fonts/ibygrk/NEWS 2008-02-05 20:05:39.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/fonts/ibygrk/NEWS 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,43 +0,0 @@ -============================================================ - Ibycus4 -- News -============================================================ - -2004-10-27, version 4.5 - - Changed directory structure to comply with TDS 1.1. - - The bold Ibycus font, too, is now available in Postscript - format. It was converted from Metafont to Type1 by Harald - Harders <h.harders(a)tu-bs.de>, and is available as - fibb84.pfb + fibb84.afm. A record for this font has been - added to the map file iby.map. - - Font file IbycusHTG-Regular.pfb renamed to fibr84.pfb, to - comply with Karl-Berry-scheme; map file changed - accordingly. The font should now work flawlessly with - Acrobat Reader 5; special thanks to Peter Heslin and Ralf - Stubner, who succeeded to find and fix a long-standing - bug. - - Fixed definition of the macro \greek, so as to work - also with default font encodings other than OT1. - - New text-generating command \textgreek as a counterpart to - the declaration \greek. - - Changed font definition file Uibycus.fd: - * only those fonts are used, that exist actually as Type1; - * fonts are declared as scalable; - * font definitions now work with VTeX, too. - - Regular Ibycus font is used as a 1:1 substitute for the - MF font now, without going via a virtual font. - Virtual fonts and related font metrics are gone. - - Proper identification messages (\ProvidesPackage) in all - LaTeX macro files - - Patched pssetiby.tex so that only Type1 fonts are used, - and that it works with VTeX. - --- finis diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/fonts/ibygrk/README new/doc/fonts/ibygrk/README --- old/doc/fonts/ibygrk/README 2008-02-05 20:05:39.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/fonts/ibygrk/README 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,83 +0,0 @@ -============================================================ - Ibycus4, version 4.5 as of 2004-10-27 -============================================================ - Pierre MacKay <mackay at cs.washington.edu> - Walter Schmidt <w-a-schmidt at gmx.net> - - -Overview --------- -Ibycus4 is a Greek typeface, based on Silvio Levy's -realization of a classic Didot cut of Greek type from around -1800. It is accompanied by a set of macro packages to use -it with Plain TeX or LaTeX 2e. - -See the file NEWS for a summary of the latest changes. - - -Installing ----------- -The below installation instructions assume a TDS-compliant -TeX system, in particular teTeX or MikTeX. The directory -name "texmf" refers to the root directory of a TDS directory -tree. In case your TeX systems has more than one directory -tree, its documentation should tell you where to install new -files. - -In case you have installed a previous release of the Ibycus4 -system, delete - -* the directory - texmf/fonts/vf/public/ibycus/ - -* the file - texmf/dvips/iby.map - -* and the files - texmf/fonts/tfm/public/ibycus4/fibo.pl - texmf/fonts/tfm/public/ibycus4/fibo.tfm - texmf/fonts/tfm/public/ibycus4/fibr.pl - texmf/fonts/tfm/public/ibycus4/fibr.tfm - texmf/fonts/type1/public/ibycushtg-regular.pfb (or .pfa) - -before installing the new release. - -To install Ibycus 4, v4.5, - - * Copy the everything from the directories doc, fonts and - tex of the distribution to the corresponding directories - texmf/doc, texmf/fonts and texmf/tex of your TeX system. - - * Update the file name data base of your TeX system (if - applicable), - - * Add the information from the font mapping file - texmf/fonts/map/dvips/ibycus4/iby.map to the configuration - of dvips, pdfTeX and related programs. - See the documentation of your TeX system for the details. - In particular, your TeX system may expect map files in a - different directory such as texmf/dvips/config; move - iby.map to that directory, if necessary. - Make sure that there is no further file named "iby.map" - from a previous Ibycus version around! - -Finally read the text file README, which should have been -installed in the directory texmf/doc/generic/ibycus4/ of the -TDS directory tree. It describes the usage of the Ibycus4 -system. - - -License -------- - - Copyright (c) 1992--2004 Pierre A. MacKay - -See the file COPYING (GNU General Public License) for -license conditions. As a special exception, permission is -granted to include the font programs fibr84.pfb and -fibb84.pfb in a Postscript or PDF document that contains -text to be displayed or printed using these fonts, -regardless of the conditions or license applying to the -document itself. - -== finis diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/fonts/ibygrk/README.ibycus4 new/doc/fonts/ibygrk/README.ibycus4 --- old/doc/fonts/ibygrk/README.ibycus4 2008-02-05 20:05:39.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/fonts/ibygrk/README.ibycus4 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,361 +0,0 @@ -====================================================================== - Ibycus4, version 4.5 as of 2004-10-27 -====================================================================== - Pierre A. MacKay - Department of Classics - University of Washington - mackay(a)cs.washington.edu - - Walter Schmidt - w-a-schmidt(a)gmx.net - - -Overview ---------- - -Like its predecessors, Ibycus4 is based on Silvio Levy's -realization of a classic Didot cut of Greek type from around 1800. -Ibycus4 is as close as possible to Ibycus3 in all possible -respects, but there are some improved set widths and pair-kernings -which might clobber old carefully adjusted text spacings -such as Alexandrian shaped poetry. - - -Plain TeX usage ---------------- - - \input ibycus4 % to use MF fonts, at fixed sizes -or - \input ibycusps % to use scalable Type1 fonts - -then - \setgreek10/12 (or other reasonable combination - of pointsize and leading) -then - Latin text \GK{}a)rxai=a gra'mmata\RM{} Latin again. - -NOTE that the ) is a smooth breathing, not a parenthesis. - - - -LaTeX2e usage ------------- - - \usepackage{ibycus4} % to use MF fonts, at fixed sizes -or - \usepackage{psibycus} % to use scalable Type1 fonts -then - Latin text {\greek{}a)rxai=a gra'mmata} Latin again. - -Note the outer braces to keep the font change local. -Alternatively, use the text-generating command \textgreek, -which was introduced with version 4.5: - - Latin text \textgreek{a)rxai=a gra'mmata} Latin again. - -Greek text will honor size-changing commands as well as -switching to the bold font series (\bfseries, \textbf}. - - - -LaTeX2e usage with Babel ------------------------- -Alternatively, the Ibycus fonts can be used in LaTeX via the -Babel system. Beside the Babel core, which is part of any -LaTeX system, this requires the macros of the "Ibycus-Babel" -iterface; see - - <CTAN:fonts/greek/package-babel/ibycus-babel/>. - -In contrast to the macros distributed with the fonts, this -newer approach supports proper hypehantion in Greek text -passages. - - - -The TeX macro files and the input conventions ---------------------------------------------- - -$TEXMF/tex/generic/ibycus4/ibycus4.tex - - The main package file for plain TeX - -$TEXMF/tex/generic/ibycus4/ibycusps.tex - - Ditto, using tne Type1 fonts - -$TEXMF/tex/generic/ibycus4/ibycus4.sty - - The main package file for LaTeX 2e - -$TEXMF/tex/generic/ibycus4/psibycus.sty - - Ditto, using the Type1 fonts - -$TEXMF/tex/generic/ibycus4/setiby4.tex - - Included by ibygrk.tex unless newnep format is running - -$TEXMF/tex/generic/ibycus4/pssetiby.tex - - ditto, using the Type1 fonts - -$TEXMF/tex/generic/ibycus4/tlgsqq.tex - - The name suggests the association with coding of the - Thesaurus Linguae Graecae. - - This file provides uniquely named macros for all combinations - of letter and accent, so that any invocation of the macro will - produce a sequence of characters corresponding with the - entries put into the TFM ligature table. These sequences may - always be used to generate accented characters. They are - based, with some slight modifications where David Packard's Ibycus - input coding seems too misleading, on the Ibycus adaptation of - TLG beta-code. - - For input coding, the parentheses, ) and ( are used for - breathings, ' (ASCII char '047--acute or single quote) and ` - (ASCII char '140--grave) are used for oxytone and barytone (to - avoid preemption of the usual TeX excape character) and = - (ASCII char '075) is used for perispomenon to avoid preemption - of the active tie character in plain.tex. + is used for - dieresis after u or i and for some other special characters. - | is used for iota subscript and ! (ASCII char '041--\bang) is - used to call out the "dot-under" convention for partially - preserved letters in manuscript or epigraphical texts. Order - is significant. Breathings or diereses come first, after the - affected letter, then accents, then iota subscript or \bang. - These codings represent the input coding convention, not the - mapping in the font itself. - - The digraphs, trigraphs etc. can be read from tlgsqq.tex - Postpositives fall into three order-dependent and - exclusive classes--only one from each class may be used - in any single accented cluster. - - 1 2 3 - nil nil nil - ( [asper] ' [oxytone] | [iota subscript] - ) [lenis] ` [barytone] ! [dot below letter] - + [other] = [perispomene] - - Some special digraphs are K+ Koppa, k+ koppa, C+ lunate Cigma, - c+ lunate cigma, s+ sampi (lowercase late form only) and s| which - forces a medial sigma. - << and >> give guillemets (not guillemots as Adobe - ornithologically supposes) and (( )) give single parentheses - though care must be taken that the first ( or ) is not - interpreted as a breathing. {((} and {))} are safe. - - %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - NOTE: THE FOLLOWING CODINGS ARE NOT COMPATIBLE WITH IBYCUS3 - %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - I have tried to keep incompatible codings to the minimum - but the ibycus3 versions of the following were extremely - undesirable. These are all simplifications of ibycus3 coding. - %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - The mark of elision is ' or {'} (the form in braces may be - needed to prevent ' from being read as an accent). - Single quotes may be provided by ` {`} and ' {'}, (isolate them - in braces if necessary). Double quotes are `` {``} and - '' {''} (isolate in braces if necessary). < and > are the - angle brackets used for conjectural supplements. - %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -ibycus4.map - - This is {\em exactly} the same file as is used by METAFONT. - It is so structured that it can be read by either - TeX or Metafont. The mapping is very close to that of GreekKeys, - which is distributed for the Macintosh by the American - Philological Association. Other mappings can be created - in the same manner. - -$TEXMF/tex/generic/ibycus4/Uibycus4.fd - - Font definition file for LaTeX2e. - -$TEXMF/tex/generic/ibycus4/Uibycus.fd - - Ditto, using only those fonts that exist in type1 format - -$TEXMF/tex/generic/ibycus4/iby4extr.tex - - Access to some editorial symbols for classical editions. - - - -Example documents -----------------.. - -$TEXMF/doc/generic/ibycus4/ibycus4.ltx (for LaTeX 2e) -$TEXMF/doc/generic/ibycus4/psibycus.ltx (for LaTeX 2e) -$TEXMF/doc/generic/ibycus4/iby4text.tex (for Plain TeX) -$TEXMF/doc/generic/ibycus4/psibycus.tex (for Plain TeX) - - The exquisite little poem by Ibycus of Rhegium, until recently - almost the only thing known by him. (The Ibycus system - developed by David Packard is only indirectly named after - the poet. The direct inspiration was Packard's cat.) - -Note that the LaTeX2e exampls use the "traditional" Ibycus -macros, rather than the newer Ibycus-Babel interface. - - - -The METAFONT files ------------------- - -The METAFONT part of the package consists of a set of files which use -the original characters of Silvio Levy's greek fonts and combine them -in ways which reflect the increased capabilities of TeX and METAFONT -developed since Levy did the original greek for TeX. The Levy source -files can be got from one of the CTAN archives and placed in -$TEXMF/fonts/source/public/levy - where they will automatically become -accessible if you are using a TeX Directory Structure [TDS] layout of -files. If you are not using a file searching system like Karl Berry's -"kpathsea", see $TEXMF/fonts/source/public/ibycus4/ibycus4.mf for -hints on making the Levy source available. For directions on the -use and management of Karl Berry's path searching, consult "The TeX -Live Guide, version 2" by Sebastian Rahtz and Michael Goosens, in -{\it TUGboat}. Volume 18 (1997). Pages 81-112, especially pp. 87--9. -Web2c TeX for Unix systems, Thomas Esser's teTeX, and the Solaris package -referenced at http://smc.vnet.net/solaris_2.5.html all use Karl -Berry's path searching. - -Ibycus4 METAFONT files are in $TEXMF/fonts/source/public/ibycus4 - -The most significant changes are: - - 1. The large repertory of initial/medial sigma + letter pairs - is suppressed from the new fonts, and the new enhanced TFM - ligature scheme is used instead to provide for the automatic - differentiation between medial and final sigma. - - 2. The cells thus opened up in the font mapping are used for - a variety of additional characters: - - a. A full repertory of vowels with breathings and - barytone accents (many of these were absent from the - original). The various forms of long epsilon and - omicron with perispomene accent needed for early Attic - and similar local scripts are provided. - - b. Lunate sigma, digamma, koppa and sampi are - provided (the last in its lowercase late form - only, since earlier forms are rather problematic - and are virtually unused even in epigraphical texts). - - c. A simple iota subscript in a 0.5em character space - is provided at position '174 for use in unusual - groupings. For all normal usages three additional - occurences of the glyph are kerned (in the traditional - sense) far to the left so that they will fit under - alpha, eta and omega respectively. These characters - are called out automatically through the TeX TFM - ligature system, for which see below. The glyph under - eta is shortened slightly to give better clearance - under the left stem of lowercase eta. The iota - subscript glyph retains its simple form in 300dpi - renditions, and in any bitmap which drops below - 500dpi, but it thins out and develops a slight - rightward hook at 600dpi and above. - - d. The mechanism of drastic left kerning is also used - to set dots under letters which cannot be read - completely from the manuscript or stone. These dota - are likewise called out automatically through the TFM - ligature system. A final ! {\bang} after any letter - or letter with postpositive accents (except those - with iota subscripts) will produce the dotted form. - - e. Angle brackets, half brackets, double quotes, braces, - a dagger and a doubledagger are now provided (see - iby4extr.tex). - - 3. All characters have been named. The constructs - ASCII"A" and oct"000" appear only at lower levels - of programming. - - 4. Character spacing has been adjusted through kerning tables, - particularly around lowercase iota (file ibylig4.mf). - There is better separation between breathings and accents - (this has required a redesign of almost all accents) and - clearance between accent and base letter has been increased. - The perispomene has been restored to its traditional form with - a thick center and tapered ends, and the breathings have been - given shorter, tapered tails. The deep ink trap between the - bulb and tail of the breathings has been eliminated. Accents - over epsilon have been raised and slightly shortened to give - better clearance. The accents with diaeresis have been shifted - up and laterally to clear the dot they lean toward. - - 5. Font mapping is specified independently of other - parameters, in a distinct and separate file (file ibycus4.map). - In some cases it may be more effective to remap the font - than to struggle with TeX remapping. - - 6. A programming error which produced the wrong displacement - value with free-standing accents has been corrected. Accents - before uppercase vowels are kerned (in the traditional sense) - out left to a negative left side bearing of about one unit - (1/18em) unit so that their escapement does not leave - excessive space after the preceding word or at the start of a - line. They have also been properly pair-kerned with the - uppercase vowels. - -A new naming convention uses "ibycus4" wherever possible, and -the shorter string "iby4" where that would lead to ambiguity. -some of the individual METAFONT character files are simply -taged with the number 4. 8+3 filename compatibility is preserved. -(under protest and with difficulty). - -The names of PK and TFM files follow Karl Berry's font name convention -( 84 is the encoding for Ibycus 4). - -Foundry Facename Weights Variants Encoding_Variants DesignSize - -f ib [r], b r, o 84 [10], 9, 8 - -fibr84 fibo84 fibb84 - - with METAFONT design-size additions -fibr848 fibo848 fibb848 -fibr849 fibo849 fibb849 - -Driver files for the Bold Oblique variant can be provided but their use -is discouraged. These Didot-derived characters do not stand up well -to either boldfacing or obliqueing, and the combination is quite -unfortunate. The typewriter style originally offered with these -designs is quietly forgotten, although the code for it is still -embedded in Silvio Levy's source. - - -Type1 font files ----------------- - -Type1 font files reside in $TEXMF/fonts/type1/public/ibycus4: - -fibr84.pfb (corresponds to the MF font fibr84) -fibb84.pfb (corresponds to the MF font fibb84) - -There are no Type1 renditions of the 8pt and 9pt fonts yet. - - -License -------- - - Copyright (c) 1992--2004 Pierre A. MacKay - -See the file COPYING (GNU General Public License) for -license conditions. As a special exception, permission is -granted to include the font programs fibr84.pfb and -fibb84.pfb in a Postscript or PDF document that contains -text to be displayed or printed using these fonts, -regardless of the conditions or license applying to the -document itself. - - -== finis diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/fonts/ibygrk/iby4text.tex new/doc/fonts/ibygrk/iby4text.tex --- old/doc/fonts/ibygrk/iby4text.tex 2008-02-05 20:05:39.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/fonts/ibygrk/iby4text.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,47 +0,0 @@ -% iby4text.tex-- P.A. MacKay -- July 16, 1997 -% Pierre A. MacKay, Dept. of Classics, University of Washington -% mackay(a)cs.washington.edu -% ------------------------ -% An example of ibycus4 using plain TeX -% -% Text from D. L. Page, {\it Greek Melic Poets}, (Oxford, 1962), p. 148 -% accepting the emendations of Mehlhorn and Hermann. -% -\hsize 4in -\input ibycus4 -\setgreek11/14 -\let\!=\dagger - -\GK - -\centerline{IBUKOU TOU RHGINOU} - -\bigskip - -\leavevmode\llap{)=}Hri me`n ai(' te Kudw'niai - -mhli'des a)rdo'menai r(oa=n - -e)k pota'mwn i('na Parqe'nwn - -kh=pos a)kh'ratos, ai(' t' oi)nanqi'des - -au)co'menai skie'roisin u(f' e('rnesin - -oi)nare'ois qale'qoisin; e)moi` d' e)'ros - -ou)demi'an kata'koitos w('ran. - -<a)ll' a('>q' u(po` steropa=s fle'gwn - -Qrhi+'kios Bore'as a)i's|- - -\quad swn para` Ku'pridos a)zale'ais mani'aisin e)remno`s a)qambh`s - -e)gkrate'ws pedo'qen \!fla'sen\! - -h(mete'ras fre'nas. - -\RM - -\end diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/fonts/ibygrk/ibycus3.RME new/doc/fonts/ibygrk/ibycus3.RME --- old/doc/fonts/ibygrk/ibycus3.RME 2008-02-05 20:05:39.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/fonts/ibygrk/ibycus3.RME 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,231 +0,0 @@ -[This is ./doc/fonts/ibycus3/tex/README - May 1992, revised Apr. 1994, revised for LaTeX2e Sep-Oct. 1995 - Final notes on Ibycus 3, May 30, 1966 ] - - ( THIS IS A TDS-CONFORMANT PACKAGE ) - -BE SURE THAT ibycus3.map HAS BEEN COPIED AS DESCRIBED BELOW - -A sample input file is provided in iby3text.tex or ibycus3.ltx - -PLAIN TeX USAGE: \input iby3text - - then: \setgreek10/12 (or other reasonable combination - of pointsize and leading) - - then: Latin text \GK{}a)rxai=a gra'mmata\RM{} Latin again. - - NOTE that the ) is a smooth breathing, not a parenthesis. - -LaTeX2e USAGE: \usepackage{ibycus3} - - then: Latin text {\greek{a)rxai=a gra'mmata}} Latin again. - (Note the double braces, there is a font change here.) - - change font size with the \fontsize macro, thus: - - \fontsize{14}{17pt}\selectfont - - -The TeX files in $TEXMF/tex/generic/ibycus3 together with the -METAFONT files in $TEXMF/fonts/source/public/ibycus3 -{\em especially ibycus3.map} are intended to provide a -reasonable degree of compatibility between David Packard Jr.'s -Ibycus/TLG system, and the TeX and METAFONT environment. These TeX -files may have to be moved to an appropriate branch directory of -$TEXMF/tex/ if you are not using Karl Berry's path-searching -or its equivalent. - -The package consists of a set of METAFONT files which use the original -characters of Silvio Levy's greek fonts (these can be got from -one of the CTAN archives and placed in $TEXMF/fonts/source/public/levy -if you are using a TeX Directory Structure [TDS] layout of files) -and combine them in ways which reflect the increased capabilities of TeX -and METAFONT developed since Levy did the original greek for TeX. -If you are not using a file searching system like Karl Berry's -"kpathsea", see $TEXMF/fonts/source/public/ibycus3/ibycus3.mf for -hints on making the levy source available - -Ibycus3 METAFONT files are in $TEXMF/fonts/source/public/ibycus3 - -The most significant changes are: - - 1. The large repertory of initial/medial sigma + letter pairs - is suppressed from the new fonts, and the new enhanced TFM - ligature scheme is used instead to provide for the automatic - differentiation between medial and final sigma. - - 2. The cells thus opened up in the font mapping are used for - a variety of additional characters: - - a. A full repertory of vowels with breathings and - barytone accents (absent from the original). - - b. Digamma, koppa and sampi (the last in lowercase - late form only, since earlier forms are rather - problematic and are virtually unused even in - epigraphical texts). - NOTE: there is still room for things like acrophonic - numerals, and perhaps the two markers used to - distinguish numeric from alphabetic use of the letters - ought to be provided. Another possibility is - special symbols for text-edition, such as double - brackets. (Editor supplements can be done - using the characters defined in iby3extr.tex). - - Iota subscript retains its simple form in 300dpi - renditions, and in any bitmap which drops below - 500dpi, but it thins out and develops a slight - rightward hook at 600dpi and above. - - 3. All characters have been named. The constructs - ASCII"A" and oct"000" appear only at lower levels - of programming. - - 4. Character spacing has been adjusted through kerning tables, - particularly around lowercase iota (file ibylig.mf). - There is more that could and should be done. - Maybe it will yet happen. - - 5. Font mapping is specified independently of other - parameters, in a distinct and separate file (file ibycus3.map). - In some cases it may be more effective to remap the font - than to struggle with TeX remapping. - - 6. Accents have been redesigned in several cases, usually - in an attempt to reduce crowding among the elements of - accent clusters. The accents with diaeresis have been shifted - to clear the dot they lean toward. A programming error which - produced the wrong displacement value with free-standing accents - has been corrected. Accents before uppercase vowels are - pair-kerned with the vowels. Angle brackets, half brackets, - double quotes, braces and a dagger are now provided (see - ibyextra.tex). - -The associated TeX files are: - - 1. $TEXMF/tex/generic/ibycus3/ibycus3.tex - - The driver file for this package (in plain tex). - - 1a. $TEXMF/tex/generic/ibycus3/ibycus3.sty - - The driver file for this package (in LaTeX2e). - - 2. $TEXMF/tex/generic/ibycus3/set3grk.tex - - Included by ibygrk.tex unless newnep format is running - - 3. $TEXMF/tex/generic/ibycus3/tlgsqq.tex - - The name suggests the association with coding of the - Thesaurus Linguae Graecae. - - This file provides uniquely named macros for all combinations - of letter and accent, so that any invocation of the macro will - produce a sequence of characters corresponding with the - entries put into the TFM ligature table. These sequences may - always be used to generate accented characters. They are - based, with some slight modifications where David Packard's Ibycus - input coding seems too misleading, on the Ibycus adaptation of - TLG beta-code. ) and ( are used for breathings, ' and ` are - used for oxytone and barytone (to avoid preemption of the - usual TeX excape character) and = is used for perispomenon - to avoid preemption of the active tie character in plain.tex. - | is used for iota subscript. Order is significant. - Breathings or diereses come first, after the affected letter, then - accents, then iota subscript. + is dieresis, which should - only appear after u or i. '' is the mark of elision - Single quotes may be provided by `` and '', but isolate them - in braces whereever the first of either pair risks being - interpreted as an accent. - - The digraphs, trigraphs etc can be read from tlgsqq.tex - - Additional digraphs are K+ Koppa, k+ koppa, C+ lunate Cigma, - c+ lunate cigma, s+ sampi (lowercase late form only) and s| which - forces a medial sigma at word end. - << and >> give guillemets (not guillemots as Adobe - ornithologically supposes) and (( )) give single parentheses - though care must be taken that the first ( or ) is not - interpreted as a breathing. {((} and {))} are safe. - - 4. ibycus3.map - - This is {\em exactly} the same file as is used by METAFONT. - Copy $TEXMF/fonts/source/public/ibycus3/ibycus3.map - to the same directory as ibycus3.tex - or, even better, link it with a symbolic link. - It is so structured that it can be read by either - TeX or Metafont. The mapping is very close to that of GreekKeys, - which is distributed for the Macintosh by the American - Philological Association. Other mappings can be created - in the same manner. - - 5. $TEXMF/tex/generic/ibycus3/Uibycus3.fd - - Supporting fd file for LaTeX2e. - - 6. $TEXMF/tex/generic/ibycus3/iby3extr.tex - - Some editorial symbols for classical editions. - - 7. $TEXMF/tex/generic/ibygrk/ibycus3.ltx - $TEXMF/tex/generic/ibygrk/iby3text.tex - The exquisite little poem by Ibycus of Rhegium, until recently - almost the only thing known by him. (The Ibycus system - developed by David Packard is only indirectly named after - the poet. The direct inspiration was Packard's cat.) - -NOTE: Earlier users of this package may be dismayed by the new naming -system for the fonts, but it seems the only way to provide for -desirable results. It is necessary to keep this Ibycus package -clearly distinct from the new package announced below. Symbolic -links are provided to ease the transition. Ibycus4 (see below) will -be as close as possible to Ibycus3 in all external respects, but -there are some improved set widths which might clobber old carefully -adjusted text spacings. - -The new naming convention uses "ibycus3" wherever possible, and -the shorter string "iby3" where that would lead to ambiguity. -some of the individual METAFONT character files are simply -taged with the number 3. 8+3 filename compatibility is preserved. -(with difficulty). - -The names of PK and TFM files follow Karl Berry's font name convention -( 84 is the encoding for Ibycus 4, for which see below). - -Foundry Facename Weights Variants Encoding_Variants DesignSize - -f ib [r], b r, o 83, 84 [10], 9, 8 - -fibr83 fibo83 fibb83 - - with METAFONT design-size additions -fibr838 fibo838 fibb838 -fibr839 fibo839 fibb839 - - - -Still in the future. - - Ibycus4 will have the major epigraphical characters and conventions, - dotted letters, epsilon and omicron with perispomene accent - for pre-403 Attic orthography, uprighted italic h for aspirate and - a special set of TFM files for "stoichedon" inscriptions. - Maybe even a prime that really works for numbers. - The input coding for Ibycus4 is hardly changed at all from - Ibycus3 coding: The apostrophe and single quotes can be - given as ` {`} and ' {'} instead of having to be doubled - and <> give conjectural emendation angle brackets without - requiring an excursion into math mode. ! {\bang} gives - a dotted letter for all except iota-subscripted vowels. - Slight improvements in set widths, which is the chief reason - for keeping Ibycus3 and Ibycus4 clearly separate. - - Also in the works, a type1 version. - -Pierre A. MacKay -Department of Classics -University of Washington -mackay(a)cs.washington.edu diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/fonts/ibygrk/ibycus4.ltx new/doc/fonts/ibygrk/ibycus4.ltx --- old/doc/fonts/ibygrk/ibycus4.ltx 2008-02-05 20:05:39.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/fonts/ibygrk/ibycus4.ltx 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,40 +0,0 @@ -% ibycus4.ltx-- P.A. MacKay -- July 13, 1997 -% Pierre A. MacKay, Dept. of Classics, University of Washington -% mackay(a)cs.washington.edu -% ------------------------ -% An example of ibycus4 using LaTeX2e -% -% Text from D. L. Page, {\it Greek Melic Poets}, (Oxford, 1962), p. 148 -% accepting the emendations of Mehlhorn and Hermann. -% -\documentclass[11pt]{article} -\usepackage{ibycus4} -\pagestyle{empty} - -\begin{document} -\begin{center} -\greek{\fontsize{20.74}{17pt}\selectfont -IBUKOU TOU RHGINOU} -\end{center} - -\vspace{.5in} - -\greek{ -\fontsize{14}{17pt}\selectfont -\begin{verse} -\leavevmode\llap{)=}Hri me`n ai(' te Kudw'niai\\ -mhli'des a)rdo'menai r(oa=n\\ -e)k pota'mwn i('na Parqe'nwn\\ -kh=pos a)kh'ratos, ai(' t' oi)nanqi'des\\ -au)co'menai skie'roisin u(f' e('rnesin\\ -oi)nare'ois qale'qoisin; e)moi` d' e)'ros\\ -ou)demi'an kata'koitos w('ran.\\ -<a)ll' a(' >q' u(po` steropa=s fle'gwn\\ -Qrhi+'kios Bore'as a)i's|-\\ -\quad swn para` Ku'pridos a)zale'ais mani'aisin e)remno`s a)qambh`s\\ -e)gkrate'ws pedo'qen \dagger fla'sen\dagger\\ -h(mete'ras fre'nas. -\end{verse}} -\end{document} - -\bye diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/fonts/ibygrk/psibycus.ltx new/doc/fonts/ibygrk/psibycus.ltx --- old/doc/fonts/ibygrk/psibycus.ltx 2008-02-05 20:05:39.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/fonts/ibygrk/psibycus.ltx 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,41 +0,0 @@ -% psibycus.ltx-- P.A. MacKay -- July 16, 1999 -% Pierre A. MacKay, Dept. of Classics, University of Washington -% mackay(a)cs.washington.edu -% ------------------------ -% An example of ibycus4 using LaTeX2e and calling on the type1 -% font IbycusHTG-Regular in place of fibr84 -% -% Text from D. L. Page, {\it Greek Melic Poets}, (Oxford, 1962), p. 148 -% accepting the emendations of Mehlhorn and Hermann. -% -\documentclass[11pt]{article} -\usepackage{psibycus} -\pagestyle{empty} - -\begin{document} -\begin{center} -\greek{\fontsize{20.74}{17pt}\selectfont -IBUKOU TOU RHGINOU} -\end{center} - -\vspace{.5in} - -\greek{ -\fontsize{14}{17pt}\selectfont -\begin{verse} -\leavevmode\llap{)=}Hri me`n ai(' te Kudw'niai\\ -mhli'des a)rdo'menai r(oa=n\\ -e)k pota'mwn i('na Parqe'nwn\\ -kh=pos a)kh'ratos, ai(' t' oi)nanqi'des\\ -au)co'menai skie'roisin u(f' e('rnesin\\ -oi)nare'ois qale'qoisin; e)moi` d' e)'ros\\ -ou)demi'an kata'koitos w('ran.\\ -<a)ll' a(' >q' u(po` steropa=s fle'gwn\\ -Qrhi+'kios Bore'as a)i's|-\\ -\quad swn para` Ku'pridos a)zale'ais mani'aisin e)remno`s a)qambh`s\\ -e)gkrate'ws pedo'qen \dagger fla'sen\dagger\\ -h(mete'ras fre'nas. -\end{verse}} -\end{document} - -\bye diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/fonts/ibygrk/psibycus.tex new/doc/fonts/ibygrk/psibycus.tex --- old/doc/fonts/ibygrk/psibycus.tex 2008-02-05 20:05:39.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/fonts/ibygrk/psibycus.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,48 +0,0 @@ -% psibycus.tex-- P.A. MacKay -- July 16, 1999 -% Pierre A. MacKay, Dept. of Classics, University of Washington -% mackay(a)cs.washington.edu -% ------------------------ -% An example of ibycus4 using plain TeX and invoking the type1 font -% IbycusHTG-Regular -% -% Text from D. L. Page, {\it Greek Melic Poets}, (Oxford, 1962), p. 148 -% accepting the emendations of Mehlhorn and Hermann. -% -\hsize 4in -\input ibycusps -\setgreek11/14 -\let\!=\dagger - -\GK - -\centerline{IBUKOU TOU RHGINOU} - -\bigskip - -\leavevmode\llap{)=}Hri me`n ai(' te Kudw'niai - -mhli'des a)rdo'menai r(oa=n - -e)k pota'mwn i('na Parqe'nwn - -kh=pos a)kh'ratos, ai(' t' oi)nanqi'des - -au)co'menai skie'roisin u(f' e('rnesin - -oi)nare'ois qale'qoisin; e)moi` d' e)'ros - -ou)demi'an kata'koitos w('ran. - -<a)ll' a('>q' u(po` steropa=s fle'gwn - -Qrhi+'kios Bore'as a)i's|- - -\quad swn para` Ku'pridos a)zale'ais mani'aisin e)remno`s a)qambh`s - -e)gkrate'ws pedo'qen \!fla'sen\! - -h(mete'ras fre'nas. - -\RM - -\end diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/fge.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/fge.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/fge.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/fge.doc.tlpobj 2011-12-04 04:35:05.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +name fge.doc +category Package +revision 24732 +shortdesc doc files of fge +relocated 1 +docfiles size=36 + RELOC/doc/fonts/fge/README + RELOC/doc/fonts/fge/fge-doc.pdf diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/ibygrk.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/ibygrk.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/ibygrk.doc.tlpobj 2010-06-10 18:29:42.000000000 +0200 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/ibygrk.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,15 +0,0 @@ -name ibygrk.doc -category Package -revision 15878 -shortdesc doc files of ibygrk -relocated 1 -docfiles size=18 - RELOC/doc/fonts/ibygrk/COPYING - RELOC/doc/fonts/ibygrk/NEWS - RELOC/doc/fonts/ibygrk/README - RELOC/doc/fonts/ibygrk/README.ibycus4 - RELOC/doc/fonts/ibygrk/iby4text.tex - RELOC/doc/fonts/ibygrk/ibycus3.RME - RELOC/doc/fonts/ibygrk/ibycus4.ltx - RELOC/doc/fonts/ibygrk/psibycus.ltx - RELOC/doc/fonts/ibygrk/psibycus.tex ++++++ ibygrk.doc.tar.xz -> fge.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 3501 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ initials.doc.tar.xz -> finbib.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 1868 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ inconsolata.doc.tar.xz -> fn2end.doc.tar.xz ++++++ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/fonts/inconsolata/ChangeLog new/doc/fonts/inconsolata/ChangeLog --- old/doc/fonts/inconsolata/ChangeLog 2010-09-14 02:05:01.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/fonts/inconsolata/ChangeLog 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -2010-09-06 Karl Berry <karl(a)gnu.org> - - * GNUmakefile (otftotfm_opt): need --no-type1 to avoid Inconsolata.pfb - being rebuilt from the otf by otftotfm; - need --no-warn-missing to avoid warnings since --no-virtual is in use. - - * fi4-ot1tt.enc (less, greater): use instead of angleleft, angleright. - From Jim Whitehead II, 6 Sep 2010 18:24:46. - diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/fonts/inconsolata/GNUmakefile new/doc/fonts/inconsolata/GNUmakefile --- old/doc/fonts/inconsolata/GNUmakefile 2010-09-14 02:05:01.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/fonts/inconsolata/GNUmakefile 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,118 +0,0 @@ -# Copyright 2009, 2010 Karl Berry. -# You may freely use, modify and/or distribute this file. - -default: test-textless.pdf test-spacing.pdf inconsolata.pdf -# fonttable.pdf # ly1-nfsstest.pdf # check-coverage # compare-ts1-fix - -# nice dump of what's in the font, showing glyph names. -fonttable.pdf: fonttable.ps - ps2pdf -dEmbedAllFonts -dPDFX=true $< $@ -fonttable.ps: Inconsolata.pfa - t1testpage Inconsolata.pfa -o $@ - -inconsolata.pdf: inconsolata.tex test.pdf - pdflatex '\nonstopmode\input $<' || { rm -f $@; exit 1; } - -# test document. We handcrafted the fd and map files. -test.pdf: test.tex \ - inconsolata.sty fi4.map \ - ec-inconsolata.tfm t1fi4.fd \ - ei1-inconsolata.tfm ei1fi4.fd \ - qx-inconsolata.tfm qxfi4.fd \ - rm-inconsolata.tfm ot1fi4.fd \ - texnansi-inconsolata.tfm ly1fi4.fd \ - ts1-inconsolata.tfm ts1fi4.fd \ -# - pdflatex '\nonstopmode\input $<' || { rm -f $@; exit 1; } - - -# test document checking stretch & shrink being zero. -test-spacing.pdf: test-spacing.tex ec-inconsolata.tfm - pdflatex '\nonstopmode\input $<' || { rm -f $@; exit 1; } - -# test document for \textless. -test-textless.pdf: test-textless.tex rm-inconsolata.tfm - pdflatex '\nonstopmode\input $<' || { rm -f $@; exit 1; } - -# make individual tfm's from our handcrafted encoding files using otftotfm. -# This being a typewriter font, there are no kerns or ligatures, so no -# -fkern -fliga. -otftotfm = otftotfm $(otftotfm_opt) -otftotfm_opt = --fixed-width --no-virtual --no-encoding \ ---no-warn-missing --no-type1 - -ec-inconsolata.tfm: Inconsolata.otf Inconsolata.pfb fi4-ec.enc - $(otftotfm) -e fi4-ec.enc $< `basename $@ .tfm`;ls -l Inconsolata.pfb - -ei1-inconsolata.tfm: Inconsolata.otf Inconsolata.pfb fi4-ei1.enc - $(otftotfm) -e fi4-ei1.enc $< `basename $@ .tfm`;ls -l Inconsolata.pfb - -rm-inconsolata.tfm: Inconsolata.otf Inconsolata.pfb fi4-ot1tt.enc - $(otftotfm) -e fi4-ot1tt.enc $< `basename $@ .tfm`;ls -l Inconsolata.pfb - -qx-inconsolata.tfm: Inconsolata.otf Inconsolata.pfb - $(otftotfm) -e fi4-qxtt.enc $< `basename $@ .tfm`;ls -l Inconsolata.pfb - -texnansi-inconsolata.tfm: Inconsolata.otf Inconsolata.pfb fi4-texnansi.enc - $(otftotfm) -e fi4-texnansi.enc $< `basename $@ .tfm`;ls -l Inconsolata.pfb - -ts1-inconsolata.tfm: Inconsolata.otf Inconsolata.pfb fi4-ts1.enc - $(otftotfm) -e fi4-ts1.enc $< `basename $@ .tfm`;ls -l Inconsolata.pfb - -# The original distribution only has pfa; we want to work with pfb. -Inconsolata.pfb: Inconsolata.pfa - t1binary $< >$@ - -# testing with the nfsstest document. -ly1-nfsstest.pdf: - printf "\nLY1\nfi4\n\n\n\n%s\n" '\bigtest\bye' | pdflatex nfsstest - -# create list of glyph names using otfinfo. -# the NameMe glyphs are empty, so leave them out. -names/inconsolata.nam: Inconsolata.otf - otfinfo -g $< | fgrep -v NameMe | sort >$@ || rm -f $@ - -# create list of glyph names via creation of an afm; but the afm -# has wrong [OU]dblacute entries with gs 8.64. Did not try to debug. -#names/inconsolata.nam: inconsolata.afm -# awk '$$1=="C" {print $$8}' $< | grep -v NameMe | sort >$@ || rm -f $@ -#inconsolata.afm: Inconsolata.pfa -# pf2afm $< -# mv Inconsolata.afm $@ - -# for a given encoding, extract its names. -# have to mkdir names before running this. -names/%.nam: %.enc GNUmakefile - cat $< \ - | sed -e 's/ *%.*$$//' -e 's/ *$$//' -e 's/^ *//' \ - | tr ' ' '\n' \ - | sed -e 's,^/,,' \ - | egrep -v '^$$|[][]' | sort -u >$@ - -.PRECIOUS: names/%.nam - -# step 1: compare names in canonical encoding to inconsolata names. -compare-%-orig: names/inconsolata.nam names/%.nam - comm -13 $^ - -# step 2: compare names in custom encoding to inconsolata names. -compare-%-fix: names/inconsolata.nam names/fi4-%.nam - comm -13 $^ - -# at the end, see which glyphs in the font we have not used. -# Exclude checking of Dcroat (=Eth) and uni02C9 (=macron). -check-coverage: names/inconsolata.nam names/all-concat.nam - -comm -23 $^ | egrep -v 'Dcroat|uni02C9' -all-concat.enc: $(wildcard fi4-*.enc) - sort -u $^ >$@ - -# distribution tarball for CTAN. -dist: inconsolata.zip -inconsolata.zip: Inconsolata.otf Inconsolata.pfb Inconsolata.sfd \ - ChangeLog GNUmakefile NEWS README \ - fonttable.pdf test.pdf test*.tex \ - inconsolata.sty *-inconsolata.tfm \ - fi4.map fi4*.enc *fi4.fd inconsolata.pdf inconsolata.tex - rm -f $@ - zip -q $@ $^ - @ls -l $@ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/fonts/inconsolata/NEWS new/doc/fonts/inconsolata/NEWS --- old/doc/fonts/inconsolata/NEWS 2010-09-14 02:05:01.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/fonts/inconsolata/NEWS 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,5 +0,0 @@ -Public domain. - -2010/09/06 need less/greater for ot1tt. -2009/11/28 make stretch and shrink zero, extraspace = wordspace, like cmtt. -2009/06/07 initial release. diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/fonts/inconsolata/README new/doc/fonts/inconsolata/README --- old/doc/fonts/inconsolata/README 2009-11-30 02:12:32.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/fonts/inconsolata/README 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,24 +0,0 @@ -Copyright 2009 Karl Berry. -You may freely use, modify and/or distribute this file. - -Inconsolata is a monospaced font designed by Raph Levien; -home page: http://levien.com/type/myfonts/inconsolata.html. -It is released by Raph in both OpenType and Type 1 formats. - -The (La)TeX support was created by Karl Berry (karl(a)freefriends.org); -CTAN location: http://mirror.ctan.org/fonts/inconsolata. - -The T1 (ec), TS1, OT1, QX, and LY1 (texnansi) encodings are mostly -supported, with some missing glyphs (especially in TS1). The fi4 -identification string used in some files (and macros) is the fontname -prefix and LaTeX family name. - -The documentation is in inconsolata.{tex,pdf}. The fonttable.pdf file -shows all the glyphs in the font; it was created with t1testpage. The -test.{tex,pdf} files show typical usage. - -Best to send bug reports and suggestions to Karl for triage, at least; -Raph was not involved with anything TeX-specific. - -The font is released under the SIL OFL; the LaTeX and other support -files under an all-permissive license or released to the public domain. Files old/doc/fonts/inconsolata/fonttable.pdf and new/doc/fonts/inconsolata/fonttable.pdf differ Files old/doc/fonts/inconsolata/inconsolata.pdf and new/doc/fonts/inconsolata/inconsolata.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/fonts/inconsolata/inconsolata.tex new/doc/fonts/inconsolata/inconsolata.tex --- old/doc/fonts/inconsolata/inconsolata.tex 2009-11-30 02:12:32.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/fonts/inconsolata/inconsolata.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,157 +0,0 @@ -% Public domain. -\documentclass[11pt]{article} - -\usepackage{graphicx} -\usepackage{pdfpages} -\usepackage{url} -\usepackage{microtype} - -% Don't require entries in the system map files (but do require pdftex). -\pdfmapfile{+fi4.map} -\usepackage{inconsolata} - -\title{Inconsolata: \TeX\ support\thanks{This documentation is released -to the public domain.}} - -\author{Karl Berry ({\tt karl(a)freefriends.org})} - -\begin{document} - -\maketitle - -Inconsolata is a monospaced (``typewriter'') font designed by Raph -Levien. (It is used for the typewriter material throughout this -document.) The location on CTAN for this packaging of the font with -\TeX\ support is \url{http://mirror.ctan.org/fonts/inconsolata}. - -Raph's own web page is -\url{http://levien.com/type/myfonts/inconsolata.html}. Raph discussed -Inconsolata's design principles and his working methods in an interview, -which is available online at \url{http://tug.org/interviews}. Its -development is ongoing. - -Please send questions and suggestions about the \TeX\ support to Karl -(address above), not Raph. Raph only distributes the OpenType and -Type~1 font files themselves. - -\section{Encodings} - -Inconsolata has good support for Latin, including commonly-used \TeX\ -encodings. Unfortunately there are a plethora of naming conventions -surrounding encodings. This package follows the Latin Modern -(\url{http://mirror.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/lm}) names for the TFM -files. - -This table shows the TFM name, corresponding \LaTeX\ encoding name, and -a description. - -\smallskip -\halign{\tt#\quad\hfil &\tt#\quad\hfil &#\hfil\cr -ec-inconsolata.tfm & T1 & Cork \cr -ei1-inconsolata.tfm & EI1 & experimental/extra glyphs \cr -qx-inconsolata.tfm & QX & Polish \cr -rm-inconsolata.tfm & OT1 & Computer Modern typewriter \cr -texnansi-inconsolata.tfm & LY1 & Windows ANSI \cr -ts1-inconsolata.tfm & TS1 & text symbols (incomplete) \cr -} - -To use one or another encoding, give the \LaTeX\ name to the -\texttt{fontenc} package as usual, as in: - -\begin{verbatim} -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage{inconsolata} -\end{verbatim} - -About the \texttt{EI1} encoding: Raph designed various glyphs which do -not appear in any of the usual \TeX\ encodings above; \texttt{EI1} -provides access to these. There are no named commands for them, just -use \verb|\char| and enjoy. For the glyph names, see the file -\url{fi4-ei1.enc}. - - -\section{\LaTeX\ usage} - -Here is a minimal \LaTeX\ document showing the use of Inconsolata: - -\begin{verbatim} -\documentclass{article} -\usepackage{inconsolata} -\begin{document} -\texttt{This is Inconsolata.} -\end{document} -\end{verbatim} - -Thus, loading \url{inconsolata.sty} redefines the \verb|\tt| font. -The optional \texttt{[nott]} argument prevents this redefinition. -The font can still be accessed via, for example, -\begin{verbatim} -\fontfamily{fi4}\selectfont -\end{verbatim} - -As seen here, the \LaTeX\ family name for Inconsolata is \texttt{fi4}. - -The other package option is \texttt{[scaled=R]}, which scales the font -according to $R$; the default is 1.0 for no scaling (this document -does not specify any scaling). Here's an example: - -\begin{verbatim} -\usepackage[scaled=.95]{inconsolata} -\end{verbatim} - -The \url{inconsolata.sty} package loads the \url{textcomp} and -\url{keyval} packages, if they are not already loaded. The former is -what makes \verb|\texteuro| and the like work, and the latter is how -\url{inconsolata} parses its options. - - -\section{Plain \TeX\ usage} - -The TFM names were given in the preceding table. So, for example: - -\begin{verbatim} -\font\tentt = rm-inconsolata % use inconsolata instead of cmtt -{\tt This is Inconsolata.} -\end{verbatim} - -As usual with plain \TeX, any other (re)definitions are strictly up to -you. This package makes no attempt to hook into any of the various font -packages for plain, such as plnfss -(\url{http://tug.ctan.org/pkg/plnfss}). - -\section{X usage} - -If you want to use Inconsolata in the X Window System, for example in -terminal windows, and your system does not provide a premade package for -it, it is straightforward to set up yourself: - -\begin{verbatim} -cp Inconsolata.otf /some/dir -mkfontscale /some/dir # create fonts.scale -mkfontdir /some/dir # create fonts.dir from fonts.scale -xset +fp /some/dir # tell the X server to use it -xlsfonts | grep inconsolata # see if it's there -\end{verbatim} - - -\section{Dotless \j\ and LY1} - -For reasons I don't want to go into here, the \verb|\j| command does not -work with the LY1 encoding. Perhaps it will be fixed one day. -Meanwhile, the glyph itself is available at the standard position in -LY1 of \texttt{0x11} in \texttt{texnansi-inconsolata.tfm}. - - -\section{Font tables} - -The rest of this document are the font tables for the various encodings, -generated by the file \url{test.tex} in this distribution. The type -size is somewhat large simply for ease of inspection of the characters. - -Happy typesetting. - -% too bad we can't say "all pages but the last". -\includepdf[pages=-6]{test.pdf} - -\end{document} - diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/fonts/inconsolata/test-spacing.tex new/doc/fonts/inconsolata/test-spacing.tex --- old/doc/fonts/inconsolata/test-spacing.tex 2010-09-14 02:05:01.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/fonts/inconsolata/test-spacing.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,58 +0,0 @@ -% From Enrico Gregorio, testing stretch and shrink of the font. -% Public domain. -\documentclass{article} -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage{inconsolata} -\parindent=0pt - -\begin{document} -\ttfamily -Inconsolata - -\settowidth{\dimen0}{123456789012345678901234567} - -\vbox{\hsize=\dimen0 -1234567890123456789012345\\ -This should be monospaced\\ -without spaces shrinking!\\ -1 3 5 7 9 1 3 5 7 9 1 3 5 28 -} - -In the following only 30 -characters should fit: - -\settowidth{\dimen0}{A} - -\leavevmode\hbox to30\dimen0{% -1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8} (they are 35) - -\hbox{% -123456789012345678901234567890} - -% -\bigskip \hrule \bigskip - -\fontfamily{cmtt}\selectfont -Computer Modern Typewriter - -\settowidth{\dimen0}{123456789012345678901234567} - -\vbox{\hsize=\dimen0 -1234567890123456789012345\\ -This should be monospaced\\ -without spaces shrinking!\\ -1 3 5 7 9 1 3 5 7 9 1 3 5 28 -} - -In the following only 30 -characters should fit: - -\settowidth{\dimen0}{A} - -\leavevmode\hbox to30\dimen0{% -1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8} (they are 35) - -\hbox{% -123456789012345678901234567890} - -\end{document} diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/fonts/inconsolata/test-textless.tex new/doc/fonts/inconsolata/test-textless.tex --- old/doc/fonts/inconsolata/test-textless.tex 2010-09-14 02:05:01.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/fonts/inconsolata/test-textless.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -\documentclass{article} -\usepackage{inconsolata} -\begin{document} -\texttt{This is a lessthan sign in Inconsolata: <} - -\texttt{This is a lessthan sign in Inconsolata: \textless{}} - -\begin{verbatim} -This is a verbatim lessthan sign: < -\end{verbatim} - -\end{document} Files old/doc/fonts/inconsolata/test.pdf and new/doc/fonts/inconsolata/test.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/fonts/inconsolata/test.tex new/doc/fonts/inconsolata/test.tex --- old/doc/fonts/inconsolata/test.tex 2009-06-06 01:45:52.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/fonts/inconsolata/test.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,45 +0,0 @@ -% Copyright 2009 Karl Berry. -% You may freely use, modify and/or distribute this file. - -\documentclass{article} - -% No need for excessive margins. -\usepackage{fullpage} - -% Try to output everything in a given TFM. -\usepackage{fonttable} - -% What we're testing. -\usepackage{inconsolata} % can use [scaled=1.1] - -% For testing, much easier not to have to put entries in the system map files. -\pdfmapfile{+fi4.map} - -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} - -\def\dofontenc#1#2{{\tt #1:} \fonttable{#2 at 15pt}\newpage} - -\begin{document} - -\thispagestyle{empty} -\pagestyle{empty} - -% tables of (mostly) supported encodings. -% To actually use them in a document, need to specify -% \usepackage[XYZ1]{fontenc} -% where XYZ1 is the LaTeX encoding name: T1, TS1, EI1, OT1, LY1, QX. -% -\dofontenc{ec/T1}{ec-inconsolata} -\dofontenc{EI1}{ei1-inconsolata} -\dofontenc{qx/QXtt}{qx-inconsolata} -\dofontenc{rm/OT1tt}{rm-inconsolata} -\dofontenc{texnansi/LY1}{texnansi-inconsolata} -\dofontenc{TS1}{ts1-inconsolata} - -\rm A bit of text in cmr: Hello \textparagraph \texteuro end.\par -\tt Switching to tt for Inconsolata: ``Hello'' \textparagraph -end. O0123456789. `H\'e\'al\`e\`ane' \& \`\i -\'\j see documentation about dotless j. - -\sf this is sf. -\end{document} diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/fonts/inconsolata/testmin.tex new/doc/fonts/inconsolata/testmin.tex --- old/doc/fonts/inconsolata/testmin.tex 2010-09-14 02:05:01.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/fonts/inconsolata/testmin.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -\documentclass{article} -\usepackage{inconsolata} % can use [scaled=1.1] -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\begin{document} -\thispagestyle{empty} -{\tt Inconsolata.} -\end{document} Files old/doc/latex/fn2end/fn2end.pdf and new/doc/latex/fn2end/fn2end.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/fn2end/fn2end.tex new/doc/latex/fn2end/fn2end.tex --- old/doc/latex/fn2end/fn2end.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/fn2end/fn2end.tex 2008-12-31 19:45:12.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\newcommand{\cs}[1]{\mbox{\tt\bs#1}}% for control sequences +\newcommand{\bs}{\char '134 } % A backslash character for \tt font +\newcommand{\file}[1]{\mbox{\tt #1}} + +\title{The {\tt fn2end.sty} style} +\author{KC Border} +\date{May 31, 1995} + +\begin{document} +\maketitle + +The \file{fn2end.sty} package converts footnotes into +end notes, where a lot of publishers want them. It +does so by redefining the action of the \cs{footnote} +command. Instead of putting footnotes at the bottom +of the page, the notes are written to a file with +extension \file{end}, whence they may be retrieved +when desired. To handle footnotes on the title page +flexibly, \cs{footnote} is not redefined until the +\cs{makeendnotes} command is issued. Place the +command \cs{theendnotes} where you want the notes +to appear: after the last footnote, usually right +before the bibliography. The \cs{theendotes} command +merely \cs{inputs} the \file{end} file, it does {\em +not} create a new section or a new page. If you do +create a notes section with the \cs{section} command, +you should follow it with an \cs{indent} command. +Otherwise, the first note will be the only note that +does not start with an indented paragraph. + +There are now user renewable commands. The length +\cs{noteskip} is the space between the note number +and the start of the note text. By default it is 1 +em. Change its value with the \cs{setlength} command. +You can use \cs{renewcommand} to change +\cs{notenumberformat}, which formats the note number. +By default it is defined as +\begin{verbatim} + \newcommand{\notenumberformat}[1]{$#1$} +\end{verbatim} +If you want the end note numbers to appear as +superscripts with periods, you could +\begin{verbatim} + \renewcommand{\notenumberformat}[1]{${}^{#1.}$} +\end{verbatim} + +Successive \cs{makeendnotes} commands overwrite the +notes file. This is a feature, not a bug. For +example: +\begin{verbatim} + \makeendnotes + + \chapter{One} + blah + \section*{Notes}\indent + \theendnotes + + \makeendnotes + + \chapter{Two} + blah + \section*{Notes}\indent + \theendnotes +\end{verbatim} +etc, can be used to put notes at the end of each +chapter. (This is perverse because it makes the +notes nearly impossible to find, but some publishers +like it.) + +Additionally, \cs{restorefootnotes} restores the +normal behavior of footnotes, so that if you really +wanted to, you could have a title page for each +chapter with acknowledgment footnotes on the bottom, +and thereafter have end notes for the rest of the +material in the chapter. + + +{\em Bug}: Since \verb#\# is catcoded to 12 for +verbatim copying, if your footnote's text contains +an unequal number of \verb#\{#'s and \verb#\}#'s, +for instance, if you have a \verb#\left\{# balanced +by a \verb#\right.#, then \TeX\ believes you have +unmatched braces and does not figure out where the +argument of the \cs{footnote} command ends. (Believe +it or not, this happened to me the first time I +tried to use the style.) +{\em Workaround}: Use \verb#\lbrace# and \verb#\rbrace# +in your footnotes instead of \verb#\{# and \verb#\}#. + +\end{document} diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/fn2end.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/fn2end.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/fn2end.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/fn2end.doc.tlpobj 2010-06-10 18:27:42.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +name fn2end.doc +category Package +revision 15878 +shortdesc doc files of fn2end +relocated 1 +docfiles size=8 + RELOC/doc/latex/fn2end/fn2end.pdf + RELOC/doc/latex/fn2end/fn2end.tex diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/inconsolata.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/inconsolata.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/inconsolata.doc.tlpobj 2010-09-14 04:04:41.000000000 +0200 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/inconsolata.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,18 +0,0 @@ -name inconsolata.doc -category Package -revision 19721 -shortdesc doc files of inconsolata -relocated 1 -docfiles size=116 - RELOC/doc/fonts/inconsolata/ChangeLog - RELOC/doc/fonts/inconsolata/GNUmakefile - RELOC/doc/fonts/inconsolata/NEWS - RELOC/doc/fonts/inconsolata/README - RELOC/doc/fonts/inconsolata/fonttable.pdf - RELOC/doc/fonts/inconsolata/inconsolata.pdf - RELOC/doc/fonts/inconsolata/inconsolata.tex - RELOC/doc/fonts/inconsolata/test-spacing.tex - RELOC/doc/fonts/inconsolata/test-textless.tex - RELOC/doc/fonts/inconsolata/test.pdf - RELOC/doc/fonts/inconsolata/test.tex - RELOC/doc/fonts/inconsolata/testmin.tex ++++++ inconsolata.doc.tar.xz -> fn2end.tar.xz ++++++ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/fonts/inconsolata/ChangeLog new/doc/fonts/inconsolata/ChangeLog --- old/doc/fonts/inconsolata/ChangeLog 2010-09-14 02:05:01.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/fonts/inconsolata/ChangeLog 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -2010-09-06 Karl Berry <karl(a)gnu.org> - - * GNUmakefile (otftotfm_opt): need --no-type1 to avoid Inconsolata.pfb - being rebuilt from the otf by otftotfm; - need --no-warn-missing to avoid warnings since --no-virtual is in use. - - * fi4-ot1tt.enc (less, greater): use instead of angleleft, angleright. - From Jim Whitehead II, 6 Sep 2010 18:24:46. - diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/fonts/inconsolata/GNUmakefile new/doc/fonts/inconsolata/GNUmakefile --- old/doc/fonts/inconsolata/GNUmakefile 2010-09-14 02:05:01.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/fonts/inconsolata/GNUmakefile 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,118 +0,0 @@ -# Copyright 2009, 2010 Karl Berry. -# You may freely use, modify and/or distribute this file. - -default: test-textless.pdf test-spacing.pdf inconsolata.pdf -# fonttable.pdf # ly1-nfsstest.pdf # check-coverage # compare-ts1-fix - -# nice dump of what's in the font, showing glyph names. -fonttable.pdf: fonttable.ps - ps2pdf -dEmbedAllFonts -dPDFX=true $< $@ -fonttable.ps: Inconsolata.pfa - t1testpage Inconsolata.pfa -o $@ - -inconsolata.pdf: inconsolata.tex test.pdf - pdflatex '\nonstopmode\input $<' || { rm -f $@; exit 1; } - -# test document. We handcrafted the fd and map files. -test.pdf: test.tex \ - inconsolata.sty fi4.map \ - ec-inconsolata.tfm t1fi4.fd \ - ei1-inconsolata.tfm ei1fi4.fd \ - qx-inconsolata.tfm qxfi4.fd \ - rm-inconsolata.tfm ot1fi4.fd \ - texnansi-inconsolata.tfm ly1fi4.fd \ - ts1-inconsolata.tfm ts1fi4.fd \ -# - pdflatex '\nonstopmode\input $<' || { rm -f $@; exit 1; } - - -# test document checking stretch & shrink being zero. -test-spacing.pdf: test-spacing.tex ec-inconsolata.tfm - pdflatex '\nonstopmode\input $<' || { rm -f $@; exit 1; } - -# test document for \textless. -test-textless.pdf: test-textless.tex rm-inconsolata.tfm - pdflatex '\nonstopmode\input $<' || { rm -f $@; exit 1; } - -# make individual tfm's from our handcrafted encoding files using otftotfm. -# This being a typewriter font, there are no kerns or ligatures, so no -# -fkern -fliga. -otftotfm = otftotfm $(otftotfm_opt) -otftotfm_opt = --fixed-width --no-virtual --no-encoding \ ---no-warn-missing --no-type1 - -ec-inconsolata.tfm: Inconsolata.otf Inconsolata.pfb fi4-ec.enc - $(otftotfm) -e fi4-ec.enc $< `basename $@ .tfm`;ls -l Inconsolata.pfb - -ei1-inconsolata.tfm: Inconsolata.otf Inconsolata.pfb fi4-ei1.enc - $(otftotfm) -e fi4-ei1.enc $< `basename $@ .tfm`;ls -l Inconsolata.pfb - -rm-inconsolata.tfm: Inconsolata.otf Inconsolata.pfb fi4-ot1tt.enc - $(otftotfm) -e fi4-ot1tt.enc $< `basename $@ .tfm`;ls -l Inconsolata.pfb - -qx-inconsolata.tfm: Inconsolata.otf Inconsolata.pfb - $(otftotfm) -e fi4-qxtt.enc $< `basename $@ .tfm`;ls -l Inconsolata.pfb - -texnansi-inconsolata.tfm: Inconsolata.otf Inconsolata.pfb fi4-texnansi.enc - $(otftotfm) -e fi4-texnansi.enc $< `basename $@ .tfm`;ls -l Inconsolata.pfb - -ts1-inconsolata.tfm: Inconsolata.otf Inconsolata.pfb fi4-ts1.enc - $(otftotfm) -e fi4-ts1.enc $< `basename $@ .tfm`;ls -l Inconsolata.pfb - -# The original distribution only has pfa; we want to work with pfb. -Inconsolata.pfb: Inconsolata.pfa - t1binary $< >$@ - -# testing with the nfsstest document. -ly1-nfsstest.pdf: - printf "\nLY1\nfi4\n\n\n\n%s\n" '\bigtest\bye' | pdflatex nfsstest - -# create list of glyph names using otfinfo. -# the NameMe glyphs are empty, so leave them out. -names/inconsolata.nam: Inconsolata.otf - otfinfo -g $< | fgrep -v NameMe | sort >$@ || rm -f $@ - -# create list of glyph names via creation of an afm; but the afm -# has wrong [OU]dblacute entries with gs 8.64. Did not try to debug. -#names/inconsolata.nam: inconsolata.afm -# awk '$$1=="C" {print $$8}' $< | grep -v NameMe | sort >$@ || rm -f $@ -#inconsolata.afm: Inconsolata.pfa -# pf2afm $< -# mv Inconsolata.afm $@ - -# for a given encoding, extract its names. -# have to mkdir names before running this. -names/%.nam: %.enc GNUmakefile - cat $< \ - | sed -e 's/ *%.*$$//' -e 's/ *$$//' -e 's/^ *//' \ - | tr ' ' '\n' \ - | sed -e 's,^/,,' \ - | egrep -v '^$$|[][]' | sort -u >$@ - -.PRECIOUS: names/%.nam - -# step 1: compare names in canonical encoding to inconsolata names. -compare-%-orig: names/inconsolata.nam names/%.nam - comm -13 $^ - -# step 2: compare names in custom encoding to inconsolata names. -compare-%-fix: names/inconsolata.nam names/fi4-%.nam - comm -13 $^ - -# at the end, see which glyphs in the font we have not used. -# Exclude checking of Dcroat (=Eth) and uni02C9 (=macron). -check-coverage: names/inconsolata.nam names/all-concat.nam - -comm -23 $^ | egrep -v 'Dcroat|uni02C9' -all-concat.enc: $(wildcard fi4-*.enc) - sort -u $^ >$@ - -# distribution tarball for CTAN. -dist: inconsolata.zip -inconsolata.zip: Inconsolata.otf Inconsolata.pfb Inconsolata.sfd \ - ChangeLog GNUmakefile NEWS README \ - fonttable.pdf test.pdf test*.tex \ - inconsolata.sty *-inconsolata.tfm \ - fi4.map fi4*.enc *fi4.fd inconsolata.pdf inconsolata.tex - rm -f $@ - zip -q $@ $^ - @ls -l $@ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/fonts/inconsolata/NEWS new/doc/fonts/inconsolata/NEWS --- old/doc/fonts/inconsolata/NEWS 2010-09-14 02:05:01.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/fonts/inconsolata/NEWS 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,5 +0,0 @@ -Public domain. - -2010/09/06 need less/greater for ot1tt. -2009/11/28 make stretch and shrink zero, extraspace = wordspace, like cmtt. -2009/06/07 initial release. diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/fonts/inconsolata/README new/doc/fonts/inconsolata/README --- old/doc/fonts/inconsolata/README 2009-11-30 02:12:32.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/fonts/inconsolata/README 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,24 +0,0 @@ -Copyright 2009 Karl Berry. -You may freely use, modify and/or distribute this file. - -Inconsolata is a monospaced font designed by Raph Levien; -home page: http://levien.com/type/myfonts/inconsolata.html. -It is released by Raph in both OpenType and Type 1 formats. - -The (La)TeX support was created by Karl Berry (karl(a)freefriends.org); -CTAN location: http://mirror.ctan.org/fonts/inconsolata. - -The T1 (ec), TS1, OT1, QX, and LY1 (texnansi) encodings are mostly -supported, with some missing glyphs (especially in TS1). The fi4 -identification string used in some files (and macros) is the fontname -prefix and LaTeX family name. - -The documentation is in inconsolata.{tex,pdf}. The fonttable.pdf file -shows all the glyphs in the font; it was created with t1testpage. The -test.{tex,pdf} files show typical usage. - -Best to send bug reports and suggestions to Karl for triage, at least; -Raph was not involved with anything TeX-specific. - -The font is released under the SIL OFL; the LaTeX and other support -files under an all-permissive license or released to the public domain. Files old/doc/fonts/inconsolata/fonttable.pdf and new/doc/fonts/inconsolata/fonttable.pdf differ Files old/doc/fonts/inconsolata/inconsolata.pdf and new/doc/fonts/inconsolata/inconsolata.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/fonts/inconsolata/inconsolata.tex new/doc/fonts/inconsolata/inconsolata.tex --- old/doc/fonts/inconsolata/inconsolata.tex 2009-11-30 02:12:32.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/fonts/inconsolata/inconsolata.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,157 +0,0 @@ -% Public domain. -\documentclass[11pt]{article} - -\usepackage{graphicx} -\usepackage{pdfpages} -\usepackage{url} -\usepackage{microtype} - -% Don't require entries in the system map files (but do require pdftex). -\pdfmapfile{+fi4.map} -\usepackage{inconsolata} - -\title{Inconsolata: \TeX\ support\thanks{This documentation is released -to the public domain.}} - -\author{Karl Berry ({\tt karl(a)freefriends.org})} - -\begin{document} - -\maketitle - -Inconsolata is a monospaced (``typewriter'') font designed by Raph -Levien. (It is used for the typewriter material throughout this -document.) The location on CTAN for this packaging of the font with -\TeX\ support is \url{http://mirror.ctan.org/fonts/inconsolata}. - -Raph's own web page is -\url{http://levien.com/type/myfonts/inconsolata.html}. Raph discussed -Inconsolata's design principles and his working methods in an interview, -which is available online at \url{http://tug.org/interviews}. Its -development is ongoing. - -Please send questions and suggestions about the \TeX\ support to Karl -(address above), not Raph. Raph only distributes the OpenType and -Type~1 font files themselves. - -\section{Encodings} - -Inconsolata has good support for Latin, including commonly-used \TeX\ -encodings. Unfortunately there are a plethora of naming conventions -surrounding encodings. This package follows the Latin Modern -(\url{http://mirror.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/lm}) names for the TFM -files. - -This table shows the TFM name, corresponding \LaTeX\ encoding name, and -a description. - -\smallskip -\halign{\tt#\quad\hfil &\tt#\quad\hfil &#\hfil\cr -ec-inconsolata.tfm & T1 & Cork \cr -ei1-inconsolata.tfm & EI1 & experimental/extra glyphs \cr -qx-inconsolata.tfm & QX & Polish \cr -rm-inconsolata.tfm & OT1 & Computer Modern typewriter \cr -texnansi-inconsolata.tfm & LY1 & Windows ANSI \cr -ts1-inconsolata.tfm & TS1 & text symbols (incomplete) \cr -} - -To use one or another encoding, give the \LaTeX\ name to the -\texttt{fontenc} package as usual, as in: - -\begin{verbatim} -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage{inconsolata} -\end{verbatim} - -About the \texttt{EI1} encoding: Raph designed various glyphs which do -not appear in any of the usual \TeX\ encodings above; \texttt{EI1} -provides access to these. There are no named commands for them, just -use \verb|\char| and enjoy. For the glyph names, see the file -\url{fi4-ei1.enc}. - - -\section{\LaTeX\ usage} - -Here is a minimal \LaTeX\ document showing the use of Inconsolata: - -\begin{verbatim} -\documentclass{article} -\usepackage{inconsolata} -\begin{document} -\texttt{This is Inconsolata.} -\end{document} -\end{verbatim} - -Thus, loading \url{inconsolata.sty} redefines the \verb|\tt| font. -The optional \texttt{[nott]} argument prevents this redefinition. -The font can still be accessed via, for example, -\begin{verbatim} -\fontfamily{fi4}\selectfont -\end{verbatim} - -As seen here, the \LaTeX\ family name for Inconsolata is \texttt{fi4}. - -The other package option is \texttt{[scaled=R]}, which scales the font -according to $R$; the default is 1.0 for no scaling (this document -does not specify any scaling). Here's an example: - -\begin{verbatim} -\usepackage[scaled=.95]{inconsolata} -\end{verbatim} - -The \url{inconsolata.sty} package loads the \url{textcomp} and -\url{keyval} packages, if they are not already loaded. The former is -what makes \verb|\texteuro| and the like work, and the latter is how -\url{inconsolata} parses its options. - - -\section{Plain \TeX\ usage} - -The TFM names were given in the preceding table. So, for example: - -\begin{verbatim} -\font\tentt = rm-inconsolata % use inconsolata instead of cmtt -{\tt This is Inconsolata.} -\end{verbatim} - -As usual with plain \TeX, any other (re)definitions are strictly up to -you. This package makes no attempt to hook into any of the various font -packages for plain, such as plnfss -(\url{http://tug.ctan.org/pkg/plnfss}). - -\section{X usage} - -If you want to use Inconsolata in the X Window System, for example in -terminal windows, and your system does not provide a premade package for -it, it is straightforward to set up yourself: - -\begin{verbatim} -cp Inconsolata.otf /some/dir -mkfontscale /some/dir # create fonts.scale -mkfontdir /some/dir # create fonts.dir from fonts.scale -xset +fp /some/dir # tell the X server to use it -xlsfonts | grep inconsolata # see if it's there -\end{verbatim} - - -\section{Dotless \j\ and LY1} - -For reasons I don't want to go into here, the \verb|\j| command does not -work with the LY1 encoding. Perhaps it will be fixed one day. -Meanwhile, the glyph itself is available at the standard position in -LY1 of \texttt{0x11} in \texttt{texnansi-inconsolata.tfm}. - - -\section{Font tables} - -The rest of this document are the font tables for the various encodings, -generated by the file \url{test.tex} in this distribution. The type -size is somewhat large simply for ease of inspection of the characters. - -Happy typesetting. - -% too bad we can't say "all pages but the last". -\includepdf[pages=-6]{test.pdf} - -\end{document} - diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/fonts/inconsolata/test-spacing.tex new/doc/fonts/inconsolata/test-spacing.tex --- old/doc/fonts/inconsolata/test-spacing.tex 2010-09-14 02:05:01.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/fonts/inconsolata/test-spacing.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,58 +0,0 @@ -% From Enrico Gregorio, testing stretch and shrink of the font. -% Public domain. -\documentclass{article} -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage{inconsolata} -\parindent=0pt - -\begin{document} -\ttfamily -Inconsolata - -\settowidth{\dimen0}{123456789012345678901234567} - -\vbox{\hsize=\dimen0 -1234567890123456789012345\\ -This should be monospaced\\ -without spaces shrinking!\\ -1 3 5 7 9 1 3 5 7 9 1 3 5 28 -} - -In the following only 30 -characters should fit: - -\settowidth{\dimen0}{A} - -\leavevmode\hbox to30\dimen0{% -1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8} (they are 35) - -\hbox{% -123456789012345678901234567890} - -% -\bigskip \hrule \bigskip - -\fontfamily{cmtt}\selectfont -Computer Modern Typewriter - -\settowidth{\dimen0}{123456789012345678901234567} - -\vbox{\hsize=\dimen0 -1234567890123456789012345\\ -This should be monospaced\\ -without spaces shrinking!\\ -1 3 5 7 9 1 3 5 7 9 1 3 5 28 -} - -In the following only 30 -characters should fit: - -\settowidth{\dimen0}{A} - -\leavevmode\hbox to30\dimen0{% -1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8} (they are 35) - -\hbox{% -123456789012345678901234567890} - -\end{document} diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/fonts/inconsolata/test-textless.tex new/doc/fonts/inconsolata/test-textless.tex --- old/doc/fonts/inconsolata/test-textless.tex 2010-09-14 02:05:01.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/fonts/inconsolata/test-textless.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -\documentclass{article} -\usepackage{inconsolata} -\begin{document} -\texttt{This is a lessthan sign in Inconsolata: <} - -\texttt{This is a lessthan sign in Inconsolata: \textless{}} - -\begin{verbatim} -This is a verbatim lessthan sign: < -\end{verbatim} - -\end{document} Files old/doc/fonts/inconsolata/test.pdf and new/doc/fonts/inconsolata/test.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/fonts/inconsolata/test.tex new/doc/fonts/inconsolata/test.tex --- old/doc/fonts/inconsolata/test.tex 2009-06-06 01:45:52.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/fonts/inconsolata/test.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,45 +0,0 @@ -% Copyright 2009 Karl Berry. -% You may freely use, modify and/or distribute this file. - -\documentclass{article} - -% No need for excessive margins. -\usepackage{fullpage} - -% Try to output everything in a given TFM. -\usepackage{fonttable} - -% What we're testing. -\usepackage{inconsolata} % can use [scaled=1.1] - -% For testing, much easier not to have to put entries in the system map files. -\pdfmapfile{+fi4.map} - -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} - -\def\dofontenc#1#2{{\tt #1:} \fonttable{#2 at 15pt}\newpage} - -\begin{document} - -\thispagestyle{empty} -\pagestyle{empty} - -% tables of (mostly) supported encodings. -% To actually use them in a document, need to specify -% \usepackage[XYZ1]{fontenc} -% where XYZ1 is the LaTeX encoding name: T1, TS1, EI1, OT1, LY1, QX. -% -\dofontenc{ec/T1}{ec-inconsolata} -\dofontenc{EI1}{ei1-inconsolata} -\dofontenc{qx/QXtt}{qx-inconsolata} -\dofontenc{rm/OT1tt}{rm-inconsolata} -\dofontenc{texnansi/LY1}{texnansi-inconsolata} -\dofontenc{TS1}{ts1-inconsolata} - -\rm A bit of text in cmr: Hello \textparagraph \texteuro end.\par -\tt Switching to tt for Inconsolata: ``Hello'' \textparagraph -end. O0123456789. `H\'e\'al\`e\`ane' \& \`\i -\'\j see documentation about dotless j. - -\sf this is sf. -\end{document} diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/fonts/inconsolata/testmin.tex new/doc/fonts/inconsolata/testmin.tex --- old/doc/fonts/inconsolata/testmin.tex 2010-09-14 02:05:01.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/fonts/inconsolata/testmin.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -\documentclass{article} -\usepackage{inconsolata} % can use [scaled=1.1] -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\begin{document} -\thispagestyle{empty} -{\tt Inconsolata.} -\end{document} diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tex/latex/fn2end/fn2end.sty new/tex/latex/fn2end/fn2end.sty --- old/tex/latex/fn2end/fn2end.sty 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tex/latex/fn2end/fn2end.sty 2008-12-31 19:45:12.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +% fn2end.sty Convert footnotes into end notes. +% LaTeXable documentation at end (after \endinput) +% LaTeX 2.09 users, should comment out this line: +\ProvidesPackage{fn2end}[1995/05/31 Convert footnotes into end notes.] + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% This file may be freely copied, and distributed. +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +% Author: +% Kim C. Border, +% Division of the Humanities and Social Sciences, +% Caltech, Pasadena, CA 91125 USA +% e-mail: kcb(a)hss.caltech.edu + +% I gratefully acknowledge the help of J. E. Burke +% <jeburke(a)jhuvms.hcf.jhu.edu> at Johns Hopkins, who fixed +% the handling of long footnotes. +% The main idea is from Knuth's \answer macro in the TeXbook. + +% version 1.1, May 31, 1995 +% Changed \endnoteshere to \theendnotes, since you +% shouldn't use commands that begin with \end +% Also added user renewable parameters + +% Based on my old endnotes.sty, version 3 +% (Sep 4, 1990, rev. Jul 28, 1994), which was never posted. +% It appears to work with both LaTeX2e and LaTeX2.09 + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% User redefinable parameters +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\newlength{\noteskip} +\setlength{\noteskip}{1em} +\newcommand{\notenumberformat}[1]{$#1$} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% Save the original definition of \@footnotetext +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\let\original@footnotetext\@footnotetext + + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% Define \makeendnotes to open a new file +% for the endnotes and to redefine \@footnotetext +% (\newlinechar courtesy of J E Burke) +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\newcommand{\makeendnotes}{\newwrite\n@tefile + \immediate\openout\n(a)tefile=\jobname.end + \immediate\write\n@tefile{\relax} + \long\gdef\@footnotetext{\immediate\write\n@tefile{} + \begingroup\newlinechar=`\^^M + \catcode`\^^M=12\@setupcopy\@copynote}} + + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% The verbatim copying definitions +% based on the TeXbook's \answer macro +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\newcommand{\@setupcopy}{\@sanitize} +\newcommand{\@copynote}{} +\long\gdef\@copynote#1{% + \immediate\write\n@tefile{\notenumberformat{\@thefnmark}% + \hskip\noteskip}% + \immediate\write\n@tefile{#1}\endgroup} + + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% Define \theendnotes to retrieve them +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\newcommand{\theendnotes}{\immediate\closeout\n@tefile + \input\jobname.end\relax} + + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% Define \restorefootnotes +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\newcommand{\restorefootnotes}{\long\gdef\@footnotetext{\original@footnotetext}} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +\endinput diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/fn2end.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/fn2end.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/fn2end.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/fn2end.tlpobj 2010-06-10 18:27:42.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +name fn2end +category Package +revision 15878 +shortdesc Convert footnotes to endnotes. +relocated 1 +longdesc Defines macros \makeendnotes, which converts \footnote to +longdesc produce endnotes; and \theendnotes which prints them out. +runfiles size=1 + RELOC/tex/latex/fn2end/fn2end.sty +catalogue-ctan /macros/latex/contrib/fn2end +catalogue-date 2009-01-03 10:55:55 +0100 +catalogue-license pd +catalogue-version 1.1 diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/inconsolata.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/inconsolata.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/inconsolata.doc.tlpobj 2010-09-14 04:04:41.000000000 +0200 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/inconsolata.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,18 +0,0 @@ -name inconsolata.doc -category Package -revision 19721 -shortdesc doc files of inconsolata -relocated 1 -docfiles size=116 - RELOC/doc/fonts/inconsolata/ChangeLog - RELOC/doc/fonts/inconsolata/GNUmakefile - RELOC/doc/fonts/inconsolata/NEWS - RELOC/doc/fonts/inconsolata/README - RELOC/doc/fonts/inconsolata/fonttable.pdf - RELOC/doc/fonts/inconsolata/inconsolata.pdf - RELOC/doc/fonts/inconsolata/inconsolata.tex - RELOC/doc/fonts/inconsolata/test-spacing.tex - RELOC/doc/fonts/inconsolata/test-textless.tex - RELOC/doc/fonts/inconsolata/test.pdf - RELOC/doc/fonts/inconsolata/test.tex - RELOC/doc/fonts/inconsolata/testmin.tex ++++++ interactiveworkbook.doc.tar.xz -> fnbreak.doc.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 4693 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ interactiveworkbook.tar.xz -> fnbreak.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 2164 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ inputtrc.doc.tar.xz -> fnpara.doc.tar.xz ++++++ Files old/doc/latex/fnpara/fnpara-doc.pdf and new/doc/latex/fnpara/fnpara-doc.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/fnpara/fnpara-doc.tex new/doc/latex/fnpara/fnpara-doc.tex --- old/doc/latex/fnpara/fnpara-doc.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/fnpara/fnpara-doc.tex 2010-03-02 02:02:19.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +\documentclass[DIV=9, pagesize=auto]{scrartcl} + +\usepackage{fixltx2e} +\usepackage{etex} +\usepackage{lmodern} +\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} +\usepackage{textcomp} +\usepackage{microtype} +\usepackage[unicode=true]{hyperref} + +\newcommand*{\mail}[1]{\href{mailto:#1}{\texttt{#1}}} +\newcommand*{\pkg}[1]{\textsf{#1}} + +\addtokomafont{title}{\rmfamily} + +\title{The \pkg{fnpara} package} +\subtitle{A \LaTeX\ style to typeset footnotes in run-on paragraphs.} +\author{Chris Rowley\and Dominik Wujastyk\and Bradley Smith} +\date{11/12/95} + + +\begin{document} + +\maketitle + +\section{History:} + +A vain attempt at this \LaTeX\ modification was tried in late +September 1988 by Dominik Wujastyk, and sent to \TeX hax and UK\TeX\ % +for comment. Chris Rowley came up with a working +version a few days later, but it still needs thorough testing. + + +\section{The Style:} + +This \LaTeX\ style changes the way \LaTeX\ does footnotes. With this +style invoked (\verb+\documentstyle[fnpara]{article}+), footnotes will +be typeset in a running paragraph, instead of one above another. +It is suitable for texts such as critical editions, which contain +many short footnotes. + +This is based on the \TeX\ macros described by Knuth in the +\TeX book, Dirty Tricks, pages~398--400. It is not tested beyond +some simple examples. In particular, it has not been tested +properly in connection with even the simplest of environments, nor with +other floats. + +(In fact, ordinary LaTeX footnotes sometimes do not work well +if they need splitting (e.\,g.\ producing blank pages, +or appearing in shufled form): but these +problems should not affect this style. +I --CR-- have sent in a Bug Report about some +of these problems.) + +Be aware of Knuth's note on the limitations of this method of +doing the job: the \TeX\ stack is used four times per footnote, +and the stack is limited (\TeX book pp.~300--301). So if you have +very many footnotes (in the hundreds) and encounter +% +\begin{verbatim} +"! TeX capacity exceeded, sorry [... save size ...]" +\end{verbatim} +% +errors, you may need to break your text into smaller sections. +Fortunately, this is very easy to do with \LaTeX. And the +footnote counter can be reset to make the joins seamless. + + +\section{Authors} + +\KOMAoption{parskip}{half} +\selectfont +Chris Rowley\\ +Office tel: (England) 01 794 0575\\ +Janet: \verb+CA_ROWLEY(a)UK.AC.OPEN.ACS.VAX+ + +Dominik Wujastyk\\ +Office tel: (England) 01 387 4477 x 3013\\ +Janet: \verb+Wujastyk(a)UK.AC.UCL.EUCLID+ + +October 3, 1988 + +\bigskip + +Modified 11/12/95\\ +Updated with new copies of relevant definitions from base files, and +added definitions for paragraph footnotes inside minipages + +Bradley Smith\\ +(612) 624--1535\\ +\mail{basmith(a)prometheus.chem.umn.edu} + +\end{document} diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/inputtrc/README new/doc/latex/inputtrc/README --- old/doc/latex/inputtrc/README 2012-10-13 14:32:15.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/inputtrc/README 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,41 +0,0 @@ - README for the `inputtrc' package - - Tracing Which File Loads Which - - (C) Uwe Lueck 2012/10/10 - - http://www.contact-ednotes.sty.de.vu - - -`inputtrc.sty' produces screen/log messages -`<current> INPUTTING <next>' on LaTeX input commands, -<current> and <next> being file names. -The message indents reflect the input nesting level. -This can be turned on and off, and the "indent unit" -can be chosen. `RETURNING TO <current>' may be added. -These messages should help when you otherwise get a screen -message about some input line number and wonder in which -file that is. - -The implementation somewhat resembles packages `currfile', -`filehook', `FiNK', and `inputfile'. - -Typesetting the documentation requires the 'nicetext' bundle, - - http://ctan.org/pkg/nicetext - -`inputtrc' is author-maintained in the sense of LPPL below. - -`inputtrc.sty', its documentation `inputtrc.pdf', and the -latter's source `inputtrc.tex' can be redistributed and/or -modified under the terms of the LaTeX Project Public License; -either version 1.3c of the License, or any later version. -The latest version of this license is in - - http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt - -We did our best to help you, but there is NO WARRANTY. - -Please report bugs, problems, and suggestions via - - http://www.contact-ednotes.sty.de.vu Files old/doc/latex/inputtrc/README.pdf and new/doc/latex/inputtrc/README.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/inputtrc/RELEASE.txt new/doc/latex/inputtrc/RELEASE.txt --- old/doc/latex/inputtrc/RELEASE.txt 2012-10-13 14:32:15.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/inputtrc/RELEASE.txt 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,36 +0,0 @@ -r0.3 = v0.3, 2012/10/10, -corrects \notracingreturns, adds package options for -immediately issuing \dotracinginputs and \dotracingreturns, -and adjusts and slightly corrects documentation. -Source file list generation is modified and includes -inputtrc.RLS for a release summary. -____________________________________________________________ - -r0.2d corrects the TDS version and the date of the earlier -release, maybe gather.tex and FileList.txt also, -nothing else. (Date of r0.2c interchanges one `0' and one 1' -as compared to date of t0.2b) -UL 2011/01/30 -____________________________________________________________ -r0.2c changes inputtrc.tex (documentation) only, -using texlinks.sty v0.2 (\urlfoot). -\baselineskip's are corrected with makedoc.sty v0.41 -UL 2011/01/28 - -____________________________________________________________ -W.r.t. v0.2, `inputtrc' RELEASE v0.2b (2010/11/28) updates - - * LPPL version in README and inputtrc.sty - * makedoc.cfg - * inputtrc.pdf with - * new makedoc.cfg formatting - * using `readprov.sty' for referring to `inputtrc.sty' - * mention of the `filehook' package - -and adds - - * README.pdf (+ README.tex) - * FileList.txt + gather.tex - -UL 2010/11/28 - diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/inputtrc/SrcFILEs.txt new/doc/latex/inputtrc/SrcFILEs.txt --- old/doc/latex/inputtrc/SrcFILEs.txt 2012-10-13 14:32:15.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/inputtrc/SrcFILEs.txt 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ - - *File List* -----HERE.--- -- -- -- -- ---- -inputtrc.sty 2012/10/10 v0.3 input tracing (UL) -inputtrc.tex 2012/10/03 -- documenting inputtrc.sty -inputtrc.RLS 2012/10/10 r0.3 v0.3 fix, [i], [r], [ir] --DOC-FMT.--- -- -- -- -- ---- -fifinddo.sty 2012/08/27 v0.6 filtering TeX(t) files by TeX (UL) - makedoc.sty 2012/08/28 v0.52 TeX input from *.sty (UL) -niceverb.sty 2012/09/27 v0.5 minimize doc markup (UL) - makedoc.cfg 2012/07/13 -- documentation settings - README.tex 2012/03/18 -- make README.pdf -hypertoc.sty 2011/01/23 v0.1 pretty TOC links (UL) -texlinks.sty 2012/05/13 v0.6 TeX-related links (UL) -----LIST.--- -- -- -- -- ---- -myfilist.sty 2012/10/11 v0.6 \listfiles -- mine only (UL) -readprov.sty 2012/03/20 v0.3b file infos without loading (UL) -srcfiles.tex 2012/10/11 -- file infos -> SrcFILEs.txt - *********** - - List made at 2012/10/11, 13:38 - from script file srcfiles.tex - Files old/doc/latex/inputtrc/inputtrc.pdf and new/doc/latex/inputtrc/inputtrc.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/fnpara.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/fnpara.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/fnpara.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/fnpara.doc.tlpobj 2012-03-12 04:30:06.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +name fnpara.doc +category Package +revision 25607 +shortdesc doc files of fnpara +relocated 1 +docfiles size=45 + RELOC/doc/latex/fnpara/fnpara-doc.pdf + RELOC/doc/latex/fnpara/fnpara-doc.tex diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/inputtrc.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/inputtrc.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/inputtrc.doc.tlpobj 2012-10-19 04:32:27.000000000 +0200 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/inputtrc.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -name inputtrc.doc -category Package -revision 28019 -shortdesc doc files of inputtrc -relocated 1 -docfiles size=95 - RELOC/doc/latex/inputtrc/README - RELOC/doc/latex/inputtrc/README.pdf - RELOC/doc/latex/inputtrc/RELEASE.txt - RELOC/doc/latex/inputtrc/SrcFILEs.txt - RELOC/doc/latex/inputtrc/inputtrc.pdf ++++++ inputtrc.doc.tar.xz -> fnpara.tar.xz ++++++ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/inputtrc/README new/doc/latex/inputtrc/README --- old/doc/latex/inputtrc/README 2012-10-13 14:32:15.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/inputtrc/README 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,41 +0,0 @@ - README for the `inputtrc' package - - Tracing Which File Loads Which - - (C) Uwe Lueck 2012/10/10 - - http://www.contact-ednotes.sty.de.vu - - -`inputtrc.sty' produces screen/log messages -`<current> INPUTTING <next>' on LaTeX input commands, -<current> and <next> being file names. -The message indents reflect the input nesting level. -This can be turned on and off, and the "indent unit" -can be chosen. `RETURNING TO <current>' may be added. -These messages should help when you otherwise get a screen -message about some input line number and wonder in which -file that is. - -The implementation somewhat resembles packages `currfile', -`filehook', `FiNK', and `inputfile'. - -Typesetting the documentation requires the 'nicetext' bundle, - - http://ctan.org/pkg/nicetext - -`inputtrc' is author-maintained in the sense of LPPL below. - -`inputtrc.sty', its documentation `inputtrc.pdf', and the -latter's source `inputtrc.tex' can be redistributed and/or -modified under the terms of the LaTeX Project Public License; -either version 1.3c of the License, or any later version. -The latest version of this license is in - - http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt - -We did our best to help you, but there is NO WARRANTY. - -Please report bugs, problems, and suggestions via - - http://www.contact-ednotes.sty.de.vu Files old/doc/latex/inputtrc/README.pdf and new/doc/latex/inputtrc/README.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/inputtrc/RELEASE.txt new/doc/latex/inputtrc/RELEASE.txt --- old/doc/latex/inputtrc/RELEASE.txt 2012-10-13 14:32:15.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/inputtrc/RELEASE.txt 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,36 +0,0 @@ -r0.3 = v0.3, 2012/10/10, -corrects \notracingreturns, adds package options for -immediately issuing \dotracinginputs and \dotracingreturns, -and adjusts and slightly corrects documentation. -Source file list generation is modified and includes -inputtrc.RLS for a release summary. -____________________________________________________________ - -r0.2d corrects the TDS version and the date of the earlier -release, maybe gather.tex and FileList.txt also, -nothing else. (Date of r0.2c interchanges one `0' and one 1' -as compared to date of t0.2b) -UL 2011/01/30 -____________________________________________________________ -r0.2c changes inputtrc.tex (documentation) only, -using texlinks.sty v0.2 (\urlfoot). -\baselineskip's are corrected with makedoc.sty v0.41 -UL 2011/01/28 - -____________________________________________________________ -W.r.t. v0.2, `inputtrc' RELEASE v0.2b (2010/11/28) updates - - * LPPL version in README and inputtrc.sty - * makedoc.cfg - * inputtrc.pdf with - * new makedoc.cfg formatting - * using `readprov.sty' for referring to `inputtrc.sty' - * mention of the `filehook' package - -and adds - - * README.pdf (+ README.tex) - * FileList.txt + gather.tex - -UL 2010/11/28 - diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/inputtrc/SrcFILEs.txt new/doc/latex/inputtrc/SrcFILEs.txt --- old/doc/latex/inputtrc/SrcFILEs.txt 2012-10-13 14:32:15.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/inputtrc/SrcFILEs.txt 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ - - *File List* -----HERE.--- -- -- -- -- ---- -inputtrc.sty 2012/10/10 v0.3 input tracing (UL) -inputtrc.tex 2012/10/03 -- documenting inputtrc.sty -inputtrc.RLS 2012/10/10 r0.3 v0.3 fix, [i], [r], [ir] --DOC-FMT.--- -- -- -- -- ---- -fifinddo.sty 2012/08/27 v0.6 filtering TeX(t) files by TeX (UL) - makedoc.sty 2012/08/28 v0.52 TeX input from *.sty (UL) -niceverb.sty 2012/09/27 v0.5 minimize doc markup (UL) - makedoc.cfg 2012/07/13 -- documentation settings - README.tex 2012/03/18 -- make README.pdf -hypertoc.sty 2011/01/23 v0.1 pretty TOC links (UL) -texlinks.sty 2012/05/13 v0.6 TeX-related links (UL) -----LIST.--- -- -- -- -- ---- -myfilist.sty 2012/10/11 v0.6 \listfiles -- mine only (UL) -readprov.sty 2012/03/20 v0.3b file infos without loading (UL) -srcfiles.tex 2012/10/11 -- file infos -> SrcFILEs.txt - *********** - - List made at 2012/10/11, 13:38 - from script file srcfiles.tex - Files old/doc/latex/inputtrc/inputtrc.pdf and new/doc/latex/inputtrc/inputtrc.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tex/latex/fnpara/fnpara.sty new/tex/latex/fnpara/fnpara.sty --- old/tex/latex/fnpara/fnpara.sty 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tex/latex/fnpara/fnpara.sty 2012-03-11 22:46:32.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,217 @@ +% FNPARA.STY +% A LaTeX style to typeset footnotes in run-on paragraphs. +% See end of this file (after \endinput) for comments. +% +% Copyright 1988, 1995, 2012 Chris Rowley, Dominik Wujastyk, +% and Bradley A. Smith. +% +% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +% The latest version of this license is in +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% version 2005/12/01 or later. +% +% This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'. +% +% The Current Maintainer of this work are the above copyright holders. +% +% This work consists of the file fnpara.sty. +% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% From latex.ltx : +\long\def\@mpfootnotetext#1{% + \global\setbox\@mpfootins\vbox{% + \unvbox\@mpfootins + \reset@font\footnotesize + \hsize\columnwidth + \@parboxrestore + \protected@edef\@currentlabel + {\csname p@mpfootnote\endcsname\@thefnmark}% + \color@begingroup + \setbox0=\hbox{% + \@makefntext{% + \rule\z@\footnotesep\ignorespaces#1\@finalstrut\strutbox + \penalty -10 + \hskip\footglue + }% + }% + \dp0=0pt \ht0=\fudgefactor\wd0 \box0 + \color@endgroup}} +\long\def\@footnotetext#1{\insert\footins{% + \reset@font\footnotesize + \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty + \splittopskip\footnotesep + \splitmaxdepth \dp\strutbox \floatingpenalty \@MM + \hsize\columnwidth \@parboxrestore + \protected@edef\@currentlabel{% + \csname p@footnote\endcsname\@thefnmark + }% + \color@begingroup + \setbox0=\hbox{% + \@makefntext{% + \rule\z@\footnotesep\ignorespaces#1\@finalstrut\strutbox + \penalty -10 + \hskip\footglue + }% + }% + \dp0=0pt \ht0=\fudgefactor\wd0 \box0 + \color@endgroup}} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%CCCC --- from TeXbook +\newskip\footglue \footglue=1em plus.3em minus.3em +% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% Cut down from article.cls : +\long\def\@makefntext#1{% +% \parindent 1em% +% \noindent +% \hb@xt@1.8em{\hss\@makefnmark}#1 + \hb@xt@.5em{\hss\@makefnmark}\hskip.5em#1 +}% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% From latex.ltx: +\def\endminipage{% + \par + \unskip + \ifvoid\@mpfootins\else + \vskip\skip\@mpfootins + \normalcolor + \footnoterule +% \unvbox\@mpfootins + \mpmakefootnoteparagraph + \fi + \global\@minipagefalse %% added 24 May 89 + \color@endgroup + \egroup + \expandafter\@iiiparbox\@mpargs{\unvbox\@tempboxa}} +\def \@makecol {% + \ifvoid\footins + \setbox\@outputbox \box\@cclv + \else + \setbox\@outputbox \vbox {% + \boxmaxdepth \@maxdepth + \unvbox \@cclv + \vskip \skip\footins + \color@begingroup + \normalcolor + \footnoterule +% \unvbox \footins + \makefootnoteparagraph + \color@endgroup + }% + \fi + \xdef\@freelist{\@freelist\@midlist}% + \global \let \@midlist \@empty + \@combinefloats + \ifvbox\@kludgeins + \@makespecialcolbox + \else + \setbox\@outputbox \vbox to\@colht {% + \@texttop + \dimen@ \dp\@outputbox + \unvbox \@outputbox + \vskip -\dimen@ + \@textbottom + }% + \fi + \global \maxdepth \@maxdepth +} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% From TeXbook, p.398 ff., AVOIDING the redefinition of \\ in LaTeX!! +{\catcode`p=12 \catcode`t=12 \gdef\@ennumber#1pt{#1}} + +{\footnotesize \newdimen\footnotebaselineskip +%CCCC --definitely needed: + \global + \footnotebaselineskip=\normalbaselineskip} + +\dimen0=\footnotebaselineskip \multiply\dimen0 by 1024 +\divide \dimen0 by \columnwidth \multiply\dimen0 by 64 +\xdef\fudgefactor{\expandafter\@ennumber\the\dimen0 } + +\def\makefootnoteparagraph{\unvbox\footins \makehboxofhboxes + \setbox0=\hbox{\unhbox0 \removehboxes} +%CCCC ---now we are ready to set the paragraph: + \hsize\columnwidth + \@parboxrestore + \baselineskip=\footnotebaselineskip + \noindent +%CCCC ---this is where the strut is needed: + \rule{\z@}{\footnotesep}% + \unhbox0\par} +% +% +\def\mpmakefootnoteparagraph{\unvbox\@mpfootins \makehboxofhboxes + \setbox0=\hbox{\unhbox0 \removehboxes} +%CCCC ---now we are ready to set the paragraph: + \hsize\columnwidth + \@parboxrestore + \baselineskip=\footnotebaselineskip + \noindent +%CCCC ---this is where the strut is needed: + \rule{\z@}{\footnotesep}% + \unhbox0\par} +\def\makehboxofhboxes{\setbox0=\hbox{} + \loop\setbox2=\lastbox \ifhbox2 \setbox0=\hbox{\box2\unhbox0}\repeat} +\def\removehboxes{\setbox0=\lastbox + \ifhbox0{\removehboxes}\unhbox0 \fi} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\endinput + + FNPARA.STY + A LaTeX style to typeset footnotes in run-on paragraphs. + +History: + +A vain attempt at this LaTeX modification was tried in late +September 1988 by Dominik Wujastyk, and sent to TeXhax and UKTeX +for comment. Chris Rowley came up with a working +version a few days later, but it still needs thorough testing. + +The Style: + +This LaTeX style changes the way LaTeX does footnotes. With this +style invoked (\documentstyle[fnpara]{article}), footnotes will +be typeset in a running paragraph, instead of one above another. +It is suitable for texts such as critical editions, which contain +many short footnotes. + +This is based on the TeX macros described by Knuth in the +TeXbook, Dirty Tricks, pages 398--400. It is not tested beyond +some simple examples. In particular, it has not been tested +properly in connection with even the simplest of environments, nor with +other floats. + +(In fact, ordinary LaTeX footnotes sometimes do not work well +if they need splitting (e.g. producing blank pages, +or appearing in shufled form): but these +problems should not affect this style. +I --CR-- have sent in a Bug Report about some +of these problems.) + +Be aware of Knuth's note on the limitations of this method of +doing the job: the TeX stack is used four times per footnote, +and the stack is limited (TeXbook pp. 300--301). So if you have +very many footnotes (in the hundreds) and encounter + "! TeX capacity exceeded, sorry [... save size ...]" +errors, you may need to break your text into smaller sections. +Fortunately, this is very easy to do with LaTeX. And the +footnote counter can be reset to make the joins seamless. + +Chris Rowley +Dominik Wujastyk + +October 3, 1988 + +--------------------------- +Modified 11/12/95 +Updated with new copies of relevant definitions from base files, and +added definitions for paragraph footnotes inside minipages +Bradley Smith - http://www.baysmith.com/ + +--------------------------- +Modified 10 March 2012 +Updated to be explicitly under the LPPL, per agreement of all authors. +Web site for Bradley Smith contact. diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/fnpara.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/fnpara.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/fnpara.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/fnpara.tlpobj 2012-03-12 04:30:07.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +name fnpara +category Package +revision 25607 +shortdesc Footnotes in paragraphs. +relocated 1 +longdesc Typeset footnotes in run-on paragraphs, instead of one above +longdesc another; this is a re-seating, for the LaTeX environment, of an +longdesc example in the TeXbook. The same basic code, improved for use +longdesc in e-TeX-based LaTeX, appears in the comprehensive footnote +longdesc package footmisc, and superior versions are also available in +longdesc the manyfoot and bigfoot packages. +runfiles size=2 + RELOC/tex/latex/fnpara/fnpara.sty +catalogue-ctan /macros/latex/contrib/fnpara +catalogue-date 2012-03-11 01:08:16 +0100 +catalogue-license lppl1.3 diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/inputtrc.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/inputtrc.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/inputtrc.doc.tlpobj 2012-10-19 04:32:27.000000000 +0200 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/inputtrc.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -name inputtrc.doc -category Package -revision 28019 -shortdesc doc files of inputtrc -relocated 1 -docfiles size=95 - RELOC/doc/latex/inputtrc/README - RELOC/doc/latex/inputtrc/README.pdf - RELOC/doc/latex/inputtrc/RELEASE.txt - RELOC/doc/latex/inputtrc/SrcFILEs.txt - RELOC/doc/latex/inputtrc/inputtrc.pdf ++++++ iwhdp.doc.tar.xz -> fp.doc.tar.xz ++++++ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/fp/README new/doc/latex/fp/README --- old/doc/latex/fp/README 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/fp/README 2006-01-09 01:44:40.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,459 @@ +fp-package + +(c) Michael Mehlich 1994 -- 1999 +contributions by: Denis Girou +acknowledgment to: Denis Girou, Miroslav Balda, Ricardo Sanchez Carmenes + +% Copyright 1994 -- 1999 Michael Mehlich +% This package can be redistributed and/or modified under the terms +% of the LaTeX Project Public License Distributed from CTAN +% archives at http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt either +% version 1 of the License, or any later version. + +(current) e-mail: mmehlich(a)semdesigns.com; michael(a)mehlich.com + +Fixed point arithmetic for TeX with numbers ranging from + -999999999999999999.999999999999999999 +to + +999999999999999999.999999999999999999 + +TODO: + - better documentation (it is really bad) + +USAGE: + - LaTeX2e: + \usepackage[<options>]{fp} + where the following options are known: + nomessages: don't print messages about the functions that are + just computed + debug: print debug messages (mainly for \FPupn) + - LaTeX2.09: + include lfp.sty in the document preamble, i.e. + \documentstyle[...,lfp,...]{...} + - TeX: + \input fp.tex + +MsDos/Windows Users: + It may be necessary to rename some files such that they just have a length of + eight characters (plus a three character suffix). + The following renaming e.g. works for emtex: + Original name Name for emtex + defpattern.sty defpaern.sty + fp-addons.sty fp-adons.sty + fp-random.sty fp-radom.sty + +FILES AND THEIR CONTENTS: + - readme.fp: + this file + - fp.sty + includes all files + - defpattern.sty: + only for internal usage + - fp-basic.sty: + The following macros are public ones to be used in the document: + %controlling messages + \FPmessagestrue % print standard FP-messages (default) + \FPmessagesfalse % suppress standard FP-messages + \FPdebugtrue % print debug messages (mainly for upn) + \FPdebugfalse % suppress debug messages (default) + %introduction of new values + \FPset#1#2 % #1 := #2 (#1 may be macro or string) + %print values + \FPprint#1 % prints #1 (#1 may be macro or string) + %binary operations + \FPadd#1#2#3 % #1 := #2+#3 + \FPdiv#1#2#3 % #1 := #2/#3 + \FPmul#1#2#3 % #1 := #2*#3 + \FPsub#1#2#3 % #1 := #2-#3 + %unary operations + \FPabs#1#2 % #1 := abs(#2) + \FPneg#1#2 % #1 := -#2 + %binary relations + \FPiflt#1#2...\else...\fi % #1 < #2 ? + \FPifeq#1#2...\else...\fi % #1 = #2 ? + \FPifgt#1#2...\else...\fi % #1 > #2 ? + %unary relations + \FPifneg#1 ...\else...\fi % #1 < 0 ? + \FPifpos#1 ...\else...\fi % #1 >= 0 ? + \FPifzero#1...\else...\fi % #1 = 0 ? + \FPifint#1 ...\else...\fi % #1 is integer ? + %repeat last test + \ifFPtest ...\else...\fi % repeat last test + - fp-addons.sty + The following macros are public ones to be used in the document: + %binary operations + \FPmin#1#2#3 % #1 = min(#2,#3) + \FPmax#1#2#3 % #1 = max(#2,#3) + - fp-eqn.sty (No warranty on correctness and especially on numerical problems!) + The following macros are public ones to be used in the document: + \FPlsolve#1#2#3 + % #1 := x with #2*x+#3=0 + \FPqsolve#1#2#3#4#5 + % #1,#2 := x with #3*x^2+#4*x+#5 = 0 + \FPcsolve#1#2#3#4#5#6#7 + % #1,#2,#3 := x with #4*x^3+#5*x^2+#6*x+#7 = 0 + \FPqqsolve#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8#9 + % #1,#2,#3,#4 := x with #5*x^4+#6*x^3+#7*x^2+#8*x+#9 = 0 + The resulting solutions are all real values. If there do not + exist as much solutions you get a warning message and some + other solutions occur several times in the solution vector. + - fp-exp.sty + The following macros are public ones to be used in the document: + \FPe % 2.718281828459045235 + \FPexp#1#2 % #1 := e^(#2) + \FPln#1#2 % #1 := ln(#2) + \FPpow#1#2#3 % #1 := (#2)^(#3) + \FProot#1#2#3 % #1 := (#2)^(1/#3) + - fp-random.sty + The following macros are public ones to be used in the document: + \FPseed=#1 % set seed counter for random number generation + \FPrandom#1 % #1 := a random number between 0 and 1 + - fp-pas.sty + The following macros are public ones to be used in the document: + \FPpascal#1#2 % #1 := #2-th line of the pascal triangle + - fp-snap.sty: + The following macros are public ones to be used in the document: + \FPround#1#2#3 % #1 := #2 rounded to #3 digits after '.' + \FPtrunc#1#2#3 % #1 := #2 truncated to #3 digits after '.' + \FPclip#1#2 % #1 := #2 with all unnecessary 0's removed + - fp-trigo.sty: + The following macros are public ones to be used in the document: + \FPpi % 3.141592653589793238 + \FPsin#1#2 % #1 := sin(#2) + \FPcos#1#2 % #1 := cos(#2) + \FPsincos#1#2#3 % #1 := sin(#3), #2 := cos(#3) + \FPtan#1#2 % #1 := tan(#2) + \FPcot#1#2 % #1 := cot(#2) + \FPtancot#1#2#3 % #1 := tan(#3), #2 := cot(#3) + \FParcsin#1#2 % #1 := arcsin(#2) + \FParccos#1#2 % #1 := arccos(#2) + \FParcsincos#1#2#3 % #1 := arcsin(#3), #2 := arccos(#3) + \FParctan#1#2 % #1 := arctan(#2) + \FParccot#1#2 % #1 := arccot(#2) + \FParctancot#1#2#3 % #1 := arctan(#3), #2 := arccot(#3) + - fp-upn.sty: + The following macros are public ones to be used in the document: + \FPupn#1#2 % #1 := eval(#2) where eval evaluates the + upn-expression #2 + Known operations are: + +,add,-,sub,*,mul,/,div,abs,neg,min,max, + round,trunc,clip,e,exp,ln,pow,root,pi,sin,cos, + sincos,tan,cot,tancot,arcsin,arccos,arcsincos, + arctan,arccot,arctancot,pop,swap,copy + where + pop removes the top element + swap exchanges the first two elements + copy copies the top element + Example 1: + The macro call + \FPupn\result{17 2.5 + 17.5 - 2 1 + * 2 swap /} + is equivalent to + \result := ((17.5 - (17 + 2.5)) * (2 + 1)) / 2 + and evaluates to + \def\result{-3.000000000000000000} + Afterwards the macro call + \FPupn\result{\result{} -1 * 0.2 + sin 2 round} + ^^ the "{}" is necessary! + is equivalent to + \result := round_2(sin((\result * -1) + 0.2)) + and evaluates to + \def\result{-0.06} + Example 2: + As "result" is an abbreviation of "\result{}" you may + write + \FPupn{result}{17 2.5 + 17.5 - 2 1 + * 2 swap /} + and + \FPupn{result}{result -1 * 0.2 + sin 2 round} + instead leading to the same results. + This is even true for other macro names using e.g. "x" for "\x{}" + and so on. But be careful with it. We may introduce new constants + in further versions overwriting these abbreviations. + - fp-eval.sty: + The following macros are public ones to be used in the document: + \FPeval#1#2 % #1 := eval(#2) where eval evaluates the + expression #2 + ATTENTION: Do not use macro names with \. for its own + Use only the name or the macro surrounded by (, and ) instead, + i.e. do not write "\value{}" but "value" or "(\value)". + This is needed to avoid problems with a prefix "-" of numbers. + (I do not intend to write a more complex parsing routine in future. + But if you do so, just send it to me. + ) + Known infix operations are + +, -, *, /, ^ for add, sub, mul, div, pow + Each other operation is a prefix one that needs + a (comma or colon seperated) list of subexpressions. + Exception: The unary prefix operation - is not known! + (Use the function neg instead.) + Example 1: + With + \edef\result{11} + and + \FPeval\result{round(root(2,sin(result + 2.5)):2)} + or + \FPeval{result}{round(root(2,sin(result + 2.5)):2)} + \result becomes the value 0.90 + Example 2: + \FPeval\result{clip(2*3+5*6)} results to 36 + \FPeval\result{clip(2*(3+5)*6)} results to 96 + +KNOWN BUGS: + - does not work with multido.sty/multido.tex + Reason: + multido uses the same macro names \FPadd and \FPsub + Recommended Solution: + Patch multido.tex, i.e. apply the following substitutions: + FPadd -> mdo@FPadd + FPsub -> mdo@FPsub + + - incompatibility with french style of babel + this only affects macros using the colon (:) + Recommended Solution: + Load the fp-package before babel with french style + Other Possible Solution: + Use \catcode`\:=12 after loading babel with french style + + - others: + Currently not known, but, though we do not, we could give + a warranty of their existence ... + +HISTORY: + Date By File New Version + + Oct. 21, 1996 Michael Mehlich fp-upn.sty V2.1c + better debug messages (especially giving results of one step computations) + + May. 13, 1996 Michael Mehlich fp-basic.sty V1.2d + \newcount and \countdef have interfered each other + when the first newcount uses a counter number less + than 60, the result has been wrong results when using + the package with plain tex (a problem that has been + reported by Ricardo Sanchez Carmenes) + + May. 13, 1996 Michael Mehlich all files - + problems with unwanted spaces removed + (bug reported by Ricardo Sanchez Carmenes) + + May. 28, 1995 Michael Mehlich fp-basic.sty V1.2c + modified \FPset and added \FPprint + + Apr. 27, 1995 Michael Mehliche fp-trigo.sty V0.9e + incorrect result of sine for 3/2pi fixed + (bug reported by Miroslav Balda) + + Apr. 14, 1995 Michael Mehlich fp-trigo.sty V0.9d + infinite loop in computing sine and cosine fixed + (bug reported by Miroslav Balda) + + Apr. 05, 1995 Michael Mehlich fp-snap.sty V1.0a + rounding bug in FPround fixed + (bug reported by Miroslav Balda) + + Apr. 04, 1995 Michael Mehlich fp.tex - + lfp.sty - + a redefinition of \loop..\repeat added not to get into + trouble with its behaviour within my macros + (bug reported by Miroslav Balda) + + Apr. 04, 1995 Michael Mehlich fp-basic.sty V1.2b + added a value introduction command FPset + + Apr. 03, 1995 Michael Mehlich fp-eqn.sty V0.4 + added solution algorithms for cubic and 4-th degree equations + + Apr. 03, 1995 Michael Mehlich fp-trigo.sty V0.9c + added some % at end of lines not to introduce unwanted spaces + removed some debug informations that have accidently been left in + + Apr. 03, 1995 Michael Mehlich fp-exp.sty V0.7e + added some % at end of lines not to introduce unwanted spaces + + Apr. 03, 1995 Michael Mehlich fp-upn.sty V2.1b + fp-eval.sty V0.9a + added support of sgn + + Apr. 03, 1995 Michael Mehlich fp-basic.sty V1.2a + added new command \FPsgn + + Apr. 02, 1995 Michael Mehlich fp-exp.sty V0.7d + bug corrected, power of 0 by f # 0 now is 0 and no longer + leads to an error message + + Apr. 02, 1995 Michael Mehlich fp.sty V0.8 + added fp-eval.sty to list of required packages + + Apr. 02, 1995 Michael Mehlich fp-upn.sty V2.1a + some modifications to work with fp-eval.sty + + Apr. 02, 1995 Michael Mehlich fp-eval.sty V0.9 + inital version + + Mar. 15, 1995 Michael Mehlich fp.sty V0.7a + added fp-addons.sty, fp-eqn.sty to list of required packages + + Mar. 15, 1995 Michael Mehlich fp-eqn.sty V0.2 + initial version + + Mar. 15, 1995 Michael Mehlich fp-exp.sty V0.7c + bug corrected, root of 0 now is 0 and no longer leads to + an error message + + Mar. 15, 1995 Michael Mehlich fp-upn.sty V2.1 + allow macros to be given without \ and {} surrounding + support of min, max added + + Mar. 15, 1995 Michael Mehlich fp-addons.sty V0.1 + initial version + + Feb. 23, 1995 Denis Girou fp-random.sty V1.0a + more elaborated comments + + Feb. 21, 1995 Michael Mehlich fp-trigo.sty V0.9b + corrected overflow test for arcsin and arccos + + Feb. 18, 1995 Michael Mehlich fp-upn.sty V2.0 + added debug messages for fp-upn.sty + (recommended by Denis Girou) + + Feb. 18, 1995 Michael Mehlich fp.sty V0.7 + added fp-random.sty to list of required packages + + Feb. 18, 1995 Michael Mehlich fp-basic.sty V1.2 + printing fp-messages is conditional only (default: true) + introduced macro for printing debug messages (default: do not print) + (recommmended by Denis Girou) + + Feb. 18, 1995 Michael Mehlich fp-exp.sty V0.7c + corrected bugs in \FP@pow and \FP@root writing messages to + ordinary text + (reported by Denis Girou) + + Feb. 17, 1995 Denis Girou fp-random.sty V1.0 + introduced + + Feb. 17, 1995 Michael Mehlich fp-basic.sty V1.1f + corrected \FP@strip introduced in version V1.1e + as it has to but did not hande + and - + + Feb. 17, 1995 Michael Mehlich fp-basic.sty V1.1e + corrected \FP@strip introduced in version V1.1d + as it has to but did not hande empty parameters + + Feb. 17, 1995 Michael Mehlich fp-basic.sty V1.1d + bug in scanning numbers by \FP@readvalue in connection + with number-macros of \FPupn corrected + (thanks for Denis Girou reporting this bug) + + Nov. 19, 1994 Michael Mehlich fp.sty V0.6 + package date changed + + Nov. 19, 1994 Michael Mehlich fp-basic.sty V1.1c + bug in \FP@correctintcounter corrected + + Nov. 19, 1994 Michael Mehlich fp-upn.sty V1.1 + handling of arctan, arccot, arctancot added + + Nov. 19, 1994 Michael Mehlich fp-trigo.sty V0.9a + \FParctan, \FParccot, \FParctancot added + + Oct. 27, 1994 Michael Mehlich lfp.sty - + introduced + + Oct. 27, 1994 Michael Mehlich fp.tex - + introduced + + Oct. 15, 1994 Michael Mehlich readme.fp - + this history changed for better readability + + Oct. 15, 1994 Michael Mehlich fp-exp.sty V0.7b + subtraction bug in \FP@@exp corrected + + Oct. 15, 1994 Michael Mehlich fp-basic.sty V1.1b + subtraction in \FP@counttimes changed + + Oct. 15, 1994 Michael Mehlich fp-trigo.sty V0.7b + error message, if \FP@modtwopi does not lead to correct result + (this shouldn't be possible) + subtraction in \FP@@cos corrected + + Oct. 12, 1994 Michael Mehlich fp.sty V0.5b + prevent files included from sending messages + + Oct. 12, 1994 Michael Mehlich readme.fp - + changed entry for defpattern.sty in this history to reflect + original source for defpattern.sty + + Oct. 12, 1994 Michael Mehlich defpattern.sty - + source notice in message corrected + + Oct. 12, 1994 Michael Mehlich fp-exp.sty - + start message for \FPpow changed + + Oct. 12, 1994 Michael Mehlich fp-trigo.sty - + unnecessary \typeout removed + + Oct. 3, 1994 Michael Mehlich, fp.sty V0.5 + additional styles included by fp.sty + + Oct. 3, 1994 Michael Mehlich fp-upn.sty V1.0 + first version + + Oct. 3, 1994 Michael Mehlich defpattern.sty - + modification of the \howto-macro in TeX and TUG NEWS + from an article by Alan Jeffrey + no version number, no copyright (public domain) + TeX and TUG News 2(2) writes in the section "Mission Statement": + "The entire contents of this newsletter are being placed in + the public domain." + + Oct. 3, 1994 Michael Mehlich fp-basic.sty V1.1 + bug in \FPadd corrected + + Aug. 29, 1994 Michael Mehlich fp.sty V0.3 + additional styles included by fp.sty + + Aug. 29, 1994 Michael Mehlich fp-trigo.sty V0.7 + first version + + Aug. 29, 1994 Michael Mehlich fp-pas.sty V1.0 + first version + + Aug. 29, 1994 Michael Mehlich fp-exp.sty V0.7 + first version + + Aug. 12, 1994 Michael Mehlich fp.sty V0.2 + first version + + Aug. 10, 1994 Michael Mehlich fp-snap.sty V1.0 + first version + + Apr. 20, 1994 Michael Mehlich fp-basic.sty V1.0 + \FPabs added + + Apr. 12, 1994 Michael Mehlich fp-basic.sty V0.99 + division algorithm added + + Feb. 03, 1994 Michael Mehlich fp-basic.sty V0.8 + all macros are completely rewritten to be able to use an increased + range of numbers + + Jan. 18, 1994 Michael Mehlich fp-basic.sty V0.2 + bug in \FP@store corrected + + Jan. 17, 1994 Michael Mehlich fp-basic.sty V0.1 + the file realcalc.tex V1.0, (C) Frank Buchholz has been renamed to + fp-basic.sty V0.1 with all macros renamed, \@trunc removed + +COPYING: + - Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its + documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, + provided that the above copyright notice, the above history with your + modifications added, and this permission notice appear in all copies + and modified versions. + - The copyright holder disclaim all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability and + fitness, in no event shall the copyright holder be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages whatsoever + resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether in an action of + contract, negligence or other tortious action, arising out of or in + connection with the use or performance of this software. diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/fp/fp.tex new/doc/latex/fp/fp.tex --- old/doc/latex/fp/fp.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/fp/fp.tex 2006-01-09 01:44:40.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +%load the fp-package for TeX +\chardef\FPcatamp=\the\catcode`\@ +\catcode`@=11 + +\def\NeedsTeXFormat#1{} +\def\ProvidesPackage#1[#2]{} +\def\DeclareOption#1#2{} +\let\ProcessOptions\relax + +%the for-loop of latex2e +\def\@nnil{\@nil} +\def\@empty{} +\def\@fornoop#1\@@#2#3{} + +\def\@for#1:=#2\do#3{\edef\@fortmp{#2}\ifx\@fortmp\@empty \else + \expandafter\@forloop#2,\@nil,\@nil\@@#1{#3}\fi} + +\def\@forloop#1,#2,#3\@@#4#5{\def#4{#1}\ifx #4\@nnil \else + #5\def#4{#2}\ifx #4\@nnil \else#5\@iforloop #3\@@#4{#5}\fi\fi} + +\def\@iforloop#1,#2\@@#3#4{\def#3{#1}\ifx #3\@nnil + \let\@nextwhile\@fornoop \else + #4\relax\let\@nextwhile\@iforloop\fi\@nextwhile#2\@@#3{#4}} + +\edef\FP(a)loadedfiles{fp.tex} + +\def\FP@alreadyloaded#1{} +\def\FP@notyetloaded#1{ + \edef\FP@loadedfiles{\FP@loadedfiles,#1} + \input #1.sty +} +\def\RequirePackage#1{% + \let\FP@in@\FP@notyetloaded% + \edef\@tempb{#1}% + \@for\@tempa:=\FP@loadedfiles\do{% + \ifx\@tempa\@tempb% + \let\FP@in@\FP@alreadyloaded% + \fi% + }% + \FP@in@{#1}% +} + +\def\loop#1\repeat{\def\iterate{#1\relax\expandafter\iterate\fi}% + \iterate \let\iterate\relax} +\let\repeat=\fi + +\RequirePackage{fp} + +\catcode`\@=\FPcatamp diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/iwhdp/README new/doc/latex/iwhdp/README --- old/doc/latex/iwhdp/README 2012-09-11 00:52:36.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/iwhdp/README 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,31 +0,0 @@ -iwhdp class file -================ -This document class is for creating discussion papers of the -Halle Institute for Economic Research (IWH) in Halle/Germany. - -------------------------- -Version: 0.30 -This Version: 2012-09-10 - -by Wilfried Ehrenfeld -iwhdp(at)gmx(dot)de -------------------------- - -The package contains 7 files: -- this README -- the class file itself (iwhdp.cls) -- a short description in german (iwhdp_Manual.pdf, iwhdp_Manual.tex, iwhdp_Manual.bib) -- a document template (iwhdp_paper.tex, iwhdp_paper.bib) - -License -------- -Copyright 2010-2012 Wilfried Ehrenfeld. -This package is author-maintained. -Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this software -under the terms of the LaTeX Project Public License, version 1.3: -http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/lppl.txt - - -Happy TeXing! - -Wilfried Ehrenfeld diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/iwhdp/iwhdp_Manual.bib new/doc/latex/iwhdp/iwhdp_Manual.bib --- old/doc/latex/iwhdp/iwhdp_Manual.bib 2011-12-08 00:04:48.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/iwhdp/iwhdp_Manual.bib 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,64 +0,0 @@ -% This file was created with JabRef 2.6. -% Encoding: ISO8859_15 - -@BOOK{demmig2004, - author = {Thomas Demmig}, - title = {Jetzt lerne ich \LaTeX{}2$_\epsilon$}, - year = {2004}, - publisher = {Pearson Education}, - url = {ftp://ftp.ctan.org/tex-archive/digests/dtk/book_reviews/dtk_jetztlerne.pdf} -} - -@ARTICLE{Ehrenfeld2011iwhdp, - author = {Wilfried Ehrenfeld}, - title = {Die Dokumentenklasse iwhdp}, - journal = {Die TeXnische Komödie}, - year = {2011}, - volume = {23}, - number = {2}, - pages = {48--54}, - keywords = {Ehrenfeld}, - owner = {wed}, - timestamp = {2011-07-01}, - url = {http://www.iwh-halle.de/e/Abteil/STWA/wed/Ehrenfeld%20(2011)%20Die%20Dokumentenklasse%20iwhdp.pdf} -} - -@ARTICLE{Ehrenfeld2010LaTeX, - author = {Wilfried Ehrenfeld}, - title = {Die \LaTeX -Vorlage für IWH-Diskussionspapiere}, - journal = {Die TeXnische Komödie}, - year = {2010}, - volume = {22}, - number = {2}, - pages = {43--47}, - keywords = {Ehrenfeld}, - owner = {wed}, - timestamp = {2011-03-09}, - url = {http://www.iwh-halle.de/e/Abteil/STWA/wed/Ehrenfeld%20(2010)%20Die%20LaTeX-Vorlage%20f%C3%BCr%20IWH%20Diskussionspapiere.pdf} -} - -@ARTICLE{Hagen1, - author = {Manuela Jürgens}, - title = {\LaTeX{} - eine Enführung und ein bißchen mehr...}, - journal = {http://www.fernuni-hagen.de/zmi/katalog/A026.shtml}, - year = {2000}, - owner = {Wilfried}, - timestamp = {2010.02.07} -} - -@ARTICLE{Hagen2, - author = {Manuela Jürgens}, - title = {\LaTeX{} - Fortgeschrittene Anwendungen}, - journal = {http://www.fernuni-hagen.de/zmi/katalog/A027.shtml}, - year = {1995}, - owner = {Wilfried}, - timestamp = {2010.02.07} -} - -@BOOK{schlager2005, - author = {Petra Schlager and Manfred Thibud}, - title = {Wissenschaftlich mit \LaTeX{} arbeiten}, - year = {2005}, - publisher = {Pearson Studium} -} - Files old/doc/latex/iwhdp/iwhdp_Manual.pdf and new/doc/latex/iwhdp/iwhdp_Manual.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/iwhdp/iwhdp_Manual.tex new/doc/latex/iwhdp/iwhdp_Manual.tex --- old/doc/latex/iwhdp/iwhdp_Manual.tex 2012-09-11 00:52:36.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/iwhdp/iwhdp_Manual.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,414 +0,0 @@ -%=====================================================% -% IWH DISKUSSIONSPAPIER README % -% Wilfried Ehrenfeld % -%=====================================================% -\documentclass[german, biber]{iwhdp} -\bibliography{iwhdp_Manual} -\begin{document} -%-----------------------------------------------------% -\title{IWH-Diskussionspapiere - Benutzeranweisung für die \LaTeX-Dokumentenklasse \texttt{iwhdp}} -\titlealt{IWH Discussion Papers - The \texttt{iwhdp} User Guide} -% -\author{Wilfried Ehrenfeld} -\department{Abteilung Strukturökonomik} -\tel{+49\,(0)\,345 7753-832} -\email{wilfried.ehrenfeld(a)iwh-halle.de} -% -\dpnumber{\TeX{} \iwhdpversion} -% -\dpabstract{Dieses Manual beschreibt die \LaTeX-Vorlage für IWH-Diskussionspapiere.} -\dpabstractalt{This manual outlines the \LaTeX{} template for IWH discussion papers.} -% -\keywords{IWH, \LaTeX, Vorlage, iwhdp} -\keywordsalt{IWH, \LaTeX, template, iwhdp} -% -\jel{Z0} -%-----------------------------------------------------% -\makeiwhtitle -%-----------------------------------------------------% -\section{Benutzung der Vorlage} -% -\subsection{Grundsätzliches} -Für Diskussionspapiere des IWH habe ich die Dokumentenklasse \texttt{iwhdp} geschaffen, -die bisher jedem Mitarbeiter am IWH frei zur Verfügung steht. -Die aktuelle Version kann von -\url{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/iwhdp} -% \url{http://www.iwh-halle.de/e/Abteil/STWA/wed/pers.htm} -bezogen werden. % -%\footnote{Die jeweils letzte "`größere"' Release steht auf dem CTAN zur Verfügung:\\ -% \url{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/iwhdp}.} -Von der Verwendung alter Versionen wird ausdrücklich abgeraten. - -Die Klasse wird mit -\verb+\documentclass[+\emph{optionale Parameter}\verb+]{iwhdp}+ -aufgerufen. -Dazu muss die Datei \texttt{iwhdp.cls} im Arbeitsverzeichnis liegen. -Die Dokumentenklasse besitzt optionale Parameter für -die Sprache des Papiers sowie für den Umgang mit dem Literaturverzeichnis. - - -\subsection{Optionale Parameter} -% -Optionale Parameter für die \textit{Sprache} des Papiers sind: -% -\begin{itemize} -\item \emph{german} für deutsche Diskussionspapiere -\item \emph{english} für englische Diskussionspapiere -\end{itemize} -Die Standardeinstellung (keine optionalen Parameter) ist \emph{german}. - - -Optionale Parameter für die \textit{Literaturverwaltung} sind: -% -\begin{itemize} -\item \emph{harvard} stellt Zitierbefehle zur Verfügung, welche zum \texttt{harvard}-Paket kompatibel sind (\emph{Beta-Version}). -\item \emph{nobib} schaltet die automatische Literaturverwaltung ganz aus. -Statt dessen wird die Hilfs-Umgebung \texttt{iwh\_ref} zur Verfügung gestellt.\\ -Diese kann wie folgt benutzt werden:\\ -\verb+\makebib% 'Literatur' bzw. 'References' ausgeben+\\ -\verb+\begin{iwh_ref}% Umgebung für Literatur initialisieren+\\ -\verb+\item+ \emph{...eine Quellenangabe}\\ -\verb+\end{iwh_ref}% Umgebung beenden+\\ -\end{itemize} - -Weiter gibt es die Option \textit{biber} welche das intern verwendete Backend für die Literaturverwaltung von BibTeX bzw. BibTeX8 auf biber umschaltet. - -Für die Vorbereitung von Diskussionspapieren zu Konferenz-Einreichungen wurde die \emph{conference} Option implementiert. -% requested by Phillip - 2011-05-19 + 2011-12-06 -Wird diese gesetzt, so werden die IWH-typischen Bestandteile des Diskussionspapiers nicht ausgegeben. -Diese sind: Datum und Nummer auf der Titelseite, Disclaimer auf der zweiten Seite, die dritte Seite in Alternativsprache sowie die IWH-spezifischen Kopf- und Fußzeile im Text. - -% Neu: 2012-01-27 -Die \emph{draft} Option ist für die Konvertierung des Dokumentes zu einer Textdatei oder letztendlich zu Word gedacht, um beispielsweise das Papier zum Korrekturlesen im Word-Format weiterzugeben. -Die Option bewirkt folgendes: -Keine Grafiken, kein Deckblatt, keine Kopf- und Fußzeilen, keine Seitannummern, Silbentrennung aus. -Die Konvertierung könnte dann beispielsweise mit \texttt{pdftotext} aus dem \texttt{xpdf}-Paket erfolgen. - -% Für Ingrid Dede -%Schließlich gibt es die Option \textit{issn} die dafür sorgt, dass auf der zweiten Seite die ISSN-Nummer für IWH-Diskussionspapiere ausgibt. -%Diese wird für die Druckfassung des Papiers benötigt, nicht aber für die im Internet veröffentlichte pdf-Version. -%Um der Abteilung Öffentlichkeitsarbeit einen Gefallen zu tun wäre es wünschenswert zwei Versionen des Papiers abzugeben: -%Eine Version mit ISSN, eine ohne. - - - - -\section{Typischer Aufbau eines Dokumentes} -% -Die folgenden Erläuterungen erfolgen anhand der Vorlagedatei \texttt{iwhdp\_paper.tex}. -Die Benutzung dieser Vorlage als Grundlage für eigene Diskussionspapier wird empfohlen.\\ -Das Dokument beginnt mit der Deklarartion der Klasse: - -\verb+\documentclass[german]{iwhdp}+ - -Dies wird also ein deutsches Diskussionspapier. -Danach folgt die Angabe der Literaturdatenbank: - -\verb+\bibliography{iwhdp_paper.bib}+ - -Die Literaturdatenbank hat also den Namen \texttt{iwhdp\_paper.bib} und steht im Projektverzeichnis, also im selben Verzeichnis wie \texttt{iwhdp\_paper.tex}. - - -Das Dokument wird nun mit -\verb+\begin{document}+ -initialisiert. - - -Als Erstes sollte der Titel des Papiers in der Sprache des Papiers (\texttt{title}) und in Alternativsprache (\texttt{titlealt}) angegeben werden: - -\verb|\title{Die \LaTeX-Vorlage für IWH-Diskussionspapiere}|\\ -\verb|\titlealt{The \LaTeX{} template for IWH discussion papers}| - - -Für \texttt{title} ist es auch möglich, mittels optionalen Parameter den Titel für die dritte Seite des Papiers gesondert anzugeben um dort etwa individuelle Zeilenumbrüche zu verwenden.\\ - -\verb|\title[Die \LaTeX-Vorlage\\für\\IWH-Diskussionspapiere]%|\\ -\verb| {Die \LaTeX-Vorlage für IWH-Diskussionspapiere}| - - -Nun folgen die bibliographischen Angaben für den/die Autoren: - -\verb|\author{Wilfried Ehrenfeld}|\\ -\verb|\department{Abteilung Strukturökonomik}|\\ -% Bisher -%\verb|\tel{+49\,(0)\,345 7753-832}|\\ -% Neu: 2012-01-17 Auf Forderung von Fr. S. Müller: -\verb|\tel{+49~345~7753\,832}|\\ -\verb|\email{wilfried.ehrenfeld(a)iwh-halle.de}| - -Fr. Müller vom Bereich Öffentlichkeitsarbeit fordert die Mitarbeiter an dieser Stelle auf, das Format der Telefonnummer zu beachten. - - -Die Parameter für den (ersten) Koautor heißen analog:\\% -\texttt{cauthor, cdepartment, ctel und cemail}.\\ -Für den zweiten Koautor:\\% -\texttt{ccauthor, ccdepartment, cctel und ccemail}.\\ -Und schließlich für den dritten Koautor:\\% -\texttt{cccauthor, cccdepartment, ccctel und cccemail}.\\ -Insgesamt können also vier Autoren erfasst werden. - - -Sämtliche Angaben für die Autoren sind bis auf den Namen des ersten Autoren \emph{optional}. -Falls sie nicht benötigt werden, können Sie aus dem Papier-Quelltext entfernt werden. -Alternativ dazu besteht die Möglichkeit, die Angaben für einen Koautor blockweise komplett stillzulegen. -Dazu trägt man für den Namen des Koautors (\texttt{cauthor, ccauthor, cccauthor}) einfach \texttt{NN} ein. - - -Als nächstes besteht die Möglichkeit den Publikationsmonat des Papiers anzugeben. -Dies ist aber nur dann nötig, falls dieser vom aktuellen Monat abweicht. -Dazu trägt man das gewünschte Datum im Zahlenformat -\verb|\dpdate{|\emph{Monat}\verb|}{|\emph{Jahr}\verb|}| ein. -\verb|\dpdate{03}{2010}| bezeichnet also den März 2010. - - -Die Nummer des Diskussionspapier wird mit \verb|\dpnumber{|\emph{Nummer}\verb|}| angegeben. -Diese Nummer wird nach erfolgter Zuteilung durch Fr. Dede hier eingetragen. - - -IWH-Diskussionspapiere werden prinzipiell entweder in Deutsch oder in Englisch geschrieben. -Ein Merkmal der Diskussionspapiere ist die Existenz einer doppelten dritten Seite. -Dies führt dazu, dass Angaben wie Zusammenfassungen, Stichwörter und Titelfußnoten jeweils -in der Sprache des Papiers (hier: deutsch) angegeben werden müssen und zusätzlich in der -\emph{Alternativsprache} (hier also englisch). - - -Deshalb folgen nun die Zusammenfassung und der Abstract des Papiers -zuerst in der Sprache des Papiers: -\verb|\dpabstract{|\emph{Text der Zusammenfassung}\verb|}|, -danach in der Alternativsprache: -\verb|\dpabstractalt{|\emph{Text des Abstracts}\verb|}|. -Bei einem deutschen Text ist also \texttt{dpabstract} in Deutsch zu verfassen -und \texttt{dpabstractalt} in Englisch - und umgekehrt. - - -Analog hierzu werden die Schlagwörter mit \verb|\keywords{|\emph{Schlagwörter}\verb|}| in der Sprache des Papers angegeben. -Die einzelnen Schlagwörter sind mit je einem Komma zu trennen. -In der Alternativsprache werden diese mit \verb|\keywordsalt{|\emph{Keywords}\verb|}| angegeben. - - -Die JEL-Klassifikation wird mit \verb|\jel{|\emph{Klasse}\verb|}| eingetragen. -Mehrere Klassen sollten mit je einem Komma getrennt werden. - - -Als letzte bibliographische Daten können nun noch die Titelfußnoten angelegt werden. -Anwendungsbeispiele sind Hinweise (Drittmittelförderung) oder Danksagungen. -In der Sprache des Papiers werden diese mit \verb|\thanks{|\emph{Dankeschön!}\verb|}| verfasst, -in der Alternativsprache mit \verb|\thanksalt{|\emph{Thanks!}\verb|}|. - - -Der IWH-spezifische Vorspann wird nun mit -\verb+\makeiwhtitle+ -ausgegeben. -Zum Entwickeln der Papiere kann man diesen Befehl gut mit einem "`\texttt{\%}"' vor diesem Befehl auskommentieren. - - -Nun folgt der Text des Diskussionspapiers, beispielsweise beginnend mit\\ -\verb+\section{Einführung}+. - - -Das Papier endet mit dem Literaturverzeichnis. -Dazu kann mit -\verb+\clearpage+ -eine neue Seite begonnen werden. -Das Literaturverzeichnis wird mit -\verb+\makebib+ -ausgegeben. -Das Dokument endet mit -\verb+\end{document}+. - - -Der Aufbau eines typisches Diskussionspapiers sieht dann ungefähr so aus: - -% -%% -%%% -\newpage -{\small \setstretch{1.05} -\begin{verbatim} -%=====================================================% -% IWH DISKUSSIONSPAPIER % -% Vorlage: Wilfried Ehrenfeld (2012-01) % -%=====================================================% -\documentclass[german, biber]{iwhdp} -\bibliography{iwhdp_paper.bib} -\begin{document} -%-----------------------------------------------------% -\title{Die \LaTeX-Vorlage für IWH-Diskussionspapiere} -\titlealt{The \LaTeX{} template for IWH discussion papers} -% -\author{Wilfried Ehrenfeld} -\department{Abteilung Strukturökonomik} -\tel{+49~345~7753\,832} -\email{wilfried.ehrenfeld(a)iwh-halle.de} -% -%\cauthor{} -%\cdepartment{} -%\ctel{} -%\cemail{} -% -%\dpdate{05}{1984}% {Monat}{Jahr} - Nur nötig, wenn abeichend. -%\dpnumber{1}% Nach Zuteilung aktivieren und eintragen. -% -\dpabstract{Dies ist die \LaTeX-Vorlage für IWH-Diskussionspapiere.} -\dpabstractalt{This is the \LaTeX{} template for IWH discussion papers.} -% -\keywords{IWH, \LaTeX, Vorlage, iwhdp} -\keywordsalt{IWH, \LaTeX, template, iwhdp} -% -\jel{Z0} -% -%\thanks{Danke.} -%\thanksalt{Thanks.} -%-----------------------------------------------------% -\makeiwhtitle -%-----------------------------------------------------% -\section{Einführung} -Im Anfang schuf Gott Himmel und Erde. -%-----------------------------------------------------% -\clearpage \makebib -\end{document} -% EOF iwhdp_paper.tex -\end{verbatim} -}%Gruppe -\newpage -%%% -%% -% - -\section{Zitierstil} -% -Die Vorlage benutzt für die Erstellung von Zitaten das \texttt{biblatex}-Paket% -\footnote{\url{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/exptl/biblatex/}.} -Die Zitierbefehle richten sich folglich nach diesem. - -Für die beiden häufigsten Zitierweisen wurden Kurzformen geschaffen:\\ -\verb|\zit{demmig2004}{13ff.}| $\rightarrow$ \zit{demmig2004}{13ff.}\\ -und\\ -\verb|\tzit{demmig2004}{13ff.}| $\rightarrow$ \tzit{demmig2004}{13ff.} - -Die danach gebräuchlichsten Zitierbefehle sind \texttt{parencite} und \texttt{textcite}, -bzw. deren Kurzformen \texttt{pcite} und \texttt{tcite}:\\ -\verb+\pcite{demmig2004}+ $\rightarrow$ \parencite{demmig2004}\\ -\verb+\pcite[13ff.]{demmig2004}+ $\rightarrow$ \parencite[13ff.]{demmig2004}\\ -\verb+\pcite[siehe][]{demmig2004}+ $\rightarrow$ \parencite[siehe][]{demmig2004}\\ -\verb+\pcite[siehe][13ff.]{demmig2004}+ $\rightarrow$ \parencite[siehe][13ff.]{demmig2004}\\ -und\\ -\verb+\tcite{demmig2004}+ $\rightarrow$ \textcite{demmig2004}.\\ -\verb+\tcite[13ff.]{demmig2004}+ $\rightarrow$ \textcite[13ff.]{demmig2004}.\\ -\verb+\tcite[siehe][]{demmig2004}+ $\rightarrow$ \textcite[siehe][]{demmig2004}.\\ -\verb+\tcite[siehe][13ff.]{demmig2004}+ $\rightarrow$ \textcite[siehe][13ff.]{demmig2004}. - -Daneben existieren eine Reihe weiterer Zitierbefehle:\\ -\verb+\cite{demmig2004}+ $\rightarrow$ \cite{demmig2004}\\ -\verb+\cite[13ff.]{demmig2004}+ $\rightarrow$ \cite[13ff.]{demmig2004}\\ -\verb+\cite[siehe][13ff.]{demmig2004}+ $\rightarrow$ \cite[siehe][13ff.]{demmig2004} - -\verb+\cite*{demmig2004}+ $\rightarrow$ \cite*{demmig2004} (gibt nur die Jahreszahl aus)\\ -\verb+\cite*[13ff.]{demmig2004}+ $\rightarrow$ \cite*[13ff.]{demmig2004} - -\verb+\parencite*[13ff.]{demmig2004}+ $\rightarrow$ \parencite*[13ff.]{demmig2004} - -\verb+\parencites[siehe][13ff.]{demmig2004}[sowie][123]{schlager2005}+ $\rightarrow$\\ \parencites[siehe][13ff.]{demmig2004}[sowie][123]{schlager2005}. - -Einfacher dürfte es hier jedoch sein zu schreiben:\\ -\verb+(siehe \cite[13ff.]{demmig2004} sowie \cite[123]{schlager2005})+ \\ -% $\rightarrow$\\ (siehe \cite[13ff.]{demmig2004} sowie \cite[123]{schlager2005}) -was das selbe Ergebnis liefert. - -\verb+\footcite[siehe][13ff.]{demmig2004}+ $\rightarrow$ \footcite[siehe][13ff.]{demmig2004} - -Auch einzelne Felder können angesprochen werden:\\ -\verb+\citeauthor{demmig2004}+ $\rightarrow$ \citeauthor{demmig2004}\\ -\verb+\citetitle{demmig2004}+ $\rightarrow$ \citetitle{demmig2004}\\ -\verb+\citeyear{demmig2004}+ $\rightarrow$ \citeyear{demmig2004}\\ -\verb+\citeurl{demmig2004}+ $\rightarrow$ \citeurl{demmig2004}\\ -\verb+\citetype{demmig2004}+ $\rightarrow$ Das \texttt{type}-Feld des Eintrages. - - -\section{Tips für die Literaturdatenbank} -% -Die Datenbank sollte im Encoding \emph{ISO8859-15} vorliegen. -Diese Kodierung entspricht in etwa \texttt{latin9} bzw. \texttt{ansinew} unter \LaTeX. -Unter \texttt{JabRef} stellt man dies unter \texttt{Optionen / Einstellungen / Standard-Zeichenkodierung} ein. -Mit der Kodierung \texttt{CP1252} gab es bereits Probleme. -Bei dieser Gelegenheit sollte man auch bei "`Neue Einträge mit Datum versehen. Datumsformat:"' -\texttt{yyyy-MM-dd} eintragen. -So kann man später diesen "`timestamp"' in andere Datumsfelder (z.\,B. \texttt{urldate}) übernehmen. -Datumsangaben müssen in der sog. ISO-8602-Notierung (JJJJ-MM-TT) vorliegen. -Ein Beispiel: Das Datum, an dem eine Internetquelle abgerufen wurde (\texttt{urldate}) ist: -2010-02-16 für den 16. Februar 2010. - -Das Eingabeformat für Autoren ist: "`\emph{Vorname Nachname}"'. -Verschiedene Autoren werden mit \texttt{and} getrennt. -Für weitere Autoren z.\,B. "`u.a."' schreibt man \texttt{and others}. -den Namen von Institutionen schreibt man am besten in geschweifte Klammern, -so wird die automatische Erkennung von Vornamen und Nachnamen ausgeschaltet und der Name nicht getrennt. -Nicht nötig ist es, den ersten Buchstaben von Autoren oder Titeln in geschweifte Klammern zu schreiben. - -Artikel, Bücher, und Beiträge aus Sammelbänden werden (wie gewohnt) als -\texttt{article}, \texttt{book} und \texttt{inbook} eingetragen. -Die Felder \texttt{url} und \texttt{urldate} können verwendet werden. -Der Ort des Verlages heisst "`\texttt{location}"'. - -Diskussionspapiere und ähnliche Dokumente sollten als \texttt{report} eingetragen werden. -Die Felder \texttt{author}, \texttt{title} und \texttt{year} sind obligatorisch. -Vermerke wie "`IWH Diskussionspapier 04/2010"' werden als \texttt{type} eingetragen. -Die Felder \texttt{url} und \texttt{urldate} können verwendet werden. - -Quellen aus dem Internet, welche keiner anderen Dokumentenklasse zugeordnet werden können, -werden als \texttt{electronic} eingetragen. -Die Felder \texttt{url} und \texttt{urldate} gelten hierbei als Mindestanforderungen. - -\texttt{JabRef} bietet die Möglichkeit, zu jeder Quelle in der Datenbank einen \emph{Review} anzulegen. -Die können Textstellen und Bemerkungen eingetragen werden. -Später kann die Datenbank mit der Volltextsuche nach Begriffen durchsucht werden. -Den \texttt{abstract} einer Quelle sollte man nicht hier, sondern in das Feld \texttt{Abstract} eingeben bzw. kopieren. - - - -%\section{Hinweis zur "`doppelten zweiten Seite"'} -%% -%Die zweite Seite des IWH-Vorspanns wird zwei Mal ausgegeben - einmal mit ISSN und einmal ohne ISSN. -%Beide Male trägt sie auch die Seitennummer \emph{2}. -%Dies ist eine Vorgabe von Frau Dede, die anschließend hieraus zum einen -%die Online-Version und zum anderen eine Kopiervorlage erstellt. -% -%Hiermit hängt auch die Warnung\\ -%\verb+pdfTeX warning (ext4):+\newline \verb+destination with the same identifier (name{page.2})+\\ -%zusammen. Diese kann ignoriert werden. - - - -\section{Literaturhinweise für Anfänger} -% -Wer kein Geld für Bücher ausgeben will, dem seien die einführenden Skripte "`\citetitle{Hagen1}"' und "`\citetitle{Hagen2}"' der FernUni Hagen ans Herz gelegt \parencites{Hagen1}{Hagen2}. - -Gute einführende Bücher zum Thema \LaTeX{} sind z.\,B. "`\citetitle{schlager2005}"' \parencite{schlager2005} und "`\citetitle{demmig2004}"' \parencite{demmig2004}. - -Weitere (\TeX nische) Informationen über die hier verwendete vorgestellte Dokumentenklasse \texttt{iwhdp} finden sich in -\tcite{Ehrenfeld2010LaTeX} und \tcite{Ehrenfeld2011iwhdp}. - - -\section{\TeX nische Hinweise - häufige Nachfragen} -% -\emph{Wie kann die (einzeilige) Tabellen- bzw. Abbildungsüberschrift zentriert werden?}\\ -Dazu dient der Befehl:\\ -\verb+\KOMAoption{captions}{nooneline}% oneline: zentriert. nooneline: links+\\ -\verb+oneline+ zentriert die einzeilige Überschrift. -\verb+nooneline+ setzt sie wie mehrzeilige - also linksbündig. -Der Parameter sollte vor \verb+\begin{document}+ gesetzt werden. - -\emph{Wie können die Absatzzwischenräume geändert werden?}\\ -Erste Antwort: \textit{Die Absatzzwischenräume sollten gar nicht verändert werden!}\\ -Zweite Antwort: Dazu dient der Befehl: -\verb+\setlength{\parskip}+, beispielsweise\\ -\verb+\setlength{\parskip}{8pt plus0pt minus2pt}+. -\verb+parkip+ ist ein sog. elastisches Maß: -Das \verb+plus+ gibt an, um wieviel der Parameter notfalls gedehnt werden kann - -\verb+minus+ gibt an, um wieviel der Parameter gestaucht werden darf. -Der Parameter sollte nach \verb+\makeiwhtitle+ gesetzt werden.\\ -\emph{\textbf{!} Es wird ausdrücklich davor gewarnt, diesen Parameter zu verändern \textbf{!}} - -\makebib -\end{document} -% EOF Anleitung.tex \ No newline at end of file diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/iwhdp/iwhdp_paper.bib new/doc/latex/iwhdp/iwhdp_paper.bib --- old/doc/latex/iwhdp/iwhdp_paper.bib 2011-04-21 01:06:28.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/iwhdp/iwhdp_paper.bib 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,3 +0,0 @@ -% This file was created with JabRef 2.6. -% Encoding: ISO8859_15 - diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/iwhdp/iwhdp_paper.tex new/doc/latex/iwhdp/iwhdp_paper.tex --- old/doc/latex/iwhdp/iwhdp_paper.tex 2012-09-11 00:52:36.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/iwhdp/iwhdp_paper.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,43 +0,0 @@ -%=====================================================% -% IWH DISKUSSIONSPAPIER % -% Vorlage: Wilfried Ehrenfeld (2011-07) % -%=====================================================% -\documentclass[german, biber]{iwhdp} -\addbibresource{iwhdp_paper.bib} -\begin{document} -%-----------------------------------------------------% -\title{Die \LaTeX-Vorlage für IWH-Diskussionspapiere} -\titlealt{The \LaTeX{} template for IWH discussion papers} -% -\author{Wilfried Ehrenfeld} -\department{Abteilung Strukturökonomik} -\tel{+49\,(0)\,345 7753-832} -\email{wilfried.ehrenfeld(a)iwh-halle.de} -% -%\cauthor{} -%\cdepartment{} -%\ctel{} -%\cemail{} -% -%\dpdate{05}{1984}% {Monat}{Jahr} - Nur nötig, wenn abeichend. -%\dpnumber{1}% Nach Zuteilung aktivieren und eintragen. -% -\dpabstract{Dies ist die \LaTeX-Vorlage für IWH-Diskussionspapiere.} -\dpabstractalt{This is the \LaTeX{} template for IWH discussion papers.} -% -\keywords{IWH, \LaTeX, Vorlage, iwhdp} -\keywordsalt{IWH, \LaTeX, template, iwhdp} -% -\jel{Z0} -% -%\thanks{Danke.} -%\thanksalt{Thanks.} -%-----------------------------------------------------% -% \makeiwhtitle -%-----------------------------------------------------% -\section{Einführung} -Im Anfang schuf Gott Himmel und Erde. ... -%-----------------------------------------------------% -\clearpage \makebib -\end{document} -% EOF iwhdp_paper.tex \ No newline at end of file diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/fp.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/fp.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/fp.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/fp.doc.tlpobj 2010-06-10 18:28:05.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +name fp.doc +category Package +revision 15878 +shortdesc doc files of fp +relocated 1 +docfiles size=6 + RELOC/doc/latex/fp/README + RELOC/doc/latex/fp/fp.tex diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/iwhdp.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/iwhdp.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/iwhdp.doc.tlpobj 2012-09-11 04:30:30.000000000 +0200 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/iwhdp.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -name iwhdp.doc -category Package -revision 27639 -shortdesc doc files of iwhdp -relocated 1 -docfiles size=100 - RELOC/doc/latex/iwhdp/README - RELOC/doc/latex/iwhdp/iwhdp_Manual.bib - RELOC/doc/latex/iwhdp/iwhdp_Manual.pdf - RELOC/doc/latex/iwhdp/iwhdp_Manual.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/iwhdp/iwhdp_paper.bib - RELOC/doc/latex/iwhdp/iwhdp_paper.tex ++++++ iwhdp.tar.xz -> fp.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 5215 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ ifplatform.doc.tar.xz -> frame.doc.tar.xz ++++++ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/generic/frame/Changes new/doc/generic/frame/Changes --- old/doc/generic/frame/Changes 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/generic/frame/Changes 2010-05-17 18:08:46.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +$Id: Changes 320 2010-05-15 09:42:13Z herbert $ + +--- frame.tex +1.0 2010-05-15 - LPPL license (hv) + - small changes to the code (hv) + +--- frame.sty +2010-05-15 - wrapper file for LaTeX (hv) + + +--- frame-doc.tex +2010-05-14 - updated and LaTeX2e compatible (hv) diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/generic/frame/Makefile new/doc/generic/frame/Makefile --- old/doc/generic/frame/Makefile 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/generic/frame/Makefile 2010-05-17 18:08:46.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + +# `Makefile' for `frame-doc.pdf', hv, 2007/03/17 + +.SUFFIXES : .tex .ltx .dvi .ps .pdf .eps + +PACKAGE = frame + +MAIN = $(PACKAGE)-doc + +TDS = ~/PSTricks/PSTricks-TDS + +LATEX = latex + +ARCHNAME = $(MAIN)-$(shell date +%y%m%d) + +ARCHFILES = $(PACKAGE).sty $(PACKAGE).tex $(PACKAGE).pro $(MAIN).tex README Changes Makefile + +all : doc clean +doc: $(MAIN).pdf + +$(MAIN).pdf : $(MAIN).ps +# GS_OPTIONS=-dAutoRotatePages=/None + ps2pdf $< + +$(MAIN).ps : $(MAIN).dvi + dvips $< + +$(MAIN).dvi : $(MAIN).tex + $(LATEX) $< + $(LATEX) $< +# if ! test -f $(basename $<).glo ; then touch $(basename $<).glo; fi +# if ! test -f $(basename $<).idx ; then touch $(basename $<).idx; fi +# makeindex -t $(basename $<).ilg -s pst-doc.ist -o $(basename $<).ind $(basename $<).idx +# makeindex -s gglo.ist -t $(basename $<).glg -o $(basename $<).gls \ +# $(basename $<).glo +# bibtex $(basename $<) +# $(LATEX) $< +# $(LATEX) $< + +clean : + $(RM) $(addprefix $(MAIN), .log .aux .glg .glo .gls .ilg .idx .ind .tmp .toc .out .blg .Roessler .bbl ) + $(RM) $(addprefix $(MAIN), .dvi .ps .xcp) + $(RM) data3d.Roessler + +veryclean : clean + $(RM) $(addprefix $(MAIN), .pdf .bbl .blg) + +arch : + zip $(ARCHNAME).zip $(ARCHFILES) + +tds: + cp -u Changes $(TDS)/doc/generic/$(PACKAGE)/ + cp -u README $(TDS)/doc/generic/$(PACKAGE)/ + cp -u $(MAIN).pdf $(TDS)/doc/generic/$(PACKAGE)/ +# + cp -u Changes $(TDS)/tex/latex/$(PACKAGE)/ + cp -u $(PACKAGE).sty $(TDS)/tex/latex/$(PACKAGE)/ +# + cp -u Changes $(TDS)/tex/generic/$(PACKAGE)/ + cp -u $(PACKAGE).tex $(TDS)/tex/generic/$(PACKAGE)/ +# + cp -u Changes $(TDS)/dvips/$(PACKAGE)/ + cp -u $(PACKAGE).pro $(TDS)/dvips/$(PACKAGE)/ + cp -u $(PACKAGE).pro ~/Links/dvips-local/ +# + cp -u Changes $(TDS)/source/$(PACKAGE)/ + cp -u $(MAIN).tex $(TDS)/source/$(PACKAGE)/ + cp -u $(MAIN).bib $(TDS)/source/$(PACKAGE)/ + cp -u Makefile $(TDS)/source/$(PACKAGE)/ + + +# EOF diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/generic/frame/README new/doc/generic/frame/README --- old/doc/generic/frame/README 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/generic/frame/README 2010-05-17 18:08:46.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +Save the files frame.sty|tex in a directory, which is part of your +local TeX tree. +Then do not forget to run texhash to update this tree. +For more information see the documentation of your LATEX distribution +on installing packages into your LATEX distribution or the +TeX Frequently Asked Questions: +(http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=instpackages). + + Files old/doc/generic/frame/frame-doc.pdf and new/doc/generic/frame/frame-doc.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/generic/frame/frame-doc.tex new/doc/generic/frame/frame-doc.tex --- old/doc/generic/frame/frame-doc.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/generic/frame/frame-doc.tex 2010-05-17 18:08:46.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +%% BEGIN frame-doc +%% +%% $Id: frame-doc.tex 320 2010-05-15 09:42:13Z herbert $ +\documentclass[12pt]{article} +\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} +\usepackage{mathpazo,url} +\usepackage[colorlinks,linktocpage]{hyperref} + +\usepackage{frame} +\let\Ffv\fileversion +% Usage: +% \fancyframebox {rule thickness} {separation from inner guy} {inner guy} +% +% \makeemptybox {width} {height} {depth} +\begin{document} +\title{Documentation for frame.tex:\\ + fancy frames for generic TeX} +\author{Timothy Van Zandt\thanks{The documentation was put into + \LaTeX\ format by Herbert Vo\ss}\\ \url{tvz(a)Princeton.EDU}} +\date{Version \Ffv\\[3pt] \today} + +\maketitle +\thispagestyle{empty} + +\begin{abstract} +\texttt{frame.tex/frame.sty} provides fancy frames for generic TeX +\end{abstract} + +\clearpage +\tableofcontents +\clearpage + +\section{Usage} + +\setbox0=\hbox{\it the center} +\count11=1 +\loop\ifnum\count11<11 + \setbox0=\hbox{\fancyframebox{.1pt}{5pt}{\unhbox0}} + \advance\count11 by1 +\repeat + +\vbox{\centerline{\box0}\vss} + +This paragraph is probably rather hard to read. I have used \TeX's +rule-drawing and macro capability to set 10 boxes on top of the +text. This was rather easy to do in \TeX. I challenge anyone +to come up with as simple a method for {\it troff}. + +\def\\{\char`\\}\def\{{\char`\{}\def\}{\char`\}} +The command I used was: + +$$\hbox{\tt \\fancyframebox\{.1pt\}\{5pt\}\{{\it text to be boxed}\}}$$ + +{\tt \\fancyframebox} makes a framed {\tt \\hbox} containing its +third argument, surrounded by extra space (its second argument), +and rules on all four sides whose width is its first argument. +To get 10 boxes, you just re-frame 10 times. I used a {\tt \\loop} +construct, but one could just write out 10 nested {\tt \\fancyframebox} +calls. + +In order to center the fancy boxes, I put them into {\tt \\box0} and +used {\tt \\centerline\{\\box0\}} to write it out. To make the +text come out on top, I put it in a {\tt \\vbox to 0pt} construct, +making \TeX\ try to squeeze everything vertically to zero. A +{\tt \\vss} allowed the {\tt \\vbox} to shrink (without it \TeX +\ would still have done the job, but would have complained about +an ``overfull {\tt \\vbox}'').[Ed.-Example was changed...] + +Thus, the final set of commands, including the \TeX\ loop instructions, +to typeset the boxes was + +\bigskip + +\begin{verbatim} +\setbox0=\hbox{\it the center} +\count11=1 +\loop\ifnum\count11<11 + \setbox0=\hbox{\fancyframebox{.1pt}{5pt}{\unhbox0}} + \advance\count11 by1 +\repeat + +\vbox{\centerline{\box0}\vss} +\end{verbatim} + +\bigskip + +Simple---at least when you consider the task\dots. + +\section{Macros} + + +\begin{verbatim} +\fancyframebox{rule thickness}{separation from inner guy}{inner guy} +\makeemptybox{width}{height}{depth} +\end{verbatim} + +\end{document} diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/ifplatform/README new/doc/latex/ifplatform/README --- old/doc/latex/ifplatform/README 2011-01-24 01:28:42.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/ifplatform/README 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,27 +0,0 @@ -______________________ -The IFPLATFORM package -v0.4 2010/10/22 - -This package uses heuristics to establish whether -the document is being processed on Windows or a *NIX -platform (Mac OS X, Linux, etc.). - -Except if you're using LuaTeX where this information -is already known. Otherwise, shell escape is required -to differentiate different *NIX platforms. - -Booleans provided are: - - ifwindows - - iflinux - - ifmacosx - - ifcygwin - -Finally, the \platformname macro is also provided that -expands to a string of the platform name. - -Will Robertson wspr 81 at gmail dot com -Johannes GroÃe - -Copyright 2007-2010 Will Robertson -Copyright 2007 Johannes GroÃe -Distributed under the LaTeX Project Public License Files old/doc/latex/ifplatform/ifplatform.pdf and new/doc/latex/ifplatform/ifplatform.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/frame.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/frame.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/frame.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/frame.doc.tlpobj 2010-06-10 18:28:07.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +name frame.doc +category Package +revision 18312 +shortdesc doc files of frame +relocated 1 +docfiles size=13 + RELOC/doc/generic/frame/Changes + RELOC/doc/generic/frame/Makefile + RELOC/doc/generic/frame/README + RELOC/doc/generic/frame/frame-doc.pdf + RELOC/doc/generic/frame/frame-doc.tex diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/ifplatform.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/ifplatform.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/ifplatform.doc.tlpobj 2011-01-24 04:10:29.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/ifplatform.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -name ifplatform.doc -category Package -revision 21156 -shortdesc doc files of ifplatform -relocated 1 -docfiles size=38 - RELOC/doc/latex/ifplatform/README - RELOC/doc/latex/ifplatform/ifplatform.pdf ++++++ ifplatform.doc.tar.xz -> frame.tar.xz ++++++ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/ifplatform/README new/doc/latex/ifplatform/README --- old/doc/latex/ifplatform/README 2011-01-24 01:28:42.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/ifplatform/README 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,27 +0,0 @@ -______________________ -The IFPLATFORM package -v0.4 2010/10/22 - -This package uses heuristics to establish whether -the document is being processed on Windows or a *NIX -platform (Mac OS X, Linux, etc.). - -Except if you're using LuaTeX where this information -is already known. Otherwise, shell escape is required -to differentiate different *NIX platforms. - -Booleans provided are: - - ifwindows - - iflinux - - ifmacosx - - ifcygwin - -Finally, the \platformname macro is also provided that -expands to a string of the platform name. - -Will Robertson wspr 81 at gmail dot com -Johannes GroÃe - -Copyright 2007-2010 Will Robertson -Copyright 2007 Johannes GroÃe -Distributed under the LaTeX Project Public License Files old/doc/latex/ifplatform/ifplatform.pdf and new/doc/latex/ifplatform/ifplatform.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tex/generic/frame/frame.sty new/tex/generic/frame/frame.sty --- old/tex/generic/frame/frame.sty 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tex/generic/frame/frame.sty 2010-05-17 18:08:46.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +%% $Id: frame.sty 320 2010-05-15 09:42:13Z herbert $ +\ProvidesPackage{frame}[2010/05/15 package wrapper for + frame.tex (hv)] +\input{frame.tex} +\ProvidesFile{frame.tex} + [\filedate\space v\fileversion\space `frame' (tvz,hv)] +% +\endinput + diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tex/generic/frame/frame.tex new/tex/generic/frame/frame.tex --- old/tex/generic/frame/frame.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tex/generic/frame/frame.tex 2010-05-17 18:08:46.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +%% +%% $Id: frame.tex 320 2010-05-15 09:42:13Z herbert $ +%% +%% COPYRIGHT 1992/2010, by Timothy Van Zandt, tvz(a)Princeton.EDU +%% COPYRIGHT 2010, by Herbert Voss, hvoss(a)tug.org +%% +%% Copyright: +%% This program can be redistributed and/or modified under the terms +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License Distributed from CTAN archives +%% in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt. +%% +%% DESCRIPTION: +%% frame.tex/frame.sty provides fancy frames for generic TeX +% +% Usage: +% \fancyframebox {rule thickness} {separation from inner guy} {inner guy} +% +% \makeemptybox {width} {height} {depth} +%% +% +\def\fileversion{1.0} +\def\filedate{2010/05/15} +% +\csname FrameLoaded\endcsname +\let\FrameLoaded\endinput +% +\edef\TheAtCode{\the\catcode`\@} +\catcode`\@=11\relax +\message{\space\space v\fileversion\space\space \filedate\space\space <tvz>} + +\newbox\fancyboxA +\newbox\fancyboxB +\newdimen\fancyboxD + +\def\makeemptybox#1#2#3{\setbox\fancyboxA=\hbox{}\wd\fancyboxA=#1\relax + \ht\fancyboxA=#2\relax \dp\fancyboxA=#3\relax \box\fancyboxA } + +\def\fancyframebox#1#2#3{% + \leavevmode + \setbox\fancyboxB=\hbox{#3}% + \dimen\fancyboxD=#1\relax + \advance\dimen\fancyboxD by #2\relax + \advance\dimen\fancyboxD by \dp\fancyboxB + \hbox{% + \lower\dimen\fancyboxD\hbox{% + \vbox{% + \hrule height #1\relax + \hbox{% + \vrule width #1\relax + \kern #2\relax + \vbox{\vskip #2\relax\box\fancyboxB\vskip #2\relax}% + \kern #2\relax + \vrule width #1\relax}% + \hrule height #1\relax}}}} +% +\expandafter\catcode`\@=\TheAtCode\relax +\endinput +%% END frame.tex/frame.sty diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/frame.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/frame.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/frame.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/frame.tlpobj 2010-06-10 18:28:07.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +name frame +category Package +revision 18312 +shortdesc Framed boxes for Plain TeX. +relocated 1 +longdesc A jiffy file (taken from fancybox) for placing a frame around a +longdesc box of text. The macros also provide for typesetting an empty +longdesc box of given dimensions. +runfiles size=2 + RELOC/tex/generic/frame/frame.sty + RELOC/tex/generic/frame/frame.tex +catalogue-ctan /macros/generic/frame +catalogue-date 2010-06-06 13:50:32 +0200 +catalogue-license lppl +catalogue-version 1.0 diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/ifplatform.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/ifplatform.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/ifplatform.doc.tlpobj 2011-01-24 04:10:29.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/ifplatform.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -name ifplatform.doc -category Package -revision 21156 -shortdesc doc files of ifplatform -relocated 1 -docfiles size=38 - RELOC/doc/latex/ifplatform/README - RELOC/doc/latex/ifplatform/ifplatform.pdf ++++++ ifplatform.doc.tar.xz -> framed.doc.tar.xz ++++++ Files old/doc/latex/framed/framed.pdf and new/doc/latex/framed/framed.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/framed/framed.tex new/doc/latex/framed/framed.tex --- old/doc/latex/framed/framed.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/framed/framed.tex 2012-06-02 00:08:28.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,154 @@ +\documentclass[DIV=8, pagesize=auto]{scrartcl} + +\usepackage{fixltx2e} +\usepackage{etex} +\usepackage{lmodern} +\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} +\usepackage{textcomp} +\usepackage{array} +\usepackage{booktabs} +\usepackage{microtype} +\usepackage[unicode=true]{hyperref} + +\newcommand*{\mail}[1]{\href{mailto:#1}{\texttt{#1}}} +\newcommand*{\pkg}[1]{\textsf{#1}} +\newcommand*{\cs}[1]{\texttt{\textbackslash#1}} +\makeatletter +\newcommand*{\cmd}[1]{\cs{\expandafter\@gobble\string#1}} +\makeatother +\newcommand*{\env}[1]{\texttt{#1}} +\newcommand*{\opt}[1]{\texttt{#1}} +\newcommand*{\meta}[1]{\textlangle\textsl{#1}\textrangle} +\newcommand*{\marg}[1]{\texttt{\{}\meta{#1}\texttt{\}}} + +\addtokomafont{title}{\rmfamily} + +\title{The \pkg{framed} package\thanks{This manual corresponds to \pkg{framed}~v0.96, dated~2011/10/22.}} +\author{Donald Arseneau (\mail{asnd(a)triumf.ca})} +\date{2012/05/31} + + +\begin{document} + +\maketitle + +\noindent +Create framed, shaded, or differently highlighted regions that can +break across pages. The environments defined are + +\medskip +\noindent +\begin{tabular}{@{}>{\ttfamily}l@{~~--~~}l@{}} + framed & ordinary frame box (\cmd{\fbox}) with edge at margin \\ + oframed & framed with open top/bottom at page breaks \\ + shaded & shaded background (\cmd{\colorbox}) bleeding into margin \\ + shaded* & shaded background (\cmd{\colorbox}) with edge at margin \\ + snugshade & shaded with tight fit around text (esp. in lists) \\ + snugshade*& like snugshade with shading edge at margin \\ + leftbar & thick vertical line in left margin \\ + titled-frame & frame with title-bar; template for others +\end{tabular} +\medskip + +\noindent +to be used like +% +\begin{verbatim} + \begin{framed} + copious text + \end{framed} +\end{verbatim} + + +But the more general purpose of this package is to facilitate the +definition of new environments that take multi-line material, +wrap it with some non-breakable formatting (some kind of box or +decoration) and allow page breaks in the material. Such environments +are defined to declare (or use) \cmd{\FrameCommand} for applying the boxy +decoration, and \cmd{\MakeFramed}\marg{settings} \ldots\ \cmd{\endMakeFramed} +wrapped around the main text (environment body). + +The ``\env{framed}'' environment uses \cmd{\fbox}, by default, as its \cmd{\FrameCommand} +with the additional settings \verb+\fboxrule=\FrameRule+ and \verb+\fboxsep=\FrameSep+. +You can change these lengths (using \cmd{\setlength}) and you can change +the definition of \cmd{\FrameCommand} to use much fancier boxes. + +In fact, the ``\env{shaded}'' environment just redefines \cmd{\FrameCommand} to be +\verb+\colorbox{shadecolor}+ (and you have to define the color ``\texttt{shadecolor}'': +\verb+\definecolor{shadecolor}...+). + +Although the intention is for other packages to define the varieties +of decoration, a command \cmd{\OpenFbox} is defined for frames with open +tops or bottoms, and used for the ``\env{oframed}'' environment. This +facility is based on a more complex and capable command \cmd{\CustomFBox} which can +be used for a wider range of frame styles. One such style of a title-bar +frame with continuation marks is provided as an example. It is used by +the ``\env{titled-frame}'' environment. To make use of \env{titled-frame} in your +document, or the \cmd{\TitleBarFrame} command in your own environment +definitions, you must define the colors \texttt{TFFrameColor} (for the frame) +and a contrasting \texttt{TFTitleColor} (for the title text). + +A page break is allowed, and even encouraged, before the \env{framed} +and other environments. If you want to attach some text (a box title) to the +frame, then the text should be inserted by \cmd{\FrameCommand} so it cannot +be separated from the body. + +The contents of the framed regions are restricted: +Floats, footnotes, marginpars and head-line entries will be lost. +(Some of these may be handled in a later version.) +This package will not work with the page breaking of \pkg{multicol.sty}, +or other systems that perform column-balancing. + +The \env{MakeFramed} environment does the work. Its ``\meta{settings}'' argument +should contain any adjustments to the text width (via a setting of \cmd{\hsize}). +Here, the parameter \cmd{\width} gives the measured extra width +added by the frame, so a common setting is ``\verb+\advance\hsize-\width+'' +which reduces the width of the text just enough that the outer edge +of the frame aligns with the margins. The ``\meta{settings}'' should also +include a `restore' command -- \cmd{\@parboxrestore} or \cmd{\FrameRestore} +or something similar; for instance, the snugshade environment uses +settings to eliminate list indents and vertical space, but uses +\cmd{\hspace} in its \cmd{\FrameCommand} to reproduce the list margin ouside the +shading. + +There are actually four variants of \cmd{\FrameCommand} to allow different +formatting for each part of an environment broken over pages. Unbroken +text is adorned by \cmd{\FrameCommand}, whereas split text first uses +\cmd{\FirstFrameCommand}, possibly followed by \cmd{\MidFrameCommand}, and +finishing with \cmd{\LastFrameCommand}. The default definitions for +these three just invokes \cmd{\FrameCommand}, so that all portions are +framed the same way. See the \env{oframe} environment for use of distinct +First/Mid/Last frames. + +\section*{Expert commands:} + +\begin{itemize} +\item \cmd{\MakeFramed}, \cmd{\endMakeFramed}: the ``\env{MakeFramed}'' environment +\item \cmd{\FrameCommand}: command to draw the frame around its argument +\item \cmd{\FirstFrameCommand}: the frame for the first part of a split environment +\item \cmd{\LastFrameCommand}: frame for the last portion +\item \cmd{\MidFrameCommand}: for any intermediate segments +\item \cmd{\FrameRestore}: restore some text settings, but fewer than \cmd{\@parbox\-restore} +\item \cmd{\FrameRule}: length register; \cmd{\fboxrule} for default ``\env{framed}''. +\item \cmd{\FrameSep}: length register; \cmd{\fboxsep} for default ``\env{framed}''. +\item \cmd{\FrameHeightAdjust}: macro; height of frame above baseline at top of page +\item \cmd{\OuterFrameSep}: vertical space before and after the framed env.; defaults to \cmd{\topsep} +\end{itemize} + +\medskip +This is still a `pre-production' version because I can think of many +features/improvements that should be made. Also, a detailed manual needs +to be written. Nevertheless, starting with version~0.5 it should be bug-free. + + +\section*{ToDo:} + +\begin{itemize} +\item Test more varieties of list +\item Improve and correct documentation +\item Propagation of \cmd{\marks} +\item Handle footnotes (how??) floats (?) and marginpars. +\item Stretchability modification. +\end{itemize} + +\end{document} diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/ifplatform/README new/doc/latex/ifplatform/README --- old/doc/latex/ifplatform/README 2011-01-24 01:28:42.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/ifplatform/README 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,27 +0,0 @@ -______________________ -The IFPLATFORM package -v0.4 2010/10/22 - -This package uses heuristics to establish whether -the document is being processed on Windows or a *NIX -platform (Mac OS X, Linux, etc.). - -Except if you're using LuaTeX where this information -is already known. Otherwise, shell escape is required -to differentiate different *NIX platforms. - -Booleans provided are: - - ifwindows - - iflinux - - ifmacosx - - ifcygwin - -Finally, the \platformname macro is also provided that -expands to a string of the platform name. - -Will Robertson wspr 81 at gmail dot com -Johannes GroÃe - -Copyright 2007-2010 Will Robertson -Copyright 2007 Johannes GroÃe -Distributed under the LaTeX Project Public License Files old/doc/latex/ifplatform/ifplatform.pdf and new/doc/latex/ifplatform/ifplatform.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/framed.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/framed.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/framed.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/framed.doc.tlpobj 2012-06-02 04:29:26.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +name framed.doc +category Package +revision 26789 +shortdesc doc files of framed +relocated 1 +docfiles size=60 + RELOC/doc/latex/framed/framed.pdf + RELOC/doc/latex/framed/framed.tex diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/ifplatform.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/ifplatform.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/ifplatform.doc.tlpobj 2011-01-24 04:10:29.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/ifplatform.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -name ifplatform.doc -category Package -revision 21156 -shortdesc doc files of ifplatform -relocated 1 -docfiles size=38 - RELOC/doc/latex/ifplatform/README - RELOC/doc/latex/ifplatform/ifplatform.pdf ++++++ ifplatform.doc.tar.xz -> framed.tar.xz ++++++ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/ifplatform/README new/doc/latex/ifplatform/README --- old/doc/latex/ifplatform/README 2011-01-24 01:28:42.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/ifplatform/README 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,27 +0,0 @@ -______________________ -The IFPLATFORM package -v0.4 2010/10/22 - -This package uses heuristics to establish whether -the document is being processed on Windows or a *NIX -platform (Mac OS X, Linux, etc.). - -Except if you're using LuaTeX where this information -is already known. Otherwise, shell escape is required -to differentiate different *NIX platforms. - -Booleans provided are: - - ifwindows - - iflinux - - ifmacosx - - ifcygwin - -Finally, the \platformname macro is also provided that -expands to a string of the platform name. - -Will Robertson wspr 81 at gmail dot com -Johannes GroÃe - -Copyright 2007-2010 Will Robertson -Copyright 2007 Johannes GroÃe -Distributed under the LaTeX Project Public License Files old/doc/latex/ifplatform/ifplatform.pdf and new/doc/latex/ifplatform/ifplatform.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tex/latex/framed/framed.sty new/tex/latex/framed/framed.sty --- old/tex/latex/framed/framed.sty 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tex/latex/framed/framed.sty 2012-06-02 00:08:28.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,548 @@ +% framed.sty v 0.96 2011/10/22 +% Copyright (C) 1992-2011 by Donald Arseneau (asnd(a)triumf.ca) +% These macros may be freely transmitted, reproduced, or modified +% for any purpose provided that this notice is left intact. +% +%====================== Begin Instructions ======================= +% +% framed.sty +% ~~~~~~~~~~ +% Create framed, shaded, or differently highlighted regions that can +% break across pages. The environments defined are +% framed - ordinary frame box (\fbox) with edge at margin +% oframed - framed with open top/bottom at page breaks +% shaded - shaded background (\colorbox) bleeding into margin +% shaded* - shaded background (\colorbox) with edge at margin +% snugshade - shaded with tight fit around text (esp. in lists) +% snugshade* - like snugshade with shading edge at margin +% leftbar - thick vertical line in left margin +% +% to be used like +% \begin{framed} +% copious text +% \end{framed} +% +% But the more general purpose of this package is to facilitate the +% definition of new environments that take multi-line material, +% wrap it with some non-breakable formatting (some kind of box or +% decoration) and allow page breaks in the material. Such environments +% are defined to declare (or use) \FrameCommand for applying the boxy +% decoration, and \MakeFramed{settings} ... \endMakeFramed wrapped +% around the main text argument (environment body). +% +% The "framed" environment uses "\fbox", by default, as its "\FrameCommand" +% with the additional settings "\fboxrule=\FrameRule" and "\fboxsep=\FrameSep". +% You can change these lengths (using "\setlength") and you can change +% the definition of "\FrameCommand" to use much fancier boxes. +% +% In fact, the "shaded" environment just redefines \FrameCommand to be +% "\colorbox{shadecolor}" (and you have to define the color `"shadecolor"': +% "\definecolor{shadecolor}..."). +% +% Although the intention is for other packages to define the varieties +% of decoration, a command "\OpenFbox" is defined for frames with open +% tops or bottoms, and used for the "oframed" environment. This facility +% is based on a more complex and capable command "\CustomFBox" which can +% be used for a wider range of frame styles. One such style of a title-bar +% frame with continuation marks is provided as an example. It is used by +% the "titled-frame" environment. To make use of "titled-frame" in your +% document, or the "\TitleBarFrame" command in your own environment +% definitions, you must define the colors TFFrameColor (for the frame) +% and a contrasting TFTitleColor (for the title text). +% +% A page break is allowed, and even encouraged, before the framed +% environment. If you want to attach some text (a box title) to the +% frame, then the text should be inserted by \FrameCommand so it cannot +% be separated from the body. +% +% The contents of the framed regions are restricted: +% Floats, footnotes, marginpars and head-line entries will be lost. +% (Some of these may be handled in a later version.) +% This package will not work with the page breaking of multicol.sty, +% or other systems that perform column-balancing. +% +% The MakeFramed environment does the work. Its `settings' argument +% should contain any adjustments to the text width (via a setting of +% "\hsize"). Here, the parameter "\width" gives the measured extra width +% added by the frame, so a common setting is "\advance\hsize-\width" +% which reduces the width of the text just enough that the outer edge +% of the frame aligns with the margins. The `settings' should also +% include a `restore' command -- "\@parboxrestore" or "\FrameRestore" +% or something similar; for instance, the snugshade environment uses +% settings to eliminate list indents and vertical space, but uses +% "\hspace" in "\FrameCommand" to reproduce the list margin ouside the +% shading. +% +% There are actually four variants of "\FrameCommand" to allow different +% formatting for each part of an environment broken over pages. Unbroken +% text is adorned by "\FrameCommand", whereas split text first uses +% "\FirstFrameCommand", possibly followed by "\MidFrameCommand", and +% finishing with "\LastFrameCommand". The default definitions for +% these three just invokes "\FrameCommand", so that all portions are +% framed the same way. See the oframe environment for use of distinct +% First/Mid/Last frames. +% +% Expert commands: +% \MakeFramed, \endMakeFramed: the "MakeFramed" environment +% \FrameCommand: command to draw the frame around its argument +% \FirstFrameCommand: the frame for the first part of a split environment +% \LastFrameCommand: for the last portion +% \MidFrameCommand: for any intermediate segments +% \FrameRestore: restore some text settings, but fewer than \@parboxrestore +% \FrameRule: length register; \fboxrule for default "framed". +% \FrameSep: length register; \fboxsep for default "framed". +% \FrameHeightAdjust: macro; height of frame above baseline at top of page +% \OuterFrameSep: vertical space before and after the framed env. Defaults to "\topsep" +% +% This is still a `pre-production' version because I can think of many +% features/improvements that should be made. Also, a detailed manual needs +% to be written. Nevertheless, starting with version 0.5 it should be bug-free. +% +% ToDo: +% Test more varieties of list +% Improve and correct documentation +% Propagation of \marks +% Handle footnotes (how??) floats (?) and marginpars. +% Stretchability modification. +% Make inner contents height/depth influence placement. +%======================== End Instructions ======================== + +\ProvidesPackage{framed}[2011/10/22 v 0.96: + framed or shaded text with page breaks] + +\newenvironment{framed}% using default \FrameCommand + {\MakeFramed {\advance\hsize-\width \FrameRestore}}% + {\endMakeFramed} + +\newenvironment{shaded}{% + \def\FrameCommand{\fboxsep=\FrameSep \colorbox{shadecolor}}% + \MakeFramed {\FrameRestore}}% + {\endMakeFramed} + +\newenvironment{shaded*}{% + \def\FrameCommand{\fboxsep=\FrameSep \colorbox{shadecolor}}% + \MakeFramed {\advance\hsize-\width \FrameRestore}}% + {\endMakeFramed} + +\newenvironment{leftbar}{% + \def\FrameCommand{\vrule width 3pt \hspace{10pt}}% + \MakeFramed {\advance\hsize-\width \FrameRestore}}% + {\endMakeFramed} + +% snugshde: Shaded environment that +% -- uses the default \fboxsep instead of \FrameSep +% -- leaves the text indent unchanged (shading bleeds out) +% -- eliminates possible internal \topsep glue (\@setminipage) +% -- shrinks inside the margins for lists +% An \item label will tend to hang outside the shading, thanks to +% the small \fboxsep. + +\newenvironment{snugshade}{% + \def\FrameCommand##1{\hskip\@totalleftmargin \hskip-\fboxsep + \colorbox{shadecolor}{##1}\hskip-\fboxsep + % There is no \@totalrightmargin, so: + \hskip-\linewidth \hskip-\@totalleftmargin \hskip\columnwidth}% + \MakeFramed {\advance\hsize-\width + \@totalleftmargin\z@ \linewidth\hsize + \@setminipage}% + }{\par\unskip\@minipagefalse\endMakeFramed} + +\newenvironment{snugshade*}{% + \def\FrameCommand##1{\hskip\@totalleftmargin + \colorbox{shadecolor}{##1}% + % There is no \@totalrightmargin, so: + \hskip-\linewidth \hskip-\@totalleftmargin \hskip\columnwidth}% + \MakeFramed {\advance\hsize-\width + \@totalleftmargin\z@ \linewidth\hsize + \advance\labelsep\fboxsep + \@setminipage}% + }{\par\unskip\@minipagefalse\endMakeFramed} + +\newenvironment{oframed}{% open (top or bottom) framed + \def\FrameCommand{\OpenFBox\FrameRule\FrameRule}% + \def\FirstFrameCommand{\OpenFBox\FrameRule\z@}% + \def\MidFrameCommand{\OpenFBox\z@\z@}% + \def\LastFrameCommand{\OpenFBox\z@\FrameRule}% + \MakeFramed {\advance\hsize-\width \FrameRestore}% + }{\endMakeFramed} + +% A simplified entry to \CustomFBox with two customized parameters: +% the thicknesses of the top and bottom rules. Perhaps we want to +% use less \fboxsep on the open edges? + +\def\OpenFBox#1#2{\fboxsep\FrameSep + \CustomFBox{}{}{#1}{#2}\FrameRule\FrameRule} + +% \CustomFBox is like an amalgamation of \fbox and \@frameb@x, +% so it can be used by an alternate to \fbox or \fcolorbox, but +% it has more parameters for various customizations. +% Parameter #1 is inserted (in vmode) right after the top rule +% (useful for a title or assignments), and #2 is similar, but +% inserted right above the bottom rule. +% The thicknesses of the top, bottom, left, and right rules are +% given as parameters #3,#4,#5,#6 respectively. They should be +% \fboxrule or \z@ (or some other thickness). +% The text argument is #7. +% An instance of this can be used for the frame of \fcolorbox by +% locally defining \fbox before \fcolorbox; e.g., +% \def\fbox{\CustomFBox{}{}\z@\z@\fboxrule\fboxrule}\fcolorbox +% +% Do we need to use different \fboxsep on different sides too? +% +\long\def\CustomFBox#1#2#3#4#5#6#7{% + \leavevmode\begingroup + \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{% + \color@begingroup + \kern\fboxsep{#7}\kern\fboxsep + \color@endgroup}% + \hbox{% + % Here we calculate and shift for the depth. Done in + % a group because one of the arguments might be \@tempdima + % (we could use \dimexpr instead without grouping). + \begingroup + \@tempdima#4\relax + \advance\@tempdima\fboxsep + \advance\@tempdima\dp\@tempboxa + \expandafter\endgroup\expandafter + \lower\the\@tempdima\hbox{% + \vbox{% + \hrule\@height#3\relax + #1% + \hbox{% + \vrule\@width#5\relax + \vbox{% + \vskip\fboxsep % maybe these should be parameters too + \copy\@tempboxa + \vskip\fboxsep}% + \vrule\@width#6\relax}% + #2% + \hrule\@height#4\relax}% + }% + }% + \endgroup +} + + +% A particular type of titled frame with continuation marks. +% Parameter #1 is the title, repeated on each page. +\newenvironment{titled-frame}[1]{% + \def\FrameCommand{\fboxsep8pt\fboxrule2pt + \TitleBarFrame{\textbf{#1}}}% + \def\FirstFrameCommand{\fboxsep8pt\fboxrule2pt + \TitleBarFrame[$\blacktriangleright$]{\textbf{#1}}}% + \def\MidFrameCommand{\fboxsep8pt\fboxrule2pt + \TitleBarFrame[$\blacktriangleright$]{\textbf{#1\ (cont)}}}% + \def\LastFrameCommand{\fboxsep8pt\fboxrule2pt + \TitleBarFrame{\textbf{#1\ (cont)}}}% + \MakeFramed{\advance\hsize-20pt \FrameRestore}}% +% note: 8 + 2 + 8 + 2 = 20. Don't use \width because the frame title +% could interfere with the width measurement. + {\endMakeFramed} + +% \TitleBarFrame[marker]{title}{contents} +% Frame with a label at top, optional continuation marker at bottom right. +% Frame color is TFFrameColor and title color is a contrasting TFTitleColor; +% both need to be defined before use. The frame itself use \fboxrule and +% \fboxsep. If the title is omitted entirely, the title bar is omitted +% (use a blank space to force a blank title bar). +% +\newcommand\TitleBarFrame[3][]{\begingroup + \ifx\delimiter#1\delimiter + \let\TF@conlab\@empty + \else + \def\TF@conlab{% continuation label + \nointerlineskip + \smash{\rlap{\kern\wd\@tempboxa\kern\fboxrule\kern\fboxsep #1}}}% + \fi + \let\TF@savecolor\current@color + \textcolor{TFFrameColor}{% + \CustomFBox + {\TF@Title{#2}}{\TF@conlab}% + \fboxrule\fboxrule\fboxrule\fboxrule + {\let\current@color\TF@savecolor\set@color #3}% + }\endgroup +} + +% The title bar for \TitleBarFrame +\newcommand\TF@Title[1]{% + \ifx\delimiter#1\delimiter\else + \kern-0.04pt\relax + \begingroup + \setbox\@tempboxa\vbox{% + \kern0.8ex + \hbox{\kern\fboxsep\textcolor{TFTitleColor}{#1}\vphantom{Tj)}}% + \kern0.8ex}% + \hrule\@height\ht\@tempboxa + \kern-\ht\@tempboxa + \box\@tempboxa + \endgroup + \nointerlineskip + \kern-0.04pt\relax + \fi +} + +\chardef\FrameRestore=\catcode`\| % for debug +\catcode`\|=\catcode`\% % (debug: insert space after backslash) + +\newlength\OuterFrameSep \OuterFrameSep=\maxdimen \relax + +\def\MakeFramed#1{\par + % apply default \OuterFrameSep = \topsep + \ifdim\OuterFrameSep=\maxdimen \OuterFrameSep\topsep \fi + % measure added width and height; call result \width and \height + \fb@sizeofframe\FrameCommand + \let\width\fb@frw \let\height\fb@frh + % insert pre-penalties and skips + \begingroup + \skip@\lastskip + \if@nobreak\else + \penalty9999 % updates \page parameters + \ifdim\pagefilstretch=\z@ \ifdim\pagefillstretch=\z@ + % not infinitely stretchable, so encourage a page break here + \edef\@tempa{\the\skip@}% + \ifx\@tempa\zero@glue \penalty-30 + \else \vskip-\skip@ \penalty-30 \vskip\skip@ + \fi\fi\fi + \penalty\z@ + % Give a stretchy breakpoint that will always be taken in preference + % to the \penalty 9999 used to update page parameters. The cube root + % of 10000/100 indicates a multiplier of 0.21545, but the maximum + % calculated badness is really 8192, not 10000, so the multiplier + % is 0.2301. + \advance\skip@ \z@ plus-.5\baselineskip + \advance\skip@ \z@ plus-.231\height + \advance\skip@ \z@ plus-.231\skip@ + \advance\skip@ \z@ plus-.231\OuterFrameSep + \vskip-\skip@ \penalty 1800 \vskip\skip@ + \fi + \addvspace{\OuterFrameSep}% + \endgroup + % clear out pending page break + \penalty\@M \vskip 2\baselineskip \vskip\height + \penalty9999 \vskip -2\baselineskip \vskip-\height + \penalty9999 % updates \pagetotal +|\message{After clearout, \pagetotal=\the\pagetotal, \pagegoal=\the\pagegoal. }% + \fb@adjheight + \setbox\@tempboxa\vbox\bgroup + #1% Modifications to \hsize (can use \width and \height) + \textwidth\hsize \columnwidth\hsize +} + +\def\endMakeFramed{\par + \kern\z@ + \hrule\@width\hsize\@height\z@ % possibly bad + \penalty-100 % (\hrule moves depth into height) + \egroup +%%% {\showoutput\showbox\@tempboxa}% + \begingroup + \fb@put@frame\FrameCommand\FirstFrameCommand + \endgroup + \@minipagefalse % In case it was set and not cleared +} + +% \fb@put@frame takes the contents of \@tempboxa and puts all, or a piece, +% of it on the page with a frame (\FrameCommand, \FirstFrameCommand, +% \MidFrameCommand, or \LastFrameCommand). It recurses until all of +% \@tempboxa has been used up. (\@tempboxa must have zero depth.) +% #1 = attempted framing command, if no split +% #2 = framing command if split +% First iteration: Try to fit with \FrameCommand. If it does not fit, +% split for \FirstFrameCommand. +% Later iteration: Try to fit with \LastFrameCommand. If it does not +% fit, split for \MidFrameCommand. +\def\fb@put@frame#1#2{\relax + \ifdim\pagegoal=\maxdimen \pagegoal\vsize \fi +| \message{=============== Entering putframe ====================^^J +| \pagegoal=\the\pagegoal, \pagetotal=\the\pagetotal. }% + \ifinner + \fb@putboxa#1% + \fb@afterframe + \else + \dimen@\pagegoal \advance\dimen@-\pagetotal % natural space left on page + \ifdim\dimen@<2\baselineskip % Too little room on page +| \message{Page has only \the\dimen@\space room left; eject. }% + \eject \fb@adjheight \fb@put@frame#1#2% + \else % there's appreciable room left on the page + \fb@sizeofframe#1% +| \message{\string\pagetotal=\the\pagetotal, +| \string\pagegoal=\the\pagegoal, +| \string\pagestretch=\the\pagestretch, +| \string\pageshrink=\the\pageshrink, +| \string\fb@frh=\the\fb@frh. \space} +| \message{^^JBox of size \the\ht\@tempboxa\space}% + \begingroup % temporarily set \dimen@ to be... + \advance\dimen@.8\pageshrink % maximum space available on page + \advance\dimen@-\fb@frh\relax % max space available for frame's contents +%%% LOOKS SUBTRACTED AND ADDED, SO DOUBLE ACCOUNTING! + \expandafter\endgroup + % expand \ifdim, then restore \dimen@ to real room left on page + \ifdim\dimen@>\ht\@tempboxa % whole box does fit +| \message{fits in \the\dimen@. }% + % ToDo: Change this to use vsplit anyway to capture the marks + % MERGE THIS WITH THE else CLAUSE!!! + \fb@putboxa#1% + \fb@afterframe + \else % box must be split +| \message{must be split to fit in \the\dimen@. }% + % update frame measurement to use \FirstFrameCommand or \MidFrameCommand + \fb@sizeofframe#2% + \setbox\@tempboxa\vbox{% simulate frame and flexiblity of the page: + \vskip \fb@frh \@plus\pagestretch \(a)minus.8\pageshrink + \kern137sp\kern-137sp\penalty-30 + \unvbox\@tempboxa}% + \edef\fb@resto@set{\boxmaxdepth\the\boxmaxdepth + \splittopskip\the\splittopskip}% + \boxmaxdepth\z@ \splittopskip\z@ +| \message{^^JPadded box of size \the\ht\@tempboxa\space split to \the\dimen@}% + % Split box here + \setbox\tw@\vsplit\@tempboxa to\dimen@ +| \toks99\expandafter{\splitfirstmark}% +| \toks98\expandafter{\splitbotmark}% +| \message{Marks are: \the\toks99, \the\toks98. }% + \setbox\tw@\vbox{\unvbox\tw@}% natural-sized +| \message{Natural height of split box is \the\ht\tw@, leaving +| \the\ht\@tempboxa\space remainder. }% + % If the split-to size > (\vsize-\topskip), then set box to full size. + \begingroup + \advance\dimen@\topskip + \expandafter\endgroup + \ifdim\dimen@>\pagegoal +| \message{Frame is big -- Use up the full column. }% + \dimen@ii\pagegoal + \advance\dimen@ii -\topskip + \advance\dimen@ii \FrameHeightAdjust\relax + \else % suspect this is implemented incorrectly: + % If the split-to size > feasible room_on_page, rebox it smaller. + \advance\dimen@.8\pageshrink + \ifdim\ht\tw@>\dimen@ +| \message{Box too tall; rebox it to \the\dimen@. }% + \dimen@ii\dimen@ + \else % use natural size + \dimen@ii\ht\tw@ + \fi + \fi + % Re-box contents to desired size \dimen@ii + \advance\dimen@ii -\fb@frh + \setbox\tw@\vbox to\dimen@ii \bgroup + % remove simulated frame and page flexibility: + \vskip -\fb@frh \@plus-\pagestretch \(a)minus-.8\pageshrink + \unvbox\tw@ \unpenalty\unpenalty + \ifdim\lastkern=-137sp % whole box went to next page +| \message{box split at beginning! }% + % need work here??? + \egroup \fb@resto@set \eject % (\vskip for frame size was discarded) + \fb@adjheight + \fb@put@frame#1#2% INSERTED ??? + \else % Got material split off at the head + \egroup \fb@resto@set + \ifvoid\@tempboxa % it all fit after all +| \message{box split at end! }% + \setbox\@tempboxa\box\tw@ + \fb@putboxa#1% + \fb@afterframe + \else % it really did split +| \message{box split as expected. Its reboxed height is \the\ht\tw@. }% + \ifdim\wd\tw@>\z@ + \wd\tw@\wd\@tempboxa + \centerline{#2{\box\tw@}}% ??? \centerline bad idea + \else +| \message{Zero width means likely blank. Don't frame it (guess)}% + \box\tw@ + \fi + \hrule \@height\z@ \@width\hsize + \eject + \fb@adjheight + \fb@put@frame\LastFrameCommand\MidFrameCommand + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi +} + +\def\fb@putboxa#1{% + \ifvoid\@tempboxa + \PackageWarning{framed}{Boxa is void -- discard it. }% + \else +| \message{Frame and place boxa. }% +| %{\showoutput\showbox\@tempboxa}% + \centerline{#1{\box\@tempboxa}}% + \fi +} + +\def\fb@afterframe{% + \nointerlineskip \null %{\showoutput \showlists} + \penalty-30 \vskip\OuterFrameSep \relax +} + +% measure width and height added by frame (#1 = frame command) +% call results \fb@frw and \fb@frh +% todo: a mechanism to handle wide frame titles +\newdimen\fb@frw +\newdimen\fb@frh +\def\fb@sizeofframe#1{\begingroup + \setbox\z@\vbox{\vskip-5in \hbox{\hskip-5in + #1{\hbox{\vrule \@height 4.7in \(a)depth.3in \@width 5in}}}% + \vskip\z@skip}% +| \message{Measuring frame addition for \string#1 in \@currenvir\space +| gives ht \the\ht\z@\space and wd \the\wd\z@. }% +| %{\showoutput\showbox\z@}% + \global\fb@frw\wd\z@ \global\fb@frh\ht\z@ + \endgroup +} + +\def\fb@adjheight{% + \vbox to\FrameHeightAdjust{}% get proper baseline skip from above. + \penalty\@M \nointerlineskip + \vskip-\FrameHeightAdjust + \penalty\@M} % useful for tops of pages + +\edef\zero@glue{\the\z@skip} + +\catcode`\|=\FrameRestore + +% Provide configuration commands: +\providecommand\FrameCommand{% + \setlength\fboxrule{\FrameRule}\setlength\fboxsep{\FrameSep}% + \fbox} +\@ifundefined{FrameRule}{\newdimen\FrameRule \FrameRule=\fboxrule}{} +\@ifundefined{FrameSep} {\newdimen\FrameSep \FrameSep =3\fboxsep}{} +\providecommand\FirstFrameCommand{\FrameCommand} +\providecommand\MidFrameCommand{\FrameCommand} +\providecommand\LastFrameCommand{\FrameCommand} + +% Height of frame above first baseline when frame starts a page: +\providecommand\FrameHeightAdjust{6pt} + +% \FrameRestore has parts of \@parboxrestore, performing a similar but +% less complete restoration of the default layout. See how it is used in +% the "settings" argument of \MakeFrame. Though not a parameter, \hsize +% should be set to the desired total line width available inside the +% frame before invoking \FrameRestore. +\def\FrameRestore{% + \let\if@nobreak\iffalse + \let\if@noskipsec\iffalse + \let\-\@dischyph + \let\'\@acci\let\`\@accii\let\=\@acciii + % \message{FrameRestore: + % \@totalleftmargin=\the \@totalleftmargin, + % \rightmargin=\the\rightmargin, + % \@listdepth=\the\@listdepth. }% + % Test if we are in a list (or list-like paragraph) + \ifnum \ifdim\@totalleftmargin>\z@ 1\fi + \ifdim\rightmargin>\z@ 1\fi + \ifnum\@listdepth>\z@ 1\fi 0>\z@ + % \message{In a list: \linewidth=\the\linewidth, \@totalleftmargin=\the\@totalleftmargin, + % \parshape=\the\parshape, \columnwidth=\the\columnwidth, \hsize=\the\hsize, + % \labelwidth=\the\labelwidth. }% + \@setminipage % snug fit around the item. I would like this to be non-global. + % Now try to propageate changes of width from \hsize to list parameters. + % This is deficient, but a more advanced way to indicate modification to text + % dimensions is not (yet) provided; in particular, no separate left/right + % adjustment. + \advance\linewidth-\columnwidth \advance\linewidth\hsize + \parshape\@ne \@totalleftmargin \linewidth + \else % Not in list + \linewidth=\hsize + %\message{No list, set \string\linewidth=\the\hsize. }% + \fi + \sloppy +} + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/framed.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/framed.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/framed.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/framed.tlpobj 2012-06-02 04:29:26.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +name framed +category Package +revision 26789 +shortdesc Framed or shaded regions that can break across pages. +relocated 1 +longdesc The package creates three environments: - framed, which puts an +longdesc ordinary frame box around the region, - shaded, which shades +longdesc the region, and - leftbar, which places a line at the left +longdesc side. The environments allow a break at their start (the +longdesc \FrameCommand enables creation of a title that is "attached" to +longdesc the environment); breaks are also allowed in the course of the +longdesc framed/shaded matter. There is also a command \MakeFramed to +longdesc make your own framed-style environments. +runfiles size=6 + RELOC/tex/latex/framed/framed.sty +catalogue-ctan /macros/latex/contrib/framed +catalogue-date 2012-06-01 12:48:04 +0200 +catalogue-license other-free +catalogue-version 0.96 diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/ifplatform.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/ifplatform.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/ifplatform.doc.tlpobj 2011-01-24 04:10:29.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/ifplatform.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -name ifplatform.doc -category Package -revision 21156 -shortdesc doc files of ifplatform -relocated 1 -docfiles size=38 - RELOC/doc/latex/ifplatform/README - RELOC/doc/latex/ifplatform/ifplatform.pdf ++++++ ifmtarg.doc.tar.xz -> frege.doc.tar.xz ++++++ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/frege/GNU.txt new/doc/latex/frege/GNU.txt --- old/doc/latex/frege/GNU.txt 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/frege/GNU.txt 2012-07-23 18:41:34.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,340 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) 19yy <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA + + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19yy name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General +Public License instead of this License. diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/frege/INSTALL new/doc/latex/frege/INSTALL --- old/doc/latex/frege/INSTALL 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/frege/INSTALL 2012-08-16 01:11:17.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +Unfortunately I am no computer expert and I don't know how to provide detailed +installation instructions for every system out there (let alone create a script +for that purpose). Instead I will provide what has worked for me using TeX Live +as bundled for Ubuntu 10.04 LTS, as well as a reference to Stack Exchange. + +Note also that the frege package requires both the "amssymb" package and the +"ifthen" package to be installed. These are both fairly common and will come +with most versions of LaTeX. If you want to use the bguq option you will also +need to install the "bguq" package, which may be found on ctan +(http://www.ctan.org/pkg/bguq). + +To install I place the frege.sty file in either one of the following locations: + + /usr/local/share/texmf/tex/latex/frege/ + /usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/frege/ + +One way to find the above paths on your system is to use the kpsewhich command in +conjunction with a standard latex class. Enter the following into the terminal +while in the root directory (get there by typing "cd /" and hitting enter): + + kpsewhich article.cls + <hit enter> + +This should return something like: + + /usr/share/texmf-texlive/tex/latex/base/article.cls + +of which you need everything up to the latex/ + +copying the frege.sty file to one of these locations as well as creating a frege/ +directory will require sudo priveliges. Type the following into Terminal (adjusting +the <path> as needed and hitting enter after each line): + + sudo mkdir /usr/local/share/texmf/tex/latex/frege + <at this point you will need to enter your password> + sudo cp <path>/frege.sty /usr/local/share/texmf/tex/latex/frege/frege.sty + +once you have done that you will need to navigate to your ls-R file: + + cd /usr/local/share/texmf + +this path may once again be found using the kpsewhich command as follows: + + kpsewhich ls-R + +once you are in the directory containting the ls-R file type the following: + + sudo mktexlsr + +the package is now installed and may be used by placing the following in the +preamble of a tex file: + + \usepackage{frege} + +In case this is completely unhelpful to you (for example because you are using some +completely different version of LaTeX in a completely different operating system I +suggest turning to Stack Exchange for help (http://tex.stackexchange.com/). diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/frege/README new/doc/latex/frege/README --- old/doc/latex/frege/README 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/frege/README 2012-08-16 01:11:17.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,131 @@ +frege.sty - a LaTeX2e package for typesetting begriffsschrift + +This package is based on begriff.sty released under the GNU General Public License. +Copyright (C) 2003 by Josh Parsons + +Since version 1.3 this package also makes use of the bguq package by J.J. Green. + +Changes with respect to begriff.sty + +correct relative lengths of the content stroke with respect to other strokes +attached to it; +content strokes point at the middle of the following symbols, rather than the bottom; +greater width for the assertion stroke as compared to the content stroke; +a more intuitive structure for the conditional (arguments are now given in the same +order as they appear on the left of a completed formula); +the command for the conditional with empty arguments now results in a vertical line +(conditional stroke) on it's own the other strokes are added as the arguments; +the linewidth is properly accounted for so that things remain properly centered when +scaled; + +frege.sty defines the following basic commands: +\Fcontent[1] - plain content stroke +\Fncontent[1] - negated content stroke +\Fnncontent[1] - twice negated content stroke +\Faconten[1] - asserted content stroke +\Fancontent[1] - asserted negated content stroke +\Fanncontent[1] - asserted twice negated content stroke +\Fquant[1]{a} - content stroke with quantifier +\Fnquant[1]{a} - negated quantifier +\Fnnquant[1]{a} - twice negated quantifier +\Fquantn[1]{a} - quantifier with negated content +\Fquantnn[1]{a} - quantifier with twice negated content +\Fnquantn[1]{a} - negated quantifier with negated content +\Fnquantnn[1]{a} - negated quantifier with twice negated content +\Fnnquantn[1]{a} - twice negated quantifier with negated content +\Fnnquantnn[1]{a} - twice negated quantifier with twice negated content +\Faquant[1]{a} - asserted content stroke with quantifier +\Fanquant[1]{a} - asserted negated quantifier +\Fannquant[1]{a} - asserted twice negated quantifier +\Faquantn[1]{a} - asserted quantifier with negated content +\Faquantnn[1]{a} - asserted quantifier with twice negated content +\Fanquantn[1]{a} - asserted negated quantifier with negated content +\Fanquantnn[1]{a} - asserted negated quantifier with twice negated content +\Fannquantn[1]{a} - asserted twice negated quantifier with negated content +\Fannquantnn[1]{a} - asserted twice negated quantifier with twice negated content + +while this may look like a daunting list think of it as just two commands: +\Fcontent[1] - generates a content stroke +\Fquant[1]{a} - generates a quantifier with variable a + +Adding an "a" after the "\F" adds an assertion stroke to the front of the command, +this may be followed by one two or no "n" to add one two or no negations to the +stroke. Next comes the name of the command either "content" or "quant". "quant" may +then be followed by another one two or no "n" which will add one two or no negations +after the quantifier to it's content stroke. All commands may be used in either text +or math mode. All the above commands produce output of the same length and may be +arbitrarly combined to produce longer composite formulas. Since version 1.1 each of +the basic strokes also has an optional argument with default value one, that scales +the total length of the stroke (\Fbaselength), so that an optional argument of [.5] +will produce a stroke half as long. Warning: setting a length shorter than what is +needed to fit all the options of a stroke leads to negative lengths and hence +unpredictable results. + +Since version 1.3 it is also possible to call all the above commands without the +word "content" for the content strokes and with just "q" instead of the word "quant" +for the quantifiers. + +frege.sty defines the following more complex commands: +\Fconditional[<option>]{<consequent>}{<antecedent>} +\Fbox{<begriffsschrift formula with at least one conditional>} +\Fbracket{<begriffsschrift formula with at least one conditional>} +\Fargument[<premise 0>]{<premise 1>}{<premise 2>}{<conclusion>} +\Fstrut[1] + +The final two have been added in version 1.2. + +The following shorthands for the above commands have been introduced in version 1.3: +\Fcdt, \Fb, \Fbb, \Farg, \Fs; + +The "Fconditional" command requires a mixture of the commands defined by frege.sty +and normal mathmode input to produce begriffsschrift. A implies B would be written +like this: + +\Fconditional[\Facontent]{\Fcontent B}{\Fcontent A} + +This produces the two dimensional fregean conditional symbol with B lined up above +A. In addition the "Fconditional" command may be arbitrarily nested to produce any +begriffsschrift formula possible. All begriffsschrift symbol can be made without +the use of the optional argument, it exists only for convenience. + +"Fbracket" is just the same as "\left(\Fbox\right)" everything said about "Fbox" +applies equally to "Fbracket". A completed formula of begriffsschrift that includes +at least one conditional, should always be placed in an "Fbox" this ensures it is +given enough space in the output behaves correctly with respect to the text around +it and works correctly within environments such as align*. + +"Fargument" arranges two begriffsschrift formulas above each other and seperates +them from a third by a horizontal line. The option is for the name of a premise +written elsewhere and will outout (name): to the left of the horizontal line. + +"Fstrut" is like a invisible content stroke. Like all other basic strokes, it may be +scaled using it's optional argument. Fstrut is to be used in conjunction with +Fargument to ensure the formulas line up properly. + +The final result may also be modified by changing the following lengths using the +\setlength{<lengthname>}{<value>} command. The lengths and there default values are +given as follows: + +length: default value: description: +\Fbaselength 20pt the length of a single basic stroke +\Flinewidth 0.5pt the width of all lines other than the assert stroke +\Fspace 2pt seperation between begriffsschrift and text/formula +\Fassertwidth 3\Flinewidth the width of the assert stroke +\Fraiseheight 1ex-\Flinewidth the height of content strokes above the baseline +\Fnegsep 3\Flinewidth the sepparation between a double negation +\Fnegshort 2\Flinewidth the space between negation stroke and baseline +\Fquantwidth 6pt width of the semi circular quantifier depression + +Since version 1.3 it is possible to load this package using the "bguq" option: +\usepackage[bguq]{frege} + +if the bguq option is enabled all quantifiers will use the bguq character provided +by the bguq package by J.J. Green rather than the qbezier used by this package. +This means the bguq package must be installed to use the option. (It can be found +on ctan: http://www.ctan.org/pkg/bguq). +Warning: as it stands the bguq character scales with font while the rest of the +symbols provided by this package do not. Also, the bguq character will not respond +to a change in Flinewidth. + +For more examples and info see accompanying manual (frege.pdf or frege.tex) +Everything released under GNU General Public License. Files old/doc/latex/frege/frege.pdf and new/doc/latex/frege/frege.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/frege/frege.tex new/doc/latex/frege/frege.tex --- old/doc/latex/frege/frege.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/frege/frege.tex 2012-08-16 01:11:17.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,418 @@ +\documentclass[12pt]{article} +\usepackage[bguq]{frege} +\usepackage{amsmath} + +%% For condensed itemize: +\newcommand{\squishlist}{ + \begin{list}{$\bullet$}{ + \setlength{\itemsep}{0pt} + \setlength{\parsep}{0pt} + \setlength{\topsep}{0pt} + \setlength{\partopsep}{0pt} + \setlength{\leftmargin}{1em} + \setlength{\labelwidth}{1em} + \setlength{\parskip}{0pt} + \setlength{\partopsep}{0pt} + \setlength{\rightmargin}{0pt} + \setlength{\labelsep}{0.5em}}} +\newcommand{\squishlistend}{\end{list}} + +\title{frege.sty \\ A \LaTeXe Package for Typesetting Begriffsschrift} +\author{Quirin Pamp \\ \texttt{Quirin.Pamp.2009(a)my.bristol.ac.uk}} + +\begin{document} +\maketitle +\section{Background} +\subsection{Motivation for this Package} + I recently decided to read Frege's \emph{Begriffsschrift} from 1879 and found that + the only copy I could find online was a rather poor quality scan of the original. + Since the copyright on german publications expires some 70 or so years after the + death of their author, I had the bright idea to combine reading the paper with + the making of an electronic copy. This required the typesetting of begriffsschrift. + A quick search on the internet assured me that there was a LaTeX package for just + this purpose, and off I went. However I quickly noticed that it would be very + difficult to achieve a typesetting I deemed sufficiently close to the original + using only the package \emph{begriff} by Josh Parsons. Despite the fact that I + have never written a LaTeX package before, a quick look at the source file (only + some 300 or so lines with plenty of comments) along with some head scratching + convinced me to embark on this further project. + + With the help of the begriff package and the good people on Stack-Exchange, I + eventually produced a package that was able to do everything that the original + begriff package can, albeit with a few changes I consider an improvement. Further + versions largely reflect additional features I added as I continue to type up + Frege's original paper, as well as bug fixes and input by members of the LaTeX + community. Once I am done I will add the tex file for Fege's paper as the + definitive example for the usage of this package. + +\subsection{The \emph{begriff} Package} + This package is based on begriff.sty released under the GNU General Public + License. + Copyright (C) 2003 by Josh Parsons (josh(a)coombs.anu.edu.au) with changes made in + October 2004 by Richard Heck (heck(a)fas.harvard.edu) and minor changes by Josh + Parsons to fix a problem with linespacing made in May 2005. + + While I could not have done so without the aforementioned work, I have reworked the + package from the ground up, to the point where some of the underlying approaches + have changed. On the downside this means there is no simple way of converting + anything typeset using begriff.sty to use this package instead. I felt this was + necessary to achieve an end result I was happy with. + +\subsection{The \emph{bguq} Package} + Since version 1.3 I added the option to use the bguq character for all + quantifiers. This character is provided by the bguq package by J.J. Green. + +\section{Version History} +\subsection{Changes as Compared to begriff.sty} + \squishlist + \item correct (closer to the original typesetting) relative lengths of the + content stroke with respect to other strokes attached to it; + \item content strokes point at the middle of the following symbols, rather + than the bottom; + \item greater width for the assertion stroke as compared to the content stroke; + \item a more intuitive structure for the conditional (arguments are now given in + the same order as they appear on the left of a completed formula); + \item the command for the conditional with empty arguments now results in a + vertical line (conditional stroke) on it's own the other strokes are added as + the arguments; + \item the linewidth is properly accounted for so that things remain properly + centered when scaled; + \squishlistend + +\subsection{Changes in Version 1.1} + \squishlist + \item added an optional scale factor to all basic strokes; + \item simplified the code for Fbracket in terms of that for Fbox; + \item rearranged the code in the style file in a more logical way; + \squishlistend + +\subsection{Changes in Version 1.2} + \squishlist + \item added a new command ``Fargument'' for typesetting arguments; + \item added a new command ``Fstrut'' to be used in conjunction with Fargument; + \item changed Fbaselength to be equal to the full length of a basic stroke (20pt); + \item fixed a bug where the scale factor introduced in version 1.1 does not reset + after all uses; + \squishlistend + +\subsection{Changes in Version 1.3} + \squishlist + \item made the ``():'' used in the Fargument command introduced in version 1.2 + user defined so as to make the option properly optional; + \item added a strut to Fargument so as to produce visually correct centering; + \item added optional shorthands for all commands for a better flow of usage; + \item added the option ``bguq'' to the package which uses the bguq font by J.J. + Green for all quantifiers; + \squishlistend + +\subsection{Changes and Features yet to come} + \squishlist + \item a way to display nested arguments; + \item the fregean conjunction (it exists); + \item a vertical shorthand stroke such as used by Frege for typesetting arguments + in his original paper; + \item scaling symbols automatically with changes in font size; + \item scaling of the bguq character with changes in Flinewidth; + \squishlistend + +\section{Features and Usage} +\subsection{Commands} +\subsubsection{Basic Commands} + The following is a list of the basic commands provided by this package along with + accompanying output and the optional shorthand for the command. + \begin{flalign*} + &\mbox{Command:} & &\mbox{Output:} & &\mbox{Shorthand:}\\ + &\mbox{\textbackslash Fcontent[1]} & &\Fcontent + & &\mbox{\textbackslash F[1]}\\ + &\mbox{\textbackslash Fncontent[1]} & &\Fncontent + & &\mbox{\textbackslash Fn[1]}\\ + &\mbox{\textbackslash Fnncontent[1]} & &\Fnncontent + & &\mbox{\textbackslash Fnn[1]}\\ + &\mbox{\textbackslash Facontent[1]} & &\Facontent + & &\mbox{\textbackslash Fa[1]}\\ + &\mbox{\textbackslash Fancontent[1]} & &\Fancontent + & &\mbox{\textbackslash Fan[1]}\\ + &\mbox{\textbackslash Fanncontent[1]} & &\Fanncontent + & &\mbox{\textbackslash Fann[1]}\\ + &\mbox{\textbackslash Fquant[1]\{a\}} & &\Fquant{a} + & &\mbox{\textbackslash Fq[1]}\\ + &\mbox{\textbackslash Fnquant[1]\{a\}} & &\Fnquant{a} + & &\mbox{\textbackslash Fnq[1]\{a\}}\\ + &\mbox{\textbackslash Fnnquant[1]\{a\}} & &\Fnnquant{a} + & &\mbox{\textbackslash Fnnq[1]\{a\}}\\ + &\mbox{\textbackslash Fquantn[1]\{a\}} & &\Fquantn{a} + & &\mbox{\textbackslash Fqn[1]\{a\}}\\ + &\mbox{\textbackslash Fquantnn[1]\{a\}} & &\Fquantnn{a} + & &\mbox{\textbackslash Fqnn[1]\{a\}}\\ + &\mbox{\textbackslash Fnquantn[1]\{a\}} & &\Fnquantn{a} + & &\mbox{\textbackslash Fnqn[1]\{a\}}\\ + &\mbox{\textbackslash Fnquantnn[1]\{a\}} & &\Fnquantnn{a} + & &\mbox{\textbackslash Fnqnn[1]\{a\}}\\ + &\mbox{\textbackslash Fnnquantn[1]\{a\}} & &\Fnnquantn{a} + & &\mbox{\textbackslash Fnnqn[1]\{a\}}\\ + &\mbox{\textbackslash Fnnquantnn[1]\{a\}} & &\Fnnquantnn{a} + & &\mbox{\textbackslash Fnnqnn[1]\{a\}}\\ + &\mbox{\textbackslash Faquant[1]\{a\}} & &\Faquant{a} + & &\mbox{\textbackslash Faq[1]\{a\}}\\ + &\mbox{\textbackslash Fanquant[1]\{a\}} & &\Fanquant{a} + & &\mbox{\textbackslash Fanq[1]\{a\}}\\ + &\mbox{\textbackslash Fannquant[1]\{a\}} & &\Fannquant{a} + & &\mbox{\textbackslash Fannq[1]\{a\}}\\ + &\mbox{\textbackslash Faquantn[1]\{a\}} & &\Faquantn{a} + & &\mbox{\textbackslash Faqn[1]\{a\}}\\ + &\mbox{\textbackslash Faquantnn[1]\{a\}} & &\Faquantnn{a} + & &\mbox{\textbackslash Faqnn[1]\{a\}}\\ + &\mbox{\textbackslash Fanquantn[1]\{a\}} & &\Fanquantn{a} + & &\mbox{\textbackslash Fanqn[1]\{a\}}\\ + &\mbox{\textbackslash Fanquantnn[1]\{a\}} & &\Fanquantnn{a} + & &\mbox{\textbackslash Fanqnn[1]\{a\}}\\ + &\mbox{\textbackslash Fannquantn[1]\{a\}} & &\Fannquantn{a} + & &\mbox{\textbackslash Fannqn[1]\{a\}}\\ + &\mbox{\textbackslash Fannquantnn[1]\{a\}} & &\Fannquantnn{a} + & &\mbox{\textbackslash Fannqnn[1]\{a\}}\\ + \end{flalign*} + This may seem like a daunting list, but there is an exceedingly simple way to think + about it. In a sense there are only two commands \textbackslash Fcontent[1] and + \textbackslash Fquant[1]\{\}. These two commands can be augmented with a + combination of as and ns so as to add assertion and negation strokes respectively. + Any stroke that is asserted (has a fat vertical line at the start) starts with + `\textbackslash Fa'. This may be followed by either one or two or no `n' to add one + or two or no negation strokes (the small vertical lines below the content + stroke). Next comes the name of the main command, either `quant' or `content'. + Finally the quantifiers may be followed by either one or two `n' to add one or two + negation strokes to the content stroke after the quantifier's depression. + + Consider also that many of these commands are only really present for completeness + sake. It is difficult to imagine a situation where a twice negated quantifier with + twice negated content would ever be needed. + + Since version 1.1 all basic strokes also have an optional scaling factor. A command + followed by [.5], for example would produce a stroke exactly half the default + length while [2] produces a stroke twice the default length. (The default length + is given by \textbackslash Fbaselength which is set to 20pt. Scaling allows for + greater control in the total length of formula as well as for a shorter syntax. + (We can replace expressions like \textbackslash Facontent \textbackslash Fcontent + with \textbackslash Facontent[2].) Care must be taken not to set a length that is + shorter than what is needed to fit all the parts of some basic stroke. This will + lead to negative lengths and hence unpredictable output. + + All quantifiers also have a mandatory argument that specifies the variable + associated with the quantifier. (Mandatory arguments are contained in a set of + curly brackets \{ and \}). This argument should be a single small letter and + will be typeset above the semi circular depression in the assertion stroke in + mathfrak font which is provided by tha amssymb package. This font can be used in + maths mode by using the command `\textbackslash mathfrak\{\}'. Note that all the + commands provided by this package may be used in both math and text mode. (Though + math mode usually results in better formatting.) + + Finally one may combine the above commands in arbitrary combinations which will + result in gapless longer strokes. (Eg.: $\Faquant[0.6]{a}\Fnquantn[1.4]{b}A$) + which may be roughly translated into english as ``for all $\mathfrak{a}$ there + exists a $\mathfrak{b}$ such that $A$''. (The commands I used for this expression + are \$\textbackslash Faquant\{a\}\textbackslash Fnquantn\{b\}A\$). + +\subsubsection{Conditional} + The conditional is the most important command in this package since it gives + Frege's Begriffsschrift it's two dimensional structure.\\ + The syntax for the Fconditional command is as follows: + + \textbackslash Fconditional[\textless option\textgreater] + \{\textless consequent\textgreater\}\{\textless antecedent\textgreater\}\\ + The shorthand version (since version 1.3) is given by ``\textbackslash Fcdt''. + + The arguments may in principle be anything, but you will only get a begriffschrift + formula if the arguments are themselves given by appropriate commands from the list + of basic commands given earlier. As an example, an asserted conjunction between $A$ + and $B$ would be given as follows: + + \$\textbackslash Fconditional[\textbackslash Fancontent]\{\textbackslash Fncontent + A\}\{\textbackslash Fcontent B\}\$ \\ + and produce the following output: + \begin{align*} + \Fbox{\Fconditional[\Fancontent]{\Fncontent A}{\Fcontent B}} + \end{align*} + In addition Fconditional may be nested as it's own argument to arbitrary depth. + Nesting in the option is not recommended. \\ + A conditional with nested consequent may be given as follows: + + \$\textbackslash Fconditional[\textbackslash Facontent]\{\textbackslash + Fcontent\textbackslash Fconditional\{\textbackslash Fcontent A\}\{\textbackslash + Fcontent B\}\}\{\textbackslash Fcontent\textbackslash Fcontent C\}\$\\ + and produces the following output: + \begin{align*} + \Fbox{\Fconditional[\Facontent]{\Fcontent\Fconditional{\Fcontent A} + {\Fcontent B}}{\Fcontent[2] C}} + \end{align*} + A conditional with nested antecedent may be given as follows: + + \$\textbackslash Fconditional[\textbackslash Facontent]\{\textbackslash Fcontent + \textbackslash Fcontent A\}\{\textbackslash Fcontent\textbackslash Fconditional + \{\textbackslash Fcontent B\}\{\textbackslash Fcontent C\}\}\$\\ + and produces the following output: + \begin{align*} + \Fbox{\Fconditional[\Facontent]{\Fcontent[2] A}{\Fcontent\Fconditional% + {\Fcontent B}{\Fcontent C}}} + \end{align*} + Each section of a content stroke may thus be replaced with any of the strokes given + by the list of basic commands. Note that it is up to the user to place the + appropriate number of strokes in each argument to ensure that the content strokes + all line up on the right hand side. + +\subsubsection{Brackets and Boxes} + There are two more commands to be considered: + + \textbackslash Fbox\{\textless complex expression\textgreater\}\\ + The shorthand version (since version 1.3) is given by \textbackslash Fb\{\} + + \textbackslash Fbracket\{\textless complex expression\textgreater\}\\ + The shorthand version (since version 1.3) is given by \textbackslash Fbb\{\} + + Both Fbox and Fbracket take what I have called a `complex expression' for their + argument. A `complex expression' is any formula in begriffsschrift that has at + least one conditional in it. It is generally a good idea to put all complex + expressions into either a Fbox or a Fbracket. It is never necessary to place a + complex expressions into both an Fbox and an Fbracket since an Fbox simply is a + Fbracket without the actual brackets. Fbracket exists only for convenience with + the same effect being achieved by \textbackslash left(\textbackslash Fbox\{\} + \textbackslash right). + + The reason why the Fbox is a good idea, is that the baseline is very near the top of + a complex expression of Begriffsschrift, which can make for some odd formatting + effects. In addition to placing the baseline at the middle of a complex expression + an Fbox ensures the expression is treated by LaTeX as a single object and given + enough space. + + Finally a complex expression may not format correctly in some environments (like + the align* environment for example) unless it is placed in an Fbox. In short, + always use an Fbox (or Fbracket). + +\subsubsection{Arguments and Struts} + Since version 1.2 two commands have been added that allow for the typesetting of + arguments. The syntax for the argument command is as follows: + + \textbackslash Fargument[\textless premise 0\textgreater]\{\textless premise + 1\textgreater\}\{\textless premise 2\textgreater\}\{\textless conclusion + \textgreater\}\\ + The shorthand version (since version 1.3) is given by \textbackslash Farg + + In the following esample the optional argument for premise 0 (an absent premise + takes the value `$(X):$' the premises are the two formulas above the therfore line + and the conclusion is the formula below the therefore line. The Begriffschrift + expressions in the arguments of the Fargument command do not need to be placed in + an Fbox, since the Fargument command works by boxing it's arguments allready. + \begin{align*} + \Fargument[(X):] + {\Fconditional[\Facontent] + {\Fcontent[2] A} + {\Fcontent\Fconditional{\Fcontent B}{\Fcontent C}}} + {\Fstrut[2]\Facontent C} + {\Fstrut[2]\Facontent A} + \end{align*} + where $X=\Facontent B$; (this is typeset seperately from the Fargument command); + + The three begriffsschrift formulas above are in fact aligned leftbound. To make + them appear rightbound no matter what the relative lengths of $A$, $B$, and $C$, + the command ``Fstrut'' has been used in front of $\Facontent C$ and $\Facontent A$. + The command ``\textbackslash Fstrut[1]'' works exactly like an invisible content + stroke, that is it inserts space of length Fbaselength. Like all basic strokes it + can be scaled via an optional scale factor. Since version 1.3 it may be called by + the optional shorthand ``\textbackslash Fs'' + +\subsection{Lengths} + In theory all the dimensions in this package can be changed with the command + \textbackslash setlength\{\textless name of length\textgreater\}\{\textless new + value\textgreater\}, though I have not done a great deal of testing and recommend + sticking to the default values. The following then is a table of all lengths: \\ + \begin{tabular}{|l|l|l|} + \hline + name & default value & description \\ + \hline + \textbackslash Fbaselength & 20pt & the length of the basic strokes \\ + \textbackslash Flinewidth & 0.5pt & the line width \\ + \textbackslash Fspace & 2pt & seperation between lines and text/formula \\ + \textbackslash Fassertwidth & 3\textbackslash Flinewidth & width of assert + stroke \\ + \textbackslash Fraiseheight & 1ex-\textbackslash Flinewidth & height of content + lines above baseline \\ + \textbackslash Fnegsep & 3\textbackslash Flinewidth & seperation between a + double negation \\ + \textbackslash Fnegshort & 2\textbackslash Flinewidth & space between negation + stroke and baseline \\ + \textbackslash Fquantwidth & 6pt & width of the semi-circular quantifier + depression \\ + \hline + \end{tabular} + the height of the conditional stroke is determined by the size of the contents of + the conditionals argument, as well as the baselineskip of the surrounding text. It + cannot be changed manually. + +\subsection{The \emph{bguq} Option} + Since version 1.3 this package may be called with the option ``bguq'' as follows: \\ + \textbackslash usepackage[bguq]\{frege\}\\ + If the option is enabled all quantifiers will be typeset using the bguq font + provided by the bguq package by J.J. Green. (This document is typeset using the + option). This means that the bguq package must be installed if the option is + enabled. (It can be found on ctan). + + Warning: At present the bguq character scales with font size while the rest of the + symbols provided by this package do not. Also the bguq character does not respond + to a change in Flinewidth. + +\subsection{Final Example} + The Geach-Kaplan sentance (with thanks to Marcus Rossberg): + \begin{align*} + \Fbox% + {% + \Fconditional[{\Facontent[.2]\Fnquant{F}\Fcontent[.2]}]% + {% + \Fcontent% + \Fconditional% + {% + \Fcontent[3]% + \Fbox% + {% + f\Fbracket% + {% + \Fconditional[\Faquant{a}]% + {\Fcontent C\mathfrak{(a)}}% + {\Fcontent \mathfrak{F(a)}}% + }% + }% + }% + {\Fcontent\Fnquantn{b}\Fcontent\mathfrak{F(b)}}% + }% + {% + \Fcontent[0.4]% + \Fquant[0.6]{c}% + \Fquant[0.6]{d}% + \Fcontent[0.4]% + \Fconditional% + {% + \Fncontent% + \Fconditional{\Fcontent\mathfrak{c=d}}{\Fcontent\mathfrak{F(d)}}% + }% + {% + \Fncontent% + \Fconditional{\Fncontent\mathfrak{F(c)}}{\Fcontent A\mathfrak{(c,d)}}% + }% + }% + }% + \end{align*} + And that is all. \\ + For comments, suggestions, identified errors, email me at \\ + \textless Q.Pamp.2009(a)my.bristol.ac.uk\textgreater. +\end{document} + +\section{GNU General Public License} + This package and all accompanying documentation is released under the GNU General + Public License. It is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under + the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software + Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY + WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A + PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this + program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - + Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111, USA. (Or just search for it online.) diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/ifmtarg/README new/doc/latex/ifmtarg/README --- old/doc/latex/ifmtarg/README 2010-07-11 03:03:38.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/ifmtarg/README 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,51 +0,0 @@ - -The IFMTARG package -=================== - -Provides a command for the LaTeX programmer for testing -whether an argument is empty. - - -INSTALLATION ------------- - -Run `pdflatex` on ifmtarg.tex to produce the files - ifmtarg.ins and ifmtarg.sty, -as well as to compile the PDF documentation. - -Execute `tex ifmtarg.ins` to produce the files above -except ifmtarg.ins itself (and the PDF file, obviously). - - -COPYRIGHT AND LICENSING ------------------------ - -Authors: Donald Arseneau and Peter Wilson (Herries Press) -Maintainer: Will Robertson (will dot robertson at latex-project dot org) -Copyright 1996 Peter Wilson -Copyright 2000 Peter Wilson and Donald Arseneau - -This work may be distributed and/or modified under the -conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either -version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any -later version: <http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt> - -This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -The Current Maintainer of this work is Will Robertson. - -This work consists of the files ifmtarg.tex and the -derived files ifmtarg.sty and ifmtarg.ins. - - -MAINTENANCE ------------ - -Please report bugs or request features: - <http://github.com/wspr/herries-press/issues> - -Developmental and historical versions: - <http://github.com/wspr/herries-press> - -Current release version: - <http://ctan.tug.org/pkg/ifmtarg> - Files old/doc/latex/ifmtarg/ifmtarg.pdf and new/doc/latex/ifmtarg/ifmtarg.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/frege.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/frege.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/frege.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/frege.doc.tlpobj 2012-08-16 04:44:32.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +name frege.doc +category Package +revision 27417 +shortdesc doc files of frege +relocated 1 +docfiles size=48 + RELOC/doc/latex/frege/GNU.txt + RELOC/doc/latex/frege/INSTALL + RELOC/doc/latex/frege/README + RELOC/doc/latex/frege/frege.pdf + RELOC/doc/latex/frege/frege.tex diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/ifmtarg.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/ifmtarg.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/ifmtarg.doc.tlpobj 2010-07-11 04:01:09.000000000 +0200 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/ifmtarg.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -name ifmtarg.doc -category Package -revision 19363 -shortdesc doc files of ifmtarg -relocated 1 -docfiles size=43 - RELOC/doc/latex/ifmtarg/README - RELOC/doc/latex/ifmtarg/ifmtarg.pdf ++++++ ifmtarg.doc.tar.xz -> frege.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 2002 lines of diff (skipped)

1 0

commit texlive-specs-h for openSUSE:Factory
by root＠hilbert.suse.de 24 Feb '15

24 Feb '15

Hello community, here is the log from the commit of package texlive-specs-h for openSUSE:Factory checked in at 2015-02-24 12:59:54 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ Comparing /work/SRC/openSUSE:Factory/texlive-specs-h (Old) and /work/SRC/openSUSE:Factory/.texlive-specs-h.new (New) ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ Package is "texlive-specs-h" Changes: -------- --- /work/SRC/openSUSE:Factory/texlive-specs-h/texlive-specs-h.changes 2014-06-18 07:50:51.000000000 +0200 +++ /work/SRC/openSUSE:Factory/.texlive-specs-h.new/texlive-specs-h.changes 2015-02-24 13:01:52.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,0 +2,14 @@ +Thu Feb 19 09:29:36 UTC 2015 - coolo(a)suse.com + +- rework generate to create the texlive-specs-$letter.spec directly + to build X sources +- this decouples the letter from being a prefix to be a slice of + all the texlive packages + +- as such patches move between packages, among them + bbold_bbold11.dif bbold_bbold11.dif context_fourier-map.dif context_fourier-map.dif + jadetex_ini.dif kpathsea_cnf.dif latexdiff_env.dif luaotfload_varfonts.dif latex2man_tmphandling.dif + musixtex_various.dif pgf_plain.dif musixtex_various.dif texconfig_scripts.dif + texdraw_info.dif tex4ht_env.dif texdoc_cnf.dif tetex_scripts.dif + +------------------------------------------------------------------- Old: ---- hacm.doc.tar.xz hacm.tar.xz hands.tar.xz hanging.doc.tar.xz hanging.tar.xz hanoi.tar.xz happy4th.doc.tar.xz happy4th.tar.xz har2nat.doc.tar.xz har2nat.tar.xz hardwrap.doc.tar.xz hardwrap.tar.xz harmony.doc.tar.xz harmony.tar.xz harnon-cv.doc.tar.xz harnon-cv.tar.xz harpoon.doc.tar.xz harpoon.tar.xz harvard.doc.tar.xz harvard.tar.xz harvmac.doc.tar.xz harvmac.tar.xz hatching.doc.tar.xz hatching.tar.xz hausarbeit-jura.doc.tar.xz hausarbeit-jura.tar.xz hc.doc.tar.xz hc.tar.xz he-she.doc.tar.xz he-she.tar.xz helvetic.tar.xz hep.doc.tar.xz hep.tar.xz hepnames.doc.tar.xz hepnames.tar.xz hepparticles.doc.tar.xz hepparticles.tar.xz hepthesis.doc.tar.xz hepthesis.tar.xz hepunits.doc.tar.xz hepunits.tar.xz here.doc.tar.xz here.tar.xz hexgame.doc.tar.xz hexgame.tar.xz hf-tikz.doc.tar.xz hf-tikz.tar.xz hfbright.doc.tar.xz hfbright.tar.xz hfoldsty.doc.tar.xz hfoldsty.tar.xz hhtensor.doc.tar.xz hhtensor.tar.xz histogr.doc.tar.xz histogr.tar.xz historische-zeitschrift.doc.tar.xz historische-zeitschrift.tar.xz hitec.doc.tar.xz hitec.tar.xz hletter.doc.tar.xz hletter.tar.xz hobby.doc.tar.xz hobby.tar.xz hobete.doc.tar.xz hobete.tar.xz horoscop.doc.tar.xz horoscop.tar.xz hpsdiss.doc.tar.xz hpsdiss.tar.xz hrefhide.doc.tar.xz hrefhide.tar.xz hrlatex.doc.tar.xz hrlatex.tar.xz hvfloat.doc.tar.xz hvfloat.tar.xz hvindex.doc.tar.xz hvindex.tar.xz hypdvips.doc.tar.xz hypdvips.tar.xz hyper.doc.tar.xz hyper.tar.xz hypernat.doc.tar.xz hypernat.tar.xz hyperref-docsrc.doc.tar.xz hyperref-docsrc.tar.xz hyperref.doc.tar.xz hyperref.tar.xz hyperxmp.doc.tar.xz hyperxmp.tar.xz hyph-utf8.doc.tar.xz hyph-utf8.tar.xz hyphen-afrikaans.tar.xz hyphen-ancientgreek.tar.xz hyphen-arabic.tar.xz hyphen-armenian.tar.xz hyphen-base.tar.xz hyphen-basque.tar.xz hyphen-bulgarian.tar.xz hyphen-catalan.tar.xz hyphen-chinese.tar.xz hyphen-coptic.tar.xz hyphen-croatian.tar.xz hyphen-czech.tar.xz hyphen-danish.tar.xz hyphen-dutch.tar.xz hyphen-english.tar.xz hyphen-esperanto.tar.xz hyphen-estonian.tar.xz hyphen-ethiopic.tar.xz hyphen-farsi.tar.xz hyphen-finnish.tar.xz hyphen-french.tar.xz hyphen-friulan.tar.xz hyphen-galician.tar.xz hyphen-georgian.tar.xz hyphen-german.tar.xz hyphen-greek.doc.tar.xz hyphen-greek.tar.xz hyphen-hungarian.doc.tar.xz hyphen-hungarian.tar.xz hyphen-icelandic.tar.xz hyphen-indic.tar.xz hyphen-indonesian.tar.xz hyphen-interlingua.tar.xz hyphen-irish.tar.xz hyphen-italian.tar.xz hyphen-kurmanji.tar.xz hyphen-latin.tar.xz hyphen-latvian.tar.xz hyphen-lithuanian.tar.xz hyphen-mongolian.tar.xz hyphen-norwegian.tar.xz hyphen-piedmontese.tar.xz hyphen-polish.tar.xz hyphen-portuguese.tar.xz hyphen-romanian.tar.xz hyphen-romansh.tar.xz hyphen-russian.tar.xz hyphen-sanskrit.tar.xz hyphen-serbian.tar.xz hyphen-slovak.tar.xz hyphen-slovenian.tar.xz hyphen-spanish.tar.xz hyphen-swedish.tar.xz hyphen-thai.tar.xz hyphen-turkish.tar.xz hyphen-turkmen.tar.xz hyphen-ukrainian.tar.xz hyphen-uppersorbian.tar.xz hyphen-welsh.tar.xz hyphenat.doc.tar.xz hyphenat.tar.xz hyphenex.tar.xz hyplain.doc.tar.xz hyplain.tar.xz texlive-specs-rpmlintrc texlive-specs.tar.xz New: ---- enctex.doc.tar.xz enctex.tar.xz encxvlna.doc.tar.xz encxvlna.tar.xz endfloat.doc.tar.xz endfloat.tar.xz endheads.doc.tar.xz endheads.tar.xz endiagram.doc.tar.xz endiagram.tar.xz endnotes.doc.tar.xz endnotes.tar.xz engpron.doc.tar.xz engpron.tar.xz engrec.doc.tar.xz engrec.tar.xz engtlc.doc.tar.xz engtlc.tar.xz enigma.doc.tar.xz enigma.tar.xz enotez.doc.tar.xz enotez.tar.xz enumitem-zref.doc.tar.xz enumitem-zref.tar.xz enumitem.doc.tar.xz enumitem.tar.xz envbig.doc.tar.xz envbig.tar.xz environ.doc.tar.xz environ.tar.xz envlab.doc.tar.xz envlab.tar.xz epigrafica.doc.tar.xz epigrafica.tar.xz epigram.tar.xz epigraph.doc.tar.xz epigraph.tar.xz epiolmec.doc.tar.xz epiolmec.tar.xz eplain.doc.tar.xz eplain.tar.xz epsdice.doc.tar.xz epsdice.tar.xz epsf.doc.tar.xz epsf.tar.xz epsincl.doc.tar.xz epsincl.tar.xz epslatex-fr.doc.tar.xz epspdf.doc.tar.xz epspdf.tar.xz epspdfconversion.doc.tar.xz epspdfconversion.tar.xz epstopdf.doc.tar.xz epstopdf.tar.xz eqell.doc.tar.xz eqell.tar.xz eqlist.doc.tar.xz eqlist.tar.xz eqname.tar.xz eqnarray.doc.tar.xz eqnarray.tar.xz eqparbox.doc.tar.xz eqparbox.tar.xz erdc.doc.tar.xz erdc.tar.xz errata.doc.tar.xz errata.tar.xz es-tex-faq.doc.tar.xz esami.doc.tar.xz esami.tar.xz esdiff.doc.tar.xz esdiff.tar.xz esint-type1.doc.tar.xz esint-type1.tar.xz esint.doc.tar.xz esint.tar.xz esk.doc.tar.xz esk.tar.xz eskd.doc.tar.xz eskd.tar.xz eskdx.doc.tar.xz eskdx.tar.xz eso-pic.doc.tar.xz eso-pic.tar.xz esstix.doc.tar.xz esstix.tar.xz estcpmm.doc.tar.xz estcpmm.tar.xz esvect.doc.tar.xz esvect.tar.xz etaremune.doc.tar.xz etaremune.tar.xz etex-pkg.doc.tar.xz etex-pkg.tar.xz etex.doc.tar.xz etex.tar.xz etextools.doc.tar.xz etextools.tar.xz ethiop-t1.doc.tar.xz ethiop-t1.tar.xz ethiop.doc.tar.xz ethiop.tar.xz etoc.doc.tar.xz etoc.tar.xz etoolbox-de.doc.tar.xz etoolbox.doc.tar.xz etoolbox.tar.xz euenc.doc.tar.xz euenc.tar.xz eukdate.doc.tar.xz eukdate.tar.xz euler.doc.tar.xz euler.tar.xz eulervm.doc.tar.xz eulervm.tar.xz euro-ce.doc.tar.xz euro-ce.tar.xz euro.doc.tar.xz euro.tar.xz europecv.doc.tar.xz europecv.tar.xz eurosym.doc.tar.xz eurosym.tar.xz euxm.tar.xz everyhook.doc.tar.xz everyhook.tar.xz everypage.doc.tar.xz everypage.tar.xz exam.doc.tar.xz exam.tar.xz examdesign.doc.tar.xz examdesign.tar.xz examplep.doc.tar.xz examplep.tar.xz exceltex.doc.tar.xz exceltex.tar.xz excludeonly.doc.tar.xz excludeonly.tar.xz exercise.doc.tar.xz exercise.tar.xz exp-testopt.doc.tar.xz exp-testopt.tar.xz expdlist.doc.tar.xz expdlist.tar.xz export.doc.tar.xz export.tar.xz expressg.doc.tar.xz expressg.tar.xz exsheets.doc.tar.xz exsheets.tar.xz exsol.doc.tar.xz exsol.tar.xz extarrows.doc.tar.xz extarrows.tar.xz exteps.doc.tar.xz exteps.tar.xz extpfeil.doc.tar.xz extpfeil.tar.xz extract.doc.tar.xz extract.tar.xz extsizes.doc.tar.xz extsizes.tar.xz facsimile.doc.tar.xz facsimile.tar.xz factura.doc.tar.xz factura.tar.xz facture.doc.tar.xz facture.tar.xz faktor.doc.tar.xz faktor.tar.xz fancybox.doc.tar.xz fancybox.tar.xz fancyhdr-it.doc.tar.xz fancyhdr.doc.tar.xz fancyhdr.tar.xz fancynum.doc.tar.xz fancynum.tar.xz fancypar.doc.tar.xz fancypar.tar.xz fancyref.doc.tar.xz fancyref.tar.xz fancytabs.doc.tar.xz fancytabs.tar.xz fancytooltips.doc.tar.xz fancytooltips.tar.xz fancyvrb.doc.tar.xz fancyvrb.tar.xz fast-diagram.doc.tar.xz fast-diagram.tar.xz fbithesis.doc.tar.xz fbithesis.tar.xz ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ Other differences: ------------------ ++++++ texlive-specs-h.spec ++++++ ++++ 10060 lines (skipped) ++++ between /work/SRC/openSUSE:Factory/texlive-specs-h/texlive-specs-h.spec ++++ and /work/SRC/openSUSE:Factory/.texlive-specs-h.new/texlive-specs-h.spec ++++++ hyplain.doc.tar.xz -> eplain.doc.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 22980 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ hyplain.tar.xz -> eplain.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 6170 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ hpsdiss.doc.tar.xz -> epsdice.doc.tar.xz ++++++ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/epsdice/README new/doc/latex/epsdice/README --- old/doc/latex/epsdice/README 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/epsdice/README 2007-02-22 20:56:52.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +Package: EPSDICE +Version: 2.1 +Date: 2007/02/15 +Author: Thomas Heim (thomas.heim(a)unibas.ch) +Purpose: A scalable dice font +License: LPPL + +Distributed files: + + epsdice.ins -- docstrip installer file + epsdice.dtx -- source and sample doc + dice.pdf -- dice drawings in pdf format + README -- this file + epsdice.pdf -- documentation (from LaTeX -> dvips -> pstopdf) + +Generated files: + + epsdice.sty -- the package + epsdice.cfg -- a config file + dice.eps -- dice drawings in eps format + +Test installation: + +With all distributed files in your present +working directory, run epsdice.ins through LaTeX. +To test the package, you can reproduce the documentation +(epsdice.pdf) by running epsdice.dtx (twice) through pdfLaTeX +or through LaTeX -> dvips -> pstopdf. + +If you decide to keep the package, move the files + epsdice.sty epsdice.cfg dice.eps dice.pdf +to /tex/latex/epsdice in your local texmf tree +according to the instructions in epsdice.dtx/ins. + +Changes from version 2.0: + +- clean up the documentation +- minor bug fix in generated file dice.eps: removed spurious + comment line at beginning + +Changes from version 1.2: + + (suggested by Christoph Zurnieden; Thanks!) + +- CHANGE TO USER INTERFACE: + \epsdice now recognises an OPTIONAL ARGUMENT [black] for + reversed colors (white dots on black background) +- additional drawings (originally by Christoph Zurnieden) + in PostScript format + +Changes from version 1.1: + +- Introduced `@' in counter name (program encapsulation) +- More detailed documentation of the PostScript code + is now included in the sample document +- renamed files with drawings to `dice.eps' and `dice.pdf' +- Now distributed as .ins and .dtx files (plus binary .pdf) +- *** NO CHANGES TO USER INTERFACE *** + +Changes from version 1.0: + + (suggested by Rolf Niepraschk; Thanks!) + +- Removed package option [dvips] for graphicx. +- Changed bounding box specifications to viewport specification + to facilitate clipping in pdflatex. +- Added epsdice.pdf (generated from epsdice.eps). +- Replaced documentation by dicetest.tex. + diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/epsdice/dice.eps new/doc/latex/epsdice/dice.eps --- old/doc/latex/epsdice/dice.eps 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/epsdice/dice.eps 2007-02-22 20:56:52.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +%!PS-Adobe-2.0 EPSF-1.2 +%%BoundingBox: 0 0 258 86 +/frame { /n exch def /xoffset n 1 sub 43 mul def gsave newpath +xoffset yoffset translate 32 5 bw sub moveto 32 10 r -90 0 arc +37 bw add 32 lineto 32 32 r 0 90 arc 10 37 bw add lineto +10 32 r 90 180 arc 5 bw sub 10 lineto 10 10 r 180 270 arc closepath +bw 0 eq { stroke } { fill } ifelse grestore } def +/dot { /y exch def /x exch def /n exch def /xoffset n 1 sub 43 +mul def gsave newpath xoffset yoffset translate x 8 mul 5 add y 8 mul +5 add 3.5 0 360 arc closepath bw setgray fill grestore } def +2 setlinewidth 0 1 1 { /bw exch def /yoffset bw 43 mul def /r 5 bw +add def 0 setgray 1 1 6 { frame } for 2 1 6 { dup 1 2 3 { dup dot } +for } for 1 2 5 { 2 2 dot } for 4 1 6 { dup 1 3 dot 3 1 dot } for +1 2 3 { 6 exch 2 dot } for } for +%%EOF Files old/doc/latex/epsdice/dice.pdf and new/doc/latex/epsdice/dice.pdf differ Files old/doc/latex/epsdice/epsdice.pdf and new/doc/latex/epsdice/epsdice.pdf differ Files old/doc/latex/hpsdiss/hpsdiss.pdf and new/doc/latex/hpsdiss/hpsdiss.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/epsdice.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/epsdice.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/epsdice.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/epsdice.doc.tlpobj 2010-06-10 18:26:58.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +name epsdice.doc +category Package +revision 15878 +shortdesc doc files of epsdice +relocated 1 +docfiles size=22 + RELOC/doc/latex/epsdice/README + RELOC/doc/latex/epsdice/dice.eps + RELOC/doc/latex/epsdice/dice.pdf + RELOC/doc/latex/epsdice/epsdice.pdf diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/hpsdiss.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/hpsdiss.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/hpsdiss.doc.tlpobj 2010-06-10 18:29:23.000000000 +0200 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/hpsdiss.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -name hpsdiss.doc -category Package -revision 15878 -shortdesc doc files of hpsdiss -relocated 1 -docfiles size=54 - RELOC/doc/latex/hpsdiss/hpsdiss.pdf ++++++ hpsdiss.doc.tar.xz -> epsdice.tar.xz ++++++ Files old/doc/latex/hpsdiss/hpsdiss.pdf and new/doc/latex/hpsdiss/hpsdiss.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tex/latex/epsdice/dice.eps new/tex/latex/epsdice/dice.eps --- old/tex/latex/epsdice/dice.eps 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tex/latex/epsdice/dice.eps 2008-10-28 22:22:30.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +%!PS-Adobe-2.0 EPSF-1.2 +%%BoundingBox: 0 0 258 86 +/frame { /n exch def /xoffset n 1 sub 43 mul def gsave newpath +xoffset yoffset translate 32 5 bw sub moveto 32 10 r -90 0 arc +37 bw add 32 lineto 32 32 r 0 90 arc 10 37 bw add lineto +10 32 r 90 180 arc 5 bw sub 10 lineto 10 10 r 180 270 arc closepath +bw 0 eq { stroke } { fill } ifelse grestore } def +/dot { /y exch def /x exch def /n exch def /xoffset n 1 sub 43 +mul def gsave newpath xoffset yoffset translate x 8 mul 5 add y 8 mul +5 add 3.5 0 360 arc closepath bw setgray fill grestore } def +2 setlinewidth 0 1 1 { /bw exch def /yoffset bw 43 mul def /r 5 bw +add def 0 setgray 1 1 6 { frame } for 2 1 6 { dup 1 2 3 { dup dot } +for } for 1 2 5 { 2 2 dot } for 4 1 6 { dup 1 3 dot 3 1 dot } for +1 2 3 { 6 exch 2 dot } for } for +%%EOF Files old/tex/latex/epsdice/dice.pdf and new/tex/latex/epsdice/dice.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tex/latex/epsdice/epsdice.cfg new/tex/latex/epsdice/epsdice.cfg --- old/tex/latex/epsdice/epsdice.cfg 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tex/latex/epsdice/epsdice.cfg 2007-02-22 20:56:52.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +\def\dicefile{dice} diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tex/latex/epsdice/epsdice.sty new/tex/latex/epsdice/epsdice.sty --- old/tex/latex/epsdice/epsdice.sty 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tex/latex/epsdice/epsdice.sty 2007-02-22 20:56:52.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ +%% +%% This is file `epsdice.sty', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% epsdice.dtx (with options: `package') +%% +%% This is a generated file; it is part of the `epsdice' package. +%% +%% Copyright (c) 2007 Thomas A. Heim +%% +%% This program can be redistributed and/or modified under the terms +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL) distributed from CTAN +%% archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt; either +%% version 1 of the License, or any later version. +%% +%% This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +%% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +%% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. +%% +%% Bug reports ON UNMODIFIED VERSIONS of this package, or +%% suggestions for improvement and additional features +%% should be directed to the author (thomas.heim(a)unibas.ch) +%% +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} +\ProvidesPackage{epsdice}[2007/02/15 by Thomas Heim (v. 2.1)] +\RequirePackage{graphicx} +\RequirePackage{ifthen} +\InputIfFileExists{epsdice.cfg}{}{\def\dicefile{dice}} +\newcounter{eps@face} +\newcommand*\epsdice[2][white]{% +\setcounter{eps@face}{\number #2}% +\ifthenelse{\value{eps@face}>6}{\theeps@face\setcounter{eps@face}{0}}{}% +\ifthenelse{\value{eps@face}<0}{\theeps@face\setcounter{eps@face}{0}}{}% +\ifthenelse {\equal{#1}{black}} {\addtocounter{eps@face}{6}} {}% +\eps@dice{\value{eps@face}}} +\newcommand*\eps@dice[1]{% +\setcounter{eps@face}{\number #1}% +\ifcase\value{eps@face}% + \PackageError{EPSDICE}{% +Argument is not a number, or its value\MessageBreak +lies outside the allowed range for dice}{% +Make sure the argument is either 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6.\MessageBreak +-- Just go on and I'll write whatever you typed;\MessageBreak + the output may not make much sense, though}% +\or + \includegraphics[height=1.75ex,viewport= 3 4 38 39,% + clip=true]{\dicefile}% +\or + \includegraphics[height=1.75ex,viewport= 46 4 81 39,% + clip=true]{\dicefile}% +\or + \includegraphics[height=1.75ex,viewport= 89 4 124 39,% + clip=true]{\dicefile}% +\or + \includegraphics[height=1.75ex,viewport= 132 4 167 39,% + clip=true]{\dicefile}% +\or + \includegraphics[height=1.75ex,viewport= 175 4 210 39,% + clip=true]{\dicefile}% +\or + \includegraphics[height=1.75ex,viewport= 218 4 253 39,% + clip=true]{\dicefile}% +\or + \includegraphics[height=1.75ex,viewport= 3 47 38 82,% + clip=true]{\dicefile}% +\or + \includegraphics[height=1.75ex,viewport= 46 47 81 82,% + clip=true]{\dicefile}% +\or + \includegraphics[height=1.75ex,viewport= 89 47 124 82,% + clip=true]{\dicefile}% +\or + \includegraphics[height=1.75ex,viewport= 132 47 167 82,% + clip=true]{\dicefile}% +\or + \includegraphics[height=1.75ex,viewport= 175 47 210 82,% + clip=true]{\dicefile}% +\or + \includegraphics[height=1.75ex,viewport= 218 47 253 82,% + clip=true]{\dicefile}% +\fi} +\endinput +%% +%% End of file `epsdice.sty'. diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/epsdice.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/epsdice.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/epsdice.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/epsdice.tlpobj 2010-06-10 18:26:58.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +name epsdice +category Package +revision 15878 +shortdesc A scalable dice "font". +relocated 1 +longdesc The epsdice package defines a single command \epsdice that +longdesc takes a numeric argument (in the range 1-6), and selects a face +longdesc image from a file that contains each of the 6 possible die +longdesc faces. The graphic file is provided in both Encapsulated +longdesc PostScript and PDF formats. +runfiles size=5 + RELOC/tex/latex/epsdice/dice.eps + RELOC/tex/latex/epsdice/dice.pdf + RELOC/tex/latex/epsdice/epsdice.cfg + RELOC/tex/latex/epsdice/epsdice.sty +catalogue-ctan /macros/latex/contrib/epsdice +catalogue-date 2007-02-15 14:08:03 +0100 +catalogue-license lppl +catalogue-version 2.1 diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/hpsdiss.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/hpsdiss.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/hpsdiss.doc.tlpobj 2010-06-10 18:29:23.000000000 +0200 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/hpsdiss.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -name hpsdiss.doc -category Package -revision 15878 -shortdesc doc files of hpsdiss -relocated 1 -docfiles size=54 - RELOC/doc/latex/hpsdiss/hpsdiss.pdf ++++++ hpsdiss.doc.tar.xz -> epsf.doc.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 2701 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ hpsdiss.doc.tar.xz -> epsf.tar.xz ++++++ Files old/doc/latex/hpsdiss/hpsdiss.pdf and new/doc/latex/hpsdiss/hpsdiss.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tex/generic/epsf/epsf.sty new/tex/generic/epsf/epsf.sty --- old/tex/generic/epsf/epsf.sty 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tex/generic/epsf/epsf.sty 2011-02-19 01:39:16.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,653 @@ +%%% -*-TeX-*- +%%% ==================================================================== +%%% @TeX-file{ +%%% author = "Tom Rokicki", +%%% version = "2.7.4", +%%% date = "14 February 2011", +%%% time = "15:44:06 MST", +%%% filename = "epsf.tex", +%%% address = "Tom Rokicki +%%% Box 2081 +%%% Stanford, CA 94309 +%%% USA", +%%% telephone = "+1 415 855 9989", +%%% checksum = "29223 653 3100 27123", +%%% email = "rokicki(a)cs.stanford.edu (Internet)", +%%% codetable = "ISO/ASCII", +%%% copyright = "This file is freely redistributable and +%%% placed into the public domain by Tomas +%%% Rokicki.", +%%% keywords = "PostScript, TeX", +%%% license = "public domain", +%%% supported = "yes", +%%% abstract = "This file contains macros to support the +%%% inclusion of Encapsulated PostScript files +%%% in TeX documents.", +%%% docstring = "This file contains TeX macros to include an +%%% Encapsulated PostScript graphic. It works +%%% by finding the bounding box comment, +%%% calculating the correct scale values, and +%%% inserting a vbox of the appropriate size at +%%% the current position in the TeX document. +%%% +%%% To use, simply use +%%% +%%% \input epsf % somewhere early on in your TeX file +%%% +%%% % then where you want to insert a vbox for a figure: +%%% \epsfbox{filename.ps} +%%% +%%% Alternatively, you can supply your own +%%% bounding box by +%%% +%%% \epsfbox[0 0 30 50]{filename.ps} +%%% +%%% This will not read in the file, and will +%%% instead use the bounding box you specify. +%%% +%%% The effect will be to typeset the figure as +%%% a TeX box, at the point of your \epsfbox +%%% command. By default, the graphic will have +%%% its `natural' width (namely the width of +%%% its bounding box, as described in +%%% filename.ps). The TeX box will have depth +%%% zero. +%%% +%%% You can enlarge or reduce the figure by +%%% using +%%% +%%% \epsfxsize = <dimen> \epsfbox{filename.ps} +%%% or +%%% \epsfysize = <dimen> \epsfbox{filename.ps} +%%% +%%% instead. Then the width of the TeX box will +%%% be \epsfxsize and its height will be scaled +%%% proportionately (or the height will be +%%% \epsfysize and its width will be scaled +%%% proportionately). +%%% +%%% The width (and height) is restored to zero +%%% after each use, so \epsfxsize or \epsfysize +%%% must be specified before EACH use of +%%% \epsfbox. +%%% +%%% A more general facility for sizing is +%%% available by defining the \epsfsize macro. +%%% Normally you can redefine this macro to do +%%% almost anything. The first parameter is +%%% the natural x size of the PostScript +%%% graphic, the second parameter is the +%%% natural y size of the PostScript graphic. +%%% It must return the xsize to use, or 0 if +%%% natural scaling is to be used. Common uses +%%% include: +%%% +%%% \epsfxsize % just leave the old value alone +%%% 0pt % use the natural sizes +%%% #1 % use the natural sizes +%%% \hsize % scale to full width +%%% 0.5#1 % scale to 50% of natural size +%%% \ifnum #1 > \hsize \hsize \else #1\fi +%%% % smaller of natural, hsize +%%% +%%% If you want TeX to report the size of the +%%% figure (as a message on your terminal when +%%% it processes each figure), use +%%% `\epsfverbosetrue'. +%%% +%%% If you only want to get the bounding box +%%% extents, without producing any output boxes +%%% or \special{}, then use \epsfgetbb{filename}. +%%% The bounding box corner coordinates are saved +%%% in the macros \epsfllx, \epsflly, \epsfurx, +%%% and \epsfury in PostScript units of big +%%% points. +%%% +%%% Revision history: +%%% +%%% --------------------------------------------- +%%% epsf.tex macro file: +%%% Originally written by Tomas Rokicki of +%%% Radical Eye Software, 29 Mar 1989. +%%% +%%% --------------------------------------------- +%%% Revised by Don Knuth, 3 Jan 1990. +%%% +%%% --------------------------------------------- +%%% Revised by Tomas Rokicki, 18 Jul 1990. +%%% Accept bounding boxes with no space after +%%% the colon. +%%% +%%% --------------------------------------------- +%%% Revised by Nelson H. F. Beebe +%%% <beebe(a)math.utah.edu>, 03 Dec 1991 [2.0]. +%%% Add version number and date typeout. +%%% +%%% Use \immediate\write16 instead of \message +%%% to ensure output on new line. +%%% +%%% Handle nested EPS files. +%%% +%%% Handle %%BoundingBox: (atend) lines. +%%% +%%% Do not quit when blank lines are found. +%%% +%%% Add a few percents to remove generation of +%%% spurious blank space. +%%% +%%% Move \special output to +%%% \epsfspecial{filename} so that other macro +%%% packages can input this one, then change +%%% the definition of \epsfspecial to match +%%% another DVI driver. +%%% +%%% Move size computation to \epsfsetsize which +%%% can be called by the user; the verbose +%%% output of the bounding box and scaled width +%%% and height happens here. +%%% +%%% --------------------------------------------- +%%% Revised by Nelson H. F. Beebe +%%% <beebe(a)math.utah.edu>, 05 May 1992 [2.1]. +%%% Wrap \leavevmode\hbox{} around \vbox{} with +%%% the \special so that \epsffile{} can be +%%% used inside \begin{center}...\end{center} +%%% +%%% --------------------------------------------- +%%% Revised by Nelson H. F. Beebe +%%% <beebe(a)math.utah.edu>, 09 Dec 1992 [2.2]. +%%% Introduce \epsfshow{true,false} and +%%% \epsfframe{true,false} macros; the latter +%%% suppresses the insertion of the PostScript, +%%% and instead just creates an empty box, +%%% which may be handy for rapid prototyping. +%%% +%%% --------------------------------------------- +%%% Revised by Nelson H. F. Beebe +%%% <beebe(a)math.utah.edu>, 14 Dec 1992 [2.3]. +%%% Add \epsfshowfilename{true,false}. When +%%% true, and \epsfshowfalse is specified, the +%%% PostScript file name will be displayed +%%% centered in the figure box. +%%% +%%% --------------------------------------------- +%%% Revised by Nelson H. F. Beebe +%%% <beebe(a)math.utah.edu>, 20 June 1993 [2.4]. +%%% Remove non-zero debug setting of \epsfframemargin, +%%% and change margin handling to preserve EPS image +%%% size and aspect ratio, so that the actual +%%% box is \epsfxsize+\epsfframemargin wide by +%%% \epsfysize+\epsfframemargin high. +%%% Reduce output of \epsfshowfilenametrue to +%%% just the bare file name. +%%% +%%% --------------------------------------------- +%%% Revised by Nelson H. F. Beebe +%%% <beebe(a)math.utah.edu>, 13 July 1993 [2.5]. +%%% Add \epsfframethickness for control of +%%% \epsfframe frame lines. +%%% +%%% --------------------------------------------- +%%% Revised by Nelson H. F. Beebe +%%% <beebe(a)math.utah.edu>, 02 July 1996 [2.6] +%%% Add missing initialization \epsfatendfalse; +%%% the lack of this resulted in the wrong +%%% BoundingBox being picked up, mea culpa, sigh... +%%% +%%% --------------------------------------------- +%%% Revised by Nelson H. F. Beebe +%%% <beebe(a)math.utah.edu>, 25 October 1996 [2.7] +%%% Update to match changes in from dvips 5-600 +%%% distribution: new user-accessible macros: +%%% \epsfclipon, \epsfclipoff, \epsfdrafton, +%%% \epsfdraftoff, change \empty to \epsfempty. +%%% +%%% --------------------------------------------- +%%% Revised by Nelson H. F. Beebe +%%% <beebe(a)math.utah.edu>, 18 May 2002 [2.7.1] +%%% Add write statements to echo input file +%%% names. Prior to that change, an error in +%%% such a file could be quite hard to track +%%% down: a long list of TeX page numbers could +%%% suddenly be followed by ``TeX buffer +%%% capacity'' exceeded, without any indication +%%% of the file that was responsible. +%%% +%%% --------------------------------------------- +%%% Revised by Nelson H. F. Beebe +%%% <beebe(a)math.utah.edu>, 16 May 2003 [2.7.2] +%%% Supply two critical percent characters that +%%% were mistakenly omitted in version 2.7.1, +%%% and resulted in a small amount of spurious +%%% horizontal space. +%%% +%%% --------------------------------------------- +%%% Revised by Nelson H. F. Beebe +%%% <beebe(a)math.utah.edu>, 14 Feb 2011 [2.7.3] +%%% Add previously-missing \space in rwi +%%% assignments (bug reported 14-Feb-2011 by +%%% Stefan Rueger <s.rueger(a)open.ac.uk>). +%%% +%%% --------------------------------------------- +%%% Revised by Nelson H. F. Beebe +%%% <beebe(a)math.utah.edu>, Karl Berry +%%% <karl(a)freefriends.org>, and Robin Fairbairns +%%% <Robin.Fairbairns(a)cl.cam.ac.uk>, +%%% 23 July 2005 [2.7.3] +%%% Add critical \hbox{} wrapper in \epsfsetgraph +%%% so that \epsfbox{} does not conflict with +%%% LaTeX center environment when \epsfbox{} is +%%% surrounded by other horizonal objects. +%%% Improve macro readability by adding legal, +%%% but invisible-in-typeset-output, spaces. +%%% Ensure that verbose status reports come +%%% inside (filename ...) list. +%%% +%%% --------------------------------------------- +%%% The checksum field above contains a CRC-16 +%%% checksum as the first value, followed by +%%% the equivalent of the standard UNIX wc +%%% (word count) utility output of lines, +%%% words, and characters. This is produced by +%%% Robert Solovay's checksum utility.", +%%% } +%%% ==================================================================== + +%\immediate \write16 {This is `epsf.tex' v2.0 <02 Dec 1991>}% +%\immediate \write16 {This is `epsf.tex' v2.1 <05 May 1992>}% +%\immediate \write16 {This is `epsf.tex' v2.2 <09 Dec 1992>}% +%\immediate \write16 {This is `epsf.tex' v2.3 <14 Dec 1992>}% +%\immediate \write16 {This is `epsf.tex' v2.4 <20 June 1993>}% +%\immediate \write16 {This is `epsf.tex' v2.5 <13 July 1993>}% +%\immediate \write16 {This is `epsf.tex' v2.6 <02 July 1996>}% +%\immediate \write16 {This is `epsf.tex' v2.7 <25 October 1996>}% +%\immediate \write16 {This is `epsf.tex' v2.7.1 <18 May 2002>}% +%\immediate \write16 {This is `epsf.tex' v2.7.2 <16 May 2003>}% +%\immediate \write16 {This is `epsf.tex' v2.7.3 <23 July 2005>}% +\immediate \write16 {This is `epsf.tex' v2.7.4 <14 February 2011>}% +% +\newread \epsffilein % file to \read +\newif \ifepsfatend % need to scan to LAST %%BoundingBox comment? +\newif \ifepsfbbfound % success? +\newif \ifepsfdraft % use draft mode? +\newif \ifepsffileok % continue looking for the bounding box? +\newif \ifepsfframe % frame the bounding box? +\newif \ifepsfshow % show PostScript file, or just bounding box? +\epsfshowtrue % default is to display PostScript file +\newif \ifepsfshowfilename % show the file name if \epsfshowfalse specified? +\newif \ifepsfverbose % report what you're making? +\newdimen \epsfframemargin % margin between box and frame +\newdimen \epsfframethickness % thickness of frame rules +\newdimen \epsfrsize % vertical size before scaling +\newdimen \epsftmp % register for arithmetic manipulation +\newdimen \epsftsize % horizontal size before scaling +\newdimen \epsfxsize % horizontal size after scaling +\newdimen \epsfysize % vertical size after scaling +\newdimen \pspoints % conversion factor +% +\pspoints = 1bp % Adobe points are `big' +\epsfxsize = 0pt % default value, means `use natural size' +\epsfysize = 0pt % ditto +\epsfframemargin = 0pt % default value: frame box flush around picture +\epsfframethickness = 0.4pt % TeX's default rule thickness +% +\def \epsfbox #1{% + \global \def \epsfllx {72}% + \global \def \epsflly {72}% + \global \def \epsfurx {540}% + \global \def \epsfury {720}% + \def \lbracket {[}% + \def \testit {#1}% + \ifx \testit \lbracket + \let \next = \epsfgetlitbb + \else + \let \next = \epsfnormal + \fi + \next{#1}% +}% +% +% We use \epsfgetlitbb if the user specified an explicit bounding box, +% and \epsfnormal otherwise. Because \epsfgetbb can be called +% separately to retrieve the bounding box, we move the verbose +% printing the bounding box extents and size on the terminal to +% \epsfstatus. Therefore, when the user provided the bounding box, +% \epsfgetbb will not be called, so we must call \epsfsetsize and +% \epsfstatus ourselves. +% +\def \epsfgetlitbb #1#2 #3 #4 #5]#6{% + \epsfgrab #2 #3 #4 #5 .\\% + \epsfsetsize + \epsfstatus{#6}% + \epsfsetgraph{#6}% +}% +% +\def \epsfnormal #1{% + \epsfgetbb{#1}% + \epsfsetgraph{#1}% +}% +% +\def \epsfgetbb #1{% +% +% The first thing we need to do is to open the +% PostScript file, if possible. +% + \openin\epsffilein=#1 + \immediate \write16 {(#1}% + \ifeof \epsffilein + \errmessage{Could not open file #1, ignoring it}% + \else %process the file + {% %start a group to contain catcode changes + % Make all special characters, except space, to be of type + % `other' so we process the file in almost verbatim mode + % (TeXbook, p. 344). + \chardef \other = 12% + \def \do ##1{\catcode`##1=\other}% + \dospecials + \catcode `\ = 10% + \epsffileoktrue %true while we are looping + \epsfatendfalse %[02-Jul-1996]: add forgotten initialization + \loop %reading lines from the EPS file + \read \epsffilein to \epsffileline + \ifeof \epsffilein %then no more input + \epsffileokfalse %so set completion flag + \else %otherwise process one line + \expandafter \epsfaux \epsffileline :. \\% + \fi + \ifepsffileok + \repeat + \ifepsfbbfound + \else + \ifepsfverbose + \immediate \write16 {No BoundingBox comment found in % + file #1; using defaults}% + \fi + \fi + }% %end catcode changes + \closein\epsffilein + \fi %end of file processing + \epsfsetsize %compute size parameters + \epsfstatus{#1}% + \immediate \write16 {)}% +}% +% +% Clipping control: +\def \epsfclipon {\def \epsfclipstring { clip}}% +\def \epsfclipoff {\def \epsfclipstring {\ifepsfdraft \space clip\fi}}% +\epsfclipoff % default for dvips is OFF +% +% The special that is emitted by \epsfsetgraph comes from this macro. +% It is defined separately to allow easy customization by other +% packages that first \input epsf.tex, then redefine \epsfspecial. +% This macro is invoked in the lower-left corner of a box of the +% width and height determined from the arguments to \epsffile, or +% from the %%BoundingBox in the EPS file itself. +% +% This version is for dvips: +\def \epsfspecial #1{% + \epsftmp=10\epsfxsize + \divide \epsftmp by \pspoints + \ifnum \epsfrsize = 0% + \relax + \special{PSfile=\ifepsfdraft psdraft.ps\else#1\fi\space + llx=\epsfllx\space + lly=\epsflly\space + urx=\epsfurx\space + ury=\epsfury\space + rwi=\number\epsftmp\space + \epsfclipstring + }% + \else + \epsfrsize=10\epsfysize + \divide \epsfrsize by \pspoints + \special{PSfile=\ifepsfdraft psdraft.ps\else#1\fi\space + llx=\epsfllx\space + lly=\epsflly\space + urx=\epsfurx\space + ury=\epsfury\space + rwi=\number\epsftmp\space + rhi=\number\epsfrsize + \epsfclipstring + }% + \fi +}% +% +% \epsfframe macro adapted from the TeXbook, exercise 21.3, p. 223, 331. +% but modified to set the box width to the natural width, rather +% than the line width, and to include space for margins and rules +\def \epsfframe #1% +{% + % method for detecting latex suggested by Robin Fairbairns, May 2005. + \ifx \documentstyle \epsfundefined + \relax + \else +% \leavevmode % so we can put this inside + % a latex centered environment + % The \leavevmode breaks under plain when this is inside a box, + % because it forces the figure to be the entire \hsize. On the + % other hand, we need the \leavevmode for it to work in LaTeX, + % because the {center} environment works by adjusting TeX's + % paragraph parameters. + % + % Compare the LaTeX sequence + % \begin{center} + % \epsfbox{tip.eps}q + % \end{center} + % (needs the \leavevmode to put the q right next to the image) + % + % with the plain TeX sequence: + % \leftline{\vbox{\epsfbox{tip.eps}}q} + % (had the q all the way over to the right, when \leavevmode was used) + \fi + % + \setbox0 = \hbox{#1}% + \dimen0 = \wd0 % natural width of argument + \advance \dimen0 by 2\epsfframemargin % plus width of 2 margins + \advance \dimen0 by 2\epsfframethickness % plus width of 2 rule lines + \relax + \hbox{% + \vbox + {% + \hrule height \epsfframethickness depth 0pt + \hbox to \dimen0 + {% + \hss + \vrule width \epsfframethickness + \kern \epsfframemargin + \vbox {\kern \epsfframemargin \box0 \kern \epsfframemargin }% + \kern \epsfframemargin + \vrule width \epsfframethickness + \hss + }% end hbox + \hrule height 0pt depth \epsfframethickness + }% end vbox + }% end hbox + \relax +}% +% +\def \epsfsetgraph #1% +{% + % + % Make the vbox and stick in a \special that the DVI driver can + % parse. \vfil and \hfil are used to place the \special origin at + % the lower-left corner of the vbox. \epsfspecial can be redefined + % to produce alternate \special syntaxes. + % + \ifvmode \leavevmode \fi + \relax + \hbox{% so we can put this in \begin{center}...\end{center} + \ifepsfframe \expandafter \epsfframe \fi + {\vbox to\epsfysize + {% + \ifepsfshow + % output \special{} at lower-left corner of figure box + \vfil + \hbox to \epsfxsize{\epsfspecial{#1}\hfil}% + \else + \vfil + \hbox to\epsfxsize{% + \hss + \ifepsfshowfilename + {% + \epsfframemargin=3pt % local change of margin + \epsfframe{{\tt #1}}% + }% + \fi + \hss + }% + \vfil + \fi + }% + }}% + \relax + % + % Reset \epsfxsize and \epsfysize, as documented above. + % + \global \epsfxsize = 0pt + \global \epsfysize = 0pt +}% +% +% Now we have to calculate the scale and offset values to use. +% First we compute the natural sizes. +% +\def \epsfsetsize +{% + \epsfrsize = \epsfury \pspoints + \advance \epsfrsize by -\epsflly \pspoints + \epsftsize = \epsfurx \pspoints + \advance \epsftsize by -\epsfllx \pspoints +% +% If `epsfxsize' is 0, we default to the natural size of the picture. +% Otherwise we scale the graph to be \epsfxsize wide. +% + \epsfxsize = \epsfsize{\epsftsize}{\epsfrsize}% + \ifnum \epsfxsize = 0 + \ifnum \epsfysize = 0 + \epsfxsize = \epsftsize + \epsfysize = \epsfrsize + \epsfrsize = 0pt +% +% We have a sticky problem here: TeX doesn't do floating point arithmetic! +% Our goal is to compute y = rx/t. The following loop does this reasonably +% fast, with an error of at most about 16 sp (about 1/4000 pt). +% + \else + \epsftmp = \epsftsize + \divide \epsftmp by \epsfrsize + \epsfxsize = \epsfysize + \multiply \epsfxsize by \epsftmp + \multiply \epsftmp by \epsfrsize + \advance \epsftsize by -\epsftmp + \epsftmp = \epsfysize + \loop + \advance \epsftsize by \epsftsize + \divide \epsftmp by 2 + \ifnum \epsftmp > 0 + \ifnum \epsftsize < \epsfrsize + \else + \advance \epsftsize -\epsfrsize + \advance \epsfxsize \epsftmp + \fi + \repeat + \epsfrsize = 0pt + \fi + \else + \ifnum \epsfysize = 0 + \epsftmp = \epsfrsize + \divide \epsftmp by \epsftsize + \epsfysize = \epsfxsize + \multiply \epsfysize by \epsftmp + \multiply \epsftmp by \epsftsize + \advance \epsfrsize by -\epsftmp + \epsftmp = \epsfxsize + \loop + \advance \epsfrsize by \epsfrsize + \divide \epsftmp by 2 + \ifnum \epsftmp > 0 + \ifnum \epsfrsize < \epsftsize + \else + \advance \epsfrsize by -\epsftsize + \advance \epsfysize by \epsftmp + \fi + \repeat + \epsfrsize = 0pt + \else + \epsfrsize = \epsfysize + \fi + \fi +}% +% +% Issue some status messages if the user requested them +% +\def \epsfstatus #1{% arg = filename + \ifepsfverbose + \immediate \write16 {#1: BoundingBox: + llx = \epsfllx \space lly = \epsflly \space + urx = \epsfurx \space ury = \epsfury \space}% + \immediate \write16 {#1: scaled width = \the\epsfxsize \space + scaled height = \the\epsfysize}% + \fi +}% +% +% We still need to define the tricky \epsfaux macro. This requires +% a couple of magic constants for comparison purposes. +% +{\catcode`\%=12 \global \let \epsfpercent=%\global \def \epsfbblit {%BoundingBox}}% +\global \def \epsfatend{(atend)}% +% +% So we're ready to check for `%BoundingBox:' and to grab the +% values if they are found. +% +% If we find a line +% +% %%BoundingBox: (atend) +% +% then we ignore it, but set a flag to force parsing all of the +% file, so the last %%BoundingBox parsed will be the one used. This +% is necessary, because EPS files can themselves contain other EPS +% files with their own %%BoundingBox comments. +% +% If we find a line +% +% %%BoundingBox: llx lly urx ury +% +% then we save the 4 values in \epsfllx, \epsflly, \epsfurx, \epsfury. +% Then, if we have not previously parsed an (atend), we flag completion +% and can stop reading the file. Otherwise, we must keep on reading +% to end of file so that we find the values on the LAST %%BoundingBox. +\long \def \epsfaux#1#2:#3\\% +{% + \def \testit {#2}% % save second character up to just before colon + \ifx#1\epsfpercent % then first char is percent (quick test) + \ifx \testit \epsfbblit % then (slow test) we have %%BoundingBox + \epsfgrab #3 . . . \\% + \ifx \epsfllx\epsfatend % then ignore %%BoundingBox: (atend) + \global \epsfatendtrue + \else % else found %%BoundingBox: llx lly urx ury + \ifepsfatend % then keep parsing ALL %%BoundingBox lines + \else % else stop after first one parsed + \epsffileokfalse + \fi + \global \epsfbbfoundtrue + \fi + \fi + \fi +}% +% +% Here we grab the values and stuff them in the appropriate definitions. +% +\def \epsfempty {}% +\def \epsfgrab #1 #2 #3 #4 #5\\{% + \global \def \epsfllx {#1}\ifx \epsfllx\epsfempty + \epsfgrab #2 #3 #4 #5 .\\\else + \global \def \epsflly {#2}% + \global \def \epsfurx {#3}\global \def \epsfury {#4}\fi +}% +% +% We default the epsfsize macro. +% +\def \epsfsize #1#2{\epsfxsize}% +% +% Finally, another definition for compatibility with older macros. +% +\let \epsffile = \epsfbox +\endinput diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tex/generic/epsf/epsf.tex new/tex/generic/epsf/epsf.tex --- old/tex/generic/epsf/epsf.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tex/generic/epsf/epsf.tex 2011-02-19 01:39:16.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,653 @@ +%%% -*-TeX-*- +%%% ==================================================================== +%%% @TeX-file{ +%%% author = "Tom Rokicki", +%%% version = "2.7.4", +%%% date = "14 February 2011", +%%% time = "15:44:06 MST", +%%% filename = "epsf.tex", +%%% address = "Tom Rokicki +%%% Box 2081 +%%% Stanford, CA 94309 +%%% USA", +%%% telephone = "+1 415 855 9989", +%%% checksum = "29223 653 3100 27123", +%%% email = "rokicki(a)cs.stanford.edu (Internet)", +%%% codetable = "ISO/ASCII", +%%% copyright = "This file is freely redistributable and +%%% placed into the public domain by Tomas +%%% Rokicki.", +%%% keywords = "PostScript, TeX", +%%% license = "public domain", +%%% supported = "yes", +%%% abstract = "This file contains macros to support the +%%% inclusion of Encapsulated PostScript files +%%% in TeX documents.", +%%% docstring = "This file contains TeX macros to include an +%%% Encapsulated PostScript graphic. It works +%%% by finding the bounding box comment, +%%% calculating the correct scale values, and +%%% inserting a vbox of the appropriate size at +%%% the current position in the TeX document. +%%% +%%% To use, simply use +%%% +%%% \input epsf % somewhere early on in your TeX file +%%% +%%% % then where you want to insert a vbox for a figure: +%%% \epsfbox{filename.ps} +%%% +%%% Alternatively, you can supply your own +%%% bounding box by +%%% +%%% \epsfbox[0 0 30 50]{filename.ps} +%%% +%%% This will not read in the file, and will +%%% instead use the bounding box you specify. +%%% +%%% The effect will be to typeset the figure as +%%% a TeX box, at the point of your \epsfbox +%%% command. By default, the graphic will have +%%% its `natural' width (namely the width of +%%% its bounding box, as described in +%%% filename.ps). The TeX box will have depth +%%% zero. +%%% +%%% You can enlarge or reduce the figure by +%%% using +%%% +%%% \epsfxsize = <dimen> \epsfbox{filename.ps} +%%% or +%%% \epsfysize = <dimen> \epsfbox{filename.ps} +%%% +%%% instead. Then the width of the TeX box will +%%% be \epsfxsize and its height will be scaled +%%% proportionately (or the height will be +%%% \epsfysize and its width will be scaled +%%% proportionately). +%%% +%%% The width (and height) is restored to zero +%%% after each use, so \epsfxsize or \epsfysize +%%% must be specified before EACH use of +%%% \epsfbox. +%%% +%%% A more general facility for sizing is +%%% available by defining the \epsfsize macro. +%%% Normally you can redefine this macro to do +%%% almost anything. The first parameter is +%%% the natural x size of the PostScript +%%% graphic, the second parameter is the +%%% natural y size of the PostScript graphic. +%%% It must return the xsize to use, or 0 if +%%% natural scaling is to be used. Common uses +%%% include: +%%% +%%% \epsfxsize % just leave the old value alone +%%% 0pt % use the natural sizes +%%% #1 % use the natural sizes +%%% \hsize % scale to full width +%%% 0.5#1 % scale to 50% of natural size +%%% \ifnum #1 > \hsize \hsize \else #1\fi +%%% % smaller of natural, hsize +%%% +%%% If you want TeX to report the size of the +%%% figure (as a message on your terminal when +%%% it processes each figure), use +%%% `\epsfverbosetrue'. +%%% +%%% If you only want to get the bounding box +%%% extents, without producing any output boxes +%%% or \special{}, then use \epsfgetbb{filename}. +%%% The bounding box corner coordinates are saved +%%% in the macros \epsfllx, \epsflly, \epsfurx, +%%% and \epsfury in PostScript units of big +%%% points. +%%% +%%% Revision history: +%%% +%%% --------------------------------------------- +%%% epsf.tex macro file: +%%% Originally written by Tomas Rokicki of +%%% Radical Eye Software, 29 Mar 1989. +%%% +%%% --------------------------------------------- +%%% Revised by Don Knuth, 3 Jan 1990. +%%% +%%% --------------------------------------------- +%%% Revised by Tomas Rokicki, 18 Jul 1990. +%%% Accept bounding boxes with no space after +%%% the colon. +%%% +%%% --------------------------------------------- +%%% Revised by Nelson H. F. Beebe +%%% <beebe(a)math.utah.edu>, 03 Dec 1991 [2.0]. +%%% Add version number and date typeout. +%%% +%%% Use \immediate\write16 instead of \message +%%% to ensure output on new line. +%%% +%%% Handle nested EPS files. +%%% +%%% Handle %%BoundingBox: (atend) lines. +%%% +%%% Do not quit when blank lines are found. +%%% +%%% Add a few percents to remove generation of +%%% spurious blank space. +%%% +%%% Move \special output to +%%% \epsfspecial{filename} so that other macro +%%% packages can input this one, then change +%%% the definition of \epsfspecial to match +%%% another DVI driver. +%%% +%%% Move size computation to \epsfsetsize which +%%% can be called by the user; the verbose +%%% output of the bounding box and scaled width +%%% and height happens here. +%%% +%%% --------------------------------------------- +%%% Revised by Nelson H. F. Beebe +%%% <beebe(a)math.utah.edu>, 05 May 1992 [2.1]. +%%% Wrap \leavevmode\hbox{} around \vbox{} with +%%% the \special so that \epsffile{} can be +%%% used inside \begin{center}...\end{center} +%%% +%%% --------------------------------------------- +%%% Revised by Nelson H. F. Beebe +%%% <beebe(a)math.utah.edu>, 09 Dec 1992 [2.2]. +%%% Introduce \epsfshow{true,false} and +%%% \epsfframe{true,false} macros; the latter +%%% suppresses the insertion of the PostScript, +%%% and instead just creates an empty box, +%%% which may be handy for rapid prototyping. +%%% +%%% --------------------------------------------- +%%% Revised by Nelson H. F. Beebe +%%% <beebe(a)math.utah.edu>, 14 Dec 1992 [2.3]. +%%% Add \epsfshowfilename{true,false}. When +%%% true, and \epsfshowfalse is specified, the +%%% PostScript file name will be displayed +%%% centered in the figure box. +%%% +%%% --------------------------------------------- +%%% Revised by Nelson H. F. Beebe +%%% <beebe(a)math.utah.edu>, 20 June 1993 [2.4]. +%%% Remove non-zero debug setting of \epsfframemargin, +%%% and change margin handling to preserve EPS image +%%% size and aspect ratio, so that the actual +%%% box is \epsfxsize+\epsfframemargin wide by +%%% \epsfysize+\epsfframemargin high. +%%% Reduce output of \epsfshowfilenametrue to +%%% just the bare file name. +%%% +%%% --------------------------------------------- +%%% Revised by Nelson H. F. Beebe +%%% <beebe(a)math.utah.edu>, 13 July 1993 [2.5]. +%%% Add \epsfframethickness for control of +%%% \epsfframe frame lines. +%%% +%%% --------------------------------------------- +%%% Revised by Nelson H. F. Beebe +%%% <beebe(a)math.utah.edu>, 02 July 1996 [2.6] +%%% Add missing initialization \epsfatendfalse; +%%% the lack of this resulted in the wrong +%%% BoundingBox being picked up, mea culpa, sigh... +%%% +%%% --------------------------------------------- +%%% Revised by Nelson H. F. Beebe +%%% <beebe(a)math.utah.edu>, 25 October 1996 [2.7] +%%% Update to match changes in from dvips 5-600 +%%% distribution: new user-accessible macros: +%%% \epsfclipon, \epsfclipoff, \epsfdrafton, +%%% \epsfdraftoff, change \empty to \epsfempty. +%%% +%%% --------------------------------------------- +%%% Revised by Nelson H. F. Beebe +%%% <beebe(a)math.utah.edu>, 18 May 2002 [2.7.1] +%%% Add write statements to echo input file +%%% names. Prior to that change, an error in +%%% such a file could be quite hard to track +%%% down: a long list of TeX page numbers could +%%% suddenly be followed by ``TeX buffer +%%% capacity'' exceeded, without any indication +%%% of the file that was responsible. +%%% +%%% --------------------------------------------- +%%% Revised by Nelson H. F. Beebe +%%% <beebe(a)math.utah.edu>, 16 May 2003 [2.7.2] +%%% Supply two critical percent characters that +%%% were mistakenly omitted in version 2.7.1, +%%% and resulted in a small amount of spurious +%%% horizontal space. +%%% +%%% --------------------------------------------- +%%% Revised by Nelson H. F. Beebe +%%% <beebe(a)math.utah.edu>, 14 Feb 2011 [2.7.3] +%%% Add previously-missing \space in rwi +%%% assignments (bug reported 14-Feb-2011 by +%%% Stefan Rueger <s.rueger(a)open.ac.uk>). +%%% +%%% --------------------------------------------- +%%% Revised by Nelson H. F. Beebe +%%% <beebe(a)math.utah.edu>, Karl Berry +%%% <karl(a)freefriends.org>, and Robin Fairbairns +%%% <Robin.Fairbairns(a)cl.cam.ac.uk>, +%%% 23 July 2005 [2.7.3] +%%% Add critical \hbox{} wrapper in \epsfsetgraph +%%% so that \epsfbox{} does not conflict with +%%% LaTeX center environment when \epsfbox{} is +%%% surrounded by other horizonal objects. +%%% Improve macro readability by adding legal, +%%% but invisible-in-typeset-output, spaces. +%%% Ensure that verbose status reports come +%%% inside (filename ...) list. +%%% +%%% --------------------------------------------- +%%% The checksum field above contains a CRC-16 +%%% checksum as the first value, followed by +%%% the equivalent of the standard UNIX wc +%%% (word count) utility output of lines, +%%% words, and characters. This is produced by +%%% Robert Solovay's checksum utility.", +%%% } +%%% ==================================================================== + +%\immediate \write16 {This is `epsf.tex' v2.0 <02 Dec 1991>}% +%\immediate \write16 {This is `epsf.tex' v2.1 <05 May 1992>}% +%\immediate \write16 {This is `epsf.tex' v2.2 <09 Dec 1992>}% +%\immediate \write16 {This is `epsf.tex' v2.3 <14 Dec 1992>}% +%\immediate \write16 {This is `epsf.tex' v2.4 <20 June 1993>}% +%\immediate \write16 {This is `epsf.tex' v2.5 <13 July 1993>}% +%\immediate \write16 {This is `epsf.tex' v2.6 <02 July 1996>}% +%\immediate \write16 {This is `epsf.tex' v2.7 <25 October 1996>}% +%\immediate \write16 {This is `epsf.tex' v2.7.1 <18 May 2002>}% +%\immediate \write16 {This is `epsf.tex' v2.7.2 <16 May 2003>}% +%\immediate \write16 {This is `epsf.tex' v2.7.3 <23 July 2005>}% +\immediate \write16 {This is `epsf.tex' v2.7.4 <14 February 2011>}% +% +\newread \epsffilein % file to \read +\newif \ifepsfatend % need to scan to LAST %%BoundingBox comment? +\newif \ifepsfbbfound % success? +\newif \ifepsfdraft % use draft mode? +\newif \ifepsffileok % continue looking for the bounding box? +\newif \ifepsfframe % frame the bounding box? +\newif \ifepsfshow % show PostScript file, or just bounding box? +\epsfshowtrue % default is to display PostScript file +\newif \ifepsfshowfilename % show the file name if \epsfshowfalse specified? +\newif \ifepsfverbose % report what you're making? +\newdimen \epsfframemargin % margin between box and frame +\newdimen \epsfframethickness % thickness of frame rules +\newdimen \epsfrsize % vertical size before scaling +\newdimen \epsftmp % register for arithmetic manipulation +\newdimen \epsftsize % horizontal size before scaling +\newdimen \epsfxsize % horizontal size after scaling +\newdimen \epsfysize % vertical size after scaling +\newdimen \pspoints % conversion factor +% +\pspoints = 1bp % Adobe points are `big' +\epsfxsize = 0pt % default value, means `use natural size' +\epsfysize = 0pt % ditto +\epsfframemargin = 0pt % default value: frame box flush around picture +\epsfframethickness = 0.4pt % TeX's default rule thickness +% +\def \epsfbox #1{% + \global \def \epsfllx {72}% + \global \def \epsflly {72}% + \global \def \epsfurx {540}% + \global \def \epsfury {720}% + \def \lbracket {[}% + \def \testit {#1}% + \ifx \testit \lbracket + \let \next = \epsfgetlitbb + \else + \let \next = \epsfnormal + \fi + \next{#1}% +}% +% +% We use \epsfgetlitbb if the user specified an explicit bounding box, +% and \epsfnormal otherwise. Because \epsfgetbb can be called +% separately to retrieve the bounding box, we move the verbose +% printing the bounding box extents and size on the terminal to +% \epsfstatus. Therefore, when the user provided the bounding box, +% \epsfgetbb will not be called, so we must call \epsfsetsize and +% \epsfstatus ourselves. +% +\def \epsfgetlitbb #1#2 #3 #4 #5]#6{% + \epsfgrab #2 #3 #4 #5 .\\% + \epsfsetsize + \epsfstatus{#6}% + \epsfsetgraph{#6}% +}% +% +\def \epsfnormal #1{% + \epsfgetbb{#1}% + \epsfsetgraph{#1}% +}% +% +\def \epsfgetbb #1{% +% +% The first thing we need to do is to open the +% PostScript file, if possible. +% + \openin\epsffilein=#1 + \immediate \write16 {(#1}% + \ifeof \epsffilein + \errmessage{Could not open file #1, ignoring it}% + \else %process the file + {% %start a group to contain catcode changes + % Make all special characters, except space, to be of type + % `other' so we process the file in almost verbatim mode + % (TeXbook, p. 344). + \chardef \other = 12% + \def \do ##1{\catcode`##1=\other}% + \dospecials + \catcode `\ = 10% + \epsffileoktrue %true while we are looping + \epsfatendfalse %[02-Jul-1996]: add forgotten initialization + \loop %reading lines from the EPS file + \read \epsffilein to \epsffileline + \ifeof \epsffilein %then no more input + \epsffileokfalse %so set completion flag + \else %otherwise process one line + \expandafter \epsfaux \epsffileline :. \\% + \fi + \ifepsffileok + \repeat + \ifepsfbbfound + \else + \ifepsfverbose + \immediate \write16 {No BoundingBox comment found in % + file #1; using defaults}% + \fi + \fi + }% %end catcode changes + \closein\epsffilein + \fi %end of file processing + \epsfsetsize %compute size parameters + \epsfstatus{#1}% + \immediate \write16 {)}% +}% +% +% Clipping control: +\def \epsfclipon {\def \epsfclipstring { clip}}% +\def \epsfclipoff {\def \epsfclipstring {\ifepsfdraft \space clip\fi}}% +\epsfclipoff % default for dvips is OFF +% +% The special that is emitted by \epsfsetgraph comes from this macro. +% It is defined separately to allow easy customization by other +% packages that first \input epsf.tex, then redefine \epsfspecial. +% This macro is invoked in the lower-left corner of a box of the +% width and height determined from the arguments to \epsffile, or +% from the %%BoundingBox in the EPS file itself. +% +% This version is for dvips: +\def \epsfspecial #1{% + \epsftmp=10\epsfxsize + \divide \epsftmp by \pspoints + \ifnum \epsfrsize = 0% + \relax + \special{PSfile=\ifepsfdraft psdraft.ps\else#1\fi\space + llx=\epsfllx\space + lly=\epsflly\space + urx=\epsfurx\space + ury=\epsfury\space + rwi=\number\epsftmp\space + \epsfclipstring + }% + \else + \epsfrsize=10\epsfysize + \divide \epsfrsize by \pspoints + \special{PSfile=\ifepsfdraft psdraft.ps\else#1\fi\space + llx=\epsfllx\space + lly=\epsflly\space + urx=\epsfurx\space + ury=\epsfury\space + rwi=\number\epsftmp\space + rhi=\number\epsfrsize + \epsfclipstring + }% + \fi +}% +% +% \epsfframe macro adapted from the TeXbook, exercise 21.3, p. 223, 331. +% but modified to set the box width to the natural width, rather +% than the line width, and to include space for margins and rules +\def \epsfframe #1% +{% + % method for detecting latex suggested by Robin Fairbairns, May 2005. + \ifx \documentstyle \epsfundefined + \relax + \else +% \leavevmode % so we can put this inside + % a latex centered environment + % The \leavevmode breaks under plain when this is inside a box, + % because it forces the figure to be the entire \hsize. On the + % other hand, we need the \leavevmode for it to work in LaTeX, + % because the {center} environment works by adjusting TeX's + % paragraph parameters. + % + % Compare the LaTeX sequence + % \begin{center} + % \epsfbox{tip.eps}q + % \end{center} + % (needs the \leavevmode to put the q right next to the image) + % + % with the plain TeX sequence: + % \leftline{\vbox{\epsfbox{tip.eps}}q} + % (had the q all the way over to the right, when \leavevmode was used) + \fi + % + \setbox0 = \hbox{#1}% + \dimen0 = \wd0 % natural width of argument + \advance \dimen0 by 2\epsfframemargin % plus width of 2 margins + \advance \dimen0 by 2\epsfframethickness % plus width of 2 rule lines + \relax + \hbox{% + \vbox + {% + \hrule height \epsfframethickness depth 0pt + \hbox to \dimen0 + {% + \hss + \vrule width \epsfframethickness + \kern \epsfframemargin + \vbox {\kern \epsfframemargin \box0 \kern \epsfframemargin }% + \kern \epsfframemargin + \vrule width \epsfframethickness + \hss + }% end hbox + \hrule height 0pt depth \epsfframethickness + }% end vbox + }% end hbox + \relax +}% +% +\def \epsfsetgraph #1% +{% + % + % Make the vbox and stick in a \special that the DVI driver can + % parse. \vfil and \hfil are used to place the \special origin at + % the lower-left corner of the vbox. \epsfspecial can be redefined + % to produce alternate \special syntaxes. + % + \ifvmode \leavevmode \fi + \relax + \hbox{% so we can put this in \begin{center}...\end{center} + \ifepsfframe \expandafter \epsfframe \fi + {\vbox to\epsfysize + {% + \ifepsfshow + % output \special{} at lower-left corner of figure box + \vfil + \hbox to \epsfxsize{\epsfspecial{#1}\hfil}% + \else + \vfil + \hbox to\epsfxsize{% + \hss + \ifepsfshowfilename + {% + \epsfframemargin=3pt % local change of margin + \epsfframe{{\tt #1}}% + }% + \fi + \hss + }% + \vfil + \fi + }% + }}% + \relax + % + % Reset \epsfxsize and \epsfysize, as documented above. + % + \global \epsfxsize = 0pt + \global \epsfysize = 0pt +}% +% +% Now we have to calculate the scale and offset values to use. +% First we compute the natural sizes. +% +\def \epsfsetsize +{% + \epsfrsize = \epsfury \pspoints + \advance \epsfrsize by -\epsflly \pspoints + \epsftsize = \epsfurx \pspoints + \advance \epsftsize by -\epsfllx \pspoints +% +% If `epsfxsize' is 0, we default to the natural size of the picture. +% Otherwise we scale the graph to be \epsfxsize wide. +% + \epsfxsize = \epsfsize{\epsftsize}{\epsfrsize}% + \ifnum \epsfxsize = 0 + \ifnum \epsfysize = 0 + \epsfxsize = \epsftsize + \epsfysize = \epsfrsize + \epsfrsize = 0pt +% +% We have a sticky problem here: TeX doesn't do floating point arithmetic! +% Our goal is to compute y = rx/t. The following loop does this reasonably +% fast, with an error of at most about 16 sp (about 1/4000 pt). +% + \else + \epsftmp = \epsftsize + \divide \epsftmp by \epsfrsize + \epsfxsize = \epsfysize + \multiply \epsfxsize by \epsftmp + \multiply \epsftmp by \epsfrsize + \advance \epsftsize by -\epsftmp + \epsftmp = \epsfysize + \loop + \advance \epsftsize by \epsftsize + \divide \epsftmp by 2 + \ifnum \epsftmp > 0 + \ifnum \epsftsize < \epsfrsize + \else + \advance \epsftsize -\epsfrsize + \advance \epsfxsize \epsftmp + \fi + \repeat + \epsfrsize = 0pt + \fi + \else + \ifnum \epsfysize = 0 + \epsftmp = \epsfrsize + \divide \epsftmp by \epsftsize + \epsfysize = \epsfxsize + \multiply \epsfysize by \epsftmp + \multiply \epsftmp by \epsftsize + \advance \epsfrsize by -\epsftmp + \epsftmp = \epsfxsize + \loop + \advance \epsfrsize by \epsfrsize + \divide \epsftmp by 2 + \ifnum \epsftmp > 0 + \ifnum \epsfrsize < \epsftsize + \else + \advance \epsfrsize by -\epsftsize + \advance \epsfysize by \epsftmp + \fi + \repeat + \epsfrsize = 0pt + \else + \epsfrsize = \epsfysize + \fi + \fi +}% +% +% Issue some status messages if the user requested them +% +\def \epsfstatus #1{% arg = filename + \ifepsfverbose + \immediate \write16 {#1: BoundingBox: + llx = \epsfllx \space lly = \epsflly \space + urx = \epsfurx \space ury = \epsfury \space}% + \immediate \write16 {#1: scaled width = \the\epsfxsize \space + scaled height = \the\epsfysize}% + \fi +}% +% +% We still need to define the tricky \epsfaux macro. This requires +% a couple of magic constants for comparison purposes. +% +{\catcode`\%=12 \global \let \epsfpercent=%\global \def \epsfbblit {%BoundingBox}}% +\global \def \epsfatend{(atend)}% +% +% So we're ready to check for `%BoundingBox:' and to grab the +% values if they are found. +% +% If we find a line +% +% %%BoundingBox: (atend) +% +% then we ignore it, but set a flag to force parsing all of the +% file, so the last %%BoundingBox parsed will be the one used. This +% is necessary, because EPS files can themselves contain other EPS +% files with their own %%BoundingBox comments. +% +% If we find a line +% +% %%BoundingBox: llx lly urx ury +% +% then we save the 4 values in \epsfllx, \epsflly, \epsfurx, \epsfury. +% Then, if we have not previously parsed an (atend), we flag completion +% and can stop reading the file. Otherwise, we must keep on reading +% to end of file so that we find the values on the LAST %%BoundingBox. +\long \def \epsfaux#1#2:#3\\% +{% + \def \testit {#2}% % save second character up to just before colon + \ifx#1\epsfpercent % then first char is percent (quick test) + \ifx \testit \epsfbblit % then (slow test) we have %%BoundingBox + \epsfgrab #3 . . . \\% + \ifx \epsfllx\epsfatend % then ignore %%BoundingBox: (atend) + \global \epsfatendtrue + \else % else found %%BoundingBox: llx lly urx ury + \ifepsfatend % then keep parsing ALL %%BoundingBox lines + \else % else stop after first one parsed + \epsffileokfalse + \fi + \global \epsfbbfoundtrue + \fi + \fi + \fi +}% +% +% Here we grab the values and stuff them in the appropriate definitions. +% +\def \epsfempty {}% +\def \epsfgrab #1 #2 #3 #4 #5\\{% + \global \def \epsfllx {#1}\ifx \epsfllx\epsfempty + \epsfgrab #2 #3 #4 #5 .\\\else + \global \def \epsflly {#2}% + \global \def \epsfurx {#3}\global \def \epsfury {#4}\fi +}% +% +% We default the epsfsize macro. +% +\def \epsfsize #1#2{\epsfxsize}% +% +% Finally, another definition for compatibility with older macros. +% +\let \epsffile = \epsfbox +\endinput diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/epsf.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/epsf.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/epsf.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/epsf.tlpobj 2011-02-19 04:17:10.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +name epsf +category Package +revision 21461 +shortdesc Simple macros for EPS inclusion. +relocated 1 +longdesc The original graphics inclusion macros for use with dvips; +longdesc still widely used by Plain TeX users (in particular). For LaTeX +longdesc users, the package is nowadays deprecated in favour of the more +longdesc sophisticated standard LaTeX graphics bundle of packages (which +longdesc are also available to Plain TeX users, either via its Plain TeX +longdesc version, or through the support offered by etex). +runfiles size=14 + RELOC/tex/generic/epsf/epsf.sty + RELOC/tex/generic/epsf/epsf.tex +catalogue-ctan /macros/generic/epsf +catalogue-date 2011-02-18 10:32:12 +0100 +catalogue-license pd +catalogue-version 2.7.4 diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/hpsdiss.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/hpsdiss.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/hpsdiss.doc.tlpobj 2010-06-10 18:29:23.000000000 +0200 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/hpsdiss.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -name hpsdiss.doc -category Package -revision 15878 -shortdesc doc files of hpsdiss -relocated 1 -docfiles size=54 - RELOC/doc/latex/hpsdiss/hpsdiss.pdf ++++++ har2nat.doc.tar.xz -> erdc.doc.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 3907 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ har2nat.doc.tar.xz -> erdc.tar.xz ++++++ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/har2nat/README new/doc/latex/har2nat/README --- old/doc/latex/har2nat/README 2007-11-23 21:11:37.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/har2nat/README 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,20 +0,0 @@ -har2nat package written by Bas Straathof, 2005/12/01 -Eindhoven University of Technology, The Netherlands -bas.straathof(a)gmail.com. - -This small package allows a LaTeX document containing the citation commands -provided by the Harvard package (Peter Williams and Thorsten Schnier) -to be compiled using the natbib package (Patrick W. Daly). Migration from -harvard to natbib thus can be achieved simply by replacing - -\usepackage{harvard} - -with - -\usepackage{natbib} -\usepackage{har2nat} - ----IMPORTANT--- -har2nat must not be loaded before the natbib package as it redefines -the natbib commands \cite and \citeyear. All other natbib commands remain -unchanged and can be used alongside the Harvard commands. Files old/doc/latex/har2nat/har2nat.pdf and new/doc/latex/har2nat/har2nat.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/har2nat/har2nat.tex new/doc/latex/har2nat/har2nat.tex --- old/doc/latex/har2nat/har2nat.tex 2010-03-07 17:58:43.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/har2nat/har2nat.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,54 +0,0 @@ -\documentclass[DIV=8, pagesize=auto]{scrartcl} - -\usepackage{fixltx2e} -\usepackage{etex} -\usepackage{xspace} -\usepackage{lmodern} -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage{textcomp} -\usepackage{microtype} -\usepackage[unicode=true]{hyperref} - -\newcommand*{\mail}[1]{\href{mailto:#1}{\texttt{#1}}} -\newcommand*{\pkg}[1]{\textsf{#1}} -\newcommand*{\cs}[1]{\texttt{\textbackslash#1}} -\makeatletter -\newcommand*{\cmd}[1]{\cs{\expandafter\@gobble\string#1}} -\makeatother - -\addtokomafont{title}{\rmfamily} - -\title{The \pkg{har2nat} package\thanks{This manual corresponds to \pkg{har2nat}~v1.0, dated~2005/12/01.}} -\author{Bas Straathof\\Eindhoven University of Technology, The Netherlands\\\mail{bas.straathof(a)gmail.com}} -\date{2005/12/01} - - -\begin{document} - -\maketitle - -\noindent -This small package allows a \LaTeX\ document containing the citation commands -provided by the \pkg{Harvard} package (Peter Williams and Thorsten Schnier) -to be compiled using the \pkg{natbib} package (Patrick W. Daly). Migration from -\pkg{harvard} to \pkg{natbib} thus can be achieved simply by replacing -% -\begin{verbatim} -\usepackage{harvard} -\end{verbatim} -% -with -% -\begin{verbatim} -\usepackage{natbib} -\usepackage{har2nat} -\end{verbatim} - - -\minisec{Important:} - -\pkg{har2nat} must not be loaded before the \pkg{natbib} package as it redefines -the \pkg{natbib} commands \cmd{\cite} and \cmd{\citeyear}.\@ All other \pkg{natbib} commands remain -unchanged and can be used alongside the \pkg{Harvard} commands. - -\end{document} diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tex/latex/erdc/erdc.cls new/tex/latex/erdc/erdc.cls --- old/tex/latex/erdc/erdc.cls 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tex/latex/erdc/erdc.cls 2009-07-26 23:52:16.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,577 @@ +%% +%% This is file `erdc.cls', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% erdc.dtx (with options: `class') +%% +%% IMPORTANT NOTICE: +%% +%% For the copyright see the source file. +%% +%% Any modified versions of this file must be renamed +%% with new filenames distinct from erdc.cls. +%% +%% For distribution of the original source see the terms +%% for copying and modification in the file erdc.dtx. +%% +%% This generated file may be distributed as long as the +%% original source files, as listed above, are part of the +%% same distribution. (The sources need not necessarily be +%% in the same archive or directory.) +%% \CharacterTable +%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z +%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z +%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9 +%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \# +%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \& +%% Acute accent \' Left paren $ Right paren $ +%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \, +%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/ +%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \< +%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \? +%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\ +%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ +%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| +%% Right brace \} Tilde \~} +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} +\ProvidesClass{erdc} +[2009/07/22 v1.1 Typesetting Technical Information Reports of +the Engineer Research and Development Center (ERDC), +US Army Corps of Engineers] +\long\def\erdc@size@warning#1{% + \ClassWarning{erdc}{Size-changing option #1 will not be + honored}}% +\DeclareOption{8pt}{\erdc@size@warning{\CurrentOption}}% +\DeclareOption{9pt}{\erdc@size@warning{\CurrentOption}}% +\DeclareOption{10pt}{\erdc@size@warning{\CurrentOption}}% +\DeclareOption{11pt}{\erdc@size@warning{\CurrentOption}}% +\DeclareOption{12pt}{\erdc@size@warning{\CurrentOption}}% +\DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{report}} +\ProcessOptions\relax +\LoadClass[12pt,twoside]{report} +\RequirePackage{graphicx,color,caption,longtable} +\RequirePackage{dcolumn} +\RequirePackage{natbib} +\renewcommand{\bibfont}{\fontsize{10pt}{12pt}\selectfont} +\setlength{\bibhang}{0.5in} +\setlength{\bibsep}{12pt} +\RequirePackage{amsmath} +\RequirePackage[originalcommands]{ragged2e} +\setlength\RaggedRightParindent{\parindent} +\RaggedRight +\renewcommand\normalsize{% + \@setfontsize\normalsize\@xiipt{16}% + \abovedisplayskip 16\p@ \@plus3\p@ \@minus7\p@ + \abovedisplayshortskip \z@ \@plus3\p@ + \belowdisplayshortskip 6.5\p@ \@plus3.5\p@ \@minus3\p@ + \belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip + \let\@listi\@listI} +\normalsize +\usepackage{mathgifg} +\usepackage{courier} +\def\@laboratoryfont{% + \sffamily\bfseries\fontsize{22pt}{25pt}\selectfont} +\def\@reportnumfont{% + \sffamily\bfseries\fontsize{18pt}{22pt}\selectfont} +\def\@programfont{% + \sffamily\fontseries{k}\itshape\normalsize\selectfont} +\def\@titlefont{% + \sffamily\fontseries{h}\fontsize{20pt}{25pt}\selectfont} +\def\@distributionfont{% + \sffamily\fontseries{k}\fontsize{9pt}{11pt}\selectfont} +\def\@eqtagfont{\sffamily\bfseries\footnotesize} +\RequirePackage[letterpaper, top=1in, bottom=0.7in, + left=1.5in, right=1.5in]{geometry} +\setlength{\parindent}{0pt} +\setlength{\parskip}{\baselineskip} +\setlength\labelwidth{1em} +\setlength\leftmargini\z@ +\addtolength\leftmargini\labelwidth +\addtolength\leftmargini\labelsep +\def\itemize{% + \ifnum \@itemdepth >\thr@@\@toodeep\else + \advance\@itemdepth\@ne + \edef\@itemitem{labelitem\romannumeral\the\@itemdepth}% + \expandafter + \list + \csname\@itemitem\endcsname + {\def\makelabel##1{##1}}% + \fi} +\def\enumerate{% + \ifnum \@enumdepth >\thr@@\@toodeep\else + \advance\@enumdepth\@ne + \edef\@enumctr{enum\romannumeral\the\@enumdepth}% + \expandafter + \list + \csname label\@enumctr\endcsname + {\usecounter\@enumctr\def\makelabel##1{##1}}% + \fi} +\widowpenalty=10000 +\clubpenalty=10000 +\raggedbottom +\RequirePackage{fancyhdr} +\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0.5pt} +\renewcommand{\footrulewidth}{0pt} +\fancyhfoffset{35pt} +\pagestyle{fancy} +\lhead{\textsf{\textbf{\footnotesize\@reportnum}}} +\rhead{\textsf{\textbf{\footnotesize\thepage}}} +\chead{} +\lfoot{} +\cfoot{} +\rfoot{} +\newif\if@frontmatter +\@frontmatterfalse +\newif\if@appendix +\@appendixfalse +\def\frontmatter{% + \pagenumbering{roman}% + \@frontmattertrue + \@appendixfalse} +\def\mainmatter{% + \cleardoublepage + \pagenumbering{arabic}% + \@frontmatterfalse + \@appendixfalse} +\def\appendix{% + \clearpage + \@frontmatterfalse + \@appendixtrue + \@addtoreset{table}{chapter}% + \@addtoreset{equation}{chapter}% + \@addtoreset{figure}{chapter}% + \setcounter{chapter}{0}% + \setcounter{section}{0}% + \gdef\@chapapp{\appendixname}% + \gdef\thechapter{\@Alph\c@chapter}% + \gdef\thefigure{\@Alph\c@chapter\@arabic\c@figure}% + \gdef\thetable{\@Alph\c@chapter\@arabic\c@table}% + \gdef\theequation{\@Alph\c@chapter\@arabic\c@equation}} +\def\laboratory#1{\gdef\@laboratory{#1}} +\laboratory{Engineer Research and\\Development Center} +\def\reportnum#1{\gdef\@reportnum{#1}} +\reportnum{ERDC TR-01-01} +\def\program#1{\gdef\@program{#1}} +\program{} +\newcommand{\subtitle}[1]{\gdef\@subtitle{#1}} +\def\@subtitle{} +\newcommand{\xandlist}[4]{\@andlista{{#1}{#2}{#3}}#4\and\and} +\def\@andlista#1#2\and#3\and{\@andlistc{#2}\@ifnotempty{#3}{% + \@andlistb#1{#3}}} +\def\@andlistb#1#2#3#4#5\and{% + \@ifempty{#5}{% + \@andlistc{#2#4}% + }{% + \@andlistc{#1#4}\@andlistb{#1}{#3}{#3}{#5}% + }} +\let\@andlistc\@iden +\newcommand{\nxandlist}[4]{% + \def\@andlistc##1{\toks@\@xp{\the\toks@##1}}% + \toks@{\toks@\@emptytoks \@andlista{{#1}{#2}{#3}}}% + \the\@xp\toks@#4\and\and + \edef#4{\the\toks@}% + \let\@andlistc\@iden} +\def\@@and{and} +\newcommand{\andify}{% + \nxandlist{\unskip, }{\unskip{} \@@and~}{\unskip, \@@and~}} +\def\and{\unskip{ }\@@and{ }\ignorespaces} +\let\@xp\expandafter\relax +\let\@nx=\noexpand +\def\@oparg#1[#2]{\@ifnextchar[{#1}{#1[#2]}} +\long\def\@ifempty#1{\@xifempty#1@@..\@nil} +\long\def\@xifempty#1#2@#3#4#5\@nil{% + \ifx#3#4\@xp\@firstoftwo\else\@xp\@secondoftwo\fi} +\long\def\@ifnotempty#1{\@ifempty{#1}{}} +\def\setboxz@h{\setbox\z@\hbox} +\def\@addpunct#1{% + \relax\ifhmode + \ifnum\spacefactor>\@m \else#1\fi + \fi} +\newtoks\@emptytoks +\def\authors{} +\def\addresses{} +\def\author#1{% + \ifx\@empty\authors\gdef\authors{#1}\else + \g@addto@macro{\authors}{\and#1}\fi + \ifx\@empty\@addresses\gdef\addresses{\author{#1}}\else + \g@addto@macro{\addresses}{\par\author{#1}}\fi} +\def\affiliation#1{% + \ifx\@empty\@addresses\gdef\addresses{#1\par}\else + \g@addto@macro{\addresses}{#1\par\vspace{\baselineskip}}\fi} +\def\today{\ifcase\month\or + January\or February\or March\or April\or May\or June\or + July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi + \space \number\year} +\newcommand{\coverart}[2][]{% + \def\@tempa{#1}% + \ifx\@empty\@tempa + \gdef\@coverart{\includegraphics[width=435\p@]{#2}}\else + \gdef\@coverart{\includegraphics[#1]{#2}}\fi} +\def\@coverart{}% +\def\reporttype#1{\gdef\@reporttype{#1}} +\reporttype{} +\def\distribution#1{\gdef\@distribution{#1}} +\distribution{Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited.} +\def\preparedfor#1{\gdef\@preparedfor{#1}} +\preparedfor{U.S. Army Corps of Engineers\\ Washington, DC 20314-1000} +\def\contractnum#1{\gdef\@contractnum{#1}} +\contractnum{} +\def\monitoredby#1{\gdef\@monitoredby{#1}} +\monitoredby{} +\def\additionalinfo#1{\gdef\@additionalinfo{#1}} +\additionalinfo{} +\newbox\abstractbox +\renewenvironment{abstract}{% + \global\setbox\abstractbox=\vtop \bgroup + \normalfont + \list{}{\labelwidth\z@ + \leftmargin\z@ \rightmargin\leftmargin + \listparindent\z@ \itemindent\z@ + \parsep16\p@ \topsep\z@ + \let\fullwidthdisplay\relax + }% + \item[\hskip\labelsep\bfseries Abstract:]% +}{% + \endlist\egroup} +\long\def\disclaimer#1{\long\gdef\@disclaimer{#1}} +\disclaimer{The contents of this report are not to be used for +advertising, publication, or promotional purposes. Citation of trade +names does not constitute an official endorsement or approval of the +use of such commercial products. All product names and trademarks +cited are the property of their respective owners. The findings of +this report are not to be construed as an official Department of the +Army position unless so designated by other authorized documents. + +\textbf{DESTROY THIS REPORT WHEN NO LONGER NEEDED. DO NOT RETURN IT +TO THE ORIGINATOR.}} +\newenvironment{@coverlist}{\begin{list}{}{% + \leftmargin40\p@\rightmargin-85\p@% + \topsep\z@\partopsep\z@\labelwidth\z@\labelsep\z@}\item{}}{% + \end{list}} +\newenvironment{@titlelist}{\begin{list}{}{% + \leftmargin-20\p@\rightmargin100\p@% + \topsep\z@\partopsep\z@\labelwidth\z@\labelsep\z@}\item{}}{% + \end{list}} +\newif\if@titleblock +\newenvironment{@titleblock}{% + \list{}{\labelwidth80\p@\labelsep10\p@ \leftmargin70\p@ + \rightmargin-150\p@ + \let\makelabel\@titleblocklabel}}{\endlist} +\newcommand*{\@titleblocklabel}[1]{\hfill\small#1} +\def\maketitle{% + \thispagestyle{empty}% + \enlargethispage{0.34in}% + \vspace*{-0.95in} + \makebox[0cm][r]{% + \raisebox{-720\p@}[\z@][\z@]{% + \rotatebox{90}{\makebox[\z@][l]{% + \colorbox{red}{\color{white}\parbox{720\p@}{% + \rule{0\p@}{85\p@}% + \hspace{28\p@}\raisebox{40\p@}{% + \parbox[c]{350\p@}{\@laboratoryfont\@laboratory}% + \hspace{10\p@}% + \parbox[c]{300\p@}{\hfill\@reportnumfont\@reportnum}}}}}}}% + \hspace*{-14\p@}}% + \makebox[0cm][r]{\raisebox{-720\p@}[\z@][\z@]{\rule{8\p@}{726\p@}% + \hspace{-26.75\p@}}}% + \begin{@coverlist}% + \sffamily\fontseries{k}\selectfont% + \hfill\parbox{145\p@}{ + \includegraphics[width=65\p@]{red_corps_castle2}\\ + {\bfseries + US Army Corps\\ + of Engineers\raisebox{-1\p@}{\scriptsize\textregistered}}\\ + Engineering Research and\\ + Development Center}\par + \vspace{0.5cm}% + {\@programfont\@program\par}% + \vspace{0.3cm}% + {\raggedright\@titlefont\@title\par + \vspace{0.3cm}% + \normalsize\bfseries\@subtitle\par}% + \vspace{0.3cm}% + \begin{minipage}[t]{300\p@}\raggedright + \nxandlist{\unskip, }{\unskip{} \@@and~}{\unskip{} \@@and~}\authors + \authors\end{minipage}% + \begin{minipage}[t]{135\p@}\flushright\@date\end{minipage}\par + \vspace{0.3cm}% + \@coverart + \end{@coverlist}% + \vfill + \begin{@coverlist}% + \@distributionfont\@distribution + \end{@coverlist}% + \newpage\thispagestyle{empty}\hbox{}\newpage + \thispagestyle{empty}% + \setcounter{page}{1}% + \vspace*{-1.5in}% + \vspace*{-\topmargin}% + \begin{@titlelist}% + \sffamily\fontseries{k}\selectfont + \begin{minipage}[t]{275\p@}% + \bfseries\@program + \end{minipage}% + \begin{minipage}[t]{175\p@}% + \bfseries\flushright\@reportnum\\\@date + \end{minipage}\rule[-0.5in]{\z(a)}{0.625in}\par + \begin{minipage}{\textwidth} + \vspace*{1cm}% + {\@titlefont\raggedright\@title\par} + \vspace*{3\p@}% + \bfseries\@subtitle\par + \end{minipage}\rule[-0.7in]{\z@}{1in}\par + \def\author##1{% + \def\@tempa{##1}% + \nxandlist{\unskip, }{\unskip{} \@@and~}{\unskip{} \@@and~}\@tempa + {\upshape\normalsize\@tempa}\par\vspace{6\p@}}% + \begin{minipage}{\textwidth} + \textit{\footnotesize\addresses}\par + \end{minipage}\rule[-2.7in]{\z(a)}{3.7in}\par + \begin{minipage}{\textwidth} + \@reporttype\par\vspace*{3\p@}% + {\@distributionfont\@distribution\par}% + \end{minipage} + \end{@titlelist}% + \vfill + \begin{@titlelist}% + \sffamily\normalsize\fontseries{k}\selectfont + \ifx\@additionalinfo\@empty\else\@additionalinfo\par\fi + \@titleblockfalse + \ifx\@empty\@preparedfor\relax\else\@titleblocktrue\fi + \ifx\@empty\@contractnum\relax\else\@titleblocktrue\fi + \ifx\@empty\@monitoredby\relax\else\@titleblocktrue\fi + \if@titleblock + \begin{@titleblock}% + \ifx\@empty\@preparedfor\else + \item[Prepared for]\@preparedfor + \fi + \ifx\@empty\@contractnum\else + \item[Under]\@contractnum + \fi + \ifx\@empty\@monitoredby\else + \item[Monitored by]\@monitoredby + \fi + \end{@titleblock} + \fi + \end{@titlelist}% + \clearpage + \ifvoid\abstractbox + \else + \box\abstractbox + \prevdepth\z@ + \fi + \vfill + \bgroup + \setlength{\fboxsep}{5\p@}% + \makebox[\textwidth]{\fbox{\parbox{6.5in}{% + \fontsize{8.5\p@}{9.5\p@}\selectfont + \parskip\baselineskip + \textbf{Disclaimer:} \@disclaimer}}}% + \egroup + \clearpage} +\def\cl@chapter{} +\@addtoreset{section}{chapter}% +\@addtoreset{subsection}{chapter}% +\@addtoreset{subsection}{section}% +\renewcommand\chapter{% + \clearpage + \global\@topnum\z@ + \@afterindentfalse + \secdef\@chapter\@schapter} +\def\@chapter[#1]#2{% + \if@frontmatter + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}% + \@makechapterhead{#2}% + \else + \refstepcounter{chapter}% + \typeout{\(a)chapapp\space\thechapter.}% + \if@appendix + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}% + {\@chapapp\space\thechapter: #1}% + \@makechapterhead{\@chapapp\space\thechapter: #2}% + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}% + {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}#1}% + \@makechapterhead{\makebox[35\p@]{\thechapter\hfill}#2}% + \fi + \fi + \@afterheading} +\def\@schapter#1{% + \if@appendix + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\@chapapp: #1}% + \@makeschapterhead{\@chapapp: #1}% + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}% + \@makeschapterhead{#1}% + \fi + \@afterheading} +\def\@makechapterhead#1{% + \vspace*{5\p@}% + {\hskip-35\p@% + \parindent\z@\raggedright + \interlinepenalty\@M + \@titlefont #1\par\nobreak + \vspace*{10\p@}% + }} +\def\@makeschapterhead#1{% + \vspace*{5\p@}% + {% + \parindent\z@\raggedright + \interlinepenalty\@M + \leftskip-35\p@\@titlefont #1\par\nobreak + \vspace*{10\p@}% + }} +\renewcommand \theequation {\@arabic\c@equation} +\setcounter{tocdepth}{2} +\renewcommand\section{% + \addpenalty\@secpenalty\nobreak + \secdef\@section\@ssection} +\def\@section[#1]#2{% + \ifnum1>\c@secnumdepth + \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{#1}% + \else + \refstepcounter{section}% + \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\protect\numberline{\thesection}#1}% + \fi + {\hskip-35\p@\raggedright\interlinepenalty\@M + \large\sffamily\bfseries + \ifnum1>\c@secnumdepth\else\makebox[35\p@]{\thesection\hfill}\fi#2\nobreak\par} + \@afterheading + \nobreak\par} +\def\@ssection#1{ + \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{#1}% + {\raggedright\interlinepenalty\@M + \large\sffamily\bfseries\leftskip-35\p@#1\nobreak\par} + \@afterheading + \nobreak\par} +\renewcommand\subsection{\par + \addpenalty\@secpenalty\nobreak + \secdef\@subsection\@ssubsection} +\def\@subsection[#1]#2{% + \ifnum2>\c@secnumdepth + \addcontentsline{toc}{subsection}{\itshape#1}% + \else + \refstepcounter{subsection}% + \addcontentsline{toc}{subsection}{\itshape\fontsize{9}{12}\selectfont + \protect\numberline{\thesubsection}% + #1}% + \fi + {\noindent\raggedright\interlinepenalty\@M + \normalsize\sffamily\bfseries + \ifnum2>\c@secnumdepth\else\thesubsection\hspace{1em}\fi#2}\nobreak\par} +\def\@ssubsection#1{% + \addcontentsline{toc}{subsection}{\itshape\fontsize{9}{12}\selectfont#1}% + {\noindent\raggedright\interlinepenalty\@M + \normalsize\sffamily\bfseries#1}\nobreak\par} +\def\specialchapter#1{% + \clearpage + \global\@topnum\z@ + \@afterindentfalse + \@makeschapterhead{#1}\par + \@afterheading} +\def\(a)dotsep{0.5} +\renewcommand\l@chapter[2]{% + \def\numberline##1{\makebox[1.9em]{##1\hfill}}% + \addpenalty{-\@highpenalty}% + \vskip5\p@ + \bgroup + \parindent\z@\rightskip\@pnumwidth + \parfillskip-\@pnumwidth + \leavevmode\bfseries + \leftskip1.9em% + \hskip-\leftskip + #1\nobreak\leaders\hbox{$\m@th\mkern\@dotsep + mu\hbox{.}\mkern\@dotsep + mu$}\hfill\nobreak{\hfil\,#2}\par + \vskip5\p@ + \penalty\@highpenalty + \egroup} +\def\@dottedtocline#1#2#3#4#5{% + \bgroup + \def\numberline##1{\makebox[#3]{##1\hfill}}% + \ifnum #1>\c@tocdepth \else + \vskip \z@ \@plus.2\p@ + {\leftskip #2\relax \rightskip \@tocrmarg \parfillskip -\rightskip + \parindent #2\relax\@afterindenttrue + \interlinepenalty\@M + \leavevmode + \@tempdima #3\relax + \advance\leftskip \@tempdima \null\nobreak\hskip -\leftskip + #4\nobreak + \leaders\hbox{$\m@th + \mkern \@dotsep mu\hbox{.}\mkern \@dotsep + mu$}\hfill + \nobreak + {\hfil \normalcolor \,#5}% + \par}% + \fi + \egroup} +\def\@dottedtoclineLF#1#2#3#4#5{% + \bgroup + \ifnum #1>\c@tocdepth \else + \vskip \z@ \@plus.2\p@ + {\leftskip #2\relax \rightskip \@tocrmarg \parfillskip -\rightskip + \parindent #2\relax\@afterindenttrue + \interlinepenalty\@M + \leavevmode + \@tempdima #2\relax + \advance\leftskip \@tempdima \null\nobreak\hskip -\@tempdima + #4\nobreak + \leaders\hbox{$\m@th + \mkern \@dotsep mu\hbox{.}\mkern \@dotsep + mu$}\hfill + \nobreak + {\hfil \normalcolor \,#5}% + \par}% + \fi + \egroup} +\renewcommand*\l@section{\@dottedtocline{1}{2em}{2.5em}} +\renewcommand*\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{4.7em}{3em}} +\renewcommand*\l@figure{\@dottedtoclineLF{1}{0em}{2.3em}} +\let\l@table\l@figure +\renewcommand\contentsname{Table of Contents} +\renewcommand\tableofcontents{% + \specialchapter{\contentsname}% + \def\numberline##1{\hb@xt@\@pnumwidth{##1\hfill}}% + {\parskip2.5\p@\footnotesize\sffamily\fontseries{k}\selectfont\raggedright + \@starttoc{toc}}} +\renewcommand\listoffigures{% + \chapter{\listfigurename}% + \def\numberline##1{Figure ##1. }% + {\parskip2.5\p@\footnotesize\sffamily\fontseries{k}\selectfont\raggedright + \@starttoc{lof}}} +\renewcommand\listoftables{% + \chapter{\listtablename}% + \def\numberline##1{Table ##1. }% + {\parskip2.5\p@\footnotesize\sffamily\fontseries{k}\selectfont\raggedright + \@starttoc{lot}}} +\def\listfiguretablename{Figures and Tables} +\newcommand\listoffiguresandtables{% + \chapter{\listfiguretablename} + {\sffamily\bfseries\normalsize Figures\par}% + \vspace*{10pt}% + \def\numberline##1{Figure ##1. }% + {\parskip2.5\p@\footnotesize\sffamily\fontseries{k}\selectfont\raggedright + \@starttoc{lof}}% + {\sffamily\bfseries\normalsize Tables\par}% + \vspace*{10pt}% + \def\numberline##1{Table ##1. }% + {\parskip2.5\p@\footnotesize\sffamily\fontseries{k}\selectfont\raggedright + \@starttoc{lot}}} +\renewcommand\bibname{References} +\setlength{\@fptop}{0pt}% +\renewcommand \thefigure {\@arabic\c@figure} +\renewcommand \thetable {\@arabic\c@table} +\captionsetup{justification=centering,font={footnotesize,sf,bf}, +labelsep=period,aboveskip=3pt} +\captionsetup[table]{position=top} +\def\arraystretch{1.3} +\let\maketag@@@@\maketag@@@ +\def\maketag@@@#1{\hbox{\m@th\@eqtagfont#1}} +\renewcommand{\eqref}[1]{\textup{\tagform@@{\ref{#1}}}} +\def\tagform@@#1{\maketag@@@@{(\ignorespaces#1\unskip\@@italiccorr)}} +\endinput +%% +%% End of file `erdc.cls'. diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/erdc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/erdc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/erdc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/erdc.tlpobj 2010-06-10 18:27:04.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +name erdc +category Package +revision 15878 +shortdesc Style for Reports by US Army Corps of Engineers. +relocated 1 +longdesc A class for typesetting Technical Information Reports of the +longdesc Engineer Research and Development Center, US Army Corps of +longdesc Engineers. The class was commissioned and paid for by US Army +longdesc Corps of Engineers, Engineer Research and Development Center, +longdesc 3909 Halls Ferry Road, Vicksburg, MS 39180-6199. +runfiles size=5 + RELOC/tex/latex/erdc/erdc.cls +catalogue-ctan /macros/latex/contrib/erdc +catalogue-date 2009-11-09 22:14:03 +0100 +catalogue-license lppl +catalogue-version 1.1 diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/har2nat.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/har2nat.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/har2nat.doc.tlpobj 2010-06-10 18:29:15.000000000 +0200 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/har2nat.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -name har2nat.doc -category Package -revision 17356 -shortdesc doc files of har2nat -relocated 1 -docfiles size=57 - RELOC/doc/latex/har2nat/README - RELOC/doc/latex/har2nat/har2nat.pdf - RELOC/doc/latex/har2nat/har2nat.tex ++++++ hausarbeit-jura.doc.tar.xz -> esdiff.doc.tar.xz ++++++ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/esdiff/README new/doc/latex/esdiff/README --- old/doc/latex/esdiff/README 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/esdiff/README 2011-02-14 00:28:58.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +The package esdiff makes writing derivatives very easy. +It allows to write derivatives, partial derivatives, multiple +Some typographic options are available.derivatives. + +This package is released under the LPPL, version 1 or later. +It consists of README, esdiff.dtx, esdiff.ins, and their derived files. Files old/doc/latex/esdiff/esdiff.pdf and new/doc/latex/esdiff/esdiff.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/hausarbeit-jura/README new/doc/latex/hausarbeit-jura/README --- old/doc/latex/hausarbeit-jura/README 2012-02-11 01:54:49.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/hausarbeit-jura/README 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ ----------------------------------------------------------------- -hausarbeit-jura -- Eine Klasse für juristische Hausarbeiten -E-Mail: info(a)schoenerpublizieren.de -Released under the LaTeX Project Public License v1.3c or later -See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt ----------------------------------------------------------------- - -This is the initial version of the class "hausarbeit-jura" for -writing "juristische Hausarbeiten" at German Universities. It -was originally developed for a course at Trier University. diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/hausarbeit-jura/README. new/doc/latex/hausarbeit-jura/README. --- old/doc/latex/hausarbeit-jura/README. 2012-02-11 01:54:49.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/hausarbeit-jura/README. 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ ----------------------------------------------------------------- -hausarbeit-jura -- Eine Klasse für juristische Hausarbeiten -E-Mail: info(a)schoenerpublizieren.de -Released under the LaTeX Project Public License v1.3c or later -See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt ----------------------------------------------------------------- - -This is the initial version of the class "hausarbeit-jura" for -writing "juristische Hausarbeiten" at German Universities. It -was originally developed for a course at Trier University. diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/hausarbeit-jura/hausarbeit-demo.bib new/doc/latex/hausarbeit-jura/hausarbeit-demo.bib --- old/doc/latex/hausarbeit-jura/hausarbeit-demo.bib 2012-02-11 01:54:49.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/hausarbeit-jura/hausarbeit-demo.bib 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,27 +0,0 @@ -@ARTICLE{hau98, - author = {Wolfgang Hau}, - title = {Anmerkung zu BGH, Urt. vom 1.10.1997}, - journal = {JA}, - year = {1998}, - pages = {358--361} -} - -@BOOK{rosenberg10, - title = {Zivilprozessrecht}, - year = {2010}, - author = {Leo Rosenberg and Karl Heinz Schwab and Peter Gottwald}, - shortauthor = {Rosenberg/Schwab/Gottwald}, - shorttitle = {ZPO}, - address = {München}, - edition = {17} -} - -@BOOK{prutting10, - title = {ZPO Kommentar}, - year = {2010}, - editor = {Hanns Prütting and Markus Gehrlein}, - shortauthor = {Prütting/Gehrlein}, - shorttitle = {ZPO}, - address = {Köln}, - edition = {1} -} diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/hausarbeit-jura/hausarbeit-demo.tex new/doc/latex/hausarbeit-jura/hausarbeit-demo.tex --- old/doc/latex/hausarbeit-jura/hausarbeit-demo.tex 2012-02-11 01:54:49.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/hausarbeit-jura/hausarbeit-demo.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,30 +0,0 @@ -\documentclass{hausarbeit-jura} -\usepackage{blindtext} - -\begin{document} -\title{Hausarbeit} -\subtitle{Übung für Anfänger im öffentlichen Recht} -\author{Otto Normalverbraucher\\Musterweg 12\\12345 Musterstadt\\123456\\3. Fachsemester} -\prof{Prof.\,Dr. X. Y.} -\semester{Wintersemester 2011/2012} -\date{8. Februar 2012} -\maketitle - -\tableofcontents %Inhaltsverzeichnis -\bibliography{hausarbeit-demo} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -\chapter{Ein erstes Kapitel}\label{chap:ErstesKapitel} -\TODO{Das fehlt noch was!} -\section{Abschnitt} -\blindtext[4] - -Eine erste Fußnote\footnote{Dies ist eine Fußnote mit Zitat \cite[348, 349]{hau98}.} -\section{Noch ein Abschnitt} -\blindtext - -\chapter{Noch ein Kapitel} -Wie in Kapitel~\ref{chap:ErstesKapitel} auf S.~\pageref{chap:ErstesKapitel} \ldots - -Wie in Kapitel~\xref{chap:ErstesKapitel} \ldots - -\end{document} diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/esdiff.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/esdiff.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/esdiff.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/esdiff.doc.tlpobj 2011-02-14 04:13:11.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +name esdiff.doc +category Package +revision 21385 +shortdesc doc files of esdiff +relocated 1 +docfiles size=25 + RELOC/doc/latex/esdiff/README + RELOC/doc/latex/esdiff/esdiff.pdf diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/hausarbeit-jura.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/hausarbeit-jura.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/hausarbeit-jura.doc.tlpobj 2012-02-11 04:31:22.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/hausarbeit-jura.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -name hausarbeit-jura.doc -category Package -revision 25356 -shortdesc doc files of hausarbeit-jura -relocated 1 -docfiles size=4 - RELOC/doc/latex/hausarbeit-jura/README - RELOC/doc/latex/hausarbeit-jura/README. - RELOC/doc/latex/hausarbeit-jura/hausarbeit-demo.bib - RELOC/doc/latex/hausarbeit-jura/hausarbeit-demo.tex ++++++ hausarbeit-jura.doc.tar.xz -> esdiff.tar.xz ++++++ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/hausarbeit-jura/README new/doc/latex/hausarbeit-jura/README --- old/doc/latex/hausarbeit-jura/README 2012-02-11 01:54:49.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/hausarbeit-jura/README 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ ----------------------------------------------------------------- -hausarbeit-jura -- Eine Klasse für juristische Hausarbeiten -E-Mail: info(a)schoenerpublizieren.de -Released under the LaTeX Project Public License v1.3c or later -See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt ----------------------------------------------------------------- - -This is the initial version of the class "hausarbeit-jura" for -writing "juristische Hausarbeiten" at German Universities. It -was originally developed for a course at Trier University. diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/hausarbeit-jura/README. new/doc/latex/hausarbeit-jura/README. --- old/doc/latex/hausarbeit-jura/README. 2012-02-11 01:54:49.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/hausarbeit-jura/README. 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ ----------------------------------------------------------------- -hausarbeit-jura -- Eine Klasse für juristische Hausarbeiten -E-Mail: info(a)schoenerpublizieren.de -Released under the LaTeX Project Public License v1.3c or later -See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt ----------------------------------------------------------------- - -This is the initial version of the class "hausarbeit-jura" for -writing "juristische Hausarbeiten" at German Universities. It -was originally developed for a course at Trier University. diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/hausarbeit-jura/hausarbeit-demo.bib new/doc/latex/hausarbeit-jura/hausarbeit-demo.bib --- old/doc/latex/hausarbeit-jura/hausarbeit-demo.bib 2012-02-11 01:54:49.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/hausarbeit-jura/hausarbeit-demo.bib 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,27 +0,0 @@ -@ARTICLE{hau98, - author = {Wolfgang Hau}, - title = {Anmerkung zu BGH, Urt. vom 1.10.1997}, - journal = {JA}, - year = {1998}, - pages = {358--361} -} - -@BOOK{rosenberg10, - title = {Zivilprozessrecht}, - year = {2010}, - author = {Leo Rosenberg and Karl Heinz Schwab and Peter Gottwald}, - shortauthor = {Rosenberg/Schwab/Gottwald}, - shorttitle = {ZPO}, - address = {München}, - edition = {17} -} - -@BOOK{prutting10, - title = {ZPO Kommentar}, - year = {2010}, - editor = {Hanns Prütting and Markus Gehrlein}, - shortauthor = {Prütting/Gehrlein}, - shorttitle = {ZPO}, - address = {Köln}, - edition = {1} -} diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/hausarbeit-jura/hausarbeit-demo.tex new/doc/latex/hausarbeit-jura/hausarbeit-demo.tex --- old/doc/latex/hausarbeit-jura/hausarbeit-demo.tex 2012-02-11 01:54:49.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/hausarbeit-jura/hausarbeit-demo.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,30 +0,0 @@ -\documentclass{hausarbeit-jura} -\usepackage{blindtext} - -\begin{document} -\title{Hausarbeit} -\subtitle{Übung für Anfänger im öffentlichen Recht} -\author{Otto Normalverbraucher\\Musterweg 12\\12345 Musterstadt\\123456\\3. Fachsemester} -\prof{Prof.\,Dr. X. Y.} -\semester{Wintersemester 2011/2012} -\date{8. Februar 2012} -\maketitle - -\tableofcontents %Inhaltsverzeichnis -\bibliography{hausarbeit-demo} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -\chapter{Ein erstes Kapitel}\label{chap:ErstesKapitel} -\TODO{Das fehlt noch was!} -\section{Abschnitt} -\blindtext[4] - -Eine erste Fußnote\footnote{Dies ist eine Fußnote mit Zitat \cite[348, 349]{hau98}.} -\section{Noch ein Abschnitt} -\blindtext - -\chapter{Noch ein Kapitel} -Wie in Kapitel~\ref{chap:ErstesKapitel} auf S.~\pageref{chap:ErstesKapitel} \ldots - -Wie in Kapitel~\xref{chap:ErstesKapitel} \ldots - -\end{document} diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tex/latex/esdiff/esdiff.sty new/tex/latex/esdiff/esdiff.sty --- old/tex/latex/esdiff/esdiff.sty 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tex/latex/esdiff/esdiff.sty 2008-06-30 18:18:19.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,152 @@ +%% +%% This is file `esdiff.sty', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% esdiff.dtx (with options: `package') +%% +%% Package for the notation of derivatives. +%% Eddie Saudrais, 08/09/1999. +%% Version 1.1 +%% +%% If you found any bug, please contact me at +%% eddie.saudrais(a)wanadoo.fr. +%% Maybe there is a new version at +%% http://perso.wanadoo.fr/eddie.saudrais/latex/latex.html +%% +%% Run LaTeX on esdiff.ins to generate esdiff.sty +%% +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} +\ProvidesPackage{esdiff} +\newcommand*{\ES@taille}[1]{\displaystyle{#1}} +\newcommand*{\ES@difint}{\mkern 0mu} +\newcommand*{\ES@derpint}{\mkern 0mu} +\newcommand*{\ES@croisint}{\mkern 0mu} +\newcommand*{\ES@dop}{\mathrm{d}} +\DeclareOption{display}{\renewcommand*{\ES@taille}[1]{\displaystyle{#1}}} +\DeclareOption{text}{\renewcommand*{\ES@taille}[1]{\textstyle{#1}}} +\DeclareOption{roman}{\renewcommand*{\ES@dop}{\ensuremath{\mathrm{d}}}} +\DeclareOption{italic}{\renewcommand*{\ES@dop}{\ensuremath{d}}} +\DeclareOption{thin}{\renewcommand*{\ES@difint}{\ensuremath{\,}}} +\DeclareOption{med}{\renewcommand*{\ES@difint}{\ensuremath{\;}}} +\DeclareOption{big}{\renewcommand*{\ES@difint}{\ensuremath{\:}}} +\DeclareOption{thinp}{\renewcommand*{\ES@derpint}{\ensuremath{\,}}} +\DeclareOption{medp}{\renewcommand*{\ES@derpint}{\ensuremath{\;}}} +\DeclareOption{bigp}{\renewcommand*{\ES@derpint}{\ensuremath{\:}}} +\DeclareOption{thinc}{\renewcommand*{\ES@croisint}{\ensuremath{\,}}} +\DeclareOption{medc}{\renewcommand*{\ES@croisint}{\ensuremath{\;}}} +\DeclareOption{bigc}{\renewcommand*{\ES@croisint}{\ensuremath{\:}}} +\ProcessOptions\relax +\newcommand*{\diff}{} +\def\diff{\@ifstar{\ES@diffstar}{\ES@diffnostar}} +\def\ES@diffstar{\@ifnextchar[{\ES@diffstar@i}{\ES@diffstar@ii}} +\def\ES@diffstar@i[#1]#2#3#4{% +\mathchoice{% +\left(\frac{\ES@dop^{#1}\ES@difint#2}% +{\ES@dop\ES@difint#3^{#1}}\right)_{\mkern-7mu#4}}% +{\ES@taille{\left(\frac{\ES@dop^{#1}\ES@difint#2}% +{\ES@dop\ES@difint#3^{#1}}\right)_{\mkern-7mu#4}}}% +{\scriptstyle{\left(\frac{\ES@dop^{#1}\ES@difint#2}% +{\ES@dop\ES@difint#3^{#1}}\right)_{\mkern-7mu#4}}}% +{\scriptstyle{\left(\frac{\ES@dop^{#1}\ES@difint#2}% +{\ES@dop\ES@difint#3^{#1}}\right)_{\mkern-7mu#4}}}} +\def\ES@diffstar@ii#1#2#3{% +\mathchoice{\left(\frac{\ES@dop\ES@difint#1}% +{\ES@dop\ES@difint#2}\right)_{\mkern-7mu#3}}% +{\ES@taille{\left(\frac{\ES@dop\ES@difint#1}{\ES@dop\ES@difint#2}% +\right)_{\mkern-7mu#3}}}{\scriptstyle{\left(% +\frac{\ES@dop\ES@difint#1}{\ES@dop\ES@difint#2}\right)% +_{\mkern-7mu#3}}}% +{\scriptstyle{\left(\frac{\ES@dop\ES@difint#1}{\ES@dop\ES@difint#2}\right)% +_{\mkern-7mu#3}}}} +\def\ES@diffnostar{\@ifnextchar[{\ES@diffnostar@i}{\ES@diffnostar@ii}} +\def\ES@diffnostar@i[#1]#2#3{\mathchoice{\frac{\ES@dop^{#1}\ES@difint#2}% +{\ES@dop\ES@difint#3^{#1}}}% +{\ES@taille{\frac{\ES@dop^{#1}\ES@difint#2}{\ES@dop\ES@difint#3^{#1}}}}% +{\scriptstyle{\frac{\ES@dop^{#1}\ES@difint#2}{\ES@dop\ES@difint#3^{#1}}}}% +{\scriptstyle{\frac{\ES@dop^{#1}\ES@difint#2}{\ES@dop\ES@difint#3^{#1}}}}} +\def\ES@diffnostar@ii#1#2{\mathchoice% +{\frac{\ES@dop\ES@difint#1}{\ES@dop\ES@difint#2}}% +{\ES@taille{\frac{\ES@dop\ES@difint#1}{\ES@dop\ES@difint#2}}}% +{\scriptstyle{\frac{\ES@dop\ES@difint#1}{\ES@dop\ES@difint#2}}}% +{\scriptstyle{\frac{\ES@dop\ES@difint#1}{\ES@dop\ES@difint#2}}}} +\newcommand*{\diffp}{} +\def\diffp{\@ifstar{\ES@diffpstar}{\ES@diffpnostar}} +\def\ES@diffpstar{\@ifnextchar[{\ES@diffpstar@i}{\ES@diffpstar@ii}} +\def\ES@diffpstar@i[#1]#2#3#4{% +\mathchoice{\left(\frac{\partial^{#1}% +\ES@derpint#2}{\partial\ER@derpint#3^{#1}}\right)_{\mkern-7mu#4}}% +{\ES@taille{\left(\frac{\partial^{#1}\ES@derpint#2}{\partial\ES@derpint#3^{#1}}% +\right)_{\mkern-7mu#4}}}% +{\scriptstyle{\left(\frac{\partial^{#1}\ES@derpint#2}% +{\partial\ES@derpint#3^{#1}}% +\right)_{\mkern-7mu#4}}}% +{\scriptstyle{\left(\frac{\partial^{#1}\ES@derpint#2}% +{\partial\ES@derpint#3^{#1}}% +\right)_{\mkern-7mu#4}}}} +\def\ES@diffpstar@ii#1#2#3{\mathchoice{\left({\begingroup + \toks0={}\count0=0 + \ES@degree #2\ES@degree + \frac{\partial\ifnum\count0>1^{\the\count0 }\fi\ES@derpint#1}% + {\the\toks0}% + \endgroup}\right)_{\mkern-7mu#3}}% + {\ES@taille{\left({\begingroup + \toks0={}\count0=0 + \ES@degree #2\ES@degree + \frac{\partial\ifnum\count0>1^{\the\count0 }\fi\ES@derpint#1}% + {\the\toks0}% + \endgroup}\right)_{\mkern-7mu#3}}}% + {\scriptstyle{\left({\begingroup + \toks0={}\count0=0 + \ES@degree #2\ES@degree + \frac{\partial\ifnum\count0>1^{\the\count0 }\fi\ES@derpint#1}% + {\the\toks0}% + \endgroup}\right)_{\mkern-7mu#3}}}% + {\scriptstyle{\left({\begingroup + \toks0={}\count0=0 + \ES@degree #2\ES@degree + \frac{\partial\ifnum\count0>1^{\the\count0 }\fi\ES@derpint#1}% + {\the\toks0}% + \endgroup}\right)_{\mkern-7mu#3}}}} +\def\ES@diffpnostar{\@ifnextchar[{\ES@diffpnostar@i}{\ES@diffpnostar@ii}} +\def\ES@diffpnostar@i[#1]#2#3{% +\mathchoice{\frac{\partial^{#1}\ES@derpint#2}% +{\partial\ES@derpint#3^{#1}}}% +{\ES@taille{\frac{\partial^{#1}\ES@derpint#2}{\partial\ES@derpint#3^{#1}}}}% +{\scriptstyle{\frac{\partial^{#1}\ES@derpint#2}{\partial\ES@derpint#3^{#1}}}}% +{\scriptstyle{\frac{\partial^{#1}\ES@derpint#2}{\partial\ES@derpint#3^{#1}}}}} +\def\ES@diffpnostar@ii#1#2{\mathchoice{\begingroup + \toks0={}\count0=0 + \ES@degree #2\ES@degree + \frac{\partial\ifnum\count0>1^{\the\count0 }\fi\ES@derpint#1}% + {\the\toks0}% + \endgroup}% + {\ES@taille{\begingroup + \toks0={}\count0=0 + \ES@degree #2\ES@degree + \frac{\partial\ifnum\count0>1^{\the\count0 }\fi\ES@derpint#1}% + {\the\toks0}% + \endgroup}}% + {\scriptstyle{\begingroup + \toks0={}\count0=0 + \ES@degree #2\ES@degree + \frac{\partial\ifnum\count0>1^{\the\count0 }\fi\ES@derpint#1}% + {\the\toks0}% + \endgroup}}% + {\scriptstyle{\begingroup + \toks0={}\count0=0 + \ES@degree #2\ES@degree + \frac{\partial\ifnum\count0>1^{\the\count0 }\fi\ES@derpint#1}% + {\the\toks0}% + \endgroup}}} +\def\ES@degree #1{\ifx #1\ES@degree \expandafter\ES@stopd + \else \expandafter\ES@addd \fi #1^1$#1\ES@addd} +\def\ES@stopd #1\ES@addd{} +\def\ES@addd #1^#2#3$#4\ES@addd{\advance\count0 #2 + \toks0=\expandafter{\the\toks0% + {\partial\ES@derpint #4}% + \ES@croisint}\ES@degree} +\endinput +%% +%% End of file `esdiff.sty'. diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/esdiff.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/esdiff.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/esdiff.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/esdiff.tlpobj 2011-02-14 04:13:11.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +name esdiff +category Package +revision 21385 +shortdesc Simplify typesetting of derivatives. +relocated 1 +longdesc The package makes writing derivatives very easy. It offers +longdesc macros for derivatives, partial derivatives and multiple +longdesc derivatives, and allows specification of the point at which the +longdesc value is calculated. Some typographic alternatives may be +longdesc selected by package options +runfiles size=2 + RELOC/tex/latex/esdiff/esdiff.sty +catalogue-ctan /macros/latex/contrib/esdiff +catalogue-date 2011-02-13 18:31:54 +0100 +catalogue-license lppl1 +catalogue-version 1.2 diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/hausarbeit-jura.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/hausarbeit-jura.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/hausarbeit-jura.doc.tlpobj 2012-02-11 04:31:22.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/hausarbeit-jura.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -name hausarbeit-jura.doc -category Package -revision 25356 -shortdesc doc files of hausarbeit-jura -relocated 1 -docfiles size=4 - RELOC/doc/latex/hausarbeit-jura/README - RELOC/doc/latex/hausarbeit-jura/README. - RELOC/doc/latex/hausarbeit-jura/hausarbeit-demo.bib - RELOC/doc/latex/hausarbeit-jura/hausarbeit-demo.tex ++++++ hyphen-sanskrit.tar.xz -> eskd.tar.xz ++++++ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tex/latex/eskd/eskd.cls new/tex/latex/eskd/eskd.cls --- old/tex/latex/eskd/eskd.cls 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tex/latex/eskd/eskd.cls 2006-01-13 00:55:04.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,562 @@ +%% Copyright 2004 Vjacheslav A. Fyodorov + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesClass{eskd}[2004/10/12 a4 eskd +format (V.Fyodorov(a)tltsu.ru)] + +\newif\ifeskd@twoside +\eskd@twosidefalse + +\newif\ifeskd@title +\eskd@titlefalse + +\newcommand{\eskdheight}{282} +\newcommand{\eskdencoding}{koi8-r} +\newcommand{\eskdyear}{\number\year} + +\newcommand{\eskd(a)thin}{0.2} +\newcommand{\eskd@half@thin}{0.1} + +\newcommand{\eskd(a)thick}{0.4} +\newcommand{\eskd@half@thick}{0.2} + +\RequirePackage{keyval} + +\define@key{eskd}{height}{\renewcommand{\eskdheight}{#1}} +\define@key{eskd}{encoding}{\renewcommand{\eskdencoding}{#1}} +\define@key{eskd}{year}{\renewcommand{\eskdyear}{#1}} + +\DeclareOption{title}{\eskd@titletrue} + +\DeclareOption{twoside}{% + \eskd@twosidetrue + \PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article} + \PassOptionsToPackage{twosideshift=0pt}{geometry} + } + +\DeclareOption{draft}{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}} + +\DeclareOption*{\edef\@tempa{% + \noexpand\setkeys{eskd}{\CurrentOption}}\@tempa} + +\ProcessOptions\relax + +\LoadClass[a4paper]{article} + + +\RequirePackage[koi8-r,\eskdencoding]{inputenc} +\RequirePackage[russian]{babel} +\RequirePackage[T2A]{fontenc} +\RequirePackage{rotating} +\RequirePackage{lastpage} +\RequirePackage{ifthen} +\RequirePackage{fancyhdr} + +\RequirePackage{pscyr} +\renewcommand{\rmdefault}{far} + +\RequirePackage[left=24mm,right=11mm% +,top=10mm,nofoot,headsep=0pt]{geometry} + + + +\newcommand{\set@eskd@bottom}[1]{% + \setlength{\textheight}{\eskdheight mm} + \addtolength{\textheight}{-#1} + \addtolength{\textheight}{5 mm} + } + + + + + +\newsavebox{\eskd@vertical@frame} + +\newcommand{\make@eskd@vertical@frame}{% + \unitlength 1mm % + \savebox{\eskd@vertical@frame}(0,0){% + \begin{rotate}{90} + \begin{picture}(0,0)(0,0) + \linethickness{\eskd@thick mm} + \put(0,0){\line(0,1){12}} + \put(25,0){\line(0,1){12}} + \put(60,0){\line(0,1){12}} + \put(85,0){\line(0,1){12}} + \put(110,0){\line(0,1){12}} + \put(145,0){\line(0,1){12}} + \put(0,12){\line(0,1){\eskd@half@thick}} + \put(145,12){\line(0,1){\eskd@half@thick}} + \put(0,7){\line(1,0){145}} + \put(0,12){\line(1,0){145}} + \put(12.5,9.5){\makebox(0,0){\itshape + \textar{��. \textnumero\ ��.}}} + \put(42.5,9.5){\makebox(0,0){\itshape + \textar{��. � ��}}} + \put(72.5,9.5){\makebox(0,0){\itshape + \textar{��. ��. \textnumero}}} + \put(97.5,9.5){\makebox(0,0){\itshape + \textar{��. \textnumero\ ��.}}} + \put(127.5,9.5){\makebox(0,0){\itshape + \textar{��. � ��}}} + % + \end{picture}% + \end{rotate} + }} + + + +\newsavebox{\eskd@border} + +\newcommand{\make@eskd@border}{% + \savebox{\eskd@border}(0,0){% + \unitlength 1mm + \begin{picture}(0,0)(0,\eskdheight) + \linethickness{\eskd@thick mm} + \put(0,0){\line(1,0){185}} + \put(0,\eskdheight){\line(1,0){185}} + \put(0,0){\line(0,1){\eskdheight}} + \put(185,0){\line(0,1){\eskdheight}} + \put(-\eskd@half@thick,0){\line(1,0){\eskd@half@thick}} + \put(-\eskd@half@thick,\eskdheight){\line(1,0){\eskd@half@thick}} + \put(185,0){\line(1,0){\eskd@half@thick}} + \put(185,\eskdheight){\line(1,0){\eskd@half@thick}} + \end{picture} +}} + + + +\newsavebox{\eskd@common@left} + +\newcommand{\make@eskd@common@left}{% + \savebox{\eskd@common@left}(0,0){% + \unitlength 1mm % + \begin{picture}(0,0)(0,0) + \linethickness{\eskd@thick mm} + \put(7,0){\line(0,1){15}} + \put(17,0){\line(0,1){15}} + \put(40,0){\line(0,1){15}} + \put(55,0){\line(0,1){15}} + \put(0,5){\line(1,0){65}} + \put(0,15){\line(1,0){65}} + \linethickness{\eskd@thin mm} + \put(0,10){\line(1,0){65}} + \put(3.5,2.5){\makebox(0,0){\footnotesize\itshape\textar{��.}}} + \put(12,2.5){\makebox(0,0){\itshape\textar{��}}} + \put(28.5,2.5){\makebox(0,0){\itshape + \textar{\textnumero\ ��.}}} + \put(47.5,2.5){\makebox(0,0){\itshape\textar{��.}}} + \put(60,2.5){\makebox(0,0){\small\itshape\textar{��}}} + \end{picture} + }} + + +\newsavebox{\eskd@common@hole} +\newcommand{\make@eskd@common@hole}{% + \savebox{\eskd@common@hole}(0,0){% + \unitlength 1mm + \begin{picture}(0,0)(0,0) + \linethickness{\eskd@thick mm} + \put(0,0){\line(0,1){15}} + \put(110,0){\line(0,1){15}} + \put(0,15){\line(1,0){110}} + % + \end{picture} + }} + + + +\newsavebox{\eskd@common@page} + +\newcommand{\make@eskd@common@page}{% + \savebox{\eskd@common@page}(0,0){% + \unitlength 1mm + \begin{picture}(0,0)(0,0) + \linethickness{\eskd@thick mm} + \put(0,15){\line(1,0){10}} + \put(0,8){\line(1,0){10}} + % + \end{picture} + }} + + + +\newcommand{\make@eskd@common@style}{% + \newsavebox{\eskd@common@list} + \savebox{\eskd@common@list}{\itshape + \textar{\ifeskd@twoside ��.\else ��\fi}} + \newsavebox{\eskd@common@gost} + \savebox{\eskd@common@gost}{\scriptsize\textar{�� 2.104-68 + �� 2\ifeskd@twoside �\else a\fi}} + \newsavebox{\eskd@common@signature} + \savebox{\eskd@common@signature}{{\inputencoding{\eskdencoding}\eskd@ii}} + \fancypagestyle{common}{% + \fancyhf{} + \fancyhead[L]{% + \unitlength 1mm + \begin{picture}(0,0)(3,-6) + \put(0,0){\usebox{\eskd@border}} + \put(0,-\eskdheight){\usebox{\eskd@vertical@frame}} + \put(0,-\eskdheight){\usebox{\eskd@common@left}} + \put(65,-\eskdheight){\usebox{\eskd@common@hole}} + \put(175,-\eskdheight){\usebox{\eskd@common@page}} + \put(0,-\eskdheight){\begin{picture}(0,0) + \put(180,4){\makebox(0,0){\large\textbf{\textar{\thepage}}}} + \put(120,7.5){\makebox(0,0){\usebox{\eskd@common@signature}}} + \put(180,11.5){\makebox(0,0){\usebox{\eskd@common@list}}} + \put(185,\ifeskd@twoside-1\else0\fi){\makebox(0,0)[rt]{% + \usebox{\eskd@common@gost}}} + \end{picture}} + \end{picture} + } + \ifeskd@twoside + \fancyhead[LE]{% + \unitlength 1mm + \begin{picture}(0,0)(3,-6) + \put(0,0){\usebox{\eskd@border}} + \put(120,-\eskdheight){\usebox{\eskd@common@left}} + \put(10,-\eskdheight){\usebox{\eskd@common@hole}} + \put(0,-\eskdheight){\usebox{\eskd@common@page}} + \put(0,-\eskdheight){\begin{picture}(0,0) + \put(5,4){\makebox(0,0){\large\textbf{\textar{\thepage}}}} + \put(65,7.5){\makebox(0,0){\usebox{\eskd@common@signature}}} + \put(5,11.5){\makebox(0,0){\usebox{\eskd@common@list}}} + \put(185,\ifeskd@twoside-1\else0\fi){\makebox(0,0)[rt]{% + \usebox{\eskd@common@gost}}} + \end{picture}} + \end{picture} + } + \fi + \renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0pt} + \renewcommand{\footrulewidth}{0pt}} +} + + + + +\newcommand{\make@eskd@first@style}{% + \newsavebox{\eskd@first@text} + \savebox{\eskd@first@text}{% + \unitlength 1mm + \begin{picture}(0,0)(0,0) + \put(185,-1){\makebox(0,0)[rt]{\scriptsize + �� 2.104-68 �� 2}} + \put(3.5,27.5){\makebox(0,0){\footnotesize\itshape ��.}} + \put(12,27.5){\makebox(0,0){\itshape ��}} + \put(28.5,27.5){\makebox(0,0){\itshape\textnumero\ ��.}} + \put(47.5,27.5){\makebox(0,0){\itshape ��.}} + \put(60,27.5){\makebox(0,0){\small\itshape ��}} + \put(8.5,22.5){\makebox(0,0){\itshape ��.}} + \put(8.5,17.5){\makebox(0,0){\itshape ��.}} + \put(8.5,7.5){\makebox(0,0){\itshape �. ��.}} + \put(8.5,2.5){\makebox(0,0){\itshape ��.}} + \put(142.5,22.5){\makebox(0,0){\itshape ��.}} + \put(157.5,22.5){\makebox(0,0){\itshape + \ifeskd@twoside ��.\else ��\fi}} + \put(175,22.5){\makebox(0,0){\itshape + \ifeskd@twoside ��\else ��\fi}} + + \end{picture} + } + \fancypagestyle{first}{% + \fancyhf{} + \fancyhead[L]{% + \unitlength 1mm + \begin{picture}(0,0)(3,-6) + \put(0,0){\usebox{\eskd@border}} + \put(0,-\eskdheight){\usebox{\eskd@vertical@frame}} + \put(0,-\eskdheight){\makebox(0,0){% + \unitlength 1mm + \begin{picture}(0,0)(0,0) + \put(157.5,17.5){\makebox(0,0){\ifthenelse + {\pageref{LastPage}=1}{}{\thepage}}} + \put(175,17.5){\makebox(0,0){\pageref{LastPage}}} + \put(18,22.5){\makebox(0,0)[l]{\eskd@xiI}} + \put(18,17.5){\makebox(0,0)[l]{\eskd@xiII}} + \put(18,12.5){\makebox(0,0)[l]{\eskd@xiIII}} + \put(18,7.5){\makebox(0,0)[l]{\eskd@xiIV}} + \put(18,2.5){\makebox(0,0)[l]{\eskd@xiV}} + \put(67,12.5){\makebox(0,0)[l]{% + \parbox{66mm}{\large\raggedright\eskd@i}}} + \put(125,32.5){\makebox(0,0){\LARGE\eskd@ii}} + \put(160,7.5){\makebox(0,0){\eskd@ix}} + \put(8.5,12.5){\makebox(0,0){\itshape\eskd@x}} + \linethickness{\eskd@thick mm} + \put(7,25){\line(0,1){15}} + \put(17,0){\line(0,1){40}} + \put(40,0){\line(0,1){40}} + \put(55,0){\line(0,1){40}} + \put(65,0){\line(0,1){40}} + \put(135,0){\line(0,1){25}} + \put(140,15){\line(0,1){5}} + \put(145,15){\line(0,1){5}} + \put(150,15){\line(0,1){10}} + \put(165,15){\line(0,1){10}} + \put(0,40){\line(1,0){185}} + \put(0,30){\line(1,0){65}} + \put(0,25){\line(1,0){185}} + \put(135,20){\line(1,0){50}} + \put(135,15){\line(1,0){50}} + \linethickness{\eskd@thin mm} + \put(0,35){\line(1,0){65}} + \multiput(0,5)(0,5){4}{\line(1,0){65}} + \put(0,0){\usebox{\eskd@first@text}} + % + \end{picture} + }} + \end{picture} + } + \renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0pt} + \renewcommand{\footrulewidth}{0pt}} + } + +\newcommand{\make@eskd@title@style}{% + \newsavebox{\eskd@title@text} + \savebox{\eskd@title@text}{\scriptsize\textar{�. 1288}} + \newsavebox{\eskd@agr} + \savebox{\eskd@agr}{\usefont{T2A}{far}{b}{n}\Large ��} + \newsavebox{\eskd@appr} + \savebox{\eskd@appr}{\usefont{T2A}{far}{b}{n}\Large ��} + \fancypagestyle{title}{% + \fancyhf{} + \fancyhead[L]{% + \unitlength 1mm + \begin{picture}(0,0)(3,-6) + \put(0,0){\usebox{\eskd@border}} + \put(0,-\eskdheight){\usebox{\eskd@vertical@frame}} + \put(185,-\eskdheight){% + \begin{picture}(0,0) + \put(0,-1){\makebox(0,0)[rt]{\usebox{\eskd@title@text}}} + \end{picture}} + \end{picture} + } + \renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0pt} + \renewcommand{\footrulewidth}{0pt}} + } + + +\newcommand{\eskd@i}{} +\newcommand{\docName}[1]{\renewcommand{\eskd@i}{#1}} +\newcommand{\fI}{\docName} + +\newcommand{\eskd@ii}{} +\newcommand{\docSignature}[1]{\renewcommand{\eskd@ii}{#1}} +\newcommand{\fII}[1]{\renewcommand{\eskd@ii}{#1}} + +\newcommand{\eskd@ix}{} +\newcommand{\fIX}[1]{\renewcommand{\eskd@ix}{#1}} +\newcommand{\docLabel}[1]{\renewcommand{\eskd@ix}{#1}} + +\newcommand{\eskd@x}{} +\newcommand{\middleLabel}[1]{\renewcommand{\eskd@x}{#1}} +\newcommand{\fX}[1]{\renewcommand{\eskd@x}{#1}} + +\newcommand{\eskd@xiI}{} +\newcommand{\docAuthor}[1]{\renewcommand{\eskd@xiI}{#1}} +\newcommand{\fXIi}[1]{\renewcommand{\eskd@xiI}{#1}} + +\newcommand{\eskd@xiII}{} +\newcommand{\docChecker}[1]{\renewcommand{\eskd@xiII}{#1}} +\newcommand{\fXIii}[1]{\renewcommand{\eskd@xiII}{#1}} + +\newcommand{\eskd@xiIII}{} +\newcommand{\middleName}[1]{\renewcommand{\eskd@xiIII}{#1}} +\newcommand{\fXIiii}[1]{\renewcommand{\eskd@xiIII}{#1}} + +\newcommand{\eskd@xiIV}{} +\newcommand{\normController}[1]{\renewcommand{\eskd@xiIV}{#1}} +\newcommand{\fXIiv}[1]{\renewcommand{\eskd@xiIV}{#1}} + +\newcommand{\eskd@xiV}{} +\newcommand{\approvedBy}[1]{\renewcommand{\eskd@xiV}{#1}} +\newcommand{\fXIv}[1]{\renewcommand{\eskd@xiV}{#1}} + + +\newcommand{\eskd@title@i}{} +\newcommand{\titleTop}[1]{\renewcommand{\eskd@title@i}{#1}} +\newcommand{\tfI}[1]{\renewcommand{\eskd@title@i}{#1}} + +\newif\ifeskd@title@appr \eskd@title@apprfalse +\newif\ifeskd@title@agr \eskd@title@agrfalse + +\newcommand{\eskd@des@list}{} + +\newcommand{\eskd@title@iii@right@position}{} +\newcommand{\eskd@title@iii@right@name}{} +\newcommand{\titleApprovedBy}[2]{% + \renewcommand{\eskd@title@iii@right@position}{#1} + \renewcommand{\eskd@title@iii@right@name}{#2} + \eskd@title@apprtrue + } + +\newcommand{\eskd@title@iii@left@position}{} +\newcommand{\eskd@title@iii@left@name}{} +\xdef\eskd@agr@list{} +\newcommand{\titleAgreedBy}[2]{% + \ifeskd@title@agr + \xdef\eskd@agr@list{\eskd@agr@list#1\par\vrule + depth 0.8pt height -0.4pt width31mm~#2\par + ''\vrule depth 0.8pt height -0.4pt width8mm''\vrule + depth 0.8pt height -0.4pt width20mm\ \eskdyear\ \cyrg\par\vskip 3mm} + \else + \renewcommand{\eskd@title@iii@left@position}{#1} + \renewcommand{\eskd@title@iii@left@name}{#2} + \eskd@title@agrtrue + \fi + } + +\xdef\eskd@author@list{} +\newcommand{\titleDesignedBy}[2]{% + \xdef\eskd@author@list{\eskd@author@list#1\par\vrule + depth 0.8pt height -0.4pt width31mm~#2\par + ''\vrule depth 0.8pt height -0.4pt width8mm''\vrule + depth 0.8pt height -0.4pt width20mm\ \eskdyear\ \cyrg\par\vskip 3mm} + } + +\newcommand{\tfIII}{\hyphenpenalty=10000 % + \begin{tabular}{@{\hspace{5mm}}p{80mm}@{\hspace{10mm}}p{80mm}}% + \ifeskd@title@agr \hspace{15mm}\usebox{\eskd@agr}\fi &% + \ifeskd@title@appr \hspace{15mm}\usebox{\eskd@appr}\fi \\[3mm] + \ifeskd@title@agr{\raggedright \eskd@title@iii@left@position}\fi &% + \ifeskd@title@appr{\raggedright + \eskd@title@iii@right@position}\fi\\[3mm] + \ifeskd@title@agr \rule[-1mm]{31mm}{0.4pt}~% + \eskd@title@iii@left@name \fi &% + \ifeskd@title@appr \rule[-1mm]{31mm}{0.4pt}~% + \eskd@title@iii@right@name \fi\\[3mm] + \ifeskd@title@agr ''\rule[-1mm]{8mm}{0.4pt}''\rule[-1mm]{20mm}{0.4pt} + \eskdyear\ \cyrg\fi &% + \ifeskd@title@appr ''\rule[-1mm]{8mm}{0.4pt}''\rule[-1mm]{20mm}{0.4pt} + \eskdyear\ \cyrg\fi + \end{tabular} + } + +\newcommand{\eskd@title@iv}{\eskd@i} +\newcommand{\titleName}[1]{\renewcommand{\eskd@title@iv}{#1}} +\newcommand{\tfIV}[1]{\renewcommand{\eskd@title@iv}{#1}} + +\newcommand{\eskd@title@vi}{\eskd@ii} +\newcommand{\titleSignature}[1]{\renewcommand{\eskd@title@vi}{#1}} +\newcommand{\tfVI}[1]{\renewcommand{\eskd@title@vi}{#1}} + + + +\newcommand{\eskd@title@bottom}{\eskdyear} +\newcommand{\titleBottom}[1]{\renewcommand{\eskd@title@bottom}{#1}} + +\renewcommand{\maketitle}{} +\newcommand{\eskd@maketitle}{% +\thispagestyle{title} +\set@eskd@bottom{55mm} +\usefont{T2A}{far}{m}{n} +\large +\vspace*{1mm} +\begin{center} +\bfseries\Large +\eskd@title@i +\end{center} +\vfill +\centerline{\raisebox{0mm}[0mm][0mm]{\tfIII}} +\vfill +\begin{center} +{\bfseries\Large +\MakeUppercase{\eskd@title@iv}}\mbox{}\\[3mm] +{\large\MakeUppercase{\eskd@title@vi}} +\end{center} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\vfill +\unitlength\textwidth\begin{picture}(0,0) +\put(0,0){\makebox(0,0)[l]{\hyphenpenalty=10000 % +\begin{tabular}{@{\hspace{5mm}}p{80mm}@{\hspace{10mm}}p{80mm}} +\raggedright\eskd@agr@list &{\raggedright\eskd@author@list}\\ +\end{tabular} +}} +\end{picture} +\vfill\vfill +\begin{center} + \eskd@title@bottom +\end{center} +\newpage + +\ifeskd@twoside +\thispagestyle{empty} +\cleardoublepage +\fi + +\thispagestyle{first} +\set@eskd@bottom{30mm} + +} + +\set@eskd@bottom{\ifeskd@title15mm\else55mm\fi} + + + + +\AtBeginDocument{% + + \inputencoding{koi8-r} + +\newcommand{\eskdListOfChanges}{\newpage +{\small\noindent +\begin{tabular}{|c|*{7}{p{1.5cm}|}c|c|} + \multicolumn{10}{c}{\Large\bf �� }\\\hline +& \multicolumn{4}{c|}{�� +(��)}&&&&&\\\cline{2-5} +��.&��\-��\-��\-��&��\-��\-��\-��&��\-��&% +��\-��\-��\-��\-��\-��& +�� (��) +� ��.&\No\ ��.&��\-��\-�� \No\ +�� . � ��&��&��\\\hline +\vbox{\vspace{\eskdheight mm}\vspace{-6cm}}&&&&&&&&&\\\hline +\end{tabular} +} +} + + + \make@eskd@border + \make@eskd@vertical@frame + + \make@eskd@common@left + \make@eskd@common@hole + \make@eskd@common@page + + \make@eskd@first@style + \make@eskd@title@style + \make@eskd@common@style + + \pagestyle{common} + \inputencoding{\eskdencoding} + \ifeskd@title\eskd@maketitle + \else\thispagestyle{first}\set@eskd@bottom{30mm}\fi + + \renewcommand{\make@eskd@border}{} + \renewcommand{\make@eskd@vertical@frame}{} + \renewcommand{\make@eskd@common@left}{} + \renewcommand{\make@eskd@common@hole}{} + \renewcommand{\make@eskd@common@page}{} + \renewcommand{\make@eskd@first@style}{} + \renewcommand{\make@eskd@title@style}{} + \renewcommand{\make@eskd@common@style}{} + \renewcommand{\eskd@maketitle}{} + \relax +} diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/eskd.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/eskd.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/eskd.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/eskd.tlpobj 2010-06-10 18:27:07.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +name eskd +category Package +revision 15878 +shortdesc Modern Russian typesetting. +relocated 1 +longdesc The class offers modern Russian text formatting, in accordance +longdesc with accepted design standards. Fonts not (apparently) +longdesc available on CTAN are required for use of the class. +runfiles size=5 + RELOC/tex/latex/eskd/eskd.cls +catalogue-ctan /macros/latex/contrib/eskd +catalogue-date 2007-02-14 08:57:40 +0100 +catalogue-license lppl diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/hyphen-sanskrit.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/hyphen-sanskrit.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/hyphen-sanskrit.tlpobj 2012-12-14 04:33:25.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/hyphen-sanskrit.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -name hyphen-sanskrit -category TLCore -revision 28522 -shortdesc Sanskrit hyphenation patterns. -relocated 1 -longdesc Hyphenation patterns for Sanskrit and Prakrit in -longdesc transliteration, and in Devanagari, Bengali, Kannada, Malayalam -longdesc and Telugu scripts for Unicode engines. -depend hyphen-base -depend hyph-utf8 -execute AddHyphen name=sanskrit lefthyphenmin=1 righthyphenmin=3 file=loadhyph-sa.tex file_patterns=hyph-sa.pat.txt file_exceptions= ++++++ hrlatex.doc.tar.xz -> etex.doc.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 8482 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ hrlatex.tar.xz -> etex.tar.xz ++++++ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tex/latex/hrlatex/fsbispit.cls new/tex/latex/hrlatex/fsbispit.cls --- old/tex/latex/hrlatex/fsbispit.cls 2010-04-27 03:11:09.000000000 +0200 +++ new/tex/latex/hrlatex/fsbispit.cls 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,134 +0,0 @@ -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesClass{fsbispit}[2010/04/09 Marcelix za FSB] -\LoadClassWithOptions{article} - -\RequirePackage[% -a4paper,% -left=2.2cm,% -top=2.15cm,% -right=1.6cm, -bottom=2cm% -%,showframe -]{geometry} - - - - -\RequirePackage{fsbmath} % fsbmath poziva hrlatex.sty -% -% \ProcessOptions - -\RequirePackage{txfonts} - -\ProcessOptions* - - - - - - - -\newcommand{\novirok}{ - \newpage - \setcounter{zad}{0} - \malititle -} - - - - - -\pagestyle{plain} - - - -\newcommand{\malititle}{ - \maketitle - \section*{} - \addcontentsline{toc}{subsubsection}{\@date} -} - - -\renewcommand{\maketitle}{% - %\addcontentsline{toc}{subsection}{\@date} - \thispagestyle{empty} - \let\footnote\thanks - - \vskip 1.5em - \noindent - {\Large \textsf{\textbf{\@grupa}}} - \\[-5ex] - \parbox[t][][c]{\textwidth}{ - \Large\centering - \textbf{ - \textsf{ - \MakeUppercase\@title} - } - } %parbox - - \begin{center} - \textsf{(\@date)} - \end{center} - - \vskip 1em -} %maketitle - - -\newcommand{\printtitle}{\@title} - - - - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%5555 - - - - -\let\@grupa\empty -\newcommand{\grupa}[1]{\def\@grupa{#1}} - - - -%%%%% -% -% obicni title - -\newcommand{\makeheadertitle}{% - \let\footnote\thanks - - \vskip 1.5em - \noindent - {\Large \textsf{\textbf{\@grupa}}} - \\[-5ex] - \parbox[t][][c]{\textwidth}{ - \Large\centering - \textbf{ - \textsf{ - \MakeUppercase\@title} - } - } %parbox - - \begin{center} - \textsf{(\@date)} - \end{center} - - \vskip 1em -} %maketitle - -\definecolor{shadecolor}{rgb}{0.8,0.85,0.95} - - - -%%%============================ -% trik za optional argument... -% Treba napraviti par \tcmd i \@tcmd komandi. \@dblarg pomaze da ako [#1] nije pozvan nego samo jedan argument, default -% #1 <- #2 -% - -\def\tcmd{\@dblarg{\@tcmd}} - -\long\def\@tcmd[#1]#2{% -#1, #2 -} -% -%=========================== \ No newline at end of file diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tex/latex/hrlatex/fsbmath.sty new/tex/latex/hrlatex/fsbmath.sty --- old/tex/latex/hrlatex/fsbmath.sty 2010-04-27 03:11:09.000000000 +0200 +++ new/tex/latex/hrlatex/fsbmath.sty 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,353 +0,0 @@ -% -% -% Style for FSB Math docs -% -% -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesPackage{fsbmath}[2010/04/09 v0.31 LaTeX Macros for FSB Math Dept, University of Zagreb] - - -\RequirePackage{amsmath, amsthm, amssymb} -% \RequirePackage{esvect} -%\RequirePackage{theorem} - - - -\RequirePackage[dvips]{graphicx} -\RequirePackage[default, rjesenja]{optional} - - -\RequirePackage{calc} -\RequirePackage{ifthen} - -\RequirePackage[enc=cp1250]{hrlatex} - - -\RequirePackage{framed} -% \RequirePackage{picins} -\RequirePackage{multicol} - - - -\RequirePackage{enumerate} -\RequirePackage{paralist} - - -\RequirePackage{xcolor} - - - -% \RequirePackage{pst-plot} -% \RequirePackage{pstricks-add} -% \RequirePackage{pstricks, pst-node, pst-tree} - -\RequirePackage{cancel} - - -% \RequirePackage{txfonts} - -\RequirePackage[% - linkcolor=blue,% - urlcolor=blue,% - colorlinks,% -% breaklinks,% -]{hyperref} - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -\newcommand{\R}{\mathbb{R}} -\newcommand{\Q}{\mathbb{Q}} -\newcommand{\Z}{\mathbb{Z}} -\newcommand{\N}{\mathbb{N}} -\newcommand{\C}{\mathbb{C}} -\newcommand{\D}{\displaystyle} -\newcommand{\F}{\mathbf{F}} - -\renewcommand{\Re}{\mathop{\textrm{Re}}} -\renewcommand{\Im}{\mathop{\textrm{Im}}} -\newcommand{\Ln}{\mathop{\textrm{Ln}}} -\newcommand{\Arg}{\mathop{\textrm{Arg}}} -% \newcommand{\ch}{\mathop{\textrm{ch}}} -% \newcommand{\sh}{\mathop{\textrm{sh}}} - - - -\newcommand{\hpm}{\ensuremath{\hphantom{-}}} - - -\newcommand{\eqdef}{\ensuremath{\stackrel{\mathrm{def}}{=}}} - -% \DeclareMathOperator{\arccos}{arc cos} - - - -\ProcessOptions* - -%>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>> -% fsbmath.sty macros -%>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>> - - -\newcommand{\ispitFooter}{\noindent\emph{\textbf{Rezultati ispita}: sljede\'ci radni dan u 13:00 sati}} - - -\let\@fsbZadatakBodovi\empty -\def\bodovi#1{% -% PROVJERI jel #1 prazan string: -\ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{}}% -{\def\@fsbZadatakBodovi{}}% -{\def\@fsbZadatakBodovi{(#1)}}% -} - -\newcommand{\fsbShowBodovi}{\medskip\hfill \small \@fsbZadatakBodovi\relax} - - -\newenvironment{zadaca}[1] -{ - \newpage - \pagestyle{marcelstyleb} - \setcounter{zad}{0} - - \phantomsection - \addcontentsline{toc}{subsubsection}{#1} - - \date{#1} - \makeheadertitle -} -{ - \pagebreak -} - -\newenvironment{ispit}[1] -{ - \newpage - \thispagestyle{empty} - - \setcounter{zad}{0} - \date{#1} - - \phantomsection - \addcontentsline{toc}{subsubsection}{#1} - - \makeheadertitle -} -{ - \vfill - \ispitFooter -% \pagebreak -} - - - -\newenvironment{kolokvij}[2] -{ - % #1 -> datum - % #2 -> grupa (A ili B) - - \newpage - \pagestyle{empty} - \setcounter{zad}{0} - \date{#1} - \grupa{#2} - - \phantomsection - \addcontentsline{toc}{subsubsection}{#1\ --\ #2} - - \makeheadertitle -} -{ -% \pagebreak -} - - - -%-------------------------------------------------------- -% -% section styles -% -% -\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}% - {-3.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% - {2.3ex \(a)plus.2ex}% - {\normalfont\Large\bfseries\sffamily}} - -\renewcommand\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}% - {-3.25ex\@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% - {1.5ex \@plus .2ex}% - {\normalfont\large\bfseries\sffamily}} - -\renewcommand\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}% - {-3.25ex\@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% - {1.5ex \@plus .2ex}% - {\normalfont\bfseries\sffamily}} - -\renewcommand\paragraph{\@startsection{paragraph}{4}{\z@}% - {3.25ex \@plus1ex \(a)minus.2ex}% - {-1em}% - {\normalfont\bfseries\sffamily}} - -\renewcommand\subparagraph{\@startsection{subparagraph}{5}{\z@}%\parindent}% - {3.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus .2ex}% - {-1em}% - {\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries\sffamily}} - -%-------------------------------------------------------- - -\newenvironment{lekcija}[1]% -{\newpage\section*{#1}}% -{} - -\newtheorem{primjer}{Primjer} -\newtheorem*{napomena}{Napomena} - -% \theoremstyle{definition} - -\newtheoremstyle{zadatakstyle}% -{\topsep}{\topsep}% -{\rmfamily}% -{0cm}%{-0.145cm}%-12pt}% -{\bfseries}% -{}% -{0pt}% -{\makebox[0cm]{{\makebox[1cm][r]{\thmnumber{ #2}.\,}}}}% - - -\newtheoremstyle{zzadatakstyle}% -{\topsep}{\topsep}% -{\rmfamily}% -{0cm}%{-0.145cm}%-12pt}% -{\bfseries}% -{}% -{0pt}% -{\makebox[0cm]{{\makebox[1cm][r]{\thmnumber{ #2}.\!$^{*}$\,}}}}% - -\newtheoremstyle{zvjezdastibrojac}% -{\topsep}{\topsep}% -{\rmfamily}% -{}%-12pt}%-12pt}% -{\bfseries}% -{.\!$^{*}$}% -{ }% -{}% - - - - - -%\theoremstyle{plain} - -\theoremstyle{zadatakstyle}% -\newtheorem{zad}{}% - -\theoremstyle{zzadatakstyle}% -\newtheorem{zzad}[zad]{}% - - -% ====================================== - - - -\newenvironment{zadatak}[1][]{ -% \if\notempty{##1}%d -% \relax -% \else -% \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{}}% -% {\bodovi{}}% -\bodovi{#1} -% \bodovi{#1} -% \fi -\begin{zad}% -\begin{list}{}{% -\setlength\leftmargin{0.8165cm}%\makebox{\textbf{\textsf{111.\ }}\ }} -% \setlength{\labelwidth}{1cm}% -\setlength{\labelsep}{0pt}% -\setlength{\listparindent}{0cm}% -\setlength{\itemindent}{0cm}% -} -\item -\setlength{\labelsep}{1ex}% -}% -{%END environment -\end{list}% -\end{zad}% -\fsbShowBodovi\relax -\bigskip% -} - -\newenvironment{zzadatak}[1][]{%kopija zadatak environmenta -\bodovi{#1} -\begin{zzad}% -\begin{list}{}{% -\setlength\leftmargin{0.8165cm}%\makebox{\textbf{\textsf{111.\ }}\ }} -% \setlength{\labelwidth}{1cm}% -\setlength{\labelsep}{0pt}% -\setlength{\listparindent}{0cm}% -\setlength{\itemindent}{0cm}% -} -\item -}% -{%END environment -\end{list}% -\end{zzad}% -\fsbShowBodovi\relax -\bigskip% -} - - - -\setlength{\parindent}{0pt} - - -%BEGIN RJESENJA ............... -% otvori novi filedescriptor -\newwrite\tf@rjesenja - -\newcommand{\rjesenje}[1]{% -\opt{inlinerjesenja}{% -\par\textcolor{lightgray}{\fbox{\scriptsize \textcolor{red}{Rj. }\textcolor{lightgray}{ #1}}} -}% end opt inlinerjesenja -\protected@write{\@auxout} - {} - {\string\@writefile{rjesenja}{ - {\protect\par {\small \textbf{\thezad.} #1}} - }}} - -\newcommand{\rjesenjeSection}[1]{ -\protected@write{\@auxout} - {} - {\string\@writefile{rjesenja}{ - {\protect{\bigskip}\protect\par \protect\itshape \protect\fbox\protect{#1\protect} \protect\dotfill {str.~\thepage}\protect\par\protect\medskip } - }}} -% } - - -%BEGIN ispis rjesenja - - -\newcommand{\printRjesenja}{% -\section*{Rje\v{s}enja zadataka} -\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{Rje\v{s}enja zadataka} - - \begin{multicols*}{2} %mcols* je nebalansirana verzija... - \raggedright - \makeatletter - \@starttoc{rjesenja} - \makeatother - \vfill - \end{multicols*} -% -} - -%END ispis rjesenja - - -\newcommand{\stopRjesenja}{ - \let\oldrjesenjeMacro\rjesenje - \let\rjesenje\@gobble -} - -% \continueRjesenja -% \let\rjesenje\oldrjesenjeMacro - -%END rjesenja - diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tex/latex/hrlatex/hrlatex.sty new/tex/latex/hrlatex/hrlatex.sty --- old/tex/latex/hrlatex/hrlatex.sty 2010-04-27 03:11:09.000000000 +0200 +++ new/tex/latex/hrlatex/hrlatex.sty 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,48 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `hrlatex.sty', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% hrlatex.dtx (with options: `package') -%% -%% - -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1999/12/01] -\ProvidesPackage{hrlatex}[2010/04/05 v0.23 LaTeX Macros for HRLaTeX project] -\usepackage{xkeyval} -\DeclareOption{slovene}{\PassOptionsToPackage{slovene}{babel}} -\DeclareOptionX{enc}[utf8]{% -\PassOptionsToPackage{#1}{inputenc} -} - -\DeclareOption{last}{ - -} - -\DeclareOption*{} -\DeclareOptionX*{} - -\PassOptionsToPackage{utf8}{inputenc} %% Default -\PassOptionsToPackage{croatian}{babel} - -\ProcessOptions* -\ProcessOptionsX - -\RequirePackage{inputenc} -\RequirePackage[T1]{fontenc} -\RequirePackage[croatian]{babel} -\RequirePackage{amsopn} - -\DeclareMathOperator{\tg}{tg} -\DeclareMathOperator{\arctg}{arc\,tg} -\DeclareMathOperator{\ctg}{ctg} -\DeclareMathOperator{\arcctg}{arc\,ctg} -\DeclareMathOperator{\sh}{sh} -\DeclareMathOperator{\ch}{ch} -\DeclareMathOperator{\cth}{cth} -\DeclareMathOperator{\tgh}{th} -\let\th\tgh -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `hrlatex.sty'. diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tex/plain/etex/etex.src new/tex/plain/etex/etex.src --- old/tex/plain/etex/etex.src 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tex/plain/etex/etex.src 2006-01-13 00:46:46.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,892 @@ +%% e-TeX V2.1;0 +%% Revision-date: 01-FEB-1999 22:36:22 /PB +%% Revision-history: (at-end) + +% The version number in the first line is compared with the corresponding +% element in e-TeX, and an error reported if incompatibility is detected. +% The cycle and revision numbers (that is, the element(s) following the +% period) are not used in this comparison, allowing enhancements to be made to +% this module and recorded in its header without introducing a risk of conflict. +% +% This allows to use this file with e-TeX versions 2.0 and 2.1! +% +% Other files whose headers must be kept in synch include "etexdefs.lib" and +% "language.def". + +% This is "etex.src", the (e-TeX) source file for the "etex" format file. +% To build the format from it, use one of the following commands or the +% local equivalent: + +% Generic: einitex *etex.src \dump +% emTeX: etex -i *etex.src \dump +% VMS: etex /init /noformat *"etex.src \dump" + +% Assume a purely IniTeX environment and set up a minimal \catcode r\'egime + +\catcode `\{=1 +\catcode `\}=2 +\catcode `\#=6 +\catcode `\^=7 +\catcode `\@=\catcode `\A + +% Define the basic error-reporting and abort mechanisms: + +\def \et@xmsg #1#2% + {\begingroup + \def \n {^^J}% + \def \ { }% + \newlinechar=\expandafter `\n + \if E#1% + \errorcontextlines=0 + \errmessage {e-TeX error: #2}% + \else + \message {\n ! e-TeX \if I#1 message% + \else \if W#1 warning% + \else \if F#1 fatal error% + \else + \ unknown (#1)% + \fi + \fi + \fi: #2% + }% + \fi + \endgroup + } + +% Note: a future version may report errors in the %<fac>-<s>-<code>[, <text>] +% format, allowing the more verbose <text>s to be read from file rather than +% stored in the format. + +\def \et@xabort #1% + {\et@xmsg {F}{#1}% + \batchmode + \end + } + +% Make sure this file is being read by e-TeX in extended mode; +% If it is, prepare to check version/revision compatibility, otherwise abort. + +\ifx \undefined \eTeXversion + \et@xabort {this file can be processed only in extended mode;\n + \ \ did you perhaps forget the asterisk?% + }% +\else + \begingroup + \catcode `\%=12 + \catcode `\?=14 + \xdef \et@xfilehdr + {\detokenize {%% e-TeX V}\the \eTeXversion \eTeXrevision}? + \xdef \et@xlibhdr + {\detokenize {%% e-TeXlib V}\the \eTeXversion \eTeXrevision}? + \endgroup +\fi + +% Assume extended mode, but no additional \catcodes/\defs yet; +% set up a simple e-TeX condition-reporting system: + +\def \et@xinf #1{\et@xmsg {I}{#1}} %%% not currently used +\def \et@xwarn #1{\et@xmsg {W}{#1}} +\def \et@xerr #1#2{{\errhelp={#2}\et@xmsg {E}{#1}}} + +% deactivate the processing of patterns and exceptions; these will be +% reinstated later, after the \uselanguage mechanism has been defined. + +\let \et@xpatterns=\patterns +\def \patterns + {\begingroup + \everyeof={\fi \endgroup}% + \message {[skipping from \noexpand \patterns to end-of-file...]}% + \iffalse + } + +% Read "plain.tex" (\patterns & \hyphenation will be skipped) + +\input plain + +% restore the catcode of commercial-at (@), which will just have been clobbered + +\catcode `\@=\catcode `\A + +% Assume an extended Plain environment (i.e. there are no longer any +% restrictions on the coding techniques we can use). First prepare to +% carry out consistency checks on the file headers and the current e-TeX +% version/revision levels: + +\newread \et@xinput + +\def \etexhdrchk #1#2% + {\openin \et@xinput=#2 + \ifeof \et@xinput + \chardef \etexstatus=0 % V1.0-1 + \else + \begingroup + \endlinechar=-1 + \readline \et@xinput to \et@xbuf + \closein \et@xinput + \def \p@rtition ##1.##2\endp@rtition {##1}% V2.1%0 + \xdef \et@xbuf + {\expandafter \p@rtition \et@xbuf .\endp@rtition}% V2.1;0 + \xdef \et@xtmp {\csname et@x#1hdr\endcsname}% + \xdef \et@xtmp + {\expandafter \p@rtition \et@xtmp .\endp@rtition}% V2.1;0 + \endgroup + \ifx \et@xtmp \et@xbuf + \chardef \etexstatus=2 % V1.1;4 + \else + \chardef \etexstatus=1 % V1.1;4 + \fi + \fi + } + +% Check the version number of this file: + +\def \et@xfmtsrc {etex.src} +\etexhdrchk {file} {\et@xfmtsrc} +\ifcase \etexstatus + \et@xerr {unable to open format source file "\et@xfmtsrc";} + {This should not happen; please ensure that your system + allows a file to be opened for reading more than once + concurrently.% + }% +\or + \et@xwarn {format source file "\et@xfmtsrc" has wrong header;\n + \ \ expected: "\et@xfilehdr"; found: "\et@xbuf";% + }% + {You are using a version of e-TeX which may be incompatible + with the source for the format file you are trying to + compile; please ensure that you have the most recent + version of each. I will proceed, but you should treat + the results with caution...% + }% +\fi + +% Module handling now implemented (V1.0-2) + +\def \module #1{\iftrue} +\let \endmodule=\fi + +\newtoks \et@xtoks + +\def \et@xl@@d #1 #2\endl@ad %%% the "#1 #2" code avoids trailing spaces + {\ifcsname module:#1\endcsname + \et@xwarn {duplicate module name "#1"}% + \else + \csname module:#1\endcsname %%% we exploit the side-effect explicitly + \et@xtoks=\expandafter + {\the \et@xtoks + \expandafter \let \csname module:#1\endcsname=\undefined + }% + \fi + } + +\def \et@xl@ad #1#2,#3\endl@ad %%% the #1#2 code avoids spurious leading spaces + {\et@xl@@d #1#2 \endl@ad + \if *#3* + \let \n@xt=\relax + \else + \def \n@xt {\et@xl@ad #3\endl@ad}% + \fi + \n@xt + } + +\def \et@xload #1 %%% needed because of the embedded \ifs... + {\def \module ##1% + {\unless + \ifcsname module:##1\endcsname + \message {Skipping module "##1";}% + \else + \message {Loading module "##1";}% + }% + \input #1 + \def \module ##1{\iftrue}% + } + +\def \load #1 from #2 %%% selective module loading from an e-TeX library file + {\etexhdrchk {lib} {#2}% + \ifcase \etexstatus + \et@xerr {unable to open library file "#2"; load aborted.} + {I got an <eof> on trying to open your library file; + please make sure it exists, is readable and is not locked.% + }% + \or + \et@xerr {library file "#2" has wrong header;\n + \ \ expected: "\et@xlibhdr"; found: "\et@xbuf";\n + \ \ load aborted.% + }% + {The first line of your library does not start with + the correct e-TeX header; you may need to update the + file to be compatible with the current version of + e-TeX, or you may simply have specified the wrong file.% + }% + \else + \et@xtoks={\et@xtoks={}}% + \et@xl@ad #1,\endl@ad + \et@xload {#2} + \the \et@xtoks + \fi + } + +\load interactionmodes from etexdefs.lib %%% \load <foo>[, <bar>...] from <baz> + +\def \@sk #1#2#3% + {\ifnum \interactionmode=\interactionmodes {errorstop} %%% V2.0;15 + \def \pr@mpt {\csname #1 \endcsname}% + \edef \pr@mptloop {{\escapechar=-1 \global \readline 16 to \pr@mpt}}% + \loop \pr@mptloop + \ch@ckforyn \pr@mpt {#2}% + \ifb@dresponse + \message {Please answer Y[es] or N[o]}% + \repeat + \else + \def \pr@mpt {#3}% + \ch@ckforyn \pr@mpt {#2}% + \fi + } + +\def \ch@ckforyn #1#2% Bernd Raichle's improved version, V1.0-1 + {\edef \@nswer {#1}% + \def \p@rse ##1##2\endp@rse + {\lowercase {\if y##1}\b@dresponsefalse \csname #2true\endcsname + \else \lowercase {\if n##1}\b@dresponsefalse \csname #2false\endcsname + \else + \b@dresponsetrue + \fi + \fi + }% + \expandafter \p@rse \@nswer \endp@rse + } + +\def \usef@llback %%% V1.0-3 + {\message {Using fallback mode (USenglish)}% + \addlanguage {USenglish}{hyphen}{}{2}{3}% + } + +% OK, that's all the utilities defined; on with the real work: +% First, re-instate \patterns: + +\let \patterns=\et@xpatterns + +% Define the language-handling commands + +\def \et@xlang {\csname newlanguage\endcsname} + +\def \uselanguage #1% + {\ifcsname lang@#1\endcsname + \language=\csname lang@#1\endcsname + \lefthyphenmin=\csname lhm@#1\endcsname + \righthyphenmin=\csname rhm@#1\endcsname + \ifdefined \uselanguage@hook % V1.0-1 + \uselanguage@hook {#1}% % V1.0-1 + \fi + \else + \et@xerr {language #1 undefined.}% + {You are trying to use a language which has not previously + been defined; remember that any language you want to use + will need to have been specified at the time the format + was created.% + }% + \fi + } + +\def \addlanguage #1#2#3#4#5% language patterns exceptions lhm rhm + {\expandafter \et@xlang \csname lang@#1\endcsname + \expandafter \chardef \csname lhm@#1\endcsname=#4 % V1.0-1 + \expandafter \chardef \csname rhm@#1\endcsname=#5 % V1.0-1 + \uselanguage {#1}% + \input #2 + \if *#3*\else \input #3 \fi + \ifdefined \addlanguage@hook % V1.0-4 + \addlanguage@hook {#1}% % V1.0-4 + \fi + \edef \fmtversion {\fmtversion/#1}% + } + +% Decrement \count 19, because \newlanguage will increment it again + +\advance \count 19 by -1 + +% We are about to try to process a user/site-specific file "language.def", +% which establishes a Babel-like language selection environment. Since +% there is always a risk of a spurious file of that name being found, +% we look for an e-TeX header in the first line. If the file can be opened, +% but doesn't have the right header, we interrogate the user as to whether +% to use fallback mode; in this mode, we simply establish USenglish as the +% sole language, with the et@x patterns, exceptions and left- and right- +% hyphen minima for TeX. If we can't interrogate the user (e.g. not in +% \errorstopmode), or if the user elects not to use fallback, we abort; +% if the file can't be found/opened, we use fallback unconditionally. + +\newif \ifb@dresponse +\newif \ifusef@llback + +\def \l@ngdefnfile {language.def} + +\etexhdrchk {file} {\l@ngdefnfile} +\ifcase \etexstatus + \et@xwarn {unable to open file "\l@ngdefnfile";}% + \usef@llback % unable to open "language.def" +\or + \et@xwarn {file "\l@ngdefnfile" has wrong header;\n + \ \ expected: "\et@xfilehdr"; found: "\et@xbuf";% + }% + \@sk {Use fallback?} {usef@llback} {y}% + \ifusef@llback + \usef@llback + \else + \input \l@ngdefnfile % use "language.def" after warning + \fi +\else + \input \l@ngdefnfile % "language.def" open & valid +\fi + +% All that was just to set up natural language handling... +% The "real" work of "etex.src", however, is to augment the non-primitives +% of Plain.TeX to incorporate e-TeX specific features, and to add new +% non-primitives to simplify access to new e-TeX specific primitives. + +\message {Augmenting the Plain TeX definitions:} +\message {\string \tracingall;} + +\def \tracingall + {\tracingonline=\@ne + \tracingcommands=\thr@@ % plain.tex has \tw@ + \tracingstats=\tw@ + \tracingpages=\@ne + \tracingoutput=\@ne + \tracinglostchars=\tw@ % plain.tex has \@ne + \tracingmacros=\tw@ + \tracingparagraphs=\@ne + \tracingrestores=\@ne + \showboxbreadth=\maxdimen + \showboxdepth=\maxdimen + \errorstopmode + \tracinggroups=\@ne + \tracingifs=\@ne + \tracingscantokens=\@ne + \tracingnesting=\@ne + \tracingassigns=\tw@ + } + +\message {Adding new e-TeX definitions:} + +\message {\string \eTeX,} +\def \eTeX {$\varepsilon$-\TeX} %%% the simple version, not suitable for maths; + %%% a more sophisticated one may find its way + %%% into "etexdefs.lib" in due course. + +\message {\string \loggingall,} +\def \loggingall {\tracingall \tracingonline=\z@} + +\message {\string \tracingnone,} +\def \tracingnone + {\tracingassigns=\z@ + \tracingnesting=\z@ + \tracingscantokens=\z@ + \tracingifs=\z@ + \tracinggroups=\z@ + \showboxdepth=\thr@@ + \showboxbreadth=5 + \tracingrestores=\z@ + \tracingparagraphs=\z@ + \tracingmacros=\z@ + \tracinglostchars=\@ne + \tracingoutput=\z@ + \tracingpages=\z@ + \tracingstats=\z@ + \tracingcommands=\z@ + \tracingonline=\z@ + } + +\message {register allocation;} + +\newcount \et@xins % our insertion counter (\insc@unt is used differently) + +% We have to adjust the Plain TeX register allocation counts for our +% slightly modified book-keeping: + +\advance \count 10 by 1 % \count 10=23 % allocates \count registers 23, 24, ... +\advance \count 11 by 1 % \count 11=10 % allocates \dimen registers 10, 11, ... +\advance \count 12 by 1 % \count 12=10 % allocates \skip registers 10, 11, ... +\advance \count 13 by 1 % \count 13=10 % allocates \muskip registers 10, 11, ... +\advance \count 14 by 1 % \count 14=10 % allocates \box registers 10, 11, ... +\advance \count 15 by 1 % \count 15=10 % allocates \toks registers 10, 11, ... +\advance \count 16 by 1 % \count 16=0 % allocates input streams 0, 1, ... +\advance \count 17 by 1 % \count 17=0 % allocates output streams 0, 1, ... +\advance \count 18 by 1 % \count 18=4 % allocates math families 4, 5, ... +\advance \count 19 by 1 % \count 19=0 % allocates \language codes 0, 1, ... + +\et@xins=\insc@unt % \et@xins=255 % allocates insertions 254, 253, ... + +% We don't change the Plain TeX definitions of \newcount, etc., but the +% \alloc@ macro doing the actual work is redefined. + +% When the normal register pool for \count, \dimen, \skip, \muskip, +% \box, or \toks registers is exhausted, we switch to the extended pool. + +\def \alloc@ #1#2#3#4#5% + {\ifnum \count 1#1 < #4% make sure there's still room + \allocationnumber=\count 1#1 + \global \advance \count 1#1 by \@ne + \global #3#5=\allocationnumber + \wlog {\string #5=\string #2\the \allocationnumber}% + \else \ifnum #1 < 6 + \begingroup \escapechar=\m@ne + \expandafter \alloc@@ \expandafter {\string #2}#5% + \else + \errmessage {No room for a new #2}% + \fi + \fi + } + +% The \expandafter construction used here allows the generation of +% \newcount and \globcount from #1=count. Moreover (and more important) +% this construction avoids the appearance of \outer macros inside +% macro definitions or conditionals. + +\def \alloc@@ #1#2% + {\endgroup % restore \escapechar + \message {Normal \csname#1\endcsname register pool exhausted, + switching to extended pool.}% + \global \expandafter + \let \csname new#1\expandafter \endcsname \csname glob#1\endcsname + \csname new#1\endcsname#2% + } + +% We do change the Plain TeX definition of \newinsert + +\outer \def \newinsert #1%make sure there's still room for ... + {\ch@ck 0 \et@xins \count % ... a \count, ... + {\ch@ck 1 \et@xins \dimen % ... \dimen, ... + {\ch@ck 2 \et@xins \skip % ... \skip, ... + {\ch@ck 4 \et@xins \box % ... and \box register + {\global \advance \et@xins by \m@ne + \unless + \ifnum \insc@unt < \et@xins + \global \insc@unt=\et@xins + \fi + \allocationnumber=\et@xins + \global \chardef #1=\allocationnumber + \wlog {\string #1=\string \insert \the \allocationnumber}% + }% + }% + }% + }% + } + +\def \ch@ck #1#2#3#4% + {\ifnum \count 1#1 < #2#4\else \errmessage {No room for a new #3}\fi} + +% And we define \reserveinserts, so that you can say \reserveinserts{17} +% in order to reserve room for up to 17 additional insertion classes that will +% not be taken away by \newcount, \newdimen, \newskip, or \newbox. + +\outer \def \reserveinserts#1% + {\global \insc@unt=\numexpr \et@xins \ifnum #1 > \z@ -#1\fi \relax} + +\message {extended register allocation;} + +% Now, we define \globcount, \globbox, etc., so that you can say +% \globcount\foo and \foo will be defined (with \countdef) to be the +% next count register from the vastly larger but somewhat less efficient +% extended register pool. We also define \loccount, etc., but these +% register definitions are local to the current group. + +\count 260=277 % globally allocates \count registers 277, 278, ... +\count 261=\@cclvi % globally allocates \dimen registers 256, 257, ... +\count 262=\@cclvi % globally allocates \skip registers 256, 257, ... +\count 263=\@cclvi % globally allocates \muskip registers 256, 257, ... +\count 264=\@cclvi % globally allocates \box registers 256, 257, ... +\count 265=\@cclvi % globally allocates \toks registers 256, 257, ... +\count 266=\@ne % globally allocates \marks classes 1, 2, ... + +\def \et@xmaxregs {32768} + +\count 270=\et@xmaxregs % locally allocates \count registers 32767, 32766, ... +\count 271=\et@xmaxregs % ditto for \dimen registers +\count 272=\et@xmaxregs % ditto for \skip registers +\count 273=\et@xmaxregs % ditto for \muskip registers +\count 274=\et@xmaxregs % ditto for \box registers +\count 275=\et@xmaxregs % ditto for \toks registers +\count 276=\et@xmaxregs % ditto for \marks classes + +% \count registers 256-259 and 267-269 are not (yet) used + +\outer \def \globcount {\et@xglob 0 \count \countdef} + \def \loccount {\et@xloc 0 \count \countdef} +\outer \def \globdimen {\et@xglob 1 \dimen \dimendef} + \def \locdimen {\et@xloc 1 \dimen \dimendef} +\outer \def \globskip {\et@xglob 2 \skip \skipdef} + \def \locskip {\et@xloc 2 \skip \skipdef} +\outer \def \globmuskip {\et@xglob 3 \muskip \muskipdef} + \def \locmuskip {\et@xloc 3 \muskip \muskipdef} +\outer \def \globbox {\et@xglob 4 \box \mathchardef} + \def \locbox {\et@xloc 4 \box \mathchardef} +\outer \def \globtoks {\et@xglob 5 \toks \toksdef} + \def \loctoks {\et@xloc 5 \toks \toksdef} +\outer \def \globmarks {\et@xglob 6 \marks \mathchardef} + \def \locmarks {\et@xloc 6 \marks \mathchardef} + +\let\newmark=\globmarks %%% 2.0;14 +\let\newmarks=\globmarks + +\def \et@xglob #1#2#3#4% + {\et@xchk #1#2% make sure there's still room + {\allocationnumber=\count 26#1 + \global \advance \count 26#1 by \@ne + \global #3#4=\allocationnumber + \wlog {\string #4=\string #2\the \allocationnumber}% + }% + } + +\def \et@xloc#1#2#3#4% + {\et@xchk #1#2% make sure there's still room + {\advance \count 27#1 by \m@ne + \allocationnumber=\count 27#1 + #3#4=\allocationnumber + \wlog {\string #4=\string #2\the \allocationnumber \space (local)}% + }% + } + +\def \et@xchk #1#2#3% + {\ifnum \count 26#1 < \count 27#1 + #3% + \else + \errmessage {No room for a new #2}% + \fi + } + +% Next we define \globcountblk, \loccountblk, etc., so that one can +% write \globcountblk\foo{17} and \foo will be defined (with \mathchardef) +% as the first (the zeroth?) of a block of 17 consecutive registers. +% Thus the user is intended to reference elements <\foo+0> to <\foo+n-1>, +% where n is the length of the block allocated. + +\outer \def \globcountblk {\et@xgblk 0 \count} + \def \loccountblk {\et@xlblk 0 \count} +\outer \def \globdimenblk {\et@xgblk 1 \dimen} + \def \locdimenblk {\et@xlblk 1 \dimen} +\outer \def \globskipblk {\et@xgblk 2 \skip} + \def \locskipblk {\et@xlblk 2 \skip} +\outer \def \globmuskipblk {\et@xgblk 3 \muskip} + \def \locmuskipblk {\et@xlblk 3 \muskip} +\outer \def \globboxblk {\et@xgblk 4 \box} + \def \locboxblk {\et@xlblk 4 \box} +\outer \def \globtoksblk {\et@xgblk 5 \toks} + \def \loctoksblk {\et@xlblk 5 \toks} +\outer \def \globmarksblk {\et@xgblk 6 \marks} + \def \locmarksblk {\et@xlblk 6 \marks} + +% And, both to provide a higher-level interface to the block allocation +% scheme, and to demonstrate possible applications of the new \...expr +% primitives, we also define \globcountvector and \loccountvector (etc) +% which allow the user to access elements with embedded arithmetic, as in + +% \globcountvector \foo {12} +% \foo {\count 0 + 3} = \foo {\count 1 * 2} + +\outer \def \globcountvector {\et@xgvec 0 \count} + \def \loccountvector {\et@xlvec 0 \count} +\outer \def \globdimenvector {\et@xgvec 1 \dimen} + \def \locdimenvector {\et@xlvec 1 \dimen} +\outer \def \globskipvector {\et@xgvec 2 \skip} + \def \locskipvector {\et@xlvec 2 \skip} +\outer \def \globmuskipvector {\et@xgvec 3 \muskip} + \def \locmuskipvector {\et@xlvec 3 \muskip} +\outer \def \globboxvector {\et@xgvec 4 \box} + \def \locboxvector {\et@xlvec 4 \box} +\outer \def \globtoksvector {\et@xgvec 5 \toks} + \def \loctoksvector {\et@xlvec 5 \toks} +\outer \def \globmarksvector {\et@xgvec 6 \marks} + \def \locmarksvector {\et@xlvec 6 \marks} + +\def \et@xgblk #1#2#3#4% + {\et@xchkblk #1#2{#4}% make sure there's still room + {\allocationnumber=\count 26#1 + \global \advance \count 26#1 by #4% + \global \mathchardef #3=\allocationnumber + \wlog {\string #3=\string #2blk{\number #4} at \the \allocationnumber}% + }% + } + +\def \et@xlblk #1#2#3#4% + {\et@xchkblk #1#2{#4}% make sure there's still room + {\advance \count 27#1 by -#4% + \allocationnumber=\count 27#1 + \mathchardef #3=\allocationnumber + \wlog {\string #3=\string #2blk{\number #4} + at \the \allocationnumber \space (local)% + }% + }% + } + +\begingroup +\catcode `\# = 12 +\gdef \et@xhash {#} +\endgroup + +\def \et@xgvec #1#2#3#4% + {\et@xchkblk #1#2{#4}% make sure there's still room + {\allocationnumber=\count 26#1 + \global \advance \count 26#1 by #4% + \ifx #2\box + \def \2{}% + \else \ifx #2\marks + \def \2{}% + \else + \def \2{\string #2}% + \fi + \fi + \xdef #3##1{\2 \noexpand \numexpr \the \allocationnumber+##1\relax}% + \wlog {\string #3 {\et@xhash 1} = + \2 {\the \allocationnumber+\et@xhash 1} (global #2 vector)% + }% + }% + } + +\def \et@xlvec #1#2#3#4% + {\et@xchkblk #1#2{#4}% make sure there's still room + {\advance \count 27#1 by -#4% + \allocationnumber=\count27#1 + \mathchardef #3=\allocationnumber + \ifx #2\box + \def \2{}% + \else \ifx #2\marks + \def \2{}% + \else + \def \2{\string #2}% + \fi + \fi + \edef #3##1{\2 \noexpand \numexpr \the \allocationnumber+##1\relax}% + \wlog {\string #3 {\et@xhash 1} = + \2 {\the \allocationnumber+\et@xhash 1} (local #2 vector)% + }% + }% + } + +\def \et@xchkblk #1#2#3#4% + {\ifnum #3 < \z@ + \errmessage {Negative register block size \number #3}% + \else \ifnum \numexpr \count 26#1+#3 > \count 27#1 + \errmessage {No room for new #2block of size \number#3}% + \else + #4% + \fi + \fi + } + +% In an attempt to reduce the overheads of e-TeX, we recycle all possible +% resources, including (as a penultimate step) the recycler itself... +% The user can circumvent (or force) this during format creation, +% by \letting \ifrecycle=\iffalse (or \iftrue, to force it). + +% As this file has grown by accretion, it is possible that we are no +% longer recycling all the resources we could; this will be investigated. + +\def \mayber@cycle {\expandafter \ifrecycle} +\def \forcer@cycle {\expandafter \iftrue} + +\ifdefined \ifrecycle + \mayber@cycle +\else + \forcer@cycle +\fi + +% There's a concealed \if... lurking here, which explains the +% strange indentation of the code that follows (V1.0-1) + + \def \r@cycle #1% + {\ifdefined #1 + \message {\string #1,}\let #1=\und@fined + \else + \message {\string #1 (not defined),} + \fi + } + {\newlinechar=`\! \message {!Recycling:}} + + \r@cycle \addlanguage + \r@cycle \@nswer + \r@cycle \@sk + \r@cycle \b@dresponsetrue + \r@cycle \b@dresponsefalse + \r@cycle \ch@ckforyn + \r@cycle \mayber@cycle + \r@cycle \et@xabort + \r@cycle \et@xbuf + \r@cycle \et@xfmtsrc + \r@cycle \et@xfilehdr + \r@cycle \et@xinf + \r@cycle \et@xpatterns +% \r@cycle \ifb@dresponse +% \r@cycle \ifusef@llback + \r@cycle \l@ngdefnfile + \r@cycle \n@xt + \r@cycle \p@rse + \r@cycle \pr@mpt + \r@cycle \pr@mptloop + \r@cycle \forcer@cycle + \r@cycle \usef@llback + \r@cycle \usef@llbacktrue + \r@cycle \usef@llbackfalse + +% The following are retained, since they may be needed by user code; with a few +% (regrettable) exceptions, all of these are given the \etex or \et@x prefix, +% to reduce as far as possible the risk of them clashing with other used-defined +% names. + +% The e-TeX team are willing to change the names of the remaining, at-risk, +% control sequences if it is demonstrated that the current names cause problems +% or difficulties. + + \def \r@tain #1% + {\ifdefined #1 + \message {\string #1,} + \else + \message {\string #1 (not defined),} + \fi + } + {\newlinechar=`\! \message {!Retaining:}} + + \r@tain \et@xerr + \r@tain \et@xinput + \r@tain \et@xlibhdr + \r@tain \et@xmsg + \r@tain \et@xtoks + \r@tain \et@xwarn + \r@tain \et@xl@@d + \r@tain \et@xl@ad + \r@tain \et@xload + \r@tain \et@xlang + \r@tain \et@xhash + \r@tain \eTeX + \r@tain \etexhdrchk +% \r@tain \endmodule + \r@tain \etexstatus + \r@tain \module + \r@tain \uselanguage + + \r@cycle \r@tain + \r@cycle \r@cycle + +\fi + +% And finally re-catcode commercial-at + +\catcode `\@=12 +\endinput + +%% Revision-history: + +01-FEB-1999: 2.1;0 Allow file to be used with e-TeX versions 2.0 and 2.1 + +25-MAR-1998: 2.0;19 Improved log message for \{glob|loc}{marks|box}vector (PEB) + +24-MAR-1998: 2.0;18 Optimisation of one section made (DC & PEB), + a couple of \if tests made more robust, + and spacing improved in one macro. + +24-MAR-1998: 2.0;17 Coding styles unified and all references to Peter + Breitenlohner eliminated from main code + +23-MAR-1998: 2.0;16 Continued from 2.0;15 + +20-MAR-1998: 2.0;15 Changes made here and in "etexdefs.lib" to + improve compatibility with LaTeX, and + \{glob,loc}{marks,box}vector re-thought. + +11-MAR-1998: 2.0;14 \newmark made synonym for \newmarks / PT + +10-MAR-1998: 2.0;13 Missing brace re-inserted in \...lvec /PT + +10-MAR-1998: 2.0;12 Typo corrected in Peter's name /PT + +10-MAR-1998: 2.0;11 "\...lvec" failed to use \et@xhash; fixed / PT + +10-MAR-1998: 2.0;10 \h@sh -> \et@xhash /PT + +06-MAR-1998: 2.0;9 Final tweaks by PEB ! + +05-MAR-1998: <missing version number> Final tweaks by PT + +28-Feb-1998: 2.0;8 Major re-work by PEB + +24-Feb-1998: 2.0;7 \tracingnesting -> \tw@ + +24-FEB-1998: 2.0;6 version-mismatch reduced in severity; + \tracingall and ...none improved; + aesthetic spaces around "=" removed + +24-Jan-1998: 2.0;5: block allocation of registers added + +21-Jan-1998: 2.0;4: released to e-TeX team for testing/comments + +20-Jan-1998: \glob... implemented, and coding simplified by + the implementation and use of of \max@xpr + +06-Jan-1998: Alpha-testing complete of extended and local register allocation. + +29-Dec-1997: The "%!" convention replaced by a corresponding "%%": + this should avoid any inadvertent conflict with Adobe conventions. + + \tracingall augmented with + \tracinglostchars=\tw@ %%% Q -- should this be default? + \tracingnesting=\@ne + + \tracingnone augmented. + +05-DEC-1997: A long-standing bug removed: left- and right- hyphenmin + were transposed in fallback mode :-((((( + +24-APR-1997: An interim release, to provide compatibility with Peter's + naming conventions for beta-test versions of e-TeX V2. + Consistency checking is now restricted to \eTeXversion, + and \eTeXrevision is ignored. + +01-NOV-1996: V1.1;5: Final stage? Checking that everything possible + is recycled whilst nothing that is needed is lost. Retained + names given \etex or \et@x prefix wherever possible. Some + potentially dangerous cs-names commented out of the recycle/retain + lists because they were synonyms of members of the if-else-fi set. + The definition of the e-TeX logo added: this had somehow slipped + through the net! Intended to be the final revision before public + release, but awaiting comments from other members of the team. + +31-OCT-1996: V1.1;4: errors noticed while proof-reading corrected; far + greater use made of concealed control sequences with + commercial-at (@); library file headers differentiated + from ordinary file headers; return-values for header-check + altered to allow fall-thru' if ok; fallback-use algorithm + significantly modified (major semantic shift). + +29-OCT-1996: V1.1;3: tidying up prior to release; careful check on + which control words can be re-cycled; \recycle made more + robust, to check whether one is trying to re-cycle something + that was never 'cycled' in the first place (PEB suggestion); + \et@xmsg re-written to use \message or \errmessage as necessary; + \errhelps provided for all places they might be referenced. + +27-OCT-1996: V1.1;2: minor version numbers re-introduced, using semi-colon + as delimiter and stopping pattern matching at the semi-colon; + \et@xfilehdr defined dynamically, based in \eTeXversion and + \eTeXrevision; \load now uses \etexhdrchk, so library + files are required to start with an e-TeX header; this will + have implications when e-TeX -> V2+, so this code should be + re-considered at this point. + +17-OCT-1996: V1.1: minor version numbers eliminated, to reduce the + need for users to update their "language.def" files. + +17-OCT-1996: V1.0-4: \addlanguage@hook added, version history moved to end. + +17-OCT-1996: Version 1.0-3 does away with the "fallback" file. + +16-OCT-1996: Version 1.0-2 implements module handling, so constant "3" + no longer used (see below). + +13-Oct-1996: Replaced \def by \chardef where possible; + eliminated dependency on "etexdefs.def", hard-coding + in the constant "3" (with comment) instead; + used Bernd's \ch@ckforyn; + re-catcoded `\@ earlier, to reduce number of \[if]csnames; + commented the strange indentation of the \recycles at end. + +11-Oct-1996: language handling commands modified (V1.0): PT/BR diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tex/plain/etex/etexdefs.lib new/tex/plain/etex/etexdefs.lib --- old/tex/plain/etex/etexdefs.lib 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tex/plain/etex/etexdefs.lib 2006-01-13 00:46:46.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ +%% e-TeXlib V2.0;8 24-MAR-1998 16:30:14 /PT + +% This is "etexdefs.def", the library file which +% defines symbolic names for e-TeX's constants. + +\module {grouptypes} +\def \grouptypes #1{\csname gr@up: #1\endcsname} +\def \etexgroupdef #1 + {\expandafter \expandafter \expandafter \chardef \grouptypes {#1}} +\etexgroupdef bottomlevel = 0 %%% {code for the outside world} +\etexgroupdef simple = 1 %%% {code for local structure only} +\etexgroupdef hbox = 2 %%% {code for `\.{\\hbox}\grp'} +\etexgroupdef adjustedhbox = 3 %%% {code for `\.{\\hbox}\grp' in vertical mode} +\etexgroupdef vbox = 4 %%% {code for `\.{\\vbox}\grp'} +\etexgroupdef vtop = 5 %%% {code for `\.{\\vtop}\grp'} +\etexgroupdef align = 6 %%% {code for `\.{\\halign}\grp', `\.{\\valign}\grp'} +\etexgroupdef noalign = 7 %%% {code for `\.{\\noalign}\grp'} +\etexgroupdef output = 8 %%% {code for output routine} +\etexgroupdef math = 9 %%% {code for, e.g, `\.{\char'136}\grp'} +\etexgroupdef disc = 10 %%% {code for `\.{\\discretionary}\grp\grp\grp'} +\etexgroupdef insert = 11 %%% {code for `\.{\\insert}\grp', `\.{\\vadjust}\grp'} +\etexgroupdef vcenter = 12 %%% {code for `\.{\\vcenter}\grp'} +\etexgroupdef mathchoice = 13 %%% {code for `\.{\\mathchoice}\grp\grp\grp\grp'} +\etexgroupdef semisimple = 14 %%% {code for `\.{\\begingroup...\\endgroup}'} +\etexgroupdef mathshift = 15 %%% {code for `\.{\$...\$}'} +\etexgroupdef mathleft = 16 %%% {code for `\.{\\left...\\right}'} +\endmodule + +\module {interactionmodes} +\def \interactionmodes #1{\csname m@de: #1\endcsname} +\def \etexmodedef #1 + {\expandafter \expandafter \expandafter \chardef \interactionmodes {#1}} +\etexmodedef batch = 0 %%% {omits all stops and omits terminal output} +\etexmodedef nonstop = 1 %%% {omits all stops} +\etexmodedef scroll = 2 %%% {omits error stops} +\etexmodedef errorstop = 3 %%% {stops at every opportunity to interact} +\endmodule + +\module {nodetypes} +\def \nodetypes #1{\csname n@de: #1\endcsname} +\def \etexnodedef #1 + {\expandafter \expandafter \expandafter \chardef \nodetypes {#1}} +\etexnodedef char = 0 %%% {|type| of character nodes} +\etexnodedef hlist = 1 %%% {|type| of hlist nodes} +\etexnodedef vlist = 2 %%% {|type| of vlist nodes} +\etexnodedef rule = 3 %%% {|type| of rule nodes} +\etexnodedef ins = 4 %%% {|type| of insertion nodes} +\etexnodedef mark = 5 %%% {|type| of a mark node} +\etexnodedef adjust = 6 %%% {|type| of an adjust node} +\etexnodedef ligature = 7 %%% {|type| of a ligature node} +\etexnodedef disc = 8 %%% {|type| of a discretionary node} +\etexnodedef whatsit = 9 %%% {|type| of special extension nodes} +\etexnodedef math = 10 %%% {|type| of a math node} +\etexnodedef glue = 11 %%% {|type| of that points to a glue specification} +\etexnodedef kern = 12 %%% {|type| of a kern node} +\etexnodedef penalty = 13 %%% {|type| of a penalty node} +\etexnodedef unset = 14 %%% {|type| for an unset node} +\etexnodedef maths = 15 %%% {|type| of nodes that occur only in maths mode} +\endmodule + +\module {iftypes} +\def \conditionaltypes #1{\csname @f: #1\endcsname} +\def \etexifdef #1 + {\expandafter \expandafter \expandafter \chardef \conditionaltypes {#1}} +\etexifdef charif = 1 +\etexifdef catif = 2 +\etexifdef numif = 3 +\etexifdef dimif = 4 +\etexifdef oddif = 5 +\etexifdef vmodeif = 6 +\etexifdef hmodeif = 7 +\etexifdef mmodeif = 8 +\etexifdef innerif = 9 +\etexifdef voidif = 10 +\etexifdef hboxif = 11 +\etexifdef vboxif = 12 +\etexifdef xif = 13 +\etexifdef eofif = 14 +\etexifdef trueif = 15 +\etexifdef falseif = 16 +\etexifdef caseif = 17 +\etexifdef definedif = 18 +\etexifdef csnameif = 19 +\etexifdef fontcharif = 20 +\endmodule diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/etex.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/etex.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/etex.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/etex.tlpobj 2013-04-08 21:25:41.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +name etex +category Package +revision 29743 +shortdesc An extended version of TeX, from the NTS project. +relocated 1 +longdesc An extended version of TeX (which is capable of running as if +longdesc it were TeX unmodified). E-TeX has been specified by the LaTeX +longdesc team as the engine for the development of LaTeX 2e, in the +longdesc immediate future; as a result, LaTeX programmers may (in all +longdesc current TeX distributions) assume e-TeX functionality. +longdesc Development versions of e-TeX are to be found in the TeX live +longdesc source repository. +runfiles size=9 + RELOC/tex/plain/etex/etex.src + RELOC/tex/plain/etex/etexdefs.lib +catalogue-ctan /systems/e-tex +catalogue-date 2012-03-09 15:12:11 +0100 +catalogue-license knuth +catalogue-version 2.1 diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/hrlatex.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/hrlatex.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/hrlatex.tlpobj 2010-06-10 18:29:23.000000000 +0200 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/hrlatex.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,17 +0,0 @@ -name hrlatex -category Package -revision 18020 -shortdesc LaTeX support for Croatian documents. -relocated 1 -longdesc This package simplifies creation of new documents for the -longdesc (average) Croatian user. As an example, a class file hrdipl.cls -longdesc (designed for the graduation thesis at the University of -longdesc Zagreb) and sample thesis documents are included. -runfiles size=4 - RELOC/tex/latex/hrlatex/fsbispit.cls - RELOC/tex/latex/hrlatex/fsbmath.sty - RELOC/tex/latex/hrlatex/hrlatex.sty -catalogue-ctan /language/croatian/hrlatex -catalogue-date 2010-04-25 22:49:50 +0200 -catalogue-license lppl -catalogue-version 0.23 ++++++ histogr.doc.tar.xz -> etoc.doc.tar.xz ++++++ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/etoc/README new/doc/latex/etoc/README --- old/doc/latex/etoc/README 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/etoc/README 2013-05-15 23:52:26.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,156 @@ +version 1.07f dated 2013/03/07 +documentation dated 2013/05/14 + +Package `etoc' +Completely customisable TOCs +Copyright (C) 2012, 2013 by Jean-Francois Burnol + +LICENSE +======= + + The copyright and license statement applies to `etoc.dtx' and to + its derived files. + + This work may be distributed and/or modified under the + conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either + version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later + version. This version of this license is in + http://www.latex-project.org/lppl/lppl-1-3c.txt + and the latest version of this license is in + http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt + and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of + LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. + + The author of this work is Jean-Francois Burnol <jfbu at free dot fr>. + This work has the LPPL maintenance status `author-maintained'. + +INSTALLATION +============ + + `latex etoc.dtx' --> this extracts the style file `etoc.sty' + + `latex etoc.dtx' (twice more) finishes producing the documentation + + Move `etoc.sty' to a suitable location within the TeX installation: + etoc.sty -> <TDS>/tex/latex/etoc/etoc.sty + + The generated auxiliary files may be discarded. + +ABSTRACT +======== + + The etoc package gives to the user complete control on how + the entries of the table of contents should be constituted + from the name, number, and page number of each sectioning + unit. This goes via the definition of line styles for each + sectioning level used in the document. The package provides + its own custom line styles. Simpler ones are given as + examples in the documentation. The simplest usage will be to + take advantage of the layout facilities of packages dealing + with list environments. + + The \tableofcontents command may be used arbitrarily many + times and it has a variant \localtableofcontents which + prints tables of contents `local' to the current surrounding + document unit. An extension of the \label/\ref syntax allows + to reproduce (with another layout) a TOC defined somewhere + else in the document. + + The formatting inherited (and possibly customized by other + packages) from the document class may also be used in + compatibility mode. Regarding the global toc display, etoc + provides pre-defined styles based on a multi-column format, + optionally with a frame or a ruled title. + + As the assignment of levels to the sectioning units can be + changed at any time, etoc can be used in a quite general + manner to also create custom "lists of", additionally to the + tables of contents related to the document sectioning units. + No auxiliary file is used apart from the usual .toc file. + + +Change log +========== + + v1.07f [2013/03/07] + + new macros \etocthelinkedname, \etocthelinkednumber, + \etocthelinkedpage, and \etocthelink. + + + v1.07e [2013/03/01] + + improvements in the package own line styles with + regards to penalties and vertical spaces. + + addition to the documentation of an example of + a tree-like table of contents (uses tikz). + + more such examples added 2013/03/03. + + + v1.07d [2013/02/24] + + minor code improvements and new documentation + section "Another compatibility mode". + + + v1.07b [2013/02/02] + + removal of the \xspace from the macros \etocname, + \etocnumber, \etocpage. + + additional examples in the documentation. + + + v1.07 [2013/01/29] + + new commands: + + \etocthename, \etocthenumber, \etocthepage, \etoclink, + + \etoctoccontentsline, \etoctoccontentsline* + + \etocnopar, \etocaftercontentshook + + modified command: \etocmulticolstyle + + new documentation section "Surprising uses of etoc" which + explains how to do "Lists of arbitrary things", in + addition to the tables of contents. + + + v1.06 [2012/12/07] + + the standard macros \l@section etc... are modified only + during the calls to \tableofcontents; they can thus be + customized as will by the user (with the help of a + package like tocloft) and this will be taken into account + by etoc for the TOCs typeset in compatibility mode. + + + v1.05 [2012/12/01] + + \localtableofcontents replaces \tableofcontents* (for + compatibility with the memoir class). + + compatibility with KOMA-script and memoir document + classes. + + + v1.04 [2012/11/24] + + a (possibly local) table of contents can be labeled: + + \tableofcontents \label{toc:1} + + and reproduced elsewhere in the document (with a possibly + completely different layout): + + \tableofcontents \ref{toc:1} + + + v1.02 [2012/11/18] + + initial version. + Files old/doc/latex/etoc/etoc.pdf and new/doc/latex/etoc/etoc.pdf differ Files old/doc/latex/histogr/histogr.pdf and new/doc/latex/histogr/histogr.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/etoc.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/etoc.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/etoc.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/etoc.doc.tlpobj 2013-05-16 03:51:35.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +name etoc.doc +category Package +revision 30488 +shortdesc doc files of etoc +relocated 1 +docfiles size=65 + RELOC/doc/latex/etoc/README + RELOC/doc/latex/etoc/etoc.pdf diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/histogr.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/histogr.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/histogr.doc.tlpobj 2010-06-10 18:29:23.000000000 +0200 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/histogr.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -name histogr.doc -category Package -revision 15878 -shortdesc doc files of histogr -relocated 1 -docfiles size=27 - RELOC/doc/latex/histogr/histogr.pdf ++++++ histogr.doc.tar.xz -> etoc.tar.xz ++++++ Files old/doc/latex/histogr/histogr.pdf and new/doc/latex/histogr/histogr.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tex/latex/etoc/etoc.sty new/tex/latex/etoc/etoc.sty --- old/tex/latex/etoc/etoc.sty 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tex/latex/etoc/etoc.sty 2013-04-07 01:08:33.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,1122 @@ +%% +%% This is file `etoc.sty', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% etoc.dtx (with options: `package') +%% +%% IMPORTANT NOTICE: +%% +%% For the copyright see the source file. +%% +%% Any modified versions of this file must be renamed +%% with new filenames distinct from etoc.sty. +%% +%% For distribution of the original source see the terms +%% for copying and modification in the file etoc.dtx. +%% +%% This generated file may be distributed as long as the +%% original source files, as listed above, are part of the +%% same distribution. (The sources need not necessarily be +%% in the same archive or directory.) +%% +\ProvidesPackage{etoc} + [2013/03/07 v1.07f Completely customisable TOCs (jfB)] +%% +%% Package `etoc' by Jean-Francois Burnol +%% Copyright (C) 2012, 2013 by Jean-Francois Burnol +%% +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} +\RequirePackage{multicol} +%% \RequirePackage{xspace} %% REMOVED (1.07b) +\DeclareOption*{\PackageWarning{etoc}{Option `\CurrentOption' is unknown.}} +\ProcessOptions\relax +\newtoks\Etoc@toctoks +\def\Etoc@par{\par} +\newcommand*{\etocinline}{\def\Etoc@par{}} +\let\etocnopar\etocinline +\newif\ifEtoc@jj % book +\newif\ifEtoc@j % part +\newif\ifEtoc@ % chapter +\newif\ifEtoc@i % section +\newif\ifEtoc@ii % subsection +\newif\ifEtoc@iii % subsubsection +\newif\ifEtoc@iv % paragraph +\newif\ifEtoc@v % subparagraph +\newif\ifEtoc@number +\newif\ifEtoc@hyperref +\newif\ifEtoc@parskip % 1.07d +\newif\ifEtoc@tocwithid +\newif\ifEtoc@standard +\newif\ifEtoc@part +\newif\ifEtoc@localtoc +\newif\ifEtoc@skipthisone +\newif\ifEtoc@stoptoc +\newif\ifEtoc@notactive +\newcounter{etoc@tocid} +\newif\ifEtoc@mustclosegroup +\def\etoc@{\etoc@} % Delimiter in \Etoc@getnb etc.. macros. This def added 1.07f +\@ifclassloaded{memoir}{\def\Etoc@minf{-\thr@@}}{\def\Etoc@minf{-\tw@}} +\def\Etoc@@minustwo@@{-\tw@} +\let\Etoc@@minusone@@\m@ne +\chardef\Etoc@@zero@@ 0 +\let\Etoc@@one@@ \@ne +\let\Etoc@@two@@ \tw@ +\let\Etoc@@three@@ \thr@@ +\chardef\Etoc@@four@@ 4 +\chardef\Etoc@@five@@ 5 +\chardef\Etoc@@six@@ 6 +\let\Etoc@localtop\Etoc@@minustwo@@ +\def\Etoc@@minustwo@{minustwo} +\def\Etoc@@minusone@{minusone} +\def\Etoc@@zero@{zero} +\def\Etoc@@one@{one} +\def\Etoc@@two@{two} +\def\Etoc@@three@{three} +\def\Etoc@@four@{four} +\def\Etoc@@five@{five} +\def\Etoc@levellist{} +\def\Etoc@newlevel#1{% + \def\Etoc@levellist@elt{\noexpand\Etoc@levellist@elt\noexpand}% + \edef\Etoc@levellist{\Etoc@levellist\Etoc@levellist@elt#1}} +\def\etocsetlevel#1#2{% + \expandafter\Etoc@newlevel\csname l@#1\endcsname + \ifcase#2\relax + \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname\Etoc@@zero@@ + \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@\endcsname\Etoc@@zero@ + \or + \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname\Etoc@@one@@ + \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@\endcsname\Etoc@@one@ + \or + \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname\Etoc@@two@@ + \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@\endcsname\Etoc@@two@ + \or + \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname\Etoc@@three@@ + \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@\endcsname\Etoc@@three@ + \or + \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname\Etoc@@four@@ + \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@\endcsname\Etoc@@four@ + \or + \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname\Etoc@@five@@ + \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@\endcsname\Etoc@@five@ + \or + \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname\Etoc@@six@@ + \else + \ifnum#2=\m@ne + \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname\Etoc@@minusone@@ + \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@\endcsname\Etoc@@minusone@ + \else + \ifnum#2=-\tw@ + \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname\Etoc@@minustwo@@ + \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@\endcsname\Etoc@@minustwo@ + \else + \PackageWarning{etoc} + {unexpected value `#2' in \string\etocsetlevel.^^J% + Should be -2,-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6. Set to 6 (=ignored)}% + \expandafter\let\csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname\Etoc@@six@@ +\fi\fi\fi} +\etocsetlevel{book}{-2} +\etocsetlevel{part}{-1} +\etocsetlevel{chapter}{0} +\etocsetlevel{section}{1} +\etocsetlevel{subsection}{2} +\etocsetlevel{subsubsection}{3} +\etocsetlevel{paragraph}{4} +\etocsetlevel{subparagraph}{5} +\def\Etoc@setflags #1{% + \ifcase #1\relax + \global\Etoc@vfalse + \global\Etoc@ivfalse + \global\Etoc@iiifalse + \global\Etoc@iifalse + \global\Etoc@ifalse + \global\Etoc@true + \or + \global\Etoc@vfalse + \global\Etoc@ivfalse + \global\Etoc@iiifalse + \global\Etoc@iifalse + \global\Etoc@itrue + \or + \global\Etoc@vfalse + \global\Etoc@ivfalse + \global\Etoc@iiifalse + \global\Etoc@iitrue + \or + \global\Etoc@vfalse + \global\Etoc@ivfalse + \global\Etoc@iiitrue + \or + \global\Etoc@vfalse + \global\Etoc@ivtrue + \or + \global\Etoc@vtrue + \else + \ifnum#1=\m@ne + \global\Etoc@vfalse + \global\Etoc@ivfalse + \global\Etoc@iiifalse + \global\Etoc@iifalse + \global\Etoc@ifalse + \global\Etoc@false + \global\Etoc@jtrue + \else + \global\Etoc@vfalse + \global\Etoc@ivfalse + \global\Etoc@iiifalse + \global\Etoc@iifalse + \global\Etoc@ifalse + \global\Etoc@false + \global\Etoc@jfalse + \global\Etoc@jjtrue + \fi + \fi} +\AtBeginDocument{% +\@ifpackageloaded{parskip}{\Etoc@parskiptrue}{}% +\@ifpackageloaded{hyperref}{\Etoc@hyperreftrue + \def\Etoc@et@hop#1#2#3#4#5{#1{#3}{#4}{#5}#2}% + \long\def\Etoc@gobblesixorfive#1#2#3#4#5#6{}} + {\def\Etoc@et@hop#1#2#3#4{#1{#3}{#4}#2}% + \long\def\Etoc@gobblesixorfive#1#2#3#4#5{}}% +} +\def\Etoc@swa#1{% + \Etoc@et@hop + {\Etoc@savedcontentsline{#1}} + {\Etoc@prefix\Etoc@contents}} +\def\Etoc@swb#1{% + \Etoc@et@hop + {\Etoc@savedcontentsline{#1}} + {\Etoc@contents}} +\let\etocskipfirstprefix\@thirdofthree +\def\Etoc@etoccontentsline#1{% + \global\expandafter\let\expandafter\Etoc@tmp\csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname + \Etoc@skipthisonefalse + \let\Etoc@next\Etoc@gobblesixorfive + \ifnum\Etoc@tmp=\Etoc@@six@@ + \Etoc@skipthisonetrue + \else + \ifEtoc@localtoc + \let\Etoc@prenext\relax + \ifEtoc@stoptoc + \Etoc@skipthisonetrue + \fi + \ifnum\Etoc@tmp<\Etoc@localtop + \def\Etoc@prenext{\global\Etoc@stoptoctrue}% + \Etoc@skipthisonetrue + \fi + \ifEtoc@notactive + \def\Etoc@prenext{\Etoc@setflags{\Etoc@tmp}}% + \Etoc@skipthisonetrue + \fi + \Etoc@prenext + \fi + \fi + \ifnum\c@tocdepth<\Etoc@tmp\relax\else + \ifEtoc@skipthisone\else + \global\let\Etoc@next\relax + \ifcase\Etoc@tmp + \ifEtoc@v \Etoc@end@five\fi + \ifEtoc@iv \Etoc@end@four\fi + \ifEtoc@iii \Etoc@end@three\fi + \ifEtoc@ii \Etoc@end@two\fi + \ifEtoc@i \Etoc@end@one\fi + \ifEtoc@ \else \def\Etoc@next{\Etoc@begin@zero}\fi + \def\Etoc@contents{\Etoc@contents@zero}% + \def\Etoc@prefix{\Etoc@prefix@zero}% + \or + \ifEtoc@v \Etoc@end@five\fi + \ifEtoc@iv \Etoc@end@four\fi + \ifEtoc@iii \Etoc@end@three\fi + \ifEtoc@ii \Etoc@end@two\fi + \ifEtoc@i \else \def\Etoc@next{\Etoc@begin@one}\fi + \def\Etoc@contents{\Etoc@contents@one}% + \def\Etoc@prefix{\Etoc@prefix@one}% + \or + \ifEtoc@v \Etoc@end@five\fi + \ifEtoc@iv \Etoc@end@four\fi + \ifEtoc@iii \Etoc@end@three\fi + \ifEtoc@ii \else \def\Etoc@next{\Etoc@begin@two}\fi + \def\Etoc@contents{\Etoc@contents@two}% + \def\Etoc@prefix{\Etoc@prefix@two}% + \or + \ifEtoc@v \Etoc@end@five\fi + \ifEtoc@iv \Etoc@end@four\fi + \ifEtoc@iii \else \def\Etoc@next{\Etoc@begin@three}\fi + \def\Etoc@contents{\Etoc@contents@three}% + \def\Etoc@prefix{\Etoc@prefix@three}% + \or + \ifEtoc@v \Etoc@end@five\fi + \ifEtoc@iv \else \def\Etoc@next{\Etoc@begin@four}\fi + \def\Etoc@contents{\Etoc@contents@four}% + \def\Etoc@prefix{\Etoc@prefix@four}% + \or + \ifEtoc@v \else \def\Etoc@next{\Etoc@begin@five}\fi + \def\Etoc@contents{\Etoc@contents@five}% + \def\Etoc@prefix{\Etoc@prefix@five}% + \else + \ifnum\Etoc@tmp=\m@ne + \ifEtoc@v \Etoc@end@five\fi + \ifEtoc@iv \Etoc@end@four\fi + \ifEtoc@iii \Etoc@end@three\fi + \ifEtoc@ii \Etoc@end@two\fi + \ifEtoc@i \Etoc@end@one\fi + \ifEtoc@ \Etoc@end@zero\fi + \ifEtoc@j \else \def\Etoc@next{\Etoc@begin@minusone}\fi + \def\Etoc@contents{\Etoc@contents@minusone}% + \def\Etoc@prefix{\Etoc@prefix@minusone}% + \else + \ifEtoc@v \Etoc@end@five\fi + \ifEtoc@iv \Etoc@end@four\fi + \ifEtoc@iii \Etoc@end@three\fi + \ifEtoc@ii \Etoc@end@two\fi + \ifEtoc@i \Etoc@end@one\fi + \ifEtoc@ \Etoc@end@zero\fi + \ifEtoc@j \Etoc@end@minusone\fi + \ifEtoc@jj \else \def\Etoc@next{\Etoc@begin@minustwo}\fi + \def\Etoc@contents{\Etoc@contents@minustwo}% + \def\Etoc@prefix{\Etoc@prefix@minustwo}% + \fi + \fi + \ifnum\Etoc@tmp=\m@ne\Etoc@parttrue\else\Etoc@partfalse\fi + \Etoc@setflags{\Etoc@tmp}% + \fi\fi + \Etoc@next + \@firstoftwo{\Etoc@swa{#1}}{\Etoc@swb{#1}}} +\def\Etoc@lxyz #1#2{% + \@namedef {etoclink }{\leavevmode}% fall-back + \def\etocthelink {}% fall-back + \@namedef {etocname }{\leavevmode #1}% fall-back (perhaps linked) + \def\etocthename {#1}% (if link, will be removed later) + \def\etocthelinkedname {#1}% will probably get redefined + \@namedef {etocpage }{\leavevmode #2}% (perhaps linked) + \Etoc@getthepage #2\etoc@ % defines also \etocthelinkedpage (and \etoclink) + \Etoc@getnb #1\relax\relax\etoc@ % gets number *and* name, and \etoclink + \ifEtoc@number\else + \ifEtoc@part + \Etoc@getit #1\hspace\relax\etoc@ % additional job for parts + \fi + \fi} +\def\Etoc@getthepage #1{% + \let\Etoc@next\Etoc@getthepage@nohyp + \ifEtoc@hyperref\ifx #1\hyper@linkstart + \let\Etoc@next\Etoc@getthepage@hyp + \fi\fi + \Etoc@next #1% +} +\def\Etoc@getthepage@nohyp #1\etoc@ {% + \def\etocthepage {#1}% + \def\etocthelinkedpage {#1}% +} +\def\Etoc@getthepage@hyp #1#2#3#4#5\etoc@ {% + \@namedef{etoclink } ##1{\leavevmode #1{#2}{#3}{##1}#5}% + \edef\etocthelink ##1{\noexpand\hyperlink {#3}{##1}}% + \def\etocthepage {#4}% + \toks@ {#4}% + \edef\etocthelinkedpage {\noexpand\hyperlink {#3}{\the\toks@}}% +} +\def\Etoc@getnb #1{% + \let\Etoc@next\Etoc@getnb@nohyp + \ifEtoc@hyperref\ifx #1\hyper@linkstart + \let\Etoc@next\Etoc@getnb@hyp + \fi\fi + \Etoc@next #1% +} +\def\Etoc@getit #1{% + \let\Etoc@next\Etoc@getit@nohyp + \ifEtoc@hyperref\ifx #1\hyper@linkstart + \let\Etoc@next\Etoc@getit@hyp + \fi\fi + \Etoc@next #1% +} +\def\Etoc@getnb@nohyp #1#2#3\etoc@ {% + \def\Etoc@getname ##1\relax\relax\etoc@ {% + \@namedef {etocname }{\leavevmode ##1}% + \def\etocthename {##1}% + \def\etocthelinkedname {##1}% + }% + \ifx #1\numberline + \@namedef {etocnumber }{\leavevmode #2}% + \def\etocthenumber {#2}% + \def\etocthelinkednumber {#2}% + \Etoc@numbertrue + \Etoc@getname #3\etoc@ + \else % then \etocthename and \etocthelinkedname already defined + \@namedef {etocnumber }{\leavevmode}% + \def\etocthenumber {}% + \def\etocthelinkednumber {}% + \Etoc@numberfalse + \fi +} +\def\Etoc@getnb@hyp #1#2#3#4#5#6\etoc@ {% + \def\Etoc@getname ##1\relax\relax\etoc@ {% + \@namedef {etocname }{\leavevmode #1{#2}{#3}{##1}#5}% + \def\etocthename {##1}% + \toks@ {##1}% + \edef\etocthelinkedname {\noexpand\hyperlink {#3}{\the\toks@}}% + }% + \def\Etoc@getnbr ##1##2##3\etoc@ {% + \ifx ##1\numberline + \@namedef {etocnumber }{\leavevmode #1{#2}{#3}{##2}#5}% + \def\etocthenumber {##2}% + \toks@ {##2}% + \edef\etocthelinkednumber {\noexpand\hyperlink {#3}{\the\toks@}}% + \Etoc@numbertrue + \Etoc@getname ##3\etoc@ + \else + \@namedef {etocnumber }{\leavevmode}% + \def\etocthenumber {}% + \def\etocthelinkednumber {}% + \Etoc@numberfalse + \def\etocthename {#4}% + \toks@ {#4}% + \edef\etocthelinkedname {\noexpand\hyperlink {#3}{\the\toks@}}% + \fi + }% + \@namedef {etoclink }##1{\leavevmode #1{#2}{#3}{##1}#5}% + \edef\etocthelink ##1{\noexpand\hyperlink {#3}{##1}}% + \Etoc@getnbr #4\relax\relax\etoc@ +} +\def\Etoc@getit@nohyp #1\hspace#2#3\etoc@ {% + \def\Etoc@getname ##1\hspace\relax\etoc@ {% + \@namedef {etocname }{\leavevmode ##1}% + \def\etocthename {##1}% + \def\etocthelinkedname {##1}% + }% + \ifx\relax#2\else + \@namedef {etocnumber }{\leavevmode #1}% + \def\etocthenumber {#1}% + \def\etocthelinkednumber {#1}% + \Etoc@numbertrue + \Etoc@getname #3\etoc@ + \fi +} +\def\Etoc@getit@hyp #1#2#3#4#5#6\etoc@ {% + \def\Etoc@getname ##1\hspace\relax\etoc@ {% + \@namedef {etocname }{\leavevmode #1{#2}{#3}{##1}#5}% + \def\etocthename {##1}% + \toks@ {##1}% + \edef\etocthelinkedname {\noexpand\hyperlink {#3}{\the\toks@}}% + }% + \def\Etoc@getnbr ##1\hspace##2##3\etoc@ {% + \ifx\relax##2\else + \@namedef {etocnumber }{\leavevmode #1{#2}{#3}{##1}#5}% + \def\etocthenumber {##1}% + \toks@ {##1}% + \edef\etocthelinkednumber {\noexpand\hyperlink {#3}{\the\toks@}}% + \Etoc@numbertrue + \Etoc@getname ##3\etoc@ + \fi + }% + \Etoc@getnbr #4\hspace\relax\etoc@ +} +\newcommand*\etocthename {} +\newcommand*\etocthenumber {} +\newcommand*\etocthepage {} +\newcommand*\etocthelinkedname {} +\newcommand*\etocthelinkednumber {} +\newcommand*\etocthelinkedpage {} +\newcommand*\etocthelink {} +\DeclareRobustCommand*{\etocname} {} +\DeclareRobustCommand*{\etocnumber}{} +\DeclareRobustCommand*{\etocpage} {} +\DeclareRobustCommand*{\etoclink} {} +\DeclareRobustCommand*{\etocifnumbered} + {\ifEtoc@number\expandafter\@firstoftwo\else\expandafter\@secondoftwo\fi} +\def\Etoc@readtoc#1{% + \ifeof #1 + \let\Etoc@nextread\@gobble + \global\Etoc@toctoks=\expandafter{\the\Etoc@toctoks}% + \else + \let\Etoc@nextread\Etoc@readtoc + \read #1 to \Etoc@buffer + \Etoc@toctoks=\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter + {\expandafter\the\expandafter\Etoc@toctoks\Etoc@buffer}% + \fi + \Etoc@nextread{#1}% +} +\IfFileExists{\jobname .toc} + {{\endlinechar=-1 + \makeatletter + \newread\Etoc@tf + \openin\Etoc@tf\@filef@und + \Etoc@readtoc\Etoc@tf + \closein\Etoc@tf}} + {\typeout{No file \jobname .toc.}} +\def\Etoc@openouttoc{% formerly \Etoc@starttoc +%% 1.07d: parskip and \@nobreakfalse stuff moved to \Etoc@tableofcontents + \ifEtoc@hyperref + \ifx\hyper@last\@undefined + \IfFileExists{\jobname .toc} + {\Hy@WarningNoLine + {old toc file detected, not used; run LaTeX again (cheers from etoc)}% + \global\Etoc@toctoks={}% + } + {}% + \fi + \fi + \if@filesw + \newwrite \tf@toc + \immediate \openout \tf@toc \jobname .toc\relax + \fi + \gdef\Etoc@openouttoc{}% 1.07d, rather than using a boolean +} +\def\Etoc@toctoc{% + \global\Etoc@vfalse + \global\Etoc@ivfalse + \global\Etoc@iiifalse + \global\Etoc@iifalse + \global\Etoc@ifalse + \global\Etoc@false + \global\Etoc@jfalse + \global\Etoc@jjfalse +\ifEtoc@standard + \etoc@setstyle{@minustwo}{}{}{}{}% + \etoc@setstyle{@minusone}{}{}{}{}% + \etoc@setstyle{@zero}{}{}{}{}% + \etoc@setstyle{@one}{}{}{}{}% + \etoc@setstyle{@two}{}{}{}{}% + \etoc@setstyle{@three}{}{}{}{}% + \etoc@setstyle{@four}{}{}{}{}% + \etoc@setstyle{@five}{}{}{}{}% +\else + \def\Etoc@levellist@elt##1{\let##1\Etoc@lxyz}% + \Etoc@levellist + \let\booknumberline\numberline + \let\partnumberline\numberline + \let\chapternumberline\numberline +\fi +\the\Etoc@toctoks +\ifEtoc@notactive\else + \ifEtoc@v \Etoc@end@five\fi + \ifEtoc@iv \Etoc@end@four\fi + \ifEtoc@iii \Etoc@end@three\fi + \ifEtoc@ii \Etoc@end@two\fi + \ifEtoc@i \Etoc@end@one\fi + \ifEtoc@ \Etoc@end@zero\fi + \ifEtoc@j \Etoc@end@minusone\fi + \ifEtoc@jj \Etoc@end@minustwo\fi +\fi} +\def\etoc@@startlocaltoc#1#2{% +\let\Etoc@next\relax + \ifEtoc@localtoc + \ifEtoc@notactive + \ifnum #1=#2\relax + \ifEtoc@jj \let\Etoc@localtop\Etoc@@minusone@@ \fi + \ifEtoc@j \let\Etoc@localtop\Etoc@@zero@@ \fi + \ifEtoc@ \let\Etoc@localtop\Etoc@@one@@ \fi + \ifEtoc@i \let\Etoc@localtop\Etoc@@two@@ \fi + \ifEtoc@ii \let\Etoc@localtop\Etoc@@three@@ \fi + \ifEtoc@iii \let\Etoc@localtop\Etoc@@four@@ \fi + \ifEtoc@iv \let\Etoc@localtop\Etoc@@five@@ \fi + \ifEtoc@v \let\Etoc@localtop\Etoc@@six@@ \fi + \def\Etoc@next{\global\Etoc@notactivefalse + \global\Etoc@vfalse + \global\Etoc@ivfalse + \global\Etoc@iiifalse + \global\Etoc@iifalse + \global\Etoc@ifalse + \global\Etoc@false + \global\Etoc@jfalse + \global\Etoc@jjfalse}% + \fi + \fi\fi +\Etoc@next} +\let\etoc@startlocaltoc\@gobble +\def\Etoc@localtableofcontents#1{% + \edef\Etoc@tmp{#1}% + \ifnum\Etoc@tmp<\@ne + \PackageWarning{etoc} + {Unknown toc id: run LaTeX to get references right}% + \leavevmode --unknown etoc ref: run latex again--\par + \let\Etoc@next\@gobble\else\let\Etoc@next\@firstofone\fi + \Etoc@next + {\edef\etoc@startlocaltoc##1{% + \noexpand\etoc@@startlocaltoc{##1}{#1}} + \Etoc@localtoctrue + \let\Etoc@localtop\Etoc@@minustwo@@ + \global\Etoc@stoptocfalse + \global\Etoc@notactivetrue + \Etoc@tableofcontents}% + \endgroup\ifEtoc@mustclosegroup\endgroup\fi} +\def\Etoc@getrefno #1#2\etoc@ {#1} +\def\Etoc@getref #1{\@ifundefined{r@#1}{0}{\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter + \Etoc@getrefno\csname r@#1\endcsname\relax\etoc@}} +\def\Etoc@ref#1{\Etoc@localtableofcontents{\Etoc@getref{#1}}} +\def\Etoc@label#1{\label{#1}\futurelet\Etoc@nexttoken\Etoc@t@bleofcontents} +\@firstofone{\def\Etoc@again} {\futurelet\Etoc@nexttoken\Etoc@t@bleofcontents} +\def\Etoc@t@bleofcontents{% + \ifx\Etoc@nexttoken\label + \def\Etoc@next{\expandafter\Etoc@label\@gobble}\else + \ifx\Etoc@nexttoken\@sptoken + \let\Etoc@next\Etoc@again\else + \ifEtoc@tocwithid + \def\Etoc@next{\Etoc@localtableofcontents{\c@etoc@tocid}}% + \else + \ifx\Etoc@nexttoken\ref + \def\Etoc@next{\expandafter\Etoc@ref\@gobble}% + \else + \def\Etoc@next{\Etoc@localtocfalse + \global\Etoc@notactivefalse + \Etoc@tableofcontents + \endgroup + \ifEtoc@mustclosegroup\endgroup\fi}% + \fi + \fi\fi\fi\Etoc@next} +\def\table@fcontents{% + \refstepcounter{etoc@tocid}% + \Etoc@tocwithidfalse + \futurelet\Etoc@nexttoken\Etoc@t@bleofcontents} +\def\localtable@fcontents{% + \refstepcounter{etoc@tocid}% + \addtocontents{toc} + {\string\etoc@startlocaltoc{\arabic{etoc@tocid}}}% + \Etoc@tocwithidtrue + \futurelet\Etoc@nexttoken\Etoc@t@bleofcontents} +\newcommand*\etocaftertitlehook{} +\newcommand*\etocaftercontentshook{} +\renewcommand*\tableofcontents{% + \Etoc@openouttoc + \Etoc@par + \begingroup % closed in \Etoc@t@bleofcontents or \Etoc@localtableofcontents + \def\etoc@startlocaltoc##1{\etoc@@startlocaltoc{##1}{\c@etoc@tocid}}% + \@ifstar + {\def\Etoc@aftertitlehook{}\table@fcontents} + {\let\Etoc@aftertitlehook\etocaftertitlehook\table@fcontents}} +\newcommand*\localtableofcontents{% + \Etoc@openouttoc + \Etoc@par + \begingroup % closed in \Etoc@t@bleofcontents or \Etoc@localtableofcontents + \@ifstar + {\def\Etoc@aftertitlehook{}\localtable@fcontents} + {\let\Etoc@aftertitlehook\etocaftertitlehook\localtable@fcontents}} +\newcommand\etocsettocstyle[2]{% +\def\Etoc@tableofcontents +{\ifnum\c@tocdepth>\Etoc@minf + \let\Etoc@@next\@firstofone\else + \let\Etoc@@next\@gobble +\fi +\Etoc@@next{#1\ifEtoc@parskip\parskip\z@skip\fi %1.07d + \Etoc@aftertitlehook + \let\Etoc@savedcontentsline\contentsline + \let\contentsline\Etoc@etoccontentsline + \Etoc@toctoc + \let\Etoc@@next\relax + \ifEtoc@tocwithid\else + \ifEtoc@localtoc + \ifEtoc@notactive + \def\Etoc@@next{\Etoc@localtocfalse + \global\Etoc@notactivefalse + \Etoc@toctoc}% + \fi\fi\fi + \Etoc@@next + \etocaftercontentshook + #2\@nobreakfalse}}} % 1.07d: \@nobreakfalse moved here +\newcommand*\etocsetstyle{\Etoc@standardfalse\etoc@setstyle} +\long\def\etoc@setstyle#1#2#3#4#5{% +\long\expandafter\def + \csname Etoc@begin@\csname Etoc@#1@\endcsname\endcsname {#2}% +\long\expandafter\def + \csname Etoc@prefix@\csname Etoc@#1@\endcsname\endcsname {#3}% +\long\expandafter\def + \csname Etoc@contents@\csname Etoc@#1@\endcsname\endcsname {#4}% +\long\expandafter\def + \csname Etoc@end@\csname Etoc@#1@\endcsname\endcsname {#5}} +\newcommand*\etocfontminustwo {\normalfont \LARGE \bfseries} +\newcommand*\etocfontminusone {\normalfont \large \bfseries} +\newcommand*\etocfontzero {\normalfont \large \bfseries} +\newcommand*\etocfontone {\normalfont \normalsize \bfseries} +\newcommand*\etocfonttwo {\normalfont \normalsize} +\newcommand*\etocfontthree {\normalfont \footnotesize} +\newcommand*\etocsepminustwo {4ex \@plus .5ex \@minus .5ex} +\newcommand*\etocsepminusone {4ex \@plus .5ex \@minus .5ex} +\newcommand*\etocsepzero {2.5ex \@plus .4ex \@minus .4ex} +\newcommand*\etocsepone {1.5ex \@plus .3ex \@minus .3ex} +%%\newcommand*\etocseptwo{1ex \@plus .15ex \@minus .15ex} % modified in 1.07e +\newcommand*\etocseptwo {.5ex \@plus .1ex \@minus .1ex} +\newcommand*\etocsepthree {.25ex \@plus .05ex \@minus .05ex} +\newcommand*\etocbaselinespreadminustwo {1} +\newcommand*\etocbaselinespreadminusone {1} +\newcommand*\etocbaselinespreadzero {1} +\newcommand*\etocbaselinespreadone {1} +\newcommand*\etocbaselinespreadtwo {1} +\newcommand*\etocbaselinespreadthree {.9} +\newcommand*\etocminustwoleftmargin {1.5em plus 0.5fil} +\newcommand*\etocminustworightmargin {1.5em plus -0.5fil} +\newcommand*\etocminusoneleftmargin {1em} +\newcommand*\etocminusonerightmargin {1em} +\newcommand*\etoctoclineleaders + {\hbox{\normalfont\normalsize\hb@xt@2ex {\hss.\hss}}} +\newcommand*\etocabbrevpagename {p.~} +\newcommand*\etocpartname {\partname} +\newcommand*\etocbookname {Book} +\def\etocdefaultlines{\Etoc@standardfalse +%% `book' in memoir class: +\etoc@setstyle{@minustwo} + {\addpenalty\@M\etocskipfirstprefix} + {\addpenalty\@secpenalty} + {\begingroup + \etocfontminustwo + \addvspace{\etocsepminustwo}% + \parindent \z@ + \leftskip \etocminustwoleftmargin + \rightskip \etocminustworightmargin + \parfillskip \@flushglue + \vbox{\etocifnumbered{\etocbookname\enspace\etocnumber:\quad}{}\etocname + \baselineskip\etocbaselinespreadminustwo\baselineskip + \par}% + \addpenalty\@M\addvspace{\etocsepminusone}% + \endgroup} + {}% +%% `part': +\etoc@setstyle{@minusone} + {\addpenalty\@M\etocskipfirstprefix} + {\addpenalty\@secpenalty} + {\begingroup + \etocfontminusone + \addvspace{\etocsepminusone}% + \parindent \z@ + \leftskip \etocminusoneleftmargin + \rightskip \etocminusonerightmargin + \parfillskip \@flushglue + \vbox{\etocifnumbered{\etocpartname\enspace\etocnumber.\quad}{}\etocname + \baselineskip\etocbaselinespreadminusone\baselineskip + \par}% + \addpenalty\@M\addvspace{\etocsepzero}% + \endgroup} + {}% +%% `chapter': +\etoc@setstyle{@zero} + {\addpenalty\@M\etocskipfirstprefix} + {\addpenalty\@itempenalty} + {\begingroup + \etocfontzero + \addvspace{\etocsepzero}% + \parindent \z@ \parfillskip \@flushglue + \vbox{\etocifnumbered{\etocnumber.\enspace}{}\etocname + \baselineskip\etocbaselinespreadzero\baselineskip + \par}% + \endgroup} + {\addpenalty{-\@highpenalty}\addvspace{\etocsepminusone}}% +%% `section': +\etoc@setstyle{@one} + {\addpenalty\@M\etocskipfirstprefix} + {\addpenalty\@itempenalty} + {\begingroup + \etocfontone + \addvspace{\etocsepone}% + \parindent \z@ \parfillskip \z@ + \setbox\z@\vbox{\parfillskip\@flushglue + \etocname\par + \setbox\tw@\lastbox + \global\setbox\@ne\hbox{\unhbox\tw@\ }}% + \dimen\z@=\wd\@ne + \setbox\z@=\etoctoclineleaders + \advance\dimen\z@\wd\z@ + \etocifnumbered + {\setbox\tw@\hbox{\etocnumber, \etocabbrevpagename\etocpage}} + {\setbox\tw@\hbox{\etocabbrevpagename\etocpage}}% + \advance\dimen\z@\wd\tw@ + \ifdim\dimen\z@ < \linewidth + \vbox{\etocname~% + \leaders\box\z@\hfil\box\tw@ + \baselineskip\etocbaselinespreadone\baselineskip + \par} + \else + \vbox{\etocname~% + \leaders\copy\z@\hfil\break + \hbox{}\leaders\box\z@\hfil\box\tw@ + \baselineskip\etocbaselinespreadone\baselineskip + \par} + \fi + \endgroup} + {\addpenalty\@secpenalty\addvspace{\etocsepzero}}% +%% `subsection': +\etoc@setstyle{@two} + {\addpenalty\@medpenalty\etocskipfirstprefix} + {\addpenalty\@itempenalty} + {\begingroup + \etocfonttwo + \addvspace{\etocseptwo}% + \parindent \z@ \parfillskip \z@ + \setbox\z@\vbox{\parfillskip\@flushglue + \etocname\par\setbox\tw@\lastbox + \global\setbox\@ne\hbox{\unhbox\tw@}}% + \dimen\z@=\wd\@ne + \setbox\z@=\etoctoclineleaders + \advance\dimen\z@\wd\z@ + \etocifnumbered + {\setbox\tw@\hbox{\etocnumber, \etocabbrevpagename\etocpage}} + {\setbox\tw@\hbox{\etocabbrevpagename\etocpage}}% + \advance\dimen\z@\wd\tw@ + \ifdim\dimen\z@ < \linewidth + \vbox{\etocname~% + \leaders\box\z@\hfil\box\tw@ + \baselineskip\etocbaselinespreadtwo\baselineskip + \par} + \else + \vbox{\etocname~% + \leaders\copy\z@\hfil\break + \hbox{}\leaders\box\z@\hfil\box\tw@ + \baselineskip\etocbaselinespreadtwo\baselineskip + \par} + \fi + \endgroup} + {\addpenalty\@secpenalty\addvspace{\etocsepone}}% +%% `subsubsection': +\etoc@setstyle{@three} + {\addpenalty\@M + \etocfontthree + \vspace{\etocsepthree}% + \noindent + \etocskipfirstprefix} + {\allowbreak\,--\,} + {\etocname} + {.\hfil + \begingroup + \baselineskip\etocbaselinespreadthree\baselineskip + \par + \endgroup + \addpenalty{-\@highpenalty}}% +\etoc@setstyle{@four}{}{}{}{}% +\etoc@setstyle{@five}{}{}{}{}% +} +\newcommand*\etocabovetocskip{3.5ex \@plus 1ex \@minus .2ex} +\newcommand*\etocbelowtocskip{3.5ex \@plus 1ex \@minus .2ex} +\newcommand*\etoccolumnsep{2em} +\newcommand*\etocmulticolsep{0ex} +\newcommand*\etocmulticolpretolerance{-1} +\newcommand*\etocmulticoltolerance{200} +\newcommand*\etocdefaultnbcol{2} +\newcommand*\etocinnertopsep{2ex} +\newcommand\etocmulticolstyle[2][\etocdefaultnbcol]{% +\etocsettocstyle + {\let\etocoldpar\par + \addvspace{\etocabovetocskip}% + \ifnum #1>\@ne\let\Etoc@next\@firstoftwo + \else \let\Etoc@next\@secondoftwo\fi + \Etoc@next{% + \multicolpretolerance\etocmulticolpretolerance + \multicoltolerance\etocmulticoltolerance + \setlength{\columnsep}{\etoccolumnsep}% + \setlength{\multicolsep}{\etocmulticolsep}% + \begin{multicols}{#1}[#2\etocoldpar\addvspace{\etocinnertopsep}]} + {#2\par\addvspace{\etocinnertopsep}% + \pretolerance\etocmulticolpretolerance + \tolerance\etocmulticoltolerance}} + {\ifnum #1>\@ne\let\Etoc@next\@firstofone + \else \let\Etoc@next\@gobble\fi + \Etoc@next{\end{multicols}}% + \addvspace{\etocbelowtocskip}}} +\newcommand*\etocinnerbottomsep{3.5ex} +\newcommand*\etocinnerleftsep{2em} +\newcommand*\etocinnerrightsep{2em} +\newcommand*\etoctoprule{\hrule} +\newcommand*\etocleftrule{\vrule} +\newcommand*\etocrightrule{\vrule} +\newcommand*\etocbottomrule{\hrule} +\newcommand*\etoctoprulecolorcmd{\relax} +\newcommand*\etocbottomrulecolorcmd{\relax} +\newcommand*\etocleftrulecolorcmd{\relax} +\newcommand*\etocrightrulecolorcmd{\relax} +\def\etoc@ruledheading #1{% + \hb@xt@\linewidth{\color@begingroup + \hss #1\hss\hskip-\linewidth + \etoctoprulecolorcmd\leaders\etoctoprule\hss + \phantom{#1}% + \leaders\etoctoprule\hss\color@endgroup}% + \nointerlineskip\vskip\etocinnertopsep} +\newcommand*\etocruledstyle[2][\etocdefaultnbcol]{% +\etocsettocstyle + {\addvspace{\etocabovetocskip}% + \ifnum #1>\@ne\let\Etoc@next\@firstoftwo + \else \let\Etoc@next\@secondoftwo\fi + \Etoc@next + {\multicolpretolerance\etocmulticolpretolerance + \multicoltolerance\etocmulticoltolerance + \setlength{\columnsep}{\etoccolumnsep}% + \setlength{\multicolsep}{\etocmulticolsep}% + \begin{multicols}{#1}[\etoc@ruledheading{#2}]} + {\etoc@ruledheading{#2}\nobreak + \pretolerance\etocmulticolpretolerance + \tolerance\etocmulticoltolerance}} + {\ifnum #1>\@ne\let\Etoc@next\@firstofone + \else \let\Etoc@next\@gobble\fi + \Etoc@next{\end{multicols}}% + \addvspace{\etocbelowtocskip}}} +\newcommand\etocframedmphook{\relax} +\newcommand*\etocbkgcolorcmd{\relax} +\def\Etoc@relax{\relax} +\newbox\etoc@framed@titlebox +\newbox\etoc@framed@contentsbox +\newcommand*\etocframedstyle[2][\etocdefaultnbcol]{% +\etocsettocstyle{% + \addvspace{\etocabovetocskip}% + \sbox\z@{#2}% + \dimen\z@\dp\z@ + \ifdim\wd\z@<\linewidth \dp\z@\z@ \else \dimen\z@\z@ \fi + \setbox\etoc@framed@titlebox=\hb@xt@\linewidth{\color@begingroup + \hss + \ifx\etocbkgcolorcmd\Etoc@relax\else + \sbox\tw@{\color{white}% + \vrule\@width\wd\z@\@height\ht\z@\@depth\dimen\z@}% + \ifdim\wd\z@<\linewidth \dp\tw@\z@\fi + \box\tw@ + \hskip-\wd\z@ + \fi + \copy\z@ + \hss + \hskip-\linewidth + \etoctoprulecolorcmd\leaders\etoctoprule\hss% + \hskip\wd\z@ + \etoctoprulecolorcmd\leaders\etoctoprule\hss\color@endgroup}% + \setbox\z@\hbox{\etocleftrule\etocrightrule}% + \dimen\tw@\linewidth\advance\dimen\tw@-\wd\z@ + \advance\dimen\tw@-\etocinnerleftsep + \advance\dimen\tw@-\etocinnerrightsep + \setbox\etoc@framed@contentsbox=\vbox\bgroup + \hsize\dimen\tw@ + \kern\dimen\z@ + \vskip\etocinnertopsep + \hbox\bgroup + \begin{minipage}{\hsize}% + \etocframedmphook + \ifnum #1>\@ne\let\Etoc@next\@firstoftwo + \else \let\Etoc@next\@secondoftwo\fi + \Etoc@next + {\multicolpretolerance\etocmulticolpretolerance + \multicoltolerance\etocmulticoltolerance + \setlength{\columnsep}{\etoccolumnsep}% + \setlength{\multicolsep}{\etocmulticolsep}% + \begin{multicols}{#1}} + {\pretolerance\etocmulticolpretolerance + \tolerance\etocmulticoltolerance}} + {\ifnum #1>\@ne\let\Etoc@next\@firstofone + \else \let\Etoc@next\@gobble\fi + \Etoc@next{\end{multicols}\unskip}% + \end{minipage}% + \egroup + \vskip\etocinnerbottomsep + \egroup + \vbox{\hsize\linewidth + \ifx\etocbkgcolorcmd\Etoc@relax\else + \kern\ht\etoc@framed@titlebox + \kern\dp\etoc@framed@titlebox + \hb@xt@\linewidth{\color@begingroup + \etocleftrulecolorcmd\etocleftrule + \etocbkgcolorcmd + \leaders\vrule + \@height\ht\etoc@framed@contentsbox + \@depth\dp\etoc@framed@contentsbox + \hss + \etocrightrulecolorcmd\etocrightrule + \color@endgroup}\nointerlineskip + \vskip-\dp\etoc@framed@contentsbox + \vskip-\ht\etoc@framed@contentsbox + \vskip-\dp\etoc@framed@titlebox + \vskip-\ht\etoc@framed@titlebox + \fi + \box\etoc@framed@titlebox\nointerlineskip + \hb@xt@\linewidth{\color@begingroup + {\etocleftrulecolorcmd\etocleftrule}% + \hss\box\etoc@framed@contentsbox\hss + \etocrightrulecolorcmd\etocrightrule\color@endgroup} + \nointerlineskip + \vskip\ht\etoc@framed@contentsbox + \vskip\dp\etoc@framed@contentsbox + \hb@xt@\linewidth{\color@begingroup\etocbottomrulecolorcmd + \leaders\etocbottomrule\hss\color@endgroup}} + \addvspace{\etocbelowtocskip}}} +\newcommand\etoc@multicoltoc[2][\etocdefaultnbcol]{% + \etocmulticolstyle[#1]{#2}% + \tableofcontents} +\newcommand\etoc@multicoltoci[2][\etocdefaultnbcol]{% + \etocmulticolstyle[#1]{#2}% + \tableofcontents*} +\newcommand\etoc@local@multicoltoc[2][\etocdefaultnbcol]{% + \etocmulticolstyle[#1]{#2}% + \localtableofcontents} +\newcommand\etoc@local@multicoltoci[2][\etocdefaultnbcol]{% + \etocmulticolstyle[#1]{#2}% + \localtableofcontents*} +\newcommand*\etoc@ruledtoc[2][\etocdefaultnbcol]{% + \etocruledstyle[#1]{#2}% + \tableofcontents} +\newcommand*\etoc@ruledtoci[2][\etocdefaultnbcol]{% + \etocruledstyle[#1]{#2}% + \tableofcontents*} +\newcommand*\etoc@local@ruledtoc[2][\etocdefaultnbcol]{% + \etocruledstyle[#1]{#2}% + \localtableofcontents} +\newcommand*\etoc@local@ruledtoci[2][\etocdefaultnbcol]{% + \etocruledstyle[#1]{#2}% + \localtableofcontents*} +\newcommand*\etoc@framedtoc[2][\etocdefaultnbcol]{% + \etocframedstyle[#1]{#2}% + \tableofcontents} +\newcommand*\etoc@framedtoci[2][\etocdefaultnbcol]{% + \etocframedstyle[#1]{#2}% + \tableofcontents*} +\newcommand*\etoc@local@framedtoc[2][\etocdefaultnbcol]{% + \etocframedstyle[#1]{#2}% + \localtableofcontents} +\newcommand*\etoc@local@framedtoci[2][\etocdefaultnbcol]{% + \etocframedstyle[#1]{#2}% + \localtableofcontents*} +\def\etocmulticol{\begingroup + \Etoc@mustclosegrouptrue + \@ifstar + {\etoc@multicoltoci} + {\etoc@multicoltoc}} +\def\etocruled{\begingroup + \Etoc@mustclosegrouptrue + \@ifstar + {\etoc@ruledtoci} + {\etoc@ruledtoc}} +\def\etocframed{\begingroup + \Etoc@mustclosegrouptrue + \@ifstar + {\etoc@framedtoci} + {\etoc@framedtoc}} +\def\etoclocalmulticol{\begingroup + \Etoc@mustclosegrouptrue + \@ifstar + {\etoc@local@multicoltoci} + {\etoc@local@multicoltoc}} +\def\etoclocalruled{\begingroup + \Etoc@mustclosegrouptrue + \@ifstar + {\etoc@local@ruledtoci} + {\etoc@local@ruledtoc}} +\def\etoclocalframed{\begingroup + \Etoc@mustclosegrouptrue + \@ifstar + {\etoc@local@framedtoci} + {\etoc@local@framedtoc}} +\def\etocarticlestyle{% + \etocsettocstyle + {\section *{\contentsname + \@mkboth {\MakeUppercase \contentsname} + {\MakeUppercase \contentsname}}} + {}} +\def\etocarticlestylenomarks{% + \etocsettocstyle + {\section *{\contentsname}} + {}} +\def\etocbookstyle{% + \etocsettocstyle + {\if@twocolumn \@restonecoltrue \onecolumn \else \@restonecolfalse \fi + \chapter *{\contentsname + \@mkboth {\MakeUppercase \contentsname} + {\MakeUppercase \contentsname}}} + {\if@restonecol \twocolumn \fi}} +\def\etocbookstylenomarks{% + \etocsettocstyle + {\if@twocolumn \@restonecoltrue \onecolumn \else \@restonecolfalse \fi + \chapter *{\contentsname}} + {\if@restonecol \twocolumn \fi}} +\let\etocreportstyle\etocbookstyle +\let\etocreportstylenomarks\etocbookstylenomarks +\def\etocmemoirtoctotocfmt #1#2{% + \def\Etoc@addsuitablecontentsline{\addcontentsline {toc}{#1}{#2}}% + \renewcommand*\etocaftertitlehook{% + \ifmem@em@starred@listof + \else\phantomsection\aftergroup\Etoc@addsuitablecontentsline\fi}} +\def\etocmemoirstyle{% + \etocsettocstyle + {\ensureonecol \par \begingroup \@nameuse {@tocmaketitle} + \Etoc@aftertitlehook\let\Etoc@aftertitlehook\relax + \parskip \cftparskip \@nameuse {cfttocbeforelisthook}} + {\@nameuse {cfttocafterlisthook}\endgroup\restorefromonecol}} +\def\etocscrartclstyle{% + \etocsettocstyle + {\let\if@dynlist\if@tocleft + \iftocfeature {toc}{onecolumn} + {\iftocfeature {toc}{leveldown} + {} + {\if@twocolumn \aftergroup \twocolumn \onecolumn \fi }} + {}% + \tocbasic@listhead {\listoftocname}% + \begingroup \expandafter \expandafter \expandafter + \endgroup \expandafter + \ifx + \csname microtypesetup\endcsname \relax + \else + \iftocfeature {toc}{noprotrusion}{} + {\microtypesetup {protrusion=false}% + \PackageInfo {tocbasic}% + {character protrusion at toc deactivated}}% + \fi + \setlength {\parskip }{\z@ }% + \setlength {\parindent }{\z@ }% + \setlength {\parfillskip }{\z@ \@plus 1fil}% + \csname tocbasic@@before@hook\endcsname + \csname tb@toc@before@hook\endcsname} + {\csname tb@toc@after@hook\endcsname + \csname tocbasic@@after@hook\endcsname}} +\let\etocscrbookstyle\etocscrartclstyle +\let\etocscrreprtstyle\etocscrartclstyle +\newcommand*\etocstandarddisplaystyle{\etocarticlestyle} +\newcommand*\etocmarkboth[1]{% + \@mkboth{\MakeUppercase{#1}}{\MakeUppercase{#1}}} +\newcommand*\etocmarkbothnouc[1]{\@mkboth{#1}{#1}} +\newcommand\etoctocstyle[3][section]{\etocmulticolstyle[#2]% + {\csname #1\endcsname *{#3}}} +\newcommand\etoctocstylewithmarks[4][section]{\etocmulticolstyle[#2]% + {\csname #1\endcsname *{#3\etocmarkboth{#4}}}} +\newcommand\etoctocstylewithmarksnouc[4][section]{\etocmulticolstyle[#2]% + {\csname #1\endcsname *{#3\etocmarkbothnouc{#4}}}} +\def\Etoc@redefetocstyle#1{% + \renewcommand\etoctocstylewithmarks[4][#1] + {\etocmulticolstyle[##2]% + {\csname ##1\endcsname *{##3\etocmarkboth{##4}}}} + \renewcommand\etoctocstylewithmarksnouc[4][#1] + {\etocmulticolstyle[##2]% + {\csname ##1\endcsname *{##3\etocmarkbothnouc{##4}}}} + \renewcommand\etoctocstyle[3][#1]{% + \etocmulticolstyle[##2]{\csname ##1\endcsname *{##3}}}} +\@ifclassloaded{scrartcl} + {\renewcommand*\etocstandarddisplaystyle{\etocscrartclstyle}}{} +\@ifclassloaded{book} + {\renewcommand*\etocfontone{\normalfont\normalsize} + \renewcommand*\etocstandarddisplaystyle{\etocbookstyle} + \Etoc@redefetocstyle{chapter}}{} +\@ifclassloaded{report} + {\renewcommand*\etocfontone{\normalfont\normalsize} + \renewcommand*\etocstandarddisplaystyle{\etocreportstyle} + \Etoc@redefetocstyle{chapter}}{} +\@ifclassloaded{scrbook} + {\renewcommand*\etocfontone{\normalfont\normalsize} + \renewcommand*\etocstandarddisplaystyle{\etocscrbookstyle} + \Etoc@redefetocstyle{chapter}}{} +\@ifclassloaded{scrreprt} + {\renewcommand*\etocfontone{\normalfont\normalsize} + \renewcommand*\etocstandarddisplaystyle{\etocscrreprtstyle} + \Etoc@redefetocstyle{chapter}}{} +\@ifclassloaded{memoir} + {\renewcommand*\etocfontone{\normalfont\normalsize} + \etocmemoirtoctotocfmt{chapter}{\contentsname}% + \renewcommand*\etocstandarddisplaystyle{\etocmemoirstyle} + \Etoc@redefetocstyle{chapter}}{} +\def\Etoc@addtocontents #1#2% + {\ifEtoc@hyperref + \addtocontents {toc}{\protect\contentsline + {#1}{#2}% + {\thepage }{\@currentHref }}% + \else + \addtocontents {toc}{\protect\contentsline + {#1}{#2}{\thepage }}% + \fi} +\def\Etoc@addcontentsline@ #1#2#3% + {\@namedef{toclevel@#1}{#3}% + \addcontentsline {toc}{#1}{#2}} +\DeclareRobustCommand*{\etoctoccontentsline} + {\@ifstar{\Etoc@addcontentsline@}{\Etoc@addtocontents}} +\newcommand*\etocstandardlines{\Etoc@standardtrue} +\newcommand*\etoctoclines{\Etoc@standardfalse} % 1.07b +\etocdefaultlines % for initialization +\etocstandardlines +\etocstandarddisplaystyle +\endinput +%% +%% End of file `etoc.sty'. diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/etoc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/etoc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/etoc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/etoc.tlpobj 2013-05-16 03:51:36.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +name etoc +category Package +revision 30488 +shortdesc Completely customisable TOCs. +relocated 1 +longdesc The package gives the user complete control of how the entries +longdesc of the table of contents should be constituted from the name, +longdesc number, and page number of each sectioning unit. The layout is +longdesc controlled by the definition of 'line styles' for each +longdesc sectioning level used in the document. The package provides its +longdesc own custom line styles (which may be used as examples), and +longdesc continues to support the standard formatting inherited from the +longdesc LaTeX document classes, but the package can also allow the user +longdesc to delegate the details to packages dealing with list making +longdesc environments (such as enumitem). The package's default global +longdesc style typesets tables of contents in a multi-column format, +longdesc with either a standard heading, or a ruled title (optionally +longdesc with a frame around the table). The \tableofcontents command +longdesc may be used arbitrarily many times in the same document, while +longdesc \localtableofcontents provides a 'local' table of contents. +runfiles size=10 + RELOC/tex/latex/etoc/etoc.sty +catalogue-ctan /macros/latex/contrib/etoc +catalogue-date 2013-04-06 14:04:53 +0200 +catalogue-license lppl1.2 +catalogue-version 1.07f diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/histogr.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/histogr.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/histogr.doc.tlpobj 2010-06-10 18:29:23.000000000 +0200 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/histogr.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -name histogr.doc -category Package -revision 15878 -shortdesc doc files of histogr -relocated 1 -docfiles size=27 - RELOC/doc/latex/histogr/histogr.pdf ++++++ hepunits.doc.tar.xz -> euenc.doc.tar.xz ++++++ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/euenc/README new/doc/latex/euenc/README --- old/doc/latex/euenc/README 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/euenc/README 2010-09-19 00:35:41.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +_______________________ +THE EUx ENCODINGS v0.1h + +This package is a step towards offering a LaTeX font encoding +based on unicode. An example file "test-euxlm.ltx" is distributed +with the package. + +This package is mainly used underneath the fontspec package; +unless you wish to manually perform font installation and loading, +you will generally not need to use euenc directly. + +The euenc package provides the EU1 encoding for unicode fonts +in XeTeX, and the EU2 encoding for unicode fonts in LuaTeX. + +No macro support is offered under XeTeX, for which Ross Moore's +xunicode package should be used to provide LaTeX support for +access to unicode symbols and accents. + +For LuaTeX, we have taken a subset of xunicode and incorporated +it into the EU2 encoding, so no extra packages need to be loaded. + +Please see the documentation euenc.pdf for further information. + +This package is developed at <http://github.com/wspr/euenc>. + + +Installation +------------ + +Here are the recommended installation methods (preferred first). + +1. If you are using TeX Live 2008 or later, use 'tlmgr install euenc'. +Alternatively, try your (TeX or Linux) distribution's package management system. + +2. a. Download euenc.tds.zip from CTAN. + b. Unzip it at the root of one or your TDS trees. + c. You may need to update some filename database after, see your TeX +distribution's manual for details. + +3. a. Grab the sources from CTAN or github. + b. Run 'make install TEXMFROOT=/path/to/texmf'. + c. See 2c. + +4. Try to figure it out by looking at the Makefile and comments in the sources. +Note that the generation of the files need a shell and doesn't work under +cygwin. + + +Manifest +-------- + +Source files: + euenc.dtx single file source & doc for the package + +Derived files: + euenc.pdf documentation + euxunicode.sty xunicode for LuaTeX, automatically loaded by EU2 + test-euxlm.ltx LaTeX example document + convert-lmfd.sh Shell script to generate the eu*.fd files + sed-eu2lmr.sed Sed script to generate the eu2*.fr files + sed-eu1lmr.sed Sed script to generate the eu1*.fr files + eu1lmdh.fd Latin Modern font description file + eu1lmr.fd . + eu1lmss.fd . + eu1lmssq.fd . + eu1lmtt.fd . + eu1lmvtt.fd . + eu2lmdh.fd . + eu2lmr.fd . + eu2lmss.fd . + eu2lmssq.fd . + eu2lmtt.fd . + eu2lmvtt.fd . + + +License +------- + +Copyright 2006-2010 Will Robertson <wspr81(a)gmail.com> +Copyright 2009-2010 Elie Roux <elie.roux(a)telecom-bretagne.eu> +Copyright 2009-2010 Khaled Hosny <khaledhosny(a)eglug.org> + +Distributable under the LaTeX Project Public License, +version 1.3c or higher (your choice). The latest version of +this license is at: http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt + +This work is "maintained" (as per LPPL maintenance status) +by Will Robertson. Files old/doc/latex/euenc/euenc.pdf and new/doc/latex/euenc/euenc.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/euenc/test-euxlm.ltx new/doc/latex/euenc/test-euxlm.ltx --- old/doc/latex/euenc/test-euxlm.ltx 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/euenc/test-euxlm.ltx 2010-09-19 00:35:41.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,143 @@ +%% +%% This is file `test-euxlm.ltx', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% euenc.dtx (with options: `lmtest') +%% +%% _____________________________________ +%% The EUENC bundle +%% Will Robertson, Elie Roux, Khaled Hosny +%% +%% License information appended. +%% +\documentclass[12pt]{article} +\usepackage[margin=2.5cm]{geometry} +\newenvironment{vrb} + {\begin{tabular}{@{}p{7cm}l@{}}} + {\end{tabular}} + +\usepackage{fancyvrb} +\DefineShortVerb{\|} + +\usepackage{slantsc} +\usepackage{ifluatex} +\usepackage{ifxetex} +\ifxetex + \def\EU{EU1} +\else + \ifluatex + \usepackage{luaotfload} + \def\EU{EU2} + \else + \def\EU{T1} + \fi +\fi +\usepackage[\EU]{fontenc} +\usepackage{lmodern} +\begin{document} + +\title{Testing the Latin Modern \texttt{\EU} encoding} +\author{Will Robertson} +\maketitle +\thispagestyle{empty} +\pagestyle{empty} + +\section*{Roman} + +\fontfamily{lmr}\selectfont +\begin{vrb} +|\rmdefault| & {\selectfont Latin Modern Roman} \\ +| \itshape| & {\itshape Latin Modern Roman Italic} \\ +| \slshape| & {\slshape Latin Modern Roman Oblique} \\ +| \scshape| & {\scshape Latin Modern Roman Small Caps} \\ +| \slshape| & {\scshape\slshape Latin Modern Roman Oblique Small Caps} \\ +| \bfseries| & {\bfseries Latin Modern Roman Bold Extended} \\ +| \itshape| & {\bfseries\itshape Latin Modern Roman Bold Italic Extended} \\ +| \slshape| & {\bfseries\slshape Latin Modern Roman Bold Oblique Extended} \\ +| \fontseries{b}| & {\fontseries{b}\selectfont Latin Modern Roman Bold} \\ +| \fontseries{b}\slshape| & {\fontseries{b}\slshape Latin Modern Roman Bold Oblique} \\ +\end{vrb} + +\section*{Dunhill} + +\fontfamily{lmdh}\selectfont +\begin{vrb} +|\fontfamily{lmdh}\selectfont| & {Latin Modern Dunhill} \\ +| \slshape| & {\slshape Latin Modern Dunhill Oblique} \\ +\end{vrb} + +\section*{Sans} + +\fontfamily{lmss}\selectfont +\begin{vrb} +|\sffamily| & {\selectfont Latin Modern Sans} \\ +| \slshape| & {\slshape Latin Modern Sans Oblique} \\ +| \bfseries| & {\bfseries Latin Modern Sans Bold} \\ +| \slshape| & {\bfseries\slshape Latin Modern Sans Bold Oblique} \\ +| \fontseries{sbc}\selectfont| & {\fontseries{sbc}\selectfont Latin Modern Sans Demi Condensed} \\ +| \slshape| & {\fontseries{sbc}\selectfont\slshape Latin Modern Sans Demi Condensed Oblique} \\ +\end{vrb} + +\section*{Sans Quotation} + +\fontfamily{lmssq}\selectfont +\begin{vrb} +|\renewcommand\sfdefault{lmssq}| \\ +|\sffamily | & {\selectfont Latin Modern Sans Extended} \\ +| \slshape | & {\slshape Latin Modern Sans Extended Oblique} \\ +| \bfseries | & {\bfseries Latin Modern Sans Bold Extended} \\ +| \slshape | & {\bfseries\slshape Latin Modern Sans Bold Extended Oblique} \\ +\end{vrb} + +\section*{Typewriter} + +\fontfamily{lmtt}\selectfont +\begin{vrb} +|\ttfamily | & {\selectfont Latin Modern Typewriter} \\ +| \itshape | & {\itshape Latin Modern Typewriter Italic} \\ +| \slshape | & {\slshape Latin Modern Typewriter Oblique} \\ +| \scshape | & {\scshape Latin Modern Typewriter Small Caps} \\ +| \scshape\slshape | & {\scshape\slshape Latin Modern Typewriter Oblique Small Caps} \\ +| \bfseries | & {\bfseries Latin Modern Typewriter Dark} \\ +| \slshape | & {\bfseries\slshape Latin Modern Typewriter Dark Oblique} \\ +| \fontseries{b}\selectfont | & {\fontfamily{lmtt}\fontseries{b}\selectfont Latin Modern Typewriter Dark} \\ +| \fontseries{b}\slshape | & {\fontfamily{lmtt}\fontseries{b}\slshape Latin Modern Typewriter Dark Oblique} \\ +| \fontseries{l}\selectfont | & {\fontfamily{lmtt}\fontseries{l}\selectfont Latin Modern Typewriter Light} \\ +| \fontseries{l}\slshape | & {\fontfamily{lmtt}\fontseries{l}\slshape Latin Modern Typewriter Light Oblique} \\ +| \fontseries{lc}\selectfont | & {\fontfamily{lmtt}\fontseries{lc}\selectfont Latin Modern Typewriter Light Condensed} \\ +| \fontseries{lc}\slshape | & {\fontfamily{lmtt}\fontseries{lc}\slshape Latin Modern Typewriter Light Condensed Oblique} \\ +\end{vrb} + +\section*{Variable-width Typewriter} + +\fontfamily{lmvtt}\selectfont +\def\fixedspacing{\fontdimen3\font0pt\fontdimen4\font0pt} +\begin{vrb} +|\renewcommand\ttdefault{lmvtt}| \\ +|\ttfamily | & {\selectfont \fixedspacing Latin Modern Typewriter Proportional} \\ +| \slshape | & {\slshape \fixedspacing Latin Modern Typewriter Proportional Oblique} \\ +| \fontseries{l}\selectfont | & {\fontseries{l}\selectfont \fixedspacing Latin Modern Typewriter Proportional Light} \\ +| \fontseries{l}\slshape | & \mbox{\fontseries{l}\slshape \fixedspacing Latin Modern Typewriter Proportional Light Oblique} \\ +| \fontseries{b}\selectfont | & {\fontseries{b}\selectfont \fixedspacing Latin Modern Typewriter Proportional Dark} \\ +| \fontseries{b}\slshape | & \mbox{\fontseries{b}\slshape \fixedspacing Latin Modern Typewriter Proportional Dark Oblique} \\ +\end{vrb} + +\end{document} +%% +%% Copyright 2006-2010 Will Robertson <wspr81(a)gmail.com> +%% Copyright 2009-2010 Elie Roux <elie.roux(a)telecom-bretagne.eu> +%% Copyright 2009-2010 Khaled Hosny <khaledhosny(a)eglug.org> +%% +%% Distributable under the LaTeX Project Public License, +%% version 1.3c or higher (your choice). The latest version of +%% this license is at: http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%% +%% This work is "maintained" (as per LPPL maintenance status) +%% by Will Robertson. +%% +%% This work consists of the file euenc.dtx and various derived files. +%% +%% +%% End of file `test-euxlm.ltx'. diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/hepunits/ChangeLog new/doc/latex/hepunits/ChangeLog --- old/doc/latex/hepunits/ChangeLog 2007-09-29 01:13:53.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/hepunits/ChangeLog 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,25 +0,0 @@ -2007-09-27 Andy Buckley <andy(a)insectnation.org> - - * Ready for the momentous 1.1.1 release. - - * Removed "full screen" param from documentation PDF - configuration, since this is actually very annoying. - - * Added Makefile to build distribution tarball. - - * Fixed definition of \GeVovercsq, which was missing the second - power of c. Thanks to Jeroen Hegeman for the bug report. - -2005-12-12 Andy Buckley <andy(a)insectnation.org> - - * Added noprefixcmds option due to residual guilt about - contaminating everyone's command namespace. - - * Made basic manual. - - * Removed "derived" from default SIunits options. - - * Added SIunits options passing. - - * Started ChangeLog. - diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/hepunits/README new/doc/latex/hepunits/README --- old/doc/latex/hepunits/README 2007-09-29 01:13:53.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/hepunits/README 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,20 +0,0 @@ -hepunits --- a set of useful units for use in high energy physics -by Andy Buckley <andy(a)insectnation.org> ------------------------------------------------------------ - -hepunits is a LaTeX package built on the SIunits package which -adds a collection of useful HEP units to the existing SIunits set. -These include the energy units \MeV, \GeV, \TeV and the derived -momentum and mass units \MeVoverc, \MeVovercsq and so on. - -Additionally, some units are added for pure convenience. The -contents of the package with the exception of the energy units -mentioned above are subject to deprecation and addition, so please -provide feedback on which HEP units you'd like added to the -package. - -This material is subject to the LaTeX Project Public License. -See http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/licenses.lppl.html -for the details of that license. - -Author: Andy Buckley <andy(a)insectnation.org> Files old/doc/latex/hepunits/hepunits.pdf and new/doc/latex/hepunits/hepunits.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/hepunits/hepunits.tex new/doc/latex/hepunits/hepunits.tex --- old/doc/latex/hepunits/hepunits.tex 2007-09-29 01:13:53.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/hepunits/hepunits.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,219 +0,0 @@ -\documentclass[12pt]{article} -\usepackage{maybemath, xspace, setspace, fancyvrb, a4wide} -\usepackage{url, relsize, booktabs, ccaption, braket} -\usepackage{hepunits} -\usepackage[colorlinks=true,bookmarks=true]{hyperref} -\newcommand{\hepunits}{\texttt{hepunits}\xspace} - -\let\OldCite\cite -\renewcommand{\cite}[1]{\mbox{\!\!\OldCite{#1}}} - -\onehalfspacing -\DefineShortVerb{\|} - -\author{Andy Buckley, \texttt{andy(a)insectnation.org}} -\title{The \hepunits \LaTeX{} package} - -\newcommand{\Or}{\ensuremath{\vert}\xspace} -\newcommand{\manifestsAs}{\ensuremath{\Rightarrow\quad}\xspace} -\newcommand{\texcmd}[1]{\texttt{\char`\\#1}} -\newcommand{\texenv}[1]{\texttt{\char`#1}} -\newcommand{\texopt}[1]{\texttt{\char`#1}} -\newcommand{\texarg}[1]{\texttt{\char`#1}} -\newcommand{\texpkg}[1]{\texttt{\char`#1}} -\newcommand{\texcls}[1]{\texttt{\char`#1}} -\newcommand{\texcommand}[1]{\texcmd{#1}} -\newcommand{\texoption}[1]{\texopt{#1}} -\newcommand{\texgen}[1]{\ensuremath{\braket{\text{\emph{#1}}}}} -\newenvironment{snippet}{\Verbatim}{\endVerbatim} - -\begin{document} -\maketitle - -\abstract{% - The \hepunits package extends the existing (and excellent) \texpkg{SIunits} - package to support units commonly used in high-energy physics. HEP uses a - rather specialised set of units to describe measurements of energies, masses, - momenta, reaction cross-sections, luminosities and so-on. Using this package - will provide particle physicists with a consistent and accurate way to refer - to dimensionful HEP quantities. -% -} - -\section{Recommended usage} -The basic usage mode for \hepunits is to place -% -\begin{snippet} -\usepackage{hepunits} -\end{snippet} -% -in the preamble of your document. \hepunits also supports the \texpkg{SIunits} -optional arguments (\texopt{thickspace}, \texopt{amssymb} and so-on), which are -passed on directly to the \texpkg{SIunits} package. By default the -\texopt{mediumspace}, \texopt{thickqspace}, \texopt{squaren} and -\texopt{textstyle} options are passed, but these can be overridden. -\texopt{amssymb} and \texopt{squaren} are considered to be mutually exclusive -options, but you can choose to pass neither option to \texpkg{SIunits} by using -the \hepunits \texopt{noamssquareissue} option. Additionally, the \hepunits -\texopt{notextstyle} option can be used to turn the \texpkg{SIunits} -\texopt{textstyle} off. On the whole, though, you should be able to use -\hepunits with no options in most circumstances and are likely only to need them -if you want access to the binary or derived units (using \texopt{binary} and -\texopt{derived}/\texopt{derivedinbase} respectively). - -Finally, the only \hepunits-specific option is \texopt{noprefixcmds}. This is -discussed at the end of the document and is probably only useful for macro -language pedants!\footnote{No offence intended to macro language pedants, of course\dots} - - -\section{Requirements} -\hepunits requires the \texpkg{SIunits}, \texpkg{xspace} and \texpkg{amsmath} -packages to be installed as part of your \TeX{} distribution. I don't know of -any distributions for which this isn't the case, so chances are you're safe to -just install \hepunits and use it right away! - - -\section{Provided units} -The HEP units provided by \hepunits are listed in Tables \ref{tab:normunits} and -\ref{tab:hepunits} below. All the example outputs have been produced with a -command like |\unit{1.0}{|\texgen{unit}|}| where \texgen{unit} is one of the -unit commands listed in the tables. - -\begin{table}[ht] -\centering -\begin{tabular}{ll} -\toprule -Unit command & Example \\ - -\midrule -Lengths & \\ -\texcmd{nm} & \unit{1.0}{\nm} \\ -\texcmd{micron} & \unit{1.0}{\micron} \\ -\texcmd{mm} & \unit{1.0}{\mm} \\ -\texcmd{cm} & \unit{1.0}{\cm} \\ - -\midrule -Times & \\ -\texcmd{ns} & \unit{1.0}{\ns} \\ -\texcmd{ps} & \unit{1.0}{\ps} \\ -\texcmd{fs} & \unit{1.0}{\fs} \\ -\texcmd{as} & \unit{1.0}{\as} \\ - -\midrule -Rates & \\ -\texcmd{mHz} & \unit{1.0}{\mHz} \\ -\texcmd{Hz} & \unit{1.0}{\Hz} \\ -\texcmd{kHz} & \unit{1.0}{\kHz} \\ -\texcmd{MHz} & \unit{1.0}{\MHz} \\ -\texcmd{GHz} & \unit{1.0}{\GHz} \\ -\texcmd{THz} & \unit{1.0}{\THz} \\ - -\midrule -Misc. & \\ -\texcmd{mrad} & \unit{1.0}{\mrad} \\ -\texcmd{gauss} & \unit{1.0}{\gauss} \\ - -\bottomrule -\end{tabular} -\caption{List of non-HEP specific units provided by \hepunits} -\label{tab:normunits} -\end{table} - -\begin{table}[ht] -\centering -\begin{tabular}{ll} -\toprule -Unit command & Example \\ -\midrule -Luminosities & \\ -\texcmd{invcmsqpersecond} & \unit{1.0}{\invcmsqpersecond} \\ -\texcmd{invcmsqpersec} & \unit{1.0}{\invcmsqpersec} \\ -\texcmd{lumiunits} & \unit{1.0}{\lumiunits} \\ - -\midrule -Cross-sections & \\ -\texcmd{barn} & \unit{1.0}{\barn} \\ -\texcmd{invbarn} & \unit{1.0}{\invbarn} \\ -\texcmd{nanobarn} & \unit{1.0}{\nanobarn} \\ -\texcmd{invnanobarn} / \texcmd{invnb} & \unit{1.0}{\invnanobarn} \\ -\texcmd{picobarn} & \unit{1.0}{\picobarn} \\ -\texcmd{invpicobarn} / \texcmd{invpb} & \unit{1.0}{\invpicobarn} \\ -\texcmd{femtobarn} & \unit{1.0}{\femtobarn} \\ -\texcmd{invfemtobarn} / \texcmd{invfb} & \unit{1.0}{\invfemtobarn} \\ -\texcmd{attobarn} & \unit{1.0}{\attobarn} \\ -\texcmd{invattobarn} / \texcmd{invab} & \unit{1.0}{\invattobarn} \\ - -\bottomrule -\end{tabular} -\caption{List of HEP-specific units provided by \hepunits} -\label{tab:hepunits} -\end{table} - - -\begin{table}[ht] -\centering -\begin{tabular}{ll} -\toprule -Unit command & Example \\ -\midrule -\eV-based units & \\ -\texcmd{eV} & \unit{1.0}{\eV} \\ -\texcmd{inveV} & \unit{1.0}{\inveV} \\ -\texcmd{eVoverc} & \unit{1.0}{\eVoverc} \\ -\texcmd{eVovercsq} & \unit{1.0}{\eVovercsq} \\ -\texcmd{meV} & \unit{1.0}{\meV} \\ -\texcmd{keV} & \unit{1.0}{\keV} \\ -\texcmd{MeV} & \unit{1.0}{\MeV} \\ -\texcmd{GeV} & \unit{1.0}{\GeV} \\ -\texcmd{TeV} & \unit{1.0}{\TeV} \\ -\texcmd{minveV} & \unit{1.0}{\minveV} \\ -\texcmd{kinveV} & \unit{1.0}{\kinveV} \\ -\texcmd{MinveV} & \unit{1.0}{\MinveV} \\ -\texcmd{GinveV} & \unit{1.0}{\GinveV} \\ -\texcmd{TinveV} & \unit{1.0}{\TinveV} \\ -\texcmd{meVoverc} & \unit{1.0}{\meVoverc} \\ -\texcmd{keVoverc} & \unit{1.0}{\keVoverc} \\ -\texcmd{MeVoverc} & \unit{1.0}{\MeVoverc} \\ -\texcmd{GeVoverc} & \unit{1.0}{\GeVoverc} \\ -\texcmd{TeVoverc} & \unit{1.0}{\TeVoverc} \\ -\texcmd{meVovercsq} & \unit{1.0}{\meVovercsq} \\ -\texcmd{keVovercsq} & \unit{1.0}{\keVovercsq} \\ -\texcmd{MeVovercsq} & \unit{1.0}{\MeVovercsq} \\ -\texcmd{GeVovercsq} & \unit{1.0}{\GeVovercsq} \\ -\texcmd{TeVovercsq} & \unit{1.0}{\TeVovercsq} \\ - -\bottomrule -\end{tabular} -\contcaption{List of HEP-specific units provided by \hepunits (cont.)} -\label{tab:hepunits2} -\end{table} - -Note that a lot of these units have, for convenience, been provided as explicit -commands with various SI prefixes, rather than just defining the base unit and -using the \texpkg{SIunits} prescription for the prefixes. Let's give a demo in -case you don't know what I'm waffling about\dots the ``usual'' \texpkg{SUunits} -way of doing things is like this: -|\unit{1.0}{\mega\eVoverc}|. This produces ``\unit{1.0}{\mega\eVoverc}'' -just like |\unit{1.0}{\MeVoverc}| would do. - -I've chosen to provide the explicit prefixed commands for convenience: choose -your own favourite way (the same applies even more so for most of the non-HEP -units). If you are bothered about the explictly prefixed commands clogging up -the \LaTeX{} macro namespace then pass the \texopt{noprefixcmds} option to -\hepunits and the offending commands won't be defined at all. This will make -life awkward when it comes to inverse cross-sections as used for integrated -luminosities, but with suitable use of \texcmd{invbarn} I'm sure you can make -do. - -\section{Summary} -\hepunits is a handy package for particle physicists who'd like their units to -look right, with upright \micro{s} and properly italicised $c$s in the -appropriate places. Fortunately most of the work has already been done by the -marvellous \texpkg{SIunits} package and I've just provided a few more commands -and an option passing wrapper on to that excellent piece of work. - -If you have any comments, criticism, huge cash donations etc., then please do -send them my way. Email to |andy(a)insectnation.org| is preferred, but if you can -find a way to get your message to me by carrier pigeon I'll be very impressed. - -\end{document} diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/euenc.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/euenc.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/euenc.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/euenc.doc.tlpobj 2010-09-19 04:04:32.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +name euenc.doc +category Package +revision 19795 +shortdesc doc files of euenc +relocated 1 +docfiles size=38 + RELOC/doc/latex/euenc/README + RELOC/doc/latex/euenc/euenc.pdf + RELOC/doc/latex/euenc/test-euxlm.ltx diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/hepunits.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/hepunits.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/hepunits.doc.tlpobj 2010-06-10 18:29:19.000000000 +0200 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/hepunits.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -name hepunits.doc -category Package -revision 15878 -shortdesc doc files of hepunits -relocated 1 -docfiles size=27 - RELOC/doc/latex/hepunits/ChangeLog - RELOC/doc/latex/hepunits/README - RELOC/doc/latex/hepunits/hepunits.pdf - RELOC/doc/latex/hepunits/hepunits.tex ++++++ hepunits.doc.tar.xz -> euenc.tar.xz ++++++ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/hepunits/ChangeLog new/doc/latex/hepunits/ChangeLog --- old/doc/latex/hepunits/ChangeLog 2007-09-29 01:13:53.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/hepunits/ChangeLog 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,25 +0,0 @@ -2007-09-27 Andy Buckley <andy(a)insectnation.org> - - * Ready for the momentous 1.1.1 release. - - * Removed "full screen" param from documentation PDF - configuration, since this is actually very annoying. - - * Added Makefile to build distribution tarball. - - * Fixed definition of \GeVovercsq, which was missing the second - power of c. Thanks to Jeroen Hegeman for the bug report. - -2005-12-12 Andy Buckley <andy(a)insectnation.org> - - * Added noprefixcmds option due to residual guilt about - contaminating everyone's command namespace. - - * Made basic manual. - - * Removed "derived" from default SIunits options. - - * Added SIunits options passing. - - * Started ChangeLog. - diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/hepunits/README new/doc/latex/hepunits/README --- old/doc/latex/hepunits/README 2007-09-29 01:13:53.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/hepunits/README 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,20 +0,0 @@ -hepunits --- a set of useful units for use in high energy physics -by Andy Buckley <andy(a)insectnation.org> ------------------------------------------------------------ - -hepunits is a LaTeX package built on the SIunits package which -adds a collection of useful HEP units to the existing SIunits set. -These include the energy units \MeV, \GeV, \TeV and the derived -momentum and mass units \MeVoverc, \MeVovercsq and so on. - -Additionally, some units are added for pure convenience. The -contents of the package with the exception of the energy units -mentioned above are subject to deprecation and addition, so please -provide feedback on which HEP units you'd like added to the -package. - -This material is subject to the LaTeX Project Public License. -See http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/licenses.lppl.html -for the details of that license. - -Author: Andy Buckley <andy(a)insectnation.org> Files old/doc/latex/hepunits/hepunits.pdf and new/doc/latex/hepunits/hepunits.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/hepunits/hepunits.tex new/doc/latex/hepunits/hepunits.tex --- old/doc/latex/hepunits/hepunits.tex 2007-09-29 01:13:53.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/hepunits/hepunits.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,219 +0,0 @@ -\documentclass[12pt]{article} -\usepackage{maybemath, xspace, setspace, fancyvrb, a4wide} -\usepackage{url, relsize, booktabs, ccaption, braket} -\usepackage{hepunits} -\usepackage[colorlinks=true,bookmarks=true]{hyperref} -\newcommand{\hepunits}{\texttt{hepunits}\xspace} - -\let\OldCite\cite -\renewcommand{\cite}[1]{\mbox{\!\!\OldCite{#1}}} - -\onehalfspacing -\DefineShortVerb{\|} - -\author{Andy Buckley, \texttt{andy(a)insectnation.org}} -\title{The \hepunits \LaTeX{} package} - -\newcommand{\Or}{\ensuremath{\vert}\xspace} -\newcommand{\manifestsAs}{\ensuremath{\Rightarrow\quad}\xspace} -\newcommand{\texcmd}[1]{\texttt{\char`\\#1}} -\newcommand{\texenv}[1]{\texttt{\char`#1}} -\newcommand{\texopt}[1]{\texttt{\char`#1}} -\newcommand{\texarg}[1]{\texttt{\char`#1}} -\newcommand{\texpkg}[1]{\texttt{\char`#1}} -\newcommand{\texcls}[1]{\texttt{\char`#1}} -\newcommand{\texcommand}[1]{\texcmd{#1}} -\newcommand{\texoption}[1]{\texopt{#1}} -\newcommand{\texgen}[1]{\ensuremath{\braket{\text{\emph{#1}}}}} -\newenvironment{snippet}{\Verbatim}{\endVerbatim} - -\begin{document} -\maketitle - -\abstract{% - The \hepunits package extends the existing (and excellent) \texpkg{SIunits} - package to support units commonly used in high-energy physics. HEP uses a - rather specialised set of units to describe measurements of energies, masses, - momenta, reaction cross-sections, luminosities and so-on. Using this package - will provide particle physicists with a consistent and accurate way to refer - to dimensionful HEP quantities. -% -} - -\section{Recommended usage} -The basic usage mode for \hepunits is to place -% -\begin{snippet} -\usepackage{hepunits} -\end{snippet} -% -in the preamble of your document. \hepunits also supports the \texpkg{SIunits} -optional arguments (\texopt{thickspace}, \texopt{amssymb} and so-on), which are -passed on directly to the \texpkg{SIunits} package. By default the -\texopt{mediumspace}, \texopt{thickqspace}, \texopt{squaren} and -\texopt{textstyle} options are passed, but these can be overridden. -\texopt{amssymb} and \texopt{squaren} are considered to be mutually exclusive -options, but you can choose to pass neither option to \texpkg{SIunits} by using -the \hepunits \texopt{noamssquareissue} option. Additionally, the \hepunits -\texopt{notextstyle} option can be used to turn the \texpkg{SIunits} -\texopt{textstyle} off. On the whole, though, you should be able to use -\hepunits with no options in most circumstances and are likely only to need them -if you want access to the binary or derived units (using \texopt{binary} and -\texopt{derived}/\texopt{derivedinbase} respectively). - -Finally, the only \hepunits-specific option is \texopt{noprefixcmds}. This is -discussed at the end of the document and is probably only useful for macro -language pedants!\footnote{No offence intended to macro language pedants, of course\dots} - - -\section{Requirements} -\hepunits requires the \texpkg{SIunits}, \texpkg{xspace} and \texpkg{amsmath} -packages to be installed as part of your \TeX{} distribution. I don't know of -any distributions for which this isn't the case, so chances are you're safe to -just install \hepunits and use it right away! - - -\section{Provided units} -The HEP units provided by \hepunits are listed in Tables \ref{tab:normunits} and -\ref{tab:hepunits} below. All the example outputs have been produced with a -command like |\unit{1.0}{|\texgen{unit}|}| where \texgen{unit} is one of the -unit commands listed in the tables. - -\begin{table}[ht] -\centering -\begin{tabular}{ll} -\toprule -Unit command & Example \\ - -\midrule -Lengths & \\ -\texcmd{nm} & \unit{1.0}{\nm} \\ -\texcmd{micron} & \unit{1.0}{\micron} \\ -\texcmd{mm} & \unit{1.0}{\mm} \\ -\texcmd{cm} & \unit{1.0}{\cm} \\ - -\midrule -Times & \\ -\texcmd{ns} & \unit{1.0}{\ns} \\ -\texcmd{ps} & \unit{1.0}{\ps} \\ -\texcmd{fs} & \unit{1.0}{\fs} \\ -\texcmd{as} & \unit{1.0}{\as} \\ - -\midrule -Rates & \\ -\texcmd{mHz} & \unit{1.0}{\mHz} \\ -\texcmd{Hz} & \unit{1.0}{\Hz} \\ -\texcmd{kHz} & \unit{1.0}{\kHz} \\ -\texcmd{MHz} & \unit{1.0}{\MHz} \\ -\texcmd{GHz} & \unit{1.0}{\GHz} \\ -\texcmd{THz} & \unit{1.0}{\THz} \\ - -\midrule -Misc. & \\ -\texcmd{mrad} & \unit{1.0}{\mrad} \\ -\texcmd{gauss} & \unit{1.0}{\gauss} \\ - -\bottomrule -\end{tabular} -\caption{List of non-HEP specific units provided by \hepunits} -\label{tab:normunits} -\end{table} - -\begin{table}[ht] -\centering -\begin{tabular}{ll} -\toprule -Unit command & Example \\ -\midrule -Luminosities & \\ -\texcmd{invcmsqpersecond} & \unit{1.0}{\invcmsqpersecond} \\ -\texcmd{invcmsqpersec} & \unit{1.0}{\invcmsqpersec} \\ -\texcmd{lumiunits} & \unit{1.0}{\lumiunits} \\ - -\midrule -Cross-sections & \\ -\texcmd{barn} & \unit{1.0}{\barn} \\ -\texcmd{invbarn} & \unit{1.0}{\invbarn} \\ -\texcmd{nanobarn} & \unit{1.0}{\nanobarn} \\ -\texcmd{invnanobarn} / \texcmd{invnb} & \unit{1.0}{\invnanobarn} \\ -\texcmd{picobarn} & \unit{1.0}{\picobarn} \\ -\texcmd{invpicobarn} / \texcmd{invpb} & \unit{1.0}{\invpicobarn} \\ -\texcmd{femtobarn} & \unit{1.0}{\femtobarn} \\ -\texcmd{invfemtobarn} / \texcmd{invfb} & \unit{1.0}{\invfemtobarn} \\ -\texcmd{attobarn} & \unit{1.0}{\attobarn} \\ -\texcmd{invattobarn} / \texcmd{invab} & \unit{1.0}{\invattobarn} \\ - -\bottomrule -\end{tabular} -\caption{List of HEP-specific units provided by \hepunits} -\label{tab:hepunits} -\end{table} - - -\begin{table}[ht] -\centering -\begin{tabular}{ll} -\toprule -Unit command & Example \\ -\midrule -\eV-based units & \\ -\texcmd{eV} & \unit{1.0}{\eV} \\ -\texcmd{inveV} & \unit{1.0}{\inveV} \\ -\texcmd{eVoverc} & \unit{1.0}{\eVoverc} \\ -\texcmd{eVovercsq} & \unit{1.0}{\eVovercsq} \\ -\texcmd{meV} & \unit{1.0}{\meV} \\ -\texcmd{keV} & \unit{1.0}{\keV} \\ -\texcmd{MeV} & \unit{1.0}{\MeV} \\ -\texcmd{GeV} & \unit{1.0}{\GeV} \\ -\texcmd{TeV} & \unit{1.0}{\TeV} \\ -\texcmd{minveV} & \unit{1.0}{\minveV} \\ -\texcmd{kinveV} & \unit{1.0}{\kinveV} \\ -\texcmd{MinveV} & \unit{1.0}{\MinveV} \\ -\texcmd{GinveV} & \unit{1.0}{\GinveV} \\ -\texcmd{TinveV} & \unit{1.0}{\TinveV} \\ -\texcmd{meVoverc} & \unit{1.0}{\meVoverc} \\ -\texcmd{keVoverc} & \unit{1.0}{\keVoverc} \\ -\texcmd{MeVoverc} & \unit{1.0}{\MeVoverc} \\ -\texcmd{GeVoverc} & \unit{1.0}{\GeVoverc} \\ -\texcmd{TeVoverc} & \unit{1.0}{\TeVoverc} \\ -\texcmd{meVovercsq} & \unit{1.0}{\meVovercsq} \\ -\texcmd{keVovercsq} & \unit{1.0}{\keVovercsq} \\ -\texcmd{MeVovercsq} & \unit{1.0}{\MeVovercsq} \\ -\texcmd{GeVovercsq} & \unit{1.0}{\GeVovercsq} \\ -\texcmd{TeVovercsq} & \unit{1.0}{\TeVovercsq} \\ - -\bottomrule -\end{tabular} -\contcaption{List of HEP-specific units provided by \hepunits (cont.)} -\label{tab:hepunits2} -\end{table} - -Note that a lot of these units have, for convenience, been provided as explicit -commands with various SI prefixes, rather than just defining the base unit and -using the \texpkg{SIunits} prescription for the prefixes. Let's give a demo in -case you don't know what I'm waffling about\dots the ``usual'' \texpkg{SUunits} -way of doing things is like this: -|\unit{1.0}{\mega\eVoverc}|. This produces ``\unit{1.0}{\mega\eVoverc}'' -just like |\unit{1.0}{\MeVoverc}| would do. - -I've chosen to provide the explicit prefixed commands for convenience: choose -your own favourite way (the same applies even more so for most of the non-HEP -units). If you are bothered about the explictly prefixed commands clogging up -the \LaTeX{} macro namespace then pass the \texopt{noprefixcmds} option to -\hepunits and the offending commands won't be defined at all. This will make -life awkward when it comes to inverse cross-sections as used for integrated -luminosities, but with suitable use of \texcmd{invbarn} I'm sure you can make -do. - -\section{Summary} -\hepunits is a handy package for particle physicists who'd like their units to -look right, with upright \micro{s} and properly italicised $c$s in the -appropriate places. Fortunately most of the work has already been done by the -marvellous \texpkg{SIunits} package and I've just provided a few more commands -and an option passing wrapper on to that excellent piece of work. - -If you have any comments, criticism, huge cash donations etc., then please do -send them my way. Email to |andy(a)insectnation.org| is preferred, but if you can -find a way to get your message to me by carrier pigeon I'll be very impressed. - -\end{document} diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tex/latex/euenc/eu1enc.def new/tex/latex/euenc/eu1enc.def --- old/tex/latex/euenc/eu1enc.def 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tex/latex/euenc/eu1enc.def 2010-09-19 00:35:41.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% +%% This is file `eu1enc.def', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% euenc.dtx (with options: `eu1') +%% +%% _____________________________________ +%% The EUENC bundle +%% Will Robertson, Elie Roux, Khaled Hosny +%% +%% License information appended. +%% +\ProvidesFile{eu1enc.def} + [2010/05/27 v0.1h Experimental Unicode font encodings] +\DeclareFontEncoding{EU1}{}{} +\DeclareErrorFont{EU1}{lmr}{m}{n}{10} +\DeclareFontSubstitution{EU1}{lmr}{m}{n} +\g@addto@macro\nfss@catcodes{\@makeother:} +%% +%% Copyright 2006-2010 Will Robertson <wspr81(a)gmail.com> +%% Copyright 2009-2010 Elie Roux <elie.roux(a)telecom-bretagne.eu> +%% Copyright 2009-2010 Khaled Hosny <khaledhosny(a)eglug.org> +%% +%% Distributable under the LaTeX Project Public License, +%% version 1.3c or higher (your choice). The latest version of +%% this license is at: http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%% +%% This work is "maintained" (as per LPPL maintenance status) +%% by Will Robertson. +%% +%% This work consists of the file euenc.dtx and various derived files. +%% +%% +%% End of file `eu1enc.def'. diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tex/latex/euenc/eu1lmdh.fd new/tex/latex/euenc/eu1lmdh.fd --- old/tex/latex/euenc/eu1lmdh.fd 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tex/latex/euenc/eu1lmdh.fd 2010-02-15 01:56:51.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ + +\ProvidesFile{eu1lmdh.fd}[2009/10/30 v1.6 Font defs for Latin Modern] +\DeclareFontFamily{EU1}{lmdh}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmdh}{m}{n} + {<-> "[lmromandunh10-regular]:mapping=tex-text"}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmdh}{m}{it} + {<->sub*lmdh/m/sl}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmdh}{m}{sl} + {<-> "[lmromandunh10-oblique]:mapping=tex-text"}{} +\endinput diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tex/latex/euenc/eu1lmr.fd new/tex/latex/euenc/eu1lmr.fd --- old/tex/latex/euenc/eu1lmr.fd 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tex/latex/euenc/eu1lmr.fd 2010-02-15 01:56:51.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ + +\ProvidesFile{eu1lmr.fd}[2009/10/30 v1.6 Font defs for Latin Modern] +\DeclareFontFamily{EU1}{lmr}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmr}{m}{n}% + {<-5.5> "[lmroman5-regular]:mapping=tex-text" <5.5-6.5> "[lmroman6-regular]:mapping=tex-text" + <6.5-7.5> "[lmroman7-regular]:mapping=tex-text" <7.5-8.5> "[lmroman8-regular]:mapping=tex-text" + <8.5-9.5> "[lmroman9-regular]:mapping=tex-text" <9.5-11> "[lmroman10-regular]:mapping=tex-text" + <11-15> "[lmroman12-regular]:mapping=tex-text" + <15-> "[lmroman17-regular]:mapping=tex-text" + }{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmr}{m}{sl}% + {<-8.5> "[lmromanslant8-regular]:mapping=tex-text" <8.5-9.5> "[lmromanslant9-regular]:mapping=tex-text" + <9.5-11> "[lmromanslant10-regular]:mapping=tex-text" <11-15> "[lmromanslant12-regular]:mapping=tex-text" + <15-> "[lmromanslant17-regular]:mapping=tex-text" + }{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmr}{m}{it}% + {<-7.5> "[lmroman7-italic]:mapping=tex-text" + <7.5-8.5> "[lmroman8-italic]:mapping=tex-text" <8.5-9.5> "[lmroman9-italic]:mapping=tex-text" + <9.5-11> "[lmroman10-italic]:mapping=tex-text" <11-> "[lmroman12-italic]:mapping=tex-text" + }{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmr}{m}{sc}% + {<-> "[lmromancaps10-regular]:mapping=tex-text"}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmr}{m}{ui}% + {<-> ec-lmu10}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmr}{m}{scsl}% + {<-> "[lmromancaps10-oblique]:mapping=tex-text"}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmr}{b}{n} + {<-> "[lmromandemi10-regular]:mapping=tex-text"}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmr}{b}{sl} + {<-> "[lmromandemi10-oblique]:mapping=tex-text"}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmr}{bx}{n} + {<-5.5> "[lmroman5-bold]:mapping=tex-text" <5.5-6.5> "[lmroman6-bold]:mapping=tex-text" + <6.5-7.5> "[lmroman7-bold]:mapping=tex-text" <7.5-8.5> "[lmroman8-bold]:mapping=tex-text" + <8.5-9.5> "[lmroman9-bold]:mapping=tex-text" <9.5-11> "[lmroman10-bold]:mapping=tex-text" + <11-> "[lmroman12-bold]:mapping=tex-text" + }{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmr}{bx}{it} + {<-> "[lmroman10-bolditalic]:mapping=tex-text"}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmr}{bx}{sl} + {<-> "[lmromanslant10-bold]:mapping=tex-text"}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmr}{b}{it} + {<->sub * lmr/b/sl}{} +\endinput diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tex/latex/euenc/eu1lmss.fd new/tex/latex/euenc/eu1lmss.fd --- old/tex/latex/euenc/eu1lmss.fd 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tex/latex/euenc/eu1lmss.fd 2010-02-15 01:56:51.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ + +\ProvidesFile{eu1lmss.fd}[2009/10/30 v1.6 Font defs for Latin Modern] +\DeclareFontFamily{EU1}{lmss}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmss}{m}{n} + {<-8.5> "[lmsans8-regular]:mapping=tex-text" + <8.5-9.5> "[lmsans9-regular]:mapping=tex-text" <9.5-11> "[lmsans10-regular]:mapping=tex-text" + <11-15.5> "[lmsans12-regular]:mapping=tex-text" <15.5-> "[lmsans17-regular]:mapping=tex-text" + }{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmss}{m}{it} + {<->ssub*lmss/m/sl}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmss}{m}{sl} + {<-8.5> "[lmsans8-oblique]:mapping=tex-text" + <8.5-9.5> "[lmsans9-oblique]:mapping=tex-text" <9.5-11> "[lmsans10-oblique]:mapping=tex-text" + <11-15.5> "[lmsans12-oblique]:mapping=tex-text" <15.5-> "[lmsans17-oblique]:mapping=tex-text" + }{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmss}{m}{sc} + {<->sub*lmr/m/sc}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmss}{b}{n} + {<->ssub * lmss/bx/n}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmss}{b}{sl} + {<->ssub * lmss/bx/sl}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmss}{b}{it} + {<->ssub * lmss/bx/it}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmss}{sbc}{n} + {<-> "[lmsansdemicond10-regular]:mapping=tex-text"}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmss}{sbc}{sl} + {<-> "[lmsansdemicond10-oblique]:mapping=tex-text"}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmss}{sbc}{it} + {<->ssub*lmss/sbc/sl}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmss}{bx}{n} + {<-> "[lmsans10-bold]:mapping=tex-text"}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmss}{bx}{sl} + {<-> "[lmsans10-boldoblique]:mapping=tex-text"}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmss}{bx}{it} + {<->ssub*lmss/bx/sl}{} +\endinput diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tex/latex/euenc/eu1lmssq.fd new/tex/latex/euenc/eu1lmssq.fd --- old/tex/latex/euenc/eu1lmssq.fd 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tex/latex/euenc/eu1lmssq.fd 2010-02-15 01:56:51.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ + +\ProvidesFile{eu1lmssq.fd}[2009/10/30 v1.6 Font defs for Latin Modern] +\DeclareFontFamily{EU1}{lmssq}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmssq}{m}{n} + {<-> "[lmsansquot8-regular]:mapping=tex-text"}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmssq}{m}{sl} + {<-> "[lmsansquot8-oblique]:mapping=tex-text"}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmssq}{bx}{n} + {<-> "[lmsansquot8-bold]:mapping=tex-text"}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmssq}{bx}{sl} + {<-> "[lmsansquot8-boldoblique]:mapping=tex-text"}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmssq}{m}{it} + {<->ssub*lmssq/m/sl}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmssq}{bx}{it} + {<->ssub*lmssq/bx/sl}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmssq}{b}{n} + {<->ssub * lmssq/bx/n}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmssq}{b}{sl} + {<->ssub * lmssq/bx/sl}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmssq}{b}{it} + {<->ssub * lmssq/bx/it}{} +\endinput diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tex/latex/euenc/eu1lmtt.fd new/tex/latex/euenc/eu1lmtt.fd --- old/tex/latex/euenc/eu1lmtt.fd 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tex/latex/euenc/eu1lmtt.fd 2010-02-15 01:56:51.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ + +\ProvidesFile{eu1lmtt.fd}[2009/10/30 v1.6 Font defs for Latin Modern] +\DeclareFontFamily{EU1}{lmtt}{\hyphenchar \font\m@ne} + +\ifx\lmtt@use@light@as@normal\@empty +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmtt}{sb}{n} + {<-8.5> "[lmmono8-regular]" <8.5-9.5> "[lmmono9-regular]" + <9.5-11> "[lmmono10-regular]" <11-> "[lmmono12-regular]" + }{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmtt}{sb}{it} + {<-> "[lmmono10-italic]"}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmtt}{sb}{sl} + {<-> "[lmmonoslant10-regular]"}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmtt}{sb}{sc} + {<-> "[lmmonocaps10-regular]"}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmtt}{sb}{scsl} + {<-> "[lmmonocaps10-oblique]"}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmtt}{m}{n} + {<-> "[lmmonolt10-regular]"}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmtt}{m}{it} + {<->sub*lmtt/l/sl}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmtt}{m}{sl} + {<-> "[lmmonolt10-oblique]"}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmtt}{c}{n} + {<-> "[lmmonoltcond10-regular]"}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmtt}{c}{it} + {<->sub*lmtt/lc/sl}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmtt}{c}{sl} + {<-> "[lmmonoltcond10-oblique]"}{} +\else +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmtt}{m}{n} + {<-8.5> "[lmmono8-regular]" <8.5-9.5> "[lmmono9-regular]" + <9.5-11> "[lmmono10-regular]" <11-> "[lmmono12-regular]" + }{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmtt}{m}{it} + {<-> "[lmmono10-italic]"}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmtt}{m}{sl} + {<-> "[lmmonoslant10-regular]"}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmtt}{m}{sc} + {<-> "[lmmonocaps10-regular]"}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmtt}{m}{scsl} + {<-> "[lmmonocaps10-oblique]"}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmtt}{l}{n} + {<-> "[lmmonolt10-regular]"}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmtt}{l}{it} + {<->sub*lmtt/l/sl}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmtt}{l}{sl} + {<-> "[lmmonolt10-oblique]"}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmtt}{lc}{n} + {<-> "[lmmonoltcond10-regular]"}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmtt}{lc}{it} + {<->sub*lmtt/lc/sl}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmtt}{lc}{sl} + {<-> "[lmmonoltcond10-oblique]"}{} +\fi +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmtt}{b}{n} + {<-> "[lmmonolt10-bold]"}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmtt}{b}{it} + {<->sub*lmtt/b/sl}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmtt}{b}{sl} +{<-> "[lmmonolt10-boldoblique]"}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmtt}{bx}{it} + {<->sub*lmtt/b/sl}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmtt}{bx}{n} + {<->ssub*lmtt/b/n}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmtt}{bx}{sl} + {<->ssub*lmtt/b/sl}{} +\endinput diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tex/latex/euenc/eu1lmvtt.fd new/tex/latex/euenc/eu1lmvtt.fd --- old/tex/latex/euenc/eu1lmvtt.fd 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tex/latex/euenc/eu1lmvtt.fd 2010-02-15 01:56:51.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ + +\ProvidesFile{eu1lmvtt.fd}[2009/10/30 v1.6 Font defs for Latin Modern] +\DeclareFontFamily{EU1}{lmvtt}{} + +\ifx\lmtt@use@light@as@normal\@empty +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmvtt}{sb}{n} + {<-> "[lmmonoprop10-regular]:mapping=tex-text"}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmvtt}{sb}{sl} + {<-> "[lmmonoprop10-oblique]:mapping=tex-text"}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmvtt}{sb}{it} + {<->sub*lmvtt/m/sl}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmvtt}{m}{n} + {<-> "[lmmonoproplt10-regular]:mapping=tex-text"}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmvtt}{m}{sl} + {<-> "[lmmonoproplt10-oblique]:mapping=tex-text"}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmvtt}{m}{it} + {<->sub*lmvtt/l/sl}{} + +\else +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmvtt}{m}{n} + {<-> "[lmmonoprop10-regular]:mapping=tex-text"}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmvtt}{m}{sl} + {<-> "[lmmonoprop10-oblique]:mapping=tex-text"}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmvtt}{m}{it} + {<->sub*lmvtt/m/sl}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmvtt}{l}{n} + {<-> "[lmmonoproplt10-regular]:mapping=tex-text"}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmvtt}{l}{sl} + {<-> "[lmmonoproplt10-oblique]:mapping=tex-text"}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmvtt}{l}{it} + {<->sub*lmvtt/l/sl}{} +\fi +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmvtt}{b}{n} + {<-> "[lmmonoproplt10-bold]:mapping=tex-text"}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmvtt}{b}{sl} + {<-> "[lmmonoproplt10-boldoblique]:mapping=tex-text"}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmvtt}{b}{it} + {<->sub*lmvtt/b/sl}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmvtt}{bx}{n} + {<->ssub*lmvtt/b/n}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmvtt}{bx}{sl} + {<->ssub*lmvtt/b/sl}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU1}{lmvtt}{bx}{it} + {<->sub*lmvtt/b/sl}{} +\endinput diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tex/latex/euenc/eu2enc.def new/tex/latex/euenc/eu2enc.def --- old/tex/latex/euenc/eu2enc.def 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tex/latex/euenc/eu2enc.def 2010-09-19 00:35:41.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +%% +%% This is file `eu2enc.def', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% euenc.dtx (with options: `eu2') +%% +%% _____________________________________ +%% The EUENC bundle +%% Will Robertson, Elie Roux, Khaled Hosny +%% +%% License information appended. +%% +\ProvidesFile{eu2enc.def} + [2010/05/27 v0.1h Experimental Unicode font encodings] +\DeclareFontEncoding{EU2}{}{} +\DeclareErrorFont{EU2}{lmr}{m}{n}{10} +\DeclareFontSubstitution{EU2}{lmr}{m}{n} +\g@addto@macro\nfss@catcodes{\@makeother:} +%% +%% Copyright 2006-2010 Will Robertson <wspr81(a)gmail.com> +%% Copyright 2009-2010 Elie Roux <elie.roux(a)telecom-bretagne.eu> +%% Copyright 2009-2010 Khaled Hosny <khaledhosny(a)eglug.org> +%% +%% Distributable under the LaTeX Project Public License, +%% version 1.3c or higher (your choice). The latest version of +%% this license is at: http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%% +%% This work is "maintained" (as per LPPL maintenance status) +%% by Will Robertson. +%% +%% This work consists of the file euenc.dtx and various derived files. +%% +%% +%% End of file `eu2enc.def'. diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tex/latex/euenc/eu2lmdh.fd new/tex/latex/euenc/eu2lmdh.fd --- old/tex/latex/euenc/eu2lmdh.fd 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tex/latex/euenc/eu2lmdh.fd 2010-02-15 01:56:51.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ + +\ProvidesFile{eu2lmdh.fd}[2009/10/30 v1.6 Font defs for Latin Modern] +\DeclareFontFamily{EU2}{lmdh}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmdh}{m}{n} + {<-> file:lmromandunh10-regular:script=latn;+trep;+tlig;}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmdh}{m}{it} + {<->sub*lmdh/m/sl}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmdh}{m}{sl} + {<-> file:lmromandunh10-oblique:script=latn;+trep;+tlig;}{} +\endinput diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tex/latex/euenc/eu2lmr.fd new/tex/latex/euenc/eu2lmr.fd --- old/tex/latex/euenc/eu2lmr.fd 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tex/latex/euenc/eu2lmr.fd 2010-02-15 01:56:51.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ + +\ProvidesFile{eu2lmr.fd}[2009/10/30 v1.6 Font defs for Latin Modern] +\DeclareFontFamily{EU2}{lmr}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmr}{m}{n}% + {<-5.5> file:lmroman5-regular:script=latn;+trep;+tlig; <5.5-6.5> file:lmroman6-regular:script=latn;+trep;+tlig; + <6.5-7.5> file:lmroman7-regular:script=latn;+trep;+tlig; <7.5-8.5> file:lmroman8-regular:script=latn;+trep;+tlig; + <8.5-9.5> file:lmroman9-regular:script=latn;+trep;+tlig; <9.5-11> file:lmroman10-regular:script=latn;+trep;+tlig; + <11-15> file:lmroman12-regular:script=latn;+trep;+tlig; + <15-> file:lmroman17-regular:script=latn;+trep;+tlig; + }{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmr}{m}{sl}% + {<-8.5> file:lmromanslant8-regular:script=latn;+trep;+tlig; <8.5-9.5> file:lmromanslant9-regular:script=latn;+trep;+tlig; + <9.5-11> file:lmromanslant10-regular:script=latn;+trep;+tlig; <11-15> file:lmromanslant12-regular:script=latn;+trep;+tlig; + <15-> file:lmromanslant17-regular:script=latn;+trep;+tlig; + }{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmr}{m}{it}% + {<-7.5> file:lmroman7-italic:script=latn;+trep;+tlig; + <7.5-8.5> file:lmroman8-italic:script=latn;+trep;+tlig; <8.5-9.5> file:lmroman9-italic:script=latn;+trep;+tlig; + <9.5-11> file:lmroman10-italic:script=latn;+trep;+tlig; <11-> file:lmroman12-italic:script=latn;+trep;+tlig; + }{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmr}{m}{sc}% + {<-> file:lmromancaps10-regular:script=latn;+trep;+tlig;}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmr}{m}{ui}% + {<-> ec-lmu10}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmr}{m}{scsl}% + {<-> file:lmromancaps10-oblique:script=latn;+trep;+tlig;}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmr}{b}{n} + {<-> file:lmromandemi10-regular:script=latn;+trep;+tlig;}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmr}{b}{sl} + {<-> file:lmromandemi10-oblique:script=latn;+trep;+tlig;}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmr}{bx}{n} + {<-5.5> file:lmroman5-bold:script=latn;+trep;+tlig; <5.5-6.5> file:lmroman6-bold:script=latn;+trep;+tlig; + <6.5-7.5> file:lmroman7-bold:script=latn;+trep;+tlig; <7.5-8.5> file:lmroman8-bold:script=latn;+trep;+tlig; + <8.5-9.5> file:lmroman9-bold:script=latn;+trep;+tlig; <9.5-11> file:lmroman10-bold:script=latn;+trep;+tlig; + <11-> file:lmroman12-bold:script=latn;+trep;+tlig; + }{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmr}{bx}{it} + {<-> file:lmroman10-bolditalic:script=latn;+trep;+tlig;}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmr}{bx}{sl} + {<-> file:lmromanslant10-bold:script=latn;+trep;+tlig;}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmr}{b}{it} + {<->sub * lmr/b/sl}{} +\endinput diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tex/latex/euenc/eu2lmss.fd new/tex/latex/euenc/eu2lmss.fd --- old/tex/latex/euenc/eu2lmss.fd 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tex/latex/euenc/eu2lmss.fd 2010-02-15 01:56:51.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ + +\ProvidesFile{eu2lmss.fd}[2009/10/30 v1.6 Font defs for Latin Modern] +\DeclareFontFamily{EU2}{lmss}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmss}{m}{n} + {<-8.5> file:lmsans8-regular:script=latn;+trep;+tlig; + <8.5-9.5> file:lmsans9-regular:script=latn;+trep;+tlig; <9.5-11> file:lmsans10-regular:script=latn;+trep;+tlig; + <11-15.5> file:lmsans12-regular:script=latn;+trep;+tlig; <15.5-> file:lmsans17-regular:script=latn;+trep;+tlig; + }{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmss}{m}{it} + {<->ssub*lmss/m/sl}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmss}{m}{sl} + {<-8.5> file:lmsans8-oblique:script=latn;+trep;+tlig; + <8.5-9.5> file:lmsans9-oblique:script=latn;+trep;+tlig; <9.5-11> file:lmsans10-oblique:script=latn;+trep;+tlig; + <11-15.5> file:lmsans12-oblique:script=latn;+trep;+tlig; <15.5-> file:lmsans17-oblique:script=latn;+trep;+tlig; + }{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmss}{m}{sc} + {<->sub*lmr/m/sc}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmss}{b}{n} + {<->ssub * lmss/bx/n}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmss}{b}{sl} + {<->ssub * lmss/bx/sl}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmss}{b}{it} + {<->ssub * lmss/bx/it}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmss}{sbc}{n} + {<-> file:lmsansdemicond10-regular:script=latn;+trep;+tlig;}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmss}{sbc}{sl} + {<-> file:lmsansdemicond10-oblique:script=latn;+trep;+tlig;}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmss}{sbc}{it} + {<->ssub*lmss/sbc/sl}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmss}{bx}{n} + {<-> file:lmsans10-bold:script=latn;+trep;+tlig;}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmss}{bx}{sl} + {<-> file:lmsans10-boldoblique:script=latn;+trep;+tlig;}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmss}{bx}{it} + {<->ssub*lmss/bx/sl}{} +\endinput diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tex/latex/euenc/eu2lmssq.fd new/tex/latex/euenc/eu2lmssq.fd --- old/tex/latex/euenc/eu2lmssq.fd 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tex/latex/euenc/eu2lmssq.fd 2010-02-15 01:56:51.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ + +\ProvidesFile{eu2lmssq.fd}[2009/10/30 v1.6 Font defs for Latin Modern] +\DeclareFontFamily{EU2}{lmssq}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmssq}{m}{n} + {<-> file:lmsansquot8-regular:script=latn;+trep;+tlig;}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmssq}{m}{sl} + {<-> file:lmsansquot8-oblique:script=latn;+trep;+tlig;}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmssq}{bx}{n} + {<-> file:lmsansquot8-bold:script=latn;+trep;+tlig;}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmssq}{bx}{sl} + {<-> file:lmsansquot8-boldoblique:script=latn;+trep;+tlig;}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmssq}{m}{it} + {<->ssub*lmssq/m/sl}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmssq}{bx}{it} + {<->ssub*lmssq/bx/sl}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmssq}{b}{n} + {<->ssub * lmssq/bx/n}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmssq}{b}{sl} + {<->ssub * lmssq/bx/sl}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmssq}{b}{it} + {<->ssub * lmssq/bx/it}{} +\endinput diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tex/latex/euenc/eu2lmtt.fd new/tex/latex/euenc/eu2lmtt.fd --- old/tex/latex/euenc/eu2lmtt.fd 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tex/latex/euenc/eu2lmtt.fd 2010-02-15 01:56:51.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ + +\ProvidesFile{eu2lmtt.fd}[2009/10/30 v1.6 Font defs for Latin Modern] +\DeclareFontFamily{EU2}{lmtt}{\hyphenchar \font\m@ne} + +\ifx\lmtt@use@light@as@normal\@empty +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmtt}{sb}{n} + {<-8.5> file:lmmono8-regular:script=latn <8.5-9.5> file:lmmono9-regular:script=latn + <9.5-11> file:lmmono10-regular:script=latn <11-> file:lmmono12-regular:script=latn + }{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmtt}{sb}{it} + {<-> file:lmmono10-italic:script=latn}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmtt}{sb}{sl} + {<-> file:lmmonoslant10-regular:script=latn}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmtt}{sb}{sc} + {<-> file:lmmonocaps10-regular:script=latn}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmtt}{sb}{scsl} + {<-> file:lmmonocaps10-oblique:script=latn}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmtt}{m}{n} + {<-> file:lmmonolt10-regular:script=latn}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmtt}{m}{it} + {<->sub*lmtt/l/sl}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmtt}{m}{sl} + {<-> file:lmmonolt10-oblique:script=latn}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmtt}{c}{n} + {<-> file:lmmonoltcond10-regular:script=latn}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmtt}{c}{it} + {<->sub*lmtt/lc/sl}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmtt}{c}{sl} + {<-> file:lmmonoltcond10-oblique:script=latn}{} +\else +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmtt}{m}{n} + {<-8.5> file:lmmono8-regular:script=latn <8.5-9.5> file:lmmono9-regular:script=latn + <9.5-11> file:lmmono10-regular:script=latn <11-> file:lmmono12-regular:script=latn + }{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmtt}{m}{it} + {<-> file:lmmono10-italic:script=latn}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmtt}{m}{sl} + {<-> file:lmmonoslant10-regular:script=latn}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmtt}{m}{sc} + {<-> file:lmmonocaps10-regular:script=latn}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmtt}{m}{scsl} + {<-> file:lmmonocaps10-oblique:script=latn}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmtt}{l}{n} + {<-> file:lmmonolt10-regular:script=latn}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmtt}{l}{it} + {<->sub*lmtt/l/sl}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmtt}{l}{sl} + {<-> file:lmmonolt10-oblique:script=latn}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmtt}{lc}{n} + {<-> file:lmmonoltcond10-regular:script=latn}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmtt}{lc}{it} + {<->sub*lmtt/lc/sl}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmtt}{lc}{sl} + {<-> file:lmmonoltcond10-oblique:script=latn}{} +\fi +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmtt}{b}{n} + {<-> file:lmmonolt10-bold:script=latn}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmtt}{b}{it} + {<->sub*lmtt/b/sl}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmtt}{b}{sl} +{<-> file:lmmonolt10-boldoblique:script=latn}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmtt}{bx}{it} + {<->sub*lmtt/b/sl}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmtt}{bx}{n} + {<->ssub*lmtt/b/n}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmtt}{bx}{sl} + {<->ssub*lmtt/b/sl}{} +\endinput diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tex/latex/euenc/eu2lmvtt.fd new/tex/latex/euenc/eu2lmvtt.fd --- old/tex/latex/euenc/eu2lmvtt.fd 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tex/latex/euenc/eu2lmvtt.fd 2010-02-15 01:56:51.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ + +\ProvidesFile{eu2lmvtt.fd}[2009/10/30 v1.6 Font defs for Latin Modern] +\DeclareFontFamily{EU2}{lmvtt}{} + +\ifx\lmtt@use@light@as@normal\@empty +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmvtt}{sb}{n} + {<-> file:lmmonoprop10-regular:script=latn;+trep;+tlig;}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmvtt}{sb}{sl} + {<-> file:lmmonoprop10-oblique:script=latn;+trep;+tlig;}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmvtt}{sb}{it} + {<->sub*lmvtt/m/sl}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmvtt}{m}{n} + {<-> file:lmmonoproplt10-regular:script=latn;+trep;+tlig;}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmvtt}{m}{sl} + {<-> file:lmmonoproplt10-oblique:script=latn;+trep;+tlig;}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmvtt}{m}{it} + {<->sub*lmvtt/l/sl}{} + +\else +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmvtt}{m}{n} + {<-> file:lmmonoprop10-regular:script=latn;+trep;+tlig;}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmvtt}{m}{sl} + {<-> file:lmmonoprop10-oblique:script=latn;+trep;+tlig;}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmvtt}{m}{it} + {<->sub*lmvtt/m/sl}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmvtt}{l}{n} + {<-> file:lmmonoproplt10-regular:script=latn;+trep;+tlig;}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmvtt}{l}{sl} + {<-> file:lmmonoproplt10-oblique:script=latn;+trep;+tlig;}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmvtt}{l}{it} + {<->sub*lmvtt/l/sl}{} +\fi +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmvtt}{b}{n} + {<-> file:lmmonoproplt10-bold:script=latn;+trep;+tlig;}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmvtt}{b}{sl} + {<-> file:lmmonoproplt10-boldoblique:script=latn;+trep;+tlig;}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmvtt}{b}{it} + {<->sub*lmvtt/b/sl}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmvtt}{bx}{n} + {<->ssub*lmvtt/b/n}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmvtt}{bx}{sl} + {<->ssub*lmvtt/b/sl}{} +\DeclareFontShape{EU2}{lmvtt}{bx}{it} + {<->sub*lmvtt/b/sl}{} +\endinput diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/euenc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/euenc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/euenc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/euenc.tlpobj 2010-09-19 04:04:32.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +name euenc +category Package +revision 19795 +shortdesc Unicode font encoding definitions for XeTeX. +relocated 1 +longdesc Font encoding definitions for unicode fonts loaded by LaTeX in +longdesc XeTeX or LuaTeX. The package provides two encodings: -- EU1, +longdesc designed for use with XeTeX, which the fontspec uses for +longdesc unicode fonts which require no macro-level processing for +longdesc accents, and -- EU2, which provides the same facilities for use +longdesc with LuaTeX. Neither encoding places any restriction on the +longdesc glyphs provided by a font; use of EU2 causes the package +longdesc euxunicode to be loaded (the package is part of this +longdesc distribution). The package includes font definition files for +longdesc use with the Latin Modern OpenType fonts. +runfiles size=14 + RELOC/tex/latex/euenc/eu1enc.def + RELOC/tex/latex/euenc/eu1lmdh.fd + RELOC/tex/latex/euenc/eu1lmr.fd + RELOC/tex/latex/euenc/eu1lmss.fd + RELOC/tex/latex/euenc/eu1lmssq.fd + RELOC/tex/latex/euenc/eu1lmtt.fd + RELOC/tex/latex/euenc/eu1lmvtt.fd + RELOC/tex/latex/euenc/eu2enc.def + RELOC/tex/latex/euenc/eu2lmdh.fd + RELOC/tex/latex/euenc/eu2lmr.fd + RELOC/tex/latex/euenc/eu2lmss.fd + RELOC/tex/latex/euenc/eu2lmssq.fd + RELOC/tex/latex/euenc/eu2lmtt.fd + RELOC/tex/latex/euenc/eu2lmvtt.fd +catalogue-ctan /macros/latex/contrib/euenc +catalogue-date 2010-09-19 01:22:04 +0200 +catalogue-license lppl1.3 +catalogue-version 0.1h diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/hepunits.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/hepunits.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/hepunits.doc.tlpobj 2010-06-10 18:29:19.000000000 +0200 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/hepunits.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -name hepunits.doc -category Package -revision 15878 -shortdesc doc files of hepunits -relocated 1 -docfiles size=27 - RELOC/doc/latex/hepunits/ChangeLog - RELOC/doc/latex/hepunits/README - RELOC/doc/latex/hepunits/hepunits.pdf - RELOC/doc/latex/hepunits/hepunits.tex ++++++ hyphen-turkish.tar.xz -> factura.tar.xz ++++++ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tex/latex/factura/factura.cls new/tex/latex/factura/factura.cls --- old/tex/latex/factura/factura.cls 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tex/latex/factura/factura.cls 2013-04-30 01:29:22.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,841 @@ +%% +%% This is file `factura.cls', +%% *NOT* generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% Copyright 2013 Emilio Lazo Zaia +%% +%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% The latest version of this license is in +%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +%% version 2005/12/01 or later. +%% +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". +%% +%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Emilio Lazo Zaia. +%% +%% This work consists of the files factura.cls, factura.def, +%% and factura-modelo.tex, factura-modelo-ya.tex and README. +%% +%% Emilio Lazo Zaia <emiliolazozaia(a)gmail.com> +%% +%% This file is in UTF-8 format with Unix-like line breaks (LF only). +%% Commands and commentaries are in spanish. +%% +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] +\ProvidesClass{factura}[2013/04/29 v1.0 +^^J^^J +Clase para elaborar facturas legales en la +República Bolivariana de Venezuela.] + +\newif\if@prefactura \@prefacturafalse +\newif\if@presupuesto \@presupuestofalse +\newif\if@spanish \@spanishtrue +\newif\if@marco \@marcofalse +\newif\if@ivaexplicito \@ivaexplicitotrue +\newif\if@todosiva \@todosivafalse +\newif\if@confirmas \@confirmastrue +\newif\if@concondiciones \@concondicionestrue +\newif\if@filas \@filasfalse +\newif\if@centrado \@centradofalse +\newif\if@denom \@denomfalse +\newif\if@lineaitem \@lineaitemfalse +\newif\if@linea \@lineafalse +\newif\if@G \@Gfalse +\newif\if@BIA \@BIAfalse +\newif\if@BIR \@BIRfalse +\newif\if@Exento \@Exentofalse +\newif\if@csv \@csvfalse + +\LoadClass[12pt]{article} + +\RequirePackage[absolute]{textpos}% Es necesario 'textpos' para colocar texto en ubicaciones arbitrarias. +\RequirePackage{geometry}% 'geometry' para ajustar el tamaño de la página. +\RequirePackage{calc}% 'calc' para hacer aritmética con las dimensiones. +\RequirePackage{fp-upn}% Fundamental el paquete 'fp-upn' para todos los cálculos. +\RequirePackage{numprint}% Con 'numprint' expresamos los totales en el formato requerido. +\RequirePackage{fancybox}% El cuadro de la descripción lo hacemos con 'fancybox'. +\RequirePackage[dvipsnames]{xcolor}% Para el color en la numeración. +\RequirePackage{xifthen}% 'xifthen' para algunos de los condicionales. +\RequirePackage{etoolbox}% 'etoolbox' para los condicionales binarios. +\RequirePackage{expl3}% Para poder hacer el loop que uso en las líneas en blanco. +\RequirePackage{tabularx}% Con 'tabularx' hacemos la tabla. +\RequirePackage{environ}% Con 'environ' podemos usar tabularx dentro del ambiente de la factura y colocar texto en el enddef. + +% Gracias a Joseph Wright (Thanks to Joseph Wright): +% http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/16189/repeat-command-n-times +\ExplSyntaxOn +\cs_new_eq:NN \Repeat \prg_replicate:nn +\ExplSyntaxOff + +\newboolean{Separado} \boolfalse{Separado} +\newboolean{SinCantidad} \boolfalse{SinCantidad} +\newboolean{Filas} \boolfalse{Filas} +\newboolean{G} \boolfalse{G} +\newboolean{SinLineasV} \boolfalse{SinLineasV} +% Condicional binario auxiliar para el separado en el estido 'sinlineasv'. +\newboolean{SeparadoSinLineasV} \boolfalse{SeparadoSinLineasV} +% Condicional auxiliar para hacer que la línea oblicua vaya desde el campo de la cantidad, en los casos de los estilos 'sinlineasv' y 'separado'. +\newboolean{LineaDesdeCantidad} +% Otro para que la línea vaya hasta el precio total, en el caso de 'sinlineasv' con 'filas'. +\newboolean{LineaHastaPT} + +% Se utiliza '\@Impuesto' como el factor del impuesto, el cual viene predefinido en '\@Alicuota'. +\def\@ImpuestoG{\@AlicuotaG} +\def\@ImpuestoR{\@AlicuotaR} +\def\@ImpuestoA{\@AlicuotaA} + +\DeclareOption{prefactura}{\@prefacturatrue}% La prefactura; con el diseño de la forma libre... para enviar por correo electrónico, fax o imprimir preliminarmente. +\DeclareOption{presupuesto}{\@presupuestotrue}% Cambia la denominación a 'PRESUPUESTO' y no 'FACTURA'. +\DeclareOption{nospanish}{\@spanishfalse}% No carga babel en castellano ni la codificación T1 de las letras. +\DeclareOption{sinfirmas}{\@confirmasfalse}% No agrega los espacios para firmar. +\DeclareOption{sincantidad}{\booltrue{SinCantidad}}% Para no colocar el campo de la cantidad. +\DeclareOption{sincond}{\@concondicionesfalse}% No agrega la línea de las condiciones de pago. +\DeclareOption{denom}{\@denomtrue}% Agrega el texto con la denominación del documento, para las formas libres que no tienen el número de factura. +\DeclareOption{siniva}{\gdef\@ImpuestoG{0}\gdef\@ImpuestoR{0}\gdef\@ImpuestoA{0}}% No cobra IVA. +\DeclareOption{todosiva}{\@todosivatrue}% Con esta opción salen todos los IVA así valgan cero. +\DeclareOption{ivanoexplicito}{\@ivaexplicitofalse}% Cuando no se cobra IVA y tampoco se quiere que aparezca la totalización del IVA. +% Para la 'G' del IVA general y el porcentaje en su base imponible. +\DeclareOption{G}{\@Gtrue\booltrue{G}}% Con esta opción sale la letra 'G' en los items con IVA general, y sale el porcentaje en la base imponible general. +\DeclareOption{lineaitem}{\@lineaitemtrue}% Una línea en cada ítem. +\DeclareOption{linea}{\@lineatrue}% Para la línea que protege el espacio en blanco. +\DeclareOption{separado}{\booltrue{LineaDesdeCantidad}\booltrue{Separado}\booltrue{SeparadoSinLineasV}}% Encierra en un separado los totales de los items. +\DeclareOption{filas}{% Estilo de totalización en filas. + \ifbool{Separado}{\ClassWarning{factura}{La opción 'filas' no es compatible con la opción 'separado'. Sin efecto opción 'separado'}{}}{}% + \if@ivaexplicito\else% + \ClassWarning{factura}{La opción 'filas' no es compatible con la opción 'ivanoexplicito'. Sin efecto opción 'ivanoexplicito'.}{}% + \@ivaexplicitotrue% + \fi% + \@filastrue\booltrue{Filas}% + \boolfalse{LineaDesdeCantidad}% Quitamos esto porque la línea diagonal se coloca dentro del renglón de la factura en el modo 'filas', entonces es desde la descripción a menos que se use 'sinlineasv'. +} +\DeclareOption{centrado}{% Total y exento 'centrado'; sólo para estilo 'filas' + \if@filas% + \@centradotrue% + \else% + \ClassWarning{factura}{La opción 'centrado' no es compatible con el modo de totalización en columnas. Sin efecto opción 'centrado'.}{} + \fi} +\DeclareOption{sinlineasv}{% Estilo 'sinlineasv'. + \booltrue{SinLineasV}% + \booltrue{LineaDesdeCantidad}% + \boolfalse{Separado}% + \if@filas\booltrue{LineaHastaPT}\fi} +\DeclareOption{csv}{\@csvtrue}% Para la salida en modo csv también. + +\ProcessOptions\relax + +\AtBeginDocument{% + % Da error si algún campo necesario no está definido. + \ifx \@undefined \@Nombre \ClassError{factura}{** Hay que definir la razón social **}{} \fi% + \ifx \@undefined \@RIF \ClassError{factura}{** Hay que definir el R.I.F. **}{} \fi% + \ifx \@undefined \@Direccion \ClassError{factura}{** Hay que definir la dirección fiscal **}{} \fi% + \ifx \@undefined \@Tel \ClassError{factura}{** Hay que definir un número telefónico **}{} \fi% + \ifx \@undefined \@Email \ClassWarning{factura}{** Pudiera definirse una dirección de correo electrónico **}{} \fi% + \ifx \@undefined \@Fecha \ClassError{factura}{** Hay que definir la fecha de emisión **}{} \fi + \if@concondiciones% + \ifx \@undefined \@Condiciones \ClassError{factura}{** Hay que definir las condiciones de pago o usar la opción 'sincond' **}{} \fi% + \fi% + \if@confirmas% + \ifx \@undefined \@Emisor \ClassError{factura}{** Hay que definir el nombre del emisor cuando no se omite (con la opción 'sinfirmas') el espacio para firmar. **}{} \fi% + \fi% + \if@marco% + \ifx \@undefined \@Marco \ClassError{factura}{** Hay que definir el marco **}{} \fi% + \fi% + \if@denom% + \ifx \@undefined \@Num \ClassError{factura}{** Hay que definir el número de la factura **}{} \fi% + \fi} + +% Tamaño de la página con 'geometry', página limpia y sin sangre. +\pagestyle{empty} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} + +% \Fecha, \Nombre (\RS), \RIF, \CI, \Dirección, \Tel, \Email, \Emisor. +\def\Fecha#1{\gdef\@Fecha{#1}} +\def\Nombre#1{\gdef\@Nombre{#1}} +\let\RS\Nombre +\def\RIF#1{\gdef\@RIF{#1}} +\def\CI#1{\let\@@RIF\@@CI\gdef\@RIF{#1}} +\def\Direccion#1{\gdef\@Direccion{#1}} +\def\Tel#1{\gdef\@Tel{#1}} +\def\Email#1{\gdef\@Email{#1}} +\def\Emisor#1{\gdef\@Emisor{#1}} + +\def\Resumen#1{\gdef\@Resumen{#1}}% Resumen opcional que va colocado a la derecha en un óvalo. +\def\Marco#1{\gdef\@Marco{#1}}% Con \Marco le damos el nombre del archivo que contiene el formato de la factura para compilaciones con 'prefactura', 'presupuesto'. +\def\Denom#1{\gdef\@Denominacion{#1}}% La denominación puede ser 'FACTURA', 'PRESUPUESTO' u otra. +\def\@Denominacion{\@@DenomFactura}% Se predetermina la factura. + +% Número de la factura con \Num. +\def\Num#1{\gdef\@Num{\nplpadding{\@DigitosNumeracion}\npthousandsep{}\numprint{#1}}} +% También puede escribirse el número de control (\NumControl), sólo en las 'prefacturas', y el número de serie de control puede fijarse con \NumSerieControl. +% Si el número de control no se especifica, toma el mismo que el de la factura, y si el número de serie de control no se especifica, toma '00'. +\def\NumControl#1{\gdef\@NumControl{\nplpadding{\@DigitosNumeracion}\npthousandsep{}\numprint{#1}}} +\def\NumSerieControl#1{\gdef\@NumSerieControl{#1}} +\AtBeginDocument{% + \ifx\@undefined\@NumControl\let\@NumControl\@Num\fi% + \ifx\@undefined\@NumSerieControl\gdef\@NumSerieControl{00}\fi} + +% Cantidad de líneas en blanco al final del renglón de la factura. +\def\Lineas#1{\setcounter{Lineas}{#1}} + +% Texto que esclarece las condiciones de pago. +\def\Condiciones#1{\gdef\@Condiciones{#1}} + +% Longitudes para uso interno. +\newlength{\TamDatos} +\newlength{\TamResumen} +\newlength{\TamFinalOvalos} +\newlength{\TamLineaFirmas} +\newlength{\EspesorLineaFirmas} +\newlength{\NodoX} +\newlength{\NodoY} +\newlength{\NodoXX} +\newlength{\NodoYY} +\newlength{\SepTotales} + +% Longitudes que podemos cambiar, para la posición de varios elementos en la factura. +\newlength{\XInicioFecha} +\newlength{\YInicioFecha} +\newlength{\XInicioDenom} +\newlength{\YInicioDenom} +\newlength{\XInicioFirmas} +\newlength{\XFinFirmas} +\newlength{\YInicioFirmas} +\newlength{\XInicioCond} +\newlength{\XFinCond} +\newlength{\YInicioCond} +\newlength{\XInicioControl} +\newlength{\YInicioControl} +\newlength{\TamControl} +\newlength{\SepOvalos} +\newlength{\SepElementos} +\newlength{\SepMinTotales} + +% Cajas para uso interno. +\newbox{\CajaDatos} +\newbox{\CajaResumen} +\newbox{\CajaFirma} + +% Para las líneas en blanco en la factura. +\newcounter{Lineas}% + +% '1' cuando hay IVA R o IVA A, y '2' cuando hay ambos. +\newcounter{IVANoGeneral}% + +\input{factura.def}% Cargamos los valores predeterminados. + +% Establecemos los porcentajes de las alícuotas a través del factor, tomado del archivo .def. +\FPupn\@AlicuotaGPorc{\@AlicuotaG{} 100 * 2 round clip} +\FPupn\@AlicuotaRPorc{\@AlicuotaR{} 100 * 2 round clip} +\FPupn\@AlicuotaAPorc{\@AlicuotaA{} 100 * 2 round clip} + +% \SepMinTotales es el mínimo espacio entre los totales en el modo 'filas', y SepTotales es una dimensión estirable, con ese como su mínimo. +\expandafter\setlength{\SepTotales}{\the\SepMinTotales plus 1fill} + +\if@todosiva + \@BIRtrue + \@BIAtrue + \@Exentotrue + \@Gtrue +\fi + +\if@spanish + \RequirePackage[spanish]{babel}% Babel en castellano. + \RequirePackage[T1]{fontenc}% Codificación T1 para las tipografías. +\fi + +\if@linea + \RequirePackage{tikz}% Para la línea. + \RequirePackage{zref-savepos}% También determinar las coordenadas de la línea. + \AtEndDocument{\@Linea} +\fi + +\if@prefactura + \@marcotrue + \RequirePackage{graphicx} + \AtEndDocument{\@MARCO\@NUMCONTROL} + \@denomtrue +\fi + +\if@presupuesto + \@marcotrue + \RequirePackage{graphicx} + \AtEndDocument{\@MARCO} + \@denomtrue + \def\@Denominacion{\@@DenomPresupuesto} +\fi + +\AtBeginDocument{\@Encabezado} + +\if@denom% Coloca el texto de la denominación. + \AtEndDocument{\@DENOMINACION} +\fi + +\if@confirmas% Coloca las firmas. + \AtEndDocument{\@FIRMAS} +\fi + +\if@concondiciones% Coloca las condiciones de pago. + \AtEndDocument{\@CONDICIONES} +\fi + +\if@csv% Abre el archivo csv. + \newwrite\csv + \immediate\openout\csv=\jobname.csv +\fi + +\AtBeginDocument{\AtEndDocument{% + % La factura no puede ocupar más que una página. + \clearpage\ifthenelse{\value{page}>2}{\ClassError{factura}{** La factura ocupa más que una página **}{}}{\relax} + % Escribimos los totales al archivo csv. + \if@csv% + \if@Exento \write\csv{Totales: \space\space \@@BIE: \@Moneda \BIE} \fi% + \if@BIR% + \write\csv{Totales: \space\space \@@BIR: \@Moneda \BIR}% + \write\csv{Totales: \space\space\space \@@AlicuotaR: \@Moneda \AlicuotaR}% + \fi% + \write\csv{Totales: \space\space \@@BIG: \@Moneda \BIG}% + \write\csv{Totales: \space\space\space \@@AlicuotaG: \@Moneda \AlicuotaG}% + \if@BIA% + \write\csv{Totales: \space\space \@@BIA: \@Moneda \BIA}% + \write\csv{Totales: \space\space\space \@@AlicuotaA: \@Moneda \AlicuotaA}% + \fi% + \write\csv{Totales: \space\space\space \@@Total: \@Moneda \Total}% + \closeout\csv% + \fi}} + +% Comando para incluir la firma escaneada en el puesto donde va la línea de la firma del emisor. +% El primer parámetro es la posición en X, el segundo parámetro es la posición en Y, y +% el tercer parámeto deberá ser la inclusión del gráfico. +\newcommand{\Firma}[3]{% + \RequirePackage{graphicx}% + \def\tempX{#1}% + \def\tempY{#2}% + \ifthenelse{\equal{\tempX}{\empty}}{\def\tempX{0pt}}{}% + \ifthenelse{\equal{\tempY}{\empty}}{\def\tempY{0pt}}{}% + \savebox{\CajaFirma}{#3}% + \AtEndDocument{% + \begin{textblock*}{\TamLineaFirmas}(\textwidth+\oddsidemargin+1in-\TamLineaFirmas/2-\wd\CajaFirma/2-\XFinFirmas+\tempX,\YInicioFirmas-\ht\CajaFirma-\dp\CajaFirma+\tempY)% + \usebox{\CajaFirma}% + \end{textblock*}}}% + +\newcommand{\cliente}[1]{\input{#1.def}}% Para cada cliente se puede tener un archivo .def con su nombre y alguna macro cargada. Ese archivo lo ponemos incluir con '\cliente' en lugar de usar \input o \include, y la extensión deberá ser .def. + +% El ambiente 'factura', usando el paquete 'environ' para su definición, y el comando auxiliar \facturaauxcmd. +% Gracias a Heiko Oberdiek y David Carlisle (Thanks to Heiko Oberdiek and David Carlisle). +% http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/108565/know-the-cell-width-with-tabu… +\NewEnviron{factura}{% + \expandafter\facturaauxcmd\expandafter{\BODY}% +} + +% Comando auxiliar para la definición del ambiente de la factura; al final de este comando está el texto que va en el enddef del ambiente de la factura. +\newcommand{\facturaauxcmd}[1] +{% + \ifx\undefined\Total\relax\else\ClassError{factura}{** Parece ya haber un renglón de montos **}{}\fi% + % + \renewcommand{\tabularxcolumn}[1]{m{##1}}% TODO: Alineación vertical cuando hay más de una línea. + % http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/111203/tabularx-bottom-alignment-on-… + % Comando para poner en cero los contadores de los totales porque el ambiente de la factura se evalúa tres veces y los totales se sumarían todos tres veces. + \newcommand{\@ZERO}{% + \FPset\BIG{0}\global\let\BIG\BIG% + \FPset\BIR{0}\global\let\BIR\BIR% + \FPset\BIA{0}\global\let\BIA\BIA% + \FPset\BIE{0}\global\let\BIE\BIE% + \FPset\AlicuotaG{0}\global\let\AlicuotaG\AlicuotaG% + \FPset\AlicuotaR{0}\global\let\AlicuotaR\AlicuotaR% + \FPset\AlicuotaA{0}\global\let\AlicuotaA\AlicuotaA% + }% + % + % Escribe la letra que designa al tipo de impuesto que aplica al ítem. + \newcommand\EscribeTipoDeImpuesto[1]{% + \if@G\letratipoiva\ \fi% El espacio antes de la letra. + \ifthenelse{\equal{##1}{E}}{\@DenomAlicuotaE\hfill}{}% Si está exento, escribimos '(E)' al lado del p/t también. + \ifthenelse{\equal{##1}{R}}{\@DenomAlicuotaR\hfill}{}% Si tiene IVA reducido, escribimos 'R'. + \ifthenelse{\equal{##1}{A}}{\@DenomAlicuotaA\hfill}{}% Si tiene IVA adicional, escribimos 'A'. + \ifthenelse{\equal{##1}{G}}{\if@G\@DenomAlicuotaG\hfill\fi}{}% Una 'G' para IVA general si hace falta. + \if@G\ \fi} % El espacio entre el tipo de impuesto y el precio. + % + % Suma el ítem actual a la base imponible acumulada. + \newcommand{\@TotalizaItem}[1]{% + \expandafter\FPupn\csname BI##1\endcsname{\PrecioT{} \expandafter\csname BI##1\endcsname{} + 2 round}% Agregamos a la base imponible. + \global\expandafter\let\csname BI##1\expandafter\endcsname\csname BI##1\endcsname% + % Si es un ítem exento, no hay alícuota a agregar. + \ifthenelse{\equal{##1}{E}}{}{% + \expandafter\FPupn\csname Alicuota##1\endcsname{\PrecioT{} \expandafter\csname @Impuesto##1\endcsname{} * \expandafter\csname Alicuota##1\endcsname{} + 2 round}% Agregamos al IVA. + \global\expandafter\let\csname Alicuota##1\expandafter\endcsname\csname Alicuota##1\endcsname}}% + % + % Comando para sumar todos los totales y general el total general. + \newcommand{\@TotalTotal}{% + \FPupn{\Total}{\BIE{} \BIR{} + \BIG{} + \BIA{} + \AlicuotaR{} + \AlicuotaG{} + \AlicuotaA{} + 2 round}% + \global\let\Total\Total}% + % + % Presentación de totales en modo de columnas. + \newcommand{\@EscribeTotalColBI}[1]{% + \ifbool{Separado}{\multicolumn{2}{|c}{}&\multicolumn{1}{r}}{&&}% + {\ \letratittotales \csname @@BI##1\endcsname% + \ifthenelse{\equal{##1}{G}}{% + % Colocamos el porcentaje explícito en la base imponible general si es requerido. + \if@G\ \hfill(\@AlicuotaGPorc\%)\else\mbox{}\fi} + {\hfill\ifthenelse{\equal{##1}{E}}{}{\ (\csname @Alicuota##1Porc\endcsname\%)}}}% + & \letratotales\numprint{\csname BI##1\endcsname} \\}% + % + \newcommand{\@EscribeTotalColAlicuota}[1]{% + \ifbool{Separado}{\multicolumn{2}{|c}{}&\multicolumn{1}{r}}{&&}% + {\ \letratittotales \csname @@Alicuota##1\endcsname\ \hfill (\csname @Alicuota##1Porc\endcsname\%)}% + & \letratotales\numprint{\csname Alicuota##1\endcsname} \\}% + % + % Presentación de totales en modo filas. + \newcommand{\@EscribeTotalFilasBI}[1]{% + \@EscribeTotalFilasBIizq{##1}: & \@EscribeTotalFilasBIder{##1}}% + % + \newcommand{\@EscribeTotalFilasSoloBI}[1]{% + {\letratittotales\@EscribeTotalFilasBIizq{##1}:} {\letratotales\@EscribeTotalFilasBIder{##1}}}% + % + \newcommand{\@EscribeTotalFilasBIizq}[1]{% + \letratittotales\csname @@BI##1\endcsname% + \ifthenelse{\equal{##1}{G}}% + {\if@G \ (\@AlicuotaGPorc\%)\fi}% Si hay otra B.I. que no sea general, colocamos el porcentaje explícito en la general. + {\ifthenelse{\equal{##1}{E}}{}{\ (\csname @Alicuota##1Porc\endcsname\%)}}}% + % + \newcommand{\@EscribeTotalFilasBIder}[1]{% + \letratotales\numprint{\csname BI##1\endcsname}}% + % + \newcommand{\@EscribeTotalFilasAlicuota}[1]{% + \@EscribeTotalFilasAlicuotaizq{##1}: & \@EscribeTotalFilasAlicuotader{##1}}% + % + \newcommand{\@EscribeTotalFilasSoloAlicuota}[1]{% + {\letratittotales\@EscribeTotalFilasAlicuotaizq{##1}:} {\letratotales\@EscribeTotalFilasAlicuotader{##1}}}% + % + \newcommand{\@EscribeTotalFilasAlicuotaizq}[1]{% + \letratittotales\csname @@Alicuota##1\endcsname \ (\csname @Alicuota##1Porc\endcsname\%)}% + % + \newcommand{\@EscribeTotalFilasAlicuotader}[1]{% + \letratotales\numprint{\csname Alicuota##1\endcsname}}% + % + \newcommand{\@EscribeTotalFilas}[2][]{% + \@EscribeTotalFilasAuxTabla{% + \csname @EscribeTotalFilasBI\endcsname{##2}% + \ifthenelse{\equal{##2}{E}}{% + \ifthenelse{\equal{##1}{T}}{% + \\% + \letratittotal\@@Total: & \letratotal\numprint{\Total}}{}}% + {\\% + \csname @EscribeTotalFilasAlicuota\endcsname{##2}}}}% + % + \newcommand{\@GeneraCajasTotalesFilas}{% + \if@Exento% + \newbox{\CajaBIE}\newbox{\CajaBIET}% + \savebox{\CajaBIE}{\@EscribeTotalFilasSoloBI{E}}% + \savebox{\CajaBIET}{\@EscribeTotalFilas[T]{E}}% + \fi% + \if@BIR% + \addtocounter{IVANoGeneral}{1}% + \newbox{\CajaBIR}\newbox{\CajaAliR}\newbox{\CajaBIAliR}% + \savebox{\CajaBIR}{\@EscribeTotalFilasSoloBI{R}}% + \savebox{\CajaAliR}{\@EscribeTotalFilasSoloAlicuota{R}}% + \savebox{\CajaBIAliR}{\@EscribeTotalFilas{R}}% + \fi% + \newbox{\CajaBIG}\newbox{\CajaAliG}\newbox{\CajaBIAliG}% + \savebox{\CajaBIG}{\@EscribeTotalFilasSoloBI{G}}% + \savebox{\CajaAliG}{\@EscribeTotalFilasSoloAlicuota{G}}% + \savebox{\CajaBIAliG}{\@EscribeTotalFilas{G}}% + \if@BIA% + \addtocounter{IVANoGeneral}{1}% + \newbox{\CajaBIA}\newbox{\CajaAliA}\newbox{\CajaBIAliA}% + \savebox{\CajaBIA}{\@EscribeTotalFilasSoloBI{A}}% + \savebox{\CajaAliA}{\@EscribeTotalFilasSoloAlicuota{A}}% + \savebox{\CajaBIAliA}{\@EscribeTotalFilas{A}}% + \fi}% + % + \newcommand{\@EscribeTotalesFilasGET}{% + \hspace*{\SepTotales}\usebox{\CajaBIG}% + \hspace*{\SepTotales}\usebox{\CajaAliG}% + \if@Exento\hspace*{\SepTotales}\usebox{\CajaBIE}\fi% + \hspace*{\SepTotales}\usebox{\CajaTotal}% + \if@centrado\hspace*{\SepTotales}\fi}% + % + \newcommand{\@EscribeTotalesFilasGxET}{% + \if@BIR\hspace*{\SepTotales}\usebox{\CajaBIAliR}\fi% + \hspace*{\SepTotales}\usebox{\CajaBIAliG}% + \if@BIA\hspace*{\SepTotales}\usebox{\CajaBIAliA}\fi% + \hspace*{\SepTotales}\if@Exento\usebox{\CajaBIET}\else\usebox{\CajaTotal}\fi% + \if@centrado\hspace*{\SepTotales}\fi}% + % + \newcommand{\@EscribeTotalesFilasRGA}{% + \hspace*{\SepTotales}\usebox{\CajaBIAliR}% + \hspace*{\SepTotales}\usebox{\CajaBIAliG}% + \hspace*{\SepTotales}\usebox{\CajaBIAliA}% + \hspace*{\SepTotales}}% + % + \newcommand{\@EscribeTotalesFilasRGAET}{% + \@EscribeTotalesFilasRGA% + \if@Exento\usebox{\CajaBIET}\else\usebox{\CajaTotal}\fi% + \if@centrado\hspace*{\SepTotales}\fi}% + % + \newcommand{\@EscribeTotalFilasAuxTabla}[1]{% + \begin{tabular}{@{}l@{\extracolsep{4pt}}r@{}}% + ##1% + \end{tabular}}% + % + % Comando interno para el ítem. + \newcommand{\@ITEM}[4]{% 1. [R|G|A|E]; 2. cantidad; 3. descripción; 4. p/u. + \ifbool{SinCantidad}{}{% + \letranumeros\numprint{##2}}% Se escribe la cantidad. + &% + ##3% Se escribe la descripción. + &% + \FPupn\PrecioU{##4 2 round}% + % Advertimos si el precio unitario tiene tres decimales. + \FPifeq\PrecioU{##4}\else\ClassWarning{factura}{** Se está introduciendo un precio con tres decimales: (##3 -> ##4) **}{}\fi% + \ifbool{SinCantidad}{}{% + {\EscribeTipoDeImpuesto{##1}}% + \letranumeros\numprint{\PrecioU}}% + &% + {\EscribeTipoDeImpuesto{##1}}% + \FPupn\PrecioT{##2 ##4 * 2 round}% + \global\let\PrecioT\PrecioT% + \letranumeros\numprint{\PrecioT}% + \ifbool{SinCantidad} + % Escribimos al .log el ítem. + {\if@csv\write\csv{"##3","##1","\PrecioT"}\fi}% + {\if@csv\write\csv{"##2","##3","##1 ##4","##1 \PrecioT"}\fi}% + % + \@TotalizaItem{##1}% + \\% + \if@lineaitem\hline\fi}% + % + \ifbool{SinCantidad} + {% + % Ítem normal. + \newcommand{\Item}[2]{\@ITEM{G}{1}{##1}{##2}}% + % Ítem con IVA reducido. + \newcommand{\ItemR}[2]{\global\@BIRtrue\global\@Gtrue\@ITEM{R}{1}{##1}{##2}}% + % Ítem con IVA adicional. + \newcommand{\ItemA}[2]{\global\@BIAtrue\global\@Gtrue\@ITEM{A}{1}{##1}{##2}}% + % Ítem exento de IVA. + \newcommand{\ItemE}[2]{\global\@Exentotrue\@ITEM{E}{1}{##1}{##2}}% + % Ítem sin precio. + \newcommand{\ItemX}[1]{% + \if@csv\write\csv{"##1","0"}\fi% + & ##1 && \hfill ... \hfill\mbox{} \\}}% + {% + % Ítem normal. + \newcommand{\Item}[3]{\@ITEM{G}{##1}{##2}{##3}}% + % Ítem con IVA reducido. + \newcommand{\ItemR}[3]{\global\@BIRtrue\global\@Gtrue\@ITEM{R}{##1}{##2}{##3}}% + % Ítem con IVA adicional. + \newcommand{\ItemA}[3]{\global\@BIAtrue\global\@Gtrue\@ITEM{A}{##1}{##2}{##3}}% + % Ítem exento de IVA. + \newcommand{\ItemE}[3]{\global\@Exentotrue\@ITEM{E}{##1}{##2}{##3}}% + % Ítem sin precio. + \newcommand{\ItemX}[2]{% + \if@csv\write\csv{"##1","##2","0","0"}\fi% + \letranumeros\numprint{##1} &% + ##2 & \hfill ... \hfill\mbox{} & \hfill ... \hfill\mbox{} \\}}% + % Ya definimos todos los comandos; ahora agregamos el espacio dinámico entre los óvalos y el renglón de la factura. + \vfill% + % Este es el tipo de letra que tendrán los items, y en este tipo de letra se define el \baselineskip de toda la factura. + \letraitems% + \ifbool{SinCantidad} + {% + \ifbool{SinLineasV} + {\begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{ l@{\extracolsep{0pt}}Xr r }} + {\begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{|l@{\extracolsep{0pt}}Xr|r|}}% + % Antes, con tabular*: + % \begin{tabular*}{\textwidth}{|l@{\extracolsep{0pt}}l@{\extracolsep{\fill}}cc@{\extracolsep{0pt}}r|r|}% + \hline% + \@ZERO% + \if@csv\write\csv{"\@@Descripcion","\@@Precio (\@Moneda"}\fi% + &% Avanzamos hasta la descripción. + % Guardamos la posición X del nodo A de la línea, si hace falta. + \if@linea\hspace*{-\tabcolsep}\zsaveposx{LineaNodoACoordX}\hspace*{\tabcolsep}\fi% + \letratitrenglon \@@Descripcion% + &% Avanzamos hasta la columna fantasma del precio unitario, y guardamos la posición X del nodo B de la línea, si hiciera falta. + \if@linea% + \if@filas\hfill\mbox{}\fi% Si el estilo es 'filas' la línea va hasta el precio total. + \ifbool{LineaHastaPT}{} + {\hspace*{\tabcolsep}\zsaveposx{LineaNodoBCoordX}\hspace*{-\tabcolsep}} + \fi% + \if@filas\else\hfill\mbox{}\fi% Si el estilo no es 'filas' la línea va hasta el principio de la columna fantasma. + &% Avanzamos hasta el precio total. + \mbox{}\hfill\letratitrenglon \@@Precio \space (\@Moneda)\hfill\mbox{}% + \if@linea% + \ifbool{LineaHastaPT} + {\hspace*{\tabcolsep}\zsaveposx{LineaNodoBCoordX}\hspace*{-\tabcolsep}}{}% + \fi% + \\% + \hline} + {% + \ifbool{SinLineasV} + {\begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{ c X r r }} + {\begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{|c|X|r|r|}}% + % Antes, con tabular*: + % \begin{tabular*}{\textwidth}{|c|l@{\extracolsep{\fill}}cc@{\extracolsep{0pt}}|r|r|}% + \hline% + \@ZERO% + \if@csv\write\csv{"\@@Cantidad","\@@Descripcion","\@@PrecioU \space (\@Moneda)","\@@PrecioT \space (\@Moneda)"}\fi% + % Guardamos la posición X del nodo A de la línea, si hace falta; y lo hacemos desde aquí si el estilo que se está usando no es 'sinlineasv', así la línea diagonal comienza en la descripción. + \if@linea\ifbool{LineaDesdeCantidad}{\hspace*{-\tabcolsep}\zsaveposx{LineaNodoACoordX}\hspace*{\tabcolsep}}{}\fi% + \letratitrenglon \@@Cantidad% + &% Avanzamos hasta la descripción. + % Guardamos la posición X del nodo A de la línea, si hace falta; y lo hacemos dsede aquí si el estilo 'sinlineasv' se está usando para que la línea diagonal comience desde la cantidad y no desde la descripción. + \if@linea\ifbool{LineaDesdeCantidad}{}{\hspace*{-\tabcolsep}\zsaveposx{LineaNodoACoordX}\hspace*{\tabcolsep}}\fi% + \letratitrenglon \@@Descripcion% + &% Avanzamos hasta el precio unitario. + % Guardamos la posición X del nodo B de la línea. + % Ya que ya estamos en una columna fantasma no usada que es la del precio unitario, debemos retroceder a la columna anterior (-\tabcolsep) atravesando la línea vertical (-\arrayrulewidth). + \if@linea% + \ifbool{LineaHastaPT} + {}{% + \hspace*{-\tabcolsep}% + \ifbool{LineaDesdeCantidad}{}{\hspace*{-\arrayrulewidth}}% + \zsaveposx{LineaNodoBCoordX}% + \hspace*{\tabcolsep}% + \ifbool{LineaDesdeCantidad}{}{\hspace*{\arrayrulewidth}}}% + \fi% + \mbox{}\hfill% + \letratitrenglon \@@PrecioU \space (\@Moneda)\hfill\mbox{}% + &% Avanzamos hasta el precio total. + \mbox{}\hfill \letratitrenglon \@@PrecioT \space (\@Moneda)\hfill\mbox{}% + \if@linea% + \ifbool{LineaHastaPT} + {\hspace*{\tabcolsep}\zsaveposx{LineaNodoBCoordX}\hspace*{-\tabcolsep}}{}% + \fi% + \\% + \hline% + }% + % + #1% Aquí entran todos los items que el usuario declara dentro del ambiente. + \if@filas% + % Si hay líneas en blanco se colocan todas menos la última que debe ponerse a mano para poder fijar las coordenadas. + \ifnum\value{Lineas}>0 + \Repeat{\value{Lineas}-1}{&&&\\}% + \if@linea\zsaveposy{LineaNodoBCoordY}\fi% Se guarda la coordenada Y del punto de la derecha de la línea diagonal. + &&&\\% + \fi% + \hline% + \else% + % Si usamos el estilo 'separado', o 'sinlineasv' junto con 'separado' debemos cerrar primero con la línea horizontal. + \ifbool{SeparadoSinLineasV}{\if@lineaitem\else\hline\fi}{}% + % Agregamos las líneas espúreas. + \ifbool{Separado} + {\Repeat{\value{Lineas}}{\multicolumn{4}{|c|}{}\\}} + {\Repeat{\value{Lineas}}{&&&\\}}% + \if@ivaexplicito% + \if@Exento \@EscribeTotalColBI{E}\fi% + \if@BIR \@EscribeTotalColBI{R} \@EscribeTotalColAlicuota{R}\fi% + \@EscribeTotalColBI{G} \@EscribeTotalColAlicuota{G}% + \if@BIA \@EscribeTotalColBI{A} \@EscribeTotalColAlicuota{A}\fi% + \cline{4-4}% + \fi% Se acaba el condicional del IVA explícito (\if@ivaexplicito ... \fi). + \ifbool{Separado} + {\multicolumn{2}{|c}{}&\multicolumn{1}{r}}{&&}% Si usamos el estilo 'separado' debemos quitar las líneas verticales desde la cantidad hasta el precio total. + % Guardamos la coordenada Y del nodo B de la línea diagonal, si se pide que aparezca. + {\if@linea\zsaveposy{LineaNodoBCoordY}\fi% + \letratittotal\@@Total} & \@TotalTotal\letratotal\numprint{\Total} \\% + \hline% + \fi% + \end{tabularx}% + % + \if@filas% + \vfill% + \@TotalTotal% + \@GeneraCajasTotalesFilas% + \newbox{\CajaTotal}% + \savebox{\CajaTotal}{{\letratittotal\@@Total}: \letratotal\numprint{\Total}}% + % + \ifnum \value{IVANoGeneral}=0% + \newbox{\CajaGET}% + \savebox{\CajaGET}{\@EscribeTotalesFilasGET}% + \ifdim \the\wd\CajaGET < \textwidth% + \parbox{\textwidth}{\@EscribeTotalesFilasGET}% + \else% + \hspace*{\SepTotales}% + \usebox{\CajaBIAliG}\hspace*{\SepTotales}% + \if@Exento\usebox{\CajaBIET}\else\usebox{\CajaTotal}\fi% + \if@centrado\hspace*{\SepTotales}\fi% + \fi% + \fi% + \ifnum \value{IVANoGeneral}=1% + \newbox{\CajaGxET}% + \savebox{\CajaGxET}{\@EscribeTotalesFilasGxET}% + \ifdim \the\wd\CajaGxET < \textwidth% + \@EscribeTotalesFilasGxET% + \else% + \hspace*{\SepTotales}% + \if@BIR\usebox{\CajaBIAliR}\hspace*{\SepTotales}\fi% + \usebox{\CajaBIAliG}\hspace*{\SepTotales}% + \if@BIA\usebox{\CajaBIAliA}\hspace*{\SepTotales}\fi% + \par% + \if@centrado\hspace*{\SepTotales}\else\hfill\fi% + \if@Exento\usebox{\CajaBIE}\hspace*{\SepMinTotales}\fi\usebox{\CajaTotal}% + \if@centrado\hspace*{\SepTotales}\fi% + \fi% + \fi% + \ifnum \value{IVANoGeneral}=2% + \newbox{\CajaRGAET}% + \savebox{\CajaRGAET}{\@EscribeTotalesFilasRGAET}% + \ifdim \the\wd\CajaRGAET < \textwidth% + \@EscribeTotalesFilasRGAET% + \else% + \newbox{\CajaRGA}% + \savebox{\CajaRGA}{\@EscribeTotalesFilasRGA}% + \ifdim \the\wd\CajaRGA < \textwidth% + \@EscribeTotalesFilasRGA% + \par% + \if@centrado\hspace*{\SepTotales}\else\hfill\fi% + \if@Exento\usebox{\CajaBIE}\hspace*{\SepMinTotales}\fi\usebox{\CajaTotal}% + \if@centrado\hspace*{\SepTotales}\fi% + \else% Aquí casi cualquier cosa tiene aspecto feo. + \ClassWarning{factura}{Es mejor no usar la opción de totalización en filas en este caso, o disminuir los tamaños de los tipos de letra para la totalización}{}% + \centering{% + \begin{tabular}{r@{\hspace*{\SepMinTotales}}l} + \usebox{\CajaBIAliR} & \usebox{\CajaBIAliA} \\ + \usebox{\CajaBIAliG} & \if@Exento\usebox{\CajaBIET}\else\usebox{\CajaTotal}\fi + \end{tabular}}% + \fi% + \fi% + \fi% + \fi% + \vfill% +} + +% El comando para la descripción del servicio prestado en esta factura. +\newcommand{\desc}[2][]{% + \letradescrip% + \shadowbox{% + \parbox[t][\textheight-\pagetotal-2\fboxsep-2\fboxrule-\shadowsize-\SepElementos] + {\textwidth-\shadowsize-\fboxsep*2-\fboxrule*2}{% + \setlength{\parindent}{0.5cm}% + \setlength{\parskip}{10pt}% + \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{*}}{}{\vfill}% + #2% + \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{*}}{}{\vfill}% + }}% + \vspace*{-\baselineskip}% + \par} + +% Comando para escribir el encabezado. +\newcommand\@Encabezado{% + \@FECHA% + \ifx\@undefined\@Resumen% + \@DATOSCLIENTE% + \else% + \@DATOSCLIENTERESUMEN% + \fi} + +% Comando para el diseño de la forma libre. +\newcommand\@MARCO{% + \begin{textblock*}{\paperwidth}(0pt,0pt)% + \includegraphics{\@Marco}% + \end{textblock*}} + +% Comando que coloca la firma escaneada. +\newcommand\@FIRMAS{% + \begin{textblock*}{\textwidth+\oddsidemargin+1in-\XInicioFirmas-\XFinFirmas}(\XInicioFirmas,\YInicioFirmas)% + \letrafirmas% + \parbox{\TamLineaFirmas}{% + \rule{\TamLineaFirmas}{\EspesorLineaFirmas} + \centering \@@Conforme}% + \hfill% + \parbox{\TamLineaFirmas}{% + \rule{\TamLineaFirmas}{\EspesorLineaFirmas} + \centering \@Emisor}% La línea de arriba no puede terminar en '%'. + \end{textblock*}} + +% Comando que coloca las condiciones de pago. +\newcommand\@CONDICIONES{% + \begin{textblock*}{\textwidth+\oddsidemargin+1in-\XInicioCond-\XFinCond}(\XInicioCond,\YInicioCond)% + \letracondiciones% + \@Condiciones% + \end{textblock*}} + +% Comando que coloca el número de control. +\newcommand\@NUMCONTROL{% + \begin{textblock*}{\TamControl}(\XInicioControl,\YInicioControl)% + {\letradenom \@@Control \par \@NumSerieControl-}\space{\letranumeracion\@NumControl}% + \end{textblock*}} + +% Comando que coloca la denominación del documento. +\newcommand\@DENOMINACION{% + \begin{textblock*}{\textwidth}(\XInicioDenom,\YInicioDenom)% + {\letradenom\@Denominacion}\space\space{\letranumeracion N\textordmasculine\space\@Num}% + \end{textblock*}} + +% Comando que coloca la fecha. +\newcommand\@FECHA{% + \begin{textblock*}{\textwidth}(\XInicioFecha,\YInicioFecha)% + \hfill\letrafecha\@@Fecha{\ttfamily\ \@Fecha}% + \end{textblock*}} + +% Comando que coloca el óvalo con los datos del cliente. +\newcommand\@DATOSCLIENTE{% + \letraovalos% + \ovalbox{% + \parbox{\textwidth-\fboxsep*2-1pt}{% + \hfill {\letratitovalos \@@Datos} \hfill \mbox{}\par% + {\bfseries \@@Nombre} \@Nombre% + \dotfill% + {\bfseries \@@RIF} {\ttfamily \@RIF}% + \par% + {\bfseries \@@Direccion} \@Direccion% + \par% + {\bfseries \@@Tel} {\ttfamily \@Tel}% + \ifx\@undefined\@Email\relax\else% + \hspace*{0.2cm}$\diamond$\hspace*{0.2cm}{\bfseries \@@Email} {\ttfamily \@Email}\fi}}% + \par}% Para que textblock* esté en modo vertical. + +% Comando que coloca los dos óvalos, con los datos del cliente y el resumen. +\newcommand\@DATOSCLIENTERESUMEN{% + \letraovalos% + \savebox{\CajaDatos}{% + \parbox[t]{\textwidth/2-\SepOvalos-\fboxsep*2}{% + \hfill {\letratitovalos \@@Datos} \hfill \mbox{}\par% + {\bfseries \@@Nombre} \@Nombre \par% + {\bfseries \@@RIF} {\ttfamily \@RIF} \par% + {\bfseries \@@Direccion} \@Direccion \par% + {\bfseries \@@Tel} {\ttfamily \@Tel} \hfill \par% + \ifx\@undefined\@Email\relax\else% + {\bfseries \@@Email} {\ttfamily \@Email}\fi}}% + \savebox{\CajaResumen}{% + \parbox[t]{\textwidth/2-\SepOvalos-\fboxsep*2}{% + \hfill {\letratitovalos \@@Resumen} \hfill \mbox{}\par% + \null\vfill\@Resumen\vfill\null}}% + \setlength{\TamDatos}{\ht\CajaDatos+\dp\CajaDatos}% + \setlength{\TamResumen}{\ht\CajaResumen+\dp\CajaResumen}% + \ifthenelse{\TamDatos>\TamResumen} + {\setlength{\TamFinalOvalos}{\TamDatos}} + {\setlength{\TamFinalOvalos}{\TamResumen}}% + \ovalbox{\parbox[t][\TamFinalOvalos]{\textwidth/2-\SepOvalos-\fboxsep*2}{\usebox{\CajaDatos}}}% + \hfill% + \ovalbox{\parbox[t][\TamFinalOvalos]{\textwidth/2-\SepOvalos-\fboxsep*2}{\usebox{\CajaResumen}}}% + \par}% Para que textblock* esté en modo vertical. + +% Comando que coloca la línea diagonal. +\newcommand\@Linea{% + \letraitems% Volvemos a fijar el \baselineskip de la tabla. + \setlength{\NodoX}{\zposx{LineaNodoACoordX} sp}% + \setlength{\NodoY}{\zposy{LineaNodoBCoordY} sp}% + \setlength{\NodoXX}{\zposx{LineaNodoBCoordX} sp}% + \setlength{\NodoYY}{\zposy{LineaNodoBCoordY} sp}% + \addtolength{\NodoY}{\baselineskip/2}% + \if@filas% + \addtolength{\NodoY}{\arabic{Lineas}\baselineskip-\baselineskip}% + \else% + \addtolength{\NodoY}{\arabic{Lineas}\baselineskip}% + \if@ivaexplicito% + \addtolength{\NodoY}{2\baselineskip}% + \if@Exento\addtolength{\NodoY}{\baselineskip}\fi% + \if@BIR\addtolength{\NodoY}{2\baselineskip}\fi% + \if@BIA\addtolength{\NodoY}{2\baselineskip}\fi% + \fi% + \fi% + \begin{textblock*}{\paperwidth-\NodoX}(\NodoX,\paperheight-\NodoY)% + \begin{tikzpicture}% + \draw (\NodoX,\NodoY) --(\NodoXX,\NodoYY);% + \end{tikzpicture}% + \end{textblock*}} + +\endinput \ No newline at end of file diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tex/latex/factura/factura.def new/tex/latex/factura/factura.def --- old/tex/latex/factura/factura.def 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tex/latex/factura/factura.def 2013-04-30 01:29:22.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,145 @@ +%% +%% This is file `factura.def', +%% *NOT* generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% Copyright 2013 Emilio Lazo Zaia +%% +%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% The latest version of this license is in +%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +%% version 2005/12/01 or later. +%% +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". +%% +%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Emilio Lazo Zaia. +%% +%% This work consists of the files factura.cls, factura.def, +%% and factura-modelo.tex, factura-modelo-ya.tex and README. +%% +%% Emilio Lazo Zaia <emiliolazozaia(a)gmail.com> +%% +%% This file is in UTF-8 format with Unix-like line breaks (LF only). +%% Commands and commentaries are in spanish. +%% +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] +\ProvidesFile{factura.def}[2013/04/29 v1.0 Archivo de valores iniciales para factura.cls] + +% Porcentajes de los distintos IVA (General, Reducido y Adicional): +\def\(a)AlicuotaG{0.12} +\def\(a)AlicuotaR{0.08} +\def\(a)AlicuotaA{0.22} + +% Al lado de cada ítem va la letra que designa el gravámen que aplica sobre él: +\def\@DenomAlicuotaG{G} +\def\@DenomAlicuotaR{R} +\def\@DenomAlicuotaA{A} +\def\@DenomAlicuotaE{(E)} + +% Moneda, separadores de miles y decimal: +\def\(a)Moneda{Bs.} +\npthousandsep{.} +\npdecimalsign{,} + +% La numeración de la factura tiene esta cantidad de dígitos: +\def\@DigitosNumeracion{5} + +% Tamaño de la página con 'geometry': +% El margen superior está definido desde el óvalo de los datos del cliente. +% El margen inferior está definido hasta el final de la descripción (o del renglón de la factura si no hay descripción). Hay elementos que salen fuera de estos márgenes, como las firmas, las condiciones de pago, la numeración y la fecha. +\geometry{letterpaper,vmargin={5cm,4.7cm},hmargin={1cm,1cm},footskip=0pt,headsep=0pt,headheight=0pt} +% Borde de las cajas ovaladas: +\cornersize*{1cm} +% \cornersize{0} +% Separación entre la línea de las cajas de y el texto que hay dentro: +\fboxsep=7pt% + +% Macros cuya definición es un texto, y no suele ser necesario cambiarlas: +\def\@@Fecha{Fecha de emisi\'on:} +\def\@@Nombre{Raz\'on social:} +\def\@@Cantidad{Cantidad} +\def\@@Descripcion{Descripci\'on} +\def\@@PrecioU{Precio U.} +\def\@@PrecioT{Precio T.} +\def\@@Precio{Precio} +\def\@@AlicuotaG{IVA G} +\def\@@AlicuotaR{IVA R} +\def\@@AlicuotaA{IVA A} +\def\@@BIG{B.I. G} +\def\@@BIR{B.I. R} +\def\@@BIA{B.I. A} +\def\@@BIE{Exento}% La base imponible exenta. ;) +\def\@@Total{TOTAL} +\def\@@RIF{R.I.F.:} +\def\@@CI{C.I.:} +\def\@@Direccion{Direcci\'on fiscal:} +\def\@@Tel{Tel\'efono:} +\def\@@Email{E-mail:} +\def\@@Datos{Datos del cliente} +\def\@@Resumen{Resumen del servicio} +\def\@@Conforme{Recib\'i conforme} +\def\@@DenomFactura{FACTURA} +\def\@@DenomPresupuesto{PRESUPUESTO} +\def\@@Control{N\textordmasculine\space CONTROL} + +% Líneas en blanco al finalizar los items: +\setcounter{Lineas}{0}% + +% Separación entre los óvalos: +\setlength{\SepOvalos}{0.25cm} + +% Separación mínima entre los totales en el modo de totalización en filas: +\setlength{\SepMinTotales}{0.8cm} + +% Suma de todos los espacios verticales entre los elementos en la factura, por ejemplo, entre los óvalos y el renglón de la 'factura', luego entre dicho renglón y la descripción. Si se define 0,4cm, habrá 0,2cm en estos espacios mencionados. +\setlength{\SepElementos}{0.4cm} + +% Posición (X,Y) de la fecha. +\setlength{\XInicioFecha}{1cm} +\setlength{\YInicioFecha}{4.3cm} + +% Posición (X,Y) de la denominación y el número. +\setlength{\XInicioDenom}{1cm} +\setlength{\YInicioDenom}{4.3cm} + +% Separación entre el inicio de una columna en la tabla y el inicio del texto. +\setlength{\tabcolsep}{0.15cm} + +% Posición (X,Y) de las firmas, tamaño y espesor de las líneas. +\setlength{\XInicioFirmas}{6cm} +\setlength{\XFinFirmas}{1cm} +\setlength{\YInicioFirmas}{25.2cm} +\setlength{\TamLineaFirmas}{5.5cm} +\setlength{\EspesorLineaFirmas}{1pt} + +% Posición (X,Y) de las condiciones de pago. +\setlength{\XInicioCond}{1cm} +\setlength{\XFinCond}{1cm} +\setlength{\YInicioCond}{23.6cm} + +% Posición (X,Y) del texto del número de control y el tamaño de su caja. +\setlength{\XInicioControl}{1cm} +\setlength{\YInicioControl}{24.5cm} +\setlength{\TamControl}{4cm} + +% Un tipo de letra diferente para cada elemento a mostrar: +\newcommand{\letraitems}{\fontsize{14}{18}\selectfont}% Esta es la letra de la descripción de los items; y el espacio \baselineskip de *toda* la tabla de la factura se fija en este comando únicamente (se predeterminó 18pt). +\newcommand{\letratitrenglon}{\fontsize{10}{10}\selectfont\bfseries}% Con este comando se cambia la letra del título de la tabla, es decir, los textos 'Cantidad, 'Descripción', etc... +\newcommand{\letratittotales}{\fontsize{12}{12}\selectfont\bfseries}% Tipo de letra de los títulos de los totales, por ejemplo los textos: 'B.I. G', 'IVA G'. +\newcommand{\letratotales}{\fontsize{14}{14}\selectfont}% Letra con la que salen los totales parciales, es decir, los números, exceptuando el total general. +\newcommand{\letratittotal}{\fontsize{12}{12}\selectfont\bfseries}% Letra con la que sale la palabra 'TOTAL'. +\newcommand{\letratotal}{\fontsize{14}{14}\selectfont\bfseries}% Letra para el total general, el monto. +\newcommand{\letratitovalos}{\fontsize{12}{13}\selectfont\slshape}% Tipo de letra para los títulos de los óvalos, por ejemplo: 'Datos del cliente'. +\newcommand{\letraovalos}{\fontsize{12}{13}\selectfont}% Tipo de letra para el texto en los óvalos. +\newcommand{\letranumeros}{\fontsize{14}{14}\selectfont}% Letra para los montos individuales de la factura y las cantidades. +\newcommand{\letratipoiva}{\fontsize{12}{12}\selectfont}% El tipo de IVA ('G', 'R', 'A' o '(E)') también tiene su tipo de letra. +\newcommand{\letradescrip}{\fontsize{14}{16.8}\selectfont}% Letra para la descripción general (comando \desc). +\newcommand{\letrafirmas}{\fontsize{12}{12}\selectfont}% Tipo de letra para el texto bajo las líneas para firmar. +\newcommand{\letracondiciones}{\fontsize{12}{12}\selectfont}% Tipo de letra para las condiciones de pago. +\newcommand{\letradenom}{\fontsize{14}{14}\selectfont\bfseries}% Letra para la denominación del documento ('FACTURA', 'PRESUPUESTO',...). +\newcommand{\letranumeracion}{\fontsize{14}{14}\selectfont\bfseries\color{Red}}% Letra para la numeración de la factura. +\newcommand{\letrafecha}{\fontsize{12}{12}\selectfont}% Letra para la fecha de emisión. + +\endinput \ No newline at end of file diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/factura.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/factura.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/factura.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/factura.tlpobj 2013-04-30 03:49:37.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +name factura +category Package +revision 30167 +relocated 1 +runfiles size=11 + RELOC/tex/latex/factura/factura.cls + RELOC/tex/latex/factura/factura.def diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/hyphen-turkish.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/hyphen-turkish.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/hyphen-turkish.tlpobj 2011-06-23 04:15:51.000000000 +0200 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/hyphen-turkish.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,19 +0,0 @@ -name hyphen-turkish -category TLCore -revision 23085 -catalogue tkhyph -shortdesc Turkish hyphenation patterns. -relocated 1 -longdesc Hyphenation patterns for Turkish in T1/EC and UTF-8 encodings. -longdesc The patterns for Turkish were first produced for the Ottoman -longdesc Texts Project in 1987 and were suitable for both Modern Turkish -longdesc and Ottoman Turkish in Latin script, however the required -longdesc character set didn't fit into EC encoding, so support for -longdesc Ottoman Turkish had to be dropped to keep compatibility with 8- -longdesc bit engines. -depend hyphen-base -depend hyph-utf8 -execute AddHyphen name=turkish lefthyphenmin=2 righthyphenmin=2 file=loadhyph-tr.tex file_patterns=hyph-tr.pat.txt file_exceptions= -catalogue-ctan /language/hyphenation/tkhyph.tex -catalogue-date 2011-02-23 08:51:21 +0100 -catalogue-license other-free ++++++ hyphen-turkish.tar.xz -> facture.tar.xz ++++++ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tex/xelatex/facture/facture.cls new/tex/xelatex/facture/facture.cls --- old/tex/xelatex/facture/facture.cls 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tex/xelatex/facture/facture.cls 2011-09-26 02:45:20.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,219 @@ +%% +%% This is file `facture.cls', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% facture.dtx (with options: `facture') +%% +%% Droit d'auteur : Maïeul Rouquette 2011, +%% Licence Creative Commons - Paternité - Partage des Conditions Initiales à l'identique +%% http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/2.0/fr/ +%% +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} +\ProvidesClass{facture}[2011/09/10 v1.0] +\LoadClass{article}%On se base sur la classe article +\RequirePackage{fontspec} +\RequirePackage{xunicode} +\RequirePackage{polyglossia} +\setmainlanguage{french} +\RequirePackage{numprint}%Pour gérer l'affichage des nombres +\RequirePackage{fltpoint}% Pour faire les calculs dans le tableau +\RequirePackage{tikz} % tikz est utilisé pour tracer des boites, par exemple +\RequirePackage{graphicx} % Pour insérer des images. Utiliser le format jpg pour plus de simplicité. +\RequirePackage{fancyhdr} % Pour entête et pied de page +\RequirePackage[paper=a4paper,top=2 cm, bottom=2 cm, left=1.5 cm, right=2.5 cm]{geometry} % On peut modifier ces valeurs pour augmenter ou réduire les marges. +\RequirePackage{ifthen} +\RequirePackage{array} +\RequirePackage{longtable} +\RequirePackage{colortbl} +\RequirePackage{advdate}%Pour manipuler les dates +\RequirePackage{xargs}%Pour des arguments conditionnels +\newif\ifsansTVA +\sansTVAfalse +\DeclareOption{sansTVA}{\sansTVAtrue} +\ProcessOptions +\definecolor{entetes}{HTML}{888888} +\definecolor{encadre}{RGB}{111,111,111} +\newcommand{\libelle}[1]{\textcolor{entetes}{\textbf#1}} +\setlength{\tabcolsep}{1pt} +\newcommand{\codeclient}{Code client :} +\newcommand{\datetxt}{Date:} +\newcommand{\datelimitetxt}{À payer avant:} +\newcommand{\facturation}{Facturation} +\newcommand{\facturetxt}{Facture} +\newcommand{\livraison}{Livraison} +\newcommand{\livraisonfacturation}{Livraison et Facturation} +\newcommand{\ntxt}{~n°} +\newcommand{\produit}{Produit} +\newcommand{\quantite}{Quantité} +\newcommand{\remise}{Remise} +\newcommand{\unite}{€} +\ifsansTVA% + \newcommand{\tottxt}{Total} + \newcommand{\prixtxt}{Prix} + \newcommand{\postTotaux}{\hfill TVA non applicable, art. 293 B} +\else% + \newcommand{\prixHT}{Prix HT} + \newcommand{\TVAtxt}{TVA} + \newcommand{\prixTTC}{Prix TTC} + \newcommand{\totHTtxt}{Total HT} + \newcommand{\totTVAtxt}{Total TVA} + \newcommand{\totTTCtxt}{Total TTC} + \newcommand{\postTotaux}{} +\fi +\npaddmissingzero +\nprounddigits{2} +\gdef\@TVAdefaut{19,6} +\gdef\@type{\facturetxt} +\renewcommand{\date}[1]{\SetDate[#1]} +\newcommand{\TVAdefaut}[1]{\gdef\@TVAdefaut{#1}} +\newcommand{\datelimite}[1]{\newcommand{\@datelimite}{#1}} +\newcommand{\dest}[1]{\newcommand{\@dest}{#1}} +\newcommand{\fact}[1]{\newcommand{\@fact}{#1}} +\newcommand{\adresseemet}[1]{\gdef\@adresseemet{#1}} +\newcommand{\nomemet}[1]{\gdef\@nomemet{#1}} +\newcommand{\type}[1]{\gdef\@type{#1}} +\newcommand{\numero}[1]{\gdef\@numero{#1}} +\newcommand{\codedest}[1]{\gdef\@codedest{#1}} + +\newcommand{\entete}{ + + \noindent\begin{tikzpicture} + + \noindent\node [font=\bf\Huge,text width=0.5\textwidth,text=entetes,text centered]{% + \@nomemet% + }; + + \noindent\node (b)[xshift=0.5\textwidth,text width=0.5\textwidth, right]{% + \@adresseemet% + }; + \coordinate[xshift=-1\textwidth,yshift=1ex] (a) at (b.north); + \coordinate[xshift=1em,yshift=-1ex] (c) at (b.south); + \draw[color=encadre,line width=1.5mm] (a) rectangle (c); + \end{tikzpicture} + + \vspace{3ex} + + \begin{flushright} + + {\Huge\libelle{\@type}} + + \end{flushright} + + \vspace{3ex} + + \begin{tikzpicture} + + \ifdef{\@fact}{ + \node[text width=0.33\textwidth,anchor=base]{ + \libelle{\facturation} + + \@fact + }; + }{} + + \node[xshift=0.33\textwidth,text width=0.33\textwidth,anchor=base]{\ifdef{\@fact}{ + \libelle{\livraison}} + {\libelle{\livraisonfacturation}} + + \@dest + }; + \node[text width=0.33\textwidth,xshift=0.66\textwidth,anchor=base]{ + \libelle{{\datetxt}} \today \\ + \ifdef{\@numero}{% + \libelle{{\@type\ntxt}} \@numero + }{} + \\ + \ifdef{\@codedest}{% + \libelle{{\codeclient}} \@codedest + }{} + \ifdef{\@datelimite}{\\\AdvanceDate[\@datelimite]\libelle{{\datelimitetxt}} \today}{} + }; + + \end{tikzpicture} + +} +\ifsansTVA + \xdef\tot{} +\else + \xdef\totTVA{} + \xdef\totHT{} + \xdef\totTTC{} +\fi +\newcolumntype{P}[1]{>{\raggedleft}p{#1}} +\newenvironment{facture}{% + \setlength{\extrarowheight}{0.5ex} + \setlength{\tabcolsep}{0.5em} + \arrayrulecolor{encadre} + \ifsansTVA% + \begin{longtable}{|p{0.2\textwidth}|P{0.2\textwidth}|P{0.2\textwidth}|P{0.2\textwidth}|P{0.2\textwidth}|}% + \hline% + \rowcolor{entetes}\centering\textbf\produit & \centering\textbf\quantite & \centering\textbf\prixtxt & \centering\textbf\remise & \centering\textbf\tottxt \tabularnewline[1ex]% + \else% + \begin{longtable}{|p{0.2\textwidth}|P{0.1\textwidth}|P{0.1\textwidth}|P{0.1\textwidth}|P{0.1\textwidth}|P{0.2\textwidth}|P{0.1\textwidth}|}% + \hline% + \rowcolor{entetes}\centering\textbf\produit & \centering\textbf\quantite & \centering\textbf\prixHT & \centering\textbf\remise & \centering\textbf\totHTtxt & \centering\textbf\TVAtxt & \textbf\prixTTC \tabularnewline[1ex]% + \fi% + \endhead% + \endfoot% + + }% +{% + \end{longtable} + \begin{tikzpicture} + \draw[color=white] (0,0) circle (0.001); + \node[right,xshift=0.66\textwidth,text width=0.33\textwidth]{% + \ifsansTVA% + \hfill \libelle{\tottxt:} \numprint[\unite]{\tot}\\% + \else% + \libelle{\totHTtxt:}\hfill \numprint[\unite]{\totHT} \\% + \libelle{\totTVAtxt:}\hfill \numprint[\unite]{\totTVA} \\% + \libelle{\totTTCtxt:}\hfill \numprint[\unite]{\totTTC} \\ + \fi + \postTotaux}; + \end{tikzpicture} + + } +\newcommand{\lignesansTVA}[5]{#1 & #2 & #3 & #4 & #5 \tabularnewline[1ex]} +\newcommand{\afficheTVA}[1]{\raggedleft{\numprint[\%]{#1}} \hfill $\triangleright$ \numprint[\unite]{\TVA}} +\newcommandx{\ligne}[5][2=1,5=\@TVAdefaut,4=0,usedefault]{% + \ifsansTVA + \fpMul{\prix}{#3}{#2}% + \fpSub{\prix}{\prix}{#4}% + \fpAdd{\tot}{\prix}{\tot}% + \xdef\tot{\tot}% + \xdef\prix{\prix}% + %Affichage + \lignesansTVA{#1}{#2}{\numprint[\unite]{#3}}{\numprint[\unite]{#4}}{\numprint[\unite]{\prix}}% + \else + % Prix hors taxe + \fpMul{\HT}{#3}{#2}% + \fpSub{\HT}{\HT}{#4}% + \xdef\HT{\HT}%retenons + \fpAdd{\totHT}{\totHT}{\HT}% + \xdef\totHT{\totHT}% + % Calcul de la TVA + \fpDiv{\centieme}{#5}{100}% + \fpMul{\TVA}{\centieme}{\HT}% + \xdef\TVA{\TVA}%retenons + \fpAdd{\totTVA}{\totTVA}{\TVA}% + \xdef\totTVA{\totTVA}% + % Prix TTC + \fpAdd{\TTC}{\HT}{\TVA}% + \xdef\TTC{\TTC}% + \fpAdd{\totTTC}{\totTTC}{\TTC}% + \xdef\totTTC{\totTTC}% + % Affichage + #1 & #2 & \numprint[\unite]{#3} & \numprint[\unite]{#4} & \numprint[\unite]{\HT} & \afficheTVA{#5} & \numprint[\unite]{\TTC} \tabularnewline[1ex]% + \fi + \hline +} +\pagestyle{fancy} +\fancyhf{} +\renewcommand{\headrule}{}%Pas de règle après l'entête +\lfoot{\ifnumgreater{\thepage}{1}{\thepage}{}}%Indiquer le numéro de page, sauf sur la première +\newcommand{\pied}[1]{\rfoot{#1}}%Le pied définissable par l'utilisateur +\endinput +%% +%% End of file `facture.cls'. diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/facture.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/facture.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/facture.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/facture.tlpobj 2011-09-26 04:24:25.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +name facture +category Package +revision 24092 +shortdesc Generate an invoice. +relocated 1 +longdesc Une classe simple permettant de produite une facture, avec ou +longdesc sans TVA, avec gestion d'une adresse differente pour la +longdesc livraison et pour la facturation. A simple class that allows +longdesc production of an invoice, with or without VAT; different +longdesc addresses for delivery and for billing are permitted. +runfiles size=2 + RELOC/tex/xelatex/facture/facture.cls +catalogue-ctan /macros/xetex/latex/facture +catalogue-date 2011-09-24 18:52:18 +0200 +catalogue-license other-free +catalogue-version 1.0 diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/hyphen-turkish.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/hyphen-turkish.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/hyphen-turkish.tlpobj 2011-06-23 04:15:51.000000000 +0200 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/hyphen-turkish.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,19 +0,0 @@ -name hyphen-turkish -category TLCore -revision 23085 -catalogue tkhyph -shortdesc Turkish hyphenation patterns. -relocated 1 -longdesc Hyphenation patterns for Turkish in T1/EC and UTF-8 encodings. -longdesc The patterns for Turkish were first produced for the Ottoman -longdesc Texts Project in 1987 and were suitable for both Modern Turkish -longdesc and Ottoman Turkish in Latin script, however the required -longdesc character set didn't fit into EC encoding, so support for -longdesc Ottoman Turkish had to be dropped to keep compatibility with 8- -longdesc bit engines. -depend hyphen-base -depend hyph-utf8 -execute AddHyphen name=turkish lefthyphenmin=2 righthyphenmin=2 file=loadhyph-tr.tex file_patterns=hyph-tr.pat.txt file_exceptions= -catalogue-ctan /language/hyphenation/tkhyph.tex -catalogue-date 2011-02-23 08:51:21 +0100 -catalogue-license other-free -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org For additional commands, e-mail: opensuse-commit+help(a)opensuse.org

1 0

commit texlive-specs-g for openSUSE:Factory
by root＠hilbert.suse.de 24 Feb '15

24 Feb '15

Hello community, here is the log from the commit of package texlive-specs-g for openSUSE:Factory checked in at 2015-02-24 12:59:47 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ Comparing /work/SRC/openSUSE:Factory/texlive-specs-g (Old) and /work/SRC/openSUSE:Factory/.texlive-specs-g.new (New) ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ Package is "texlive-specs-g" Changes: -------- --- /work/SRC/openSUSE:Factory/texlive-specs-g/texlive-specs-g.changes 2014-06-18 07:50:45.000000000 +0200 +++ /work/SRC/openSUSE:Factory/.texlive-specs-g.new/texlive-specs-g.changes 2015-02-24 13:01:30.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,0 +2,14 @@ +Thu Feb 19 09:29:36 UTC 2015 - coolo(a)suse.com + +- rework generate to create the texlive-specs-$letter.spec directly + to build X sources +- this decouples the letter from being a prefix to be a slice of + all the texlive packages + +- as such patches move between packages, among them + bbold_bbold11.dif bbold_bbold11.dif context_fourier-map.dif context_fourier-map.dif + jadetex_ini.dif kpathsea_cnf.dif latexdiff_env.dif luaotfload_varfonts.dif latex2man_tmphandling.dif + musixtex_various.dif pgf_plain.dif musixtex_various.dif texconfig_scripts.dif + texdraw_info.dif tex4ht_env.dif texdoc_cnf.dif tetex_scripts.dif + +------------------------------------------------------------------- Old: ---- g-brief.doc.tar.xz g-brief.tar.xz gaceta.doc.tar.xz gaceta.tar.xz galois.doc.tar.xz galois.tar.xz gamebook.doc.tar.xz gamebook.tar.xz garrigues.doc.tar.xz garrigues.tar.xz garuda-c90.tar.xz gastex.doc.tar.xz gastex.tar.xz gatech-thesis.doc.tar.xz gatech-thesis.tar.xz gates.doc.tar.xz gates.tar.xz gauss.doc.tar.xz gauss.tar.xz gb4e.doc.tar.xz gb4e.tar.xz gcard.doc.tar.xz gcard.tar.xz gchords.doc.tar.xz gchords.tar.xz gcite.doc.tar.xz gcite.tar.xz gene-logic.doc.tar.xz gene-logic.tar.xz genealogy.doc.tar.xz genealogy.tar.xz genmisc.tar.xz genmpage.doc.tar.xz genmpage.tar.xz gentium.doc.tar.xz gentium.tar.xz gentle.doc.tar.xz gentle.tar.xz geometry-de.doc.tar.xz geometry-de.tar.xz geometry.doc.tar.xz geometry.tar.xz german.doc.tar.xz german.tar.xz germbib.doc.tar.xz germbib.tar.xz germkorr.doc.tar.xz germkorr.tar.xz geschichtsfrkl.doc.tar.xz geschichtsfrkl.tar.xz getfiledate.doc.tar.xz getfiledate.tar.xz getoptk.doc.tar.xz getoptk.tar.xz gfsartemisia.doc.tar.xz gfsartemisia.tar.xz gfsbaskerville.doc.tar.xz gfsbaskerville.tar.xz gfsbodoni.doc.tar.xz gfsbodoni.tar.xz gfscomplutum.doc.tar.xz gfscomplutum.tar.xz gfsdidot.doc.tar.xz gfsdidot.tar.xz gfsneohellenic.doc.tar.xz gfsneohellenic.tar.xz gfsporson.doc.tar.xz gfsporson.tar.xz gfssolomos.doc.tar.xz gfssolomos.tar.xz ghab.doc.tar.xz ghab.tar.xz gillcm.doc.tar.xz gillcm.tar.xz gincltex.doc.tar.xz gincltex.tar.xz ginpenc.doc.tar.xz ginpenc.tar.xz gitinfo.doc.tar.xz gitinfo.tar.xz gloss.doc.tar.xz gloss.tar.xz glossaries.doc.tar.xz glossaries.tar.xz glyphlist.tar.xz gmdoc-enhance.doc.tar.xz gmdoc-enhance.tar.xz gmdoc.doc.tar.xz gmdoc.tar.xz gmeometric.doc.tar.xz gmeometric.tar.xz gmiflink.doc.tar.xz gmiflink.tar.xz gmp.doc.tar.xz gmp.tar.xz gmutils.doc.tar.xz gmutils.tar.xz gmverb.doc.tar.xz gmverb.tar.xz gmverse.doc.tar.xz gmverse.tar.xz gnu-freefont.doc.tar.xz gnu-freefont.tar.xz gnuplottex.doc.tar.xz gnuplottex.tar.xz go.doc.tar.xz go.tar.xz gost.doc.tar.xz gost.tar.xz gothic.doc.tar.xz gothic.tar.xz gradientframe.doc.tar.xz gradientframe.tar.xz grafcet.doc.tar.xz grafcet.tar.xz graphics-pln.doc.tar.xz graphics-pln.tar.xz graphics.doc.tar.xz graphics.tar.xz graphicx-psmin.doc.tar.xz graphicx-psmin.tar.xz greek-fontenc.doc.tar.xz greek-fontenc.tar.xz greek-inputenc.doc.tar.xz greek-inputenc.tar.xz greekdates.doc.tar.xz greekdates.tar.xz greektex.doc.tar.xz greektex.tar.xz greenpoint.doc.tar.xz greenpoint.tar.xz grfpaste.doc.tar.xz grfpaste.tar.xz grid.doc.tar.xz grid.tar.xz gridset.doc.tar.xz gridset.tar.xz grotesq.doc.tar.xz grotesq.tar.xz gsftopk.doc.tar.xz gsftopk.tar.xz gtrcrd.doc.tar.xz gtrcrd.tar.xz gu.doc.tar.xz gu.tar.xz guide-to-latex.doc.tar.xz guide-to-latex.tar.xz guitar.doc.tar.xz guitar.tar.xz guitlogo.doc.tar.xz guitlogo.tar.xz gustlib.doc.tar.xz gustlib.tar.xz gustprog.doc.tar.xz gustprog.tar.xz texlive-specs-rpmlintrc texlive-specs.tar.xz New: ---- docmfp.doc.tar.xz docmfp.tar.xz docmute.doc.tar.xz docmute.tar.xz documentation.doc.tar.xz documentation.tar.xz doi.doc.tar.xz doi.tar.xz doipubmed.doc.tar.xz doipubmed.tar.xz dosepsbin.doc.tar.xz dosepsbin.tar.xz dot2texi.doc.tar.xz dot2texi.tar.xz dotarrow.doc.tar.xz dotarrow.tar.xz dotseqn.doc.tar.xz dotseqn.tar.xz dottex.doc.tar.xz dottex.tar.xz doublestroke.doc.tar.xz doublestroke.tar.xz dowith.doc.tar.xz dowith.tar.xz download.doc.tar.xz download.tar.xz dox.doc.tar.xz dox.tar.xz dozenal.doc.tar.xz dozenal.tar.xz dpfloat.doc.tar.xz dpfloat.tar.xz dprogress.doc.tar.xz dprogress.tar.xz drac.doc.tar.xz drac.tar.xz draftcopy.doc.tar.xz draftcopy.tar.xz draftwatermark.doc.tar.xz draftwatermark.tar.xz dramatist.doc.tar.xz dramatist.tar.xz dratex.doc.tar.xz dratex.tar.xz drawstack.doc.tar.xz drawstack.tar.xz droid.doc.tar.xz droid.tar.xz droit-fr.doc.tar.xz droit-fr.tar.xz drs.doc.tar.xz drs.tar.xz drv.doc.tar.xz drv.tar.xz dtk.doc.tar.xz dtk.tar.xz dtl.tar.xz dtxgallery.doc.tar.xz dtxgallery.source.tar.xz dtxgen.doc.tar.xz dtxgen.tar.xz dtxtut.doc.tar.xz duerer-latex.doc.tar.xz duerer-latex.tar.xz duerer.doc.tar.xz duerer.tar.xz duotenzor.doc.tar.xz duotenzor.tar.xz dutchcal.doc.tar.xz dutchcal.tar.xz dvdcoll.doc.tar.xz dvdcoll.tar.xz dvgloss.doc.tar.xz dvgloss.tar.xz dviasm.tar.xz dvicopy.doc.tar.xz dvidvi.tar.xz dviincl.doc.tar.xz dviincl.tar.xz dviljk.doc.tar.xz dvipdfmx-def.tar.xz dvipdfmx.doc.tar.xz dvipdfmx.tar.xz dvipng.doc.tar.xz dvipos.doc.tar.xz dvips.doc.tar.xz dvips.tar.xz dvipsconfig.tar.xz dvisvgm.doc.tar.xz dynblocks.doc.tar.xz dynblocks.tar.xz dyntree.doc.tar.xz dyntree.tar.xz ean.doc.tar.xz ean.tar.xz ean13isbn.doc.tar.xz ean13isbn.tar.xz easy-todo.doc.tar.xz easy-todo.tar.xz easy.doc.tar.xz easy.tar.xz easyfig.doc.tar.xz easyfig.tar.xz easylist.doc.tar.xz easylist.tar.xz ebezier.doc.tar.xz ebezier.tar.xz ebgaramond.doc.tar.xz ebgaramond.tar.xz ebong.doc.tar.xz ebong.tar.xz ebook.doc.tar.xz ebook.tar.xz ebsthesis.doc.tar.xz ebsthesis.tar.xz ec.doc.tar.xz ec.tar.xz ecc.doc.tar.xz ecc.tar.xz ecclesiastic.doc.tar.xz ecclesiastic.tar.xz ecltree.doc.tar.xz ecltree.tar.xz eco.doc.tar.xz eco.tar.xz ecv.doc.tar.xz ecv.tar.xz ed.doc.tar.xz ed.tar.xz edfnotes.doc.tar.xz edfnotes.tar.xz edmac.doc.tar.xz edmac.tar.xz edmargin.doc.tar.xz edmargin.tar.xz ednotes.doc.tar.xz ednotes.tar.xz eemeir.doc.tar.xz eemeir.tar.xz eepic.doc.tar.xz eepic.tar.xz egameps.doc.tar.xz egameps.tar.xz egplot.doc.tar.xz egplot.tar.xz eiad-ltx.doc.tar.xz eiad-ltx.tar.xz eiad.doc.tar.xz eiad.tar.xz eijkhout.tar.xz einfuehrung.doc.tar.xz ejpecp.doc.tar.xz ejpecp.tar.xz elbioimp.doc.tar.xz elbioimp.tar.xz electrum.doc.tar.xz electrum.tar.xz eledform.doc.tar.xz eledform.tar.xz eledmac.doc.tar.xz eledmac.tar.xz ellipsis.doc.tar.xz ellipsis.tar.xz elmath.doc.tar.xz elmath.tar.xz elpres.doc.tar.xz elpres.tar.xz elsarticle.doc.tar.xz elsarticle.tar.xz elteikthesis.doc.tar.xz elteikthesis.tar.xz eltex.doc.tar.xz eltex.tar.xz elvish.doc.tar.xz elvish.tar.xz emarks.doc.tar.xz emarks.tar.xz embrac.doc.tar.xz embrac.tar.xz emp.doc.tar.xz emp.tar.xz emptypage.doc.tar.xz emptypage.tar.xz emulateapj.doc.tar.xz emulateapj.tar.xz ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ Other differences: ------------------ ++++++ texlive-specs-g.spec ++++++ ++++ 15579 lines (skipped) ++++ between /work/SRC/openSUSE:Factory/texlive-specs-g/texlive-specs-g.spec ++++ and /work/SRC/openSUSE:Factory/.texlive-specs-g.new/texlive-specs-g.spec ++++++ gnuplottex.doc.tar.xz -> dottex.doc.tar.xz ++++++ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/dottex/README new/doc/latex/dottex/README --- old/doc/latex/dottex/README 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/dottex/README 2006-01-09 01:44:40.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +This package allows you to include dot and neato graphics in your LaTeX files. +Dot is part of the graphviz package (http://www.graphviz.org/) and allows you to +create directed graphs. Neato is for undirected graphs. + +Licensed under the GPL. Files old/doc/latex/dottex/dottex.pdf and new/doc/latex/dottex/dottex.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/dottex/example.tex new/doc/latex/dottex/example.tex --- old/doc/latex/dottex/example.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/dottex/example.tex 2006-10-04 10:43:01.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +\documentclass[a4paper]{article} + +\usepackage[pdf]{dottex} + +\begin{document} + +\begin{dotpic}[width=.5\textwidth] + a -> b; + a -> c; + b -> d; + d -> a; +\end{dotpic} + +\begin{neatopic} + a -- b; + b -- c; + a -- g; + e -- f; + g -- c; +\end{neatopic} + +\end{document} diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/dottex/gpl.txt new/doc/latex/dottex/gpl.txt --- old/doc/latex/dottex/gpl.txt 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/dottex/gpl.txt 2006-01-09 01:44:40.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,284 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS \ No newline at end of file diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/gnuplottex/README new/doc/latex/gnuplottex/README --- old/doc/latex/gnuplottex/README 2006-07-13 00:28:45.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/gnuplottex/README 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,5 +0,0 @@ -This package allows you to include gnuplot graphs in your LaTeX files. Gnuplot -is a versatile plotting package. More information can be found at -http://www.gnuplot.info/. - -Licensed under the GPL. diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/gnuplottex/example-pdf.tex new/doc/latex/gnuplottex/example-pdf.tex --- old/doc/latex/gnuplottex/example-pdf.tex 2011-04-17 02:50:51.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/gnuplottex/example-pdf.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,19 +0,0 @@ -\documentclass[a4paper]{article} - -\usepackage{gnuplottex} - -\begin{document} - -\begin{gnuplot}[terminal=pdf,terminaloptions={font ",10" linewidth 3}] - plot sin(x), cos(x) -\end{gnuplot} - -\begin{gnuplot}[scale=0.8] - set grid - set title 'gnuplottex test $e^x$' - set ylabel '$y$' - set xlabel '$x$' - plot exp(x) with linespoints -\end{gnuplot} - -\end{document} Files old/doc/latex/gnuplottex/gnuplottex.pdf and new/doc/latex/gnuplottex/gnuplottex.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/gnuplottex/gpl.txt new/doc/latex/gnuplottex/gpl.txt --- old/doc/latex/gnuplottex/gpl.txt 2006-07-13 00:28:45.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/gnuplottex/gpl.txt 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,284 +0,0 @@ - GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE - Version 2, June 1991 - - Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA - Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies - of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. - - Preamble - - The licenses for most software are designed to take away your -freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public -License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free -software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This -General Public License applies to most of the Free Software -Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to -using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by -the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to -your programs, too. - - When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not -price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you -have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for -this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it -if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it -in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. - - To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid -anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. -These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you -distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. - - For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether -gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that -you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the -source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their -rights. - - We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and -(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, -distribute and/or modify the software. - - Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain -that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free -software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we -want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so -that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original -authors' reputations. - - Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software -patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free -program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the -program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any -patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. - - The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and -modification follow. - - - GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE - TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION - - 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains -a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed -under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, -refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" -means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: -that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, -either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another -language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in -the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". - -Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not -covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of -running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program -is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the -Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). -Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. - - 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's -source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you -conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate -copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the -notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; -and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License -along with the Program. - -You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and -you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. - - 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion -of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and -distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 -above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: - - a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices - stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. - - b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in - whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any - part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third - parties under the terms of this License. - - c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively - when run, you must cause it, when started running for such - interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an - announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a - notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide - a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under - these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this - License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but - does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on - the Program is not required to print an announcement.) - - -These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If -identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, -and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in -themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those -sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you -distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based -on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of -this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the -entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. - -Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest -your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to -exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or -collective works based on the Program. - -In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program -with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of -a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under -the scope of this License. - - 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, -under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of -Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: - - a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable - source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections - 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, - - b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three - years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your - cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete - machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be - distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium - customarily used for software interchange; or, - - c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer - to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is - allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you - received the program in object code or executable form with such - an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) - -The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for -making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source -code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any -associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to -control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a -special exception, the source code distributed need not include -anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary -form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the -operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component -itself accompanies the executable. - -If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering -access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent -access to copy the source code from the same place counts as -distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not -compelled to copy the source along with the object code. - - - 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program -except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt -otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is -void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. -However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under -this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such -parties remain in full compliance. - - 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not -signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or -distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are -prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by -modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the -Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and -all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying -the Program or works based on it. - - 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the -Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the -original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to -these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further -restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. -You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to -this License. - - 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent -infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), -conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or -otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not -excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot -distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this -License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you -may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent -license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by -all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then -the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to -refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. - -If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under -any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to -apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other -circumstances. - -It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any -patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any -such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the -integrity of the free software distribution system, which is -implemented by public license practices. Many people have made -generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed -through that system in reliance on consistent application of that -system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing -to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot -impose that choice. - -This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to -be a consequence of the rest of this License. - - - 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in -certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the -original copyright holder who places the Program under this License -may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding -those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among -countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates -the limitation as if written in the body of this License. - - 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions -of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will -be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to -address new problems or concerns. - -Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program -specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any -later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions -either of that version or of any later version published by the Free -Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of -this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software -Foundation. - - 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free -programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author -to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free -Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes -make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals -of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and -of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. - - NO WARRANTY - - 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY -FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN -OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES -PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED -OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF -MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS -TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE -PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, -REPAIR OR CORRECTION. - - 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING -WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR -REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, -INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING -OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED -TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY -YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER -PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE -POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. - - END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS \ No newline at end of file diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/dottex.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/dottex.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/dottex.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/dottex.doc.tlpobj 2010-06-10 18:25:11.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +name dottex.doc +category Package +revision 15878 +shortdesc doc files of dottex +relocated 1 +docfiles size=30 + RELOC/doc/latex/dottex/README + RELOC/doc/latex/dottex/dottex.pdf + RELOC/doc/latex/dottex/example.tex + RELOC/doc/latex/dottex/gpl.txt diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/gnuplottex.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/gnuplottex.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/gnuplottex.doc.tlpobj 2013-04-16 20:02:37.000000000 +0200 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/gnuplottex.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -name gnuplottex.doc -category Package -revision 29939 -shortdesc doc files of gnuplottex -relocated 1 -docfiles size=47 - RELOC/doc/latex/gnuplottex/README - RELOC/doc/latex/gnuplottex/example-pdf.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/gnuplottex/gnuplottex.pdf - RELOC/doc/latex/gnuplottex/gpl.txt ++++++ gnuplottex.tar.xz -> dottex.tar.xz ++++++ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tex/latex/dottex/dottex.sty new/tex/latex/dottex/dottex.sty --- old/tex/latex/dottex/dottex.sty 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tex/latex/dottex/dottex.sty 2007-08-24 20:33:07.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,262 @@ +%% +%% This is file `dottex.sty', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% dottex.dtx (with options: `package') +%% +%% Copyright (c) 2005, Lars Kotthoff <metalhead(a)metalhead.ws> +%% +%% Large portions copied from pdftex, +%% Copyright (c) 2001-3, Radhakrishnan CV <cvr(a)river-valley.com> +%% Rajagopal CV <cvr3(a)river-valley.com> +%% http://www.river-valley.com +%% +%% River Valley Technologies, Floor III, SJP Buildings, Cotton Hills +%% Trivandrum, India 695014 +%% +%% Tel: +91 471 233 7501 +%% +%% Antoine Chambert-Loir +%% <chambert(a)math.polytechnique.fr> +%% http://www.math.polytechnique.fr/\protect \unhbox \voidb@x \penalty \@M \ {}chambert +%% +%% Ecole polytechnique, Palaiseau Cedex, France +%% +%% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +%% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License +%% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 +%% of the License, or (at your option) any later version. +%% +%% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +%% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +%% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +%% GNU General Public License for more details. +%% +%% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +%% along with this program (gpl.txt); if not, write to the Free +%% Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, +%% MA 02111-1307, USA. +%% + \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1999/12/01] + \ProvidesPackage{dottex} + [2007/08/22 v0.6 dot/neato graphs in LaTeX] +\RequirePackage{graphicx,moreverb,keyval} +\newif\ifShellEscape +\newif\ifmiktex \miktexfalse +\newif\ifpdf \pdffalse + +\DeclareOption{shell}{\ShellEscapetrue} +\DeclareOption{noshell}{\ShellEscapefalse} +\DeclareOption{miktex}{\global\miktextrue} +\DeclareOption{pdf}{\pdftrue} + +\ExecuteOptions{shell} +\ProcessOptions\relax +%% test if shell escape really works +\ifShellEscape + \def\tmpfile{/tmp/w18-test-\the\year\the\month\the\day\the\time} +\ifmiktex +\def\tmpfile{w18-test-\the\year\the\month\the\day\the\time} +\immediate\write18{echo t > "\tmpfile"} +\else +\immediate\write18{touch \tmpfile} +\fi +\ifmiktex +\IfFileExists{\tmpfile.}{\ShellEscapetrue}{\ShellEscapefalse} +\immediate\write18{del "\tmpfile"} +\else +\IfFileExists{\tmpfile}{\ShellEscapetrue}{\ShellEscapefalse} +\immediate\write18{rm -f \tmpfile} +\fi +\fi + +\ifShellEscape + \PackageInfo{dottex} + {Automatically converting dot/neato files} +\else + \PackageWarningNoLine{dottex} + {Shell escape not enabled.\MessageBreak + You'll need to convert the graphs yourself.} +\fi +\newcounter{fignum} +\def\figname{\jobname-dottex-fig\thefignum} + +\def\dotverbatimwrite#1{% + \def\BeforeStream + {\message{Opening Dot stream=\figname.dot}% + \immediate\write\verbatim@out{\string digraph\space G\space {/*}*/} + } + \@bsphack + \immediate\openout \verbatim@out #1 + \BeforeStream% + \let\do\@makeother\dospecials + \catcode`\^^M\active + \def\verbatim@processline{% + \immediate\write\verbatim@out + {\the\verbatim@line}}% + \verbatim@start} +\def\enddotverbatimwrite{% + \immediate\write\verbatim@out{/*{*/}} + \immediate\closeout\verbatim@out + \@esphack} + +\def\neatoverbatimwrite#1{% + \def\BeforeStream + {\message{Opening Neato stream=\figname.neato}% + \immediate\write\verbatim@out{\string graph\space G\space {/*}*/} + } + \@bsphack + \immediate\openout \verbatim@out #1 + \BeforeStream% + \let\do\@makeother\dospecials + \catcode`\^^M\active + \def\verbatim@processline{% + \immediate\write\verbatim@out + {\the\verbatim@line}}% + \verbatim@start} +\def\endneatoverbatimwrite{% + \immediate\write\verbatim@out{/*{*/}} + \immediate\closeout\verbatim@out + \@esphack} +\define@key{pic}{width}{\def\dotwidth{#1}} +\define@key{pic}{height}{\def\dotheight{#1}} +\newenvironment{dotpic}[1][]{\stepcounter{fignum}% +\let\dotwidth\undefined +\let\dotheight\undefined +\setkeys{pic}{#1} + \xdef\dotCutFile{\figname.dot} + \dotverbatimwrite{\dotCutFile}} + {\enddotverbatimwrite% + \dotgraphicsinclude} + +\newenvironment{neatopic}[1][]{\stepcounter{fignum}% +\let\dotwidth\undefined +\let\dotheight\undefined +\setkeys{pic}{#1} + \xdef\neatoCutFile{\figname.neato} + \neatoverbatimwrite{\neatoCutFile}} + {\endneatoverbatimwrite% + \neatographicsinclude} +\long\gdef\dotgraphicsprocess{% + \ifShellEscape +\IfFileExists{\figname.dot}{% +\immediate\write18{dot -Tps2 -o \figname.ps \figname.dot} +\IfFileExists{\figname.ps}{% +\ifpdf +\immediate\write18{ps2pdf \figname.ps \figname.pdf} +\IfFileExists{\figname.pdf}{% +\PackageInfo{dottex} +{\figname.dot converted}} +{\PackageWarningNoLine{dottex} +{Conversion of \figname.dot failed.}} +\else +\PackageInfo{dottex} +{\figname.dot converted} +\fi} +{\PackageWarningNoLine{dottex} +{Conversion of \figname.dot failed.}}}{} +\fi} + +\long\gdef\neatographicsprocess{% + \ifShellEscape + \IfFileExists{\figname.neato}{% + \immediate\write18{neato -Tps2 -o \figname.ps \figname.neato} + \IfFileExists{\figname.ps}{% +\ifpdf +\immediate\write18{ps2pdf \figname.ps \figname.pdf} +\IfFileExists{\figname.pdf}{% +\PackageInfo{dottex} +{\figname.dot converted}} +{\PackageWarningNoLine{dottex} +{Conversion of \figname.dot failed.}} +\else +\PackageInfo{dottex} +{\figname.neato converted} +\fi} + {\PackageWarningNoLine{dottex} + {Conversion of \figname.neato failed.}}}{} +\fi} +\long\gdef\dotgraphicsinclude{\dotgraphicsprocess% +\ifpdf +\IfFileExists{\figname.pdf}{% +\ifx\dotwidth\undefined +\ifx\dotheight\undefined +\includegraphics{\figname} +\else +\includegraphics[height=\dotheight]{\figname} +\fi +\else +\ifx\dotheight\undefined +\includegraphics[width=\dotwidth]{\figname} +\else +\includegraphics[width=\dotwidth,height=\dotheight]{\figname} +\fi +\fi +} +{\PackageWarningNoLine{dottex} +{Please convert \figname.dot manually}} +\else +\IfFileExists{\figname.ps}{% +\ifx\dotwidth\undefined +\ifx\dotheight\undefined +\includegraphics{\figname} +\else +\includegraphics[height=\dotheight]{\figname} +\fi +\else +\ifx\dotheight\undefined +\includegraphics[width=\dotwidth]{\figname} +\else +\includegraphics[width=\dotwidth,height=\dotheight]{\figname} +\fi +\fi +} +{\PackageWarningNoLine{dottex} +{Please convert \figname.dot manually}} +\fi +} + +\long\gdef\neatographicsinclude{\neatographicsprocess% +\ifpdf +\IfFileExists{\figname.pdf}{% +\ifx\dotwidth\undefined +\ifx\dotheight\undefined +\includegraphics{\figname} +\else +\includegraphics[height=\dotheight]{\figname} +\fi +\else +\ifx\dotheight\undefined +\includegraphics[width=\dotwidth]{\figname} +\else +\includegraphics[width=\dotwidth,height=\dotheight]{\figname} +\fi +\fi +} +{\PackageWarningNoLine{dottex} +{Please convert \figname.neato manually}} +\else +\IfFileExists{\figname.ps}{% +\ifx\dotwidth\undefined +\ifx\dotheight\undefined +\includegraphics{\figname} +\else +\includegraphics[height=\dotheight]{\figname} +\fi +\else +\ifx\dotheight\undefined +\includegraphics[width=\dotwidth]{\figname} +\else +\includegraphics[width=\dotwidth,height=\dotheight]{\figname} +\fi +\fi +} +{\PackageWarningNoLine{dottex} +{Please convert \figname.neato manually}} +\fi +} +\endinput +%% +%% End of file `dottex.sty'. diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tex/latex/gnuplottex/gnuplottex.sty new/tex/latex/gnuplottex/gnuplottex.sty --- old/tex/latex/gnuplottex/gnuplottex.sty 2013-04-15 18:08:37.000000000 +0200 +++ new/tex/latex/gnuplottex/gnuplottex.sty 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,159 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `gnuplottex.sty', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% gnuplottex.dtx (with options: `package') -%% -%% Copyright (c) 2006, Lars Kotthoff <metalhead(a)metalhead.ws> -%% -%% Large portions copied from pdftex, -%% Copyright (c) 2001-3, Radhakrishnan CV <cvr(a)river-valley.com> -%% Rajagopal CV <cvr3(a)river-valley.com> -%% http://www.river-valley.com -%% -%% River Valley Technologies, Floor III, SJP Buildings, Cotton Hills -%% Trivandrum, India 695014 -%% -%% Tel: +91 471 233 7501 -%% -%% Antoine Chambert-Loir -%% <chambert(a)math.polytechnique.fr> -%% http://www.math.polytechnique.fr/\protect \unhbox \voidb@x \penalty \@M \ {}chambert -%% -%% Ecole polytechnique, Palaiseau Cedex, France -%% -%% This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -%% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License -%% as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 -%% of the License, or (at your option) any later version. -%% -%% This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -%% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -%% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -%% GNU General Public License for more details. -%% -%% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -%% along with this program (gpl.txt); if not, write to the Free -%% Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, -%% MA 02111-1307, USA. -%% - \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1999/12/01] - \ProvidesPackage{gnuplottex} - [2013/04/14 v0.4.6 gnuplot graphs in LaTeX] -\RequirePackage{latexsym,graphicx,moreverb,keyval,ifthen} -\newif\ifShellEscape -\newif\ifmiktex \miktexfalse - -\newwrite\verbatim@out - -\DeclareOption{shell}{\ShellEscapetrue} -\DeclareOption{noshell}{\ShellEscapefalse} -\DeclareOption{miktex}{\global\miktextrue} - -\ExecuteOptions{shell} -\ProcessOptions\relax -%% test if shell escape really works -\ifShellEscape -\def\tmpfile{/tmp/w18-test-\the\year\the\month\the\day\the\time.tex} -\ifmiktex -\def\tmpfile{w18-test-\the\year\the\month\the\day\the\time.tex} -\immediate\write18{echo t > "\tmpfile"} -\else -\immediate\write18{touch \tmpfile} -\fi -\ifmiktex -\IfFileExists{\tmpfile.}{\ShellEscapetrue}{\ShellEscapefalse} -\immediate\write18{del "\tmpfile"} -\else -\IfFileExists{\tmpfile}{\ShellEscapetrue}{\ShellEscapefalse} -\immediate\write18{rm -f \tmpfile} -\fi -\fi - -\ifShellEscape - \PackageInfo{gnuplottex} - {Automatically converting gnuplot files.} -\else - \PackageWarningNoLine{gnuplottex} - {Shell escape not enabled.\MessageBreak - You'll need to convert the graphs yourself.} -\fi -\newcounter{fignum} -\def\figname{\jobname-gnuplottex-fig\thefignum} - -\def\gnuplotverbatimwrite#1{% - \def\BeforeStream - {\message{Opening gnuplot stream #1}% - \immediate\write\verbatim@out{\string set terminal \gnuplotterminal \gnuplotterminaloptions} -\immediate\write\verbatim@out{\string set output '\figname.\gnuplottexextension{\gnuplotterminal}'} - } - \@bsphack - \immediate\openout \verbatim@out #1 - \BeforeStream% - \let\do\@makeother\dospecials - \catcode`\^^M\active - \def\verbatim@processline{% - \immediate\write\verbatim@out - {\the\verbatim@line}}% - \verbatim@start} -\def\endgnuplotverbatimwrite{% - \immediate\closeout\verbatim@out - \@esphack -\catcode`\\0 -\catcode`\{1 -\catcode`\}2 -\catcode`\$3 -\catcode`\&4 -\catcode`\^^M5 -\catcode`\#6 -\catcode`\^7 -\catcode`\_8 -\catcode`\ 10 -\catcode`\%14} -\def\gnuplottexextension@latex{\string tex} -\def\gnuplottexextension@epslatex{\string tex} -\def\gnuplottexextension@cairolatex{\string tex} -\def\gnuplottexextension@eepic{\string tex} -\def\gnuplottexextension@pstricks{\string tex} -\def\gnuplottexextension@pslatex{\string tex} -\def\gnuplottexextension@pstex{\string tex} -\def\gnuplottexextension@emtex{\string tex} -\def\gnuplottexextension@jpeg{\string jpg} -\def\gnuplottexextension#1{\@ifundefined{gnuplottexextension@#1}{#1}{\csname gnuplottexextension@#1\endcsname}} -\define@key{pic}{scale}[1]{\def\gnuplotscale{#1}} -\define@key{pic}{terminal}[latex]{\def\gnuplotterminal{#1}} -\define@key{pic}{terminaloptions}{\def\gnuplotterminaloptions{ #1}} -\newenvironment{gnuplot}[1][]{\stepcounter{fignum}% -\def\gnuplotterminal{latex} -\def\gnuplotterminaloptions{} -\def\gnuplotscale{1} -\setkeys{pic}{#1} - \xdef\gnuplotCutFile{\figname.gnuplot} - \gnuplotverbatimwrite{\gnuplotCutFile}} - {\endgnuplotverbatimwrite% - \gnuplotgraphicsprocess% - \gnuplotgraphicsinclude} -\def\extension{\gnuplottexextension{\gnuplotterminal}} -\long\gdef\gnuplotgraphicsprocess{% -\ifShellEscape -\IfFileExists{\figname.gnuplot}{% -\immediate\write18{gnuplot \figname.gnuplot} -\IfFileExists{\figname.\extension}{% -\PackageInfo{gnuplottex}{\figname.gnuplot converted}} -{\PackageWarningNoLine{gnuplottex} -{Conversion of \figname.gnuplot failed}}}{} -\fi} -\long\gdef\gnuplotgraphicsinclude{% -\IfFileExists{\figname.\extension}{% -\ifthenelse{\equal{\extension}{\string tex}} -{\scalebox{\gnuplotscale}{\input{\figname.\extension}}} -{\includegraphics[scale=\gnuplotscale]{\figname.\extension}} -} -{\PackageWarningNoLine{gnuplottex} -{Please convert \figname.gnuplot manually}} -} -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `gnuplottex.sty'. diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/dottex.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/dottex.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/dottex.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/dottex.tlpobj 2010-06-10 18:25:11.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +name dottex +category Package +revision 15878 +shortdesc Use dot code in LaTeX. +relocated 1 +longdesc The dottex package allows you to encapsulate 'dot' and 'neato' +longdesc files in your document (dot and neato are both part of +longdesc graphviz; dot creates directed graphs, neato undirected +longdesc graphs). If you have shell-escape enabled, the package will +longdesc arrange for your files to be processed at LaTeX time; +longdesc otherwise, the conversion must be done manually as an +longdesc intermediate process before a second LaTeX run. +runfiles size=2 + RELOC/tex/latex/dottex/dottex.sty +catalogue-ctan /macros/latex/contrib/dottex +catalogue-date 2007-08-21 11:49:34 +0200 +catalogue-license gpl +catalogue-version 0.6 diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/gnuplottex.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/gnuplottex.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/gnuplottex.tlpobj 2013-04-16 20:02:37.000000000 +0200 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/gnuplottex.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,17 +0,0 @@ -name gnuplottex -category Package -revision 29939 -shortdesc Embed Gnuplot commands in LaTeX documents. -relocated 1 -longdesc Gnuplot code is extracted from the document and written to -longdesc .gnuplot files. Then, if shell escape is enabled, the graph -longdesc files are automatically processed and converted to PostScript -longdesc or PDF files, which will then be included. If shell escape is -longdesc disabled, the user will have to manually run the files through -longdesc gnuplot and re-run the LaTeX job. -runfiles size=2 - RELOC/tex/latex/gnuplottex/gnuplottex.sty -catalogue-ctan /macros/latex/contrib/gnuplottex -catalogue-date 2013-04-14 15:13:16 +0200 -catalogue-license gpl2 -catalogue-version 0.4.6 ++++++ g-brief.doc.tar.xz -> drac.doc.tar.xz ++++++ Files old/doc/latex/drac/drac-fr.pdf and new/doc/latex/drac/drac-fr.pdf differ Files old/doc/latex/drac/drac.pdf and new/doc/latex/drac/drac.pdf differ Files old/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel.pdf and new/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel.tex new/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel.tex --- old/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel.tex 2011-01-21 23:59:35.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,101 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `beispiel.tex', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% g-brief.dtx (with options: `beispiel') -%% -%% ======================================================================= -%% -%% Copyright (C) 1991-2003 Michael Lenzen. -%% -%% For additional copyright information see further down in this file. -%% -%% This file is part of the G-BRIEF package. -%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -%% -%% It may be distributed under the terms of the LaTeX Project Public -%% License (LPPL), as described in lppl.txt in the base LaTeX distribution. -%% Either version 1.1 or, at your option, any later version. -%% -%% The latest version of this license is in -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% LPPL Version 1.1 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX -%% version 1999/06/01 or later. -%% -%% -%% Error reports in case of UNCHANGED versions to -%% -%% <lenzen(a)lenzen.com> -%% <m.lenzen(a)t-online.de> -%% -%% -\def\filedate{2008/07/15} -\def\fileversion{4.0.2} - -\documentclass[11pt,ngerman,latin9]{g-brief} - -\lochermarke -\faltmarken -\fenstermarken -\trennlinien -%% \klassisch - -\Name {Otto Raffzahn} -\Strasse {Wiesenacker 25a} -\Zusatz {} -\RetourAdresse {} -\Ort {D-99533 Weitewelt} -\Land {} - -\Telefon {+49\ 000\ 00000} -\Telefax {+49\ 000\ 00000} -\Telex {} -\HTTP {http://www.example.com} -\EMail {raffzahn(a)example.com} - -\Bank {Bankhaus Skrupellos \& Co.} -\BLZ {000.000.00} -\Konto {000.000.000} - -\Unterschrift {Otto Raffzahn} - -\Postvermerk {E I N S C H R E I B E N} -\Adresse {Frau\\ - Else Mittellos\\ - Finsterweg 12\\ - \\ - D-93456 Tiefeschlucht - } - -\Betreff {Zahlung Ihrer Miete} - -\Datum {\today} -\IhrZeichen {} -\IhrSchreiben {} -\MeinZeichen {OR} - -\Anrede {Sehr geehrte Frau Mittellos,} -\Gruss {Mit freundlichen Gr\"u\ss{}en}{1cm} - -\Anlagen {} -\Verteiler {} - -\begin{document} -\begin{g-brief} - -seit der siebten Mieterh\"ohung im laufenden Jahr konnte ich keinen -Zahlungseingang von Ihnen mehr verbuchen. Ich bitte Sie Ihren -Verpflichtungen schnellstens nachzukommen, da ich mich sonst gezwungen sehe, -Ihre Miete ein weiteres mal anzuheben. - -\end{g-brief} -\end{document} - - -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `beispiel.tex'. Files old/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel2.pdf and new/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel2.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel2.tex new/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel2.tex --- old/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel2.tex 2011-01-21 23:59:35.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel2.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,123 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `beispiel2.tex', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% g-brief.dtx (with options: `beispiel2') -%% -%% ======================================================================= -%% -%% Copyright (C) 1991-2003 Michael Lenzen. -%% -%% For additional copyright information see further down in this file. -%% -%% This file is part of the G-BRIEF package. -%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -%% -%% It may be distributed under the terms of the LaTeX Project Public -%% License (LPPL), as described in lppl.txt in the base LaTeX distribution. -%% Either version 1.1 or, at your option, any later version. -%% -%% The latest version of this license is in -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% LPPL Version 1.1 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX -%% version 1999/06/01 or later. -%% -%% -%% Error reports in case of UNCHANGED versions to -%% -%% <lenzen(a)lenzen.com> -%% <m.lenzen(a)t-online.de> -%% -%% -\def\filedate{2008/07/15} -\def\fileversion{4.0.2} - -\documentclass[11pt,ngerman,latin9]{g-brief2} - -\lochermarke -\faltmarken -\fenstermarken -%% \trennlinien -%% \unserzeichen - -\Name {Otto Raffzahn} - -\NameZeileA {{\bf Otto Raffzahn}} -\NameZeileB {} -\NameZeileC {Mietwucherer} -\NameZeileD {Menschenfreund} -\NameZeileE {\& Gierschlund} -\NameZeileF {} -\NameZeileG {} - -\AdressZeileA {Wiesenacker 25a} -\AdressZeileB {99533 Weitewelt} -\AdressZeileC {} -\AdressZeileD {Inselblick 12} -\AdressZeileE {23213 Am Meer} -\AdressZeileF {} - -\TelefonZeileA {Festnetz: +49 000 0000000} -\TelefonZeileB {Freecall: +49 800 0000000} -\TelefonZeileC {Mobil: +49 171 00000000} -\TelefonZeileD {Fax: +49 0000 000-0000} -\TelefonZeileE {} -\TelefonZeileF {} - -\InternetZeileA {raffzahn(a)example.com} -\InternetZeileB {info(a)example.com} -\InternetZeileC {office(a)example.com} -\InternetZeileD {http:/www.example.com} -\InternetZeileE {http:/www.example.net} -\InternetZeileF {} - -\BankZeileA {Bankhaus Skrupellos \& Co.} -\BankZeileB {BLZ: 000.000.00} -\BankZeileC {Konto: 000.000.000} -\BankZeileD {} -\BankZeileE {} -\BankZeileF {} - -\RetourAdresse {Otto Raffzahn $\cdot$ Finsterweg 13 - $\cdot$ Tiefeschlucht} -\Postvermerk {E I N S C H R E I B E N} -\Adresse {Frau\\ - Else Mittellos\\ - Finsterweg 12\\ - \\ - 93456 Tiefeschlucht - } - -\Betreff {Zahlung Ihrer Miete} - -\Datum {\today} -\IhrZeichen {EM} -\IhrSchreiben {} -\MeinZeichen {OR} - -\Anrede {Sehr geehrte Frau Mittellos,} -\Gruss {Mit freundlichen Gr\"u\ss{}en}{1cm} -\Unterschrift {Otto Raffzahn} - -\Anlagen {} -\Verteiler {} - -\begin{document} -\begin{g-brief} - -seit der siebten Mieterh\"ohung im laufenden Jahr konnte ich -keinen Zahlungseingang von Ihnen mehr verbuchen. Ich bitte Sie -Ihren Verpflichtungen schnellstens nachzukommen, da ich mich -sonst gezwungen sehe, Ihre Miete ein weiteres mal anzuheben. - -\end{g-brief} -\end{document} - - -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `beispiel2.tex'. Files old/doc/latex/g-brief/g-brief.pdf and new/doc/latex/g-brief/g-brief.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/drac.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/drac.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/drac.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/drac.doc.tlpobj 2010-06-10 18:25:12.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +name drac.doc +category Package +revision 15878 +shortdesc doc files of drac +relocated 1 +docfiles size=183 + RELOC/doc/latex/drac/drac-fr.pdf + RELOC/doc/latex/drac/drac.pdf diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/g-brief.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/g-brief.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/g-brief.doc.tlpobj 2011-01-22 04:12:06.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/g-brief.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -name g-brief.doc -category Package -revision 21140 -shortdesc doc files of g-brief -relocated 1 -docfiles size=45 - RELOC/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel.pdf - RELOC/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel2.pdf - RELOC/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel2.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/g-brief/g-brief.pdf ++++++ g-brief.doc.tar.xz -> drac.tar.xz ++++++ Files old/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel.pdf and new/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel.tex new/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel.tex --- old/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel.tex 2011-01-21 23:59:35.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,101 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `beispiel.tex', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% g-brief.dtx (with options: `beispiel') -%% -%% ======================================================================= -%% -%% Copyright (C) 1991-2003 Michael Lenzen. -%% -%% For additional copyright information see further down in this file. -%% -%% This file is part of the G-BRIEF package. -%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -%% -%% It may be distributed under the terms of the LaTeX Project Public -%% License (LPPL), as described in lppl.txt in the base LaTeX distribution. -%% Either version 1.1 or, at your option, any later version. -%% -%% The latest version of this license is in -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% LPPL Version 1.1 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX -%% version 1999/06/01 or later. -%% -%% -%% Error reports in case of UNCHANGED versions to -%% -%% <lenzen(a)lenzen.com> -%% <m.lenzen(a)t-online.de> -%% -%% -\def\filedate{2008/07/15} -\def\fileversion{4.0.2} - -\documentclass[11pt,ngerman,latin9]{g-brief} - -\lochermarke -\faltmarken -\fenstermarken -\trennlinien -%% \klassisch - -\Name {Otto Raffzahn} -\Strasse {Wiesenacker 25a} -\Zusatz {} -\RetourAdresse {} -\Ort {D-99533 Weitewelt} -\Land {} - -\Telefon {+49\ 000\ 00000} -\Telefax {+49\ 000\ 00000} -\Telex {} -\HTTP {http://www.example.com} -\EMail {raffzahn(a)example.com} - -\Bank {Bankhaus Skrupellos \& Co.} -\BLZ {000.000.00} -\Konto {000.000.000} - -\Unterschrift {Otto Raffzahn} - -\Postvermerk {E I N S C H R E I B E N} -\Adresse {Frau\\ - Else Mittellos\\ - Finsterweg 12\\ - \\ - D-93456 Tiefeschlucht - } - -\Betreff {Zahlung Ihrer Miete} - -\Datum {\today} -\IhrZeichen {} -\IhrSchreiben {} -\MeinZeichen {OR} - -\Anrede {Sehr geehrte Frau Mittellos,} -\Gruss {Mit freundlichen Gr\"u\ss{}en}{1cm} - -\Anlagen {} -\Verteiler {} - -\begin{document} -\begin{g-brief} - -seit der siebten Mieterh\"ohung im laufenden Jahr konnte ich keinen -Zahlungseingang von Ihnen mehr verbuchen. Ich bitte Sie Ihren -Verpflichtungen schnellstens nachzukommen, da ich mich sonst gezwungen sehe, -Ihre Miete ein weiteres mal anzuheben. - -\end{g-brief} -\end{document} - - -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `beispiel.tex'. Files old/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel2.pdf and new/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel2.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel2.tex new/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel2.tex --- old/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel2.tex 2011-01-21 23:59:35.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel2.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,123 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `beispiel2.tex', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% g-brief.dtx (with options: `beispiel2') -%% -%% ======================================================================= -%% -%% Copyright (C) 1991-2003 Michael Lenzen. -%% -%% For additional copyright information see further down in this file. -%% -%% This file is part of the G-BRIEF package. -%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -%% -%% It may be distributed under the terms of the LaTeX Project Public -%% License (LPPL), as described in lppl.txt in the base LaTeX distribution. -%% Either version 1.1 or, at your option, any later version. -%% -%% The latest version of this license is in -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% LPPL Version 1.1 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX -%% version 1999/06/01 or later. -%% -%% -%% Error reports in case of UNCHANGED versions to -%% -%% <lenzen(a)lenzen.com> -%% <m.lenzen(a)t-online.de> -%% -%% -\def\filedate{2008/07/15} -\def\fileversion{4.0.2} - -\documentclass[11pt,ngerman,latin9]{g-brief2} - -\lochermarke -\faltmarken -\fenstermarken -%% \trennlinien -%% \unserzeichen - -\Name {Otto Raffzahn} - -\NameZeileA {{\bf Otto Raffzahn}} -\NameZeileB {} -\NameZeileC {Mietwucherer} -\NameZeileD {Menschenfreund} -\NameZeileE {\& Gierschlund} -\NameZeileF {} -\NameZeileG {} - -\AdressZeileA {Wiesenacker 25a} -\AdressZeileB {99533 Weitewelt} -\AdressZeileC {} -\AdressZeileD {Inselblick 12} -\AdressZeileE {23213 Am Meer} -\AdressZeileF {} - -\TelefonZeileA {Festnetz: +49 000 0000000} -\TelefonZeileB {Freecall: +49 800 0000000} -\TelefonZeileC {Mobil: +49 171 00000000} -\TelefonZeileD {Fax: +49 0000 000-0000} -\TelefonZeileE {} -\TelefonZeileF {} - -\InternetZeileA {raffzahn(a)example.com} -\InternetZeileB {info(a)example.com} -\InternetZeileC {office(a)example.com} -\InternetZeileD {http:/www.example.com} -\InternetZeileE {http:/www.example.net} -\InternetZeileF {} - -\BankZeileA {Bankhaus Skrupellos \& Co.} -\BankZeileB {BLZ: 000.000.00} -\BankZeileC {Konto: 000.000.000} -\BankZeileD {} -\BankZeileE {} -\BankZeileF {} - -\RetourAdresse {Otto Raffzahn $\cdot$ Finsterweg 13 - $\cdot$ Tiefeschlucht} -\Postvermerk {E I N S C H R E I B E N} -\Adresse {Frau\\ - Else Mittellos\\ - Finsterweg 12\\ - \\ - 93456 Tiefeschlucht - } - -\Betreff {Zahlung Ihrer Miete} - -\Datum {\today} -\IhrZeichen {EM} -\IhrSchreiben {} -\MeinZeichen {OR} - -\Anrede {Sehr geehrte Frau Mittellos,} -\Gruss {Mit freundlichen Gr\"u\ss{}en}{1cm} -\Unterschrift {Otto Raffzahn} - -\Anlagen {} -\Verteiler {} - -\begin{document} -\begin{g-brief} - -seit der siebten Mieterh\"ohung im laufenden Jahr konnte ich -keinen Zahlungseingang von Ihnen mehr verbuchen. Ich bitte Sie -Ihren Verpflichtungen schnellstens nachzukommen, da ich mich -sonst gezwungen sehe, Ihre Miete ein weiteres mal anzuheben. - -\end{g-brief} -\end{document} - - -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `beispiel2.tex'. Files old/doc/latex/g-brief/g-brief.pdf and new/doc/latex/g-brief/g-brief.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tex/latex/drac/drac.sty new/tex/latex/drac/drac.sty --- old/tex/latex/drac/drac.sty 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tex/latex/drac/drac.sty 2008-08-15 02:03:39.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +%% +%% This is file `drac.sty', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% drac-fr.dtx (with options: `package') +%% This is a generated file. +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2004, 2008 by Josselin Noirel et Yvon Henel +%% +%% Y. Henel dit « le TeXnicien de surface » +%% <le.texnicien.de.surface(a)wanadoo.fr> +%% +%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions +%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this +%% license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version +%% of this license is in: +%% +%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%% +%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +%% version 1999/12/01 or later. +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1999/12/01] +\def\fileversion{v1} +\def\filedate{2008/08/14} +\def\fileinfo{fichier drac.sty par J. Noirel et Y. Henel} +\ProvidesPackage{drac} + [\filedate\space\fileversion\space\fileinfo] +\newcommand*{\DeclareRobustActChar}{ + \@ifstar{% + \def\@tempc{\newcommand*}\@declarerobustactchar}{% + \def\@tempc{\newcommand}\@declarerobustactchar}% +} +\newcommand*{\ReDeclareRobActChar}{\@ifstar{% + \def\@tempc{\renewcommand*}\@declarerobustactchar}{% + \def\@tempc{\renewcommand}\@declarerobustactchar}% +} +\newcommand*{\@declarerobustactchar}[1]{% + \let\@tempa=\protect + \let\@tempb=\@typeset@protect + \let\protect=\relax + \let\@typeset@protect\relax % Devrait être le cas + \edef#1{% + \noexpand\ifx\protect\@typeset@protect + \noexpand\expandafter + \expandafter\noexpand + \csname DRAC@real@\string#1\endcsname + \noexpand\else % \noexpand\expandafter [JN : pas bon] + \protect % \noexpand\expandafter [JN : idem] + \noexpand#1% + \noexpand\fi + }% + \let\protect=\@tempa + \let\@typeset@protect=\@tempb + \expandafter\@tempc\csname DRAC@real@\string#1\endcsname +} +\endinput +%% +%% End of file `drac.sty'. diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/drac.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/drac.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/drac.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/drac.tlpobj 2010-06-10 18:25:13.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +name drac +category Package +revision 15878 +shortdesc Declare active character substitution, robustly. +relocated 1 +longdesc The package provides macros \DeclareRobustActChar and +longdesc ReDeclareRobActChar. One uses \DeclareRobustActChar in the same +longdesc way one would use \DeclareRobustCommand; the macro \protects +longdesc the active character when it appears in a moving argument. +longdesc ReDeclareRobActChar redefines an active character previously +longdesc defined with \DeclareRobustActChar, in the same way that +longdesc \renewcommand works for ordinary commands. +runfiles size=1 + RELOC/tex/latex/drac/drac.sty +catalogue-ctan /macros/latex/contrib/drac +catalogue-date 2008-08-17 11:40:59 +0200 +catalogue-license lppl +catalogue-version 1 diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/g-brief.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/g-brief.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/g-brief.doc.tlpobj 2011-01-22 04:12:06.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/g-brief.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -name g-brief.doc -category Package -revision 21140 -shortdesc doc files of g-brief -relocated 1 -docfiles size=45 - RELOC/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel.pdf - RELOC/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel2.pdf - RELOC/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel2.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/g-brief/g-brief.pdf ++++++ greektex.doc.tar.xz -> dratex.doc.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 3071 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ greektex.tar.xz -> dratex.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 7812 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ getoptk.doc.tar.xz -> dtk.doc.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 4371 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ getoptk.tar.xz -> dtk.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 4116 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ german.doc.tar.xz -> ean.doc.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 1797 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ german.tar.xz -> ean.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 1650 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ gamebook.doc.tar.xz -> ebook.doc.tar.xz ++++++ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/ebook/README new/doc/latex/ebook/README --- old/doc/latex/ebook/README 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/ebook/README 2013-03-22 00:25:25.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +The file ebook.sty contains a brief description. + +Intended use is + + \documentclass{...} + \usepackage{ebook} + ... + \begin{document} + \ebook % be careful if not the first command + ... + \end{document} + +Results have been tested with a Kindle e-ink and an iPad mini only. +In both cases the loaded document was rendered almost as expected. A +command, \pagefill (to be used instead of \newpage), is motivated by a +weakness in Kindle's pdf presentation. + +Proper rendering depends on the unit's pdf-reader, and Kindle's is a +little weak in its handling of partly filled pages. + +Essentially the page size is set by using the geometry package with +the text area set to 90%. In addition ebook.sty sets the pagestyle to +empty (including the first page of the ToC). + +Ebook.sty is in the Public Domain. + +Author: Jørgen Steensgaard + diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/gamebook/README new/doc/latex/gamebook/README --- old/doc/latex/gamebook/README 2011-12-02 00:51:49.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/gamebook/README 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,25 +0,0 @@ - gamebook package for LaTeX - - Copyright (C) 2011 by Andr\'e Miede, http://www.miede.de - - This file may be distributed and/or modified under the - conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 - of this license or (at your option) any later version. - The latest version of this license is in: - - http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt - - and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX - version 2005/12/01 or later. - - This package provides the means in order to layout gamebooks with \LaTeX. - If you do not know what a gamebook is, just have a look at the informative - Wikipedia article \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gamebook} or check - out Demian's very good overview website, where you can find tons of information - about gamebooks: \url{http://www.gamebooks.org}. - - A simple gamebook example is included with this package, teaching you how to - use the package in no time. - - If you created a gamebook using this package, please drop me an e-mail - (ideally, send an PDF of the gamebook along). Thanks in advance. \ No newline at end of file Files old/doc/latex/gamebook/gamebook-example.pdf and new/doc/latex/gamebook/gamebook-example.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/gamebook/gamebook-example.tex new/doc/latex/gamebook/gamebook-example.tex --- old/doc/latex/gamebook/gamebook-example.tex 2011-12-02 00:51:49.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/gamebook/gamebook-example.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,97 +0,0 @@ -% ------------------------------------------------------- -% Example for gamebook.sty -% ------------------------------------------------------- -% Copyright (C) 2011 by Andr\'e Miede, http://www.miede.de -% ------------------------------------------------------- -% -% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the -% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 -% of this license or (at your option) any later version. -% The latest version of this license is in: -% -% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% -% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX -% version 2005/12/01 or later. -% ------------------------------------------------------- -\documentclass[10pt,twoside]{article} -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -%\usepackage[latin9]{inputenc} -%\usepackage[osf]{libertine} -%\usepackage[osf]{mathpazo} -%\usepackage{lmodern} -%\usepackage[opticals,mathlf,onlytext]{MinionPro} -%\usepackage[dvipsnames]{xcolor} -\usepackage[colorlinks=true,urlcolor=black]{hyperref}% RoyalBlue -\usepackage{gamebook} % [debug,draft] - -\title{Example for using the \textsf{gamebook} package} -\author{} -\date{} - -\renewcommand{\gbturntext}{turn~to~} -\renewcommand{\gbheadtext}{Gamebook Example} - -\begin{document} - - \maketitle - - \pagenumbering{arabic} - \gbheader - - - \section*{Introduction} - This is an example for using the \textsf{gamebook} package that can be used for typesetting gamebooks with \LaTeX. If you do not know what a gamebook is, just have a look at the informative Wikipedia article - \begin{center} - \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gamebook} - \end{center} - or check out Demian's very good overview website, where you can find tons of information about gamebooks: - \begin{center} - \url{http://www.gamebooks.org} - \end{center} - - The example text is a modified translation of the ``Spielbuch''-example on Wikipedia, \url{http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Spielbuch} used under CC-by-sa-3.0, \url{http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/legalcode}. Many thanks go to the authors of that article. - - - \gbsection{start} - You are locked in a strange room. Right in front of you, there is a big red button with a bright sign above it. On the northern wall, there is a heavy steel door. What would like to do in order to escape this room? - \begin{gbturnoptions} - \gbitem{Press the red button}{redbutton} - \gbitem{Read the sign above the button}{signread} - \gbitem{Try to open the steel door}{steelclosed} - \end{gbturnoptions} - - - \gbsection{wrongsec} - Sections like this do not exist in typical gamebooks, because you cannot access them. In this example, such a section is only included in order to show you that you are reading the text in a ``wrong'' way. After section~1, you do not read directly section~2, but you proceed with the section you chose in section~1. This kind of interaction is what makes gamebooks a lot of fun. Now, please choose an option from section~1 above. - - - \gbsection{redbutton} - When you press the button, the whole building explodes. The game is over, please restart and remember: save early, save often. - - - \gbsection{steelopen} - You enter the code and a green light starts blinking. The heavy steel door opens. If you want to leave the room, \gbturn{steelleave}, if you would rather like to press the red button, \gbturn{redbutton}. - - - \gbsection{steelclosed} - The door is locked, but you find a small keypad right next to it. The pad's display reads ``ENTER CODE''. Do you know the right code? If so, turn to the section with the respective number. If you do not know the code, you can either press the red button (\gbturn{redbutton}) or read the sign above it (\gbturn{signread}). - - - \gbsection{signread} - The sign reads: -\begin{quote} - ``\emph{This is a simple little example that shows the typical structure of a gamebook. The original version was written for the German Wikipedia. And by the way, the code for the heavy steel door is '\ref{steelopen}'. Have fun and better do not press the red button!}'' -\end{quote} - - With this new and hopefully valuable information, you wonder what to do next. If you think the warning is just for fun and, thus, would like to press the red button, \gbturn{redbutton}. If you would like to examine the heavy steel door, \gbturn{steelclosed}. - - - \gbsection{steelleave} - Congratulations, you made it! Sunshine falls on your eyes and after you got used to the bright light, you see an angry \textsc{Orc} running towards you, a blood-stained knife ready in its claw. You have no choice but to defend yourself. - - \gbvillain{Orc}{Skill}{5}{Stamina}{6} - The fight begins, but that is another story\dots - - -\end{document} \ No newline at end of file Files old/doc/latex/gamebook/gamebook.pdf and new/doc/latex/gamebook/gamebook.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/gamebook/lppl.txt new/doc/latex/gamebook/lppl.txt --- old/doc/latex/gamebook/lppl.txt 2011-12-02 00:51:49.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/gamebook/lppl.txt 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,416 +0,0 @@ -The LaTeX Project Public License -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- - -LPPL Version 1.3c 2008-05-04 - -Copyright 1999 2002-2008 LaTeX3 Project - Everyone is allowed to distribute verbatim copies of this - license document, but modification of it is not allowed. - - -PREAMBLE -======== - -The LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL) is the primary license under -which the LaTeX kernel and the base LaTeX packages are distributed. - -You may use this license for any work of which you hold the copyright -and which you wish to distribute. This license may be particularly -suitable if your work is TeX-related (such as a LaTeX package), but -it is written in such a way that you can use it even if your work is -unrelated to TeX. - -The section `WHETHER AND HOW TO DISTRIBUTE WORKS UNDER THIS LICENSE', -below, gives instructions, examples, and recommendations for authors -who are considering distributing their works under this license. - -This license gives conditions under which a work may be distributed -and modified, as well as conditions under which modified versions of -that work may be distributed. - -We, the LaTeX3 Project, believe that the conditions below give you -the freedom to make and distribute modified versions of your work -that conform with whatever technical specifications you wish while -maintaining the availability, integrity, and reliability of -that work. If you do not see how to achieve your goal while -meeting these conditions, then read the document `cfgguide.tex' -and `modguide.tex' in the base LaTeX distribution for suggestions. - - -DEFINITIONS -=========== - -In this license document the following terms are used: - - `Work' - Any work being distributed under this License. - - `Derived Work' - Any work that under any applicable law is derived from the Work. - - `Modification' - Any procedure that produces a Derived Work under any applicable - law -- for example, the production of a file containing an - original file associated with the Work or a significant portion of - such a file, either verbatim or with modifications and/or - translated into another language. - - `Modify' - To apply any procedure that produces a Derived Work under any - applicable law. - - `Distribution' - Making copies of the Work available from one person to another, in - whole or in part. Distribution includes (but is not limited to) - making any electronic components of the Work accessible by - file transfer protocols such as FTP or HTTP or by shared file - systems such as Sun's Network File System (NFS). - - `Compiled Work' - A version of the Work that has been processed into a form where it - is directly usable on a computer system. This processing may - include using installation facilities provided by the Work, - transformations of the Work, copying of components of the Work, or - other activities. Note that modification of any installation - facilities provided by the Work constitutes modification of the Work. - - `Current Maintainer' - A person or persons nominated as such within the Work. If there is - no such explicit nomination then it is the `Copyright Holder' under - any applicable law. - - `Base Interpreter' - A program or process that is normally needed for running or - interpreting a part or the whole of the Work. - - A Base Interpreter may depend on external components but these - are not considered part of the Base Interpreter provided that each - external component clearly identifies itself whenever it is used - interactively. Unless explicitly specified when applying the - license to the Work, the only applicable Base Interpreter is a - `LaTeX-Format' or in the case of files belonging to the - `LaTeX-format' a program implementing the `TeX language'. - - - -CONDITIONS ON DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION -=========================================== - -1. Activities other than distribution and/or modification of the Work -are not covered by this license; they are outside its scope. In -particular, the act of running the Work is not restricted and no -requirements are made concerning any offers of support for the Work. - -2. You may distribute a complete, unmodified copy of the Work as you -received it. Distribution of only part of the Work is considered -modification of the Work, and no right to distribute such a Derived -Work may be assumed under the terms of this clause. - -3. You may distribute a Compiled Work that has been generated from a -complete, unmodified copy of the Work as distributed under Clause 2 -above, as long as that Compiled Work is distributed in such a way that -the recipients may install the Compiled Work on their system exactly -as it would have been installed if they generated a Compiled Work -directly from the Work. - -4. If you are the Current Maintainer of the Work, you may, without -restriction, modify the Work, thus creating a Derived Work. You may -also distribute the Derived Work without restriction, including -Compiled Works generated from the Derived Work. Derived Works -distributed in this manner by the Current Maintainer are considered to -be updated versions of the Work. - -5. If you are not the Current Maintainer of the Work, you may modify -your copy of the Work, thus creating a Derived Work based on the Work, -and compile this Derived Work, thus creating a Compiled Work based on -the Derived Work. - -6. If you are not the Current Maintainer of the Work, you may -distribute a Derived Work provided the following conditions are met -for every component of the Work unless that component clearly states -in the copyright notice that it is exempt from that condition. Only -the Current Maintainer is allowed to add such statements of exemption -to a component of the Work. - - a. If a component of this Derived Work can be a direct replacement - for a component of the Work when that component is used with the - Base Interpreter, then, wherever this component of the Work - identifies itself to the user when used interactively with that - Base Interpreter, the replacement component of this Derived Work - clearly and unambiguously identifies itself as a modified version - of this component to the user when used interactively with that - Base Interpreter. - - b. Every component of the Derived Work contains prominent notices - detailing the nature of the changes to that component, or a - prominent reference to another file that is distributed as part - of the Derived Work and that contains a complete and accurate log - of the changes. - - c. No information in the Derived Work implies that any persons, - including (but not limited to) the authors of the original version - of the Work, provide any support, including (but not limited to) - the reporting and handling of errors, to recipients of the - Derived Work unless those persons have stated explicitly that - they do provide such support for the Derived Work. - - d. You distribute at least one of the following with the Derived Work: - - 1. A complete, unmodified copy of the Work; - if your distribution of a modified component is made by - offering access to copy the modified component from a - designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy - the Work from the same or some similar place meets this - condition, even though third parties are not compelled to - copy the Work along with the modified component; - - 2. Information that is sufficient to obtain a complete, - unmodified copy of the Work. - -7. If you are not the Current Maintainer of the Work, you may -distribute a Compiled Work generated from a Derived Work, as long as -the Derived Work is distributed to all recipients of the Compiled -Work, and as long as the conditions of Clause 6, above, are met with -regard to the Derived Work. - -8. The conditions above are not intended to prohibit, and hence do not -apply to, the modification, by any method, of any component so that it -becomes identical to an updated version of that component of the Work as -it is distributed by the Current Maintainer under Clause 4, above. - -9. Distribution of the Work or any Derived Work in an alternative -format, where the Work or that Derived Work (in whole or in part) is -then produced by applying some process to that format, does not relax or -nullify any sections of this license as they pertain to the results of -applying that process. - -10. a. A Derived Work may be distributed under a different license - provided that license itself honors the conditions listed in - Clause 6 above, in regard to the Work, though it does not have - to honor the rest of the conditions in this license. - - b. If a Derived Work is distributed under a different license, that - Derived Work must provide sufficient documentation as part of - itself to allow each recipient of that Derived Work to honor the - restrictions in Clause 6 above, concerning changes from the Work. - -11. This license places no restrictions on works that are unrelated to -the Work, nor does this license place any restrictions on aggregating -such works with the Work by any means. - -12. Nothing in this license is intended to, or may be used to, prevent -complete compliance by all parties with all applicable laws. - - -NO WARRANTY -=========== - -There is no warranty for the Work. Except when otherwise stated in -writing, the Copyright Holder provides the Work `as is', without -warranty of any kind, either expressed or implied, including, but not -limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a -particular purpose. The entire risk as to the quality and performance -of the Work is with you. Should the Work prove defective, you assume -the cost of all necessary servicing, repair, or correction. - -In no event unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing -will The Copyright Holder, or any author named in the components of the -Work, or any other party who may distribute and/or modify the Work as -permitted above, be liable to you for damages, including any general, -special, incidental or consequential damages arising out of any use of -the Work or out of inability to use the Work (including, but not limited -to, loss of data, data being rendered inaccurate, or losses sustained by -anyone as a result of any failure of the Work to operate with any other -programs), even if the Copyright Holder or said author or said other -party has been advised of the possibility of such damages. - - -MAINTENANCE OF THE WORK -======================= - -The Work has the status `author-maintained' if the Copyright Holder -explicitly and prominently states near the primary copyright notice in -the Work that the Work can only be maintained by the Copyright Holder -or simply that it is `author-maintained'. - -The Work has the status `maintained' if there is a Current Maintainer -who has indicated in the Work that they are willing to receive error -reports for the Work (for example, by supplying a valid e-mail -address). It is not required for the Current Maintainer to acknowledge -or act upon these error reports. - -The Work changes from status `maintained' to `unmaintained' if there -is no Current Maintainer, or the person stated to be Current -Maintainer of the work cannot be reached through the indicated means -of communication for a period of six months, and there are no other -significant signs of active maintenance. - -You can become the Current Maintainer of the Work by agreement with -any existing Current Maintainer to take over this role. - -If the Work is unmaintained, you can become the Current Maintainer of -the Work through the following steps: - - 1. Make a reasonable attempt to trace the Current Maintainer (and - the Copyright Holder, if the two differ) through the means of - an Internet or similar search. - - 2. If this search is successful, then enquire whether the Work - is still maintained. - - a. If it is being maintained, then ask the Current Maintainer - to update their communication data within one month. - - b. If the search is unsuccessful or no action to resume active - maintenance is taken by the Current Maintainer, then announce - within the pertinent community your intention to take over - maintenance. (If the Work is a LaTeX work, this could be - done, for example, by posting to comp.text.tex.) - - 3a. If the Current Maintainer is reachable and agrees to pass - maintenance of the Work to you, then this takes effect - immediately upon announcement. - - b. If the Current Maintainer is not reachable and the Copyright - Holder agrees that maintenance of the Work be passed to you, - then this takes effect immediately upon announcement. - - 4. If you make an `intention announcement' as described in 2b. above - and after three months your intention is challenged neither by - the Current Maintainer nor by the Copyright Holder nor by other - people, then you may arrange for the Work to be changed so as - to name you as the (new) Current Maintainer. - - 5. If the previously unreachable Current Maintainer becomes - reachable once more within three months of a change completed - under the terms of 3b) or 4), then that Current Maintainer must - become or remain the Current Maintainer upon request provided - they then update their communication data within one month. - -A change in the Current Maintainer does not, of itself, alter the fact -that the Work is distributed under the LPPL license. - -If you become the Current Maintainer of the Work, you should -immediately provide, within the Work, a prominent and unambiguous -statement of your status as Current Maintainer. You should also -announce your new status to the same pertinent community as -in 2b) above. - - -WHETHER AND HOW TO DISTRIBUTE WORKS UNDER THIS LICENSE -====================================================== - -This section contains important instructions, examples, and -recommendations for authors who are considering distributing their -works under this license. These authors are addressed as `you' in -this section. - -Choosing This License or Another License ----------------------------------------- - -If for any part of your work you want or need to use *distribution* -conditions that differ significantly from those in this license, then -do not refer to this license anywhere in your work but, instead, -distribute your work under a different license. You may use the text -of this license as a model for your own license, but your license -should not refer to the LPPL or otherwise give the impression that -your work is distributed under the LPPL. - -The document `modguide.tex' in the base LaTeX distribution explains -the motivation behind the conditions of this license. It explains, -for example, why distributing LaTeX under the GNU General Public -License (GPL) was considered inappropriate. Even if your work is -unrelated to LaTeX, the discussion in `modguide.tex' may still be -relevant, and authors intending to distribute their works under any -license are encouraged to read it. - -A Recommendation on Modification Without Distribution ------------------------------------------------------ - -It is wise never to modify a component of the Work, even for your own -personal use, without also meeting the above conditions for -distributing the modified component. While you might intend that such -modifications will never be distributed, often this will happen by -accident -- you may forget that you have modified that component; or -it may not occur to you when allowing others to access the modified -version that you are thus distributing it and violating the conditions -of this license in ways that could have legal implications and, worse, -cause problems for the community. It is therefore usually in your -best interest to keep your copy of the Work identical with the public -one. Many works provide ways to control the behavior of that work -without altering any of its licensed components. - -How to Use This License ------------------------ - -To use this license, place in each of the components of your work both -an explicit copyright notice including your name and the year the work -was authored and/or last substantially modified. Include also a -statement that the distribution and/or modification of that -component is constrained by the conditions in this license. - -Here is an example of such a notice and statement: - - %% pig.dtx - %% Copyright 2005 M. Y. Name - % - % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the - % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 - % of this license or (at your option) any later version. - % The latest version of this license is in - % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt - % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX - % version 2005/12/01 or later. - % - % This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'. - % - % The Current Maintainer of this work is M. Y. Name. - % - % This work consists of the files pig.dtx and pig.ins - % and the derived file pig.sty. - -Given such a notice and statement in a file, the conditions -given in this license document would apply, with the `Work' referring -to the three files `pig.dtx', `pig.ins', and `pig.sty' (the last being -generated from `pig.dtx' using `pig.ins'), the `Base Interpreter' -referring to any `LaTeX-Format', and both `Copyright Holder' and -`Current Maintainer' referring to the person `M. Y. Name'. - -If you do not want the Maintenance section of LPPL to apply to your -Work, change `maintained' above into `author-maintained'. -However, we recommend that you use `maintained', as the Maintenance -section was added in order to ensure that your Work remains useful to -the community even when you can no longer maintain and support it -yourself. - -Derived Works That Are Not Replacements ---------------------------------------- - -Several clauses of the LPPL specify means to provide reliability and -stability for the user community. They therefore concern themselves -with the case that a Derived Work is intended to be used as a -(compatible or incompatible) replacement of the original Work. If -this is not the case (e.g., if a few lines of code are reused for a -completely different task), then clauses 6b and 6d shall not apply. - - -Important Recommendations -------------------------- - - Defining What Constitutes the Work - - The LPPL requires that distributions of the Work contain all the - files of the Work. It is therefore important that you provide a - way for the licensee to determine which files constitute the Work. - This could, for example, be achieved by explicitly listing all the - files of the Work near the copyright notice of each file or by - using a line such as: - - % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. - - in that place. In the absence of an unequivocal list it might be - impossible for the licensee to determine what is considered by you - to comprise the Work and, in such a case, the licensee would be - entitled to make reasonable conjectures as to which files comprise - the Work. - diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/ebook.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/ebook.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/ebook.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/ebook.doc.tlpobj 2013-03-22 04:34:49.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +name ebook.doc +category Package +revision 29466 +shortdesc doc files of ebook +relocated 1 +docfiles size=1 + RELOC/doc/latex/ebook/README diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/gamebook.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/gamebook.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/gamebook.doc.tlpobj 2011-12-02 04:30:25.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/gamebook.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -name gamebook.doc -category Package -revision 24714 -shortdesc doc files of gamebook -relocated 1 -docfiles size=72 - RELOC/doc/latex/gamebook/README - RELOC/doc/latex/gamebook/gamebook-example.pdf - RELOC/doc/latex/gamebook/gamebook-example.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/gamebook/gamebook.pdf - RELOC/doc/latex/gamebook/lppl.txt ++++++ gamebook.tar.xz -> ebook.tar.xz ++++++ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tex/latex/ebook/ebook.sty new/tex/latex/ebook/ebook.sty --- old/tex/latex/ebook/ebook.sty 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tex/latex/ebook/ebook.sty 2013-03-22 00:25:25.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +%%% ==================================================================== +%%% @LaTeX-style-file{ +%%% author = "Jørgen Steensgaard", +%%% version = "1", +%%% date = "1 March 2013", +%%% time = "20:50:55 BST", +%%% filename = "ebook.sty", +%%% email = "jsm(a)steensgaard.org", +%%% codetable = "ISO/ASCII", +%%% keywords = "LaTeX, page layout for PDF-ebooks", +%%% supported = "no", +%%% docstring = "Page description etc. suitable for writing +%%% PDF-documents intended to be read on a +%%% ebook renderers. +%%% Uses packages moreverb, graphics and hyperref. +%%% Sets \family- and seriesdefault. +%%% Removes display of chapter numbers (ToC incl.) +%%% Provides \ebook as a command that includes +%%% details needed in the document section. +%%% " +%%% } +%%% ==================================================================== +% +% This file, ebook.sty, is in the public domain +\AtBeginDocument{\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\thispagestyle{empty}}} +\usepackage[ % Page description: + % common alternatives are a4paper, a5paper etc. + paperwidth=12cm, % horizontal screen size + paperheight=16cm, % vertical ditto + scale=0.9 % derive other layout details +]{geometry} +\usepackage{graphicx} +\usepackage{hyperref} +\usepackage{moreverb} + +\renewcommand{\familydefault}{cmss} +\renewcommand{\seriesdefault}{sbc} +\sffamily % sans-serif for readability +\mdseries % extra font weight +\setcounter{secnumdepth}{0} +\setcounter{tocdepth}{2} +\pagestyle{empty} + + +\providecommand{\pagefill}[1][0.001mm]{ +\vfill\noindent +\rule{#1}{#1} +\newpage\noindent +} + +\providecommand{\ebook}{ +\sffamily % sans-serif for readability +\mdseries % extra font weight +\setcounter{secnumdepth}{0} +\setcounter{tocdepth}{2} +\pagestyle{empty} +\Large +} + +\makeatletter +\renewcommand{\@chapter}[2][]{% + \thispagestyle{empty} + \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne + \refstepcounter{chapter}% + % \typeout{\(a)chapapp\space\thechapter.}% + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}% + % {\protect\numberline{}#1}% + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#2}% + \fi + \chaptermark{#1}% + \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}% + \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}% + \@makechapterhead{#2}% + \@afterheading +} +\renewcommand{\@makechapterhead}[1]{% + % \vspace*{50\p@}% + {\parindent \z@ \raggedright \normalfont + \interlinepenalty\@M + \Huge \bfseries #1\par\nobreak + \vskip 40\p@ + }} +\renewcommand{\@makeschapterhead}[1]{% + % \vspace*{50\p@}% + {\parindent \z@ \raggedright + \normalfont + \interlinepenalty\@M + \Huge \bfseries #1\par\nobreak + \vskip 40\p@ + }} +\makeatother diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tex/latex/gamebook/gamebook.sty new/tex/latex/gamebook/gamebook.sty --- old/tex/latex/gamebook/gamebook.sty 2011-12-02 00:51:49.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tex/latex/gamebook/gamebook.sty 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,86 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `gamebook.sty', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% gamebook.dtx (with options: `package') -%% -%% This is a generated file. -%% -%% Copyright (C) 2011 by A. Miede, http://www.miede.de -%% -%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license -%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this -%% license is in: -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version -%% 2005/12/01 or later. -%% -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1999/12/01] -\ProvidesPackage{gamebook} - [2011/11/29 v1.0 Style for gamebooks/interactive novels] -\RequirePackage{ifthen} - \newboolean{@debug} - \newboolean{@drafting} - -\DeclareOption{debug}{\setboolean{@debug}{true}} -\DeclareOption{draft}{\setboolean{@drafting}{true}} -\ProcessOptions\relax -\RequirePackage{fancyhdr} -\RequirePackage{extramarks} -\newcommand{\gbheadtext}{Gamebook} -\newcommand{\gbheader}{% -\pagestyle{fancy}% -\renewcommand{\sectionmark}[1]{\markboth{\thesection}{\thesection}}% -\fancyhead{}% clear all header fields -\fancyhead[LO,RE]{\small\gbheadtext} -\fancyhead[RO,LE]{\small\ifthenelse{\equal{\firstleftmark}% -{\leftmark}}{\leftmark}{\firstleftmark~--~\leftmark}}% -} -\newcommand{\gbdebug}[1]{\protect{\ifthenelse{\boolean{@debug}}% -{~\texttt{\scriptsize(#1)}}{\relax}}} -\newcommand{\gbdebugx}[1]{\protect{\ifthenelse{\boolean{@debug}}% -{\marginpar{\texttt{\scriptsize(#1)}}}{\relax}}} -\RequirePackage{titlesec} -\titleformat{\section}[block]{% -\centering\bfseries}{\fbox{\thesection}}{1em}{\relax} -\newcommand{\gbsection}[1]{\section{\label{#1}}\gbdebugx{#1}} -\newcommand{\gbturntext}{turn~to~} -\newcommand{\gbturn}[1]{\gbturntext{\bfseries\ref{#1}}\gbdebug{#1}}%\fbox -\newenvironment{gbtabbing} - {\setlength{\topsep}{0pt}% - \setlength{\tabbingsep}{0pt}% - \setlength{\partopsep}{0pt}% - \tabbing}% - {\endtabbing} - -\newcommand{\gbvillain}[5]{% -\hfill\begin{gbtabbing}% -\hspace{\parindent}\= Sehr sehr langer Name % -\= Sehr langer Skill + Wert \= Sehr langer Skill + Wert \kill% -\> \textsc{#1} \> #2~#3 \> #4~#5 \\% -\end{gbtabbing}% -}% -\RequirePackage{enumitem} -\newlist{gbturnoptions}{itemize}{1} -\setlist[gbturnoptions]{% -leftmargin=\parindent,labelindent=\parindent,label=} % noitemsep -\newcommand{\gbitem}[2]{\item #1\hfill\gbturn{#2}} -\ifthenelse{\boolean{@drafting}}{% - \RequirePackage{draftwatermark}% - \SetWatermarkLightness{0.9} -\SetWatermarkScale{.5} -\SetWatermarkText{Draft} -\RequirePackage{scrtime} % time access -\PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{prelim2e} -\RequirePackage{prelim2e} -\renewcommand{\PrelimWords}{\relax} -\renewcommand{\PrelimText}% -{\footnotesize[\,\today\ at \thistime\,]}}{\relax} -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `gamebook.sty'. diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/ebook.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/ebook.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/ebook.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/ebook.tlpobj 2013-03-22 04:34:49.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +name ebook +category Package +revision 29466 +relocated 1 +runfiles size=1 + RELOC/tex/latex/ebook/ebook.sty diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/gamebook.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/gamebook.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/gamebook.tlpobj 2011-12-02 04:30:26.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/gamebook.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,14 +0,0 @@ -name gamebook -category Package -revision 24714 -shortdesc Typeset gamebooks and other interactive novels. -relocated 1 -longdesc This package provides the means in order to lay-out gamebooks -longdesc with LaTeX. A simple gamebook example is included with the -longdesc package, and acts as a tutorial. -runfiles size=1 - RELOC/tex/latex/gamebook/gamebook.sty -catalogue-ctan /macros/latex/contrib/gamebook -catalogue-date 2011-11-29 16:55:00 +0100 -catalogue-license lppl1.3 -catalogue-version 1.0 ++++++ g-brief.doc.tar.xz -> ec.doc.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 2761 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ g-brief.doc.tar.xz -> ec.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 32257 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ g-brief.doc.tar.xz -> ecc.doc.tar.xz ++++++ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/fonts/ecc/copyrite new/doc/fonts/ecc/copyrite --- old/doc/fonts/ecc/copyrite 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/fonts/ecc/copyrite 2007-09-22 02:32:18.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +The European Concrete Fonts + +Copyright (c) 1998--1999 Walter Schmidt + +These fonts are free software; you can redistribute and/or +modify them under the terms of the LaTeX Project Public License +as described in lppl.txt in the base LaTeX distribution; either +version 1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + +This applies to the following files: + +readme +liesmich + +conc10pt.mf +conc5pt.mf +conc6pt.mf +conc7pt.mf +conc8pt.mf +conc9pt.mf +coni10pt.mf +eocc10.mf +eorm10.mf +eorm5.mf +eorm6.mf +eorm7.mf +eorm8.mf +eorm9.mf +eosl10.mf +eosl5.mf +eosl6.mf +eosl7.mf +eosl8.mf +eosl9.mf +eoti10.mf +tcssdc10.mf +torm10.mf +torm5.mf +torm6.mf +torm7.mf +torm8.mf +torm9.mf +tosl10.mf +tosl5.mf +tosl6.mf +tosl7.mf +tosl8.mf +tosl9.mf +toti10.mf + +eocc10.tfm +eorm10.tfm +eorm5.tfm +eorm6.tfm +eorm7.tfm +eorm8.tfm +eorm9.tfm +eosl10.tfm +eosl5.tfm +eosl6.tfm +eosl7.tfm +eosl8.tfm +eosl9.tfm +eoti10.tfm +tcssdc10.tfm +torm10.tfm +torm5.tfm +torm6.tfm +torm7.tfm +torm8.tfm +torm9.tfm +tosl10.tfm +tosl5.tfm +tosl6.tfm +tosl7.tfm +tosl8.tfm +tosl9.tfm +toti10.tfm + +If you receive only some of these files from someone, complain! + +% finis diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/fonts/ecc/liesmich new/doc/fonts/ecc/liesmich --- old/doc/fonts/ecc/liesmich 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/fonts/ecc/liesmich 2007-09-22 02:32:18.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ +=> see `readme' for an english version of this file <= + +************************************************************ +* Die Schriftfamilie EUROPEAN CONCRETE * +* * +* 1998/11/14 * +* * +* Version 1.0 * +************************************************************ + +Was ist neu? +============ + +In der vorliegenden Version 1.0 vom 14. Nov. 1998 wurden +einige Entwurfsparameter der Fonts korrigiert, die in v0.9 +falsch waren. Sie entsprechen nun genau den OT1-kodierten +und den mathematischen Concrete-Fonts. In einigen Faellen +war es nicht zu vermeiden, dass sich die Metriken (tfm) +dabei aenderten. + + + +Uebersicht +========== + +`European Concrete' ist eine Implementierung der +Concrete-Fonts von Donald Knuth in T1- und TS1- Kodierung, +also in Form der europaeischen Schriften mit +Textcompanion-Sybolen. Das Verzeichnis src der vorliegenden +Verteilung enthaelt die folgenden METAFONT-Dateien: + +conc??pt, coni10pt gemeinsame Entwurfsparameter +eorm5.mf EC roman medium 5pt +eorm6.mf 6pt +eorm7.mf 7pt +eorm8.mf 8pt +eorm9.mf 9pt +eorm10.mf 10pt +eosl9.mf EC slanted 9pt +eosl5,mf 5pt +eosl6.mf 6pt +eosl7.mf 7pt +eosl8.mf 8pt +eosl9.mf 9pt +eosl10.mf 10pt +eeocc10.mf EC small capitals 10pt +eoti10.mf EC text italic 10pt +torm5.mf TC roman medium 5pt +torm6.mf 6pt +torm7.mf 7pt +torm8.mf 8pt +torm9.mf 9pt +torm10.mf 10pt +tosl5.mf 5pt +tosl6.mf 6pt +tosl7.mf 7pt +tosl8.mf 8pt +tosl9.mf TC slanted 9pt +tosl10.mf 10pt +toti10.mf TC italic 10pt +tcssdc10.mf TC Sans Serif demibold condensed 10pt + +Das Namensschema lehnt sich an J. Knappens EC-Fonts an: + eo.. = Text-Font, T1-codiert + to.. = Text-Companion-Font, TS1-codiert + +Im Verzeichnis tfm befindet sich eine tfm-Datei fuer jeden +der o.g Fonts. + +Weitere Dateien: + +liesmich die Datei, die Sie gerade lesen +readme die englische Version davon + + + +Installation der Schriften +========================== + +Kopieren Sie alle Dateien aus dem Unterverzeichnis src +dieser Sammlung in ein Verzeichnis, wo METAFONT nach +Eingabedateien sucht. Kopieren Sie alle Dateien aus dem +Unterverzeichnis tfm dieser Sammlung in ein Verzeichnis, wo +TeX seine Font-Metriken sucht. Damit die Pixelfonts erzeugt +werden koennen, muessen auch die Quelldateien von J.Knappens +EC-Fonts, Version 1.0 oder spaeter, verfuegbar sein. + +Hinweis: +Die Concrete-Fonts enhalten keine fetten Schriftschnitte. +Als Ersatz wird gerne die Schrift "CM Sanserif demibold +condensed" (cmssdc10, ecssdc10) benutzt. Die entsprechende +Textcompanion-Schrift tcssdc10 ist aber in Version 1 der +EC-Fonts nicht enthalten, und wird deshalb hier, zusammen +mit den europaeischen Concrete-Schriften, verteilt. + + + +Bekannte Fehler und Maengel +=========================== + +Es fehlen die T1/TS1-Versionen der Grafitti-Schrift ccslc9. + + + +Zukuenftige Aenderungen und Ergaenzungen +======================================== + +Die EC-Concrete-Fonts werden alle Ergaenzungen und +Aenderungen an J. Knappens EC(-Modern-)Verteilung +automatisch nachvollziehen. + + + +Kommentare, Fehlermeldungen und Verbesserungsvorschlaege +======================================================== + +... senden Sie bitte an den Autor: + +Walter Schmidt <walter.schmidt(a)arcormail.de> + +-- finis + diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/fonts/ecc/readme new/doc/fonts/ecc/readme --- old/doc/fonts/ecc/readme 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/fonts/ecc/readme 2007-09-22 02:32:18.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ +=> dieser Text in deutscher Sprache: Datei `liesmich' <= + +************************************************************ +* The EUROPEAN CONCRETE family of fonts * +* * +* version 1.0 * +* * +* 1998/11/14 * +************************************************************ + +What's new? +=========== +As with this version 1.0, a few bugs concerning the design +parameters have been fixed, and the fonts match their OT1 +and mathematical counterparts now. Unfortunately this +resulted in changes to the font metrics. + + + +Overview +======== + +`European Concrete' is an implementation of Donald +Knuth's Comcrete fonts, providing T1 text fonts and TS1 +text companion fonts. + +The subdirectory src contains the following METAFONT +sources: + +conc??pt, coni10pt common design parameters +eorm5.mf EC roman medium 5pt +eorm6.mf 6pt +eorm7.mf 7pt +eorm8.mf 8pt +eorm9.mf 9pt +eorm10.mf 10pt +eosl9.mf EC slanted 9pt +eosl10.mf 10pt +eocc10.mf EC small capitals 10pt +eoti10.mf EC text italic 10pt +torm5.mf TC roman medium 5pt +torm6.mf 6pt +torm7.mf 7pt +torm8.mf 8pt +torm9.mf 9pt +torm10.mf 10pt +tosl9.mf TC slanted 9pt +tosl10.mf 10pt +toti10.mf TC italic 10pt +tcssdc10.mf TC Sans Serif demibold condensed 10pt + +The naming scheme corresponds to J. Knappen's EC fonts: + eo.. = textfont, T1 encoding + to.. = text companion font, TS1 encoding + +The subdirectory tfm contains tfm files for all fonts listed +above. + +Further files: + +readme the file you are reading now +liesmich the german version of `readme' + + + +Installing the fonts +==================== + +The files from the subdirectory `src' must be moved to a +directory where METAFONT searches for its input files. The +files from the subdirectory `tfm' must be moved to a +directory where TeX/LaTeX searches for font metrics. In +order to generate the bitmap fonts, METAFONT sources of the +EC fonts, version 1.0 or later, are also required. + +Note: +The Concrete fonts are lacking a bold variant. It is +recommended to use `CM sansserif demibold condensed' +(cmssdc10, ecssdc10) as a substitute. The related text +companion font tcssdc10 is, however, not distributed as part +of EV 1.0. That's why I have provided it here. + + + +Known bugs and deficiencies +=========================== + +There are no T1/TS1 versions of the `grafitti' font ccslc9. + + + +Future changes and additions +============================ + +The EC Concrete fonts will reflect all future changes and +additions to J. Knappen's EC(-Modern) distribution. + + + +Comments, bug reports and suggestions +===================================== + +... are welcome and should be addressed to the author: + +Walter Schmidt <walter.schmidt(a)arcormail.de> + +-- finis + Files old/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel.pdf and new/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel.tex new/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel.tex --- old/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel.tex 2011-01-21 23:59:35.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,101 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `beispiel.tex', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% g-brief.dtx (with options: `beispiel') -%% -%% ======================================================================= -%% -%% Copyright (C) 1991-2003 Michael Lenzen. -%% -%% For additional copyright information see further down in this file. -%% -%% This file is part of the G-BRIEF package. -%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -%% -%% It may be distributed under the terms of the LaTeX Project Public -%% License (LPPL), as described in lppl.txt in the base LaTeX distribution. -%% Either version 1.1 or, at your option, any later version. -%% -%% The latest version of this license is in -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% LPPL Version 1.1 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX -%% version 1999/06/01 or later. -%% -%% -%% Error reports in case of UNCHANGED versions to -%% -%% <lenzen(a)lenzen.com> -%% <m.lenzen(a)t-online.de> -%% -%% -\def\filedate{2008/07/15} -\def\fileversion{4.0.2} - -\documentclass[11pt,ngerman,latin9]{g-brief} - -\lochermarke -\faltmarken -\fenstermarken -\trennlinien -%% \klassisch - -\Name {Otto Raffzahn} -\Strasse {Wiesenacker 25a} -\Zusatz {} -\RetourAdresse {} -\Ort {D-99533 Weitewelt} -\Land {} - -\Telefon {+49\ 000\ 00000} -\Telefax {+49\ 000\ 00000} -\Telex {} -\HTTP {http://www.example.com} -\EMail {raffzahn(a)example.com} - -\Bank {Bankhaus Skrupellos \& Co.} -\BLZ {000.000.00} -\Konto {000.000.000} - -\Unterschrift {Otto Raffzahn} - -\Postvermerk {E I N S C H R E I B E N} -\Adresse {Frau\\ - Else Mittellos\\ - Finsterweg 12\\ - \\ - D-93456 Tiefeschlucht - } - -\Betreff {Zahlung Ihrer Miete} - -\Datum {\today} -\IhrZeichen {} -\IhrSchreiben {} -\MeinZeichen {OR} - -\Anrede {Sehr geehrte Frau Mittellos,} -\Gruss {Mit freundlichen Gr\"u\ss{}en}{1cm} - -\Anlagen {} -\Verteiler {} - -\begin{document} -\begin{g-brief} - -seit der siebten Mieterh\"ohung im laufenden Jahr konnte ich keinen -Zahlungseingang von Ihnen mehr verbuchen. Ich bitte Sie Ihren -Verpflichtungen schnellstens nachzukommen, da ich mich sonst gezwungen sehe, -Ihre Miete ein weiteres mal anzuheben. - -\end{g-brief} -\end{document} - - -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `beispiel.tex'. Files old/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel2.pdf and new/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel2.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel2.tex new/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel2.tex --- old/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel2.tex 2011-01-21 23:59:35.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel2.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,123 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `beispiel2.tex', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% g-brief.dtx (with options: `beispiel2') -%% -%% ======================================================================= -%% -%% Copyright (C) 1991-2003 Michael Lenzen. -%% -%% For additional copyright information see further down in this file. -%% -%% This file is part of the G-BRIEF package. -%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -%% -%% It may be distributed under the terms of the LaTeX Project Public -%% License (LPPL), as described in lppl.txt in the base LaTeX distribution. -%% Either version 1.1 or, at your option, any later version. -%% -%% The latest version of this license is in -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% LPPL Version 1.1 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX -%% version 1999/06/01 or later. -%% -%% -%% Error reports in case of UNCHANGED versions to -%% -%% <lenzen(a)lenzen.com> -%% <m.lenzen(a)t-online.de> -%% -%% -\def\filedate{2008/07/15} -\def\fileversion{4.0.2} - -\documentclass[11pt,ngerman,latin9]{g-brief2} - -\lochermarke -\faltmarken -\fenstermarken -%% \trennlinien -%% \unserzeichen - -\Name {Otto Raffzahn} - -\NameZeileA {{\bf Otto Raffzahn}} -\NameZeileB {} -\NameZeileC {Mietwucherer} -\NameZeileD {Menschenfreund} -\NameZeileE {\& Gierschlund} -\NameZeileF {} -\NameZeileG {} - -\AdressZeileA {Wiesenacker 25a} -\AdressZeileB {99533 Weitewelt} -\AdressZeileC {} -\AdressZeileD {Inselblick 12} -\AdressZeileE {23213 Am Meer} -\AdressZeileF {} - -\TelefonZeileA {Festnetz: +49 000 0000000} -\TelefonZeileB {Freecall: +49 800 0000000} -\TelefonZeileC {Mobil: +49 171 00000000} -\TelefonZeileD {Fax: +49 0000 000-0000} -\TelefonZeileE {} -\TelefonZeileF {} - -\InternetZeileA {raffzahn(a)example.com} -\InternetZeileB {info(a)example.com} -\InternetZeileC {office(a)example.com} -\InternetZeileD {http:/www.example.com} -\InternetZeileE {http:/www.example.net} -\InternetZeileF {} - -\BankZeileA {Bankhaus Skrupellos \& Co.} -\BankZeileB {BLZ: 000.000.00} -\BankZeileC {Konto: 000.000.000} -\BankZeileD {} -\BankZeileE {} -\BankZeileF {} - -\RetourAdresse {Otto Raffzahn $\cdot$ Finsterweg 13 - $\cdot$ Tiefeschlucht} -\Postvermerk {E I N S C H R E I B E N} -\Adresse {Frau\\ - Else Mittellos\\ - Finsterweg 12\\ - \\ - 93456 Tiefeschlucht - } - -\Betreff {Zahlung Ihrer Miete} - -\Datum {\today} -\IhrZeichen {EM} -\IhrSchreiben {} -\MeinZeichen {OR} - -\Anrede {Sehr geehrte Frau Mittellos,} -\Gruss {Mit freundlichen Gr\"u\ss{}en}{1cm} -\Unterschrift {Otto Raffzahn} - -\Anlagen {} -\Verteiler {} - -\begin{document} -\begin{g-brief} - -seit der siebten Mieterh\"ohung im laufenden Jahr konnte ich -keinen Zahlungseingang von Ihnen mehr verbuchen. Ich bitte Sie -Ihren Verpflichtungen schnellstens nachzukommen, da ich mich -sonst gezwungen sehe, Ihre Miete ein weiteres mal anzuheben. - -\end{g-brief} -\end{document} - - -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `beispiel2.tex'. Files old/doc/latex/g-brief/g-brief.pdf and new/doc/latex/g-brief/g-brief.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/ecc.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/ecc.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/ecc.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/ecc.doc.tlpobj 2010-06-10 18:26:41.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +name ecc.doc +category Package +revision 15878 +shortdesc doc files of ecc +relocated 1 +docfiles size=3 + RELOC/doc/fonts/ecc/copyrite + RELOC/doc/fonts/ecc/liesmich + RELOC/doc/fonts/ecc/readme diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/g-brief.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/g-brief.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/g-brief.doc.tlpobj 2011-01-22 04:12:06.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/g-brief.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -name g-brief.doc -category Package -revision 21140 -shortdesc doc files of g-brief -relocated 1 -docfiles size=45 - RELOC/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel.pdf - RELOC/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel2.pdf - RELOC/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel2.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/g-brief/g-brief.pdf ++++++ g-brief.doc.tar.xz -> ecc.tar.xz ++++++ Files old/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel.pdf and new/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel.tex new/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel.tex --- old/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel.tex 2011-01-21 23:59:35.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,101 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `beispiel.tex', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% g-brief.dtx (with options: `beispiel') -%% -%% ======================================================================= -%% -%% Copyright (C) 1991-2003 Michael Lenzen. -%% -%% For additional copyright information see further down in this file. -%% -%% This file is part of the G-BRIEF package. -%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -%% -%% It may be distributed under the terms of the LaTeX Project Public -%% License (LPPL), as described in lppl.txt in the base LaTeX distribution. -%% Either version 1.1 or, at your option, any later version. -%% -%% The latest version of this license is in -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% LPPL Version 1.1 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX -%% version 1999/06/01 or later. -%% -%% -%% Error reports in case of UNCHANGED versions to -%% -%% <lenzen(a)lenzen.com> -%% <m.lenzen(a)t-online.de> -%% -%% -\def\filedate{2008/07/15} -\def\fileversion{4.0.2} - -\documentclass[11pt,ngerman,latin9]{g-brief} - -\lochermarke -\faltmarken -\fenstermarken -\trennlinien -%% \klassisch - -\Name {Otto Raffzahn} -\Strasse {Wiesenacker 25a} -\Zusatz {} -\RetourAdresse {} -\Ort {D-99533 Weitewelt} -\Land {} - -\Telefon {+49\ 000\ 00000} -\Telefax {+49\ 000\ 00000} -\Telex {} -\HTTP {http://www.example.com} -\EMail {raffzahn(a)example.com} - -\Bank {Bankhaus Skrupellos \& Co.} -\BLZ {000.000.00} -\Konto {000.000.000} - -\Unterschrift {Otto Raffzahn} - -\Postvermerk {E I N S C H R E I B E N} -\Adresse {Frau\\ - Else Mittellos\\ - Finsterweg 12\\ - \\ - D-93456 Tiefeschlucht - } - -\Betreff {Zahlung Ihrer Miete} - -\Datum {\today} -\IhrZeichen {} -\IhrSchreiben {} -\MeinZeichen {OR} - -\Anrede {Sehr geehrte Frau Mittellos,} -\Gruss {Mit freundlichen Gr\"u\ss{}en}{1cm} - -\Anlagen {} -\Verteiler {} - -\begin{document} -\begin{g-brief} - -seit der siebten Mieterh\"ohung im laufenden Jahr konnte ich keinen -Zahlungseingang von Ihnen mehr verbuchen. Ich bitte Sie Ihren -Verpflichtungen schnellstens nachzukommen, da ich mich sonst gezwungen sehe, -Ihre Miete ein weiteres mal anzuheben. - -\end{g-brief} -\end{document} - - -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `beispiel.tex'. Files old/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel2.pdf and new/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel2.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel2.tex new/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel2.tex --- old/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel2.tex 2011-01-21 23:59:35.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel2.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,123 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `beispiel2.tex', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% g-brief.dtx (with options: `beispiel2') -%% -%% ======================================================================= -%% -%% Copyright (C) 1991-2003 Michael Lenzen. -%% -%% For additional copyright information see further down in this file. -%% -%% This file is part of the G-BRIEF package. -%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -%% -%% It may be distributed under the terms of the LaTeX Project Public -%% License (LPPL), as described in lppl.txt in the base LaTeX distribution. -%% Either version 1.1 or, at your option, any later version. -%% -%% The latest version of this license is in -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% LPPL Version 1.1 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX -%% version 1999/06/01 or later. -%% -%% -%% Error reports in case of UNCHANGED versions to -%% -%% <lenzen(a)lenzen.com> -%% <m.lenzen(a)t-online.de> -%% -%% -\def\filedate{2008/07/15} -\def\fileversion{4.0.2} - -\documentclass[11pt,ngerman,latin9]{g-brief2} - -\lochermarke -\faltmarken -\fenstermarken -%% \trennlinien -%% \unserzeichen - -\Name {Otto Raffzahn} - -\NameZeileA {{\bf Otto Raffzahn}} -\NameZeileB {} -\NameZeileC {Mietwucherer} -\NameZeileD {Menschenfreund} -\NameZeileE {\& Gierschlund} -\NameZeileF {} -\NameZeileG {} - -\AdressZeileA {Wiesenacker 25a} -\AdressZeileB {99533 Weitewelt} -\AdressZeileC {} -\AdressZeileD {Inselblick 12} -\AdressZeileE {23213 Am Meer} -\AdressZeileF {} - -\TelefonZeileA {Festnetz: +49 000 0000000} -\TelefonZeileB {Freecall: +49 800 0000000} -\TelefonZeileC {Mobil: +49 171 00000000} -\TelefonZeileD {Fax: +49 0000 000-0000} -\TelefonZeileE {} -\TelefonZeileF {} - -\InternetZeileA {raffzahn(a)example.com} -\InternetZeileB {info(a)example.com} -\InternetZeileC {office(a)example.com} -\InternetZeileD {http:/www.example.com} -\InternetZeileE {http:/www.example.net} -\InternetZeileF {} - -\BankZeileA {Bankhaus Skrupellos \& Co.} -\BankZeileB {BLZ: 000.000.00} -\BankZeileC {Konto: 000.000.000} -\BankZeileD {} -\BankZeileE {} -\BankZeileF {} - -\RetourAdresse {Otto Raffzahn $\cdot$ Finsterweg 13 - $\cdot$ Tiefeschlucht} -\Postvermerk {E I N S C H R E I B E N} -\Adresse {Frau\\ - Else Mittellos\\ - Finsterweg 12\\ - \\ - 93456 Tiefeschlucht - } - -\Betreff {Zahlung Ihrer Miete} - -\Datum {\today} -\IhrZeichen {EM} -\IhrSchreiben {} -\MeinZeichen {OR} - -\Anrede {Sehr geehrte Frau Mittellos,} -\Gruss {Mit freundlichen Gr\"u\ss{}en}{1cm} -\Unterschrift {Otto Raffzahn} - -\Anlagen {} -\Verteiler {} - -\begin{document} -\begin{g-brief} - -seit der siebten Mieterh\"ohung im laufenden Jahr konnte ich -keinen Zahlungseingang von Ihnen mehr verbuchen. Ich bitte Sie -Ihren Verpflichtungen schnellstens nachzukommen, da ich mich -sonst gezwungen sehe, Ihre Miete ein weiteres mal anzuheben. - -\end{g-brief} -\end{document} - - -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `beispiel2.tex'. Files old/doc/latex/g-brief/g-brief.pdf and new/doc/latex/g-brief/g-brief.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/fonts/source/public/ecc/conc10pt.mf new/fonts/source/public/ecc/conc10pt.mf --- old/fonts/source/public/ecc/conc10pt.mf 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/fonts/source/public/ecc/conc10pt.mf 2006-01-10 00:38:21.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +% file conc10pt.mf: dimensions of Computer Concrete 10pt (WaS) + +u#:=20/36pt#; % unit width +width_adj#:=0pt#; % width adjustment for certain characters +serif_fit#:=1/36pt#; % extra sidebar near lowercase serifs +cap_serif_fit#:=3/36pt#; % extra sidebar near uppercase serifs +letter_fit#:=0pt#; % extra space added to all sidebars + +body_height#:=270/36pt#; % height of tallest characters +asc_height#:=250/36pt#; % height of lowercase ascenders +cap_height#:=246/36pt#; % height of caps +fig_height#:=232/36pt#; % height of numerals +x_height#:=165/36pt#; % height of lowercase without ascenders +math_axis#:=90/36pt#; % axis of symmetry for math symbols +bar_height#:=92/36pt#; % height of crossbar in lowercase e +comma_depth#:=70/36pt#; % depth of comma below baseline +desc_depth#:=70/36pt#; % depth of lowercase descenders +acc_height#:=75/36pt#; +dot_height#:=66/36pt#; + +crisp#:=0pt#; % diameter of serif corners +tiny#:=11/36pt#; % diameter of rounded corners +fine#:=6/36pt#; % diameter of sharply rounded corners +thin_join#:=17/36pt#; % width of extrafine details +hair#:=21/36pt#; % lowercase hairline breadth +stem#:=25/36pt#; % lowercase stem breadth +curve#:=27/36pt#; % lowercase curve breadth +ess#:=25/36pt#; % breadth in middle of lowercase s +flare#:=29/36pt#; % diameter of bulbs or breadth of terminals +dot_size#:=38/36pt#; % diameter of dots +cap_hair#:=21/36pt#; % uppercase hairline breadth +cap_stem#:=27/36pt#; % uppercase stem breadth +cap_curve#:=28/36pt#; % uppercase curve breadth +cap_ess#:=27/36pt#; % breadth in middle of uppercase s +rule_thickness#:=.4pt#; % thickness of lines in math symbols + +dish#:=0/36pt#; % amount erased at top or bottom of serifs +bracket#:=5/36pt#; % vertical distance from serif base to tangent +jut#:=30/36pt#; % protrusion of lowercase serifs +cap_jut#:=32/36pt#; % protrusion of uppercase serifs +beak_jut#:=10/36pt#; % horizontal protrusion of beak serifs +beak#:=70/36pt#; % vertical protrusion of beak serifs +vair#:=21/36pt#; % vertical diameter of hairlines +notch_cut#:=30/36pt#; % maximum breadth above or below notches +bar#:=21/36pt#; % lowercase bar thickness +slab#:=21/36pt#; % serif and arm thickness +cap_bar#:=21/36pt#; % uppercase bar thickness +cap_band#:=21/36pt#; % uppercase thickness above/below lobes +cap_notch_cut#:=1pt#; % max breadth above/below uppercase notches +serif_drop#:=5/36pt#; % vertical drop of sloped serifs +stem_corr#:=1/36pt#; % for small refinements of stem breadth +vair_corr#:=1/36pt#; % for small refinements of hairline height +apex_corr#:=0pt#; % extra width at diagonal junctions + +o#:=4/36pt#; % amount of overshoot for curves +apex_o#:=3/36pt#; % amount of overshoot for diagonal junctions + +fudge:=.95; % factor applied to weights of heavy characters +math_spread:=0; % extra openness of math symbols +superness:=8/11; % parameter for superellipses +superpull:=1/15; % extra openness inside bowls +beak_darkness:=4/30; % fraction of triangle inside beak serifs +% ligs:=2; % level of ligatures to be included + +square_dots:=false; % should dots be square? +hefty:=false; % should we try hard not to be overweight? +serifs:=true; % should serifs and bulbs be attached? +monospace:=false; % should all characters have the same width? +variant_g:=false; % should an italic-style g be used? +low_asterisk:=false; % should the asterisk be centered at the axis? + +endinput; + diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/fonts/source/public/ecc/conc5pt.mf new/fonts/source/public/ecc/conc5pt.mf --- old/fonts/source/public/ecc/conc5pt.mf 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/fonts/source/public/ecc/conc5pt.mf 2006-01-10 00:38:21.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +% file conc5pt.mf: dimensions of Computer Concrete 5pt (WaS) + +u#:=12.5/36pt#; % unit width +width_adj#:=0pt#; % width adjustment for certain characters +serif_fit#:=1/36pt#; % extra sidebar near lowercase serifs +cap_serif_fit#:=2/36pt#; % extra sidebar near uppercase serifs +letter_fit#:=5/36pt#; % extra space added to all sidebars + +body_height#:=135/36pt#; % height of tallest characters +asc_height#:=125/36pt#; % height of lowercase ascenders +cap_height#:=123/36pt#; % height of caps +fig_height#:=116/36pt#; % height of numerals +x_height#:=82.5/36pt#; % height of lowercase without ascenders +math_axis#:=45/36pt#; % axis of symmetry for math symbols +bar_height#:=43.5/36pt#; % height of crossbar in lowercase e +comma_depth#:=35/36pt#; % depth of comma below baseline +desc_depth#:=35/36pt#; % depth of lowercase descenders +acc_height#:=42.5/36pt#; +dot_height#:=42/36pt#; + +crisp#:=0pt#; % diameter of serif corners +tiny#:=6/36pt#; % diameter of rounded corners +fine#:=5/36pt#; % diameter of sharply rounded corners +thin_join#:=11/36pt#; % width of extrafine details +hair#:=14/36pt#; % lowercase hairline breadth +stem#:=16/36pt#; % lowercase stem breadth +curve#:=17/36pt#; % lowercase curve breadth +ess#:=12/36pt#; % breadth in middle of lowercase s +flare#:=18/36pt#; % diameter of bulbs or breadth of terminals +dot_size#:=22/36pt#; % diameter of dots +cap_hair#:=14/36pt#; % uppercase hairline breadth +cap_stem#:=17/36pt#; % uppercase stem breadth +cap_curve#:=18/36pt#; % uppercase curve breadth +cap_ess#:=14/36pt#; % breadth in middle of uppercase s +rule_thickness#:=.28pt#; % thickness of lines in math symbols + +dish#:=0/36pt#; % amount erased at top or bottom of serifs +bracket#:=3/36pt#; % vertical distance from serif base to tangent +jut#:=17/36pt#; % protrusion of lowercase serifs +cap_jut#:=18/36pt#; % protrusion of uppercase serifs +beak_jut#:=6/36pt#; % horizontal protrusion of beak serifs +beak#:=35/36pt#; % vertical protrusion of beak serifs +vair#:=14/36pt#; % vertical diameter of hairlines +notch_cut#:=15/36pt#; % maximum breadth above or below notches +bar#:=14/36pt#; % lowercase bar thickness +slab#:=14/36pt#; % serif and arm thickness +cap_bar#:=14/36pt#; % uppercase bar thickness +cap_band#:=14/36pt#; % uppercase thickness above/below lobes +cap_notch_cut#:=.5pt#; % max breadth above/below uppercase notches +serif_drop#:=2/36pt#; % vertical drop of sloped serifs +stem_corr#:=.7/36pt#; % for small refinements of stem breadth +vair_corr#:=.5/36pt#; % for small refinements of hairline height +apex_corr#:=0pt#; % extra width at diagonal junctions + +o#:=3/36pt#; % amount of overshoot for curves +apex_o#:=2/36pt#; % amount of overshoot for diagonal junctions + +fudge:=.95; % factor applied to weights of heavy characters +math_spread:=1; % extra openness of math symbols +superness:=8/11; % parameter for superellipses +superpull:=1/15; % extra openness inside bowls +beak_darkness:=4/30; % fraction of triangle inside beak serifs +;ligs:=1; % level of ligatures to be included + +square_dots:=false; % should dots be square? +hefty:=false; % should we try hard not to be overweight? +serifs:=true; % should serifs and bulbs be attached? +monospace:=false; % should all characters have the same width? +variant_g:=false; % should an italic-style g be used? +low_asterisk:=false; % should the asterisk be centered at the axis? + +endinput; + diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/fonts/source/public/ecc/conc6pt.mf new/fonts/source/public/ecc/conc6pt.mf --- old/fonts/source/public/ecc/conc6pt.mf 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/fonts/source/public/ecc/conc6pt.mf 2006-01-10 00:38:21.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +% file conc6pt.mf: dimensions of Computer Concrete 6pt (WaS) + +u#:=14/36pt#; % unit width +width_adj#:=0pt#; % width adjustment for certain characters +serif_fit#:=1/36pt#; % extra sidebar near lowercase serifs +cap_serif_fit#:=2.2/36pt#; % extra sidebar near uppercase serifs +letter_fit#:=3/36pt#; % extra space added to all sidebars + +body_height#:=162/36pt#; % height of tallest characters +asc_height#:=150/36pt#; % height of lowercase ascenders +cap_height#:=147.6/36pt#; % height of caps +fig_height#:=139.2/36pt#; % height of numerals +x_height#:=99/36pt#; % height of lowercase without ascenders +math_axis#:=54/36pt#; % axis of symmetry for math symbols +bar_height#:=52.2/36pt#; % height of crossbar in lowercase e +comma_depth#:=42/36pt#; % depth of comma below baseline +desc_depth#:=42/36pt#; % depth of lowercase descenders +acc_height#:=49/36pt#; +dot_height#:=46.6/36pt#; + +crisp#:=0pt#; % diameter of serif corners +tiny#:=7/36pt#; % diameter of rounded corners +fine#:=6/36pt#; % diameter of sharply rounded corners +thin_join#:=12/36pt#; % width of extrafine details +hair#:=15/36pt#; % lowercase hairline breadth +stem#:=18/36pt#; % lowercase stem breadth +curve#:=19/36pt#; % lowercase curve breadth +ess#:=17/36pt#; % breadth in middle of lowercase s +flare#:=20/36pt#; % diameter of bulbs or breadth of terminals +dot_size#:=26/36pt#; % diameter of dots +cap_hair#:=15/36pt#; % uppercase hairline breadth +cap_stem#:=19/36pt#; % uppercase stem breadth +cap_curve#:=20/36pt#; % uppercase curve breadth +cap_ess#:=19/36pt#; % breadth in middle of uppercase s +rule_thickness#:=.31pt#; % thickness of lines in math symbols + +dish#:=0/36pt#; % amount erased at top or bottom of serifs +bracket#:=3/36pt#; % vertical distance from serif base to tangent +jut#:=19/36pt#; % protrusion of lowercase serifs +cap_jut#:=20/36pt#; % protrusion of uppercase serifs +beak_jut#:=6.8/36pt#; % horizontal protrusion of beak serifs +beak#:=42/36pt#; % vertical protrusion of beak serifs +vair#:=15/36pt#; % vertical diameter of hairlines +notch_cut#:=18/36pt#; % maximum breadth above or below notches +bar#:=15/36pt#; % lowercase bar thickness +slab#:=15/36pt#; % serif and arm thickness +cap_bar#:=15/36pt#; % uppercase bar thickness +cap_band#:=15/36pt#; % uppercase thickness above/below lobes +cap_notch_cut#:=.6pt#; % max breadth above/below uppercase notches +serif_drop#:=2.4/36pt#; % vertical drop of sloped serifs +stem_corr#:=.8/36pt#; % for small refinements of stem breadth +vair_corr#:=.7/36pt#; % for small refinements of hairline height +apex_corr#:=0pt#; % extra width at diagonal junctions + +o#:=3/36pt#; % amount of overshoot for curves +apex_o#:=3/36pt#; % amount of overshoot for diagonal junctions + +fudge:=.95; % factor applied to weights of heavy characters +math_spread:=.8; % extra openness of math symbols +superness:=8/11; % parameter for superellipses +superpull:=1/15; % extra openness inside bowls +beak_darkness:=4/30; % fraction of triangle inside beak serifs +;ligs:=2; % level of ligatures to be included + +square_dots:=false; % should dots be square? +hefty:=false; % should we try hard not to be overweight? +serifs:=true; % should serifs and bulbs be attached? +monospace:=false; % should all characters have the same width? +variant_g:=false; % should an italic-style g be used? +low_asterisk:=false; % should the asterisk be centered at the axis? + +endinput; + diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/fonts/source/public/ecc/conc7pt.mf new/fonts/source/public/ecc/conc7pt.mf --- old/fonts/source/public/ecc/conc7pt.mf 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/fonts/source/public/ecc/conc7pt.mf 2006-01-10 00:38:21.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +% file conc7pt.mf: dimensions of Computer Concrete 7pt (WaS) + +u#:=15.5/36pt#; % unit width +width_adj#:=0pt#; % width adjustment for certain characters +serif_fit#:=1/36pt#; % extra sidebar near lowercase serifs +cap_serif_fit#:=2.4/36pt#; % extra sidebar near uppercase serifs +letter_fit#:=2/36pt#; % extra space added to all sidebars + +body_height#:=189/36pt#; % height of tallest characters +asc_height#:=175/36pt#; % height of lowercase ascenders +cap_height#:=172.2/36pt#; % height of caps +fig_height#:=162.4/36pt#; % height of numerals +x_height#:=115.5/36pt#; % height of lowercase without ascenders +math_axis#:=63/36pt#; % axis of symmetry for math symbols +bar_height#:=60.9/36pt#; % height of crossbar in lowercase e +comma_depth#:=49/36pt#; % depth of comma below baseline +desc_depth#:=49/36pt#; % depth of lowercase descenders +acc_height#:=55.5/36pt#; +dot_height#:=51.2/36pt#; + +crisp#:=0pt#; % diameter of serif corners +tiny#:=8/36pt#; % diameter of rounded corners +fine#:=6/36pt#; % diameter of sharply rounded corners +thin_join#:=13/36pt#; % width of extrafine details +hair#:=17/36pt#; % lowercase hairline breadth +stem#:=20/36pt#; % lowercase stem breadth +curve#:=21.5/36pt#; % lowercase curve breadth +ess#:=20/36pt#; % breadth in middle of lowercase s +flare#:=22/36pt#; % diameter of bulbs or breadth of terminals +dot_size#:=29/36pt#; % diameter of dots +cap_hair#:=17/36pt#; % uppercase hairline breadth +cap_stem#:=21.5/36pt#; % uppercase stem breadth +cap_curve#:=22.5/36pt#; % uppercase curve breadth +cap_ess#:=21.5/36pt#; % breadth in middle of uppercase s +rule_thickness#:=.34pt#; % thickness of lines in math symbols + +dish#:=0/36pt#; % amount erased at top or bottom of serifs +bracket#:=4/36pt#; % vertical distance from serif base to tangent +jut#:=21/36pt#; % protrusion of lowercase serifs +cap_jut#:=23/36pt#; % protrusion of uppercase serifs +beak_jut#:=7.6/36pt#; % horizontal protrusion of beak serifs +beak#:=49/36pt#; % vertical protrusion of beak serifs +vair#:=17/36pt#; % vertical diameter of hairlines +notch_cut#:=21/36pt#; % maximum breadth above or below notches +bar#:=17/36pt#; % lowercase bar thickness +slab#:=17/36pt#; % serif and arm thickness +cap_bar#:=17/36pt#; % uppercase bar thickness +cap_band#:=17/36pt#; % uppercase thickness above/below lobes +cap_notch_cut#:=.7pt#; % max breadth above/below uppercase notches +serif_drop#:=2.8/36pt#; % vertical drop of sloped serifs +stem_corr#:=.9/36pt#; % for small refinements of stem breadth +vair_corr#:=.9/36pt#; % for small refinements of hairline height +apex_corr#:=0pt#; % extra width at diagonal junctions + +o#:=3/36pt#; % amount of overshoot for curves +apex_o#:=3/36pt#; % amount of overshoot for diagonal junctions + +fudge:=.95; % factor applied to weights of heavy characters +math_spread:=.6; % extra openness of math symbols +superness:=8/11; % parameter for superellipses +superpull:=1/15; % extra openness inside bowls +beak_darkness:=4/30; % fraction of triangle inside beak serifs +;ligs:=2; % level of ligatures to be included + +square_dots:=false; % should dots be square? +hefty:=false; % should we try hard not to be overweight? +serifs:=true; % should serifs and bulbs be attached? +monospace:=false; % should all characters have the same width? +variant_g:=false; % should an italic-style g be used? +low_asterisk:=false; % should the asterisk be centered at the axis? + +endinput; + diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/fonts/source/public/ecc/conc8pt.mf new/fonts/source/public/ecc/conc8pt.mf --- old/fonts/source/public/ecc/conc8pt.mf 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/fonts/source/public/ecc/conc8pt.mf 2006-01-10 00:38:21.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +% file conc8pt.mf: dimensions of Computer Concrete 8pt (WaS) + +u#:=17/36pt#; % unit width +width_adj#:=0pt#; % width adjustment for certain characters +serif_fit#:=1/36pt#; % extra sidebar near lowercase serifs +cap_serif_fit#:=2.6/36pt#; % extra sidebar near uppercase serifs +letter_fit#:=0pt#; % extra space added to all sidebars + +body_height#:=216/36pt#; % height of tallest characters +asc_height#:=200/36pt#; % height of lowercase ascenders +cap_height#:=196.8/36pt#; % height of caps +fig_height#:=185.6/36pt#; % height of numerals +x_height#:=132/36pt#; % height of lowercase without ascenders +math_axis#:=72/36pt#; % axis of symmetry for math symbols +bar_height#:=69.6/36pt#; % height of crossbar in lowercase e +comma_depth#:=56/36pt#; % depth of comma below baseline +desc_depth#:=56/36pt#; % depth of lowercase descenders +acc_height#:=62/36pt#; +dot_height#:=56/36pt#; + +crisp#:=0pt#; % diameter of serif corners +tiny#:=9/36pt#; % diameter of rounded corners +fine#:=6/36pt#; % diameter of sharply rounded corners +thin_join#:=15/36pt#; % width of extrafine details +hair#:=19/36pt#; % lowercase hairline breadth +stem#:=22/36pt#; % lowercase stem breadth +curve#:=24/36pt#; % lowercase curve breadth +ess#:=22/36pt#; % breadth in middle of lowercase s +flare#:=24/36pt#; % diameter of bulbs or breadth of terminals +dot_size#:=32/36pt#; % diameter of dots +cap_hair#:=19/36pt#; % uppercase hairline breadth +cap_stem#:=24/36pt#; % uppercase stem breadth +cap_curve#:=25/36pt#; % uppercase curve breadth +cap_ess#:=24/36pt#; % breadth in middle of uppercase s +rule_thickness#:=.36pt#; % thickness of lines in math symbols + +dish#:=0/36pt#; % amount erased at top or bottom of serifs +bracket#:=4/36pt#; % vertical distance from serif base to tangent +jut#:=24/36pt#; % protrusion of lowercase serifs +cap_jut#:=26/36pt#; % protrusion of uppercase serifs +beak_jut#:=8.4/36pt#; % horizontal protrusion of beak serifs +beak#:=56/36pt#; % vertical protrusion of beak serifs +vair#:=19/36pt#; % vertical diameter of hairlines +notch_cut#:=24/36pt#; % maximum breadth above or below notches +bar#:=19/36pt#; % lowercase bar thickness +slab#:=19/36pt#; % serif and arm thickness +cap_bar#:=19/36pt#; % uppercase bar thickness +cap_band#:=19/36pt#; % uppercase thickness above/below lobes +cap_notch_cut#:=.8pt#; % max breadth above/below uppercase notches +serif_drop#:=3.2/36pt#; % vertical drop of sloped serifs +stem_corr#:=1/36pt#; % for small refinements of stem breadth +vair_corr#:=1/36pt#; % for small refinements of hairline height +apex_corr#:=0pt#; % extra width at diagonal junctions + +o#:=3/36pt#; % amount of overshoot for curves +apex_o#:=3/36pt#; % amount of overshoot for diagonal junctions + +fudge:=.95; % factor applied to weights of heavy characters +math_spread:=.4; % extra openness of math symbols +superness:=8/11; % parameter for superellipses +superpull:=1/15; % extra openness inside bowls +beak_darkness:=4/30; % fraction of triangle inside beak serifs +;ligs:=2; % level of ligatures to be included + +square_dots:=false; % should dots be square? +hefty:=false; % should we try hard not to be overweight? +serifs:=true; % should serifs and bulbs be attached? +monospace:=false; % should all characters have the same width? +variant_g:=false; % should an italic-style g be used? +low_asterisk:=false; % should the asterisk be centered at the axis? + +endinput; + diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/fonts/source/public/ecc/conc9pt.mf new/fonts/source/public/ecc/conc9pt.mf --- old/fonts/source/public/ecc/conc9pt.mf 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/fonts/source/public/ecc/conc9pt.mf 2006-01-10 00:38:21.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +% file conc9pt.mf: dimensions of Computer Concrete 9pt (WaS) + +u#:=18.5/36pt#; % unit width +width_adj#:=0pt#; % width adjustment for certain characters +serif_fit#:=1/36pt#; % extra sidebar near lowercase serifs +cap_serif_fit#:=2.8/36pt#; % extra sidebar near uppercase serifs +letter_fit#:=0pt#; % extra space added to all sidebars + +body_height#:=243/36pt#; % height of tallest characters +asc_height#:=225/36pt#; % height of lowercase ascenders +cap_height#:=221.4/36pt#; % height of caps +fig_height#:=208.8/36pt#; % height of numerals +x_height#:=148.5/36pt#; % height of lowercase without ascenders +math_axis#:=81/36pt#; % axis of symmetry for math symbols +bar_height#:=78.3/36pt#; % height of crossbar in lowercase e +comma_depth#:=63/36pt#; % depth of comma below baseline +desc_depth#:=63/36pt#; % depth of lowercase descenders +acc_height#:=68.5/36pt#; +dot_height#:=60.4/36pt#; + +crisp#:=0pt#; % diameter of serif corners +tiny#:=10/36pt#; % diameter of rounded corners +fine#:=6/36pt#; % diameter of sharply rounded corners +thin_join#:=17/36pt#; % width of extrafine details +hair#:=20/36pt#; % lowercase hairline breadth +stem#:=24/36pt#; % lowercase stem breadth +curve#:=26/36pt#; % lowercase curve breadth +ess#:=24/36pt#; % breadth in middle of lowercase s +flare#:=26/36pt#; % diameter of bulbs or breadth of terminals +dot_size#:=35/36pt#; % diameter of dots +cap_hair#:=20/36pt#; % uppercase hairline breadth +cap_stem#:=26/36pt#; % uppercase stem breadth +cap_curve#:=27/36pt#; % uppercase curve breadth +cap_ess#:=24/36pt#; % breadth in middle of uppercase s +rule_thickness#:=.38pt#; % thickness of lines in math symbols + +dish#:=0/36pt#; % amount erased at top or bottom of serifs +bracket#:=5/36pt#; % vertical distance from serif base to tangent +jut#:=27/36pt#; % protrusion of lowercase serifs +cap_jut#:=29/36pt#; % protrusion of uppercase serifs +beak_jut#:=9.2/36pt#; % horizontal protrusion of beak serifs +beak#:=63/36pt#; % vertical protrusion of beak serifs +vair#:=20/36pt#; % vertical diameter of hairlines +notch_cut#:=27/36pt#; % maximum breadth above or below notches +bar#:=20/36pt#; % lowercase bar thickness +slab#:=20/36pt#; % serif and arm thickness +cap_bar#:=20/36pt#; % uppercase bar thickness +cap_band#:=20/36pt#; % uppercase thickness above/below lobes +cap_notch_cut#:=.9pt#; % max breadth above/below uppercase notches +serif_drop#:=3.6/36pt#; % vertical drop of sloped serifs +stem_corr#:=1/36pt#; % for small refinements of stem breadth +vair_corr#:=1/36pt#; % for small refinements of hairline height +apex_corr#:=0pt#; % extra width at diagonal junctions + +o#:=4/36pt#; % amount of overshoot for curves +apex_o#:=3/36pt#; % amount of overshoot for diagonal junctions + +fudge:=.95; % factor applied to weights of heavy characters +math_spread:=.2; % extra openness of math symbols +superness:=8/11; % parameter for superellipses +superpull:=1/15; % extra openness inside bowls +beak_darkness:=4/30; % fraction of triangle inside beak serifs +;ligs:=2; % level of ligatures to be included + +square_dots:=false; % should dots be square? +hefty:=false; % should we try hard not to be overweight? +serifs:=true; % should serifs and bulbs be attached? +monospace:=false; % should all characters have the same width? +variant_g:=false; % should an italic-style g be used? +low_asterisk:=false; % should the asterisk be centered at the axis? + +endinput; diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/fonts/source/public/ecc/coni10pt.mf new/fonts/source/public/ecc/coni10pt.mf --- old/fonts/source/public/ecc/coni10pt.mf 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/fonts/source/public/ecc/coni10pt.mf 2006-01-10 00:38:21.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +% file coni10pt.mf: dimensions of Computer Concrete Italic 10pt (WaS) + +u#:=20/36pt#; % unit width +width_adj#:=0pt#; % width adjustment for certain characters +serif_fit#:=1/36pt#; % extra sidebar near lowercase serifs +cap_serif_fit#:=3/36pt#; % extra sidebar near uppercase serifs +letter_fit#:=9/36pt#; % extra space added to all sidebars + +body_height#:=270/36pt#; % height of tallest characters +asc_height#:=250/36pt#; % height of lowercase ascenders +cap_height#:=246/36pt#; % height of caps +fig_height#:=232/36pt#; % height of numerals +x_height#:=165/36pt#; % height of lowercase without ascenders +math_axis#:=90/36pt#; % axis of symmetry for math symbols +bar_height#:=92/36pt#; % height of crossbar in lowercase e +comma_depth#:=70/36pt#; % depth of comma below baseline +desc_depth#:=70/36pt#; % depth of lowercase descenders +acc_height#:=75/36pt#; +dot_height#:=75/36pt#; + +crisp#:=11/36pt#; % diameter of serif corners +tiny#:=11/36pt#; % diameter of rounded corners +fine#:=6/36pt#; % diameter of sharply rounded corners +thin_join#:=17/36pt#; % width of extrafine details +hair#:=21/36pt#; % lowercase hairline breadth +stem#:=24/36pt#; % lowercase stem breadth +curve#:=26/36pt#; % lowercase curve breadth +ess#:=24/36pt#; % breadth in middle of lowercase s +flare#:=28/36pt#; % diameter of bulbs or breadth of terminals +dot_size#:=38/36pt#; % diameter of dots +cap_hair#:=21/36pt#; % uppercase hairline breadth +cap_stem#:=26/36pt#; % uppercase stem breadth +cap_curve#:=27/36pt#; % uppercase curve breadth +cap_ess#:=26/36pt#; % breadth in middle of uppercase s +rule_thickness#:=.4pt#; % thickness of lines in math symbols + +dish#:=0/36pt#; % amount erased at top or bottom of serifs +bracket#:=5/36pt#; % vertical distance from serif base to tangent +jut#:=30/36pt#; % protrusion of lowercase serifs +cap_jut#:=32/36pt#; % protrusion of uppercase serifs +beak_jut#:=10/36pt#; % horizontal protrusion of beak serifs +beak#:=70/36pt#; % vertical protrusion of beak serifs +vair#:=21/36pt#; % vertical diameter of hairlines +notch_cut#:=30/36pt#; % maximum breadth above or below notches +bar#:=21/36pt#; % lowercase bar thickness +slab#:=21/36pt#; % serif and arm thickness +cap_bar#:=21/36pt#; % uppercase bar thickness +cap_band#:=21/36pt#; % uppercase thickness above/below lobes +cap_notch_cut#:=1pt#; % max breadth above/below uppercase notches +serif_drop#:=5/36pt#; % vertical drop of sloped serifs +stem_corr#:=1/36pt#; % for small refinements of stem breadth +vair_corr#:=1/36pt#; % for small refinements of hairline height +apex_corr#:=0pt#; % extra width at diagonal junctions + +o#:=4/36pt#; % amount of overshoot for curves +apex_o#:=3/36pt#; % amount of overshoot for diagonal junctions + +fudge:=.95; % factor applied to weights of heavy characters +math_spread:=0; % extra openness of math symbols +superness:=8/11; % parameter for superellipses +superpull:=1/15; % extra openness inside bowls +beak_darkness:=4/30; % fraction of triangle inside beak serifs +;ligs:=2; % level of ligatures to be included + +square_dots:=false; % should dots be square? +hefty:=false; % should we try hard not to be overweight? +serifs:=true; % should serifs and bulbs be attached? +monospace:=false; % should all characters have the same width? +variant_g:=true; % should an italic-style g be used? +low_asterisk:=false; % should the asterisk be centered at the axis? + +endinput; + diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/fonts/source/public/ecc/eocc10.mf new/fonts/source/public/ecc/eocc10.mf --- old/fonts/source/public/ecc/eocc10.mf 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/fonts/source/public/ecc/eocc10.mf 2006-01-10 00:38:21.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +% European Concrete Roman Caps and Small Caps 10 point +% [1998/11/14 v1.0 (WaS)] + +if unknown exbase: input exbase fi + +font_identifier:="EOCSC"; font_size 10pt#; + +% first come parameters used to set the uppercase letters +% (including some for lowercase that aren't actually used) +u#:=21/36pt#; % unit width +width_adj#:=0pt#; % width adjustment for certain characters +serif_fit#:=1/36pt#; % extra sidebar near lowercase serifs +cap_serif_fit#:=3/36pt#; % extra sidebar near uppercase serifs +letter_fit#:=5/36pt#; % extra space added to all sidebars + +body_height#:=270/36pt#; % height of tallest characters +asc_height#:=250/36pt#; % height of lowercase ascenders +cap_height#:=246/36pt#; % height of caps +fig_height#:=232/36pt#; % height of numerals +x_height#:=155/36pt#; % height of lowercase without ascenders +math_axis#:=90/36pt#; % axis of symmetry for math symbols +bar_height#:=87/36pt#; % height of crossbar in lowercase e +comma_depth#:=70/36pt#; % depth of comma below baseline +desc_depth#:=70/36pt#; % depth of lowercase descenders +acc_height#:=75/36pt#; +dot_height#:=56/36pt#; + +crisp#:=0pt#; % diameter of serif corners +tiny#:=11/36pt#; % diameter of rounded corners +fine#:=6/36pt#; % diameter of sharply rounded corners +thin_join#:=17/36pt#; % width of extrafine details +hair#:=21/36pt#; % lowercase hairline breadth +stem#:=25/36pt#; % lowercase stem breadth +curve#:=27/36pt#; % lowercase curve breadth +ess#:=25/36pt#; % breadth in middle of lowercase s +flare#:=29/36pt#; % diameter of bulbs or breadth of terminals +dot_size#:=38/36pt#; % diameter of dots +cap_hair#:=21/36pt#; % uppercase hairline breadth +cap_stem#:=27/36pt#; % uppercase stem breadth +cap_curve#:=28/36pt#; % uppercase curve breadth +cap_ess#:=27/36pt#; % breadth in middle of uppercase s +rule_thickness#:=.4pt#; % thickness of lines in math symbols + +dish#:=0/36pt#; % amount erased at top or bottom of serifs +bracket#:=5/36pt#; % vertical distance from serif base to tangent +jut#:=30/36pt#; % protrusion of lowercase serifs +cap_jut#:=32/36pt#; % protrusion of uppercase serifs +beak_jut#:=10/36pt#; % horizontal protrusion of beak serifs +beak#:=70/36pt#; % vertical protrusion of beak serifs +vair#:=21/36pt#; % vertical diameter of hairlines +notch_cut#:=30/36pt#; % maximum breadth above or below notches +bar#:=21/36pt#; % lowercase bar thickness +slab#:=21/36pt#; % serif and arm thickness +cap_bar#:=21/36pt#; % uppercase bar thickness +cap_band#:=21/36pt#; % uppercase thickness above/below lobes +cap_notch_cut#:=1pt#; % max breadth above/below uppercase notches +serif_drop#:=5/36pt#; % vertical drop of sloped serifs +stem_corr#:=1/36pt#; % for small refinements of stem breadth +vair_corr#:=1/36pt#; % for small refinements of hairline height +apex_corr#:=0pt#; % extra width at diagonal junctions + +o#:=4/36pt#; % amount of overshoot for curves +apex_o#:=3/36pt#; % amount of overshoot for diagonal junctions + +slant:=0; % tilt ratio $(\Delta x/\Delta y)$ +fudge:=.95; % factor applied to weights of heavy characters +math_spread:=0; % extra openness of math symbols +superness:=8/11; % parameter for superellipses +superpull:=1/15; % extra openness inside bowls +beak_darkness:=4/30; % fraction of triangle inside beak serifs +;ligs:=1; % level of ligatures to be included + +square_dots:=false; % should dots be square? +hefty:=false; % should we try hard not to be overweight? +serifs:=true; % should serifs and bulbs be attached? +monospace:=false; % should all characters have the same width? +variant_g:=false; % should an italic-style g be used? +low_asterisk:=false; % should the asterisk be centered at the axis? +math_fitting:=false; % should math-mode spacing be used? + +% now come replacements used to set the lowercase caps + +lower.u#:=16/36pt#; % unit width +lower.width_adj#:=0pt#; % width adjustment for certain characters +lower.cap_serif_fit#:=2/36pt#; % extra sidebar near uppercase serifs +lower.letter_fit#:=2.4/36pt#; % extra space added to all sidebars + +lower.body_height#:=200/36pt#; % height of tallest characters +lower.cap_height#:=185/36pt#; % height of caps +lower.x_height#:=116/36pt#; % height of lowercase without ascenders +lower.bar_height#:=65/36pt#; % height of crossbar in lowercase e +lower.comma_depth#:=52/36pt#; % depth of comma below baseline + +lower.flare#:=22/36pt#; % diameter of bulbs or breadth of terminals +lower.dot_size#:=35/36pt#; +lower.cap_hair#:=21/36pt#; % uppercase hairline breadth +lower.stem#:=23/36pt#; % lowercase stem breadth +lower.cap_stem#:=24/36pt#; % uppercase stem breadth +lower.cap_curve#:=26/36pt#; % uppercase curve breadth +lower.cap_ess#:=24/36pt#; % breadth in middle of uppercase s + +lower.cap_jut#:=24/36pt#; % protrusion of uppercase serifs +lower.beak_jut#:=7/36pt#; % horizontal protrusion of beak serifs +lower.beak#:=52/36pt#; % vertical protrusion of beak serifs +lower.slab#:=21/36pt#; % serif and arm thickness +lower.cap_bar#:=21/36pt#; % uppercase bar thickness +lower.cap_band#:=21/36pt#; % uppercase thickness above/below lobes +lower.cap_notch_cut#:=27/36pt#; % max breadth above/below uppercase notches + +lower.o#:=3/36pt#; % amount of overshoot for curves +lower.apex_o#:=3/36pt#; % amount of overshoot for diagonal junctions + +lower.fudge:=.93; % factor applied to weights of heavy characters + +generate excsc % switch to the driver file + +endinput; diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/fonts/source/public/ecc/eorm10.mf new/fonts/source/public/ecc/eorm10.mf --- old/fonts/source/public/ecc/eorm10.mf 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/fonts/source/public/ecc/eorm10.mf 2006-01-10 00:38:21.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +% European Concrete Roman 10 point +% [1998/11/14 v1.0 (WaS)] + +if unknown exbase: input exbase fi + +font_identifier:="EORM"; font_size 10pt#; +input conc10pt; +slant:=0; % tilt ratio $(\Delta x/\Delta y)$ +math_fitting:=false; % should math-mode spacing be used? + +generate exroman; % switch to the driver file + diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/fonts/source/public/ecc/eorm5.mf new/fonts/source/public/ecc/eorm5.mf --- old/fonts/source/public/ecc/eorm5.mf 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/fonts/source/public/ecc/eorm5.mf 2006-01-10 00:38:21.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +% European Computer Concrete Roman 5 point +% [1998/10/31 v1.0 (WaS)] + +if unknown exbase: input exbase fi + +font_identifier:="EORM"; font_size 5pt#; +input conc5pt; +slant:=0; % tilt ratio $(\Delta x/\Delta y)$ +math_fitting:=false; % should math-mode spacing be used? + +generate exroman; % switch to the driver file + diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/fonts/source/public/ecc/eorm6.mf new/fonts/source/public/ecc/eorm6.mf --- old/fonts/source/public/ecc/eorm6.mf 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/fonts/source/public/ecc/eorm6.mf 2006-01-10 00:38:21.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +% European Computer Concrete Roman 6 point +% [1997/10/31 v1.0 (WaS)] + +if unknown exbase: input exbase fi + +font_identifier:="EORM"; font_size 6pt#; +input conc6pt; +slant:=0; % tilt ratio $(\Delta x/\Delta y)$ +math_fitting:=false; % should math-mode spacing be used? + +generate exroman % switch to the driver file + diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/fonts/source/public/ecc/eorm7.mf new/fonts/source/public/ecc/eorm7.mf --- old/fonts/source/public/ecc/eorm7.mf 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/fonts/source/public/ecc/eorm7.mf 2006-01-10 00:38:21.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +% European Computer Concrete Roman 7 point +% [1998/10/31 v1.0 (WaS)] + +if unknown exbase: input exbase fi + +font_identifier:="EORM"; font_size 7pt#; +input conc7pt; +slant:=0; % tilt ratio $(\Delta x/\Delta y)$ +math_fitting:=false; % should math-mode spacing be used? + +generate exroman; % switch to the driver file + diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/fonts/source/public/ecc/eorm8.mf new/fonts/source/public/ecc/eorm8.mf --- old/fonts/source/public/ecc/eorm8.mf 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/fonts/source/public/ecc/eorm8.mf 2006-01-10 00:38:21.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +% European Computer Concrete Roman 8 point +% [1998/11/14 v1.0 (WaS)] + +if unknown exbase: input exbase fi + +font_identifier:="EORM"; font_size 8pt#; +input conc8pt; +slant:=0; % tilt ratio $(\Delta x/\Delta y)$ +math_fitting:=false; % should math-mode spacing be used? + +generate exroman; % switch to the driver file + diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/fonts/source/public/ecc/eorm9.mf new/fonts/source/public/ecc/eorm9.mf --- old/fonts/source/public/ecc/eorm9.mf 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/fonts/source/public/ecc/eorm9.mf 2006-01-10 00:38:21.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +% European Conputer Concrete Roman 9 point +% [1998/11/14 v1.0 (WaS)] + +if unknown exbase: input exbase fi + +font_identifier:="EORM"; font_size 9pt#; +input conc9pt; +slant:=0; % tilt ratio $(\Delta x/\Delta y)$ +math_fitting:=false; % should math-mode spacing be used? + +generate exroman; % switch to the driver file + diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/fonts/source/public/ecc/eosl10.mf new/fonts/source/public/ecc/eosl10.mf --- old/fonts/source/public/ecc/eosl10.mf 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/fonts/source/public/ecc/eosl10.mf 2006-01-10 00:38:21.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +% European Computer Concrete Slanted 10 point +% [1998/11/14 v1.0 (WaS)] + +if unknown exbase: input exbase fi + +font_identifier:="EOSL"; font_size 10pt#; +input conc10pt; +slant:=1/6; % tilt ratio $(\Delta x/\Delta y)$ +math_fitting:=false; % should math-mode spacing be used? + +generate exroman; % switch to the driver file + diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/fonts/source/public/ecc/eosl5.mf new/fonts/source/public/ecc/eosl5.mf --- old/fonts/source/public/ecc/eosl5.mf 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/fonts/source/public/ecc/eosl5.mf 2006-01-10 00:38:21.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +% European Computer Concrete Slanted 5 point +% [1998/10/31 v1.0 (WaS)] + +if unknown exbase: input exbase fi + +font_identifier:="EOSL"; font_size 5pt#; +input conc5pt; +slant:=1/6; % tilt ratio $(\Delta x/\Delta y)$ +math_fitting:=false; % should math-mode spacing be used? + +generate exroman; % switch to the driver file + diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/fonts/source/public/ecc/eosl6.mf new/fonts/source/public/ecc/eosl6.mf --- old/fonts/source/public/ecc/eosl6.mf 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/fonts/source/public/ecc/eosl6.mf 2006-01-10 00:38:21.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +% European Computer Concrete Slanted 6 point +% [1998/10/31 v1.0 (WaS) + +if unknown exbase: input exbase fi + +font_identifier:="EOSL"; font_size 6pt#; +input conc6pt; +slant:=1/6; % tilt ratio $(\Delta x/\Delta y)$ +math_fitting:=false; % should math-mode spacing be used? + +generate exroman % switch to the driver file + diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/fonts/source/public/ecc/eosl7.mf new/fonts/source/public/ecc/eosl7.mf --- old/fonts/source/public/ecc/eosl7.mf 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/fonts/source/public/ecc/eosl7.mf 2006-01-10 00:38:21.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +% European Computer Concrete Slanted 7 point +% [1998/10/31 v1.0 (WaS)] + +if unknown exbase: input exbase fi + +font_identifier:="EOSL"; font_size 7pt#; +input conc7pt; +slant:=1/6; % tilt ratio $(\Delta x/\Delta y)$ +math_fitting:=false; % should math-mode spacing be used? + +generate exroman; % switch to the driver file + diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/fonts/source/public/ecc/eosl8.mf new/fonts/source/public/ecc/eosl8.mf --- old/fonts/source/public/ecc/eosl8.mf 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/fonts/source/public/ecc/eosl8.mf 2006-01-10 00:38:21.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +% European Computer Concrete Slanted 8 point +% [1998/11/14 v1.0 (WaS)] + +if unknown exbase: input exbase fi + +font_identifier:="EOSL"; font_size 8pt#; +input conc8pt; +slant:=1/6; % tilt ratio $(\Delta x/\Delta y)$ +math_fitting:=false; % should math-mode spacing be used? + +generate exroman; % switch to the driver file + diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/fonts/source/public/ecc/eosl9.mf new/fonts/source/public/ecc/eosl9.mf --- old/fonts/source/public/ecc/eosl9.mf 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/fonts/source/public/ecc/eosl9.mf 2006-01-10 00:38:21.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +% European Conputer Concrete Slanted 9 point +% [1998/11/14 v1.0 (WaS)] + +if unknown exbase: input exbase fi + +font_identifier:="EOSL"; font_size 9pt#; +input conc9pt; +slant:=1/6; % tilt ratio $(\Delta x/\Delta y)$ +math_fitting:=false; % should math-mode spacing be used? + +generate exroman; % switch to the driver file + diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/fonts/source/public/ecc/eoti10.mf new/fonts/source/public/ecc/eoti10.mf --- old/fonts/source/public/ecc/eoti10.mf 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/fonts/source/public/ecc/eoti10.mf 2006-01-10 00:38:21.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +% European Computer Concrete Text Italic 10 point +% [1998/11/14 v1.0 (WaS)] + +if unknown exbase: input exbase fi + +font_identifier:="EOTI"; font_size 10pt#; +input coni10pt; +slant:=.25; % tilt ratio $(\Delta x/\Delta y)$ +math_fitting:=false; % should math-mode spacing be used? + +classic_serif:=false; +generate extextit; % switch to the driver file + diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/fonts/source/public/ecc/tcssdc10.mf new/fonts/source/public/ecc/tcssdc10.mf --- old/fonts/source/public/ecc/tcssdc10.mf 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/fonts/source/public/ecc/tcssdc10.mf 2006-01-10 00:38:21.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +% European Computer Modern Sans Serif Demibold Condensed text companion font +% [1997/10/24 v0.9 (WaS)] +% +% +if unknown exbase: input exbase fi + +font_identifier:="TCSSDC"; +font_size 10pt#; + +u#:=19/36pt#; +width_adj#:=15/36pt#; +serif_fit#:=-8/36pt#; +cap_serif_fit#:=-9/36pt#; +letter_fit#:=0pt#; +body_height#:=270/36pt#; +asc_height#:=250/36pt#; +cap_height#:=250/36pt#; +fig_height#:=250/36pt#; +x_height#:=170/36pt#; +math_axis#:=95/36pt#; +bar_height#:=95/36pt#; +comma_depth#:=40/36pt#; +desc_depth#:=60/36pt#; +acc_height#:=75/36pt#; +dot_height#:=60/36pt#; +udot_height#:=60/36pt#; +crisp#:=23/36pt#; +tiny#:=23/36pt#; +fine#:=8/36pt#; +thin_join#:=8/36pt#; +hair#:=40/36pt#; +stem#:=40/36pt#; +curve#:=40/36pt#; +ess#:=37/36pt#; +flare#:=31/36pt#; +dot_size#:=38/36pt#; +cap_hair#:=40/36pt#; +cap_stem#:=44/36pt#; +cap_curve#:=44/36pt#; +cap_ess#:=42/36pt#; +rule_thickness#:=.69444pt#; +dish#:=0pt#; +bracket#:=0pt#; +jut#:=0pt#; +cap_jut#:=0pt#; +beak_jut#:=0pt#; +beak#:=1.5/36pt#; +vair#:=23/36pt#; +notch_cut#:=40/36pt#; +bar#:=23/36pt#; +slab#:=31/36pt#; +cap_bar#:=29/36pt#; +cap_band#:=27/36pt#; +cap_notch_cut#:=37/36pt#; +serif_drop#:=2/36pt#; +stem_corr#:=1/36pt#; +vair_corr#:=2/36pt#; +apex_corr#:=14/36pt#; +o#:=7/36pt#; +apex_o#:=0/36pt#; +slant:=0; +fudge:=.91; +math_spread:=.3; +superness:=0.74; +superpull:=1/18; +beak_darkness:=0; +square_dots:=true; +hefty:=true; +serifs:=false; +monospace:=false; +variant_g:=false; % i.e. we are not making an italic font +low_asterisk:=false; +math_fitting:=false; +generate txsymb; +endinput; diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/fonts/source/public/ecc/torm10.mf new/fonts/source/public/ecc/torm10.mf --- old/fonts/source/public/ecc/torm10.mf 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/fonts/source/public/ecc/torm10.mf 2006-01-10 00:38:21.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +% European Computer Concrete Roman text companion font 10 point +% [1998/11/14 v1.0 (WaS)] + +if unknown exbase: input exbase fi + +font_identifier:="TORM"; font_size 10pt#; +input conc10pt; +slant:=0; % tilt ratio $(\Delta x/\Delta y)$ +math_fitting:=false; % should math-mode spacing be used? + +generate txsymb; % switch to the driver file + diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/fonts/source/public/ecc/torm5.mf new/fonts/source/public/ecc/torm5.mf --- old/fonts/source/public/ecc/torm5.mf 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/fonts/source/public/ecc/torm5.mf 2006-01-10 00:38:21.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +% European Computer Concrete Roman text companion font 5 point +% [1998/10/31 v1.0 (WaS)] + +if unknown exbase: input exbase fi + +font_identifier:="TORM"; font_size 5pt#; +input conc5pt; +slant:=0; % tilt ratio $(\Delta x/\Delta y)$ +math_fitting:=false; % should math-mode spacing be used? + +generate txsymb; % switch to the driver file + diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/fonts/source/public/ecc/torm6.mf new/fonts/source/public/ecc/torm6.mf --- old/fonts/source/public/ecc/torm6.mf 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/fonts/source/public/ecc/torm6.mf 2006-01-10 00:38:21.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +% European Computer Concrete Roman text companion font 6 point +% [1998/10/31 v1.0 (WaS)] + +if unknown exbase: input exbase fi + +font_identifier:="TORM"; font_size 6pt#; +input conc6pt; +slant:=0; % tilt ratio $(\Delta x/\Delta y)$ +math_fitting:=false; % should math-mode spacing be used? + +generate txsymb; % switch to the driver file + diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/fonts/source/public/ecc/torm7.mf new/fonts/source/public/ecc/torm7.mf --- old/fonts/source/public/ecc/torm7.mf 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/fonts/source/public/ecc/torm7.mf 2006-01-10 00:38:21.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +% European Computer Concrete Roman text companion font 7 point +% [1998/10/31 v1.0 (WaS)] + +if unknown exbase: input exbase fi + +font_identifier:="TORM"; font_size 7pt#; +input conc7pt; +slant:=0; % tilt ratio $(\Delta x/\Delta y)$ +math_fitting:=false; % should math-mode spacing be used? + +generate txsymb; % switch to the driver file + diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/fonts/source/public/ecc/torm8.mf new/fonts/source/public/ecc/torm8.mf --- old/fonts/source/public/ecc/torm8.mf 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/fonts/source/public/ecc/torm8.mf 2006-01-10 00:38:21.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +% European Computer Concrete Roman text companion font 8 point +% [1998/11/14 v1.0 (WaS)] + +if unknown exbase: input exbase fi + +font_identifier:="TORM"; font_size 8pt#; +input conc8pt; +slant:=0; % tilt ratio $(\Delta x/\Delta y)$ +math_fitting:=false; % should math-mode spacing be used? + +generate txsymb; % switch to the driver file + diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/fonts/source/public/ecc/torm9.mf new/fonts/source/public/ecc/torm9.mf --- old/fonts/source/public/ecc/torm9.mf 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/fonts/source/public/ecc/torm9.mf 2006-01-10 00:38:21.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +% European Conputer Concrete Roman text companion font 9 point +% [1998/11/14 v1.0 (WaS)] + +if unknown exbase: input exbase fi + +font_identifier:="TORM"; font_size 9pt#; +input conc9pt; +slant:=0; % tilt ratio $(\Delta x/\Delta y)$ +math_fitting:=false; % should math-mode spacing be used? + +generate txsymb; % switch to the driver file + diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/fonts/source/public/ecc/tosl10.mf new/fonts/source/public/ecc/tosl10.mf --- old/fonts/source/public/ecc/tosl10.mf 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/fonts/source/public/ecc/tosl10.mf 2006-01-10 00:38:21.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +% European Computer Concrete Slanted text companion font 10 point +% [1998/11/14 v1.0 (WaS)] + +if unknown exbase: input exbase fi + +font_identifier:="TOSL"; font_size 10pt#; +input conc10pt; +slant:=1/6; % tilt ratio $(\Delta x/\Delta y)$ +math_fitting:=false; % should math-mode spacing be used? + +generate txsymb; % switch to the driver file + diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/fonts/source/public/ecc/tosl5.mf new/fonts/source/public/ecc/tosl5.mf --- old/fonts/source/public/ecc/tosl5.mf 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/fonts/source/public/ecc/tosl5.mf 2006-01-10 00:38:21.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +% European Computer Concrete Slanted text companion font 5 point +% [1998/11/14 v1.0 (WaS)] + +if unknown exbase: input exbase fi + +font_identifier:="TOSL"; font_size 5pt#; +input conc5pt; +slant:=1/6; % tilt ratio $(\Delta x/\Delta y)$ +math_fitting:=false; % should math-mode spacing be used? + +generate txsymb; % switch to the driver file +endinput; + diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/fonts/source/public/ecc/tosl6.mf new/fonts/source/public/ecc/tosl6.mf --- old/fonts/source/public/ecc/tosl6.mf 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/fonts/source/public/ecc/tosl6.mf 2006-01-10 00:38:21.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +% European Computer Concrete Slanted text companion font 6 point +% [1998/11/14 v1.0 (WaS)] + +if unknown exbase: input exbase fi + +font_identifier:="TOSL"; font_size 6pt#; +input conc6pt; +slant:=1/6; % tilt ratio $(\Delta x/\Delta y)$ +math_fitting:=false; % should math-mode spacing be used? + +generate txsymb; % switch to the driver file +endinput; diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/fonts/source/public/ecc/tosl7.mf new/fonts/source/public/ecc/tosl7.mf --- old/fonts/source/public/ecc/tosl7.mf 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/fonts/source/public/ecc/tosl7.mf 2006-01-10 00:38:21.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +% European Computer Concrete Slanted text companion font 7 point +% [1998/11/14 v1.0 (WaS)] + +if unknown exbase: input exbase fi + +font_identifier:="TOSL"; font_size 7pt#; +input conc7pt; +slant:=1/6; % tilt ratio $(\Delta x/\Delta y)$ +math_fitting:=false; % should math-mode spacing be used? + +generate txsymb; % switch to the driver file +endinput; + diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/fonts/source/public/ecc/tosl8.mf new/fonts/source/public/ecc/tosl8.mf --- old/fonts/source/public/ecc/tosl8.mf 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/fonts/source/public/ecc/tosl8.mf 2006-01-10 00:38:21.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +% European Computer Concrete Slanted text companion font 8 point +% [1998/11/14 v1.0 (WaS)] + +if unknown exbase: input exbase fi + +font_identifier:="TOSL"; font_size 8pt#; +input conc8pt; +slant:=1/6; % tilt ratio $(\Delta x/\Delta y)$ +math_fitting:=false; % should math-mode spacing be used? + +generate txsymb; % switch to the driver file + diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/fonts/source/public/ecc/tosl9.mf new/fonts/source/public/ecc/tosl9.mf --- old/fonts/source/public/ecc/tosl9.mf 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/fonts/source/public/ecc/tosl9.mf 2006-01-10 00:38:21.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +% European Conputer Concrete Slanted text companion font 9 point +% [1998/11/14 v1.0 (WaS)] + +if unknown exbase: input exbase fi + +font_identifier:="TOSL"; font_size 9pt#; +input conc9pt; +slant:=1/6; % tilt ratio $(\Delta x/\Delta y)$ +math_fitting:=false; % should math-mode spacing be used? + +generate txsymb; % switch to the driver file + diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/fonts/source/public/ecc/toti10.mf new/fonts/source/public/ecc/toti10.mf --- old/fonts/source/public/ecc/toti10.mf 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/fonts/source/public/ecc/toti10.mf 2006-01-10 00:38:21.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +% European Computer Concrete Italic text companion font 10 point +% [1998/11/14 v1.0 (WaS)] + +if unknown exbase: input exbase fi + +font_identifier:="TOTI"; font_size 10pt#; +input coni10pt; +slant:=.25; % tilt ratio $(\Delta x/\Delta y)$ +math_fitting:=false; % should math-mode spacing be used? + +classic_serif:=false; +generate txsymb; % switch to the driver file + Files old/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/eocc10.tfm and new/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/eocc10.tfm differ Files old/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/eorm10.tfm and new/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/eorm10.tfm differ Files old/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/eorm5.tfm and new/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/eorm5.tfm differ Files old/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/eorm6.tfm and new/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/eorm6.tfm differ Files old/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/eorm7.tfm and new/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/eorm7.tfm differ Files old/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/eorm8.tfm and new/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/eorm8.tfm differ Files old/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/eorm9.tfm and new/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/eorm9.tfm differ Files old/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/eosl10.tfm and new/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/eosl10.tfm differ Files old/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/eosl5.tfm and new/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/eosl5.tfm differ Files old/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/eosl6.tfm and new/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/eosl6.tfm differ Files old/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/eosl7.tfm and new/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/eosl7.tfm differ Files old/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/eosl8.tfm and new/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/eosl8.tfm differ Files old/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/eosl9.tfm and new/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/eosl9.tfm differ Files old/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/eoti10.tfm and new/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/eoti10.tfm differ Files old/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/tcssdc10.tfm and new/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/tcssdc10.tfm differ Files old/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/torm10.tfm and new/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/torm10.tfm differ Files old/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/torm5.tfm and new/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/torm5.tfm differ Files old/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/torm6.tfm and new/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/torm6.tfm differ Files old/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/torm7.tfm and new/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/torm7.tfm differ Files old/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/torm8.tfm and new/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/torm8.tfm differ Files old/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/torm9.tfm and new/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/torm9.tfm differ Files old/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/tosl10.tfm and new/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/tosl10.tfm differ Files old/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/tosl5.tfm and new/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/tosl5.tfm differ Files old/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/tosl6.tfm and new/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/tosl6.tfm differ Files old/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/tosl7.tfm and new/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/tosl7.tfm differ Files old/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/tosl8.tfm and new/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/tosl8.tfm differ Files old/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/tosl9.tfm and new/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/tosl9.tfm differ Files old/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/toti10.tfm and new/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/toti10.tfm differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/ecc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/ecc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/ecc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/ecc.tlpobj 2010-06-10 18:26:41.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +name ecc +category Package +revision 15878 +shortdesc Sources for the European Concrete fonts. +relocated 1 +longdesc The MetaFont sources and TFM files of the European Concrete +longdesc Fonts. This is the T1-encoded extension of Knuth's Concrete +longdesc fonts, including also the corresponding text companion fonts. +longdesc Adobe Type 1 versions of the fonts are available as part of the +longdesc cm-super font bundle. +runfiles size=71 + RELOC/fonts/source/public/ecc/conc10pt.mf + RELOC/fonts/source/public/ecc/conc5pt.mf + RELOC/fonts/source/public/ecc/conc6pt.mf + RELOC/fonts/source/public/ecc/conc7pt.mf + RELOC/fonts/source/public/ecc/conc8pt.mf + RELOC/fonts/source/public/ecc/conc9pt.mf + RELOC/fonts/source/public/ecc/coni10pt.mf + RELOC/fonts/source/public/ecc/eocc10.mf + RELOC/fonts/source/public/ecc/eorm10.mf + RELOC/fonts/source/public/ecc/eorm5.mf + RELOC/fonts/source/public/ecc/eorm6.mf + RELOC/fonts/source/public/ecc/eorm7.mf + RELOC/fonts/source/public/ecc/eorm8.mf + RELOC/fonts/source/public/ecc/eorm9.mf + RELOC/fonts/source/public/ecc/eosl10.mf + RELOC/fonts/source/public/ecc/eosl5.mf + RELOC/fonts/source/public/ecc/eosl6.mf + RELOC/fonts/source/public/ecc/eosl7.mf + RELOC/fonts/source/public/ecc/eosl8.mf + RELOC/fonts/source/public/ecc/eosl9.mf + RELOC/fonts/source/public/ecc/eoti10.mf + RELOC/fonts/source/public/ecc/tcssdc10.mf + RELOC/fonts/source/public/ecc/torm10.mf + RELOC/fonts/source/public/ecc/torm5.mf + RELOC/fonts/source/public/ecc/torm6.mf + RELOC/fonts/source/public/ecc/torm7.mf + RELOC/fonts/source/public/ecc/torm8.mf + RELOC/fonts/source/public/ecc/torm9.mf + RELOC/fonts/source/public/ecc/tosl10.mf + RELOC/fonts/source/public/ecc/tosl5.mf + RELOC/fonts/source/public/ecc/tosl6.mf + RELOC/fonts/source/public/ecc/tosl7.mf + RELOC/fonts/source/public/ecc/tosl8.mf + RELOC/fonts/source/public/ecc/tosl9.mf + RELOC/fonts/source/public/ecc/toti10.mf + RELOC/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/eocc10.tfm + RELOC/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/eorm10.tfm + RELOC/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/eorm5.tfm + RELOC/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/eorm6.tfm + RELOC/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/eorm7.tfm + RELOC/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/eorm8.tfm + RELOC/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/eorm9.tfm + RELOC/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/eosl10.tfm + RELOC/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/eosl5.tfm + RELOC/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/eosl6.tfm + RELOC/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/eosl7.tfm + RELOC/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/eosl8.tfm + RELOC/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/eosl9.tfm + RELOC/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/eoti10.tfm + RELOC/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/tcssdc10.tfm + RELOC/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/torm10.tfm + RELOC/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/torm5.tfm + RELOC/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/torm6.tfm + RELOC/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/torm7.tfm + RELOC/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/torm8.tfm + RELOC/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/torm9.tfm + RELOC/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/tosl10.tfm + RELOC/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/tosl5.tfm + RELOC/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/tosl6.tfm + RELOC/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/tosl7.tfm + RELOC/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/tosl8.tfm + RELOC/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/tosl9.tfm + RELOC/fonts/tfm/public/ecc/toti10.tfm +catalogue-ctan /fonts/ecc +catalogue-date 2006-12-07 15:13:33 +0100 +catalogue-license lppl diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/g-brief.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/g-brief.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/g-brief.doc.tlpobj 2011-01-22 04:12:06.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/g-brief.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -name g-brief.doc -category Package -revision 21140 -shortdesc doc files of g-brief -relocated 1 -docfiles size=45 - RELOC/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel.pdf - RELOC/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel2.pdf - RELOC/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel2.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/g-brief/g-brief.pdf ++++++ gitinfo.doc.tar.xz -> eco.doc.tar.xz ++++++ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/fonts/eco/CHANGES new/doc/fonts/eco/CHANGES --- old/doc/fonts/eco/CHANGES 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/fonts/eco/CHANGES 2006-01-09 01:47:01.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +eco fonts v1.3 -- CHANGES +========================= + +v1.1 (1998/06/04): +- Fixed a fairly nasty spacing error: + fontinst doesn't use the \fontdimens from the .pl files it reads in, + but uses its own standard values instead; this can lead to inferior + typesetting quality in some cases. + dostretch.mtx fixes this problem. + Thanks to Rowland <rebecca(a)astrid.u-net.com> for spotting this + problem and to Alan Jeffrey <ajeffrey(a)cs.depaul.edu> for providing + a fix. +v1.2 (1998/07/19): +- Added INSTALL. Funny, I never really thought of writing an + installation guide. +- New command \newstylenums{} in eco.sty (analogous to \oldstylenums{}.) +v1.3 (1999/06/4): +- I became a victim of copy&paste: The file T1cmoss.fd contained + substitution rules for cmor, which substituted cmor/m/sl for + cmor/m/it once T1cmoss.fd was loaded. This is one of those + errors that simply shout out "Hit me, I'm stupid!". +- \newstylenums{} works now. (Nobody ever noticed this, so apparently + nobody ever used this command, not even the person who requested it.) +- Fixed some bugs concerning logging in create.sh. diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/fonts/eco/COPYING new/doc/fonts/eco/COPYING --- old/doc/fonts/eco/COPYING 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/fonts/eco/COPYING 2006-01-09 01:47:01.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) 19yy <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19yy name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General +Public License instead of this License. diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/fonts/eco/INSTALL new/doc/fonts/eco/INSTALL --- old/doc/fonts/eco/INSTALL 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/fonts/eco/INSTALL 2006-01-09 01:47:01.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +eco fonts v1.3 -- INSTALL +========================= + +The eco fonts have to be installed in addition to the ec fonts by J"org +Knappen <knappen(a)vkpmzd.kph.uni-mainz.de>. You can get the ec fonts from +CTAN:/fonts/ec. + +All the files ending in .sty, .tfm, .vf and .fd have to installed where TeX +and/or your dvi driver can find them. Please refer to your TeX distribution's +manual for how to install additional packages. + +According to the TeX Directory Standard (TDS), the files should be installed +in your local texmf/ tree as follows: + +-- src/eco.sty -> texmf/tex/latex/eco/ +-- tfm/* -> texmf/fonts/tfm/public/eco/ +-- vf/* -> texmf/fonts/vf/public/eco/ +-- fd/* -> texmf/tex/latex/eco/ + + +To use the eco fonts in your documents, load eco.sty by including the +following: + + \usepackage{eco} + +eco.sty provides the additional command \newstylenums{} (analogous to +\oldstylenums{}) which switches back to new-style figures. + diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/fonts/eco/README new/doc/fonts/eco/README --- old/doc/fonts/eco/README 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/fonts/eco/README 2006-01-09 01:47:01.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +eco fonts v1.3 -- README +======================== + +This is a set of font metric files and virtual fonts for using the ec fonts +with oldstyle numerals. This font family is called eco fonts. (No pun +intended.) + +It can only be used together with the standard ec fonts. (European Computer +Modern fonts by J"org Knappen <knappen(a)vkpmzd.kph.uni-mainz.de>, +CTAN:/fonts/ec) + +It consists of: + - .tfm files for use by TeX in new Cork encoding + - .vf (virtual font) files for dvi drivers + - .fd (font definition) files for use with LaTeX2e + - eco.sty style file which loads the T1 encoding and sets the family defaults + for eco fonts. + - create.sh (Bourne shell script) which reproduces the whole font family. + *DO NOT RUN THIS SCRIPT* if you don't know exactly what you're doing! It + is only provided as a sample of how to produce such a font family and it + *NOT* needed for normal operation. + +The .tfm files of the eco fonts were produced using the original .tfm files of +the ec fonts from CTAN. + +eco.sty is sufficient to use the eco fonts, but if you intend to use other +font families as well, eg. PostScript fonts, I recommend that you try the +altfont package, from CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/supported/altfont. + +Because some of the filenames have more than 8 characters, I am afraid that +the package is unusable with MS-DOG. + + +Copyright (C) 1996--1999 Sebastian Marius Kirsch <skirsch(a)t-online.de> + +This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +(at your option) any later version. + +This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/fonts/eco/VERSION new/doc/fonts/eco/VERSION --- old/doc/fonts/eco/VERSION 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/fonts/eco/VERSION 2006-01-09 01:47:01.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +eco fonts v1.3 +Copyright (C) 1996--1999, Sebastian Marius Kirsch <skirsch(a)t-online.de> diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/gitinfo/README new/doc/latex/gitinfo/README --- old/doc/latex/gitinfo/README 2011-09-04 01:05:48.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/gitinfo/README 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ - The `gitinfo' package provides to allow version control metadata -to be incorporated into documents. The metadata is obtained from -the git distributed version control system. - For `memoir' users, the package can, optionally, tailor some -page headers and footers with certain metadata. - - gitinfo is licenced under the LPPL. For more details, -please see the accompanying manual: gitinfo.pdf. - -Change History -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -2011-08-29 1.0 Initial release diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/gitinfo/gitHeadInfo.gin new/doc/latex/gitinfo/gitHeadInfo.gin --- old/doc/latex/gitinfo/gitHeadInfo.gin 2011-09-04 01:05:48.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/gitinfo/gitHeadInfo.gin 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,15 +0,0 @@ -\usepackage[% - shash={11721ae}, - lhash={11721ae40233b940a8a8409d758409456c0a10ed}, - authname={Brent Longborough}, - authemail={brent(a)longborough.org}, - authsdate={2011-08-29}, - authidate={2011-08-29 23:23:28 +0100}, - authudate={1314656608}, - commname={Brent Longborough}, - commemail={brent(a)longborough.org}, - commsdate={2011-08-29}, - commidate={2011-08-29 23:23:28 +0100}, - commudate={1314656608}, - refnames={ (HEAD, 1.0, master, CTAN)} - ]{gitsetinfo} \ No newline at end of file Files old/doc/latex/gitinfo/gitinfo.pdf and new/doc/latex/gitinfo/gitinfo.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/gitinfo/gitinfo.tex new/doc/latex/gitinfo/gitinfo.tex --- old/doc/latex/gitinfo/gitinfo.tex 2011-09-04 01:05:48.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/gitinfo/gitinfo.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,408 +0,0 @@ -% gitinfo.tex -% Copyright 2011 Brent Longborough -% -% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the -% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 -% of this license or (at your option) any later version. -% The latest version of this license is in -% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX -% version 2005/12/01 or later. -% -% This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'. -% The Current Maintainer of this work is Brent Longborough. -% -% This work consists of these files: -% gitinfo.sty, gitsetinfo.sty, gitinfo.tex, gitinfo.pdf, -% post-git-sample.txt, and gitHeadInfo.gin -% ----------------------------------------------------- -\documentclass[a4paper,12pt,twoside,openany]{memoir} -\usepackage[pcount,footinfo,grumpy]{gitinfo} -\usepackage{tgpagella} -\usepackage{tgadventor} -\usepackage{fontspec} -\defaultfontfeatures{Ligatures=TeX} -\setmainfont[Numbers={Proportional,OldStyle}]{TeX Gyre Pagella} -\setsansfont[Numbers={Proportional,OldStyle}]{TeX Gyre Adventor} -\setmonofont{Consolas} -\setulmarginsandblock{0.11111\paperwidth}{0.22222\paperwidth}{*} -\setlrmarginsandblock{0.11111\paperwidth}{0.22222\paperwidth}{*} -\setheadfoot{1.2\baselineskip}{0.0849\paperwidth} -\setmarginnotes{0.125\foremargin}{0.75\foremargin}{\onelineskip} -\setheaderspaces{*}{*}{0.618} -\checkandfixthelayout[fixed] -\tightlists -\chapterstyle{bringhurst} -\pagestyle{ruled} -\settocdepth{section} -\setsecnumdepth{none} -\newcommand{\sfit}[1]{\textit{#1}} -\newcommand{\git}{\sfit{git}} -\newcommand{\tpname}{\sfit{gitinfo}} -\newcommand{\tpfname}{\textsf{gitinfo.sty}} -\newcommand{\ginname}{gitHeadInfo.gin} -\newcommand{\metaname}{\texttt{\ginname}} -% ----------------------------------------------------- -\usepackage[% - bookmarksnumbered, - bookmarksopen, - linktocpage, - ]{hyperref} -\hypersetup{ - pdfauthor={Brent Longborough}, - pdftitle={The gitinfo package: git metadata for LaTeX}, - pdfkeywords={git;metadata;dvcs}, -} -\begin{document} -% ----------------------------------------------------- -\title{% - \Huge \tpfname\\[2ex]% - \Large A package for accessing metadata\\from the \git\ \textsc{dvcs} - } -\author{Brent Longborough} -\date{29th August, 2011} -\maketitle - -{\centering -Version:\gitVtagn\\ -} -%\vspace*{2\baselineskip} -% ----------------------------------------------------- -\begingroup -\aliaspagestyle{chapter}{empty} -\setlength{\afterchapskip}{20pt} -\let\clearpage\relax -\let\chaptitlefont\Large\bfseries -\vspace*{5\baselineskip} -\tableofcontents* -\clearpage -\endgroup -% ----------------------------------------------------- -\chapter{Introduction} -More and more, writers are using version control systems -to manage the progress of their works. -One popular distributed version control system commonly used today -is \git. - -Among other blessings, \git provides -some useful metadata concerning the history of the developers' -work, and, in particular, about the current state of that work. - -\tpname\ allows writers to incorporate some of this metadata -into their documents, to show from which point in their development -a given formatted copy was produced. - -% - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -\section{How \tpname\ works} -\begin{enumerate} -\item Whenever you commit work or check out a branch in \git, -\git\ executes a \textit{post-commit} or \textit{post-checkout hook}. -\item The \tpname\ package includes a sample hook -(placed in your \git\ hooks directory), -which extracts metadata from \git\ and writes it to a \TeX\ file, -named \metaname\ (`gin' for \textbf{g}it \textbf{in}fo). -\item When you format your document, \tpname\ reads -\metaname\ and stores the metadada -in a series of \LaTeX\ commands. -\item You may use these commands to insert -the metadata you need at any point in the document. -\end{enumerate} - -It is important to note that \tpname\ reads the metadata -with the equivalent of \texttt{\textbackslash input\{./\ginname\}}. -This is necessary to avoid possible future confusion in a -\TeX distribution where more than one package includes its -metadata in this way; but it requires that for every document which -uses \tpname, a \metaname\ must be generated in the same directory. - -If you actually want to use \tpname, then please read on. -But you may just be reading this to see whether it will be useful; -in this case, -please skip the next chapter and go on to (Using the package) -on page \pageref{ch:using}. -If you like what you see, you can come back to -read (Setup) later. -% ----------------------------------------------------- -\chapter{Setup} -\tpname\ will be installed by your favourite package or distribution manager, -but before you can start to use it, -you need to configure each of your \git\ working copies -by setting up hooks to capture the metadata. -Every document in your working copy that uses \tpname\ -will need a copy of \metaname\ in the same directory. - -These copies can be generated by the \git\ post-hooks, -which need to be configured once, at the start. - -If you're familiar with tweaking \git, you can probably work it out for yourself. -If not, I suggest you follow these steps: - -\begin{enumerate} - -\item First, you need a \git\ repository and working tree. -For this example, let's suppose that the root of the working tree is in -\texttt{\textasciitilde/compsci} - -\item Copy the file \texttt{post-xxx-sample.txt} as \texttt{post-checkout} -into the \git\ hooks directory in your working copy. -In our example case, you should end up with a file called -\texttt{\textasciitilde/compsci/.git/hooks/post-checkout} - -\item With your favourite editor, edit the file you have just created. -Very near the start of the file, you will see two lines: -\vspace{0.5\baselineskip} - -\noindent\texttt{prefixes=". test docs"\\ -prefixes="."} -\vspace{0.5\baselineskip} - -The first line is an example of how you might configure for multiple -copies of \metaname; the second is the default, -and means ``the working copy root''. - -If all of your documents will be kept in the root of the working copy, -you may leave this file alone. -If not, you should delete the line \verb!prefixes="."!, and edit -the other line to include the paths, relative to the working copy root, -where the documents that need access to \tpname\ are kept. - -Suppose, for example, that you have a project called `compsci'. -Your working copy is \texttt{\textasciitilde/compsci} -with two paths containing documents, -\texttt{\textasciitilde/compsci/docs/essays} and -\texttt{\textasciitilde/compsci/docs/reference}. -Then you might set up the prefixes like this: -\vspace{0.5\baselineskip} - -\noindent\texttt{prefixes="docs/essays docs/reference"} -\vspace{0.5\baselineskip} - -which will cause copies of the metadata to be saved in -just those two directories. -In this example, it will not be accessible to documents -kept in the working copy's root -(designated by ``.'', omitted in this case), - -\item Test your setup with ``git checkout master'' -(or another suitable branch name). -This should generate copies of \metaname\ in the directories -you intended. - -\item Now make two more copies of this file in the same directory (\texttt{hooks}), calling them -\texttt{post-commit} and \texttt{post-merge}, and you're done. -\end{enumerate} -% ----------------------------------------------------- -\chapter{Using the package} -\label{ch:using} -Once you've set up your \git hooks, and done your first commit, -merge, or checkout to drive them, -you can start incorporating the metadata into your document. - -The \tpname\ package is loaded in the usual way:\\[0.5\baselineskip] -\texttt{\textbackslash usepackage[$<options>$]\{gitinfo\}} - -% - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -\section{Package options} - -The following options are available:\\[0.5\baselineskip] - -\noindent -\begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}>{\ttfamily\bfseries}lX@{}} -grumpy& -By default, If \tpname\ can't find \metaname\ (the metadata file), -it will set all the metadata to a common value, ``(None)'', -issue a package warning, and carry on. -If the \texttt{grumpy} option is used, -this warning becomes an error, and processing stops. -\\ -\texttt{missing=\textit{text}}& -If \tpname\ can't find \metaname (the metadata file), -it will normally set all the metadata to a default common value, ``(None)''. -If you wish, you can change this value to something else with, say -\texttt{missing=Help!} or \texttt{missing=\{What a mess\}}. - -If you have complex needs, as in the second example, -don't forget to enclose your text in \{\}s. -\\ -footinfo& -For \sfit{memoir} users, \tpname\ will set certain items of metadata into -some memoir page footer categories, -provided that (a) the memoir package is loaded, -and (b) this option is given. - -No warning is given, and no action taken, -if this parameter is used with another document class. -More detail is given below (For \textit{memoir} users). -\\ -pcount& -For \sfit{memoir} users, this option, when used together with \texttt{footinfo}, -will, in the affected footers, replace the folio with one of the form \textit{x/y}, -where \textit{x} is the folio and \textit{y} is the page count. - -No warning is given, and no action taken, -if this parameter is used with another document class, -or if the \texttt{footinfo} option is omitted. -More detail is given below (For \textit{memoir} users). -\end{tabularx} -% - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -\clearpage -\section{The metadata} -The \git\ metadata, for the current HEAD commit, -is made available in the document -as a series of parameter-less \LaTeX commands. -Here they are: -\vspace{0.5\baselineskip} - -\noindent -\begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}>{\ttfamily\bfseries\textbackslash}lX@{}} -gitAbbrevHash& - The seven-hex-char abbreviated commit hash -\\ -gitHash& - The full 40-hex-character commit hash -\\ -gitAuthorName& - The name of the author of this commit -\\ -gitAuthorEmail& - The email address of the author of this commit -\\ -gitAuthorDate& - The date this change was committed by the author, - in the format \textit{yyyy-mm-dd} -\\ -gitAuthorIsoDate& - The date and time this change was committed by the author, - in ISO format, e.g. \textit{2011-08-29 13:05:54 +0100} -\\ -gitAuthorUnixDate& - The date and time this change was committed by the author, - as a Unix timestamp, e.g \textit{1314619554} -\\ -gitCommitterName& - The name of the committer of this commit -\\ -gitCommitterEmail& - The email address of the committer of this commit -\\ -gitCommitterDate& - The date this change was committed by the committer, - in the format \textit{yyyy-mm-dd} -\\ -gitCommitterIsoDate& - The date and time this change was committed by the committer, - in ISO format, e.g. \textit{2011-08-29 13:05:54 +0100} -\\ -gitCommitterUnixDate& - The date and time this change was committed by the committer, - as a Unix timestamp, e.g \textit{1314619554} -\\ -gitReferences& - A list of any \git\ references (tags, branches) associated - with this commit, e.g. \textit{ (HEAD, master)} -\\ -\end{tabularx} - -\vspace{0.5\baselineskip} -Three more commands are available, but their use should be considered -experimental. \tpname\ searches the \git\ references metadata for -anything (probably a \git\ tag) that looks like a number with a decimal point. -The first such number it finds is taken as a ``Version Number'' -and made available in three different formats, explained here: -\vspace{0.5\baselineskip} - -\noindent -\begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}>{\ttfamily\bfseries\textbackslash}lX@{}} -gitVtag& - The version number, without any decorations. If no version number is found, - empty (i.e. zero width). -\\ -gitVtags& - The version number, with a leading space. If no version number is found, - empty. -\\ -gitVtagn& - The version number, with a leading space. - If no version number is found, a space, - followed by the default or specified value of - the \texttt{missing} package option. -\\ -\end{tabularx} - -% - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -\section{For \sfit{memoir} users} -If you use \sfit{memoir}, \tpname provides some preset page -headers and footers for you, -if you specify the \texttt{footinfo} option as described above. - -With the \texttt{footinfo} option, \tpname\ redefines -the \sfit{plain},\sfit{ruled}, and \sfit{headings} pagestyles. - -For the \sfit{plain} and \sfit{ruled} pagestyles, -the folio is moved from the centre to the outer margin of the footer, -and a revision stamp is placed in the inner margin. - -For the \sfit{headings} pagestyle, -the folio is moved from the outer margin of the header -to the outer margin of the footer, -and a revision stamp is placed in the inner margin of the footer. - -If, as well, you use the \texttt{pcount} option, a solidus, and the page count, -are appended to the folio. - -The revision stamp id generated by this fragment: -\vspace{0.5\baselineskip} - -\noindent -\verb!Revision\gitVtags: \gitAbbrevHash{} (\gitAuthorDate)! -\vspace{0.5\baselineskip} - -\noindent -which is set at tiny in the sans-serif font. -You can see an example in the footer of this page. -% ----------------------------------------------------- -\chapter{Etc} -\section{Acknowledgements \& dependencies} - -The \href{http://tex.stackexchange.com}{\TeX.SE community} -has been a constant source of help, inspiration, and amazement. -In particular, I'd like to thank -\href{http://tex.stackexchange.com/users/73/joseph-wright}{Joseph Wright}, -who rescued me from the jaws of the TeX parser by explaining -\textbackslash expandafter. - -I's also like to register my thanks to the owners of the packages on which -\tpname\ depends: etoobox, kvoptions, and xstring. - -The failings, of course, are all mine. -% - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -\section{Copyright \& licence} -Copyright \copyright\ 2011, Brent Longborough. - -This work --- \tpname\ --- may be distributed and/or modified under the -conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License: either version 1.3 -of this license, or (at your option) any later version. - -The latest version of this license is at -\url{http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt}, -and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of \LaTeX -version 2005/12/01 or later. - -This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'; -the Current Maintainer of this work is Brent Longborough. - -This work consists of the files -gitinfo.sty, gitsetinfo.sty, gitinfo.tex, gitinfo.pdf, -post-git-sample.txt, and \ginname. -% - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -\section{From the author} -Although my limitations as a \TeX nician -mean that I've implemented \tpname\ in a rather simplistic way -that needs some setup that is more complicated than I wanted, -I hope you find the package useful. -I'll be very happy to receive your comments by email.\\[\baselineskip] -Brent Longborough\\[\baselineskip] -\textsf{brent+gitinfo (at) longborough (dot) org}\\ -and at \href{http://tex.stackexchange.com/users/344/brent-longborough}{\TeX.SE} -% ----------------------------------------------------- -\end{document} diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/gitinfo/post-xxx-sample.txt new/doc/latex/gitinfo/post-xxx-sample.txt --- old/doc/latex/gitinfo/post-xxx-sample.txt 2011-09-04 01:05:48.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/gitinfo/post-xxx-sample.txt 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,27 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/sh -# Copyright 2011 Brent Longborough -# Please read gitinfo.pdf for licencing and other details -# ----------------------------------------------------- -# Post-{commit,checkout,merge} hook for the gitinfo package -# -prefixes=". test docs" # Example for multiple gitHeadInfo.tex files -prefixes="." # Default --- in the working copy root -for pref in $prefixes - do - git log -1 --date=short \ - --pretty=format:"\usepackage[% - shash={%h}, - lhash={%H}, - authname={%an}, - authemail={%ae}, - authsdate={%ad}, - authidate={%ai}, - authudate={%at}, - commname={%an}, - commemail={%ae}, - commsdate={%ad}, - commidate={%ai}, - commudate={%at}, - refnames={%d} - ]{gitsetinfo}" HEAD > $pref/gitHeadInfo.gin - done diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/eco.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/eco.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/eco.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/eco.doc.tlpobj 2013-03-12 04:36:39.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +name eco.doc +category Package +revision 29349 +shortdesc doc files of eco +relocated 1 +docfiles size=9 + RELOC/doc/fonts/eco/CHANGES + RELOC/doc/fonts/eco/COPYING + RELOC/doc/fonts/eco/INSTALL + RELOC/doc/fonts/eco/README + RELOC/doc/fonts/eco/VERSION diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/gitinfo.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/gitinfo.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/gitinfo.doc.tlpobj 2011-09-04 04:27:15.000000000 +0200 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/gitinfo.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -name gitinfo.doc -category Package -revision 23779 -shortdesc doc files of gitinfo -relocated 1 -docfiles size=27 - RELOC/doc/latex/gitinfo/README - RELOC/doc/latex/gitinfo/gitHeadInfo.gin - RELOC/doc/latex/gitinfo/gitinfo.pdf - RELOC/doc/latex/gitinfo/gitinfo.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/gitinfo/post-xxx-sample.txt ++++++ gitinfo.tar.xz -> eco.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 1627 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ g-brief.doc.tar.xz -> ed.doc.tar.xz ++++++ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/ed/Makefile new/doc/latex/ed/Makefile --- old/doc/latex/ed/Makefile 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/ed/Makefile 2012-01-30 01:36:39.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +PREFIX = ../../lib +PACKAGE = ed +DTX.sty.base = ed + +include $(PREFIX)/Makefile.vars +include $(PREFIX)/Makefile.in + diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/ed/README new/doc/latex/ed/README --- old/doc/latex/ed/README 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/ed/README 2011-01-15 23:56:35.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +Ed.sty: Editorial Notes for LaTeX Documents + +This package defines a couple of editorial notes that simplify collaboration on a LaTeX +text. These allow authors to annotate status information in the source. In draft mode, the +annotations are shown for communication, and in publication mode these are suppressed. + +Copyright(c) 2011 Michael Kohlhase +The package is distributed under the terms of the LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL) + +The development version of this package can be found at +https://svn.kwarc.info/repos/kwarc/doc/macros/ed + Files old/doc/latex/ed/ed.pdf and new/doc/latex/ed/ed.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/ed/ed.sty.ltxml new/doc/latex/ed/ed.sty.ltxml --- old/doc/latex/ed/ed.sty.ltxml 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/ed/ed.sty.ltxml 2011-01-15 23:56:35.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +# -*- CPERL -*- +# /=======================================================\ # +# | ed.sty - Implementation for LaTeXML | # +# | | # +# |=======================================================| # +# | Part of LaTeXML : http://dlmf.nist.gov/LaTeXML/ | # +# | Copyright (c) 2006 arXMLiv group | # +# | Released under the GNU Public License | # +# \=======================================================/ # + +package LaTeXML::Package::Pool; +use strict; +use LaTeXML::Package; +DefConstructor('\ednote[]{}',''); +DefConstructor('\Ednote[]{}',''); +DefConstructor('\tweak[]{}',''); +DefConstructor('\Tweak[]{}',''); +DefConstructor('\issue[]{}',''); +DefConstructor('\Issue[]{}',''); +DefEnvironment('{newpart}[]','#body'); +DefEnvironment('{Newpart}[]','#body'); +DefEnvironment('{oldpart}[]','#body'); +DefEnvironment('{Oldpart}[]','#body'); +DefEnvironment('{todo}[]',''); +DefEnvironment('{Todo}[]',''); +DefConstructor('\ednotemessage',''); +#********************************************************************** +1; Files old/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel.pdf and new/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel.tex new/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel.tex --- old/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel.tex 2011-01-21 23:59:35.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,101 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `beispiel.tex', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% g-brief.dtx (with options: `beispiel') -%% -%% ======================================================================= -%% -%% Copyright (C) 1991-2003 Michael Lenzen. -%% -%% For additional copyright information see further down in this file. -%% -%% This file is part of the G-BRIEF package. -%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -%% -%% It may be distributed under the terms of the LaTeX Project Public -%% License (LPPL), as described in lppl.txt in the base LaTeX distribution. -%% Either version 1.1 or, at your option, any later version. -%% -%% The latest version of this license is in -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% LPPL Version 1.1 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX -%% version 1999/06/01 or later. -%% -%% -%% Error reports in case of UNCHANGED versions to -%% -%% <lenzen(a)lenzen.com> -%% <m.lenzen(a)t-online.de> -%% -%% -\def\filedate{2008/07/15} -\def\fileversion{4.0.2} - -\documentclass[11pt,ngerman,latin9]{g-brief} - -\lochermarke -\faltmarken -\fenstermarken -\trennlinien -%% \klassisch - -\Name {Otto Raffzahn} -\Strasse {Wiesenacker 25a} -\Zusatz {} -\RetourAdresse {} -\Ort {D-99533 Weitewelt} -\Land {} - -\Telefon {+49\ 000\ 00000} -\Telefax {+49\ 000\ 00000} -\Telex {} -\HTTP {http://www.example.com} -\EMail {raffzahn(a)example.com} - -\Bank {Bankhaus Skrupellos \& Co.} -\BLZ {000.000.00} -\Konto {000.000.000} - -\Unterschrift {Otto Raffzahn} - -\Postvermerk {E I N S C H R E I B E N} -\Adresse {Frau\\ - Else Mittellos\\ - Finsterweg 12\\ - \\ - D-93456 Tiefeschlucht - } - -\Betreff {Zahlung Ihrer Miete} - -\Datum {\today} -\IhrZeichen {} -\IhrSchreiben {} -\MeinZeichen {OR} - -\Anrede {Sehr geehrte Frau Mittellos,} -\Gruss {Mit freundlichen Gr\"u\ss{}en}{1cm} - -\Anlagen {} -\Verteiler {} - -\begin{document} -\begin{g-brief} - -seit der siebten Mieterh\"ohung im laufenden Jahr konnte ich keinen -Zahlungseingang von Ihnen mehr verbuchen. Ich bitte Sie Ihren -Verpflichtungen schnellstens nachzukommen, da ich mich sonst gezwungen sehe, -Ihre Miete ein weiteres mal anzuheben. - -\end{g-brief} -\end{document} - - -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `beispiel.tex'. Files old/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel2.pdf and new/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel2.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel2.tex new/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel2.tex --- old/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel2.tex 2011-01-21 23:59:35.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel2.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,123 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `beispiel2.tex', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% g-brief.dtx (with options: `beispiel2') -%% -%% ======================================================================= -%% -%% Copyright (C) 1991-2003 Michael Lenzen. -%% -%% For additional copyright information see further down in this file. -%% -%% This file is part of the G-BRIEF package. -%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -%% -%% It may be distributed under the terms of the LaTeX Project Public -%% License (LPPL), as described in lppl.txt in the base LaTeX distribution. -%% Either version 1.1 or, at your option, any later version. -%% -%% The latest version of this license is in -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% LPPL Version 1.1 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX -%% version 1999/06/01 or later. -%% -%% -%% Error reports in case of UNCHANGED versions to -%% -%% <lenzen(a)lenzen.com> -%% <m.lenzen(a)t-online.de> -%% -%% -\def\filedate{2008/07/15} -\def\fileversion{4.0.2} - -\documentclass[11pt,ngerman,latin9]{g-brief2} - -\lochermarke -\faltmarken -\fenstermarken -%% \trennlinien -%% \unserzeichen - -\Name {Otto Raffzahn} - -\NameZeileA {{\bf Otto Raffzahn}} -\NameZeileB {} -\NameZeileC {Mietwucherer} -\NameZeileD {Menschenfreund} -\NameZeileE {\& Gierschlund} -\NameZeileF {} -\NameZeileG {} - -\AdressZeileA {Wiesenacker 25a} -\AdressZeileB {99533 Weitewelt} -\AdressZeileC {} -\AdressZeileD {Inselblick 12} -\AdressZeileE {23213 Am Meer} -\AdressZeileF {} - -\TelefonZeileA {Festnetz: +49 000 0000000} -\TelefonZeileB {Freecall: +49 800 0000000} -\TelefonZeileC {Mobil: +49 171 00000000} -\TelefonZeileD {Fax: +49 0000 000-0000} -\TelefonZeileE {} -\TelefonZeileF {} - -\InternetZeileA {raffzahn(a)example.com} -\InternetZeileB {info(a)example.com} -\InternetZeileC {office(a)example.com} -\InternetZeileD {http:/www.example.com} -\InternetZeileE {http:/www.example.net} -\InternetZeileF {} - -\BankZeileA {Bankhaus Skrupellos \& Co.} -\BankZeileB {BLZ: 000.000.00} -\BankZeileC {Konto: 000.000.000} -\BankZeileD {} -\BankZeileE {} -\BankZeileF {} - -\RetourAdresse {Otto Raffzahn $\cdot$ Finsterweg 13 - $\cdot$ Tiefeschlucht} -\Postvermerk {E I N S C H R E I B E N} -\Adresse {Frau\\ - Else Mittellos\\ - Finsterweg 12\\ - \\ - 93456 Tiefeschlucht - } - -\Betreff {Zahlung Ihrer Miete} - -\Datum {\today} -\IhrZeichen {EM} -\IhrSchreiben {} -\MeinZeichen {OR} - -\Anrede {Sehr geehrte Frau Mittellos,} -\Gruss {Mit freundlichen Gr\"u\ss{}en}{1cm} -\Unterschrift {Otto Raffzahn} - -\Anlagen {} -\Verteiler {} - -\begin{document} -\begin{g-brief} - -seit der siebten Mieterh\"ohung im laufenden Jahr konnte ich -keinen Zahlungseingang von Ihnen mehr verbuchen. Ich bitte Sie -Ihren Verpflichtungen schnellstens nachzukommen, da ich mich -sonst gezwungen sehe, Ihre Miete ein weiteres mal anzuheben. - -\end{g-brief} -\end{document} - - -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `beispiel2.tex'. Files old/doc/latex/g-brief/g-brief.pdf and new/doc/latex/g-brief/g-brief.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/ed.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/ed.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/ed.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/ed.doc.tlpobj 2012-01-30 04:24:47.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +name ed.doc +category Package +revision 25231 +shortdesc doc files of ed +relocated 1 +docfiles size=75 + RELOC/doc/latex/ed/Makefile + RELOC/doc/latex/ed/README + RELOC/doc/latex/ed/ed.pdf + RELOC/doc/latex/ed/ed.sty.ltxml diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/g-brief.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/g-brief.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/g-brief.doc.tlpobj 2011-01-22 04:12:06.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/g-brief.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -name g-brief.doc -category Package -revision 21140 -shortdesc doc files of g-brief -relocated 1 -docfiles size=45 - RELOC/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel.pdf - RELOC/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel2.pdf - RELOC/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel2.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/g-brief/g-brief.pdf ++++++ g-brief.doc.tar.xz -> ed.tar.xz ++++++ Files old/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel.pdf and new/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel.tex new/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel.tex --- old/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel.tex 2011-01-21 23:59:35.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,101 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `beispiel.tex', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% g-brief.dtx (with options: `beispiel') -%% -%% ======================================================================= -%% -%% Copyright (C) 1991-2003 Michael Lenzen. -%% -%% For additional copyright information see further down in this file. -%% -%% This file is part of the G-BRIEF package. -%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -%% -%% It may be distributed under the terms of the LaTeX Project Public -%% License (LPPL), as described in lppl.txt in the base LaTeX distribution. -%% Either version 1.1 or, at your option, any later version. -%% -%% The latest version of this license is in -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% LPPL Version 1.1 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX -%% version 1999/06/01 or later. -%% -%% -%% Error reports in case of UNCHANGED versions to -%% -%% <lenzen(a)lenzen.com> -%% <m.lenzen(a)t-online.de> -%% -%% -\def\filedate{2008/07/15} -\def\fileversion{4.0.2} - -\documentclass[11pt,ngerman,latin9]{g-brief} - -\lochermarke -\faltmarken -\fenstermarken -\trennlinien -%% \klassisch - -\Name {Otto Raffzahn} -\Strasse {Wiesenacker 25a} -\Zusatz {} -\RetourAdresse {} -\Ort {D-99533 Weitewelt} -\Land {} - -\Telefon {+49\ 000\ 00000} -\Telefax {+49\ 000\ 00000} -\Telex {} -\HTTP {http://www.example.com} -\EMail {raffzahn(a)example.com} - -\Bank {Bankhaus Skrupellos \& Co.} -\BLZ {000.000.00} -\Konto {000.000.000} - -\Unterschrift {Otto Raffzahn} - -\Postvermerk {E I N S C H R E I B E N} -\Adresse {Frau\\ - Else Mittellos\\ - Finsterweg 12\\ - \\ - D-93456 Tiefeschlucht - } - -\Betreff {Zahlung Ihrer Miete} - -\Datum {\today} -\IhrZeichen {} -\IhrSchreiben {} -\MeinZeichen {OR} - -\Anrede {Sehr geehrte Frau Mittellos,} -\Gruss {Mit freundlichen Gr\"u\ss{}en}{1cm} - -\Anlagen {} -\Verteiler {} - -\begin{document} -\begin{g-brief} - -seit der siebten Mieterh\"ohung im laufenden Jahr konnte ich keinen -Zahlungseingang von Ihnen mehr verbuchen. Ich bitte Sie Ihren -Verpflichtungen schnellstens nachzukommen, da ich mich sonst gezwungen sehe, -Ihre Miete ein weiteres mal anzuheben. - -\end{g-brief} -\end{document} - - -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `beispiel.tex'. Files old/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel2.pdf and new/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel2.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel2.tex new/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel2.tex --- old/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel2.tex 2011-01-21 23:59:35.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel2.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,123 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `beispiel2.tex', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% g-brief.dtx (with options: `beispiel2') -%% -%% ======================================================================= -%% -%% Copyright (C) 1991-2003 Michael Lenzen. -%% -%% For additional copyright information see further down in this file. -%% -%% This file is part of the G-BRIEF package. -%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -%% -%% It may be distributed under the terms of the LaTeX Project Public -%% License (LPPL), as described in lppl.txt in the base LaTeX distribution. -%% Either version 1.1 or, at your option, any later version. -%% -%% The latest version of this license is in -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% LPPL Version 1.1 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX -%% version 1999/06/01 or later. -%% -%% -%% Error reports in case of UNCHANGED versions to -%% -%% <lenzen(a)lenzen.com> -%% <m.lenzen(a)t-online.de> -%% -%% -\def\filedate{2008/07/15} -\def\fileversion{4.0.2} - -\documentclass[11pt,ngerman,latin9]{g-brief2} - -\lochermarke -\faltmarken -\fenstermarken -%% \trennlinien -%% \unserzeichen - -\Name {Otto Raffzahn} - -\NameZeileA {{\bf Otto Raffzahn}} -\NameZeileB {} -\NameZeileC {Mietwucherer} -\NameZeileD {Menschenfreund} -\NameZeileE {\& Gierschlund} -\NameZeileF {} -\NameZeileG {} - -\AdressZeileA {Wiesenacker 25a} -\AdressZeileB {99533 Weitewelt} -\AdressZeileC {} -\AdressZeileD {Inselblick 12} -\AdressZeileE {23213 Am Meer} -\AdressZeileF {} - -\TelefonZeileA {Festnetz: +49 000 0000000} -\TelefonZeileB {Freecall: +49 800 0000000} -\TelefonZeileC {Mobil: +49 171 00000000} -\TelefonZeileD {Fax: +49 0000 000-0000} -\TelefonZeileE {} -\TelefonZeileF {} - -\InternetZeileA {raffzahn(a)example.com} -\InternetZeileB {info(a)example.com} -\InternetZeileC {office(a)example.com} -\InternetZeileD {http:/www.example.com} -\InternetZeileE {http:/www.example.net} -\InternetZeileF {} - -\BankZeileA {Bankhaus Skrupellos \& Co.} -\BankZeileB {BLZ: 000.000.00} -\BankZeileC {Konto: 000.000.000} -\BankZeileD {} -\BankZeileE {} -\BankZeileF {} - -\RetourAdresse {Otto Raffzahn $\cdot$ Finsterweg 13 - $\cdot$ Tiefeschlucht} -\Postvermerk {E I N S C H R E I B E N} -\Adresse {Frau\\ - Else Mittellos\\ - Finsterweg 12\\ - \\ - 93456 Tiefeschlucht - } - -\Betreff {Zahlung Ihrer Miete} - -\Datum {\today} -\IhrZeichen {EM} -\IhrSchreiben {} -\MeinZeichen {OR} - -\Anrede {Sehr geehrte Frau Mittellos,} -\Gruss {Mit freundlichen Gr\"u\ss{}en}{1cm} -\Unterschrift {Otto Raffzahn} - -\Anlagen {} -\Verteiler {} - -\begin{document} -\begin{g-brief} - -seit der siebten Mieterh\"ohung im laufenden Jahr konnte ich -keinen Zahlungseingang von Ihnen mehr verbuchen. Ich bitte Sie -Ihren Verpflichtungen schnellstens nachzukommen, da ich mich -sonst gezwungen sehe, Ihre Miete ein weiteres mal anzuheben. - -\end{g-brief} -\end{document} - - -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `beispiel2.tex'. Files old/doc/latex/g-brief/g-brief.pdf and new/doc/latex/g-brief/g-brief.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tex/latex/ed/ed.sty new/tex/latex/ed/ed.sty --- old/tex/latex/ed/ed.sty 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tex/latex/ed/ed.sty 2012-01-30 01:36:39.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,145 @@ +%% +%% This is file `ed.sty', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% ed.dtx (with options: `package') +%% +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1999/12/01] +\ProvidesPackage{ed}[2012/01/29 v1.8 Editorial Notes] +\newif\ifshowednotes\showednotesfalse +\newif\ifmargins\marginstrue +\DeclareOption{show}{\showednotestrue\message{ed.sty: showing ednotes}} +\DeclareOption{hide}{\showednotesfalse\message{ed.sty: hiding ednotes}} +\DeclareOption{draft}{\showednotestrue\message{ed.sty: showing ednotes}} +\DeclareOption{final}{\showednotesfalse\message{ed.sty: hiding ednotes}} +\DeclareOption{nomargins}{\marginsfalse} +\ProcessOptions +\ifshowednotes +\RequirePackage{paralist} +\RequirePackage{xcolor} +\else +\RequirePackage{verbatim} +\fi +\newcommand\ednoteshape{\sffamily} +\newcounter{ednote} +\newcommand\ed@foot[3]% text, type, label +{\def\@test{#3}\footnotetext[\arabic{ednote}]% +{{\scshape{#2}\if\@test\@empty\else\label{ed:#3}[{#3}]\fi:} \ednoteshape #1}} +\newcommand\ed@footnote[3]{\footnotemark[\arabic{ednote}]\ed@foot{#1}{#2}{#3}} +\newcommand\ed@margin[1]{\ifmargins\marginpar{#1}\fi} +\newcommand\Ed@note[3]% text, type, label +{\addtocounter{ednote}{1}\message{#2!}% +\ifshowednotes\ed@footnote{#1}{#2}{#3}\fi} +\newcommand\ed@note[4]% text, type, label, margin +{\Ed@note{#1}{#2}{#3}\ifshowednotes\ed@margin{#4:\arabic{ednote}}\fi} +\newcommand\ednote@label{EdNote} +\newcommand\ednote@margin{EdN} +\newcommand\ednotelabel[1]{\def\ednote@label{#1}} +\newcommand\ednotemargin[1]{\def\ednote@margin{#1}} +\newcommand{\Ednote}[2][]{\Ed@note{#2}\ednote@label{#1}} +\newcommand{\ednote}[2][]{\ed@note{#2}\ednote@label{#1}\ednote@margin} +\newcommand\tweaklabel[1]{\def\tweak@label{#1}} +\newcommand\tweak@label{Tweak} +\newcommand\tweakmargin[1]{\def\tweak@margin{#1}} +\newcommand\tweak@margin{Tw} +\newcommand{\tweak}[2][]{\ed@note{#2}\tweak@label{#1}\tweak@margin} +\newcommand{\Tweak}[2][]{\Ed@note{#2}\tweak@label{#1}} +\newcommand\edissue@label{Issue} +\newcommand\edissuelabel[1]{\def\edissue@label{#1}} +\newcommand\edissue@margin{Is} +\newcommand\edissuemargin[1]{\def\edissue@margin{#1}} +\providecommand{\issue}[2][]{\ed@note{#2}\edissue@label{#1}\edissue@margin} +\providecommand{\Issue}[2][]{\Ed@note{#2}\edissue@label{#1}} +\newcommand{\edissue}[2][]{\ed@note{#2}\edissue@label{#1}\edissue@margin} +\newcommand{\edIssue}[2][]{\Ed@note{#2}\edissue@label{#1}} +\newenvironment{Ed@part}[3]% text, mess, start +{\addtocounter{ednote}{1}\edef\new@number{\theednote}\message{#2!\new@number} +\ifshowednotes\ed@foot{#1}{#2}{}\fi} +{} +\def\ed@part#1#2#3#4% text, mess, start, margin +{\Ed@part{#1}{#2}{#3}\ifshowednotes\ed@margin{#4:\new@number}\fi} +\def\ended@part#1{\endEd@part\ifshowednotes\ed@margin{#1:\new@number}\fi} +\newcommand\b@newpart@label{BegNP}\newcommand\e@newpart@label{EndNP} +\newcommand\b@newpart@margin{BNP}\newcommand\e@newpart@margin{ENP} +\newcommand\newpartmargins[2]{\def\b@newpart@margin{#1}\def\e@newpart@margin{#2}} +\newenvironment{Newpart}[1]{\Ed@part{#1}{New Part}\b@newpart@label}{\endEd@part} +\newenvironment{newpart}[1]{\ed@part{#1}{New Part}\b@newpart@label\b@newpart@margin}{\ended@part\e@newpart@margin} +\newcommand\oldpartlabels[2]{\def\b@oldpart@label{#1}\def\e@oldpart@label{#2}} +\newcommand\oldpartmargins[2]{\def\b@oldpart@margin{#1}\def\e@oldpart@margin{#2}} +\newcommand\b@oldpart@label{BegOP}\newcommand\e@oldpart@label{EndOP} +\newcommand\b@oldpart@margin{BOP}\newcommand\e@oldpart@margin{EOP} +\newenvironment{Oldpart}[1]% +{\Ed@part{#1}{Old Part}\b@oldpart@label\ifshowednotes\color{gray}\fi} +{\endEd@part} +\newenvironment{oldpart}[1]% +{\ed@part{#1}{Old Part}\b@oldpart@label\b@oldpart@margin\ifshowednotes\color{gray}\fi} +{\ended@part\e@oldpart@margin} +\newcommand\todolabels[2]{\def\b@todo@label{#1}\def\e@todo@label{#2}} +\newcommand\todomargins[2]{\def\b@todo@margin{#1}\def\e@todo@margin{#2}} +\newcommand\b@todo@label{ToDo}\newcommand\e@todo@label{Done} +\newcommand\b@todo@margin{ToDo}\newcommand\e@todo@margin{Done} +\newenvironment{Todo}[1]% +{\Ed@part{#1}{To Do}\b@todo@label\ifshowednotes\bgroup\ednoteshape\else\comment\fi} +{\endEd@part\e@todo@label\ifshowednotes\egroup\else\endcomment\fi} +\newenvironment{todo}[1]% +{\ed@part{#1}{To Do}\b@todo@label\b@todo@margin\ifshowednotes\bgroup\ednoteshape\else\comment\fi} +{\ended@part\e@todo@margin\ifshowednotes\egroup\else\endcomment\fi} +\newenvironment{Todolist}[1]{% the comment +\ifshowednotes\message{todolist!}{{\ednoteshape To Do: #1}}\bgroup\ednoteshape\begin{compactenum}% +\else\comment% +\fi} +{\ifshowednotes\end{compactenum}\egroup\else\endcomment\fi} +\newenvironment{todolist}[1]{\ifshowednotes\ed@margin{{\ednoteshape ToDo}}\Todolist{#1}\fi} +{\endTodolist} +\newenvironment{musings}{\ifshowednotes\color{blue}\fi}{} +\def\ed@stubURI{} +\newcommand\edstuURI[1]{\gdef\ed@stubURI{#1}} +\newif\ifhref\hreffalse +\AtBeginDocument{\@ifpackageloaded{hyperref}{\hreftrue}{\hreffalse}} +\newenvironment{edstub}[2][] +{\def\@test{#1}\begin{center}\huge\color{red} +\ifx\@test\@empty The following blue text \else #1 \fi is only a provisional stub\\\Large +the Office document +\ifx\ed@stubURI\@empty{#2}\else\ifhref\href{\ed@stubURI}{#2}\else{#2}\fi\fi\ +contains more text\\which will be merged for the final document + \end{center}\color{blue}} +{} +\newcommand\@ednotemessage{\ifnum\value{ednote}>0\typeout{}% +\typeout{There are still \arabic{ednote} EdNotes, New/Oldparts, and Issues to resolve!}% +\typeout{}\fi} +\AtEndDocument{\@ednotemessage} +\newcommand\ednotemessage{\PackageWarning{ed}{The `\ednotemessage' macro is obsolete, the message + is generated automatically now.}} +\newcommand\edexplanation{\todolist{we will use the ednote system to communicate} +\item use the {\tt{\char92ednote\char123author: some explanatory text\char125}} + like a footnote to say what you have done or what should still be + done\ednote{MiKo: this is an example of an ednote}. Ednotes are numbered and + marked in the margin for easy recognition. +\item use the {\tt{\char92issue\char123author: explanation of the + issue\char125}} variant of ednote for issues\issue{this is an example of + an issue} that still have to be discussed. +\item finally, the {\tt{todolist}} environment is a list environment that can be + used to mark up todo lists. This explanation is an example of a todo list, it + is inserted into the text in a different font. +\item the {\tt{newpart}} environment can be used to mark up changed text blocks. + {\tt{\char92begin\char123newpart\char125}} takes an argument that is + interpreted as a comment and is treated like an {\tt{\char92ednote}} comment. +\item the {\tt{oldpart}} environment is similar to {\tt{newpart}} but is used + for old parts of text copied from another document that still need to be + changed in a document. +\item putting the macro {\tt{\char92ednotemessage}} just before the + {\tt{char92end\char123document\char125}} will generate a message with + cardinality information for the ednotes into the log file. +\item all of these text decorations and meta-annotations are only inserted into + the text, if the {\tt{show}} package option in the {\tt{\char92 usepackage}} + directive in the preamble of the document is set: {\tt{\char92 + usepackage[show]\char123ed\char125}} will show the decorations, while + {\tt{\char92 usepackage\char123ed\char125}} will not. This is useful for + preparing ``clean'' version for outside consumption without loosing the + management metadata. +\endtodolist} +\endinput +%% +%% End of file `ed.sty'. diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/ed.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/ed.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/ed.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/ed.tlpobj 2012-01-30 04:24:47.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +name ed +category Package +revision 25231 +shortdesc Editorial Notes for LaTeX documents. +relocated 1 +longdesc This package defines a couple of editorial notes that simplify +longdesc collaboration on a LaTeX text. These allow authors to annotate +longdesc status information in the source. In draft mode, the +longdesc annotations are shown for communication, and in publication +longdesc mode these are suppressed. +runfiles size=2 + RELOC/tex/latex/ed/ed.sty +catalogue-ctan /macros/latex/contrib/ed +catalogue-date 2012-01-29 16:01:54 +0100 +catalogue-license lppl1 +catalogue-version 1.8 diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/g-brief.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/g-brief.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/g-brief.doc.tlpobj 2011-01-22 04:12:06.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/g-brief.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -name g-brief.doc -category Package -revision 21140 -shortdesc doc files of g-brief -relocated 1 -docfiles size=45 - RELOC/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel.pdf - RELOC/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel2.pdf - RELOC/doc/latex/g-brief/beispiel2.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/g-brief/g-brief.pdf ++++++ gamebook.doc.tar.xz -> edmac.doc.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 9215 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ gamebook.doc.tar.xz -> edmac.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 2710 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ g-brief.doc.tar.xz -> eiad.doc.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 2751 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ g-brief.doc.tar.xz -> eiad.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 3145 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ gfscomplutum.doc.tar.xz -> eledmac.doc.tar.xz ++++++ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/fonts/gfscomplutum/OFL-FAQ.txt new/doc/fonts/gfscomplutum/OFL-FAQ.txt --- old/doc/fonts/gfscomplutum/OFL-FAQ.txt 2007-11-26 19:56:06.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/fonts/gfscomplutum/OFL-FAQ.txt 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,225 +0,0 @@ -OFL FAQ - Frequently Asked Questions about the SIL Open Font License (OFL) -Version 1.1 - 26 February 2007 -(See http://scripts.sil.org/OFL for updates) - - -1 ABOUT USING AND DISTRIBUTING FONTS LICENSED UNDER THE OFL - -1.1 Can I use the fonts in any publication, even embedded in the file? -Yes. You may use them like most other fonts, but unlike some fonts you may include an embedded subset of the fonts in your document. Such use does not require you to include this license or other files (listed in OFL condition 2), nor does it require any type of acknowledgement within the publication. Some mention of the font name within the publication information (such as in a colophon) is usually appreciated. If you wish to include the complete font as a separate file, you should distribute the full font package, including all existing acknowledgements, and comply with the OFL conditions. Of course, referencing or embedding an OFL font in any document does not change the license of the document itself. The requirement for fonts to remain under the OFL does not apply to any document created using the fonts and their derivatives. Similarly, creating any kind of graphic using a font under OFL does not make the resulting artwork subject to the OFL. - -1.2 Can I make web pages using these fonts? -Yes! Go ahead! Using CSS (Cascading Style Sheets) is recommended. - -1.3 Can I make the fonts available to others from my web site? -Yes, as long as you meet the conditions of the license (do not sell by itself, include the necessary files, rename Modified Versions, do not abuse the Author(s)' name(s) and do not sublicense). - -1.4 Can the fonts be included with Free/Libre and Open Source Software collections such as GNU/Linux and BSD distributions? -Yes! Fonts licensed under the OFL can be freely aggregated with software under FLOSS (Free/Libre and Open Source Software) licenses. Since fonts are much more useful aggregated to than merged with existing software, possible incompatibility with existing software licenses is not a problem. You can also repackage the fonts and the accompanying components in a .rpm or .deb package and include them in distro CD/DVDs and online repositories. - -1.5 I want to distribute the fonts with my program. Does this mean my program also has to be free and open source software? -No. Only the portions based on the font software are required to be released under the OFL. The intent of the license is to allow aggregation or bundling with software under restricted licensing as well. - -1.6 Can I include the fonts on a CD of freeware or commercial fonts? -Yes, as long some other font or software is also on the disk, so the OFL font is not sold by itself. - -1.7 Can I sell a software package that includes these fonts? -Yes, you can do this with both the Original Version and a Modified Version. Examples of bundling made possible by the OFL would include: word processors, design and publishing applications, training and educational software, edutainment software, etc. - -1.8 Why won't the OFL let me sell the fonts alone? -The intent is to keep people from making money by simply redistributing the fonts. The only people who ought to profit directly from the fonts should be the original authors, and those authors have kindly given up potential direct income to distribute their fonts under the OFL. Please honor and respect their contribution! - -1.9 I've come across a font released under the OFL. How can I easily get more information about the Original Version? How can I know where it stands compared to the Original Version or other Modified Versions? -Consult the copyright statement(s) in the license for ways to contact the original authors. Consult the FONTLOG for information on how the font differs from the Original Version, and get in touch with the various contributors via the information in the acknowledgment section. Please consider using the Original Versions of the fonts whenever possible. - -1.10 What do you mean in condition 4? Can you provide examples of abusive promotion / endorsement / advertisement vs. normal acknowledgement? -The intent is that the goodwill and reputation of the author(s) should not be used in a way that makes it sound like the original author(s) endorse or approve of a specific Modified Version or software bundle. For example, it would not be right to advertise a word processor by naming the author(s) in a listing of software features, or to promote a Modified Version on a web site by saying "designed by ...". However, it would be appropriate to acknowledge the author(s) if your software package has a list of people who deserve thanks. We realize that this can seem to be a gray area, but the standard used to judge an acknowledgement is that if the acknowledgement benefits the author(s) it is allowed, but if it primarily benefits other parties, or could reflect poorly on the author(s), then it is not. - - -2 ABOUT MODIFYING OFL LICENSED FONTS - -2.1 Can I change the fonts? Are there any limitations to what things I can and cannot change? -You are allowed to change anything, as long as such changes do not violate the terms of the license. In other words, you are not allowed to remove the copyright statement(s) from the font, but you could add additional information into it that covers your contribution. - -2.2 I have a font that needs a few extra glyphs - can I take them from an OFL licensed font and copy them into mine? -Yes, but if you distribute that font to others it must be under the OFL, and include the information mentioned in condition 2 of the license. - -2.3 Can I charge people for my additional work? In other words, if I add a bunch of special glyphs and/or OpenType/Graphite code, can I sell the enhanced font? -Not by itself. Derivative fonts must be released under the OFL and cannot be sold by themselves. It is permitted, however, to include them in a larger software package (such as text editors, office suites or operating systems), even if the larger package is sold. In that case, you are strongly encouraged, but not required, to also make that derived font easily and freely available outside of the larger package. - -2.4 Can I pay someone to enhance the fonts for my use and distribution? -Yes. This is a good way to fund the further development of the fonts. Keep in mind, however, that if the font is distributed to others it must be under the OFL. You won't be able to recover your investment by exclusively selling the font, but you will be making a valuable contribution to the community. Please remember how you have benefitted from the contributions of others. - -2.5 I need to make substantial revisions to the font to make it work with my program. It will be a lot of work, and a big investment, and I want to be sure that it can only be distributed with my program. Can I restrict its use? -No. If you redistribute a Modified Version of the font it must be under the OFL. You may not restrict it in any way. This is intended to ensure that all released improvements to the fonts become available to everyone. But you will likely get an edge over competitors by being the first to distribute a bundle with the enhancements. Again, please remember how you have benefitted from the contributions of others. - -2.6 Do I have to make any derivative fonts (including source files, build scripts, documentation, etc.) publicly available? -No, but please do share your improvements with others. You may find that you receive more than what you gave in return. - -2.7 Why can't I use the Reserved Font Name(s) in my derivative font names? I'd like people to know where the design came from. -The best way to acknowledge the source of the design is to thank the original authors and any other contributors in the files that are distributed with your revised font (although no acknowledgement is required). The FONTLOG is a natural place to do this. Reserved Font Name(s) ensure that the only fonts that have the original names are the unmodified Original Versions. This allows designers to maintain artistic integrity while allowing collaboration to happen. It eliminates potential confusion and name conflicts. When choosing a name be creative and avoid names that reuse almost all the same letters in the same order or sound like the original. Keep in mind that the Copyright Holder(s) can allow a specific trusted partner to use Reserved Font Name(s) through a separate written agreement. - -2.8 What do you mean by "primary name as presented to the user"? Are you referring to the font menu name? -Yes, the requirement to change the visible name used to differentiate the font from others applies to the font menu name and other mechanisms to specify a font in a document. It would be fine, for example, to keep a text reference to the original fonts in the description field, in your modified source file or in documentation provided alongside your derivative as long as no one could be confused that your modified source is the original. But you cannot use the Reserved Font Names in any way to identify the font to the user (unless the Copyright Holder(s) allow(s) it through a separate agreement; see section 2.7). Users who install derivatives ("Modified Versions") on their systems should not see any of the original names ("Reserved Font Names") in their font menus, for example. Again, this is to ensure that users are not confused and do not mistake a font for another and so expect features only another derivative or the Original Version can actually offer. Ultimately, creating name conflicts will cause many problems for the users as well as for the designer of both the Original and Modified versions, so please think ahead and find a good name for your own derivative. Font substitution systems like fontconfig, or application-level font fallback configuration within OpenOffice.org or Scribus, will also get very confused if the name of the font they are configured to substitute to actually refers to another physical font on the user's hard drive. It will help everyone if Original Versions and Modified Versions can easily be distinguished from one another and from other derivatives. The substitution mechanism itself is outside the scope of the license. Users can always manually change a font reference in a document or set up some kind of substitution at a higher level but at the lower level the fonts themselves have to respect the Reserved Font Name(s) requirement to prevent ambiguity. If a substitution is currently active the user should be aware of it. - -2.9 Am I not allowed to use any part of the Reserved Font Names? -You may not use the words of the font names, but you would be allowed to use parts of words, as long as you do not use any word from the Reserved Font Names entirely. We do not recommend using parts of words because of potential confusion, but it is allowed. For example, if "Foobar" was a Reserved Font Name, you would be allowed to use "Foo" or "bar", although we would not recommend it. Such an unfortunate choice would confuse the users of your fonts as well as make it harder for other designers to contribute. - -2.10 So what should I, as an author, identify as Reserved Font Names? -Original authors are encouraged to name their fonts using clear, distinct names, and only declare the unique parts of the name as Reserved Font Names. For example, the author of a font called "Foobar Sans" would declare "Foobar" as a Reserved Font Name, but not "Sans", as that is a common typographical term, and may be a useful word to use in a derivative font name. Reserved Font Names should also be single words. A font called "Flowing River" should have Reserved Font Names "Flowing" and "River", not "Flowing River". - -2.11 Do I, as an author, have to identify any Reserved Font Names? -No, but we strongly encourage you to do so. This is to avoid confusion between your work and Modified versions. You may, however, give certain trusted parties the right to use any of your Reserved Font Names through separate written agreements. For example, even if "Foobar" is a RFN, you could write up an agreement to give company "XYZ" the right to distribute a modified version with a name that includes "Foobar". This allows for freedom without confusion. - -2.12 Are any names (such as the main font name) reserved by default? -No. That is a change to the license as of version 1.1. If you want any names to be Reserved Font Names, they must be specified after the copyright statement(s). - -2.13 What is this FONTLOG thing exactly? -It has three purposes: 1) to provide basic information on the font to users and other developers, 2) to document changes that have been made to the font or accompanying files, either by the original authors or others, and 3) to provide a place to acknowledge the authors and other contributors. Please use it! See below for details on how changes should be noted. - -2.14 Am I required to update the FONTLOG? -No, but users, designers and other developers might get very frustrated at you if you don't! People need to know how derivative fonts differ from the original, and how to take advantage of the changes, or build on them. - - -3 ABOUT THE FONTLOG - -The FONTLOG can take a variety of formats, but should include these four sections: - -3.1 FONTLOG for <FontFamilyName> -This file provides detailed information on the <FontFamilyName> font software. This information should be distributed along with the <FontFamilyName> fonts and any derivative works. - -3.2 Basic Font Information -(Here is where you would describe the purpose and brief specifications for the font project, and where users can find more detailed documentation. It can also include references to how changes can be contributed back to the Original Version. You may also wish to include a short guide to the design, or a reference to such a document.) - -3.3 ChangeLog -(This should list both major and minor changes, most recent first. Here are some examples:) - -7 February 2007 (Pat Johnson) <NewFontFamilyName> Version 1.3 -- Added Greek and Cyrillic glyphs -- Released as "<NewFontFamilyName>" - -7 March 2006 (Fred Foobar) <NewFontFamilyName> Version 1.2 -- Tweaked contextual behaviours -- Released as "<NewFontFamilyName>" - -1 Feb 2005 (Jane Doe) <NewFontFamilyName> Version 1.1 -- Improved build script performance and verbosity -- Extended the smart code documentation -- Corrected minor typos in the documentation -- Fixed position of combining inverted breve below (U+032F) -- Added OpenType/Graphite smart code for Armenian -- Added Armenian glyphs (U+0531 -> U+0587) -- Released as "<NewFontFamilyName>" - -1 Jan 2005 (Joe Smith) <FontFamilyName> Version 1.0 -- Initial release of font "<FontFamilyName>" - -3.4 Acknowledgements -(Here is where contributors can be acknowledged. - -If you make modifications be sure to add your name (N), email (E), web-address (W) and description (D). This list is sorted by last name in alphabetical order.) - -N: Jane Doe -E: jane(a)university.edu -W: http://art.university.edu/projects/fonts -D: Contributor - Armenian glyphs and code - -N: Fred Foobar -E: fred(a)foobar.org -W: http://foobar.org -D: Contributor - misc Graphite fixes - -N: Pat Johnson -E: pat(a)fontstudio.org -W: http://pat.fontstudio.org -D: Designer - Greek & Cyrillic glyphs based on Roman design - -N: Tom Parker -E: tom(a)company.com -W: http://www.company.com/tom/projects/fonts -D: Engineer - original smart font code - -N: Joe Smith -E: joe(a)fontstudio.org -W: http://joe.fontstudio.org -D: Designer - original Roman glyphs - -(Original authors can also include information here about their organization.) - - -4 ABOUT MAKING CONTRIBUTIONS - -4.1 Why should I contribute my changes back to the original authors? -It would benefit many people if you contributed back to what you've received. Providing your contributions and improvements to the fonts and other components (data files, source code, build scripts, documentation, etc.) could be a tremendous help and would encourage others to contribute as well and 'give back', which means you will have an opportunity to benefit from other people's contributions as well. Sometimes maintaining your own separate version takes more effort than merging back with the original. Be aware that any contributions, however, must be either your own original creation or work that you own, and you may be asked to affirm that clearly when you contribute. - -4.2 I've made some very nice improvements to the font, will you consider adopting them and putting them into future Original Versions? -Most authors would be very happy to receive such contributions. Keep in mind that it is unlikely that they would want to incorporate major changes that would require additional work on their end. Any contributions would likely need to be made for all the fonts in a family and match the overall design and style. Authors are encouraged to include a guide to the design with the fonts. It would also help to have contributions submitted as patches or clearly marked changes (the use of smart source revision control systems like subversion, svk or bzr is a good idea). Examples of useful contributions are bug fixes, additional glyphs, stylistic alternates (and the smart font code to access them) or improved hinting. - -4.3 How can I financially support the development of OFL fonts? -It is likely that most authors of OFL fonts would accept financial contributions - contact them for instructions on how to do this. Such contributions would support future development. You can also pay for others to enhance the fonts and contribute the results back to the original authors for inclusion in the Original Version. - - -5 ABOUT THE LICENSE - -5.1 I see that this is version 1.1 of the license. Will there be later changes? -Version 1.1 is the first minor revision of the OFL. We are confident that version 1.1 will meet most needs, but are open to future improvements. Any revisions would be for future font releases, and previously existing licenses would remain in effect. No retroactive changes are possible, although the Copyright Holder(s) can re-release the font under a revised OFL. All versions will be available on our web site: http://scripts.sil.org/OFL. - -5.2 Can I use the SIL Open Font License for my own fonts? -Yes! We heartily encourage anyone to use the OFL to distribute their own original fonts. It is a carefully constructed license that allows great freedom along with enough artistic integrity protection for the work of the authors as well as clear rules for other contributors and those who redistribute the fonts. Some additional information about using the OFL is included at the end of this FAQ. - -5.3 Does this license restrict the rights of the Copyright Holder(s)? -No. The Copyright Holder(s) still retain(s) all the rights to their creation; they are only releasing a portion of it for use in a specific way. For example, the Copyright Holder(s) may choose to release a 'basic' version of their font under the OFL, but sell a restricted 'enhanced' version. Only the Copyright Holder(s) can do this. - -5.4 Is the OFL a contract or a license? -The OFL is a license and not a contract and so does not require you to sign it to have legal validity. By using, modifying and redistributing components under the OFL you indicate that you accept the license. - -5.5 How about translating the license and the FAQ into other languages? -SIL certainly recognises the need for people who are not familiar with English to be able to understand the OFL and this FAQ better in their own language. Making the license very clear and readable is a key goal of the OFL. - -If you are an experienced translator, you are very welcome to help by translating the OFL and its FAQ so that designers and users in your language community can understand the license better. But only the original English version of the license has legal value and has been approved by the community. Translations do not count as legal substitutes and should only serve as a way to explain the original license. SIL - as the author and steward of the license for the community at large - does not approve any translation of the OFL as legally valid because even small translation ambiguities could be abused and create problems. - -We give permission to publish unofficial translations into other languages provided that they comply with the following guidelines: - -- put the following disclaimer in both English and the target language stating clearly that the translation is unofficial: - -"This is an unofficial translation of the SIL Open Font License into $language. It was not published by SIL International, and does not legally state the distribution terms for fonts that use the OFL. A release under the OFL is only valid when using the original English text. - -However, we recognize that this unofficial translation will help users and designers not familiar with English to understand the SIL OFL better and make it easier to use and release font families under this collaborative font design model. We encourage designers who consider releasing their creation under the OFL to read the FAQ in their own language if it is available. - -Please go to http://scripts.sil.org/OFL for the official version of the license and the accompanying FAQ." - -- keep your unofficial translation current and update it at our request if needed, for example if there is any ambiguity which could lead to confusion. - -If you start such a unofficial translation effort of the OFL and its accompanying FAQ please let us know, thank you. - - -6 ABOUT SIL INTERNATIONAL - -6.1 Who is SIL International and what does it do? -SIL International is a worldwide faith-based education and development organization (NGO) that studies, documents, and assists in developing the world's lesser-known languages through literacy, linguistics, translation, and other academic disciplines. SIL makes its services available to all without regard to religious belief, political ideology, gender, race, or ethnic background. SIL's members and volunteers share a Christian commitment. - -6.2 What does this have to do with font licensing? -The ability to read, write, type and publish in one's own language is one of the most critical needs for millions of people around the world. This requires fonts that are widely available and support lesser-known languages. SIL develops - and encourages others to develop - a complete stack of writing systems implementation components available under open licenses. This open stack includes input methods, smart fonts, smart rendering libraries and smart applications. There has been a need for a common open license that is specifically applicable to fonts and related software (a crucial component of this stack) so SIL developed the SIL Open Font License with the help of the FLOSS community. - -6.3 How can I contact SIL? -Our main web site is: http://www.sil.org/ -Our site about complex scripts is: http://scripts.sil.org/ -Information about this license (including contact email information) is at: http://scripts.sil.org/OFL - - -7 ABOUT USING THE OFL FOR YOUR ORIGINAL FONTS - -If you want to release your fonts under the OFL, you only need to do the following: - -7.1 Put your copyright and reserved font names information in the beginning of the main OFL file. -7.2 Put your copyright and the OFL references in your various font files (such as in the copyright, license and description fields) and in your other components (build scripts, glyph databases, documentation, rendering samples, etc). -7.3 Write an initial FONTLOG for your font and include it in the release package. -7.4 Include the OFL in your release package. -7.5 We also highly recommend you include the relevant practical documentation on the license by putting the OFL-FAQ in your package. -7.6 If you wish, you can use the OFL Graphics on your web page. - - - -That's all. If you have any more questions please get in touch with us. - - diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/fonts/gfscomplutum/OFL.txt new/doc/fonts/gfscomplutum/OFL.txt --- old/doc/fonts/gfscomplutum/OFL.txt 2007-11-26 19:56:06.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/fonts/gfscomplutum/OFL.txt 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,95 +0,0 @@ -Copyright (c) 2007, Greek Font Society (www.greekfontsociety.org | gfs(a)greekfontsociety.org), -with Reserved Font Name 'GFS Complutum'. - - -This Font Software is licensed under the SIL Open Font License, Version 1.1. -This license is copied below, and is also available with a FAQ at: -http://scripts.sil.org/OFL - - ------------------------------------------------------------ -SIL OPEN FONT LICENSE Version 1.1 - 26 February 2007 ------------------------------------------------------------ - -PREAMBLE -The goals of the Open Font License (OFL) are to stimulate worldwide -development of collaborative font projects, to support the font creation -efforts of academic and linguistic communities, and to provide a free and -open framework in which fonts may be shared and improved in partnership -with others. - -The OFL allows the licensed fonts to be used, studied, modified and -redistributed freely as long as they are not sold by themselves. The -fonts, including any derivative works, can be bundled, embedded, -redistributed and/or sold with any software provided that any reserved -names are not used by derivative works. The fonts and derivatives, -however, cannot be released under any other type of license. The -requirement for fonts to remain under this license does not apply -to any document created using the fonts or their derivatives. - -DEFINITIONS -"Font Software" refers to the set of files released by the Copyright -Holder(s) under this license and clearly marked as such. This may -include source files, build scripts and documentation. - -"Reserved Font Name" refers to any names specified as such after the -copyright statement(s). - -"Original Version" refers to the collection of Font Software components as -distributed by the Copyright Holder(s). - -"Modified Version" refers to any derivative made by adding to, deleting, -or substituting -- in part or in whole -- any of the components of the -Original Version, by changing formats or by porting the Font Software to a -new environment. - -"Author" refers to any designer, engineer, programmer, technical -writer or other person who contributed to the Font Software. - -PERMISSION & CONDITIONS -Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining -a copy of the Font Software, to use, study, copy, merge, embed, modify, -redistribute, and sell modified and unmodified copies of the Font -Software, subject to the following conditions: - -1) Neither the Font Software nor any of its individual components, -in Original or Modified Versions, may be sold by itself. - -2) Original or Modified Versions of the Font Software may be bundled, -redistributed and/or sold with any software, provided that each copy -contains the above copyright notice and this license. These can be -included either as stand-alone text files, human-readable headers or -in the appropriate machine-readable metadata fields within text or -binary files as long as those fields can be easily viewed by the user. - -3) No Modified Version of the Font Software may use the Reserved Font -Name(s) unless explicit written permission is granted by the corresponding -Copyright Holder. This restriction only applies to the primary font name as -presented to the users. - -4) The name(s) of the Copyright Holder(s) or the Author(s) of the Font -Software shall not be used to promote, endorse or advertise any -Modified Version, except to acknowledge the contribution(s) of the -Copyright Holder(s) and the Author(s) or with their explicit written -permission. - -5) The Font Software, modified or unmodified, in part or in whole, -must be distributed entirely under this license, and must not be -distributed under any other license. The requirement for fonts to -remain under this license does not apply to any document created -using the Font Software. - -TERMINATION -This license becomes null and void if any of the above conditions are -not met. - -DISCLAIMER -THE FONT SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, -EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTIES OF -MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT -OF COPYRIGHT, PATENT, TRADEMARK, OR OTHER RIGHT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE -COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, -INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL -DAMAGES, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING -FROM, OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE FONT SOFTWARE OR FROM -OTHER DEALINGS IN THE FONT SOFTWARE. diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/fonts/gfscomplutum/README new/doc/fonts/gfscomplutum/README --- old/doc/fonts/gfscomplutum/README 2007-11-26 19:56:06.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/fonts/gfscomplutum/README 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,14 +0,0 @@ --------- GFS Complutum for LaTeX ------------- - -The GFS Complutum fonts (created by the Greek Font Society) are released -under the SIL Open Font License, and the LaTeX support files (created by -myself and colleagues) are released under the LPPL. - -A. Tsolomitis - -Laboratory of Digital Typography -and Mathematical Software -University of the Aegean -Department of Mathematics -83200 Karlovassi, Samos -Greece. diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/fonts/gfscomplutum/README.TEXLIVE new/doc/fonts/gfscomplutum/README.TEXLIVE --- old/doc/fonts/gfscomplutum/README.TEXLIVE 2010-07-15 16:30:52.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/fonts/gfscomplutum/README.TEXLIVE 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -The following files have been removed in the TeX Live installation of -the current package, typically due to duplication, lack of space, or -missing source code. You can find these files on CTAN at - http://mirror.ctan.org/fonts/greek/gfs/gfscomplutum -If questions or concerns, email tex-live(a)tug.org. - - ComplutumSpecimen.pdf Files old/doc/fonts/gfscomplutum/gfscomplutum.pdf and new/doc/fonts/gfscomplutum/gfscomplutum.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/fonts/gfscomplutum/gfscomplutum.tex new/doc/fonts/gfscomplutum/gfscomplutum.tex --- old/doc/fonts/gfscomplutum/gfscomplutum.tex 2007-11-26 19:56:06.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/fonts/gfscomplutum/gfscomplutum.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,222 +0,0 @@ -%% (c) copyright 2006, 2007 -%% Antonis Tsolomitis -%% Department of Mathematics, University of the Aegean -%% -%% This document can be redistributed and/or modified under the terms -%% of the LaTeX Project Public License Distributed from CTAN -%% archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt; either -%% version 1 of the License, or any later version. - -\documentclass{article} -\usepackage[polutonikogreek,english]{babel} -\usepackage[iso-8859-7]{inputenc} -\usepackage{cmbright} -%\usepackage[default]{gfsneohellenic} -%\usepackage{gfsneohellenic} -\usepackage{gfscomplutum} -\usepackage{latexsym,amsfonts} -%\renewcommand{\ttdefault}{hlst} - -%%%%% Theorems and friends -\newtheorem{theorem}{Èåþñçìá}[section] -\newtheorem{lemma}[theorem]{ËÞììá} -\newtheorem{proposition}[theorem]{Ðñüôáóç} -\newtheorem{corollary}[theorem]{Ðüñéóìá} -\newtheorem{definition}[theorem]{Ïñéóìüò} -\newtheorem{remark}[theorem]{ÐáñáôÞñçóç} -\newtheorem{axiom}[theorem]{Áîßùìá} -\newtheorem{exercise}[theorem]{¶óêçóç} - - -%%%%% Environment ``proof'' -\newenvironment{proof}[1]{{\textit{Áðüäåéîç:}}}{\ \hfill$\Box$} -\newenvironment{hint}[1]{{\textit{Õðüäåéîç:}}}{\ \hfill$\Box$} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - - - - - - -\title{The \textsc{gfs complutum} font} -\author{Antonis Tsolomitis\\ -Laboratory of Digital Typography\\ and Mathematical Software\\ -Department of Mathematics\\ -University of the Aegean\\ -\textlatin{\texttt{http://myria.math.aegean.gr/labs/dt}}} -\date {\textsc{12} May \textsc{2006}} - - -\begin{document} -\maketitle - -\section{Introduction} - - - -The font---and hence the package---supports only the LGR encoding and it -is to be used with the greek option of the Babel package. - -The fonts are loaded with - -\verb|\usepackage{gfscomplutum}| or \verb|\usepackage[default]{gfscomplutum}|. - - -The latter one sets \textsc{gfs} Complutum as the default document font. The former -defines the environment \verb|complutum| and the command -\verb|\textcomplutum|. For example, while in Greek language - -\verb|\textcomplutum{dokim'h}| - -\noindent produces - -\textgreek{\textcomplutum{dokim'h}}. - -x-height is adjusted so that it matches with the x-height of the -\verb|gfsneohelenic| package. - - - - -\section{Installation} - -Copy the contents of the subdirectory afm in -texmf/fonts/afm/GFS/Complutum - -\medskip - -\noindent Copy the contents of the subdirectory doc in -texmf/doc/latex/GFS/Complutum/ - -\medskip - -\noindent Copy the contents of the subdirectory enc in -texmf/fonts/enc/dvips/GFS/Complutum/ - -\medskip - -\noindent Copy the contents of the subdirectory map in -texmf/fonts/map/dvips/GFS/Complutum/ - -\medskip - -\noindent Copy the contents of the subdirectory tex in -texmf/tex/latex/GFS/Complutum/ - -\medskip - -\noindent Copy the contents of the subdirectory tfm in -texmf/fonts/tfm/GFS/Complutum/ - -\medskip - -\noindent Copy the contents of the subdirectory type1 in -texmf/fonts/type1/GFS/Complutum/ - -\medskip - -\noindent Copy the contents of the subdirectory vf in -texmf/fonts/vf/GFS/Complutum/ - -\medskip - -\noindent In your installation's updmap.cfg file add the line - -\medskip - -\noindent Map gfscomplutum.map - -\medskip - -Refresh your filename database and the map file database (for example, on Unix systems -run mktexlsr and then run the updmap-sys (or updmap on older systems) script as root). - -You are now ready to use the fonts. - -\section{Usage} - -As said in the introduction the package covers only -greek. Greek covers polytonic too through babel (read the -documentation -of the babel package and its greek option). - -For example, the preample - -\begin{verbatim} -\documentclass{article} -\usepackage[english,greek]{babel} -\usepackage[iso-8859-7]{inputenc} -\usepackage{cmbright} -\usepackage[default]{gfscomplutum} -\end{verbatim} - -will be the correct setup for articles in Greek using Complutum for the -main font. - -\bigskip - -\subsection{Transformations by \texttt{dvips}} - -Other than the shape provided by the font itself, this package -provides a slanted shape as well -using the standard mechanism provided by dvips. - - -\subsection{Alternative characters} -There is an alternative design for tau. This is used by default as the -second of two consecutive taus, as for example in -\textgreek{\textcomplutum{ÁôôéêÞ}} (Attika). -This form of tau can be accessed directly with \verb|\taualt|. - - - - -\section{Problems} - - - The -accents of the capital letters should hang in the left margin when such a letter starts a -line. \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ do not provide the tools for such a -feature. However, this seems to be possible with -\textlatin{pdf\TeX} -As this is work in progress, please be patient\ldots - - - - -\section{Samples} - - -\Large -\greektext\selectlanguage{polutonikogreek} -\begin{complutum} -\begin{center} -<'Hrhc -\end{center} -\begin{flushright} -èõìßáìá áñþìáôá -\end{flushright} -\begin{center} -%\begin{minipage}{10cm} -\begin{verse} -ÊõáíÝïéò êüëðïéóéí >åíçìÝíç, >áåñüìïñöå,\\ -<'Çñá ðáìâáóßëåéá, Äé`ïò óýëëåêôñå ìÜêáéñá,\\ -øõ÷ïôñüöïõò a>'urac èíçôï~éò ðáñÝ÷ïõóá ðñïóçíå~éò,\\ ->'ïìâñùí ì`åí ìÞôçñ, >áíÝìùí ôñïöÝ, ðáíôïãÝíåèëå:\\ -÷ùñ`éò ã`áñ óÝèåí ï>õä`åí <'ïëùò æù~çò öýóéí >'åãíù:\\ -êïéíùíå~éò ã`áñ <'áðáóé êåêñáìÝíç >çÝñé óåìí~ùé:\\ -ðÜíôùí ã`áñ êñáôÝåéò ìïýíç ðÜíôåóóß ô'' >áíÜóóåéò\\ ->çåñßïéò <ñïßæïéóé ôéíáóóïìÝíç êáô`á ÷å~õìá.\\ ->áëëÜ, ìÜêáéñá èåÜ, ðïëõþíõìå, ðáìâáóßëåéá,\\ ->'åëèïéò å>õìåíÝïõóá êáë~ùé ãÞèïíôé ðñïóþðùé.\\ -\end{verse} -%\end{minipage} -\end{center} -\end{complutum} - -\end{document} - -%%% Local Variables: -%%% mode: latex -%%% TeX-master: t -%%% End: diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/eledmac/Makefile new/doc/latex/eledmac/Makefile --- old/doc/latex/eledmac/Makefile 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/eledmac/Makefile 2012-09-19 01:43:55.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +PACKAGE = *.dtx \ + *.ins \ + eledmac.pdf \ + eledpar.pdf \ + README \ + Makefile + + + +.PHONY: all dist clean + + +all: eledmac.sty eledmac.pdf eledpar.sty eledpar.pdf dist + +doc: *.pdf + + +%.sty: %.ins %.dtx + rm -f $*.sty led*tex + @pdflatex $*.ins + +%.pdf: %.sty %.dtx + @pdflatex $*.dtx + @makeindex -s gind.ist -o $*.ind $*.idx + @makeindex -s gglo.ist -o $*.gls $*.glo + @pdflatex $*.dtx + @pdflatex $*.dtx + + +dist: $(PACKAGE) + @$(RM) ../eledmac.zip + zip ../eledmac.zip $(PACKAGE) + + +clean: + @$(RM) *.aux *.log *.out *.toc *tex *.pdf eledmac.sty eledpar.sty *ind *ilg *lof *idx *glo *gls ../eledmac.zip + diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/eledmac/README new/doc/latex/eledmac/README --- old/doc/latex/eledmac/README 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/eledmac/README 2012-09-19 01:43:55.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + The eledmac package is for typesetting critical editions. It is a +LaTeX port, and extension, of the plain TeX EDMAC, TABMAC and EDSTANZA +macros. The eledpar package is an extension of eledmac enabling parallel +typesetting in columns or on facing pages. + +Eledmac and eledpar are successors of ledmac and ledpar. + + Bug reports and suggestions are welcome. + +This version of the package is stored in github https://github.com/maieul/ledmac + +Please use ledmac "issues" https://github.com/maieul/ledmac/issues + +URL in the CTAN : http://www.ctan.org/pkg/eledmac + +Users list : https://lists.berlios.de/pipermail/ledmac-users/ +-------------------------------------------------------------------- + Author: Peter Wilson (Herries Press) herries dot press at earthlink dot net, MaÃ¯eul Rouquette (new maintainer since june 2011) + Copyright 2003 --- 2005 Peter R. Wilson + Copyright 2011 --- .. MaÃ¯eul Rouquette + + This work may be distributed and/or modified under the + conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either + version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any + later version. + The latest version of the license is in + http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt + and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of + LaTeX version 2003/06/01 or later. + + This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". + + This work consists of the files: + README (this file), + eledmac.dtx, + eledmac.ins, + eledmac.pdf (200+ pages) + eledpar.dtx, + eledpar.ins, + eledpar.pdf (100+ pages) +and the derived files + eledmac.sty, + eledpar.sty, + +-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + The distribution consists of the following files: +README (this file) +eledmac.dtx +eledmac.ins +eledmac.pdf +eledpar.dtx +eledpar.ins +eledpar.pdf +makefile + + + To install the eledmac package: +o run: latex eledmac.ins (which will generate ledmac.sty) +o Move ledmac.sty (and ledpatch.sty if it exists) to a location where + LaTeX will find it (for more information on this see the FAQ). + + To generate a second copy of the manual (which is already supplied as a PDF file): +o run: make eledmac.pdf + + Installation of the other packages (via eledpar.ins) +is similar. + +2012/08/14 +MaÃ¯eul Rouquette +maieul at maieul dot net + Files old/doc/latex/eledmac/eledmac.pdf and new/doc/latex/eledmac/eledmac.pdf differ Files old/doc/latex/eledmac/eledpar.pdf and new/doc/latex/eledmac/eledpar.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/eledmac.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/eledmac.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/eledmac.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/eledmac.doc.tlpobj 2013-04-16 20:02:33.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +name eledmac.doc +category Package +revision 29956 +shortdesc doc files of eledmac +relocated 1 +docfiles size=327 + RELOC/doc/latex/eledmac/Makefile + RELOC/doc/latex/eledmac/README + RELOC/doc/latex/eledmac/eledmac.pdf + RELOC/doc/latex/eledmac/eledpar.pdf diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/gfscomplutum.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/gfscomplutum.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/gfscomplutum.doc.tlpobj 2010-07-16 04:03:54.000000000 +0200 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/gfscomplutum.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -name gfscomplutum.doc -category Package -revision 19469 -shortdesc doc files of gfscomplutum -relocated 1 -docfiles size=26 - RELOC/doc/fonts/gfscomplutum/OFL-FAQ.txt - RELOC/doc/fonts/gfscomplutum/OFL.txt - RELOC/doc/fonts/gfscomplutum/README - RELOC/doc/fonts/gfscomplutum/README.TEXLIVE - RELOC/doc/fonts/gfscomplutum/gfscomplutum.pdf - RELOC/doc/fonts/gfscomplutum/gfscomplutum.tex ++++++ gfscomplutum.doc.tar.xz -> eledmac.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 6518 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ gincltex.doc.tar.xz -> eltex.doc.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 2187 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ gincltex.tar.xz -> eltex.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 3516 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ geometry-de.doc.tar.xz -> embrac.doc.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 4609 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ geometry-de.doc.tar.xz -> embrac.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 4612 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ gmp.doc.tar.xz -> emp.doc.tar.xz ++++++ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/emp/COPYING new/doc/latex/emp/COPYING --- old/doc/latex/emp/COPYING 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/emp/COPYING 2008-06-03 18:45:11.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) 19yy <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19yy name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General +Public License instead of this License. diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/emp/Makefile new/doc/latex/emp/Makefile --- old/doc/latex/emp/Makefile 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/emp/Makefile 2011-08-10 18:56:56.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,180 @@ +# Makefile -- install emp. +# Copyright (C) 1997 Thorsten.Ohl(a)Physik.TH-Darmstadt.de +# +# Emp is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +# any later version. +# +# Emp is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. +# +# $Id: Makefile,v 1.6 1997/11/12 21:14:41 ohl Exp $ +# +######################################################################## + +VERSION = 1 +RELEASE = 00 +STATUS = + +######################################################################## + +# Directories +prefix = $(HOME) +texdir = $(prefix)/tex/inputs +docdir = $(texdir)/doc + +# Commands +INSTALL = install -c -m 755 +INSTALL_DATA = install -c -m 644 +# INSTALL = cp +# INSTALL_DATA = cp + +LATEX = latex +MP = TEX=$(LATEX) mpost +MAKEINDEX = makeindex +DVIPS = dvips +DFLAGS = + +######################################################################## +# No user serviceable parts below: +######################################################################## + +RESOLVE_XREF = \ + $(LATEX) $*.drv && \ + while grep 'Rerun to get cross-references right\.' $*.log; \ + do \ + $(LATEX) $*.drv; \ + done + +RUN_MAKEINDEX = \ + $(MAKEINDEX) -s gind.ist -o $*.ind $*.idx && \ + $(MAKEINDEX) -s gglo.ist -o $*.gls $*.glo + +all: emp.sty emp.drv + +man: empman.dvi + +ps: emp.ps + +dvi: emp.dvi + +install: all + $(INSTALL_DATA) emp.sty $(texdir) + +install.doc: all + $(INSTALL_DATA) emp.dtx $(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) emp.drv $(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) empman.drv $(docdir) + +uninstall: + rm -f $(texdir)/emp.sty + +uninstall.doc: + rm -f $(docdir)/emp.dtx + rm -f $(docdir)/emp.drv + rm -f $(docdir)/empman.drv + +emp.sty: emp.dtx emp.ins + $(LATEX) emp.ins + +emp.drv empman.drv: emp.sty + +emp.dvi: emp.dtx emp.drv emp.sty + -$(LATEX) $*.drv + $(MP) $* + -$(LATEX) $*.drv + $(RUN_MAKEINDEX) + $(RESOLVE_XREF) + +empman.dvi: emp.dtx empman.drv emp.sty + -$(LATEX) $*.drv + $(MP) $* + -$(LATEX) $*.drv + $(RUN_MAKEINDEX) + $(RESOLVE_XREF) + +manual.ps.gz: manual.ps + gzip < $< > $@ + +manual.ps: empman.dvi $(MANPICS) + $(DVIPS) $(DFLAGS) -o $@ $< + +emp.ps: emp.dvi $(MANPICS) + $(DVIPS) $(DFLAGS) -o $@ $< + +clean: + rm -f *.mp *.rawmp *.[0-9]* \ + *.log *.dvi *.aux *.toc *.ilg *.glo *.gls *.idx *.ind \ + *.ps *.mpx '#*#' *~ .*~ + +realclean: clean + rm -f emp.sty emp.drv empman* + +distclean: realclean + +######################################################################## +# Maintenance: + +DISTFILES = /usr/local/etc/COPYING README Makefile emp.dtx emp.ins + +distdir = emp-$(VERSION).$(RELEASE)$(STATUS) +CVSTAG = EMP_$(VERSION)_$(RELEASE)$(STATUS) +TEXTAG = v$(VERSION).$(RELEASE) +M = + +fileversion: + perl -pe \ + 's/^\\def\\fileversion\{.*\}/\\def\\fileversion{$(TEXTAG)}/;' \ + emp.dtx > emp.vtmp + if cmp -s emp.dtx emp.vtmp; then \ + rm -f emp.vtmp; \ + else \ + mv emp.vtmp emp.dtx; \ + fi + +commit: fileversion + @if test -n "$(M)"; then \ + echo "cvs commit -m '$(M)'"; cvs commit -m '$(M)'; \ + echo "cvs tag $(CVSTAG)"; cvs tag $(CVSTAG); \ + echo "cvs tag -b $(CVSTAG)_"; cvs tag -b $(CVSTAG)_; \ + else \ + echo "usage: make commit M='<message>'" 1>&2; \ + fi + +dist: $(distdir).tar.gz +snap: emp-current.tar.gz + +$(distdir).tar.gz: + rm -fr $(distdir) $(distdir).tmp + cvs export -r $(CVSTAG) -d $(distdir).tmp emp + mkdir $(distdir) + (cd ./$(distdir).tmp && \ + make $(DISTFILES) && \ + cp $(DISTFILES) ../$(distdir)) + tar cf - $(distdir) | gzip > $@ + rm -fr $(distdir) $(distdir).tmp + +emp-current.tar.gz: $(DISTFILES) fileversion + rm -fr emp-current + mkdir emp-current + touch emp-current/1_THIS_IS_A_SNAPSHOT_OF_ + touch emp-current/2_WORK_IN_PROGRESS_AND__ + touch emp-current/3_NOT_YET_RELEASED_CODE_ + cp $(DISTFILES) emp-current +# perl -pe \ +# 's/\[\\filedate/[(UNRELEASED and UNSUPPORTED snapshot)/;' \ + emp.dtx > emp-current/emp.dtx + tar cf - emp-current | gzip > $@ + rm -fr emp-current + +######################################################################## +# Local Variables: +# mode:text +# End: diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/emp/README new/doc/latex/emp/README --- old/doc/latex/emp/README 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/emp/README 2008-06-03 18:45:11.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +# $Id: README,v 1.3 1997/11/12 21:19:24 ohl Exp $ +######################################################################## + + This is emp, a package for encapsulated MetaPost pictures in LaTeX. + This is very useful for keeping illustrations in sync with the + text. It also frees the user from inventing descriptive names + for PostScript files that fit into the confines of file system + conventions. + + You are invited to share, use, abuse, and improve it, see the file + COPYING for details. + + Enjoy, + -Thorsten + + +######################################################################## + + Comments, bug reports and improvements are welcome at: + + Thorsten.Ohl(a)Physik.TH-Darmstadt.de + (aka: ohl(a)crunch.ikp.physik.th-darmstadt.de) + + New versions can be found in: + + crunch.ikp.physik.th-darmstadt.de:/pub/ohl/emp + + or at CTAN: + + {ftp.tex.ac.uk,ftp.dante.de}: + ... macros/latex/contrib/supported/emp + +######################################################################## + +NEWS for Version 0.01 + + * Created. + +######################################################################## + +WARNING: + + If LaTeX fails with `Unknown graphics extension: 3', you have a + severely out-of-date graphics.sty file (LaTeX will have issued a + warning in this case). There has been a change to the user + interface, which makes it very hard to support both versions. + +######################################################################## +# Local Variables: +# mode:indented-text +# End: Files old/doc/latex/emp/emp.pdf and new/doc/latex/emp/emp.pdf differ Files old/doc/latex/emp/empman.pdf and new/doc/latex/emp/empman.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/gmp/README new/doc/latex/gmp/README --- old/doc/latex/gmp/README 2011-03-12 00:57:57.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/gmp/README 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,49 +0,0 @@ - -The gmp package allows integration between MetaPost -pictures and LaTeX, the main feature is that passing -parameters to the MetaPost pictures is possible and -the picture code can be put inside arguments to -commands, including \newcommand. - -This is version 1.0 of the package - -Copyright (C) 2011 by Enrico Gregorio -<Enrico dot Gregorio at univr dot it> -------------------------------------------------------- - -This work may be distributed and/or modified under the -conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either -version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any -later version. The latest version of this license is in - http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions -of LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. - -This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'. - -The Current Maintainer of this work is Enrico Gregorio. - -This work consists of the files - gmp.dtx - gmp.ins -and the derived file gmp.sty. - -To install the distribution: - -o run "latex gmp.ins" -o move "gmp.sty" to locations where LaTeX will find - it (the FAQ on CTAN in [...]/help/uktug-FAQ gives - information about this magic place - -To produce the documentation in pdf format: - -o run "pdflatex -shell-escape gmp.dtx" -o run "makeindex -s gind.ist gmp" -o run "makeindex -s gglo.ist -o gmp.gls gmp.glo" -o run "pdflatex gmp.dtx" - -Notice that producing the documentation requires -that the gmp.sty file can be found by LaTeX - -2011/03/10 -Enrico Gregorio Files old/doc/latex/gmp/gmp.pdf and new/doc/latex/gmp/gmp.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/emp.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/emp.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/emp.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/emp.doc.tlpobj 2011-08-11 04:30:49.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +name emp.doc +category Package +revision 23483 +shortdesc doc files of emp +relocated 1 +docfiles size=71 + RELOC/doc/latex/emp/COPYING + RELOC/doc/latex/emp/Makefile + RELOC/doc/latex/emp/README + RELOC/doc/latex/emp/emp.pdf + RELOC/doc/latex/emp/empman.pdf diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/gmp.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/gmp.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/gmp.doc.tlpobj 2011-03-12 04:16:30.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/gmp.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -name gmp.doc -category Package -revision 21691 -shortdesc doc files of gmp -relocated 1 -docfiles size=197 - RELOC/doc/latex/gmp/README - RELOC/doc/latex/gmp/gmp.pdf ++++++ gmp.tar.xz -> emp.tar.xz ++++++ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tex/latex/emp/emp.sty new/tex/latex/emp/emp.sty --- old/tex/latex/emp/emp.sty 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tex/latex/emp/emp.sty 2006-01-13 00:54:46.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,200 @@ +%% +%% This is file `emp.sty', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% emp.dtx (with options: `style') +%% +%% Copyright (C) 1997 by Thorsten.Ohl(a)Physik.TH-Darmstadt.de +%% +%% This file is NOT the source for emp, because almost all comments +%% have been stripped from it. It is NOT the preferred form of emp +%% for making modifications to it. +%% +%% Therefore you can NOT redistribute and/or modify THIS file. You can +%% however redistribute the complete source (emp.dtx and emp.ins) +%% and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as +%% published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at +%% your option) any later version. +%% +%% As a special exception, you can redistribute parts of this file for +%% the electronic distribution of scientific papers, provided that you +%% include a short note pointing to the complete source. +%% +%% Emp is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +%% WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +%% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +%% GNU General Public License for more details. +%% +%% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +%% along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +%% Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. +%% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%% \CheckSum{291} +%% \CharacterTable +%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z +%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z +%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9 +%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \# +%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \& +%% Acute accent \' Left paren $ Right paren $ +%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \, +%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/ +%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \< +%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \? +%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\ +%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ +%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| +%% Right brace \} Tilde \~} +%% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\def\fileversion{v1.00} +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} +{\def\RCS#1#2\endRCS{% + \ifx$#1% + \@RCS $#2 \endRCS + \else + \@RCS $*: #1#2$ \endRCS + \fi}% + \def\@RCS $#1: #2,v #3 #4 #5 #6 #7$ \endRCS{% + \gdef\filename{#2}% + \gdef\filerevision{#3}% + \gdef\filedate{#4}% + \gdef\filemaintainer{#6}}% +\RCS $Id: emp.dtx,v 1.10 1997/11/12 21:14:41 ohl Exp $ \endRCS}% +\ProvidesPackage{emp}[\filedate\space\fileversion\space + Encapsulated MetaPost LaTeX Package (\filemaintainer)] +\DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToPackage{\CurrentOption}{graphics}} +\ProcessOptions +\RequirePackage{graphics}[1994/12/15] +\RequirePackage{verbatim} +{\catcode`\%=11\gdef\p@rcent{%}} +\def\empwrite#1{% + \if@empio + \immediate\write\@outemp{#1}% + \fi + \ignorespaces} +\newif\if@empio +\@empiotrue +\newwrite\@outemp +\newcommand{\empfile}[1][\jobname]{% + \def\theempfile{#1}% + \if@empio + \@ifundefined{ifmeasuring@}% + {}% + {\def\if@empio{\ifmeasuring@\else}}% + \immediate\openout\(a)outemp=\theempfile.mp\relax + \empwrite{\p@rcent\p@rcent\p@rcent\space \theempfile.mp -- % + do not edit, generated automatically by \jobname.tex}% + \expandafter\ifx\expandafter*\the\emp@TeX*\else + \emp@TeX=\expandafter{\the\emp@TeX^^J\begin{document}}% + \empwrite{verbatimtex^^J\the\emp@TeX^^Jetex;}% + \fi + \expandafter\ifx\expandafter*\the\emp@prelude*\else + \empwrite{\the\emp@prelude;}% + \fi + \fi + \setcounter{empfig}{0}} +\let\theempfile\relax +\newcounter{empfig} +\newtoks\emp@TeX +\ifcase\@ptsize + \emp@TeX={\documentclass[10pt]{article}} +\or + \emp@TeX={\documentclass[11pt]{article}} +\or + \emp@TeX={\documentclass[12pt]{article}} +\else + \emp@TeX={\documentclass{article}} +\fi +\newtoks\emp@prelude +\def\empTeX#1{\emp@TeX={#1}} +\def\empaddtoTeX#1{\emp@TeX=\expandafter{\the\emp@TeX^^J#1}} +\def\empprelude#1{\emp@prelude={#1}} +\def\empaddtoprelude#1{\emp@prelude=\expandafter{\the\emp@prelude^^J#1}} +\def\endempfile{% + \expandafter\ifx\expandafter*\the\emp@TeX*\else + \empwrite{verbatimtex^^J\string\end{document}^^Jetex;}% + \fi + \empwrite{\p@rcent\p@rcent\p@rcent\space the end.^^J% + end.^^J% + endinput;}% + \let\theempfile\relax + \if@empio + \immediate\closeout\@outemp + \fi} +\newcommand{\emp}[1][*]{% + \def\emp@@name{#1}% + \emp@} +\def\emp@(#1,#2){% + \emp@start{#1}{#2}% + \emp@includegraphics{\theempfile}{\theempfig}% + \empcmds} +\def\emp@start#1#2{% + \emp@checkfile + \global\expandafter\advance\csname c@empfig\endcsname \@ne + \emp@@def{\emp@@name}% + \empwrite{beginfig(\theempfig);^^J% + LaTeX_unitlength := \the\unitlength;^^J% + w := #1*LaTeX_unitlength;^^J% + h := #2*LaTeX_unitlength;}} +\def\emp@checkfile{% + \ifx\theempfile\relax + \errhelp={Outside a empfile environment, I have no clue as to where^^J% + the MetaPost commands should go. I will use empdefault.mp^^J% + for this graph, but you'd better fix your code!}% + \errmessage{I detected a emp environment outside of empfile}% + \empfile[empdefault] + \fi} +\def\emp@includegraphics#1#2{% + \leavevmode + \IfFileExists{#1.#2}% + {\includegraphics{#1.#2}}% + {\typeout{% + emp: File #1.#2\space not found:^^J% + emp: Process #1.mp with MetaPost and then % + reprocess this file.}}} +\def\empcmds{% + \begingroup + \@bsphack + \let\do\@makeother\dospecials + \catcode`\^^M\active + \def\verbatim@processline{\empwrite{\the\verbatim@line}}% + \verbatim@start}% +\def\endempcmds{% + \@esphack + \endgroup} +\def\endemp{% + \endempcmds + \empwrite{endfig;}} +\newcommand{\empdef}[1][\relax]{% + \def\emp@@name{#1}% + \emp@def} +\def\emp@def(#1,#2){% + \emp@start{#1}{#2}% + \empcmds} +\def\endempdef{\endemp} +\def\emp@@def#1{% + \global\e@namedef{emp@k:f:#1}{\theempfile}% + \global\e@namedef{emp@k:c:#1}{\theempfig}} +\def\e@namedef#1{\expandafter\edef\csname #1\endcsname} +\newcommand{\empgraph}[1][*]{% + \def\emp@@name{#1}% + \emp@graph} +\def\emp@graph(#1,#2){% + \emp@start{#1}{#2}% + \empwrite{draw begingraph (w, h);}% + \emp@includegraphics{\theempfile}{\theempfig}% + \empcmds} +\def\endempgraph{% + \endempcmds + \empwrite{endgraph;^^Jendfig;}} +\def\empuse#1{% + \@ifundefined{emp@k:f:#1}% + {\typeout{emp: \string\empuse: `#1' undefined!}}% + {\emp@includegraphics{\@nameuse{emp@k:f:#1}}{\@nameuse{emp@k:c:#1}}}} +\endinput +%% +%% End of file `emp.sty'. diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tex/latex/gmp/gmp.sty new/tex/latex/gmp/gmp.sty --- old/tex/latex/gmp/gmp.sty 2011-03-12 00:57:57.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tex/latex/gmp/gmp.sty 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,329 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `gmp.sty', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% gmp.dtx (with options: `package') -%% -%% This is a generated file. -%% -%% Copyright (C) 2011 by Enrico Gregorio -%% <Enrico dot Gregorio at univr dot it> -%% ------------------------------------------------------- -%% -%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the -%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either -%% version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any -%% later version. The latest version of this license is in -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions -%% of LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -%% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'. -%% -%% The Current Maintainer of this work is Enrico Gregorio. -%% -%% This work consists of the files -%% gmp.dtx -%% gmp.ins -%% and the derived file gmp.sty. -%% -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[2008/04/05] -\ProvidesPackage{gmp} - [2011/03/10 v1.0 Integrate MetaPost with LaTeX (EG)] -%%macro arguments: -%%#1 = desired width -%%#2 = desired height -%%#3 = pen thickness (relative) -%%#4 = line color -%%#5 = dot color -\@ifundefined{eTeXversion}{% - \PackageError{gmp}{This package requires a e-TeX extensions} - {The gmp package requires a modern TeX engine, please upgrade}% - \endinput}{} -\RequirePackage{xkeyval}[2005/01/30] - -\newif\ifgmp@latex % true if always using latex for mpx -\newif\ifgmp@locallatex % true if using latex for mpx for a - % single figure - -\newif\ifgmp@nogen % true if we are not generating the mps files -\newif\ifgmp@nowrite % true if we are not writing the mp files -\newif\ifgmp@warn % true if we are issuing the final message - -\DeclareOptionX<ggmp>{tex}{\def\gmp@mpxprogram{tex}% - \gmp@latexfalse\gmp@locallatexfalse} -\DeclareOptionX<ggmp>{latex}{\def\gmp@mpxprogram{latex}% - \gmp@latextrue\gmp@locallatextrue} - -\DeclareOptionX<ggmp>{noshellescape}{\gmp@nogentrue} -\DeclareOptionX<ggmp>{shellescape}{\gmp@nogenfalse} - -\DeclareOptionX<ggmp>{nowrite}{\gmp@nowritetrue} -\DeclareOptionX<ggmp>{write}{\gmp@nowritefalse} - -\DeclareOptionX<ggmp>{envname}{\def\gmp@envname{#1}} -\DeclareOptionX<ggmp>{extension}{\def\gmp@ext{#1}} - -\def\gmp@preoptions{} -\DeclareOptionX<ggmp>{everymp}{\edef\gmp@preoptions{\gmp@preoptions^^J#1}} - -\DeclareOptionX<ggmp>{clean}{\def\gmp@clean{#1}} - -\DeclareOptionX<ggmp>{rmcommand}{\def\gmp@remove{#1}} -\DeclareOptionX<ggmp>{postrmcommand}{\def\gmp@postremove{#1}} - -\def\gmp@jobname{\jobname} -\ExecuteOptionsX<ggmp>{tex,noshellescape,write,clean=none} -\ExecuteOptionsX<ggmp>{envname=mpost,extension=+mp, - rmcommand=rm -f,postrmcommand={}} -\ProcessOptionsX<ggmp>\relax -\RequirePackage{graphicx} -\RequirePackage{ifpdf} -\RequirePackage{ifxetex} -\RequirePackage{environ} -\ifxetex - \let\gmp@shellescape\shellescape - \def\gmp@preoptions{prologues:=3;^^J} -\else - \ifdefined\pdfshellescape % (pdf)latex - \let\gmp@shellescape\pdfshellescape - \else % lualatex - \chardef\gmp@shellescape=\z@ - \gmp@nogentrue - \fi -\fi -\def\gmp@msgdisallowed{\PackageWarningNoLine{gmp}{Compilation and - writing of MetaPost files has been\MessageBreak disallowed by the - `nowrite' option}\gdef\gmp@nemessage{}} -\def\gmp@msgnonexistent{\PackageWarning{gmp}{Non existent MetaPost - file requested}\ifgmp@warn\else\global\gmp@warntrue\fi} -\def\gmp@msgrequestx{\PackageWarningNoLine{gmp}{The MetaPost file you - requested does not exist,\MessageBreak perhaps by a compilation - error}} -\def\gmp@msgremember{\PackageWarningNoLine{gmp}{Remember to run `sh - \gmp@jobname\gmp@ext.sh' and rerun (pdf)LaTeX}} -\def\gmp@msgensure{% - \PackageWarningNoLine{gmp}{Ensure that you have enabled the shell - escape feature, or\MessageBreak you can be in trouble. The - available MetaPost generated\MessageBreak files will be used - anyway. Use option `nowrite' if they\MessageBreak are already - in final form}% - \let\gmp@message\@gobble - \let\gmp@writexviii\@gobble - \def\gmp@openout##1##2\@nil{}% - \let\gmp@write\@gobbletwo - \let\gmp@closeout\@gobble} -\let\gmp@message\message -\def\gmp@writexviii{\immediate\write18 } -\def\gmp@openout#1#2\@nil{\immediate\openout#1#2} -\def\gmp@write{\immediate\write} -\def\gmp@closeout{\immediate\closeout} -\def\gmp@setupmacros{% -\ifgmp@nowrite - \let\gmp@nemessage\gmp@msgdisallowed -\else - \ifgmp@nogen - \let\gmp@nemessage\gmp@msgnonexistent - \def\gmp@command{% - mpost \ifx\gmp@mpmem\empty\else\space\gmp@mpmem\space\fi}% - \newwrite\gmp@shellout - \immediate\openout\gmp@shellout=\gmp@jobname\gmp@ext.sh% - \immediate\write\gmp@shellout{\string##!/bin/sh}% - \def\gmp@shellcommand##1{\immediate\write\gmp@shellout{##1}}% - \AtEndDocument{\ifgmp@warn\gmp@msgremember\gmp@warnfalse\fi}% - \else - \let\gmp@nemessage\gmp@msgrequestx - \ifnum\gmp@shellescape=\@ne - \def\gmp@command{% - mpost -interaction=nonstopmode % - \ifx\gmp@mpmem\empty\else\space\gmp@mpmem\space\fi}% - \def\gmp@shellcommand##1{% - \gmp@message{^^J(gmp) Doing external command^^J(gmp) \string"}% - \gmp@writexviii{echo ##1'\string"'}\gmp@writexviii{##1}% - }% - \else - \gmp@msgensure\let\gmp@shellcommand\@gobble - \fi - \fi -\fi -} -\gmp@setupmacros -\def\gmpoptions#1{\setkeys{ggmp}{#1}\gmp@setupmacros} -\@onlypreamble\gmpoptions -\def\gmp@latexpreamble{%^^J% - \gmp@percent\string&latex^^J% - \string\documentclass[1\@ptsize pt]{article}^^J% - \ifx\empty\gmp@packages\else\the\gmp@packages^^J\fi% - \ifx\empty\gmp@commands\else\the\gmp@commands^^J\fi% - \string\begin{document}^^J} -\newcommand\usempxclass[2][]{% - \def\gmp@latexpreamble{^^J% - \gmp@percent\string&latex^^J% - \string\documentclass[#1]{#2}^^J% - \ifx\empty\gmp@packages\else\the\gmp@packages^^J\fi% - \ifx\empty\gmp@commands\else\the\gmp@commands^^J\fi% - \string\begin{document}^^J}} -\newtoks\gmp@packages -\newcommand\usempxpackage[2][]{% - \gmp@packages=\expandafter{\the\gmp@packages^^J% - \usepackage[#1]{#2}}} -\newcommand\resetmpxpackages{\gmp@packages={}} -\newtoks\gmp@commands -\newcommand\mpxcommands[1]{% - \gmp@commands=\expandafter{\the\gmp@commands^^J% - #1}} -\newcommand\resetmpxcommands{\gmp@commands={}} -\def\mpdim#1{ begingroup \the\dimexpr#1\relax\space endgroup } -\newwrite\gmp@out -\newcounter{gmp@count} -\AtEndDocument{% - \refstepcounter{gmp@count}% - \label{gmp@finallabel}% -} -\newenvironment{\gmp@envname}[1][] - {\@bsphack - \global\gmp@usefalse - \refstepcounter{gmp@count}\label{gmp@label@\thegmp@count}% - \bgroup - \edef\gmp@number{\thegmp@count}% - \gmp@grab{#1}} - {\@esphack} -\def\gmp@writeunex#1{\begingroup - \edef\x{\endgroup\noexpand\begin{\gmp@envname}[\the\toks@]% - \unexpanded{\unexpanded{#1}}\noexpand\end{\gmp@envname}}\x} -\newenvironment{\gmp@envname*}[1][] - {\toks@{#1}\Collect@Body\gmp@writeunex}{} -\def\gmp@fourdigits#1{% - \ifnum#1<10 0\fi - \ifnum#1<100 0\fi - \ifnum#1<1000 0\fi\number #1} -\def\gmp@not@a@name@{@not@a@name@} -\def\gmp@choosetex{\gmp@locallatexfalse} -\def\gmp@chooselatex{\gmp@locallatextrue} -\def\gmp@doiflatex#1{\ifgmp@latex#1\else\ifgmp@locallatex#1\fi\fi} -\def\gmp@mpmem{} -\newif\ifgmp@use -\define@key{gmp}{name}[@not@a@name@]{% - \def\gmp@thisname{#1}% - \expandafter\xdef\csname gmp@fig#1\endcsname - {\gmp@fourdigits{\gmp@number}}} -\define@key{gmp}{use}[true]{\global\csname gmp@use#1\endcsname} -\define@key{gmp}{mpmem}{\def\gmp@mpmem{-mem #1}} -\define@key{gmp}{mpsettings}{\edef\gmp@preoptions{\gmp@preoptions^^J#1}} -\define@key{gmp}{mpxcommands}{% - \gmp@commands=\expandafter{\the\gmp@commands^^J#1}} -\define@key{gmp}{mpxprogram}{% - \def\gmp@mpxprogram{#1}% - \csname gmp@choose#1\endcsname} -\define@key{gmp}{runs}{\chardef\gmp@runs=#1\relax} -\def\gmp@grab#1{% - \setkeys{gmp}{name}% - \setkeys{gmp}{runs=1}% - \setkeys{gmp}{#1}% - \ifx\gmp@thisname\gmp@not@a@name@ - \global\gmp@usetrue - \fi - \gmp@setup\gmp@innermpost} -\begingroup\@makeother\%\def\x{\endgroup\def\gmp@percent{%}}\x -\def\gmp@activesc{\catcode`\;=\active - \begingroup\lccode`\~=`\; - \lowercase{\endgroup\edef~}{\string;^^J}} -\def\gmp@otherchars{\do\!\do\=\do\:\do\"\do\?\do\'\do\`\do\|} -\def\gmp@setup{% - \let\do\@makeother\gmp@otherchars\newlinechar=`\^^J - \gmp@activesc - \def\par{^^J}% - \ifgmp@nowrite\else - \edef\@temp{\gmp@jobname\gmp@ext\gmp@fourdigits{\gmp@number}.mp}% - \expandafter\gmp@openout\expandafter\gmp@out\@temp\@nil - \gmp@write\gmp@out{% - \gmp@percent\gmp@percent\space - Do not edit, this file has been generated^^J% - \gmp@percent\gmp@percent\space - automatically by \jobname.tex via gmp.sty^^J^^J% - \gmp@doiflatex{verbatimtex\gmp@latexpreamble etex;^^J}% - \ifx\empty\gmp@preoptions\else\gmp@preoptions^^J\fi% - outputtemplate:= "\gmp@percent j.mps";^^J% - beginfig(\gmp@number);%^^J% - }% - \fi} -\long\def\gmp@innermpost#1\end#2{% - \ifgmp@nowrite\else - \gmp@write\gmp@out{% - #1^^Jendfig;^^Jend.% - \gmp@doiflatex{^^Jverbatimtex^^J\string\end{document}^^Jetex}}% - \gmp@closeout\gmp@out - \count@=\gmp@runs - \loop\ifnum\count@>\z@ - \gmp@shellcommand{\gmp@command\space - -tex=\gmp@mpxprogram\space\gmp@jobname\gmp@ext - \gmp@fourdigits{\gmp@number}}% - \advance\count@\m@ne - \repeat - \ifxetex - \gmp@shellcommand{epstopdf --hires \gmp@jobname\gmp@ext - \gmp@fourdigits{\gmp@number}.mps}% - \fi - \fi - \egroup - \end{#2}\ifgmp@use - \gmp@usempost{\thegmp@count}\fi} -\ifxetex - \def\gmp@usempost#1{% - \edef\gmp@thempsfile{\gmp@jobname\gmp@ext\gmp@fourdigits{#1}}% - \IfFileExists{\gmp(a)thempsfile.pdf}% - {\includegraphics{\gmp(a)thempsfile.pdf}}% - {\gmp@nemessage\gmp@box}} - \newcommand\usempost[2][]{% - \IfFileExists{\gmp@jobname\gmp@ext\csname gmp(a)fig#2\endcsname.pdf}% - {\includegraphics[#1] - {\gmp@jobname\gmp@ext\csname gmp(a)fig#2\endcsname.pdf}}% - {\gmp@nemessage\gmp@box}} -\else - \def\gmp@usempost#1{% - \edef\gmp@thempsfile{\gmp@jobname\gmp@ext\gmp@fourdigits{#1}}% - \IfFileExists{\gmp(a)thempsfile.mps}% - {\includegraphics[hiresbb]{\gmp(a)thempsfile.mps}}% - {\gmp@nemessage\gmp@box}} -\newcommand\usempost[2][]{% - \IfFileExists{\gmp@jobname\gmp@ext\csname gmp(a)fig#2\endcsname.mps}% - {\includegraphics[hiresbb,#1] - {\gmp@jobname\gmp@ext\csname gmp(a)fig#2\endcsname.mps}}% - {\gmp@nemessage\gmp@box}} -\fi -\def\gmp@box{\fbox{\@ifundefined{color}{}{\color{red}}MP}} -\AtEndDocument{% - \@ifundefined{gmp@doclean@\gmp@clean} - {\expandafter\gmp@badcleaning\expandafter{\gmp@clean}} - {\@nameuse{gmp@doclean@\gmp@clean}}} -\def\gmp@badcleaning#1{\PackageWarningNoLine{gmp}{% - Wrong cleaning option `clean=#1'; `clean=none' used}} -\def\gmp@doclean@none{} -\def\gmp@doclean@aux{% - \gmp@shellcommand{\gmp@remove\space - \jobname\gmp@ext*.log\space\gmp@postremove}% - \gmp@shellcommand{\gmp@remove\space - \jobname\gmp@ext*.mpx\space\gmp@postremove}% - \gmp@shellcommand{\gmp@remove\space - \jobname\gmp@ext*.mpo\space\gmp@postremove}% - } -\def\gmp@doclean@mp{% - \gmp@shellcommand{\gmp@remove\space - \jobname\gmp@ext*.log\space\gmp@postremove}% - \gmp@shellcommand{\gmp@remove\space - \jobname\gmp@ext*.mpx\space\gmp@postremove}% - \gmp@shellcommand{\gmp@remove\space - \jobname\gmp@ext*.mpo\space\gmp@postremove}% - \gmp@shellcommand{\gmp@remove\space - \jobname\gmp@ext*.mp\space\gmp@postremove}% - \ifxetex - \gmp@shellcommand{\gmp@remove\space - \jobname\gmp@ext*.mps\space\gmp@postremove}% - \fi} -\long\def\verbatimtex#1etex{verbatimtex \unexpanded{#1} etex} -\long\def\btex#1etex{btex \unexpanded{#1} etex} -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `gmp.sty'. diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/emp.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/emp.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/emp.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/emp.tlpobj 2011-08-11 04:30:49.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +name emp +category Package +revision 23483 +shortdesc "Encapsulate" MetaPost figures in a document. +relocated 1 +longdesc Emp is a package for encapsulating MetaPost figures in LaTeX: +longdesc the package provides environments where you can place MetaPost +longdesc commands, and means of using that code as fragments for +longdesc building up figures to include in your document. So, with emp, +longdesc the procedure is to run your document with LaTeX, run MetaPost, +longdesc and then complete running your document in the normal way. Emp +longdesc is therefore useful for keeping illustrations in synchrony with +longdesc the text. It also frees you from inventing descriptive names +longdesc for PostScript files that fit into the confines of file system +longdesc conventions. +runfiles size=2 + RELOC/tex/latex/emp/emp.sty +catalogue-ctan /macros/latex/contrib/emp +catalogue-date 2011-08-07 01:10:30 +0200 +catalogue-license gpl diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/gmp.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/gmp.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/gmp.tlpobj 2011-03-12 04:16:30.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/gmp.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,15 +0,0 @@ -name gmp -category Package -revision 21691 -shortdesc Allow integration between MetaPost pictures and LaTeX. -relocated 1 -longdesc The package allows integration between MetaPost pictures and -longdesc LaTeX. The main feature is that passing parameters to the -longdesc MetaPost pictures is possible and the picture code can be put -longdesc inside arguments to commands, including \newcommand. -runfiles size=3 - RELOC/tex/latex/gmp/gmp.sty -catalogue-ctan /macros/latex/contrib/gmp -catalogue-date 2011-03-11 00:02:27 +0100 -catalogue-license lppl1.3 -catalogue-version 1.0

1 0

commit texlive-specs-f for openSUSE:Factory
by root＠hilbert.suse.de 24 Feb '15

24 Feb '15

Hello community, here is the log from the commit of package texlive-specs-f for openSUSE:Factory checked in at 2015-02-24 12:59:39 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ Comparing /work/SRC/openSUSE:Factory/texlive-specs-f (Old) and /work/SRC/openSUSE:Factory/.texlive-specs-f.new (New) ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ Package is "texlive-specs-f" Changes: -------- --- /work/SRC/openSUSE:Factory/texlive-specs-f/texlive-specs-f.changes 2014-06-18 07:50:38.000000000 +0200 +++ /work/SRC/openSUSE:Factory/.texlive-specs-f.new/texlive-specs-f.changes 2015-02-24 13:01:12.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,0 +2,14 @@ +Thu Feb 19 09:29:36 UTC 2015 - coolo(a)suse.com + +- rework generate to create the texlive-specs-$letter.spec directly + to build X sources +- this decouples the letter from being a prefix to be a slice of + all the texlive packages + +- as such patches move between packages, among them + bbold_bbold11.dif bbold_bbold11.dif context_fourier-map.dif context_fourier-map.dif + jadetex_ini.dif kpathsea_cnf.dif latexdiff_env.dif luaotfload_varfonts.dif latex2man_tmphandling.dif + musixtex_various.dif pgf_plain.dif musixtex_various.dif texconfig_scripts.dif + texdraw_info.dif tex4ht_env.dif texdoc_cnf.dif tetex_scripts.dif + +------------------------------------------------------------------- Old: ---- facsimile.doc.tar.xz facsimile.tar.xz factura.doc.tar.xz factura.tar.xz facture.doc.tar.xz facture.tar.xz faktor.doc.tar.xz faktor.tar.xz fancybox.doc.tar.xz fancybox.tar.xz fancyhdr-it.doc.tar.xz fancyhdr-it.tar.xz fancyhdr.doc.tar.xz fancyhdr.tar.xz fancynum.doc.tar.xz fancynum.tar.xz fancypar.doc.tar.xz fancypar.tar.xz fancyref.doc.tar.xz fancyref.tar.xz fancytabs.doc.tar.xz fancytabs.tar.xz fancytooltips.doc.tar.xz fancytooltips.tar.xz fancyvrb.doc.tar.xz fancyvrb.tar.xz fast-diagram.doc.tar.xz fast-diagram.tar.xz fbithesis.doc.tar.xz fbithesis.tar.xz fbs.tar.xz fc.doc.tar.xz fc.tar.xz fcltxdoc.doc.tar.xz fcltxdoc.tar.xz fdsymbol.doc.tar.xz fdsymbol.tar.xz featpost.doc.tar.xz featpost.tar.xz fenixpar.doc.tar.xz fenixpar.tar.xz feyn.doc.tar.xz feyn.tar.xz feynmf.doc.tar.xz feynmf.tar.xz feynmp-auto.doc.tar.xz feynmp-auto.tar.xz fge.doc.tar.xz fge.tar.xz fifinddo-info.doc.tar.xz fifinddo-info.source.tar.xz fifinddo-info.tar.xz fig4latex.doc.tar.xz fig4latex.tar.xz figbas.doc.tar.xz figbas.tar.xz figbib.doc.tar.xz figbib.tar.xz figflow.doc.tar.xz figflow.tar.xz figsize.doc.tar.xz figsize.tar.xz filecontents.doc.tar.xz filecontents.tar.xz filedate.doc.tar.xz filedate.tar.xz filehook.doc.tar.xz filehook.tar.xz fileinfo.doc.tar.xz fileinfo.tar.xz filemod.doc.tar.xz filemod.tar.xz finbib.tar.xz findhyph.doc.tar.xz findhyph.tar.xz fink.doc.tar.xz fink.tar.xz finstrut.doc.tar.xz finstrut.tar.xz first-latex-doc.doc.tar.xz first-latex-doc.tar.xz fix2col.doc.tar.xz fix2col.tar.xz fixfoot.doc.tar.xz fixfoot.tar.xz fixlatvian.doc.tar.xz fixlatvian.tar.xz fixltxhyph.doc.tar.xz fixltxhyph.tar.xz fixme.doc.tar.xz fixme.tar.xz fixmetodonotes.doc.tar.xz fixmetodonotes.tar.xz fixpdfmag.tar.xz fjodor.doc.tar.xz fjodor.tar.xz flabels.doc.tar.xz flabels.tar.xz flacards.doc.tar.xz flacards.tar.xz flagderiv.doc.tar.xz flagderiv.tar.xz flashcards.doc.tar.xz flashcards.tar.xz flashmovie.doc.tar.xz flashmovie.tar.xz flipbook.doc.tar.xz flipbook.tar.xz flippdf.doc.tar.xz flippdf.tar.xz float.doc.tar.xz float.tar.xz floatrow.doc.tar.xz floatrow.tar.xz flowchart.doc.tar.xz flowchart.tar.xz flowfram.doc.tar.xz flowfram.tar.xz fltpoint.doc.tar.xz fltpoint.tar.xz fmp.doc.tar.xz fmp.tar.xz fmtcount.doc.tar.xz fmtcount.tar.xz fn2end.doc.tar.xz fn2end.tar.xz fnbreak.doc.tar.xz fnbreak.tar.xz fncychap.doc.tar.xz fncychap.tar.xz fncylab.doc.tar.xz fncylab.tar.xz fnpara.doc.tar.xz fnpara.tar.xz fnpct.doc.tar.xz fnpct.tar.xz fntproof.doc.tar.xz fntproof.tar.xz fnumprint.doc.tar.xz fnumprint.tar.xz foekfont.doc.tar.xz foekfont.tar.xz foilhtml.doc.tar.xz foilhtml.tar.xz fonetika.doc.tar.xz fonetika.tar.xz font-change.doc.tar.xz font-change.tar.xz fontawesome.doc.tar.xz fontawesome.tar.xz fontaxes.doc.tar.xz fontaxes.tar.xz fontbook.doc.tar.xz fontbook.tar.xz fontch.doc.tar.xz fontch.tar.xz fontinst.doc.tar.xz fontinst.tar.xz fontname.doc.tar.xz fontname.tar.xz fontools.doc.tar.xz fontools.tar.xz fonts-tlwg.doc.tar.xz fonts-tlwg.tar.xz fontspec.doc.tar.xz fontspec.tar.xz fonttable.doc.tar.xz fonttable.tar.xz fontware.doc.tar.xz fontware.tar.xz fontwrap.doc.tar.xz fontwrap.tar.xz footbib.doc.tar.xz footbib.tar.xz footmisc.doc.tar.xz footmisc.tar.xz footnotebackref.doc.tar.xz footnotebackref.tar.xz footnoterange.doc.tar.xz footnoterange.tar.xz footnpag.doc.tar.xz footnpag.tar.xz forarray.doc.tar.xz forarray.tar.xz foreign.doc.tar.xz foreign.tar.xz forest.doc.tar.xz forest.tar.xz forloop.doc.tar.xz forloop.tar.xz formlett.doc.tar.xz formlett.tar.xz formular.doc.tar.xz formular.tar.xz fouridx.doc.tar.xz fouridx.tar.xz fourier.doc.tar.xz fourier.tar.xz fouriernc.doc.tar.xz fouriernc.tar.xz fp.doc.tar.xz fp.tar.xz fpl.doc.tar.xz fpl.tar.xz fragmaster.doc.tar.xz fragmaster.tar.xz fragments.doc.tar.xz fragments.tar.xz frame.doc.tar.xz frame.tar.xz framed.doc.tar.xz framed.tar.xz francais-bst.doc.tar.xz francais-bst.tar.xz frankenstein.doc.tar.xz frankenstein.tar.xz frcursive.doc.tar.xz frcursive.tar.xz frege.doc.tar.xz frege.tar.xz frenchle.doc.tar.xz frenchle.tar.xz frletter.doc.tar.xz frletter.tar.xz frontespizio.doc.tar.xz frontespizio.tar.xz ftcap.doc.tar.xz ftcap.tar.xz ftnxtra.doc.tar.xz ftnxtra.tar.xz fullblck.doc.tar.xz fullblck.tar.xz fullwidth.doc.tar.xz fullwidth.tar.xz functan.doc.tar.xz functan.tar.xz fundus-calligra.doc.tar.xz fundus-calligra.tar.xz fundus-cyr.tar.xz fundus-sueterlin.doc.tar.xz fundus-sueterlin.tar.xz fwlw.doc.tar.xz fwlw.tar.xz texlive-specs-rpmlintrc texlive-specs.tar.xz New: ---- convbkmk.doc.tar.xz convbkmk.tar.xz cooking.doc.tar.xz cooking.tar.xz cookingsymbols.doc.tar.xz cookingsymbols.tar.xz cool.doc.tar.xz cool.tar.xz coollist.doc.tar.xz coollist.tar.xz coolstr.doc.tar.xz coolstr.tar.xz coolthms.doc.tar.xz coolthms.tar.xz cooltooltips.doc.tar.xz cooltooltips.tar.xz coordsys.doc.tar.xz coordsys.tar.xz copyrightbox.doc.tar.xz copyrightbox.tar.xz coseoul.doc.tar.xz coseoul.tar.xz countriesofeurope.doc.tar.xz countriesofeurope.tar.xz counttexruns.doc.tar.xz counttexruns.tar.xz courier-scaled.doc.tar.xz courier-scaled.tar.xz courier.tar.xz courseoutline.doc.tar.xz courseoutline.tar.xz coursepaper.doc.tar.xz coursepaper.tar.xz coverpage.doc.tar.xz coverpage.tar.xz covington.doc.tar.xz covington.tar.xz cprotect.doc.tar.xz cprotect.tar.xz crbox.doc.tar.xz crbox.tar.xz crop.doc.tar.xz crop.tar.xz crossreference.doc.tar.xz crossreference.tar.xz crossword.doc.tar.xz crossword.tar.xz crosswrd.doc.tar.xz crosswrd.tar.xz cryst.doc.tar.xz cryst.tar.xz cs.tar.xz csbulletin.doc.tar.xz csbulletin.tar.xz cslatex.tar.xz csplain.tar.xz csquotes-de.doc.tar.xz csquotes.doc.tar.xz csquotes.tar.xz cstex.doc.tar.xz csvsimple.doc.tar.xz csvsimple.tar.xz csvtools.doc.tar.xz csvtools.tar.xz ctable.doc.tar.xz ctable.tar.xz ctanify.doc.tar.xz ctanify.tar.xz ctanupload.doc.tar.xz ctanupload.tar.xz ctex-faq.doc.tar.xz ctex.doc.tar.xz ctex.tar.xz ctib.doc.tar.xz ctib.tar.xz ctie.doc.tar.xz cuisine.doc.tar.xz cuisine.tar.xz currfile.doc.tar.xz currfile.tar.xz currvita.doc.tar.xz currvita.tar.xz cursolatex.doc.tar.xz curve.doc.tar.xz curve.tar.xz curve2e.doc.tar.xz curve2e.tar.xz curves.doc.tar.xz curves.tar.xz custom-bib.doc.tar.xz custom-bib.tar.xz cutwin.doc.tar.xz cutwin.tar.xz cv.doc.tar.xz cv.tar.xz cweb-latex.doc.tar.xz cweb-latex.tar.xz cweb.doc.tar.xz cweb.tar.xz cyklop.doc.tar.xz cyklop.tar.xz cyrillic-bin.doc.tar.xz cyrillic-bin.tar.xz cyrillic.doc.tar.xz cyrillic.tar.xz cyrplain.tar.xz dancers.tar.xz dashbox.doc.tar.xz dashbox.tar.xz dashrule.doc.tar.xz dashrule.tar.xz dashundergaps.doc.tar.xz dashundergaps.tar.xz datatool.doc.tar.xz datatool.tar.xz dateiliste.doc.tar.xz dateiliste.tar.xz datenumber.doc.tar.xz datenumber.tar.xz datetime.doc.tar.xz datetime.tar.xz dblfloatfix.doc.tar.xz dblfloatfix.tar.xz dcpic.doc.tar.xz dcpic.tar.xz de-macro.doc.tar.xz de-macro.tar.xz decimal.doc.tar.xz decimal.tar.xz decorule.doc.tar.xz decorule.tar.xz dehyph-exptl.doc.tar.xz dehyph-exptl.tar.xz dejavu.doc.tar.xz dejavu.tar.xz delim.doc.tar.xz delim.tar.xz delimtxt.doc.tar.xz delimtxt.tar.xz detex.doc.tar.xz devnag.tar.xz dhua.doc.tar.xz dhua.tar.xz diagbox.doc.tar.xz diagbox.tar.xz diagmac2.doc.tar.xz diagmac2.tar.xz diagnose.doc.tar.xz diagnose.tar.xz dialogl.doc.tar.xz dialogl.tar.xz dice.doc.tar.xz dice.tar.xz dichokey.doc.tar.xz dichokey.tar.xz dictsym.doc.tar.xz dictsym.tar.xz digiconfigs.doc.tar.xz digiconfigs.tar.xz din1505.doc.tar.xz din1505.tar.xz dinat.doc.tar.xz dinat.tar.xz dinbrief.doc.tar.xz dinbrief.tar.xz dingbat.doc.tar.xz dingbat.tar.xz directory.doc.tar.xz directory.tar.xz dirtree.doc.tar.xz dirtree.tar.xz dirtytalk.doc.tar.xz dirtytalk.tar.xz disser.doc.tar.xz disser.tar.xz dk-bib.doc.tar.xz dk-bib.tar.xz dlfltxb.doc.tar.xz dlfltxb.tar.xz dnaseq.doc.tar.xz dnaseq.tar.xz dnp.tar.xz doc-pictex.doc.tar.xz ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ Other differences: ------------------ ++++++ texlive-specs-f.spec ++++++ ++++ 11909 lines (skipped) ++++ between /work/SRC/openSUSE:Factory/texlive-specs-f/texlive-specs-f.spec ++++ and /work/SRC/openSUSE:Factory/.texlive-specs-f.new/texlive-specs-f.spec ++++++ fourier.tar.xz -> courier.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 14942 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ fancytabs.tar.xz -> cs.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 5875 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ fancytooltips.doc.tar.xz -> ctable.doc.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 2402 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ fancytooltips.doc.tar.xz -> ctable.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 2168 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ fig4latex.doc.tar.xz -> ctex.doc.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 5309 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ fig4latex.tar.xz -> ctex.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 3232 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ fancytooltips.doc.tar.xz -> ctib.doc.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 2383 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ fancytooltips.doc.tar.xz -> ctib.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 29915 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ fancytooltips.doc.tar.xz -> ctie.doc.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 1889 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ flagderiv.doc.tar.xz -> cv.doc.tar.xz ++++++ Files old/doc/latex/cv/ApplicationLetter.pdf and new/doc/latex/cv/ApplicationLetter.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/cv/ApplicationLetter.tex new/doc/latex/cv/ApplicationLetter.tex --- old/doc/latex/cv/ApplicationLetter.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/cv/ApplicationLetter.tex 2006-01-09 01:44:40.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +\documentclass[english]{g-brief} +\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} +\usepackage[latin2]{inputenc} + +\newcommand{\Sig}[1] % Signature + { \Gruss{#1}{0.5cm} } + +%\lochermarke +%\faltmarken +%\fenstermarken +%\trennlinien +%\klassisch + +\begin{document} + +\Name{Philipp Maier} +\Unterschrift{Philipp Maier} +\Strasse{Street 15} +\Zusatz{} +\Ort{1234AB G-Town} +\Land{The Netherlands} +\Telefon{+31 50 123.4556} +\Telex{} +\EMail{pmaier(a)yahoo.com} +\HTTP{www.philipp-maier.de} +\Bank{} +\BLZ{} +\Konto{} +\RetourAdresse{ } % Wichtig: Muss ein Leerzeichen sein, sonst gibt's + % Probleme mit dem Brief-Fenster, falls ein Land + % angegeben wird + + +\Adresse{Employer Research \\ +London\\ +E-Mail: \emph{application(a)employer.com}} + + +\Betreff{Application for a position in the Research Department} + +\Postvermerk{} +\MeinZeichen{} +\IhrZeichen{} +\IhrSchreiben{} +\Anlagen{Full CV attached} +\Verteiler{} + + +\Datum{\today} + +\Anrede{Dear Mrs. Abc,} +\Sig{Yours sincerely,} + +\begin{g-brief} + + Hereby I wish to apply for a position at the Research Department of + Employer Research in London. + + Following a general interest in economic affairs, I studied + \emph{General Economics} in Germany. I finished my studies in three + years, graduated as best of class and received the Albert-Einstein + award for re-inventing the weel. Etcetcetc. + + Working as an intern at the Beployer Research company I realized + that I am truely interested in economic research. I have decided to + apply at Employer Research in London, as \ldots + + Please do not hesitate to contact me if details regarding my CV or this + application letter are unclear. +\end{g-brief} + +\end{document} Files old/doc/latex/cv/CVCTAN.pdf and new/doc/latex/cv/CVCTAN.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/cv/CVCTAN.tex new/doc/latex/cv/CVCTAN.tex --- old/doc/latex/cv/CVCTAN.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/cv/CVCTAN.tex 2006-01-09 01:44:40.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,155 @@ +\documentclass[a4paper]{article} + +\usepackage{tabularx} + +%\usepackage{doublespace} +%\setstretch{1.2} + +\usepackage{ae} +\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} +\usepackage{CV} + +\begin{document} + +\pagestyle{empty} + +%Ueberschrift +\begin{center} +\huge{\textsc{Curriculum Vitae}} +\vspace{\baselineskip} + +\Large{\textsc{Philipp Maier}} +\end{center} +\vspace{1.5\baselineskip} + +\section{Address} + +\begin{flushleft} + Steenhouwerskade 12345 \\ + 9718 DL G-Town \\ + The Netherlands \\ + Phone: +31-50-313.7020 \\ + Fax: +31-50-363.7337 \\ + Email: pmaier(a)yahoo.com \\ + Homepage: www.philipp-maier.de\\ +\end{flushleft} + + +\section{Personal Details} +\begin{flushleft} + Gender: Male \\ + Date of birth: 36th of November, 1971 \\ + Place of birth: R-Town, Germany \\ + Present Citizenship: German +\end{flushleft} + + +\section{Education} + +\begin{CV} +\item[10/1992--09/1994] Undergraduate Studies in General Economics at + the University of S-City, Germany +\item[10/1994--04/1997] M.A. in General Economics at the University of + G-Town, Germany + +Specialization: Macroeconomics, Monetary Economics, Public Finance and Econometrics + +Thesis: \emph{Adverse selection and signaling}; Supervisor: Prof. Dr. V. Smart. +\item[Since 07/1997] Ph.D. student at the University of G-Town, + The Netherlands. + + Project title: \emph{The position of the Bundesbank in international perspective}; + Supervisor: Prof. Dr. P.Fessor + + I intend to complete the Ph.D. in March, 2001. +\end{CV} + +\pagebreak + +\section{Thesis} +\noindent A special feature of the German financial system is the position of +the \emph{Deutsche Bundesbank}, which is considered to be one of the +most independent central banks in the world. The purpose of this +research is to analyse to which extent this formal independent +position has led to less political influence on the central +bank than, for instance, in the USA. + +\section{Working Experience} + +\begin{CV} + +\item[09/1991--10/1992] Civil Service: Working in a + kindergarden in C-Town, Germany + + Alternative for a military service: This was a special kindergarden for children from + socially challenged families. + +\item[02/1991--10/1992] Reporting work for the daily newspaper + `\emph{ABC News}' in Z-Town, Germany (part-time) + +\item[03/1995--04/1995] Internship at the Office for Regional + Statistics in Y-Town, Germany + + \emph{Overview:} The construction of new motorways is often + considered as a means to foster economic growth in less developed + regions. This research project aimed at investigating the economic + effects of newly build motorways in Germany. My main tasks were to + provide an overview over the literature and to develop the basic + structure of a model which was later used to to quantify the + economic effects. + + +\item[03/1995--03/1997] Research Assistant at the Faculty of + Economics, University of G-Town, Germany (part-time) + +\end{CV} + + +\section{Language Knowledge} +\begin{table}[h] %\centering +\begin{tabular}{p{2cm}>{\bfseries}p{2.5cm}p{3cm}} +& German & native \\ +& French & near native \\ +& Dutch & near native\\ +& Italian & fair \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{table} + +\pagebreak + +\section{References} + +\noindent These persons are familiar with my professional qualifications and my character: + +\begin{table}[h] +\begin{tabular}{@{}lll@{}} +\textbf{Prof. Dr. Pro. Fessor} \\ +Thesis supervisor & Phone: & +31-50-312.3456\\ +P.O. Box 800 & Fax: & +31-50-567.123\\ +9700 AV Groningen & Email: & p.fessor(a)xxx.rug.nl \\ +The Netherlands \\ +\end{tabular} +\end{table} + +\vspace{2\baselineskip} +\noindent Groningen, \today + + + +\end{document} + +%Tabellen +\begin{table}[htbp] \centering% +\begin{tabular}{lll}\hline\hline +1 & 2 & 3 \\ \hline +1 & \multicolumn{2}{c}{2} \\ +\hline +\end{tabular} +\caption{Titel\label{Tabelle: Label}} +\end{table} + + + + + + diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/cv/README new/doc/latex/cv/README --- old/doc/latex/cv/README 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/cv/README 2006-01-09 01:44:40.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +CV, a LaTeX package for typesetting a curriculum vitae. + +Copyright (C) 2001 Philipp Maier (pmaier(a)yahoo.com) + +The package consists of three files: + +CV.sty LaTeX package +CVCTAN.tex Example curriculum vitae +ApplicationLetter Example application letter + +I have decided to include an example application letter as several people +requested it. It is based on application letters I wrote, so it uses a +German class. Unfortunately, it might require some experimenting for +English speaking TeX-Users to obtain the required results... + +This is the first style I have written, and I am neither a LaTeX expert, +nor a programmer, so please don't be too harsh on me... :-) + + +This package is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/flagderiv/README new/doc/latex/flagderiv/README --- old/doc/latex/flagderiv/README 2006-01-09 01:44:40.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/flagderiv/README 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -The flagderiv package used to create mathematical derivations using -the flag/flagpole notation. Files old/doc/latex/flagderiv/flagderiv.pdf and new/doc/latex/flagderiv/flagderiv.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/cv.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/cv.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/cv.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/cv.doc.tlpobj 2010-06-10 18:24:48.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +name cv.doc +category Package +revision 15878 +shortdesc doc files of cv +relocated 1 +docfiles size=20 + RELOC/doc/latex/cv/ApplicationLetter.pdf + RELOC/doc/latex/cv/ApplicationLetter.tex + RELOC/doc/latex/cv/CVCTAN.pdf + RELOC/doc/latex/cv/CVCTAN.tex + RELOC/doc/latex/cv/README diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/flagderiv.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/flagderiv.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/flagderiv.doc.tlpobj 2010-06-10 18:27:37.000000000 +0200 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/flagderiv.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -name flagderiv.doc -category Package -revision 15878 -shortdesc doc files of flagderiv -relocated 1 -docfiles size=53 - RELOC/doc/latex/flagderiv/README - RELOC/doc/latex/flagderiv/flagderiv.pdf ++++++ flagderiv.tar.xz -> cv.tar.xz ++++++ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tex/latex/cv/CV.sty new/tex/latex/cv/CV.sty --- old/tex/latex/cv/CV.sty 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tex/latex/cv/CV.sty 2006-01-13 00:53:55.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +\makeatletter +\renewcommand{\section}{\@startsection{section}{12} +{0mm} % Einzug +{1.5\baselineskip} % Vorabstand +{0.7\baselineskip} % Nachabstand +{\large\scshape\hrule\vspace{0.8\baselineskip}}} +\makeatother + +\newcommand{\entrylabel}[1]{\mbox{#1}\hfil} +\newenvironment{CV} + {\begin{list}{} + {\renewcommand{\makelabel}{\entrylabel} + \setlength{\labelwidth}{77pt} + \setlength{\leftmargin}{84pt} + }} + {\end{list} +} diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tex/latex/flagderiv/flagderiv.sty new/tex/latex/flagderiv/flagderiv.sty --- old/tex/latex/flagderiv/flagderiv.sty 2006-01-13 00:55:49.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tex/latex/flagderiv/flagderiv.sty 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,157 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `flagderiv.sty', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% flagderiv.dtx (with options: `flagderiv') -%% -%% This is a generated file. -%% -%% Copyright (C) 2005 by Paul van Tilburg <paul(a)luon.net> -%% -%% This package is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -%% it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -%% the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or -%% (at your option) any later version. -%% -%% This package is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -%% but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -%% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -%% GNU General Public License for more details. -%% -%% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -%% along with this package; if not, write to the Free Software -%% Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. -%% -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1999/12/01] -\ProvidesPackage{flagderiv} - [2005/08/26 v0.10 Flag style derivation package] -\RequirePackage{ifthen} -\newboolean{@inlcmnts} -\DeclareOption{inlcmnts}{\setboolean{@inlcmnts}{true}} -\ProcessOptions -\RequirePackage{array} -\RequirePackage{longtable} -\long\@namedef{NC@rewrite@*}#1#2{% - \count@#1\relax - \loop - \ifnum\count@>\z@ - \advance\count@\m@ne - \@temptokena\expandafter{\the\@temptokena#2}% - \repeat - \NC@find} -\newcounter{fd@flagcount} -\newcounter{fd@stepcount} -\newlength{\derivskip} -\setlength{\derivskip}{8pt} -\newcommand{\introsymb}{\textbf{var}} -\newcommand{\thestepcount}{(\arabic{fd@stepcount})} -\renewcommand{\thefd@stepcount}{\thestepcount} -\newcommand{\thesteplabel}[1]{#1} -\newcommand{\theinlcmnt}[1]{\{ #1 \}} -\newcommand{\inlcmnts}{\setboolean{@inlcmnts}{true}} -\newcommand{\noinlcmnts}{\setboolean{@inlcmnts}{false}} -\newcommand{\@labelprefix}{\relax} -\newcommand{\@derlabel}[1]{% - \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{}}{}{\label{\@labelprefix#1}}% -} -\newcommand{\@derline}[3]{% - \mbox{#1} & - \setlength{\extrarowheight}{\derivskip}% - \ifthenelse{\value{fd@flagcount}=0}% - {\begin{array}[t]{@{}l}}% - {\begin{array}[t]{*{\value{fd@flagcount}}{|@{\hspace{2\arraycolsep}}}l}} - \ensuremath{#2} - \end{array} & - \mbox{#3} \\ -} -\newcommand{\@CMNTderline}[3]{% - \ifthenelse{\boolean{@inlcmnts}}{% - \ifthenelse{\equal{#3}{}}{}{% - \@derline{}{\mbox{\theinlcmnt{#3}}}{}% - } - \@derline{#1}{#2}{}% - }{% - \@derline{#1}{#2}{#3}% - }% -} -\newcommand{\@MANstep}[3]{\@CMNTderline{\thesteplabel{#1}}{#2}{#3}} -\newcommand{\@AUTOstep}[3]{% - \refstepcounter{fd@stepcount}% - \@derlabel{#1}\@CMNTderline{\thestepcount}{#2}{#3}% -} -\newcommand{\@MANskipsteps}[2]{\@CMNTderline{}{#1}{#2}} -\newcommand{\@AUTOskipsteps}[3]{% - \addtocounter{fd@stepcount}{#1}% - \@CMNTderline{}{#2}{#3}% -} -\newcommand{\@flagbox}[1]{% - \setlength{\fboxsep}{0.75ex}% - \fbox{#1}% -} -\newcommand{\@startflag}[3]{% - \@CMNTderline{#1}{\@flagbox{\ensuremath{#2}}}{#3}% - \addtocounter{fd@flagcount}{1}% -} -\newcommand{\@endflag}[1]{\addtocounter{fd@flagcount}{-#1}} -\newcommand{\@flagclose}[1][1]{\@endflag{#1}} -\newcommand{\@MANassume}[3]{\@startflag{\thesteplabel{#1}}{#2}{#3}} -\newcommand{\@AUTOassume}[3]{ - \refstepcounter{fd@stepcount}% - \@derlabel{#1}\@startflag{\thestepcount}{#2}{#3}% -} -\newcommand{\@MANintroduction}[3]{% - \@startflag{\thesteplabel{#1}}{\introsymb~#2}{#3}% -} -\newcommand{\@AUTOintroduction}[3]{ - \refstepcounter{fd@stepcount}% - \@derlabel{#1}\@startflag{\thestepcount}{\introsymb~#2}{#3}% -} -\newcommand{\@MANconclude}[4][1]{\@endflag{#1}\step*{#2}{#3}{#4}} -\newcommand{\@AUTOconclude}[4][1]{\@endflag{#1}\step{#2}{#3}{#4}} -\newenvironment{flagderiv}[1][]{% - \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{}}{% - \renewcommand{\@labelprefix}{}% - }{% - \renewcommand{\@labelprefix}{#1:}% - }% - \setcounter{fd@flagcount}{0}% - \setcounter{fd@stepcount}{0}% - \newcommand{\assume}{\@ifstar{\@MANassume}{\@AUTOassume}} - \newcommand{\introduce}{\@ifstar{\@MANintroduction}{\@AUTOintroduction}} - \newcommand{\conclude}{\@ifstar{\@MANconclude}{\@AUTOconclude}} - \newcommand{\step}{\@ifstar{\@MANstep}{\@AUTOstep}} - \newcommand{\skipsteps}{\@ifstar{\@MANskipsteps}{\@AUTOskipsteps}} - \newcommand{\done}{\@flagclose} - \let\origref\ref% - \renewcommand{\ref}[1]{\origref{\@labelprefix##1}}% - \renewcommand{\tablename}{Derivation}% - \begin{longtable}[l]{rll} -}{% - \end{longtable} -} -\newenvironment{flagderiv*}[1][]{% - \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{}}{% - \renewcommand{\@labelprefix}{}% - }{% - \renewcommand{\@labelprefix}{#1:}% - }% - \setcounter{fd@flagcount}{0}% - \setcounter{fd@stepcount}{0}% - \newcommand{\assume}{\@ifstar{\@MANassume}{\@AUTOassume}} - \newcommand{\introduce}{\@ifstar{\@MANintroduction}{\@AUTOintroduction}} - \newcommand{\conclude}{\@ifstar{\@MANconclude}{\@AUTOconclude}} - \newcommand{\step}{\@ifstar{\@MANstep}{\@AUTOstep}} - \newcommand{\skipsteps}{\@ifstar{\@MANskipsteps}{\@AUTOskipsteps}} - \newcommand{\done}{\@flagclose} - \let\origref\ref% - \renewcommand{\ref}[1]{\origref{\@labelprefix##1}}% - \renewcommand{\tablename}{Derivation} - \begin{tabular}{rll} -}{% - \end{tabular} -} -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `flagderiv.sty'. diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/cv.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/cv.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/cv.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/cv.tlpobj 2010-06-10 18:24:48.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +name cv +category Package +revision 15878 +shortdesc A package for creating a curriculum vitae. +relocated 1 +longdesc The package is distributed with two example files; they (and +longdesc their formatted output) constitute the only real documentation. +longdesc Note that cv is just a package: you choose the overall +longdesc formatting by deciding which class to use, while the package +longdesc provides the detailed formatting. +runfiles size=1 + RELOC/tex/latex/cv/CV.sty +catalogue-ctan /macros/latex/contrib/cv +catalogue-date 2008-06-30 22:37:02 +0200 +catalogue-license gpl diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/flagderiv.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/flagderiv.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/flagderiv.tlpobj 2010-06-10 18:27:37.000000000 +0200 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/flagderiv.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,16 +0,0 @@ -name flagderiv -category Package -revision 15878 -shortdesc Flag style derivation package -relocated 1 -longdesc The flagderiv package is used to create mathematical -longdesc derivations using the flag/flagpole notation. The package -longdesc features an intuitive command syntax, opening and closing -longdesc multiple flagpoles, different comment styles, customizable -longdesc symbols and label namespaces. -runfiles size=2 - RELOC/tex/latex/flagderiv/flagderiv.sty -catalogue-ctan /macros/latex/contrib/flagderiv -catalogue-date 2007-02-22 16:49:05 +0100 -catalogue-license gpl -catalogue-version 0.10 ++++++ figflow.doc.tar.xz -> cweb.doc.tar.xz ++++++ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/plain/figflow/README.figflow new/doc/plain/figflow/README.figflow --- old/doc/plain/figflow/README.figflow 2009-06-12 01:05:47.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/plain/figflow/README.figflow 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,15 +0,0 @@ -Subject: Re: Plain TeX macros for text-flowing-around-figures - -Carlos Felippa wrote: -> I wrote my own macros to do this, but they involve -> fiddling with several dimens and picking the -> insertion spot. Also possible interaction with -> footnotes, wide eqs, ejects, etc, often requires -> intervention. Coulnt find anything pertinent in eplain. -> -> Note: I am not interested in LaTeX. - -Here is what I wrote (ages ago, I notice). I don't claim anything great -about it, but it might give you or someone some ideas. - -Ian Hutchinson. diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ctangle.1 new/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ctangle.1 --- old/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ctangle.1 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ctangle.1 2008-06-29 19:39:14.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man1/cweb.1 Files old/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ctangle.man1.pdf and new/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ctangle.man1.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/cweave.1 new/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/cweave.1 --- old/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/cweave.1 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/cweave.1 2008-06-29 19:39:14.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man1/cweb.1 Files old/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/cweave.man1.pdf and new/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/cweave.man1.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/cweb.1 new/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/cweb.1 --- old/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/cweb.1 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/cweb.1 2013-04-08 23:16:34.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,152 @@ +.TH CWEB 1 "7 April 2010" "Web2C 2013" +.\"===================================================================== +.SH NAME +ctangle, cweave \- translate CWEB to C and/or TeX +.\"===================================================================== +.SH SYNOPSIS +.na +.B ctangle +.RB [ \-bhp ] +.RB [ +s ] +.IR webfile [ \fB.w\fP ] +.RI [{ changefile [ \fB.ch\fP ]| \fB\-\fP } +.RI [ outfile [ \fB.c\fP ]]] +.br +.B cweave +.RB [ \-befhpx ] +.RB [ +s ] +.IR webfile [ \fB.w\fP ] +.RI [{ changefile [ \fB.ch\fP ]| \fB\-\fP } +.RI [ outfile [ \fB.tex\fP ]]] +.ad +.\"===================================================================== +.SH DESCRIPTION +The +.B ctangle +program converts a CWEB +source document into a C\ program that may be compiled in the usual way. +The output file includes #line specifications so that debugging can be +done in terms of the CWEB source file. +.PP +The +.B cweave +program converts the same CWEB file into a TeX file that may be +formatted and printed in the usual way. +It takes appropriate care of typographic details like page +layout and the use of indentation, italics, boldface, etc., and it supplies +extensive cross-index information that it gathers automatically. +.PP +CWEB allows you to prepare a single +document containing all the information that is needed both to produce +a compilable C\ program and to produce a well-formatted document +describing the program in as much detail as the writer may desire. +The user of CWEB ought to be familiar with TeX as well as\ C. +.PP +The command line should have one, two, or three names on it. +The first is taken as the CWEB file (and +.B .w +is added if there is no extension). +If that file cannot be opened, the extension +.B .web +is tried instead. (But +.B .w +is recommended, since +.B .web +usually implies Pascal.) +If there is a second name, it is a change file (and +.B .ch +is added if there is no extension). +The change file overrides parts of the WEB file, +as described in the documentation. +If there is a third name, it overrides +the default name of the output file, which is ordinarily the same as +the name of the input file (but on the current directory) with the +extension +.B .c +or +.BR .tex . +.PP +Options in the command line may be either turned off with\ \- +(if they are on by default) or turned on with\ + (if they are off by +default). +In fact, the options are processed from left to right, +so a sequence like -f\ +f corresponds to +f (which is the default). +.PP +The +.B \-b +option suppresses the banner line that normally appears on your terminal +when ctangle or cweave begins. +The +.B \-h +option suppresses the happy message that normally appears if the processing +was successful. +The +.B \-p +option suppresses progress reports (starred module numbers) as the processing +takes place. +If you say +.BR \-bhp , +you get nothing but error messages. +.PP +The +.B +s +option prints statistics about memory usage at the end of a run +(assuming that the programs have been compiled with the -DSTAT switch). +.PP +There are three other options applicable to +.B cweave +only: +.B \-f +means do not force a newline after every statement in the formatted output. +.B \-e +inhibits the enclosure of C\ material formatted by +.I cweave +in brackets +\ePB{.\|.\|.}. +Such brackets are normally inserted so that special hooks +can be used by +.I cweb-latex +and similar programs. +.B \-x +means omit the index and table of contents. +.\"===================================================================== +.SH ENVIRONMENT +The environment variable CWEBINPUTS is used to search for the input files, +or the system default if CWEBINPUTS is not set. See +.BR tex (1) +for the details of the searching. +.\"===================================================================== +.SH FILES +The location of the files mentioned below varies from system to +system. Use the +.B kpsewhich +utility to find their locations. +.TP +.I cwebmac.tex +TeX macros used by cweave output. +.TP +.I cwebman.tex +The user manual. +.\"===================================================================== +.SH "SEE ALSO" +.TP +.I Literate Programming +by D. E. Knuth. +.TP +.I Weaving a Program +by Wayne Sewell. +.TP +.I The CWEB System of Structured Documentation +by Donald E. Knuth and Silvio Levy (hardcopy version of cwebman.tex +and the source code listings). +.PP +.BR tex (1), +.BR cc (1). +.\"===================================================================== +.SH AUTHORS +Don Knuth wrote WEB for TeX and Pascal. +Silvio Levy designed and developed CWEB +by adapting the WEB conventions to\ C and by recoding everything in CWEB. +Knuth began using CWEB and made further refinements. +Many other helpers are acknowledged in the CWEB manual. + Files old/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/cweb.man1.pdf and new/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/cweb.man1.pdf differ Files old/texmf-dist/doc/plain/cweb/cwebman.dvi and new/texmf-dist/doc/plain/cweb/cwebman.dvi differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/cweb.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/cweb.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/cweb.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/cweb.doc.tlpobj 2013-04-09 03:40:06.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +name cweb.doc +category Package +revision 29764 +shortdesc doc files of cweb +docfiles size=47 + texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ctangle.1 + texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ctangle.man1.pdf + texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/cweave.1 + texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/cweave.man1.pdf + texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/cweb.1 + texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/cweb.man1.pdf + texmf-dist/doc/plain/cweb/cwebman.dvi diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/figflow.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/figflow.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/figflow.doc.tlpobj 2011-02-19 04:17:10.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/figflow.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -name figflow.doc -category Package -revision 21462 -shortdesc doc files of figflow -relocated 1 -docfiles size=1 - RELOC/doc/plain/figflow/README.figflow ++++++ figflow.doc.tar.xz -> cweb.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 1695 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ frontespizio.doc.tar.xz -> dcpic.doc.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 3783 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ frontespizio.doc.tar.xz -> dcpic.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 2243 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ fig4latex.doc.tar.xz -> detex.doc.tar.xz ++++++ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/detex.1 new/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/detex.1 --- old/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/detex.1 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/detex.1 2006-01-03 01:00:18.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +.TH DETEX 1L "12 August 1993" "Purdue University" +.SH NAME +detex \- a filter to strip \fITeX\fP commands from a .tex file. +.SH SYNOPSIS +.B detex +[ \fB\-clnstw\fR ] [ \fB\-e\fI environment-list\fR ] [ \fIfilename\fR[.tex] ... ] +.SH DESCRIPTION +.I Detex +(Version 2.6) +reads each file in sequence, removes all comments and +.I TeX +control sequences +and writes the remainder on the standard output. +All text in math mode and display mode is removed. +By default, +.I detex +follows \\input commands. +If a file cannot be opened, a warning message is +printed and the command is ignored. +If the +.B \-n +option is used, no \\input or \\include commands will be processed. +This allows single file processing. +If no input file is given on the command line, +.I detex +reads from standard input. +.PP +If the magic sequence ``\\begin{document}'' appears in the text, +.I detex +assumes it is dealing with +.I LaTeX +source and +.I detex +recognizes additional constructs used in +.IR LaTeX . +These include the \\include and \\includeonly commands. +The +.B \-l +option can be used to force +.I LaTeX +mode and the +.B \-t +option can be used to force +.I TeX +mode regardless of input content. +.PP +Text in various environment modes of +.I LaTeX +is ignored. The default modes are array, eqnarray, equation, figure, +mathmatica, picture, table and verbatim. The +.B \-e +option can be used to specify a comma separated +.I environment-list +of environments to ignore. The list replaces the defaults so specifying an +empty list effectively causes no environments to be ignored. +.PP +The +.B \-c +option can be used in +.I LaTeX +mode to have detex echo the arguments to \\cite, +\\ref, and \\pageref macros. This can be useful when sending the output to +a style checker. +.PP +.I Detex +assumes the standard character classes are being used for +.IR TeX . +.I Detex +allows white space between control sequences +and magic characters like `{' when recognizing things like +.I LaTeX +environments. +.PP +If the +.B \-w +flag is given, the output is a word list, one `word' (string of two or more +letters and apostrophes beginning with a letter) +per line, and all other characters ignored. +Without \fB\-w\fR the output follows the original, +with the deletions mentioned above. Newline characters are +preserved where possible +so that the lines of output match the input as closely as possible. +.PP +The TEXINPUTS environment variable is used to find \\input and \\include +files. Like \fITeX\fP, it interprets a leading or trailing `:' as the default +TEXINPUTS. It does \fInot\fP support the `//' directory expansion magic sequence. +.PP +Detex now handles the basic \fITeX\fP ligatures as a special case, replacing the +ligatures with acceptable charater substitutes. This eliminates +spelling errors introduced by merely removing them. The ligatures are +\\aa, \\ae, \\oe, \\ss, \\o, \\l (and their upper-case +equivalents). The special "dotless" characters \\i and \\j are also +replaced with i and j respectively. +.PP +Note that previous versions of +.I detex +would replace control sequences with a space character to prevent words +from running together. +However, this caused accents in the middle of words to break words, generating +"spelling errors" that were not desirable. +Therefore, the new version merely removes these accents. +The old functionality can be essentially duplicated by using the +.B \-s +option. +.SH SEE ALSO +tex(1L) +.SH DIAGNOSTICS +Nesting of \\input is allowed but the number of opened files must not +exceed the system's limit on the number of simultaneously opened files. +.I Detex +ignores unrecognized option characters after printing a warning message. +.SH AUTHOR +Daniel Trinkle, Computer Science Department, Purdue University +.SH BUGS +.I Detex +is not a complete +.I TeX +interpreter, so it can be confused by some constructs. +Most errors result in too much rather than too little output. +.PP +Running \fILaTeX\fR +source without a ``\\begin{document}'' +through \fIdetex\fR may produce +errors. +.PP +Suggestions for improvements are (mildly) encouraged. Files old/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/detex.man1.pdf and new/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/detex.man1.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/texmf-dist/doc/support/fig4latex/CHANGES new/texmf-dist/doc/support/fig4latex/CHANGES --- old/texmf-dist/doc/support/fig4latex/CHANGES 2009-08-18 19:40:52.000000000 +0200 +++ new/texmf-dist/doc/support/fig4latex/CHANGES 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ - Version 0.1 -- 7/24/09 - Original release. - - - Version 0.2 -- 7/26/09 - Per recommendations by Karl Berry: - * Changed hashbang to use the '/usr/bin/env perl' hack for portability - * Added a check on the return status of open("> Makefile"). - diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/texmf-dist/doc/support/fig4latex/COPYING new/texmf-dist/doc/support/fig4latex/COPYING --- old/texmf-dist/doc/support/fig4latex/COPYING 2009-08-18 19:40:52.000000000 +0200 +++ new/texmf-dist/doc/support/fig4latex/COPYING 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,674 +0,0 @@ - GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE - Version 3, 29 June 2007 - - Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/> - Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies - of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. - - Preamble - - The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for -software and other kinds of works. - - The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed -to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast, -the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to -share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free -software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the -GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to -any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to -your programs, too. - - When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not -price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you -have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for -them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you -want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new -free programs, and that you know you can do these things. - - To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you -these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have -certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if -you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others. - - For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether -gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same -freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive -or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they -know their rights. - - Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps: -(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License -giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it. - - For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains -that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and -authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as -changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to -authors of previous versions. - - Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run -modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer -can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of -protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic -pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to -use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we -have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those -products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we -stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions -of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users. - - Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents. -States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of -software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to -avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could -make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that -patents cannot be used to render the program non-free. - - The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and -modification follow. - - TERMS AND CONDITIONS - - 0. Definitions. - - "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License. - - "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of -works, such as semiconductor masks. - - "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this -License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and -"recipients" may be individuals or organizations. - - To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work -in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an -exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the -earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work. - - A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based -on the Program. - - To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without -permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for -infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a -computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying, -distribution (with or without modification), making available to the -public, and in some countries other activities as well. - - To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other -parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through -a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying. - - An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices" -to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible -feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2) -tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the -extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the -work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If -the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a -menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion. - - 1. Source Code. - - The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work -for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source -form of a work. - - A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official -standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of -interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that -is widely used among developers working in that language. - - The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other -than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of -packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major -Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that -Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an -implementation is available to the public in source code form. A -"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component -(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system -(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to -produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it. - - The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all -the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable -work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to -control those activities. However, it does not include the work's -System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free -programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but -which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source -includes interface definition files associated with source files for -the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically -linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require, -such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those -subprograms and other parts of the work. - - The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users -can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding -Source. - - The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that -same work. - - 2. Basic Permissions. - - All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of -copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated -conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited -permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a -covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its -content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your -rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law. - - You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not -convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains -in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose -of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you -with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with -the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do -not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works -for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction -and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of -your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you. - - Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under -the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10 -makes it unnecessary. - - 3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law. - - No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological -measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article -11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or -similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such -measures. - - When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid -circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention -is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to -the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or -modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's -users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of -technological measures. - - 4. Conveying Verbatim Copies. - - You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you -receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and -appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice; -keep intact all notices stating that this License and any -non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code; -keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all -recipients a copy of this License along with the Program. - - You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey, -and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee. - - 5. Conveying Modified Source Versions. - - You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to -produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the -terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: - - a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified - it, and giving a relevant date. - - b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is - released under this License and any conditions added under section - 7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to - "keep intact all notices". - - c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this - License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This - License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7 - additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts, - regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no - permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not - invalidate such permission if you have separately received it. - - d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display - Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive - interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your - work need not make them do so. - - A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent -works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work, -and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program, -in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an -"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not -used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users -beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work -in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other -parts of the aggregate. - - 6. Conveying Non-Source Forms. - - You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms -of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the -machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License, -in one of these ways: - - a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product - (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the - Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium - customarily used for software interchange. - - b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product - (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a - written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as - long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product - model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a - copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the - product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical - medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no - more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this - conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the - Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge. - - c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the - written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This - alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and - only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord - with subsection 6b. - - d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated - place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the - Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no - further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the - Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to - copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source - may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party) - that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain - clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the - Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the - Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is - available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements. - - e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided - you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding - Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no - charge under subsection 6d. - - A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded -from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be -included in conveying the object code work. - - A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any -tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family, -or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation -into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product, -doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular -product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a -typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status -of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user -actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product -is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial -commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent -the only significant mode of use of the product. - - "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods, -procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install -and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from -a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must -suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object -code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because -modification has been made. - - If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or -specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as -part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the -User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a -fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the -Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied -by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply -if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install -modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has -been installed in ROM). - - The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a -requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates -for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for -the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a -network may be denied when the modification itself materially and -adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and -protocols for communication across the network. - - Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided, -in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly -documented (and with an implementation available to the public in -source code form), and must require no special password or key for -unpacking, reading or copying. - - 7. Additional Terms. - - "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this -License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions. -Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall -be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent -that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions -apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately -under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by -this License without regard to the additional permissions. - - When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option -remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of -it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own -removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place -additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work, -for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission. - - Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you -add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of -that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms: - - a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the - terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or - - b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or - author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal - Notices displayed by works containing it; or - - c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or - requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in - reasonable ways as different from the original version; or - - d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or - authors of the material; or - - e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some - trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or - - f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that - material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of - it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for - any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on - those licensors and authors. - - All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further -restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you -received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is -governed by this License along with a term that is a further -restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains -a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this -License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms -of that license document, provided that the further restriction does -not survive such relicensing or conveying. - - If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you -must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the -additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating -where to find the applicable terms. - - Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the -form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions; -the above requirements apply either way. - - 8. Termination. - - You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly -provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or -modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under -this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third -paragraph of section 11). - - However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your -license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a) -provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and -finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright -holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means -prior to 60 days after the cessation. - - Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is -reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the -violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have -received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that -copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after -your receipt of the notice. - - Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the -licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under -this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently -reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same -material under section 10. - - 9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies. - - You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or -run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work -occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission -to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However, -nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or -modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do -not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a -covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so. - - 10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients. - - Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically -receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and -propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible -for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License. - - An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an -organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an -organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered -work results from an entity transaction, each party to that -transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever -licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could -give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the -Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if -the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts. - - You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the -rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may -not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of -rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation -(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that -any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for -sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it. - - 11. Patents. - - A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this -License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The -work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version". - - A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims -owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or -hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted -by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version, -but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a -consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For -purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant -patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of -this License. - - Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free -patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to -make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and -propagate the contents of its contributor version. - - In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express -agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent -(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to -sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a -party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a -patent against the party. - - If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license, -and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone -to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a -publicly available network server or other readily accessible means, -then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so -available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the -patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner -consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent -license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have -actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the -covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work -in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that -country that you have reason to believe are valid. - - If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or -arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a -covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties -receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify -or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license -you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered -work and works based on it. - - A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within -the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is -conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are -specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered -work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is -in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment -to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying -the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the -parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory -patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work -conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily -for and in connection with specific products or compilations that -contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement, -or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007. - - Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting -any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may -otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law. - - 12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom. - - If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or -otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not -excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a -covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this -License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may -not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you -to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey -the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this -License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program. - - 13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License. - - Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have -permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed -under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single -combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this -License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work, -but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License, -section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the -combination as such. - - 14. Revised Versions of this License. - - The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of -the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will -be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to -address new problems or concerns. - - Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the -Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General -Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the -option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered -version or of any later version published by the Free Software -Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the -GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published -by the Free Software Foundation. - - If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future -versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's -public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you -to choose that version for the Program. - - Later license versions may give you additional or different -permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any -author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a -later version. - - 15. Disclaimer of Warranty. - - THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY -APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT -HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY -OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, -THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR -PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM -IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF -ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. - - 16. Limitation of Liability. - - IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING -WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS -THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY -GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE -USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF -DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD -PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), -EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF -SUCH DAMAGES. - - 17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16. - - If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided -above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms, -reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates -an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the -Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a -copy of the Program in return for a fee. - - END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS - - How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs - - If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest -possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it -free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. - - To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest -to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively -state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least -the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. - - <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> - Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> - - This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. - -Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. - - If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short -notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode: - - <program> Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> - This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. - This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it - under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. - -The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate -parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands -might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box". - - You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school, -if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary. -For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see -<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. - - The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program -into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you -may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with -the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General -Public License instead of this License. But first, please read -<http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>. diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/texmf-dist/doc/support/fig4latex/README new/texmf-dist/doc/support/fig4latex/README --- old/texmf-dist/doc/support/fig4latex/README 2009-08-18 19:40:52.000000000 +0200 +++ new/texmf-dist/doc/support/fig4latex/README 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,52 +0,0 @@ -Fig4LaTeX is designed to simplify management of the figures in a large LaTeX -document. Fig4LaTeX is appropriate for projects that include -figures with graphics created by XFig -- in particular, graphics which use -the combined PS/LaTeX (or PDF/LaTeX) export method. When such a figure includes -text elements that are marked with the "special" flag, those texts are actually -rendered by LaTeX and only the strictly graphical elements of the figure are -rendered by including an image. See the example document, included in this -directory which has been cunningly named "example.tex". - -In a large project one would typically place the .fig files in a seperate -sub-directory. In "example.tex" the figures are in a sub-directory named -"figs/" -- changing into that directory and running the fig4latex script -produces a Makefile, one then runs "make" in order to create the .tex and -.eps (or .pdf) files which contain the graphic. - -Fig4latex has been (minimally) tested in an Ubuntu linux environment. -The prerequisites are Perl, fig2dev and Make, so it could probably be made to -work in other environments. - -Usage: fig4latex [-d dir] [-m NUM] [-p] [-l] [-h] - - -d DIR Directory containing the figures (a path relative to - the directory where your LaTeX source files are). - -m NUM Magnification factor. - -p Pdflatex -- create makefile for use with pdflatex -- the images - get converted to pdf format. - -l Latex -- create makefile for use with (regular) latex -- the images - are exported as eps format. (this is the default) - -h Help -- print this message and quit. - - - - ---Joe Fields - fieldsj1(a)southernct.edu - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - This file is part of fig4latex. - - fig4latex is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - fig4latex is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with fig4latex. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. - Files old/texmf-dist/doc/support/fig4latex/example.pdf and new/texmf-dist/doc/support/fig4latex/example.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/texmf-dist/doc/support/fig4latex/example.tex new/texmf-dist/doc/support/fig4latex/example.tex --- old/texmf-dist/doc/support/fig4latex/example.tex 2009-08-18 19:40:52.000000000 +0200 +++ new/texmf-dist/doc/support/fig4latex/example.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,80 +0,0 @@ -\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined % We're running regular LaTeX (not pdftex) -\documentclass[dvips,12pt]{article} -\RequirePackage[plainpages=false]{hyperref} -\usepackage{color} -\typeout{Use 'fig4latex -l' then 'make' to format graphics for regular latex} -\else % We're running PdfTeX -\documentclass[pdftex,12pt]{article} -\RequirePackage[pdftex]{hyperref} -\hypersetup{colorlinks=true, % - plainpages=false, % - %pdfpagelabels, % - %hyperindex=true, % - %backref=true, % - %bookmarks=true, % - pdftitle={Using fig4latex}, % - pdfauthor={Joseph E. Fields}, % - pdfsubject={silly examples}, % - %pdfpagelayout=SinglePage, % - %pdfpagetransition=Dissolve, % - pdfstartview={XYZ 0 0 1.25}, % - pdfstartpage=2, % - pdffitwindow=true} -\pdfcompresslevel=9 -\typeout{Use 'fig4latex -p' then 'make' to format graphics for pdflatex.} - -\fi - -\usepackage{graphicx} - -\begin{document} - -\title{Using fig4latex} - -\author{Joseph Fields\thanks{Department of Mathematics, -Southern Connecticut State University, New Haven CT 06515, USA; -e-mail: fields(a)southernct.edu}} - -\date{\today} - -\maketitle - -{\em Never raise your hand to your kids. It leaves your groin unprotected. --Red Buttons} - - -\section{Algorithms} -\label{sec:alg} - - This section contains two figures. The first is Figure~\ref{fig:if-then} -which illustrates an excerpt from a computer program both in pseudocode and as a flowchart. - -\begin{figure}[!hbt] -\begin{tabular}{ccc} -\input{figs/if-then_flowchart.tex} - & \hspace{1in} & -\begin{minipage}[b]{.3\textwidth} -\tt If $x=y$ then \\ -\rule{15pt}{0pt} $x=x+1$ \\ -End If \\ -\rule{30pt}{0pt} \vdots\\ -\\ -\\ -\end{minipage} \\ -\end{tabular} -\caption{A small example in pseudocode and as a flowchart} -\label{fig:if-then} -\end{figure} - -Next, we illustrate the division algorithm using a flowchart -in Figure~\ref{fig:div_alg}. - -\begin{figure}[!hbt] -\begin{center} -\input{figs/div_alg_flowchart.tex} -\end{center} -\caption{The division algorithm in flowchart form.} -\label{fig:div_alg} -\end{figure} - -That's all folks! -\end{document} diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/texmf-dist/doc/support/fig4latex/figs/div_alg_flowchart.fig new/texmf-dist/doc/support/fig4latex/figs/div_alg_flowchart.fig --- old/texmf-dist/doc/support/fig4latex/figs/div_alg_flowchart.fig 2009-08-18 19:40:52.000000000 +0200 +++ new/texmf-dist/doc/support/fig4latex/figs/div_alg_flowchart.fig 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,54 +0,0 @@ -#FIG 3.2 -Portrait -Center -Inches -Letter -50.00 -Single --2 -1200 2 -6 2175 5400 3300 5625 -4 0 0 50 1 0 12 0.0000 2 165 1080 2188 5586 Let $r = r - d$.\001 --6 -1 2 0 1 0 7 50 -1 -1 0.000 1 0.0000 2697 1837 1200 562 1497 1275 3897 2400 -2 2 0 1 0 7 50 -1 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 0 0 5 - 1575 2775 3825 2775 3825 3375 1575 3375 1575 2775 -2 1 0 1 0 7 50 -1 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 1 0 2 - 2 1 1.00 60.00 120.00 - 2700 2400 2700 2775 -2 1 0 1 0 7 50 -1 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 1 0 2 - 2 1 1.00 60.00 120.00 - 2700 3375 2700 3750 -2 3 0 1 0 7 50 -1 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 0 0 5 - 2700 3750 1800 4350 2700 4950 3600 4350 2700 3750 -2 3 0 1 0 7 50 -1 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 0 0 9 - 4725 5250 5175 5250 5475 5550 5475 5925 5175 6225 4725 6225 - 4425 5925 4425 5550 4725 5250 -2 1 0 1 0 7 50 -1 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 1 0 2 - 2 1 1.00 60.00 120.00 - 2700 4950 2700 5325 -2 1 0 1 0 7 50 -1 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 1 0 3 - 2 1 1.00 60.00 120.00 - 3600 4350 4950 4350 4950 5250 -2 2 0 1 0 7 50 -1 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 0 0 5 - 1650 5325 3900 5325 3900 6000 1650 6000 1650 5325 -2 1 0 1 0 7 50 -1 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 1 0 2 - 2 1 1.00 60.00 120.00 - 2700 6000 2700 6375 -2 3 0 1 0 7 50 -1 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 0 0 6 - 2250 6375 3075 6375 3075 6825 2250 6825 2025 6600 2250 6375 -2 1 0 1 0 7 50 -1 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 1 0 5 - 2 1 1.00 60.00 120.00 - 2025 6600 1200 6600 1200 3600 2325 3600 2700 3750 -2 2 0 0 7 7 50 -1 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 0 0 5 - 900 900 5775 900 5775 7125 900 7125 900 900 -4 0 0 50 1 0 12 0.0000 2 195 1965 1875 1725 Input: integers $n$ \\& $d$\001 -4 0 0 50 1 0 12 0.0000 2 195 1965 1875 2025 Local: integers $q$ \\& $r$\001 -4 0 0 50 1 0 12 0.0000 2 195 1785 1875 3150 Let $q = 0$ and $r = n$.\001 -4 0 0 50 1 0 12 0.0000 2 165 795 2325 4425 Is $r > d$?\001 -4 0 0 50 1 0 12 0.0000 2 135 315 2775 5100 Yes\001 -4 0 0 50 1 0 12 0.0000 2 135 225 3675 4275 No\001 -4 0 0 50 1 0 12 0.0000 2 195 795 4575 5850 $q$ \\& $r$\001 -4 0 0 50 1 0 12 0.0000 2 135 555 4725 5625 Return:\001 -4 0 0 50 1 0 12 0.0000 2 195 1185 2175 5850 Let $q = q + 1$.\001 -4 0 0 50 1 0 12 0.0000 2 135 375 2400 6675 Goto\001 diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/texmf-dist/doc/support/fig4latex/figs/if-then_flowchart.fig new/texmf-dist/doc/support/fig4latex/figs/if-then_flowchart.fig --- old/texmf-dist/doc/support/fig4latex/figs/if-then_flowchart.fig 2009-08-18 19:40:52.000000000 +0200 +++ new/texmf-dist/doc/support/fig4latex/figs/if-then_flowchart.fig 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,31 +0,0 @@ -#FIG 3.2 -Landscape -Center -Inches -Letter -50.00 -Single --2 -1200 2 -2 1 0 1 0 7 50 -1 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 1 0 2 - 2 1 1.00 60.00 120.00 - 2400 1350 2400 1725 -2 3 0 1 0 7 50 -1 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 0 0 5 - 2400 1725 1500 2325 2400 2925 3300 2325 2400 1725 -2 1 0 1 0 7 50 -1 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 1 0 2 - 2 1 1.00 60.00 120.00 - 2400 2925 2400 3300 -2 1 0 1 0 7 50 -1 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 1 0 3 - 2 1 1.00 60.00 120.00 - 3300 2325 3900 2325 3900 4350 -2 2 0 1 0 7 50 -1 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 0 0 5 - 1350 3300 3600 3300 3600 3975 1350 3975 1350 3300 -2 1 0 1 0 7 50 -1 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 1 0 2 - 2 1 1.00 60.00 120.00 - 2400 3975 2400 4350 -2 2 0 0 7 7 50 -1 -1 0.000 0 0 -1 0 0 5 - 1200 1200 4050 1200 4050 4500 1200 4500 1200 1200 -4 0 0 50 1 0 12 0.0000 2 135 315 2475 3075 Yes\001 -4 0 0 50 1 0 12 0.0000 2 135 225 3375 2250 No\001 -4 0 0 50 -1 0 12 0.0000 2 165 1185 1725 3675 Let $x = x + 1$.\001 -4 0 0 50 -1 0 12 0.0000 2 195 1500 1800 2400 Is $x$ equal to $y$?\001 diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/detex.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/detex.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/detex.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/detex.doc.tlpobj 2013-04-09 03:40:06.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +name detex.doc +category TLCore +revision 29764 +shortdesc doc files of detex +docfiles size=4 + texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/detex.1 + texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/detex.man1.pdf diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/fig4latex.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/fig4latex.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/fig4latex.doc.tlpobj 2012-05-15 17:31:39.000000000 +0200 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/fig4latex.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -name fig4latex.doc -category Package -revision 26313 -shortdesc doc files of fig4latex -docfiles size=28 - texmf-dist/doc/support/fig4latex/CHANGES - texmf-dist/doc/support/fig4latex/COPYING - texmf-dist/doc/support/fig4latex/README - texmf-dist/doc/support/fig4latex/example.pdf - texmf-dist/doc/support/fig4latex/example.tex - texmf-dist/doc/support/fig4latex/figs/div_alg_flowchart.fig - texmf-dist/doc/support/fig4latex/figs/if-then_flowchart.fig ++++++ facsimile.doc.tar.xz -> dice.doc.tar.xz ++++++ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/fonts/dice/dice3d.tex new/doc/fonts/dice/dice3d.tex --- old/doc/fonts/dice/dice3d.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/fonts/dice/dice3d.tex 2006-01-09 01:47:01.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +% DICE3D.TEX +% +% a short demo on the usage of the DICE3D font +% +% Thomas A Heim (1998) +% +% LICENSE: LPPL +% +\documentclass{article} +\addtolength{\textwidth}{1cm} +\addtolength{\oddsidemargin}{-5mm} +\addtolength{\evensidemargin}{-5mm} + \newfont\dice{dice3d} +\pagestyle{empty} +\begin{document} +\section*{Dicey font} +Plain 2D-like faces with the appropriate number of dots are obtained +with the characters `1' through `6' in the font \verb+dice3d+. +For an authentic 3D-look, we use the fact that for `good' dice the +point total on opposing faces is always 7. Therefore, if face $n$ is +up, there are only four possible values $m$ on the front. Furthermore, +assuming identical dice throughout, the value on the right side is +fixed once the values on the top and front are specified. Thus, we end up +with 24 different 3D arrangement of the dots / faces. In the font, +these are mapped to the letters `a' through `x'. In order to simplify +the usage, the 3D dice are accessible using \emph{ligatures}, based on the +following principle: A number from `1' to `6' determines the value on +the top face, and a letter (appended without a space) from `a' to `d' +determines the value on the front face, ordered according to increasing +value. Alternatively, the value on the front face could be indicated +directly with a letter from `a' to `f'. This can be achieved by changing +the ligature tables appropriately (at the end of file \verb+dice3d.mf+). + +\subsection*{Example (at 30pt size)} +\begin{flushleft} +{\dice 123456} \\ +produced with \verb+{\dice 123456}+ \\[2ex] +{\dice 1a 1b 1c 1d 2a 2b 2c 2d} \\ +produced with \verb+{\dice 1a 1b 1c 1d 2a 2b 2c 2d}+ \\[2ex] +{\dice 3a 3b 3c 3d 4a 4b 4c 4d} \\ +produced with \verb+{\dice 3a 3b 3c 3d 4a 4b 4c 4d}+ \\[2ex] +{\dice 5a 5b 5c 5d 6a 6b 6c 6d} \\ +produced with \verb+{\dice 5a 5b 5c 5d 6a 6b 6c 6d}+ +\end{flushleft} +\end{document} + diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/facsimile/README new/doc/latex/facsimile/README --- old/doc/latex/facsimile/README 2006-01-09 01:49:07.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/facsimile/README 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,61 +0,0 @@ - - The facsimile LaTeX package - - - facsimile v1.1 (2002/02/25) - CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/facsimile - Copyright (C) 2003 Torsten Bronger - Distributed under the terms of LPPL - - -Abstract - -The facsimile package provides a simple interface for creating a fax. -This covers by and large two areas: First, a title page is created with -a detailed fax header. And secondly, every page gets headers and -footers so that the recipient can be sure to have received all pages and -complete pages, and to have the correct order. - -Supported languages: Afrikaans, Dutch, English, French, German, Italian, -Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish. - - -Files - -README This file. -facsimile.dtx Documentation and code for facsimile.cls. -facsimile.ins Installation script. -facsimile.pdf Ready-to-print package manual. - - -Installation - -1) tex facsimile.ins - unpacks `facsimile.cls' and the example files `fac-en.cfg', - `fac-de.cfg', and `example.tex' from facsimile.dtx. - -2) Edit `facsimile.cfg' - if you need to set your default options. You may use `fac-en.cfg' - or `fac-de.cfg' as your starting point. - -3) Copy facsimile.cls and facsimile.cfg - into a directory searched by LaTeX. - - -Documentation - -The package contains the manual `facsimile.pdf'. So you don't have to -make the manual, but you can remake it. To create the same manual, type - - pdflatex facsimile.dtx - pdflatex facsimile.dtx - makeindex -s gind facsimile.idx - pdflatex facsimile.dtx - -(or simply "latex facsimile.dtx" to get a DVI file). To create the full -documentation with the code description, first add a percent sign at the -beginning of the line - - \OnlyDescription - -in `facsimile.dtx'. diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/facsimile/example.tex new/doc/latex/facsimile/example.tex --- old/doc/latex/facsimile/example.tex 2006-01-09 01:49:07.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/facsimile/example.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,63 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `example.tex', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% facsimile.dtx (with options: `example') -%% -%% IMPORTANT NOTICE: -%% -%% For the copyright see the source file. -%% -%% Any modified versions of this file must be renamed -%% with new filenames distinct from example.tex. -%% -%% For distribution of the original source see the terms -%% for copying and modification in the file facsimile.dtx. -%% -%% This generated file may be distributed as long as the -%% original source files, as listed above, are part of the -%% same distribution. (The sources need not necessarily be -%% in the same archive or directory.) -%% \CharacterTable -%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z -%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z -%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9 -%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \# -%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \& -%% Acute accent \' Left paren $ Right paren $ -%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \, -%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/ -%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \< -%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \? -%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\ -%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ -%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| -%% Right brace \} Tilde \~} -%% -\documentclass{facsimile} - -\faxsubject{Curriculum vitae} -\faxto{% - \begin{tabular}{rl} - to: & \textbf{The President}\\ - fax: & +1-202-456-1414\\ - \end{tabular}} - -\begin{document} - \makefaxtitle - - \opening{Dear Mr.~President,} - - I submit my curriculum vitae as arranged by phone. - - [\dots] - - \closing{Yours most sincerely} - -\end{document} - -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `example.tex'. Files old/doc/latex/facsimile/facsimile.pdf and new/doc/latex/facsimile/facsimile.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/dice.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/dice.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/dice.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/dice.doc.tlpobj 2012-12-12 04:35:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +name dice.doc +category Package +revision 28501 +shortdesc doc files of dice +relocated 1 +docfiles size=1 + RELOC/doc/fonts/dice/dice3d.tex diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/facsimile.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/facsimile.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/facsimile.doc.tlpobj 2011-02-07 04:13:48.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/facsimile.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -name facsimile.doc -category Package -revision 21328 -shortdesc doc files of facsimile -relocated 1 -docfiles size=12 - RELOC/doc/latex/facsimile/README - RELOC/doc/latex/facsimile/example.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/facsimile/facsimile.pdf ++++++ facsimile.doc.tar.xz -> dice.tar.xz ++++++ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/facsimile/README new/doc/latex/facsimile/README --- old/doc/latex/facsimile/README 2006-01-09 01:49:07.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/facsimile/README 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,61 +0,0 @@ - - The facsimile LaTeX package - - - facsimile v1.1 (2002/02/25) - CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/facsimile - Copyright (C) 2003 Torsten Bronger - Distributed under the terms of LPPL - - -Abstract - -The facsimile package provides a simple interface for creating a fax. -This covers by and large two areas: First, a title page is created with -a detailed fax header. And secondly, every page gets headers and -footers so that the recipient can be sure to have received all pages and -complete pages, and to have the correct order. - -Supported languages: Afrikaans, Dutch, English, French, German, Italian, -Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish. - - -Files - -README This file. -facsimile.dtx Documentation and code for facsimile.cls. -facsimile.ins Installation script. -facsimile.pdf Ready-to-print package manual. - - -Installation - -1) tex facsimile.ins - unpacks `facsimile.cls' and the example files `fac-en.cfg', - `fac-de.cfg', and `example.tex' from facsimile.dtx. - -2) Edit `facsimile.cfg' - if you need to set your default options. You may use `fac-en.cfg' - or `fac-de.cfg' as your starting point. - -3) Copy facsimile.cls and facsimile.cfg - into a directory searched by LaTeX. - - -Documentation - -The package contains the manual `facsimile.pdf'. So you don't have to -make the manual, but you can remake it. To create the same manual, type - - pdflatex facsimile.dtx - pdflatex facsimile.dtx - makeindex -s gind facsimile.idx - pdflatex facsimile.dtx - -(or simply "latex facsimile.dtx" to get a DVI file). To create the full -documentation with the code description, first add a percent sign at the -beginning of the line - - \OnlyDescription - -in `facsimile.dtx'. diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/facsimile/example.tex new/doc/latex/facsimile/example.tex --- old/doc/latex/facsimile/example.tex 2006-01-09 01:49:07.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/facsimile/example.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,63 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `example.tex', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% facsimile.dtx (with options: `example') -%% -%% IMPORTANT NOTICE: -%% -%% For the copyright see the source file. -%% -%% Any modified versions of this file must be renamed -%% with new filenames distinct from example.tex. -%% -%% For distribution of the original source see the terms -%% for copying and modification in the file facsimile.dtx. -%% -%% This generated file may be distributed as long as the -%% original source files, as listed above, are part of the -%% same distribution. (The sources need not necessarily be -%% in the same archive or directory.) -%% \CharacterTable -%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z -%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z -%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9 -%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \# -%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \& -%% Acute accent \' Left paren $ Right paren $ -%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \, -%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/ -%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \< -%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \? -%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\ -%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ -%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| -%% Right brace \} Tilde \~} -%% -\documentclass{facsimile} - -\faxsubject{Curriculum vitae} -\faxto{% - \begin{tabular}{rl} - to: & \textbf{The President}\\ - fax: & +1-202-456-1414\\ - \end{tabular}} - -\begin{document} - \makefaxtitle - - \opening{Dear Mr.~President,} - - I submit my curriculum vitae as arranged by phone. - - [\dots] - - \closing{Yours most sincerely} - -\end{document} - -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `example.tex'. Files old/doc/latex/facsimile/facsimile.pdf and new/doc/latex/facsimile/facsimile.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/fonts/source/public/dice/dice3d.mf new/fonts/source/public/dice/dice3d.mf --- old/fonts/source/public/dice/dice3d.mf 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/fonts/source/public/dice/dice3d.mf 2006-01-10 00:38:21.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,886 @@ +% DICE3D.MF +% +% by Thomas A. Heim (1998) +% +% 3D-look for dice; works reasonably well only in display size 20pt and up +% +% 2D-pictures are characters 1,2,3,4,5,6; +% 3D-pictures are characters "a" through "x", +% but they're accessible using ligatures #a, #b, #c, #d, +% where # is the value on the top face, and +% the letter indicates one of the four possible +% values on the front face: "a" -> smallest, "d" -> largest +% +% alternatively, there are ligature tables so that +% the letters run from "a" to "f", indicating 1 to 6 dots +% on the front face +% +% (you can change the lig table at the end of the file) +% +% LICENSE: LPPL +% + +% change this to get a different size +size_in_points = 30; + +mode_setup; + +% autorounding := 0; % no need to shut off autorounding +% smoothing := 0; % or smoothing + +% define the unit size +un#=(size_in_points/10) * pt#; +define_whole_pixels(un); + +font_normal_space 3un#; + +% amount of space to the left and right of dice box; +% if you change this, also change the 2nd parameter to +% beginchar for each character +sb = .5 un; + +% size of dots on front face +DotSize = .8un; + +% width and height of front face +face_width = 8un; +face_height = 8un; + +% amount of rounding at corners +dice_c = 1.3DotSize; + +% transformations front -> side, front -> top, scale with 1/sqrt(8): +sqrt_eight = 0.35355339; + +% scaled dot diagonal +dot_xy = sqrt_eight*DotSize; + +% define the affine transformations front->side, front->top +transform t[]; + +hide( (0,0) transformed t1 = (0,0) ); +hide( (1,0) transformed t1 = (sqrt_eight,sqrt_eight) ); +hide( (0,1) transformed t1 = (0,1) ); +hide( (0,0) transformed t2 = (0,0) ); +hide( (1,0) transformed t2 = (1,0) ); +hide( (0,1) transformed t2 = (sqrt_eight,sqrt_eight) ); + +% t3 transforms front to right side +t3 = t1 shifted (face_width,0); + +% t4 transforms front to top +t4 = t2 shifted (0,face_height); + +% the following macro draws a die face, with rounded corners +def dice_face = + begingroup; + save w, h; + numeric w[], h[]; + + lft w1 = sb = w2 - dice_c = w3 - face_width + dice_c = rt w4 - face_width; + bot h1 = 0 = h2 - dice_c = h3 - face_height + dice_c = top h4 - face_height; + + draw (w1,h2)---(w1, h3)..(w2, h4)---(w3,h4)..(w4,h3)--- + (w4,h2)..(w3,h1)---(w2,h1)..cycle; + + endgroup; + +enddef; + +% the following macro draws a box, with rounded corners +def dice_box = + begingroup; + save w, h; + numeric w[], h[]; + + lft w1 = sb = w2 - dice_c = w3 - face_width + dice_c = rt w4 - face_width; + bot h1 = 0 = h2 - dice_c = h3 - face_height + dice_c = top h4 - face_height; + +% the front face: + draw (w1,h2)---(w1, h3)..(w2, h4)---(w3,h4)..(w4,h3)--- + (w4,h2)..(w3,h1)---(w2,h1)..cycle; + +% the right side face: + draw ((w1,h2) transformed t3)---((w1,h3) transformed t3).. + ((w2,h4) transformed t3)---((w3,h4) transformed t3).. + ((w4,h3) transformed t3)---((w4,h2) transformed t3).. + ((w3,h1) transformed t3)---((w2,h1) transformed t3)..cycle; + +% the top face: + draw ((w1,h2) transformed t4)---((w1,h3) transformed t4).. + ((w2,h4) transformed t4)---((w3,h4) transformed t4).. + ((w4,h3) transformed t4)---((w4,h2) transformed t4).. + ((w3,h1) transformed t4)---((w2,h1) transformed t4)..cycle; + +% connect upper left front to top: + draw (w1,h3)..((w1,h2) transformed t4); + + endgroup; +enddef; + +% the following macros draw dots on the front, side, and top, +% with the appropriate transformations, at point z$: + +def front_dot (suffix $) = +fill (z$+(0,DotSize)){right}..{left}(z$-(0,DotSize))..cycle; +enddef; + +def side_dot (suffix $) = + fill (z$+(dot_xy,dot_xy)){up}.. {dir 225}(z$+(0,DotSize)){dir 225}.. + {down}(z$-(dot_xy,dot_xy)){down}..{dir 45}(z$-(0,DotSize))..cycle; +enddef; + +def top_dot (suffix $) = + fill (z$+(dot_xy,dot_xy)){right}..{dir 225}(z$+(DotSize,0)){dir 225}.. + {left}(z$-(dot_xy,dot_xy)){left}..{dir 45}(z$-(DotSize,0))..cycle; +enddef; + +def dice_dots = +% this macros defines the possible dot positions: +% dots are labeled z1 through z27 as follows +% _____________ +% / 19 20 21 / | +% / 22 23 24 / 12| +% / 25 26 27 / 11 | +% ------------- 10 15| +% | 1 2 3 | 14 | i.e., 1-9 on front, +% | | 13 18| 10-18 on side, +% | 4 5 6 | 17 / 19-27 on top +% | | 16 / +% | 7 8 9 | / +% -------------/ +% +% the nine positions for dots on the front face: + x1 = sb + face_width/4 = x2 - face_width/4 = x3 - face_width/2 = x4 = x7; + x5 = x2 = x8; + x6 = x3 = x9; + y1 = 3/4face_height = y2 = y3; + y4 = face_height/2 = y5 = y6; + y7 = face_height/4 = y8 = y9; +% nine dot positions on the right side face: +% (1st and 3rd column are shifted towards the center to avoid +% overlap with frame) + z10 = (z1 shifted (sb,0)) transformed t3; + z11 = z2 transformed t3; + z12 = (z3 shifted (-sb,0)) transformed t3; + z13 = (z4 shifted (sb,0)) transformed t3; + z14 = z5 transformed t3; + z15 = (z6 shifted (-sb,0)) transformed t3; + z16 = (z7 shifted (sb,0)) transformed t3; + z17 = z8 transformed t3; + z18 = (z9 shifted (-sb,0)) transformed t3; +% nine dot positions on the top face: +% (1st and 3rd row are shifted towards the center to avoid +% overlap with frame) + z19 = (z1 shifted (0,-sb)) transformed t4; + z20 = (z2 shifted (0,-sb)) transformed t4; + z21 = (z3 shifted (0,-sb)) transformed t4; + z22 = z4 transformed t4; + z23 = z5 transformed t4; + z24 = z6 transformed t4; + z25 = (z7 shifted (0,sb)) transformed t4; + z26 = (z8 shifted (0,sb)) transformed t4; + z27 = (z9 shifted (0,sb)) transformed t4; +enddef; + +% the 2D faces: +beginchar("1",9un#,8un#,0); "One"; + + pickup pencircle scaled .5 un; + + dice_face; % draw the frame + dice_dots; % get the dot positions + front_dot(5); % draw a dot + +endchar; + +beginchar("2",9un#,8un#,0); "Two"; + + pickup pencircle scaled .5 un; + + dice_face; % draw the frame + dice_dots; % get the dot positions + front_dot(1); % draw a dot + front_dot(9); % draw a dot + +endchar; + +beginchar("3",9un#,8un#,0); "Three"; + + pickup pencircle scaled .5 un; + + dice_face; % draw the frame + dice_dots; % get the dot positions + front_dot(1); % draw a dot + front_dot(5); % draw a dot + front_dot(9); % draw a dot + +endchar; + +beginchar("4",9un#,8un#,0); "Four"; + + pickup pencircle scaled .5 un; + + dice_face; % draw the frame + dice_dots; % get the dot positions + front_dot(1); % draw a dot + front_dot(3); % draw a dot + front_dot(7); % draw a dot + front_dot(9); % draw a dot + +endchar; + +beginchar("5",9un#,8un#,0); "Five"; + + pickup pencircle scaled .5 un; + + dice_face; % draw the frame + dice_dots; % get the dot positions + front_dot(1); % draw a dot + front_dot(3); % draw a dot + front_dot(5); % draw a dot + front_dot(7); % draw a dot + front_dot(9); % draw a dot + +endchar; + +beginchar("6",9un#,8un#,0); "Six"; + + pickup pencircle scaled .5 un; + + dice_face; % draw the frame + dice_dots; % get the dot positions + front_dot(1); % draw a dot + front_dot(3); % draw a dot + front_dot(4); % draw a dot + front_dot(6); % draw a dot + front_dot(7); % draw a dot + front_dot(9); % draw a dot + +endchar; + +% the 3D dice: +beginchar("a",12un#,12un#,0); "OneTwoThree"; + + pickup pencircle scaled .5 un; + + % draw the box + dice_box; + + % get the dot positions + dice_dots; + + % dots + top_dot(23); + front_dot(1); + front_dot(9); + side_dot(10); + side_dot(14); + side_dot(18); +endchar; + +beginchar("b",12un#,12un#,0); "OneThreeFive"; + + pickup pencircle scaled .5 un; + + % draw the box + dice_box; + + % get the dot positions + dice_dots; + + % dots + top_dot(23); + front_dot(1); + front_dot(5); + front_dot(9); + side_dot(10); + side_dot(12); + side_dot(14); + side_dot(16); + side_dot(18); + +endchar; + +beginchar("c",12un#,12un#,0); "OneFourTwo"; + + pickup pencircle scaled .5 un; + + % draw the box + dice_box; + + % get the dot positions + dice_dots; + + % dots + top_dot(23); + front_dot(1); + front_dot(3); + front_dot(7); + front_dot(9); + side_dot(10); + side_dot(18); + +endchar; + +beginchar("d",12un#,12un#,0); "OneFiveFour"; + + pickup pencircle scaled .5 un; + + % draw the box + dice_box; + + % get the dot positions + dice_dots; + + % dots + top_dot(23); + front_dot(1); + front_dot(3); + front_dot(5); + front_dot(7); + front_dot(9); + side_dot(10); + side_dot(12); + side_dot(16); + side_dot(18); + +endchar; + +beginchar("e",12un#,12un#,0); "TwoOneFour"; + + pickup pencircle scaled .5 un; + + % draw the box + dice_box; + + % get the dot positions + dice_dots; + + % dots + top_dot(19); + top_dot(27); + front_dot(5); + side_dot(10); + side_dot(12); + side_dot(16); + side_dot(18); + +endchar; + +beginchar("f",12un#,12un#,0); "TwoThreeOne"; + + pickup pencircle scaled .5 un; + + % draw the box + dice_box; + + % get the dot positions + dice_dots; + + % dots + top_dot(21); + top_dot(25); + front_dot(3); + front_dot(5); + front_dot(7); + side_dot(14); + +endchar; + +beginchar("g",12un#,12un#,0); "TwoFourSix"; + + pickup pencircle scaled .5 un; + + % draw the box + dice_box; + + % get the dot positions + dice_dots; + + % dots + top_dot(21); + top_dot(25); + front_dot(1); + front_dot(3); + front_dot(7); + front_dot(9); + side_dot(10); + side_dot(12); + side_dot(13); + side_dot(15); + side_dot(16); + side_dot(18); + +endchar; + +beginchar("h",12un#,12un#,0); "TwoSixThree"; + + pickup pencircle scaled .5 un; + + % draw the box + dice_box; + + % get the dot positions + dice_dots; + + % dots + top_dot(19); + top_dot(27); + front_dot(1); + front_dot(3); + front_dot(4); + front_dot(6); + front_dot(7); + front_dot(9); + side_dot(12); + side_dot(14); + side_dot(16); + +endchar; + +beginchar("i",12un#,12un#,0); "ThreeOneTwo"; + + pickup pencircle scaled .5 un; + + % draw the box + dice_box; + + % get the dot positions + dice_dots; + + % dots + top_dot(19); + top_dot(23); + top_dot(27); + front_dot(5); + side_dot(12); + side_dot(16); + +endchar; + +beginchar("j",12un#,12un#,0); "ThreeTwoSix"; + + pickup pencircle scaled .5 un; + + % draw the box + dice_box; + + % get the dot positions + dice_dots; + + % dots + top_dot(21); + top_dot(23); + top_dot(25); + front_dot(3); + front_dot(7); + side_dot(10); + side_dot(11); + side_dot(12); + side_dot(16); + side_dot(17); + side_dot(18); + +endchar; + +beginchar("k",12un#,12un#,0); "ThreeFiveOne"; + + pickup pencircle scaled .5 un; + + % draw the box + dice_box; + + % get the dot positions + dice_dots; + + % dots + top_dot(21); + top_dot(23); + top_dot(25); + front_dot(1); + front_dot(3); + front_dot(5); + front_dot(7); + front_dot(9); + side_dot(14); + +endchar; + +beginchar("l",12un#,12un#,0); "ThreeSixFive"; + + pickup pencircle scaled .5 un; + + % draw the box + dice_box; + + % get the dot positions + dice_dots; + + % dots + top_dot(19); + top_dot(23); + top_dot(27); + front_dot(1); + front_dot(2); + front_dot(3); + front_dot(7); + front_dot(8); + front_dot(9); + side_dot(10); + side_dot(12); + side_dot(14); + side_dot(16); + side_dot(18); + +endchar; + +beginchar("m",12un#,12un#,0); "FourOneFive"; + + pickup pencircle scaled .5 un; + + % draw the box + dice_box; + + % get the dot positions + dice_dots; + + % dots + top_dot(19); + top_dot(21); + top_dot(25); + top_dot(27); + front_dot(5); + side_dot(10); + side_dot(12); + side_dot(14); + side_dot(16); + side_dot(18); + +endchar; + +beginchar("n",12un#,12un#,0); "FourTwoOne"; + + pickup pencircle scaled .5 un; + + % draw the box + dice_box; + + % get the dot positions + dice_dots; + + % dots + top_dot(19); + top_dot(21); + top_dot(25); + top_dot(27); + front_dot(3); + front_dot(7); + side_dot(14); + +endchar; + +beginchar("o",12un#,12un#,0); "FourFiveSix"; + + pickup pencircle scaled .5 un; + + % draw the box + dice_box; + + % get the dot positions + dice_dots; + + % dots + top_dot(19); + top_dot(21); + top_dot(25); + top_dot(27); + front_dot(1); + front_dot(3); + front_dot(5); + front_dot(7); + front_dot(9); + side_dot(10); + side_dot(11); + side_dot(12); + side_dot(16); + side_dot(17); + side_dot(18); + +endchar; + +beginchar("p",12un#,12un#,0); "FourSixTwo"; + + pickup pencircle scaled .5 un; + + % draw the box + dice_box; + + % get the dot positions + dice_dots; + + % dots + top_dot(19); + top_dot(21); + top_dot(25); + top_dot(27); + front_dot(1); + front_dot(2); + front_dot(3); + front_dot(7); + front_dot(8); + front_dot(9); + side_dot(12); + side_dot(16); + +endchar; + +beginchar("q",12un#,12un#,0); "FiveOneThree"; + + pickup pencircle scaled .5 un; + + % draw the box + dice_box; + + % get the dot positions + dice_dots; + + % dots + top_dot(19); + top_dot(21); + top_dot(23); + top_dot(25); + top_dot(27); + front_dot(5); + side_dot(12); + side_dot(14); + side_dot(16); + +endchar; + +beginchar("r",12un#,12un#,0); "FiveThreeSix"; + + pickup pencircle scaled .5 un; + + % draw the box + dice_box; + + % get the dot positions + dice_dots; + + % dots + top_dot(19); + top_dot(21); + top_dot(23); + top_dot(25); + top_dot(27); + front_dot(3); + front_dot(5); + front_dot(7); + side_dot(10); + side_dot(12); + side_dot(13); + side_dot(15); + side_dot(16); + side_dot(18); + +endchar; + +beginchar("s",12un#,12un#,0); "FiveFourOne"; + + pickup pencircle scaled .5 un; + + % draw the box + dice_box; + + % get the dot positions + dice_dots; + + % dots + top_dot(19); + top_dot(21); + top_dot(23); + top_dot(25); + top_dot(27); + front_dot(1); + front_dot(3); + front_dot(7); + front_dot(9); + side_dot(14); + +endchar; + +beginchar("t",12un#,12un#,0); "FiveSixFour"; + + pickup pencircle scaled .5 un; + + % draw the box + dice_box; + + % get the dot positions + dice_dots; + top_dot(19); + top_dot(21); + top_dot(23); + top_dot(25); + top_dot(27); + front_dot(1); + front_dot(3); + front_dot(4); + front_dot(6); + front_dot(7); + front_dot(9); + side_dot(10); + side_dot(12); + side_dot(16); + side_dot(18); + + % dots + +endchar; + +beginchar("u",12un#,12un#,0); "SixTwoFour"; + + pickup pencircle scaled .5 un; + + % draw the box + dice_box; + + % get the dot positions + dice_dots; + + % dots + top_dot(19); + top_dot(21); + top_dot(22); + top_dot(24); + top_dot(25); + top_dot(27); + front_dot(1); + front_dot(9); + side_dot(10); + side_dot(12); + side_dot(16); + side_dot(18); + +endchar; + +beginchar("v",12un#,12un#,0); "SixThreeTwo"; + + pickup pencircle scaled .5 un; + + % draw the box + dice_box; + + % get the dot positions + dice_dots; + + % dots + top_dot(19); + top_dot(20); + top_dot(21); + top_dot(25); + top_dot(26); + top_dot(27); + front_dot(1); + front_dot(5); + front_dot(9); + side_dot(10); + side_dot(18); + +endchar; + +beginchar("w",12un#,12un#,0); "SixFourFive"; + + pickup pencircle scaled .5 un; + + % draw the box + dice_box; + + % get the dot positions + dice_dots; + + % dots + top_dot(19); + top_dot(20); + top_dot(21); + top_dot(25); + top_dot(26); + top_dot(27); + front_dot(1); + front_dot(3); + front_dot(7); + front_dot(9); + side_dot(10); + side_dot(12); + side_dot(14); + side_dot(16); + side_dot(18); + +endchar; + +beginchar("x",12un#,12un#,0); "SixFiveThree"; + + pickup pencircle scaled .5 un; + + % draw the box + dice_box; + + % get the dot positions + dice_dots; + + % dots + top_dot(19); + top_dot(21); + top_dot(22); + top_dot(24); + top_dot(25); + top_dot(27); + front_dot(1); + front_dot(3); + front_dot(5); + front_dot(7); + front_dot(9); + side_dot(10); + side_dot(14); + side_dot(18); + +endchar; + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% +% Use only one of the two ligature tables provided! +% (comment out as appropriate!) +% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% +% ligature tables for 3D dice: +% #a, #b, #c, #d, where # is the value on the top face, +% and the letter indicates the value on +% the front face: "a" -> smallest, +% "d" -> largest +ligtable "1" : "a" =: "a", "b" =: "b", "c" =: "c", "d" =: "d"; +ligtable "2" : "a" =: "e", "b" =: "f", "c" =: "g", "d" =: "h"; +ligtable "3" : "a" =: "i", "b" =: "j", "c" =: "k", "d" =: "l"; +ligtable "4" : "a" =: "m", "b" =: "n", "c" =: "o", "d" =: "p"; +ligtable "5" : "a" =: "q", "b" =: "r", "c" =: "s", "d" =: "t"; +ligtable "6" : "a" =: "u", "b" =: "v", "c" =: "w", "d" =: "x"; +% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% +% alternative ligature tables for 3D dice: +% #a, #b, #c, #d, #e, #f, where # is the value on the top face, +% and the letter indicates the value on +% the front face: "a" -> 1 +% ... "f" -> 6 +% ligtable "1" : "b" =: "a", "c" =: "b", "d" =: "c", "e" =: "d"; +% ligtable "2" : "a" =: "e", "c" =: "f", "d" =: "g", "f" =: "h"; +% ligtable "3" : "a" =: "i", "b" =: "j", "e" =: "k", "f" =: "l"; +% ligtable "4" : "a" =: "m", "b" =: "n", "e" =: "o", "f" =: "p"; +% ligtable "5" : "a" =: "q", "c" =: "r", "d" =: "s", "f" =: "t"; +% ligtable "6" : "b" =: "u", "c" =: "v", "d" =: "w", "e" =: "x"; +% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +end; + Files old/fonts/tfm/public/dice/dice3d.tfm and new/fonts/tfm/public/dice/dice3d.tfm differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/dice.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/dice.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/dice.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/dice.tlpobj 2012-12-12 04:35:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +name dice +category Package +revision 28501 +shortdesc A font for die faces. +relocated 1 +longdesc A Metafont font that can produce die faces in 2D or with +longdesc various 3D effects. +runfiles size=6 + RELOC/fonts/source/public/dice/dice3d.mf + RELOC/fonts/tfm/public/dice/dice3d.tfm +catalogue-ctan /fonts/dice +catalogue-date 2012-12-11 20:24:18 +0100 +catalogue-license lppl diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/facsimile.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/facsimile.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/facsimile.doc.tlpobj 2011-02-07 04:13:48.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/facsimile.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -name facsimile.doc -category Package -revision 21328 -shortdesc doc files of facsimile -relocated 1 -docfiles size=12 - RELOC/doc/latex/facsimile/README - RELOC/doc/latex/facsimile/example.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/facsimile/facsimile.pdf ++++++ fifinddo-info.doc.tar.xz -> din1505.doc.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 33269 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ fifinddo-info.doc.tar.xz -> din1505.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 43526 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ finstrut.doc.tar.xz -> dinat.doc.tar.xz ++++++ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/bibtex/dinat/dinat-index.html new/doc/bibtex/dinat/dinat-index.html --- old/doc/bibtex/dinat/dinat-index.html 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/bibtex/dinat/dinat-index.html 2007-08-20 03:04:30.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,229 @@ +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN"> +<HTML LANG="de"> + +<HEAD> +<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-8859-1"> +<META NAME="description" +CONTENT="bibliographies following the german DIN 1505 with BibTeX by dinat"> +<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="dinat literatur DIN 1505 bibtex"> +<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document"> +<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global"> + +<TITLE>Literaturverzeichnisse nach DIN mit BibTeX</TITLE> + +</HEAD> + +<BODY BGCOLOR="white"> + +<H1>Literaturverzeichnisse nach DIN mit BibTeX</H1> + +<HR> + +<H4>A short note for english speaking people</H4> + +<P> +This page is about a bibliography style for BibTeX named +<CODE>dinat.bst</CODE>, which produce bibliographies following the german +norm DIN 1505. Because this norm is only usefull for text in german, all +extra documentation like these pages is in german, too. Nonetheless the +styles themselves have comments and output in english. If you like to get +this pages in english, too, please write me, I'll do my very best. +</P> + +<ADDRESS><A HREF="mailto:helge.baumann@gmx.de">mailto</A>: Helge Baumann</ADDRESS> +<HR> + +<H2>Wie und warum?</H2> + +<P> +Im Zuge meiner Diplomarbeit stand ich vor dem Problem, ein +Literaturverzeichnis nach DIN 1505 verwenden zu wollen. Da ich meine Arbeit +mit LaTeX gesetzt habe und die Literatureinträge im BibTeX-Format +vorlagen, war es naheliegend, nach einem passenden fertigen Stil zu suchen. +Gefunden habe ich <A +HREF="http://www.fh-hamburg.de/pers/Lorenzen/bibtex/"><CODE>natdin</CODE></A> +von <A HREF="http://www.fh-hamburg.de/pers/Lorenzen/">Lorenzen</A>, der +auch ein gutes Werk zu <A +HREF="http://www.fh-hamburg.de/pers/Lorenzen/tum/litverz.ps">Literaturverzeichnissen +nach DIN</A> verfasst hat. Leider ist der von ihm erstellte Stil nicht ganz +ausgereift, also machte ich mich daran, davon ausgehend einen neuen Stil zu +entwicklen. +</P> + +<P> +Am Ende einer gewissen Entwicklung mit diversen Umwegen ist dann der Stil +<A HREF="dinat.bst">dinat.bst</A> herausgekommen, der alle +Möglichkeiten des <CODE>natbib</CODE>-Pakets bietet (dieses allerdings +auch in mindestens Version 7.0 voraussetzt), und bei konsequenter Anwendung von +<CODE>\citep</CODE> auch weitestgehend DIN-konforme Literaturverzeichnisse und +Zitierungen bietet. +</P> + +<HR> + +<H2>natbib</H2> + +<P> +Wie oben erwähnt, ist das Paket <CODE>natbib</CODE> Voraussetzung für den +Einsatz von <CODE>dinat</CODE>. Zur Zeit wird mindestens Version 7.0 +erwartet, das ist auch die bisher aktuellste auf den DANTE-Servern.</P> +<P> +Um mit <CODE>dinat</CODE> Literaturverzeichnisse zu erhalten, bei denen die +Marken (die Verweise, wie sie im Text auftauchen) den Einträgen +fettgedruckt vorangestellt sind, ist die Datei <CODE>natbib.cfg</CODE> um +den folgenden Eintrag zu erweitern (siehe auch die Dokumentation zu +<CODE>natbib</CODE>): +</P> + +<PRE> +\newcommand{\bibstyle@dinat}% + {\bibpunct{(}{)}{;}{a}{}{,~}% + \gdef\NAT@biblabelnum##1{\textbf{##1}}} +</PRE> + +<HR> + +<H2>Zusätze</H2> + +<P> +Zusätzlich zu den Standard-Feldern der Einträge existieren noch +die folgenden Felder: +</P> + +<DL> + <DT><CODE>issn</CODE></DT> <DD>Internationale Nummer für Zeitschriften + o.ä.</DD> + <DT><CODE>isbn</CODE></DT> <DD>Internationale Nummer für + Bücher</DD> + <DT><CODE>url</CODE></DT> <DD>Quelle eines elektronischen Dokuments. Wird + als Impressum verwendet, wenn kein Verlag und Verlagsort genannt wird, + sonst erscheint sie als zusätzliche Anmerkung</DD> + <DT><CODE>urldate</CODE></DT> <DD>Datum des Zugriffs auf eine url</DD> +</DL> + +<HR> + +<H2>Verfügbarkeit</H2> + +<P> +Der Stil <A HREF="dinat.bst">dinat.bst</A> ist in seiner jeweils +aktuellsten Version auf den CTAN-Servern (z.B. <A +HREF="ftp.dante.de">ftp.dante.de</A>) im Verzeichnis <A +HREF="ftp://ftp.dante.de/biblio/bibtex/contrib/german/dinat/">biblio/bibtex/contrib/german/dinat/</A> +zu finden. +</P> + +<P> +Eine Übersicht über die Entstehung des Stils ist in der <A +HREF="history.html">Versionsübersicht</A> zu finden. +</P> + +<HR> + +<H2>Anstehende Arbeiten</H2> + +<P> +Trotz der vielen Änderungen ist immer noch genug zu tun, bis +<CODE>dinat</CODE> wirklich zufriedenstellende Einträge erzeugt, die +alle Eventualitäten berücksichtigen, gut aussehen und DIN-konform +sind. Vor allem die letzten beiden Punkte sind manchmal nur schwer zu +vereinen :-) +</P> + +<P> +Was noch zu tun ist: +</P> + +<UL> + <LI>Eine schöne Anleitung in HTML und LaTeX mit Beispielen etc.</LI> + <LI><CODE>proceedings</CODE> scheint noch nicht so ausgereift zu sein.</LI> + <LI>Eigenständige Formatierungen für <CODE>booklet</CODE>, + <CODE>conference</CODE> und <CODE>unpublished</CODE>.</LI> + <LI>Der Code ist teilweise noch unsauber bzw. durcheinander, aber das + hört wohl nie auf.</LI> + <LI>Fehlende Felder müssen aufgeteilt werden in Standard-Felder + (required) und Feldern, die nur nach DIN notwendig sind. Echte Warnungen + sollte es nur bei fehlenden Standard-Feldern geben!</LI> + <LI>Wenn alle Standard-Felder vorhandenen sind, sollte ohne Warnungen + übersetzt werden.</LI> +</UL> + +<P> +Für Ergänzungen bin ich nicht unbedingt dankbar, das wäre +übertrieben, aber ich werde sie aufnehmen, wenn sie sinnvoll sind. +</P> + +<P> +Inzwischen bin ich auch soweit, dass ich eine Anleitung zum Erstellen bzw. +modifizieren von BibTeX-Stilen schreiben könnte. Falls daran sehr +großes Interesse besteht, bitte melden! +</P> + +<HR> + +<H2>Kontakt</H2> + +<P> +Fragen und Anregungen bitte direkt an mich unter <A +HREF="mailto:Helge.Baumann@gmx.de">Helge.Baumann(a)gmx.de</A> richten. +</P> + +<P> +Zur Zeit lese ich auch noch regelmäßig die Newsgruppe <A +HREF="news:DE.comp.text.tex">de.comp.text.tex</A>, so dass ich auch dort +erreichbar bin. +</P> + +<P> +Anfragen etc. kann ich am einfachsten nachvollziehen, wenn sie Folgendes +beinhalten (soweit möglich und sinnvoll): +</P> + +<OL> + <LI>verwendete Systeme, Versionsnummern etc. (ich selbst arbeite auf + einem Macintosh mit OzTeX, siehe <A HREF="#sonst">unten</A>)</LI> + <LI>eine kurze Beschreibung des Problems</LI> + <LI>einen Verweis auf die DIN bzw. den <A + HREF="http://www.fh-hamburg.de/pers/Lorenzen/tum/litverz.ps">Lorenzen</A></LI> + <LI>einen BibTeX-Eintrag</LI> + <LI>dem daraus mit <CODE>dinat</CODE> erzeugten Eintrag</LI> + <LI>den gewünschten Eintrag</LI> + <LI>Hinweis auf die geänderten bzw. zu ändernden Stellen</LI> +</OL> + +<P> +Ich versuche, Anfragen möglichst gleich nach Eingang zu beantworten, +und sei es nur mit einem Hinweis in der Art "Anfrage erhalten, ich +kümmere mich demnächst drum" (oder oft leider auch "Mache ich +nicht, weil nicht DIN ..."). +</P> + +<HR> + +<H2>Sonstiges</H2> + +<P> +<A name="sonst"></A> Entwickelt wurde der Stil auf einem <A +HREF="http://www.apple.de">Apple</A> Macintosh PowerPC 7100/66AV.<BR> +Als Editor kam <A HREF="http://alpha.olm.net">Alpha</A> zum Einsatz.<BR> +Als (Bib)TeX-System verwende ich <A +HREF="http://www.kagi.com/akt">OzTeX</A>. +</P> + +<P> +Als Literatur standen nur "BibTeXing" und "Designing BibTeX +Stiles" von Oren Patashnik zur Verfügung, das hat sich aber als +ausreichend herausgestellt, schliesslich studierte ich Informatik! +</P> + +<P> +Diese Webseiten sollten dem HTML-Standard 4.0 entsprechen und wurden mit +dem Browser <A HREF="http://www.icab.de">iCab</A> getestet. +</P> + +<HR> +<ADDRESS><A HREF="mailto:helge.baumann@gmx.de">mailto</A>: Helge Baumann, +2000-11-15</ADDRESS> +</BODY> + +</HTML> diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/bibtex/dinat/history.html new/doc/bibtex/dinat/history.html --- old/doc/bibtex/dinat/history.html 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/bibtex/dinat/history.html 2007-08-20 03:04:30.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,692 @@ +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN"> +<HTML LANG="de"> + +<HEAD> +<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-8859-1"> +<META NAME="description" CONTENT="history of the BibTeX styles dinat"> +<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="history dinat literatur DIN 1505 bibtex"> +<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document"> +<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global"> + +<TITLE>Versionsübersicht</TITLE> + +</HEAD> + +<BODY BGCOLOR="white"> + +<H1>Versionsübersicht für <A HREF="index.html">dinat</A></H1> + +<HR> + +<H4>A short note for english speaking people</H4> + +<P> +This page is the version history of the BibTeX style +<CODE>dinat.bst</CODE>, which produce bibliographies following the german +norm DIN 1505. Because this norm is only usefull for text in german, all +extra documentation like these pages is in german, too. Nonetheless the +styles themselves have comments and output in english. If you like to get +this pages in english, too, please write me, I'll do my very best. +</P> + +<ADDRESS><A HREF="mailto:helge.baumann@gmx.de">mailto</A>: Helge +Baumann</ADDRESS> +<HR> + +<H2>Einleitung</H2> + +<P> +Hier werden (hoffentlich) alle Änderungen und ihr Sinn +aufgeführt, die zum Erreichen der aktuellen Version des BibTeX-Stils +<A HREF="dinat.bst">dinat.bst</A> durchgeführt wurden. Ich hoffe, dass +damit das Verständnis des Stils im Speziellen und von BibTeX im +Allgemeinen vertieft wird. +</P> + +<HR> + +<H4> Zu den <A HREF="#last">letzten Änderungen</A></H4> + +<HR> + +<H2>Der Anfang</H2> + +<P> +Einen neuen Stil zu schreiben kam mir zwar auch kurzzeitig in den Sinn, +aber nach einigen halbherzigen Versuchen habe ich es aufgegeben (hey, ich +sollte eigentlich meine Diplomarbeit schreiben!) und mich lieber auf die +Modifikation eines existierenden Stils beschränkt. Als Ausgangspunkt +habe ich den Stil <A +HREF="http://www.fh-hamburg.de/pers/Lorenzen/bibtex/"><CODE>natdin</CODE></A> +von <A HREF="http://www.fh-hamburg.de/pers/Lorenzen/">Lorenzen</A> +genommen, der die grundlegende DIN-Konformität schon eingebaut hat, +allerdings ziemlich fehlerhaft (und chaotisch) ist. Als Gradmesser für +den Erfolg habe ich anfangs die Datei <CODE>xampl.bib</CODE> verwendet, die +mit BibTeX mitgeliefert wird. Sie bietet zwar nicht unbedingt DIN-konforme +Einträge, deckt aber alle Standardfälle ab. +</P> + +<P> +Nachdem die Entscheidung gefallen war, einen "neuen" Stil zu +produzieren, ging es an die Einarbeitung in BibTeX im Allgemeinen und +<CODE>natdin</CODE> im Besonderen. Irgendwann verstand ich so +ungefähr, wie BibTeX mit Hilfe der bst-Dateien aus den Einträgen +der Datenbank eine TeX-Quelle erzeugt und fühlte mich gewappnet, dem +Problem entgegenzutreten. +</P> + +<HR> + +<H2>Von NATDIN zu DINAT</H2> + +<P> +Zuallererst musste ich <CODE>natdin</CODE> erstmal zum Laufen bekommen, +bei mir produzierte das Ding haufenweise Fehlermeldungen und Warnungen. +Fehler sind schlimmer als Warnungen, also musste ich mich zuerst um diese +kümmern. +</P> + +<H3>Grundlegende Fehler</H3> + +<UL> + <LI>doppelte Funktionen <CODE>or</CODE> und <CODE>conference</CODE> + entfernt</LI> +</UL> + +<P> +Ab hier ließ sich der Stil ohne Fehler einlesen, produzierte aber +noch 48 Fehler mit xampl.bib, ein bischen viel für meinen Geschmack! +</P> + +<H3>Detail-Arbeit</H3> + +<P> +Nun wurden einige Änderungen durchgeführt, die die Ausgabe nicht +grundlegend ändern, aber für das Verständnis des Stils gut +waren. Das meiste war eigentlich einfaches Aufräumen, nur ein paar +Sachen sind mir im Vorbeigehen zusätzlich aufgefallen, und so habe +ich sie gleich mit geändert: +</P> + +<UL> + <LI>Kommentare komplett entfernt, die meisten betrafen sowieso + irgendwelche Änderungen von vorangegangenen Versionen</LI> + <LI>Funktion <CODE>either.or.check</CODE> entfernt, wird nicht aufgerufen</LI> + <LI>in <CODE>misc</CODE> <CODE>Norm</CODE> durch <CODE>NORM</CODE> + ersetzt</LI> + <LI><CODE>[u.~a.~]</CODE> durch <CODE>[u.~a.]</CODE> ersetzt</LI> + <LI><CODE>{ 'skip$ }</CODE> durch <CODE>{ skip$ }</CODE> ersetzt</LI> + <LI>Formatierung (Einrückungen und Umbrüche) vereinheitlicht</LI> + <LI>Macro für <CODE>mar</CODE> geändert</LI> + <LI><CODE>phdthesis</CODE> eingeführt</LI> + <LI><CODE>format.pages.book</CODE> geändert</LI> + <LI>Funktionen <CODE>show</CODE> und <CODE>show.stack</CODE> für + Debugging eingeführt</LI> + <LI><CODE>"x" * "y"</CODE> zu + <CODE>"xy"</CODE>zusammengezogen</LI> + <LI>Funktionsaufrufe <CODE>'name</CODE> durch <CODE>{ name }</CODE> + ersetzt</LI> + <LI>gemeinsame Teile aus if-Zweigen verschoben bei</LI> + + <UL> + <LI><CODE>article.in.journal</CODE></LI> + <LI><CODE>format.editors</CODE></LI> + <LI><CODE>format.address.publisher.year</CODE></LI> + <LI><CODE>format.btitle.vol</CODE></LI> + <LI><CODE>format.series.number.din</CODE></LI> + <LI><CODE>format.vol.year.num.pages</CODE></LI> + <LI><CODE>format.in.ed.booktitle.din</CODE></LI> + <LI><CODE>format.tr.number.din</CODE> (umgestellt!)</LI> + <LI><CODE>format.book.crossref</CODE></LI> + <LI>allen entry-Funktionen</LI> + </UL> + + <LI>alle Kommandos ausser ENTRY, INTEGERS und STRINGS an das Ende + gesetzt</LI> + <LI><CODE>extra.label</CODE> am Ende von <CODE>format.date</CODE> + entfernt</LI> + <LI>diverse <CODE>tie.or.space.connect</CODE> durch <CODE>*</CODE> ersetzt, + falls kein festes Leerzeichen nötig</LI> +</UL> + +<P> +Bis hier waren alle Maßnahmen im Prinzip semantik-erhaltend, haben +damit also an der Anzahl der Fehler nichts geändert! Dies sollte nun +anders werden ... +</P> + +<H3><I>You can't pop an empty literal stack ...</I>-Fehler</H3> + +<UL> + <LI>in <CODE>calc.label</CODE> vor <CODE>sortify</CODE> ein + <CODE>label</CODE> eingefügt</LI> +</UL> + +<P> +Das entfernte die Fehlermeldungen, die durch das Sortieren hervorgerufen +wurden. Es blieben noch 12 Fehlermeldungen. +</P> + +<UL> + <LI>in <CODE>article.in.journal</CODE> bei leeren <CODE>author</CODE> und + <CODE>editor</CODE> kein <CODE>*</CODE></LI> +</UL> + +<P> +Das behebt den <CODE>empty literal stack</CODE> bei +<CODE>whole-jounal</CODE>, es bleiben noch 11 <I>the literal stack isn't +empty ...</I>-Fehler. +</P> + +<H3>Kommentare</H3> + +<P> +Ab hier war das Verständnis des Stils allerdings schon relativ +groß, so dass vorher ein paar weitere Dinge in Angriff genommen +werden konnten: +</P> + +<UL> + <LI>Funktionen etc. kommentiert</LI> + <LI>Funktionen umbenannt, um ihren Zweck zu beschreiben: + + <DL> + <DT><CODE>out.*</CODE></DT> <DD>Schreibt den obersten Eintrag des Stacks in + die bbl-Datei</DD> + <DT><CODE>format.*</CODE></DT> <DD>Formatiert den obersten Eintrag des + Stacks, d.h. baut ihn irgendwie um, packt aber keinen neuen Eintrag drauf + oder entfernt einen</DD> + <DT><CODE>push.*</CODE></DT> <DD>Legt genau einen (evtl. leeren) neuen + Eintrag auf den Stack</DD> + </DL> + + </LI> +</UL> + +<H3><I>the literal stack isn't empty ...</I>-Fehler</H3> + +<P> +Eine naheliegende Maßname war das Einfügen von +<CODE>stack$</CODE> am Ende von <CODE>out.bibitem.end</CODE> (ehemals +<CODE>fin.entry</CODE>), aber das hätte nur die Symptome kuriert, +nicht deren Ursache. Also ging es einzeln ans Eingemachte: Es waren alle +Stellen zu suchen und zu finden, in denen irgendwas auf den Stack gelegt +wurde, das hinterher nicht verarbeitet wurde. Dazu half die Umbenennung: +alles mit <CODE>push</CODE> musste etwas (genauer gesagt, exakt +<STRONG>ein</STRONG> Item) auf den Stack legen, alles mit +<CODE>format</CODE> dagegen sollte den obersten Stack-Eintrag manipulieren, +musste ihn also dazu abheben und hinterher wieder drauftun oder/und musste +etwas daranhängen. Gefunden habe ich dann nur den einen Eintrag: +</P> + +<UL> + <LI>in <CODE>format.article.in.journal</CODE> bei leerem Titel + <CODE>*</CODE> entfernt</LI> +</UL> + +<P> +Damit (wenn ich nichts vergessen habe) waren alle Fehlermeldungen +verschwunden, und die Hauptarbeit war getan: +</P> + +<H3>DINAT war geboren!</H3> + +<HR> + +<H2>Neue Funktionen</H2> + +<P> +Nun ging es daran, neue Funktionen einzubauen bzw. die existierenden +Formatierungen zu modifizieren: +</P> + +<UL> + <LI>Macros für Zeitschriften eingefügt</LI> + <LI>Leerzeichen vor Verweis in <CODE>format.article.crossref</CODE> + eingefürht</LI> + <LI>fette Verweise (<CODE>\textbf</CODE>) entfernt</LI> + <LI>ein Klammerpaar ("{}") um ehemalige <CODE>\textbf</CODE> + entfernt</LI> + <LI>zusätzliche Macros für Monate entfernt</LI> + <LI><CODE>pages</CODE> in <CODE>incollection</CODE> und + <CODE>inproceedings</CODE> hinter <CODE>series</CODE> und </LI> + <CODE>number</CODE> verschoben + <LI>alle Ausgaben in Englisch</LI> +</UL> + +<HR> + +<H2>URL</H2> + +<P> +Neuere Stile enthalten das Feld URL, also muß das auch hier rein +(außerdem brauche ich es selbst!). +</P> + +<UL> + <LI>Feld <CODE>url</CODE> eingefügt</LI> + <LI>Formatierung für <CODE>url</CODE> eingefügt</LI> + <LI>falls das url-Paket nicht verwendet wird, <CODE>\texttt</CODE> für + URL verwenden (<CODE>begin.bib</CODE>)</LI> + <LI>bei leerem <CODE>publisher</CODE>, <CODE>author</CODE> und + <CODE>editor</CODE> als Impressum die <CODE>url</CODE> verwenden</LI> + <LI><CODE>url</CODE> in alle Einträge vor <CODE>note</CODE> eingebaut, + allerdings nur, wenn noch nicht im Impressum verwendet</LI> +</UL> + +<HR> + +<H2>Von DINAT zu DINNAT</H2> + +<P> +Nachdem der DINAT-Stil so weit gediehen war, kam ich durch Beiträge in +der Newsgruppe <A HREF="news:de.comp.text.tex">de.comp.text.tex</A> auf die +Idee, den Stil so zu modifizieren, dass er die ganzen +NATBIB-Möglichkeiten bietet, also z.B. auch <CODE>\citeyear</CODE> und +die <CODE>*</CODE>-Formen. +</P> + +<UL> + <LI>Klammern um <CODE>year</CODE> in das Label eingebaut + (<CODE>calc.label</CODE>)</LI> +</UL> + +<P> +Leider gingen dabei die Marken vor den Einträgen im +Literaturverzeichnis flöten, so dass ein zweiter Stil nötig +wurde, der allerdings nicht mehr so richtig DIN-konform genannt werden +kann. Da er aber quasi die Langform von DINAT ist, wurde er DINNAT genannt. +Falls ich das jemals hinbekomme, die Marken zu erzeugen, wird DINNAT aber +wieder eingestellt! +</P> + +<P> +Ab jetzt müssen alle Änderungen parallel in beiden Stilen +durchgeführt werden, falls nicht anders vermerkt. +</P> + +<P> +Damit werden aber schon die zusätzlichen cite-Versionen +ermöglicht, es fehlt allerdings noch die lange Autorenliste. +</P> + +<UL> + <LI><CODE>make.full.names</CODE> mit allen in ihr aufgerufenen Funktionen + aus den anderen NAT-Stilen in <CODE>dinnat</CODE> eingefügt und hinter + das bisherige Label eingebaut</LI> +</UL> + +<HR> + +<H2>Erste Veröffentlichung am 10.4.2000</H2> + +<P> +Nachdem ich soweit gekommen war, war es an der Zeit, DINAT mit der +großen bösen Welt in Kontakt kommen zu lassen: Eine erste +Ankündigung erfolgte in der Newsgruppe de.comp.text.tex. Das Ergebnis +war nicht überwältigend, aber größer als gedacht, und +vor allem positiv! Ein echter Ansporn, weiter zu arbeiten. +</P> + +<HR> + +<H2>Version 1.1 vom 18.4.2000</H2> + +<P> +Wie üblich finden sich direkt nach Veröffentlichung der ersten +Version sofort ein paar kleine Fehler, die eine Überarbeitung +notwendig machen: +</P> + +<UL> + <LI><CODE>format.dashes</CODE> aus <CODE>push.url</CODE> entfernt</LI> + <LI><CODE>out.bibitem.start.end</CODE> in <CODE>out.bibitem.end</CODE> + umbenannt (typischer Suchen-und-Ersetzen-Fehler)</LI> + <LI><CODE>top$</CODE> durch <CODE>warning$</CODE> ersetzt, falls es nicht + für Debugging gebraucht wird</LI> + <LI>diverse <CODE>tie.or.space.connect</CODE> durch <CODE>*</CODE> ersetzt, + falls der hintere Teil auf jeden Fall länger ist, z.B. bei + ISBN/ISSN</LI> + <LI>diverse Leerzeichen vor bzw. hinter Satzzeichen etc. durch eine Tilde + ersetzt (und <CODE>tie.or.space.connect</CODE> durch <CODE>*</CODE> + ersetzt)</LI> + <LI>überflüssige geschweifte Klammern entfernt</LI> + <LI><CODE>format.article.in.journal</CODE> vereinfacht</LI> + <LI><CODE>push.series.number</CODE> umgestellt</LI> +</UL> + +<P> +Und natürlich auch ein paar richtige Änderungen (welche erste +Verison ist schon korrekt?): +</P> + +<UL> + <LI>zur Label-Erzeugung durch <CODE>key</CODE> wird der ganze Eintrag + genommen, nicht mehr nur die ersten drei Buchstaben (<A + HREF="mailto:rascher@ifn.ing.tu-bs.de">mailto</A>: Kai Rascher)</LI> + <LI>zur Label-Erzeugung wird der komplette <CODE>year</CODE>-Eintrag + verwendet, nicht nur die letzten vier Stellen, z.B. für + von-bis-Angaben (<A HREF="mailto:ulfhinze@gmx.de">mailto</A>: Ulf + Hinze)</LI> + <LI>bei <CODE>incollection</CODE> und <CODE>inproceedings</CODE> wird auch + mit <CODE>crossref</CODE> das Kapitel angegeben</LI> + <LI><CODE>push.book.crossref</CODE> vereinfacht</LI> +</UL> + +<P> +Ab jetzt sind auch diese Webseiten verfügbar, ich hoffe, damit werden +viele Fragen im Vorfeld beantwortet. Irgendwann demnächst wird diese +Seite auch umziehen, auf jeden Fall steht die Adresse dann im Vorspann der +Dateien. +</P> + +<HR> + +<H2>Version 1.2 vom 25.4.2000</H2> + +<P> +Nachdem diese Stile und damit auch diese Webseiten (auf Anregungen von <A +HREF="mailto:niepraschk@ptb.de">mailto</A>: Rolf Niepraschk) die Aufnahme +in die heiligen Hallen des <A HREF="http://www.ctan.com">CTAN</A> im Pfad +<CODE>biblio/bibtex/contrib/german/dinat/</CODE> gefunden haben, gibt es +auch noch ein paar Änderungen: +</P> + +<UL> + <LI>doppelte Leerzeichen entfernt</LI> + <LI><CODE>\natexlab</CODE> in <CODE>dinat</CODE> wieder eingeführt + (warum war das eigentlich draussen?)</LI> + <LI>in <CODE>dinnat</CODE> geschweifte Klammern um <CODE>\natexlab</CODE> + und in <CODE>\bibitem[...]</CODE> entfernt</LI> + <LI>in <CODE>misc</CODE> wird für <CODE>NORM</CODE> eine beliebige + Groß-/Kleinschreibung erkannt und verwendet</LI> + <LI>bei fehlenden Autor- etc. Angaben wird die gesamte Marke + (<CODE>cite$</CODE>) als Label genommen, nicht nur ihre ersten drei + Buchstaben</LI> + <LI><CODE>push.address.publisher.year</CODE> umgestellt</LI> + <LI>diverse <CODE>tie.or.space.connect</CODE> durch <CODE>*</CODE> ersetzt + (und Leerzeichen bzw. Tilden eingefügt)</LI> + <LI>Kommata in <CODE>push.incoll.inproc.crossref</CODE> richtig + gesetzt</LI> + <LI><CODE>url</CODE> nicht bei fehlenden Verlagsangaben (und nicht + fehlenden Autor und Editor!)</LI> + <LI>Titel von Normen kursiv</LI> + <LI><CODE>crossref</CODE> bei Normen eingefügt</LI> +</UL> + +<HR> + +<H2>Version 2.0 vom 2.5.2000</H2> + +<P> +Wenn das so weitergeht, komme ich doch noch in einen wöchentlichen +Update-Rhythmus :-) +</P> + +<P> +Ab jetzt gibt es zu den Änderungen auf dieser Seite auch die Namen und +Mail-Adressen der Leute, die diese angeregt haben, als Dank und Ansporn +sozusagen. +</P> + +<UL> + <LI>überflüssiges Leerzeichen in der Namensliste durch + <CODE>format.names</CODE> entfernt (<A + HREF="mailto:stefan@snobis.de">mailto</A>: Stefan Nobis)</LI> + <LI><CODE>urldate</CODE> als Datum des Zugriffs auf die URL eingebaut (<A + HREF="mailto:stefan@snobis.de">mailto</A>: Stefan Nobis)</LI> + <LI>Kommentar mit Namen des Stils in <CODE>begin.bib</CODE> zur Ausgabe in + die bbl-Datei eingefügt (sollte eigentlich Standard sein!)</LI> + <LI>einen Punkt hinter den Buchtitel bei Verweisen in + <CODE>incollection</CODE> und <CODE>inproceedings</CODE> gesetzt + (<CODE>push.incoll.inproc.crossref</CODE>)</LI> + <LI>Muster für den Eintrag in <CODE>natbib.cfg</CODE> berichtigt (<A + HREF="mailto:stefan@snobis.de">mailto</A>: Stefan Nobis)</LI> + <LI>Lösung des Label-Problems in <CODE>dinnat</CODE> gefunden!<BR> + Na gut, keine überzeugende, ist mehr ein Hack, aber wenigstens + funktioniert es</LI> +</UL> + +<P> +Diese Lösung sollte auch mit der Formatierung per +<CODE>natbib.cfg</CODE> zurechtkommen.<BR> +Falls die <CODE>natbib</CODE>-Option <CODE>numbers</CODE> oder die +<CODE>\bibpunct</CODE>-Variante <CODE>n</CODE> gewählt wurde, wird +auch nur ein entsprechendes numerisches Label erzeugt. +</P> + +<P> +Die letzte Änderung rechtfertigt den Sprung auf Version 2.0, da nun +mit einem Stil alle Zitiermöglichkeiten und Label erreicht werden +können. +</P> + +<P> +Diese Änderung führt darüberhinaus zur Zusammenführung +der beiden Stile, so dass nur noch ein Stil, nämlich der eigentlich +geplante <A HREF="dinat.bst">dinat.bst</A>, übrigbleibt. +</P> + +<HR> + +<H2>Version 2.1 vom 9.5.2000</H2> + +<P> +Und weiter geht es im immerwährenden Kreislauf der Änderungen, +selbst an meinem Geburtstag (aber schließlich erfolgte die erste +Veröffentlichung auch am Geburtstag meiner Frau): +</P> + +<UL> + <LI>der fünfte Parameter von <CODE>\bibpunct</CODE> in der + Konfiguration <CODE>natbib.cfg</CODE> erzeugte ein zusätzliches + Leerzeichen in den Zitierungen, also wurde es entfernt</LI> + <LI> die Felder <CODE>isbn</CODE>, <CODE>issn</CODE>, <CODE>url</CODE> und + <CODE>urldate</CODE> im Vorspann und auf der Webseite erklärt + (demnächst wird es auch eine richtige Anleitung geben)</LI> + <LI>für <CODE>techreport</CODE> <CODE>url</CODE> als Impressum bei + leerem <CODE>institution</CODE>, nicht <CODE>publisher</CODE></LI> + <LI>Links hier im Dokument geändert: Mailadressen werden jetzt + über <CODE>mailto:</CODE> verlinkt, Webseiten über den Namen</LI> + <LI>alle Texte in Funktionen verlagert, um sie leichter änderbar zu + machen, z.B. für Leute, die <CODE>et.al.</CODE> statt + <CODE>u.a.</CODE> haben wollen (<A + HREF="mailto:baum@mbox.cri.uni-hannover.de">mailto</A>: Peter Baum)</LI> + <LI><CODE>push.editors.organization</CODE> in + <CODE>push.organization</CODE> umbenannt und umgebaut</LI> + <LI><CODE>push.editors</CODE> umgebaut</LI> + <LI>damit wurde auch <CODE>push.ed.incoll</CODE> überflüssig</LI> + <LI><CODE>push.authors.editors</CODE> neu erstellt und eingebunden</LI> + <LI>die letzten vier Änderungen machten auch einige Änderungen an + anderen Funktionen notwendig</LI> + <LI>kleinerer Abstand bei <CODE>u.a.</CODE>: <CODE>\,</CODE> statt + <CODE>~</CODE></LI> + <LI><CODE>format.article.in.journal</CODE> zu + <CODE>push.article.in.journal</CODE> umgebaut</LI> + <LI><CODE>\cite</CODE> durch <CODE>\citep</CODE> ersetzt</LI> + <LI><CODE>push.crossref.editor</CODE> entfernt, da es nicht benutzt + wurde</LI> + <LI>in vielen Funktionen kleinere Umstellungen vorgenommen, um den Code + verständlicher und wartungsfreundlicher zu machen</LI> +</UL> + +<HR> +<A NAME="last"></A> + +<H2>Version 2.2 vom 12.07.2000</H2> + +<P> +Nachdem die Diplomarbeit abgegeben war, war wieder Zeit für +die Arbeit an dinat, dachte ich. Aber dann kam die neue Wohnung, der +Umzug, das Einrichten, der neue Job usw. Aber nun ist es geschafft, eine +neue Version ist fertig, wenn auch nicht so neu wie erhofft: +</P> + +<UL> + <LI><CODE>push.crossref</CODE> erstellt und eingebaut</LI> + <LI>diverse <CODE>crossref</CODE> geändert</LI> + <LI><CODE>out.check</CODE> in <CODE>out.check.required</CODE> + umbenannt</LI> + <LI><CODE>out.check.din</CODE> eingebaut für nur nach DIN + fehlende Teile</LI> + <LI><CODE>mastersthesis</CODE> in <CODE>masterthesis</CODE> + korrigiert</LI> + <LI><CODE>Zugriffsdatum</CODE> ebenfalls richtig geschrieben</LI> + <LI>um <CODE>\,</CODE> geschweifte Klammern gesetzt, hoffentlich + behebt das den nervigen <CODE>\nobreakspace{}</CODE>-Fehler +</UL> + +<P> +Vor allem für das letztere erbitte ich Meldungen, ob es geholfen hat! +</P> + +<HR> + +<H2>Version 2.3 vom 03.10.2000</H2> + +<P> +Nun ist der erste Stress mit neuer Wohnung, neuem Job etc. weg, viele viele +Vorschläge für dinat sind eingegegangen, und jetzt habe ich auch Zeit +für eine neue Version gefunden. Diese bringt noch nicht die +angekündigten großen Änderungen, sondern wie die vorigen vor +allem Detailverbesserungen, wenn auch einige lange geforderte: +</P> + +<UL> + <LI><CODE>masterthesis</CODE> wieder in das korrekte <CODE>mastersthesis</CODE> + geändert. Entschuldigung an alle für diese schlampige Korrektur, da + hatte ich mich aufs Glatteis führen lassen und selbst nicht genug + recherchiert. Um den Frust nicht zu groß werden zu lassen, bleibt + <CODE>masterthesis</CODE> erhalten.</LI> + <LI>die letzten Vorkommen von <CODE>u.~a.</CODE> beseitigt, nun sollten + wirklich alle <CODE>\nobreakspace{}</CODE>-Fehler weg sein!</LI> + <LI>als Abstand zwischen der Marke und dem Eintrag wird nun + standardmäßig <CODE>\labelsep</CODE> verwendet, wie es sich + gehört.</LI> + <LI><CODE>...key.organization.label</CODE> korrigiert, so dass nun die + ganze Organisation als Label verwendet wird.</LI> + <LI>in <CODE>proceedings</CODE> wird jetzt eine leere Organisation + abgefangen und falls vorhanden durch (Hrsg.) ergänzt.</LI> +</UL> + +<P> +<A NAME="doku">Und die Dokumentation ist immer noch nicht fertig.</A> +</P> + +<HR> + +<H2>Version 2.4 vom 05.11.2000</H2> + +<P> +Diese Version ist eine Olaf-Meltzer-Dank-Ausgabe, da er die +meisten Änderungen zu dieser Version beigetragen hat. Ich hatte +eigentlich nur ein wenig zu tun mit dem Zusammentragen und +Veröffentlichen. Dachte ich jedenfalls, bis ich mich an die +Namens-Formatierung machte ... Aber trotzdem, er hat es verdient, da er +nicht nur Fragen stellt, sondern auch selbst gute Lösungen liefert! +</P> + +<UL> + <LI><CODE>inbook</CODE> verbessert. Nun wird bei der Zitierung eines + einzelnen Teils eines Buchs nur eine einzelne Literaturangabe mit allen Werten + genriert. Wenn dagegen mehr als ein Teil eines Buchs zitiert werden, wird + das Buch mit allen Angaben aufgeführt und die jeweiligen Teile mit einem + entsprechenden Verweis (<A HREF="mailto:Olaf.Meltzer@freenet.de">mailto</A>: Olaf Meltzer).</LI> + <LI>überflüssigen Satzanfang aus <CODE>proceedings</CODE> entfernt + (<A HREF="mailto:Olaf.Meltzer@freenet.de">mailto</A>: Olaf Meltzer).</LI> + <LI>fehlenden Doppelpunkt nach Autor/Editor in <CODE>misc</CODE> + ergänzt (<A HREF="mailto:Olaf.Meltzer@freenet.de">mailto</A>: Olaf Meltzer).</LI> + <LI>wegen Problemen mit Adelsprädikaten wurden die Funktionen + <CODE>format.full.names</CODE>, <CODE>format.names</CODE> und + <CODE>sort.format.names</CODE> überarbeitet. Dabei fiel ab: + <UL> + <LI>die Variable <CODE>numnames</CODE> konnte entfernt werden.</LI> + <LI>die Variable <CODE>zahl</CODE> wurde in <CODE>pos</CODE> umbenannt, + da sie nicht einfach eine Zahl ist, sondern eine Position angibt.</LI> + <LI>die Variable <CODE>lang</CODE> wurde entfernt und statt dessen + die Variable <CODE>len</CODE> verwendet.</LI> + <LI>das allgemeine Verständnis der Namensformatierung wurde + größer!</LI> + </UL></LI> + <LI>innerhalb der ISBN/ISSN wird laut Duden der Binde-, also + Trennstrich verwendet, also keine Verdoppelung des <CODE>-</CODE> + mehr (sollte eigentlich schon lange gemacht sein).</LI> + <LI>Bei der Gelegenheit auch <CODE>format.dashes</CODE> etwas + aufgeräumt und verstanden.</LI> +</UL> + +<P> +Zum Stand der Dokumentation siehe <A HREF="#doku">oben</A>. Aber +inzwischen habe ich sehr viele Beispiel-Einträge sammeln können! +</P> + +<HR> +<A NAME="last"></A> + +<H2>Version 2.5 vom 15.11.2000</H2> + +<P> +Und direkt nach der letzten Version nun schon wieder eine neue. +Es haben sich einfach ein paar Dinge ergeben, die mir sinnvoll erschienen +und eine echte Verbesserung darstellen. Außerdem habe ich gerade +etwas Zeit. +</P> + +<UL> + <LI>In <CODE>proceedings</CODE> fehlendes <CODE>*</CODE> hinter + <CODE>push.organization</CODE> angefügt (<A + HREF="mailto:huhr@uni-paderborn.de">mailto</A>: Holger Uhr).</LI> + <LI>In <CODE>dinatlabel</CODE> wird nicht mehr <CODE>\citealt</CODE> + aufgerufen, sondern ein eigenes Label (<CODE>dinat.label</CODE>) gebastelt. + Dies spart einen LaTeX-Durchgang und ermöglicht vor allem das + Entfernen eines Zitats aus dem Text, ohne alle <CODE>.aux</CODE>-Dateien + wegschmeissen zu müssen. Ausserdem verhindert es überflüssige + Links, wenn das <CODE>hypertext</CODE>-Paket verwendet wird (<A + HREF="mailto:ben.samwer@ptb.de">mailto</A>: Ben Samwer).</LI> + <LI>Wenn ein Wert für <CODE>key</CODE> vorhanden ist, wird dieser + immer für das Label verwendet, vor <CODE>author</CODE>, + <CODE>editor</CODE> etc. Die dahinterliegende Überlegung ist, dass + ein <CODE>key</CODE> wohl nur angegeben wird, wenn er Sinn macht. Ist dann + aber ein <CODE>author</CODE> o.Ä. vorhanden, würde + <CODE>key</CODE> nirgendwo auftauchen. So lassen sich nun auch Werke mit + Autorenangaben etc. mit einer evtl. üblicheren Kurzbezeichnung zitieren (<A + HREF="mailto:ben.samwer@ptb.de">mailto</A>: Ben Samwer)</LI>. + <LI>Dazu wurden alle <CODE>...label</CODE>-Funktionen umgestellt und + auch umbenannt.</LI> + <LI>Und die <CODE>...sort</CODE>-Funktionen mussten ebenfalls + angepasst werden.</LI> + <LI><CODE>longest.label.width</CODE> und <CODE>longest.label</CODE> wurden + nicht benutzt, also wurden sie entfernt. Ursprünglich waren die Variablen + wohl zur Bestimmung der Einrücktiefe im Literaturverzeichnis + gedacht, was aber bei Autor-Jahr-Labels wenig Sinn macht, vor allem + wenn man an Werke mit zwei Autoren denkt, deren Label allein schon eine + ganze Zeile füllen kann.</LI> + <LI><CODE>initialize.longest.label</CODE> in <CODE>initialize.label</CODE> + umbenannt und vereinfacht.</LI> + <LI><CODE>number.label</CODE> in <CODE>label.count</CODE> + umbenannt.</LI> + <LI>Die <A HREF="index.html">Webseite</A> von Fehlern bereinigt.</LI> +</UL> + +<P> +Ein Problem bleibt die Sortierung von Einträgen mit gleichem ersten +(<EM>A</EM>), aber verschiedenem zweiten Autor (<EM>B</EM> bzw. <EM>C</EM>) +sowie mindestens einem weiteren Autoren (<EM>D</EM>) und unterschiedlicher +Jahreszahl (<EM>1994</EM> bzw. <EM>1999</EM>). Das Label wird dann aus erstem +Autor und Jahr gebildet (<EM>A u.a. 1994</EM> bzw. <EM>A u.a. 1999</EM>) und +entsprechend sortiert. Wird aber das Label nicht angezeigt, z.B. bei +numerischer Zitierung, dann wird das Werk <EM>A, B und D 1999</EM> trotzdem +hinter <EM>A, C und D 1994</EM> einsortiert, was zu Verwirrung führen kann. +Dies ist aber nicht befriedigend zu lösen, da zur Sortierzeit nicht +zwischen den beiden Zitierungsarten unterschieden werden kann. Da laut DIN +nach dem Label sortiert wird, behalte ich dieses bei, da ja die numerische +Zitierung nicht DIN entspricht. +</P> + +<HR> +<ADDRESS><A HREF="mailto:helge.baumann@gmx.de">mailto</A>: Helge Baumann, +2000-11-15</ADDRESS> + +</BODY> + +</HTML> diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/finstrut/README new/doc/latex/finstrut/README --- old/doc/latex/finstrut/README 2011-03-15 00:48:11.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/finstrut/README 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,39 +0,0 @@ - README for the `finstrut' package - \@finalstrut allowing vertical mode - (C) Uwe Lueck 2011/02/24 - - -`finstrut.sty' changes LaTeX's \@finalstrut (that is -automatically inserted at the end of footnote text and -paragraph table columns) so that it does not produce an -extra empty line in vertical mode, e.g., with \lipsum from -lipsum.sty for dummy text. - -KEYWORDs: footnotes, tables; dummy text, macro programming - -The package file `finstrut.sty' and the documentation files -`finstrut.pdf' and `finstrut.tex' can be redistributed and/or -modified under the terms of the LaTeX Project Public License; -either version 1.3c of the License, or any later version, see - - http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt - -We did our best to help you, but there is NO WARRANTY. - -The `finstrut' package is author-maintained in the sense of -this license. - -The latest public version of the package is available at - - http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/finstrut/ - -A TDS version `finstrut.tds.zip' is available at - - http://mirror.ctan.org/install/macros/latex/contrib/ - -Please report bugs, problems, and suggestions via - - http://www.contact-ednotes.sty.de.vu - --- v0.5: more variants of code and suggestions by -Donald Arseneau (at package options) diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/finstrut/SRCFILEs.txt new/doc/latex/finstrut/SRCFILEs.txt --- old/doc/latex/finstrut/SRCFILEs.txt 2011-03-15 00:48:11.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/finstrut/SRCFILEs.txt 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ - - *File List* -finstrut.sty 2011/03/14 v0.5 vmode final strut (DA/UL) -finstrut.tex 2011/03/14 documenting finstrut.sty (UL) -fstrutst.tex 2011/03/14 test/demo finstrut.sty (DA/UL) -srcfiles.tex 2011/02/12 collect file infos - *********** - - List made at 2011/03/14, 17:19 - from script file srcfiles.tex - Files old/doc/latex/finstrut/finstrut.pdf and new/doc/latex/finstrut/finstrut.pdf differ Files old/doc/latex/finstrut/fstrutst.pdf and new/doc/latex/finstrut/fstrutst.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/dinat.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/dinat.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/dinat.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/dinat.doc.tlpobj 2010-06-10 18:25:06.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +name dinat.doc +category Package +revision 15878 +shortdesc doc files of dinat +relocated 1 +docfiles size=9 + RELOC/doc/bibtex/dinat/dinat-index.html + RELOC/doc/bibtex/dinat/history.html diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/finstrut.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/finstrut.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/finstrut.doc.tlpobj 2011-03-15 04:19:37.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/finstrut.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -name finstrut.doc -category Package -revision 21719 -shortdesc doc files of finstrut -relocated 1 -docfiles size=54 - RELOC/doc/latex/finstrut/README - RELOC/doc/latex/finstrut/SRCFILEs.txt - RELOC/doc/latex/finstrut/finstrut.pdf - RELOC/doc/latex/finstrut/fstrutst.pdf ++++++ finstrut.tar.xz -> dinat.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 2186 lines of diff (skipped) -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org For additional commands, e-mail: opensuse-commit+help(a)opensuse.org

1 0

commit texlive-specs-e for openSUSE:Factory
by root＠hilbert.suse.de 24 Feb '15

24 Feb '15

Hello community, here is the log from the commit of package texlive-specs-e for openSUSE:Factory checked in at 2015-02-24 12:59:33 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ Comparing /work/SRC/openSUSE:Factory/texlive-specs-e (Old) and /work/SRC/openSUSE:Factory/.texlive-specs-e.new (New) ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ Package is "texlive-specs-e" Changes: -------- --- /work/SRC/openSUSE:Factory/texlive-specs-e/texlive-specs-e.changes 2014-06-18 07:50:30.000000000 +0200 +++ /work/SRC/openSUSE:Factory/.texlive-specs-e.new/texlive-specs-e.changes 2015-02-24 13:00:51.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,0 +2,14 @@ +Thu Feb 19 09:29:36 UTC 2015 - coolo(a)suse.com + +- rework generate to create the texlive-specs-$letter.spec directly + to build X sources +- this decouples the letter from being a prefix to be a slice of + all the texlive packages + +- as such patches move between packages, among them + bbold_bbold11.dif bbold_bbold11.dif context_fourier-map.dif context_fourier-map.dif + jadetex_ini.dif kpathsea_cnf.dif latexdiff_env.dif luaotfload_varfonts.dif latex2man_tmphandling.dif + musixtex_various.dif pgf_plain.dif musixtex_various.dif texconfig_scripts.dif + texdraw_info.dif tex4ht_env.dif texdoc_cnf.dif tetex_scripts.dif + +------------------------------------------------------------------- Old: ---- ean.doc.tar.xz ean.tar.xz ean13isbn.doc.tar.xz ean13isbn.tar.xz easy-todo.doc.tar.xz easy-todo.tar.xz easy.doc.tar.xz easy.tar.xz easyfig.doc.tar.xz easyfig.tar.xz easylist.doc.tar.xz easylist.tar.xz ebezier.doc.tar.xz ebezier.tar.xz ebgaramond.doc.tar.xz ebgaramond.tar.xz ebong.doc.tar.xz ebong.tar.xz ebook.doc.tar.xz ebook.tar.xz ebsthesis.doc.tar.xz ebsthesis.tar.xz ec.doc.tar.xz ec.tar.xz ecc.doc.tar.xz ecc.tar.xz ecclesiastic.doc.tar.xz ecclesiastic.tar.xz ecltree.doc.tar.xz ecltree.tar.xz eco.doc.tar.xz eco.tar.xz ecv.doc.tar.xz ecv.tar.xz ed.doc.tar.xz ed.tar.xz edfnotes.doc.tar.xz edfnotes.tar.xz edmac.doc.tar.xz edmac.tar.xz edmargin.doc.tar.xz edmargin.tar.xz ednotes.doc.tar.xz ednotes.tar.xz eemeir.doc.tar.xz eemeir.tar.xz eepic.doc.tar.xz eepic.tar.xz egameps.doc.tar.xz egameps.tar.xz egplot.doc.tar.xz egplot.tar.xz eiad-ltx.doc.tar.xz eiad-ltx.tar.xz eiad.doc.tar.xz eiad.tar.xz eijkhout.tar.xz einfuehrung.doc.tar.xz einfuehrung.tar.xz ejpecp.doc.tar.xz ejpecp.tar.xz elbioimp.doc.tar.xz elbioimp.tar.xz electrum.doc.tar.xz electrum.tar.xz eledform.doc.tar.xz eledform.tar.xz eledmac.doc.tar.xz eledmac.tar.xz ellipsis.doc.tar.xz ellipsis.tar.xz elmath.doc.tar.xz elmath.tar.xz elpres.doc.tar.xz elpres.tar.xz elsarticle.doc.tar.xz elsarticle.tar.xz elteikthesis.doc.tar.xz elteikthesis.tar.xz eltex.doc.tar.xz eltex.tar.xz elvish.doc.tar.xz elvish.tar.xz emarks.doc.tar.xz emarks.tar.xz embrac.doc.tar.xz embrac.tar.xz emp.doc.tar.xz emp.tar.xz emptypage.doc.tar.xz emptypage.tar.xz emulateapj.doc.tar.xz emulateapj.tar.xz enctex.doc.tar.xz enctex.tar.xz encxvlna.doc.tar.xz encxvlna.tar.xz endfloat.doc.tar.xz endfloat.tar.xz endheads.doc.tar.xz endheads.tar.xz endiagram.doc.tar.xz endiagram.tar.xz endnotes.doc.tar.xz endnotes.tar.xz engpron.doc.tar.xz engpron.tar.xz engrec.doc.tar.xz engrec.tar.xz engtlc.doc.tar.xz engtlc.tar.xz enigma.doc.tar.xz enigma.tar.xz enotez.doc.tar.xz enotez.tar.xz enumitem-zref.doc.tar.xz enumitem-zref.tar.xz enumitem.doc.tar.xz enumitem.tar.xz envbig.doc.tar.xz envbig.tar.xz environ.doc.tar.xz environ.tar.xz envlab.doc.tar.xz envlab.tar.xz epigrafica.doc.tar.xz epigrafica.tar.xz epigram.tar.xz epigraph.doc.tar.xz epigraph.tar.xz epiolmec.doc.tar.xz epiolmec.tar.xz eplain.doc.tar.xz eplain.tar.xz epsdice.doc.tar.xz epsdice.tar.xz epsf.doc.tar.xz epsf.tar.xz epsincl.doc.tar.xz epsincl.tar.xz epslatex-fr.doc.tar.xz epslatex-fr.tar.xz epspdf.doc.tar.xz epspdf.tar.xz epspdfconversion.doc.tar.xz epspdfconversion.tar.xz epstopdf.doc.tar.xz epstopdf.tar.xz eqell.doc.tar.xz eqell.tar.xz eqlist.doc.tar.xz eqlist.tar.xz eqname.tar.xz eqnarray.doc.tar.xz eqnarray.tar.xz eqparbox.doc.tar.xz eqparbox.tar.xz erdc.doc.tar.xz erdc.tar.xz errata.doc.tar.xz errata.tar.xz es-tex-faq.doc.tar.xz es-tex-faq.tar.xz esami.doc.tar.xz esami.tar.xz esdiff.doc.tar.xz esdiff.tar.xz esint-type1.doc.tar.xz esint-type1.tar.xz esint.doc.tar.xz esint.tar.xz esk.doc.tar.xz esk.tar.xz eskd.doc.tar.xz eskd.tar.xz eskdx.doc.tar.xz eskdx.tar.xz eso-pic.doc.tar.xz eso-pic.tar.xz esstix.doc.tar.xz esstix.tar.xz estcpmm.doc.tar.xz estcpmm.tar.xz esvect.doc.tar.xz esvect.tar.xz etaremune.doc.tar.xz etaremune.tar.xz etex-pkg.doc.tar.xz etex-pkg.tar.xz etex.doc.tar.xz etex.tar.xz etextools.doc.tar.xz etextools.tar.xz ethiop-t1.doc.tar.xz ethiop-t1.tar.xz ethiop.doc.tar.xz ethiop.tar.xz etoc.doc.tar.xz etoc.tar.xz etoolbox-de.doc.tar.xz etoolbox-de.tar.xz etoolbox.doc.tar.xz etoolbox.tar.xz euenc.doc.tar.xz euenc.tar.xz eukdate.doc.tar.xz eukdate.tar.xz euler.doc.tar.xz euler.tar.xz eulervm.doc.tar.xz eulervm.tar.xz euro-ce.doc.tar.xz euro-ce.tar.xz euro.doc.tar.xz euro.tar.xz europecv.doc.tar.xz europecv.tar.xz eurosym.doc.tar.xz eurosym.tar.xz euxm.tar.xz everyhook.doc.tar.xz everyhook.tar.xz everypage.doc.tar.xz everypage.tar.xz exam.doc.tar.xz exam.tar.xz examdesign.doc.tar.xz examdesign.tar.xz examplep.doc.tar.xz examplep.tar.xz exceltex.doc.tar.xz exceltex.tar.xz excludeonly.doc.tar.xz excludeonly.tar.xz exercise.doc.tar.xz exercise.tar.xz exp-testopt.doc.tar.xz exp-testopt.tar.xz expdlist.doc.tar.xz expdlist.tar.xz export.doc.tar.xz export.tar.xz expressg.doc.tar.xz expressg.tar.xz exsheets.doc.tar.xz exsheets.tar.xz exsol.doc.tar.xz exsol.tar.xz extarrows.doc.tar.xz extarrows.tar.xz exteps.doc.tar.xz exteps.tar.xz extpfeil.doc.tar.xz extpfeil.tar.xz extract.doc.tar.xz extract.tar.xz extsizes.doc.tar.xz extsizes.tar.xz texlive-specs-rpmlintrc texlive-specs.tar.xz New: ---- chronology.doc.tar.xz chronology.tar.xz chronosys.doc.tar.xz chronosys.tar.xz chscite.doc.tar.xz chscite.tar.xz circ.doc.tar.xz circ.tar.xz circuitikz.doc.tar.xz circuitikz.tar.xz cite.doc.tar.xz cite.tar.xz cjhebrew.doc.tar.xz cjhebrew.tar.xz cjk-ko.doc.tar.xz cjk-ko.tar.xz cjk.doc.tar.xz cjk.tar.xz cjkpunct.doc.tar.xz cjkpunct.tar.xz cjkutils.doc.tar.xz cjkutils.tar.xz classics.doc.tar.xz classics.tar.xz classicthesis.doc.tar.xz classicthesis.tar.xz clefval.doc.tar.xz clefval.tar.xz cleveref.doc.tar.xz cleveref.tar.xz clipboard.doc.tar.xz clipboard.tar.xz clock.doc.tar.xz clock.tar.xz clrscode.doc.tar.xz clrscode.tar.xz cm-lgc.doc.tar.xz cm-lgc.tar.xz cm-super.doc.tar.xz cm-super.tar.xz cm-unicode.doc.tar.xz cm-unicode.tar.xz cm.doc.tar.xz cm.tar.xz cmap.doc.tar.xz cmap.tar.xz cmarrows.doc.tar.xz cmarrows.tar.xz cmbright.doc.tar.xz cmbright.tar.xz cmcyr.doc.tar.xz cmcyr.tar.xz cmdstring.doc.tar.xz cmdstring.tar.xz cmdtrack.doc.tar.xz cmdtrack.tar.xz cmextra.tar.xz cmll.doc.tar.xz cmll.tar.xz cmpica.doc.tar.xz cmpica.tar.xz cmpj.doc.tar.xz cmpj.tar.xz cmsd.doc.tar.xz cmsd.tar.xz cmtiup.doc.tar.xz cmtiup.tar.xz cns.doc.tar.xz cns.tar.xz codedoc.doc.tar.xz codedoc.tar.xz codepage.doc.tar.xz codepage.tar.xz codicefiscaleitaliano.doc.tar.xz codicefiscaleitaliano.tar.xz collcell.doc.tar.xz collcell.tar.xz collectbox.doc.tar.xz collectbox.tar.xz collref.doc.tar.xz collref.tar.xz colordoc.doc.tar.xz colordoc.tar.xz colorinfo.doc.tar.xz colorinfo.tar.xz colorsep.tar.xz colortab.doc.tar.xz colortab.tar.xz colortbl.doc.tar.xz colortbl.tar.xz colorwav.doc.tar.xz colorwav.tar.xz colourchange.doc.tar.xz colourchange.tar.xz combelow.doc.tar.xz combelow.tar.xz combine.doc.tar.xz combine.tar.xz combinedgraphics.doc.tar.xz combinedgraphics.tar.xz comfortaa.doc.tar.xz comfortaa.tar.xz comma.doc.tar.xz comma.tar.xz commado.doc.tar.xz commado.tar.xz commath.doc.tar.xz commath.tar.xz comment.doc.tar.xz comment.tar.xz compactbib.tar.xz complexity.doc.tar.xz complexity.tar.xz components-of-TeX.doc.tar.xz comprehensive.doc.tar.xz computational-complexity.doc.tar.xz computational-complexity.tar.xz concepts.doc.tar.xz concepts.tar.xz concmath-fonts.doc.tar.xz concmath-fonts.tar.xz concmath.doc.tar.xz concmath.tar.xz concprog.doc.tar.xz concprog.tar.xz concrete.doc.tar.xz concrete.tar.xz confproc.doc.tar.xz confproc.tar.xz constants.doc.tar.xz constants.tar.xz conteq.doc.tar.xz conteq.tar.xz context-account.doc.tar.xz context-account.tar.xz context-algorithmic.tar.xz context-bnf.doc.tar.xz context-bnf.tar.xz context-chromato.doc.tar.xz context-chromato.tar.xz context-construction-plan.doc.tar.xz context-construction-plan.tar.xz context-cyrillicnumbers.doc.tar.xz context-cyrillicnumbers.tar.xz context-degrade.doc.tar.xz context-degrade.tar.xz context-filter.doc.tar.xz context-filter.tar.xz context-fixme.tar.xz context-french.doc.tar.xz context-french.tar.xz context-fullpage.doc.tar.xz context-fullpage.tar.xz context-games.doc.tar.xz context-games.tar.xz context-gantt.doc.tar.xz context-gantt.tar.xz context-gnuplot.doc.tar.xz context-gnuplot.tar.xz context-letter.doc.tar.xz context-letter.tar.xz context-lettrine.doc.tar.xz context-lettrine.tar.xz context-lilypond.doc.tar.xz context-lilypond.tar.xz context-mathsets.doc.tar.xz context-mathsets.tar.xz context-notes-zh-cn.doc.tar.xz context-rst.doc.tar.xz context-rst.tar.xz context-ruby.doc.tar.xz context-ruby.tar.xz context-simplefonts.doc.tar.xz context-simplefonts.tar.xz context-simpleslides.doc.tar.xz context-simpleslides.tar.xz context-transliterator.doc.tar.xz context-transliterator.tar.xz context-typearea.doc.tar.xz context-typearea.tar.xz context-typescripts.doc.tar.xz context-typescripts.tar.xz context-vim.doc.tar.xz context-vim.tar.xz context.doc.tar.xz context.tar.xz context_fourier-map.dif contour.doc.tar.xz contour.tar.xz contracard.doc.tar.xz contracard.tar.xz ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ Other differences: ------------------ ++++++ texlive-specs-e.spec ++++++ ++++ 18262 lines (skipped) ++++ between /work/SRC/openSUSE:Factory/texlive-specs-e/texlive-specs-e.spec ++++ and /work/SRC/openSUSE:Factory/.texlive-specs-e.new/texlive-specs-e.spec ++++++ eemeir.doc.tar.xz -> circ.doc.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 5063 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ eemeir.doc.tar.xz -> circ.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 6749 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ enumitem-zref.doc.tar.xz -> cite.doc.tar.xz ++++++ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/cite/README new/doc/latex/cite/README --- old/doc/latex/cite/README 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/cite/README 2010-09-13 21:16:35.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +This directory contains four .sty files that are mutually compatible, +but (mostly) independent: + +cite.sty Compressed, sorted lists of numerical citations: [8,11-16] + with many options for controlling the formatting. + +overcite.sty like \usepackage[superscript]{cite} + +drftcite.sty Print the tags instead of the numbers for \cite and \bibitem. + +chapterbib.sty Do multiple bibliographies--one for each \include file. + +The user manuals for cite and chapterbib are LaTeX files cite.ltx +and chapterbib.ltx, and already typeset pdf versions. + +They are all released under a very simple permissive license in +the MIT/BSD style: They may be freely used, transmitted, reproduced, +or modified provided that [the copyright and permission] notice is +left intact. + + + +Donald Arseneau asnd(a)triumf.ca diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/cite/chapterbib.ltx new/doc/latex/cite/chapterbib.ltx --- old/doc/latex/cite/chapterbib.ltx 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/cite/chapterbib.ltx 2010-09-13 21:16:35.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,243 @@ +% +% chapterbib.ltx Manual for chapterbib.sty +% +% +% Copyright (c) 1993-2010 by Donald Arseneau +% +% Version 1.16 (5-Sep-2010) +% +\documentclass[12pt,a4paper]{ltxdoc} + +\setcounter{secnumdepth}{4} +\renewcommand\theparagraph{\arabic{paragraph}} +\newcommand\snugger{\vspace{-7pt}} + +\MakeShortVerb{\"} +\hyphenpenalty=500 +\sloppy + +\setlength\parskip{2pt} +\raggedbottom + +\title{chapterbib\\ multiple bibliographies in \LaTeX} +\author{Donald Arseneau\\ asnd(a)triumf.ca} +\date{2010/09/05} +\begin{document} +\maketitle + +\begin{footnotesize} +\noindent Chapterbib is copyright \copyright\ 1989--2010 by +Niel Kempson and Donald Arseneau.\\ +The package (chapterbib.sty) and this documentation (chapterbib.ltx, +chapterbib.pdf) may be freely transmitted, reproduced, or modified +for any purpose provided that the copyright notice is left intact. +(Small excerpts may of course be taken and used without any restriction.) +\par +\end{footnotesize} + +\section*{Introduction} + + The chapterbib package facilitates multiple bibliographies in a + \LaTeX\ document, including items \cs{cite}d (cited) in more than + one bibliography. Despite the name `chapterbib', + the \emph{bibliographies are for each included file}, not necessarily + for each chapter, although a bibliography per chapter is the usual + application. The main point is to allow you to use \BibTeX: Each + included file should have its own \cs{bibliographystyle} and + \cs{bibliography} commands, and you should run bibtex on each included + file separately rather than on the main or root file. + + Chapterbib also provides the environment |cbunit|, and the command + \cs{cbinput} to allow multiple bibliographies without using \cs{include} + (see item~\ref{cbinput}). + There are two added hooks, \cs{citeform} and \cs{citepunct}, which you can + redefine to customize the formatting of each entry in a citation list, + and the declaration \cs{CitationPrefix} to use in preference to \cs{citeform} + for numbering-by-chapter. + + Alternative packages: bibunits, biblatex. + +\clearpage + +\section*{Usage, Restrictions, and Options} + +\paragraph{Normal use: } \leavevmode \label{normaluse}% 1. +Put \cs{bibliographystyle} and \cs{bibliography} commands in + each \cs{include}d file. Run \LaTeX; run \BibTeX\ on each included file; + run \LaTeX; run \LaTeX. + +\snugger\paragraph{Whole bibliography: } \label{whole} % 2. + With chapterbib, the \cs{bibliography} and |\bibliography|\-|style| + commands are not normally used in the root file, only in files that + have been \cs{include}d. To have a whole-document bibliography, see + items \ref{separate}--\ref{duplicate}, depending on which style of + whole-document bib. + +\snugger\paragraph{Without \textbackslash include: } \label{cbinput} % 3. + If you can't use \cs{include} because a new section must start below the + preceding bibliography on the same page (odd format!), then you can + use |\begin{cbunit}|\dots|\end{cbunit}| (for everything in one file) + or \cs{cbinput}, with a |thebibliography| environment in each unit + or input file. + + To use \BibTeX, input separate files using \cs{cbinput}; at first use + the package or global option |[draft]|, run \LaTeX\ on the document, + then \BibTeX\ on each file that was \cs{cbinput}; finally, remove + the |[draft]| option and run \LaTeX\ again (maybe twice to get page + references right). The |[draft]| option only affects the treatment + of \cs{cbinput}, not \cs{include} or |\begin{cbunit}|. + +\snugger\paragraph{Package compatability: }\label{compatability} % 4. + Your preferred citation style (call it xxx.sty) may not work with + chapterbib at first, but it is easy to make it compatible: + In `xxx.sty' change every `|@\@citeb|' to `|@\@citeb\@extra@b@citeb|', + and insert the line\\[3pt] + \indent + |\@ifundefined{@extra@b@citeb}{\def\@extra@b@citeb{}}{}|\\[3pt] + somewhere (but not as a comment or as part of another definition!). + + If the package also redefines \cs{bibcite} then you should change that + definition, replacing `|@#1|' with `|@#1\@extra@binfo|', and insert + \\[3pt]\indent + |\gdef\@extra@binfo{}|\\[3pt] + somewhere in the file. If the package defines a command that acts + similarly to \cs{bibcite} (being written to the aux file, and then + executed as the aux file is processed), then it should + have `|\@extra@binfo|' inserted in the same way. + + Some citation packages deviate quite far from \LaTeX's own method + of organizing cite tags using `|b@\@citeb|'. The instructions above + catch such extensions as `|Y@\@citeb|', but not more radical differences. + In such cases, try contacting the author of the citation package. + + If a citation style does not (re)define \cs{nocite}, then that command + would not be converted when you make the patches at `|@\@citeb|'. + Chapterbib will try to detect the presence of \cs{@extra@b@citeb} + in \cs{nocite} and insert it, but if that fails you may need to + redefine \cs{nocite} changing any `|@\@citeb|' to + `|@\@citeb\@extra@b@citeb|' in that sty file. + +\snugger\paragraph{Sectionbib: }\label{sectionbib} % 5. + The report and book document classes usually treat the bibliography as + an unnumbered chapter (|\chapter*|), which is not so good for + bibliographies \emph{in} a chapter. You can specify\\[3pt] + \indent + |\usepackage[sectionbib]{chapterbib}| \\[3pt] + to convert your bibliographies from |\chapter*| to |\section*|, with an + entry in the table of contents and the page-header. A bibliography in + the root file remains as a |\chapter*|. The |[sectionbib]| option modifies + the existing |thebibliography| environment (or the \cs{bibsection} + command, if present already), so the other formatting in the bibliography + should remain unchanged. On the other hand, if you already have a + non-standard bibliography defined, or if you want them numbered, it + may be easier to redefine \cs{thebibliography} directly, without any + tricky modification of existing commands. + + Alternatively, you can use the \cs{sectionbib} command directly in the + document preamble. It takes two parameters: the sectioning command, and + the name of the sectioning level. For instance, the |[sectionbib]| option + executes |\sectionbib{\section*}{section}|. Again, for the most control, + it is better to redefine \cs{thebibliography} entirely. + + +\snugger\paragraph{Overall separate bibliography: } \label{separate} %6. + If you want a completely unrelated bibliography in the root file, perhaps + for a general reading list, you can provide your own bibliography there + using the |thebibliography| environment. I don't suppose this will appeal + to \BibTeX\ users! + +\snugger\paragraph{Overall bibliography: }\label{overall}% 7. + To have a cohesive bibliography for the whole document, plus individual + bibs in the chapters, put \cs{bibliography} commands in the included + chapters plus in the root file. Make sure the \cs{bibliographystyle} + for the overall bibliography appears \emph{first}, before any chapters + are included. Run \LaTeX; run \BibTeX\ on the root file; run \BibTeX\ on + each included file; run \LaTeX; run \LaTeX. + This produces an independent `overall' bibliography which only + makes sense for various `named' bibliography styles; a numbered style, or + one with any type of automatic enumeration (like Me2007a, Me2007b) will + give unrelated numbers in each bibliography and lead to confusion. + + \BibTeX\ will complain about multiple \cs{bibdata} commands when it makes + the whole bibliography, but it should obey the first. If you don't + want to see any error messages from bibtex, or if you don't want to put + the main \cs{bibliographystyle} command first in the document, then use + |\usepackage[rootbib]{chapterbib}| when you run \LaTeX\ first; run + \BibTeX\ on the root file; change to |\usepackage{chapterbib}|; run + \LaTeX; run \BibTeX\ on each included file; run \LaTeX; run \LaTeX. + +\snugger\paragraph{Chapter bibs gathered to end: }\label{gather} % 8. + To have a bibliography-by-chapter at the end instead of separate + bibs in the chapters, use |\usepackage[gather]{chapterbib}|, put + \cs{bibliography} commands in each file, and at the end of the main + file. Run \LaTeX\ as in item~\ref{normaluse}. You can control the + titling of the final bibliographies by defining \cs{FinalBibTitles}, + such as\\[3pt] + \indent|\newcommand\FinalBibTitles|\\ + \indent \indent |{References for Chapter \thechapter}|\\[3pt] + A similar effect may be achieved by re-defining \cs{FinalBibPrefix} as + \\[3pt] \indent + |\renewcommand\FinalBibPrefix{References for }|\\[3pt] + Even more control is achieved by redefining \cs{StartFinalBibs}. + The default definition is (like) +\begin{verbatim} + \newcommand{\StartFinalBibs}{% + \renewcommand{\bibname}{Bibliography for chapter n}} +\end{verbatim} + normally, but when using the [sectionbib] option it becomes +\begin{verbatim} + \newcommand{\StartFinalBibs}{\chapter*{\bibname}% + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\bibname}% + \@mkboth{\bibname}{\bibname}% + \renewcommand{\bibname}{Chapter n}} +\end{verbatim} + where the \cs{bibname} text is now provided by \cs{@auto@bibname}, + which relies on bookkeeping and \cs{FinalBibPrefix}. + + If your document class has neither section nor chapter, then you must + define \cs{StartFinalBibs} and also indicate the sectioning: for example, + if the main sectioning command in your document class is \cs{motif}: + \\[3pt]\indent + |\newcommand\CBMainSectioning{motif}| + +\snugger\paragraph{Duplicate bibliographies at end: } \label{duplicate}% 9 + To have bibliographies in each chapter \emph{plus} a + bibliography-by-chapter at the end, follow item~\ref{gather}, + but declare\\[3pt] + \indent |\usepackage[duplicate]{chapterbib}|\\ + \indent (or |\usepackage[duplicate,sectionbib]{chapterbib}|). + +\snugger\paragraph{Babel: } % 10 + If you use Babel, load chapterbib before babel. + +\section*{Formatting extensions} +\snugger\paragraph*{\textbackslash citeform} + Normally, the citations are formatted as given, but you can define + \cs{citeform} (with one parameter) to reformat every citation. + Some possibilities:\\[3pt] + \quad |\renewcommand\citeform[1]{\romannumeral 0#1}| \hfill [iv,x]\\ + \quad |\renewcommand\citeform[1]{(#1)} | \hfill [(3),(4),(7)]\\[3pt] + If you change \cs{citeform}, you should really define \cs{@biblabel} to match. + + A not-so-good way to provide a chapter-number prefix is\\[3pt] + \indent |\renewcommand\citeform[1]{\thechapter.#1}| \\[3pt] + This partially works, but has only limited applicability: it does not + work with cites in the front-matter (TOC, LOF) or with hyperref. + +\snugger\paragraph*{\textbackslash CitationPrefix} + Instead, there is a \cs{CitationPrefix} command to apply a prefix to the + citation numbers (or names) in the bibliographies and \cs{cite} commands + for the included files. Use it by declaring something like\\[3pt] + \indent |\CitationPrefix{\thechapter.}| \\[3pt] + in the preamble. The prefix will be applied to all the chapter-bibs + but will not be used in an overall (root) bibliography, if you have one. + This not only affects the formatting but the actual citation, therefore + it immediately applies to \cs{bibitem} (no need to change \cs{@biblabel}) + and works with hyperref. (The \cs{CitationPrefix} mechanism may be + prone to conflicts with other packages.) + +\snugger\paragraph*{\textbackslash citepunct} + The \cs{citepunct} command gives the punctuation (comma-penalty-space) + between items in the \cs{cite} list, and you can redefine it. + +\end{document} \ No newline at end of file Files old/doc/latex/cite/chapterbib.pdf and new/doc/latex/cite/chapterbib.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/cite/cite.ltx new/doc/latex/cite/cite.ltx --- old/doc/latex/cite/cite.ltx 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/cite/cite.ltx 2010-09-13 21:16:35.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,248 @@ +% +% cite.ltx Manual for cite.sty +% +% +% Copyright (c) 1989-2010 by Donald Arseneau +% +% Version date (Sep 2010) +% +\documentclass[12pt,a4paper]{ltxdoc} +%\overfullrule=1pt +\addtolength{\textwidth}{1cm} +\MakeShortVerb{\"} +\hyphenpenalty=600 +\newcommand\snugger{\vspace{-7pt}} +\sloppy + +\setlength\parskip{2pt} + +\title{The cite package:\\ well formed numeric citations} +\author{Donald Arseneau\\ asnd(a)triumf.ca} +\date{2010/09/10} +\begin{document} +\maketitle + +\begin{abstract} + The cite package modifies \LaTeX's normal citation mechanism for +improved handling of numeric citations. It provides compressed, sorted +lists of numerical or partly-numerical citations, as regular text or +superscripts. Generally, no changes to the usage of \cs{cite} commands +is required. +\end{abstract} + + +\begin{footnotesize} +\noindent The cite package is Copyright \copyright\ 1989--2010 by +Donald Arseneau (Vancouver, Canada).\\ +The package (cite.sty) and this documentation (cite.ltx,cite.pdf) may be +freely transmitted, reproduced, or modified for any purpose provided that the +copyright notice is left intact. +(Small excerpts may of course be taken and used without any restriction.) +\par +\end{footnotesize} + +\section*{Normal Use} +Insert "\usepackage{cite}" in the document's preamble for improved handling +of numeric citations, behaving as follows: + +\snugger\paragraph*{Spacing} Put a comma and a small space between + each citation number. The option [nospace] removes that space, and + the option [space] replaces it with an ordinary inter-word space. + +\snugger\paragraph*{Compress groups} Compress lists of three or more + consecutive numbers to one number range which can be split, with + difficulty, after the dash. All numbers should be greater than zero. + E.g., if you used to get the (nonsense) list + [7,5,6,?,4,9,8,Einstein,6], then this style will give [?,Einstein,4--6,6--9]. + Compression of ranges is disabled by the [nocompress] package option. + +\snugger\paragraph*{Sorting} Sort citations into ascending order + (this is the default, but may also be declared with the package + option [sort]). The [nosort] package option turns off sorting. + Sortable citations must fit one of these forms: + \begin{enumerate}\itemsep=-\parsep + \item \meta{number} + \item \meta{optional-char}\meta{number}\meta{optional-char} + \item \meta{number}\meta{separator-char}\meta{number} + \end{enumerate} + Forms 1 and 2 are really the same, and they mix well, but form 3 is + different, so it can't be mixed with the other forms (not that you + would want to). + Non-sortable forms (those not listed) are printed before + all sortable forms. Here \meta{number} means a positive integer (natural + number) less than some limit (different for each form), \meta{optional-char} + is a single printable character (or nothing), and \meta{separator-char} + is also a single printable character. + +\snugger\paragraph*{Prefix/suffix letters} Sort citations with prefix + and/or suffix characters (form~2) such that + different prefixes are grouped separately, and suffixes form sub-lists + for the same number. Compression knows about suffixes, so you can get + lists like [18a--18c,19] or [A2,Q1,Q3--Q5]. + +\snugger\paragraph*{Numbers alone} The command "\citen" is provided to give + just the citation numbers without the brackets or superscript + and other formatting. Aliases are "\citenum" and "\citeonline" for easy + conversion to other citation packages. + +\snugger\paragraph*{Breaks} Allow, but discourage, line breaks within + the group of citations (after dashes, and after punctuation). + Penalties are "\citepunctpenalty" and "\citemidpenalty". + +\snugger\paragraph*{Breaks and spaces before} Allow but strongly discourage + line-breaks before the entire citation, provided it is a regular text + cite (not superscript) and no different penalty was specified there + (thus, "~\cite{X}" will not permit a line break). Also, adjust the + spacing: if there is no space or if there is extra space due to some + punctuation, then change to one inter-word space; e.g., + "A space will be inserted here\cite{Larry,Curly,Moe}". + +\snugger\paragraph*{Prohibiting breaks} All breaks can be forbidden + with the [nobreak] package option. Allowance of any type of line break can + be adjusted independently by setting the parameters "\citeprepenalty", + "\citemidpenalty", and "\citepunctpenalty" (see Customization below). + +\snugger\paragraph*{Superscript} With package option [superscript] + (or [super] for short), display citation numbers as superscripts. + But if the citation has an optional note, it is printed on-line + with brackets. Superscripted citations follow these additional rules: + \begin{itemize} + \setlength\itemsep{0pt} + +\item Superscript citations use \emph{the same input format} as ordinary + citations to produce different output. Blank space before the |\cite| + command is discarded, and trailing punctuation is moved to come before + the superscript citation. For example, `"information \cite{source};"' + ignores the space before "\cite" and puts the semicolon before the number + to give `information;$^{12}$\,', just as if you typed `"information;$^{12}$"'. + You may disable movement with the [nomove] package option. + +\item The punctuation characters that will migrate before the superscript are + listed in the macro "\CiteMoveChars", which you can redefine (using + "\renewcommand"). The default set of characters is ".,;:"; Perhaps + "!"~and~"?" should be included too, but + they weren't listed in the APS style manual I looked at, and I agree with + that design choice because they put too much visual separation between the + cite and what it applies to. Feel free to redefine "\CiteMoveChars". Quotes + were listed as coming before the cite notation, but they should be typed + before the "\cite" command in any case because both on-line and superscript + cites come after what is quoted (when citing a quotation). This gives one + difficulty~-- punctuation following quotes won't migrate inside the + quotation: e.g., "``Transition State Theory''\cite{Eyring}." gives out + ``Transition State Theory''.$^8$, but you may want the period inside the + quotes, thus: ``Transition State Theory.''$^8$. + +\item Doubling of periods (.., ?., !.) is checked for and suppressed. + The spacing after the citation is set according to the final punctuation + mark moved. There is a problem with double periods after a capitalized + abbreviation or directly after "\@" : Both of `"N.S.A. \cite{space}."' and + `"et al.\@ \cite{many}."' will give doubled periods. Type `"\ "' (backslash + space) after abbreviations like `et al.' ("et al.\ \cite{many}.") + to get the right spacing within a sentence whether or not a citation follows, + and prevent double periods with the superscript cite. You could use "\@" to + fix the N.S.A. example ("N.S.A\@. \cite{space}.") but that gives the wrong + spacing when there is no citation, so it should be inserted only where a + cite follows. + +\item Remember, these rules regarding punctuation only apply when the [super] + or [superscript] option was given (or overcite.sty used) and the [nomove] + option was \emph{not} given. + +\end{itemize} + +\section*{Customization} + +There are several options for "\usepackage{cite}", some already mentioned. +\begin{center} +\begin{tabular}{lp{0.75\linewidth}} + [superscript]& use superscripts for cites without optional notes\\\relax + [super] & alias for [superscript] (like natbib)\\\relax + [ref] & uses the format "[Ref.~12, given note]" (useful with + the superscript option)\\\relax + [nospace] & eliminates the spaces after commas in the number list\\\relax + [space] & uses a full inter-word space after the commas\\\relax + [nobreak] & eliminate all line-breaks\\\relax + [nosort] & prevents sorting of the numbers (default is to sort, and the\dots\\\relax + [sort] & option is provided for completeness).\\\relax + [nomove] & prevents moving the superscript cite after punctuation\\\relax + [move] & is the default\\\relax + [noadjust] & disables `smart' handling of space before a cite\\\relax + [adjust] & is the default\\\relax + [nocompress] & inhibit compression of consecutive numbers into ranges\\\relax + [compress] & is the default\\\relax + [biblabel] & define the bibliography label as a superscript +\end{tabular} +\end{center} + +If your citations are not numeric, and not of any near-numeric sortable form, +then you should probably not use cite.sty; but if you must, then at least +use the [nosort,nocompress] options. + +There are several commands that you may redefine to change the +formatting of citation lists: + +\begin{center} +\begin{tabular}{@{}lll@{}} +command & function & default\\ +\hline +\cs{citeform} & reformats each number & nothing\\ +\cs{citepunct} & printed between numbers & comma, penalty, thin space\\ +\cs{citeleft} & left delimiter of list & [\\ +\cs{citeright} & right delimeter of list & ]\\ +\cs{citemid} & printed before note & comma, penalty, space\\ +\cs{citedash} & used in compressed range & endash, penalty\\ +\cs{CiteMoveChars} & characters that move & \texttt{.,:;}\\ +\cs{OverciteFont} & font sel. for superscripts & \relax"\fontsize{\sf@size}"\dots\\ +\end{tabular} +\end{center} + +The left/mid/right commands don't affect the formatting of superscript +citations. You may use "\renewcommand" to change any of these. Remember, +these commands are extensions made by this package; they are not regular +LaTeX. Some examples of changes: + +\begin{flushleft} +"\renewcommand\citeform[1]{\romannumeral 0#1}}" $\to$ roman i,vi\\ +"\renewcommand\citeform[1]{(#1)}" $\to$ parentheses (1)--(5),(9)\\ +"\renewcommand\citeform{\thechapter.}" $\to$ by chapter: \textsuperscript{2.18--2.21}\\ +"\renewcommand\citepunct{,}" $\to$ no space and no breaks at commas\\ +"\renewcommand\citemid{; }" $\to$ semicolon before optional note\\ +"\renewcommand\citeleft{(}" $\to$ parentheses around whole\\ +"\renewcommand\citeright{)}" $\to$ parentheses around whole list\\ +\end{flushleft} + +The appearance of the whole citation list is governed by "\@cite", (for +full-sized cites) and "\@citess" (for superscripts). For more extensive changes +to the formatting, redefine these. For example, to get brackets around the +list of superscript numbers you can do:\\[2pt] +\indent "\renewcommand\@citess[1]{\textsuperscript{[#1]}}"\\[2pt] +(after "\makeatletter"). + +Related Note: The superscript option does not affect the numbering format +of the bibliography; the "[12]" style is still the default. To get +superscripts in the bibliography (at any time) you can define\\[2pt] +\indent + "\renewcommand\@biblabel[1]{\textsuperscript{#1}}"\\[2pt] +Aw, OK, for your convenience, there is the [biblabel] package option that +just performs this definition (sort of). + +Line breaking can be turned off using the [nobreak] option. It can be +controlled more precisely by changing three numeric values for the +line-break penalties: +\begin{center} +\begin{tabular}{lll} +Command & Location & Default \\ +\hline +\cs{citeprepenalty} & before entire cite & "\@highpenalty"\\ +\cs{citemidpenalty} & used in "\citemid" & "\@medpenalty"\\ +\cs{citepunctpenalty}& used in "\citepunct" & 1000 +\end{tabular} +\end{center} +Use "\mathchardef" to change these penalty values! E.g., \\ +\indent "\mathchardef\citeprepenalty=9999"\\ +(Yes, that is obscure but I don't want to use up counters or to +pretend they are counters.) Alternatively, the commands "\citemid", +"\citedash", and "\citepunct" can be redefined to use different +penalty parameters, or none at all. + +\end{document} Files old/doc/latex/cite/cite.pdf and new/doc/latex/cite/cite.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/enumitem-zref/README new/doc/latex/enumitem-zref/README --- old/doc/latex/enumitem-zref/README 2010-12-09 00:11:57.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/enumitem-zref/README 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,27 +0,0 @@ --*=-*=-*=-*=-*=-*=-*=-*=-*=-*=--*=-*=-*=-*=-*=-*=-*=-*=-*=-*=--*=-* -enumitem-zref - Extended References to Items for enumitem package -^*=^*=^*=^*=^*=^*=^*=^*=^*=^*=^*=^*=^*=^*=^*=^*=^*=^*=^*=^*=^*=^*=^ - -enumitem-zref is a companion package for enumitem package. -It makes possible to reference any item in lists formatted by enumitem: - . enumerated lists - . itemize lists - . description lists - . any list defined (or customized) with \newlist / \setlist - provided by enumitem package. - -References can be typeset differently with options/properties and -even arbitrary text. - -With hyperref, anchors are added for each item to make hyperlinks -inside the document or even to external documents. - -3 schemes are provided to make easy reference names: - . The `commaref' scheme - . The `refitem' scheme - . The `user' scheme (with LaTeX \label command) - -The `user' scheme is restrained a bit if hyperref is not loaded. - -I hope the \refitem interface is easy to use ! Enjoy ;-) - diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/enumitem-zref/enumitem-zexample.tex new/doc/latex/enumitem-zref/enumitem-zexample.tex --- old/doc/latex/enumitem-zref/enumitem-zexample.tex 2011-02-20 01:26:28.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/enumitem-zref/enumitem-zexample.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,29 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `enumitem-zexample.tex', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% enumitem-zref.dtx (with options: `example') -%% -%% This is a generated file. -%% -%% enumitem-zref : 2011/02/18 v1.8 - Extended references to items for enumitem package and hyperref -%% -%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the -%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either -%% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later -%% version. The latest version of this license is in -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% This work consists of the main source file enumitem-zref.dtx -%% and the derived files -%% enumitem-zref.sty, enumitem-zref.pdf, enumitem-zref.ins, -%% enumitem-zexample.tex -%% -%% enumitem-zref : Extended references to items for enumitem package and hyperref -%% Copyright (C) 2010 by Florent Chervet <florent.chervet(a)free.fr> -%% -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `enumitem-zexample.tex'. Files old/doc/latex/enumitem-zref/enumitem-zref.pdf and new/doc/latex/enumitem-zref/enumitem-zref.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/cite.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/cite.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/cite.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/cite.doc.tlpobj 2010-10-01 04:10:46.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +name cite.doc +category Package +revision 19955 +shortdesc doc files of cite +relocated 1 +docfiles size=79 + RELOC/doc/latex/cite/README + RELOC/doc/latex/cite/chapterbib.ltx + RELOC/doc/latex/cite/chapterbib.pdf + RELOC/doc/latex/cite/cite.ltx + RELOC/doc/latex/cite/cite.pdf diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/enumitem-zref.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/enumitem-zref.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/enumitem-zref.doc.tlpobj 2011-02-20 04:15:27.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/enumitem-zref.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -name enumitem-zref.doc -category Package -revision 21472 -shortdesc doc files of enumitem-zref -relocated 1 -docfiles size=242 - RELOC/doc/latex/enumitem-zref/README - RELOC/doc/latex/enumitem-zref/enumitem-zexample.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/enumitem-zref/enumitem-zref.pdf ++++++ enumitem-zref.doc.tar.xz -> cite.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 2130 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ electrum.doc.tar.xz -> cm.doc.tar.xz ++++++ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/fonts/cm/README new/doc/fonts/cm/README --- old/doc/fonts/cm/README 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/fonts/cm/README 2006-01-09 01:47:01.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +Notes on the Computer Modern parameters + +Dimensions are mostly in units of 1/36pt, because I originally worked +on graph paper with 36 pixels per point (in 1977). This experience made +me familiar with such units, so I later decided to make METAFONT produce +proofmode output at the same scale. + +The basic fonts cmr5--cmr17 scale proportionately in most vertical +dimensions (e.g., the x_height in 5pt is half that in 10pt), but +horizontally the smaller fonts are more extended and have relatively +heavier weight (especially in hairlines). + +The slanted fonts cmsl8--cmsl12 are identical to their unslanted +counterparts except that they have slant=1/6. + +Font cmdunh10 is the same as cmr10 except that body_height, asc_height, +cap_height, and fig_height have been drastically increased. + +The bold fonts cmbx5--cmbx12 have similar vertical dimensions to the ordinary +roman (except that the x_height is a bit taller and bar_height is lower); +they use bolder pen strokes, of course, and they are rather more extended. +Font cmb10 is like cmbx10 except not extended (i.e., 1em=10pt in cmb10, +but 1em=11.5pt in cmbx10); it also has slightly shorter cap serifs. Font +cmbxsl10 is like cmbx10 but slanted. + +The typewriter fonts cmtt8--cmtt12 have the same x_heights as their +roman counterparts, but they have shorter ascenders and longer descenders. +Their math_axis is based on ascenders only. The stroke weights are +almost all identical to the corresponding roman stem weight. +Font cmsltt10 is a slanted version of cmtt10; cmvtt10 is non-monospaced. + +The sans serif fonts cmss8--cmss17 are analogous to cmr8--cmr17; they have +slanted counterparts with slant of 12 degrees. A few other isolated sans +serif fonts appear in the standard set, as demonstrations of how other +varieties could be made: There's a demibold condensed version, cmssdc10, +and a bold extended version, cmssbx10. (The title pages in The TeXbook use +cmssdc10 at 40pt and a magnified version of cmssbx10 called cminch; to +save font storage space, cminch is restricted to digits and uppercase +letters only.) Finally, there's a pair of fonts called cmssq8 and cmssqi8; +these are in a rather different style (extended, with short ascenders +and descenders), used for the end-of-chapter quotations in The TeXbook. + +The font cmfib8 is another `demonstration' of parameters; it's a serifed +font whose proportions are based on Fibonacci numbers. Also, the font +cmff10 is a weird concoction of little use except for testing. + +The text italic fonts cmti7--cmti12 have parameters like their roman +cousins, except that they are more condensed and slightly lighter. +The math italic fonts cmmi5--cmmi12 are not condensed and not +quite as light. + +Four special italic fonts are provided as demonstrations of further +possibilities: cmbxti10 is a bold extended text italic; cmmib10 is +a bold math italic; cmit10 is an italic typewriter font; cmu10 is +an unslanted italic with the same stem weights as cmr10. + +The math symbol fonts, cmsy5--cmsy10, have the same parameters +as the corresponding math italic; these fonts also have special +parameters of their own. There's a bold math symbols font for +demonstration purposes: cmbsy10. + +The math extension font, cmex10, has the parameters of cmr10. + +The extended ASCII font, cmtex10, has the parameters of cmtt10, except +that the slant is positive (for a few characters that will be slanted). + +And finally there are two caps-and-small-caps fonts, cmcsc10 (to match cmr10) +and cmtcsc10 (to match cmtt10). These fonts are unusual in having two +sets of parameters, one for the upper uppercase and one for the lower uppercase. diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/fonts/cm/README-cmps.txt new/doc/fonts/cm/README-cmps.txt --- old/doc/fonts/cm/README-cmps.txt 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/fonts/cm/README-cmps.txt 2006-01-09 01:47:01.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +Map files for the AMS/Y&Y/Bluesky postscript type 1 fonts (computer +modern fonts, LaTeX fonts and part of computer modern extra fonts). +This file just lists the file names. For use in teTeX's updmap.cfg, +prepend the lines with MixedMap as in the following example: + MixedMap cmtext-bsr.map + +Ok, here comes the listing of the map files: + +##################################################################### +cmtext-bsr.map +cmother-bsr.map +cmtext-bsr-interpolated.map +latex-bsr.map +##################################################################### + +Possible replacements: + +The map files provided here are split up to allow using a different +implementation for some of the fonts provided in this commection. + +Replacement 1 +============= +For using Latin Modern fonts as "drop in" replacements (version must +be at least 0.98.3) for the AMS/Y&Y/Bluesky postscript type 1 fonts, +you can use the two map files + + cmtext-lm.map + cmtext-lm-interpolated.map + +instead of + + cmtext-bsr.map + cmtext-bsr-interpolated.map + ams-cmcsc-bsr-interpolated.map (from a different package containing + the amsps fonts) + +The files define the same fonts, but the implementation will be different. +Use at your own risk. + +Replacement 2 +============= +Instead of using a down-scaled cmex10 as implementation for cmex7 / +cmex8, you can use an implementation of cmex7 / cmex8 that was obtained +by running textrace. + +To do this, use + ttcmex.map +instead of + ams-cmex-bsr-interpolated.map (from a different package containing + the amsps fonts) + cmother-bsr-interpolated.map + +June 2006, Thomas Esser diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/fonts/electrum/COPYING new/doc/fonts/electrum/COPYING --- old/doc/fonts/electrum/COPYING 2010-09-13 18:39:55.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/fonts/electrum/COPYING 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,340 +0,0 @@ - GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE - Version 2, June 1991 - - Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA - Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies - of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. - - Preamble - - The licenses for most software are designed to take away your -freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public -License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free -software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This -General Public License applies to most of the Free Software -Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to -using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by -the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to -your programs, too. - - When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not -price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you -have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for -this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it -if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it -in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. - - To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid -anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. -These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you -distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. - - For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether -gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that -you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the -source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their -rights. - - We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and -(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, -distribute and/or modify the software. - - Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain -that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free -software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we -want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so -that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original -authors' reputations. - - Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software -patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free -program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the -program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any -patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. - - The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and -modification follow. - - GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE - TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION - - 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains -a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed -under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, -refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" -means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: -that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, -either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another -language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in -the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". - -Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not -covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of -running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program -is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the -Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). -Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. - - 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's -source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you -conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate -copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the -notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; -and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License -along with the Program. - -You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and -you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. - - 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion -of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and -distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 -above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: - - a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices - stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. - - b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in - whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any - part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third - parties under the terms of this License. - - c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively - when run, you must cause it, when started running for such - interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an - announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a - notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide - a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under - these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this - License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but - does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on - the Program is not required to print an announcement.) - -These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If -identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, -and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in -themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those -sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you -distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based -on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of -this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the -entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. - -Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest -your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to -exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or -collective works based on the Program. - -In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program -with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of -a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under -the scope of this License. - - 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, -under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of -Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: - - a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable - source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections - 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, - - b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three - years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your - cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete - machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be - distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium - customarily used for software interchange; or, - - c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer - to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is - allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you - received the program in object code or executable form with such - an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) - -The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for -making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source -code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any -associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to -control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a -special exception, the source code distributed need not include -anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary -form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the -operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component -itself accompanies the executable. - -If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering -access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent -access to copy the source code from the same place counts as -distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not -compelled to copy the source along with the object code. - - 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program -except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt -otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is -void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. -However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under -this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such -parties remain in full compliance. - - 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not -signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or -distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are -prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by -modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the -Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and -all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying -the Program or works based on it. - - 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the -Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the -original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to -these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further -restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. -You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to -this License. - - 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent -infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), -conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or -otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not -excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot -distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this -License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you -may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent -license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by -all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then -the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to -refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. - -If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under -any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to -apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other -circumstances. - -It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any -patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any -such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the -integrity of the free software distribution system, which is -implemented by public license practices. Many people have made -generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed -through that system in reliance on consistent application of that -system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing -to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot -impose that choice. - -This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to -be a consequence of the rest of this License. - - 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in -certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the -original copyright holder who places the Program under this License -may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding -those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among -countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates -the limitation as if written in the body of this License. - - 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions -of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will -be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to -address new problems or concerns. - -Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program -specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any -later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions -either of that version or of any later version published by the Free -Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of -this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software -Foundation. - - 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free -programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author -to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free -Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes -make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals -of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and -of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. - - NO WARRANTY - - 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY -FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN -OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES -PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED -OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF -MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS -TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE -PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, -REPAIR OR CORRECTION. - - 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING -WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR -REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, -INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING -OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED -TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY -YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER -PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE -POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. - - END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS - - How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs - - If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest -possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it -free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. - - To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest -to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively -convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least -the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. - - <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> - Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA - - -Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. - -If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this -when it starts in an interactive mode: - - Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author - Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. - This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it - under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. - -The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate -parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may -be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be -mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. - -You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your -school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if -necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: - - Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program - `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. - - <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 - Ty Coon, President of Vice - -This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into -proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may -consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the -library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General -Public License instead of this License. diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/fonts/electrum/NOTICE.txt new/doc/fonts/electrum/NOTICE.txt --- old/doc/fonts/electrum/NOTICE.txt 2010-09-13 18:39:55.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/fonts/electrum/NOTICE.txt 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,35 +0,0 @@ - The Electrum collection consists of fonts made by Arkandis Digital - Foundry (ADF), collectively known as the "Program" - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or any later - version, with font exception. - - As a special exception, if you create a document which uses Electrum - font, and embed this font or unaltered portions of this font into the - document, this font does not by itself cause the resulting document to - be covered by the GNU General Public License. This exception does not - however invalidate any other reasons why the document might be covered - by the GNU General Public License. If you modify this font, you may - extend this exception to your version of the font, but you are not - obligated to do so. If you do not wish to do so, delete this exception - statement from your version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA - -_____________________________________________________________________________________ - RELEASE - 1.000 - Initial release: november 2008 - 1.001 - expert addition (superscript, denominateur, inferior, numerator), smallcaps and oldstyle - 1.002 - kerning class data addition - 1.003 - kerning class data revision - - diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/fonts/electrum/README new/doc/fonts/electrum/README --- old/doc/fonts/electrum/README 2010-09-13 18:39:55.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/fonts/electrum/README 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ -electrumadf ----------- - -electrumadf consists of: -1. the Electrum ADF Exp fonts developed by Hirwen Harendel, Arkandis Digital -Foundry (ADF) and released under the terms set out in the files COPYING and -NOTICE.txt in postscript type 1 format; -2. (La)TeX support by Clea F. Rees released under the LPPL. All files covered -by the LPPL are listed in the file manifest.txt. - -Information and resources concerning Electrum ADF, including opentype versions -of the fonts, and other ADF fonts can be found on the foundry's homepage: - http://arkandis.tuxfamily.org/ - -(La)TeX Support ---------------- - -For details, please see electrumadf.pdf. - -The (La)TeX support requires nfssext-cfr and xkeyval. These packages are -available from CTAN. - -The (La)TeX support should be considered somewhat experimental. If you find -any problems, please let me know and I will try to correct them. If you can -send a fix, so much the better. - -Contact Details ---------------- - -If you have comments about the fonts themselves, please contact Hirwen -Harendal (harendalh <at> hotmail <dot> com). - -Clea F. Rees (cfrees <at> imapmail <dot> org) -2010/07/21 Files old/doc/fonts/electrum/electrumadf.pdf and new/doc/fonts/electrum/electrumadf.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/fonts/electrum/electrumadf.tex new/doc/fonts/electrum/electrumadf.tex --- old/doc/fonts/electrum/electrumadf.tex 2010-09-13 18:39:55.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/fonts/electrum/electrumadf.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,391 +0,0 @@ -% !TEX TS-program = pdflatex -% !TEX encoding = UTF-8 Unicode -%% electrumadf.tex -%% Copyright 2010 Clea F. Rees -% -% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the -% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 -% of this license or (at your option) any later version. -% The latest version of this license is in -% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX -% version 2005/12/01 or later. -% -% This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'. -% -% The Current Maintainer of this work is Clea F. Rees. -% -% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. -\listfiles -\documentclass[11pt,british]{article} -\usepackage{babel} -\usepackage{lmodern} -\renewcommand{\ttdefault}{lmvtt} -\let\origrmdefault\rmdefault -\DeclareRobustCommand{\origrmfamily}{% - \fontencoding{T1}% - \fontfamily{\origrmdefault}% - \selectfont} -\DeclareTextFontCommand{\textorigrm}{\origrmfamily} -\usepackage{electrum} - \pdfmapfile{+yes.map} % not necessary for installed package -\usepackage{fancyhdr,lastpage,fancyref} -\usepackage{array,longtable,verbatim} -\usepackage{booktabs} -\usepackage{multirow} -\usepackage{url} - \urlstyle{tt} -\usepackage{hyperref} -\usepackage{microtype} -\usepackage[a4paper,headheight=14pt]{geometry} % use 14pt for 11pt text, 15pt for 12pt text - -\title{electrumadf} -\author{Clea F.\ Rees\footnote{cfrees <at> imapmail <dot> org}} -\newcommand*{\dyddiad}{18\textsuperscript{th} July, 2010} -\date{\dyddiad} -\pagestyle{fancy} - \fancyhf[lh]{\itshape electrumadf} - \fancyhf[rh]{\itshape\dyddiad} - \fancyhf[ch]{} - \fancyhf[lf]{} - \fancyhf[rf]{} - \fancyhf[cf]{\itshape --- \thepage~\ofname~\pageref{LastPage} ---} - -\begin{document} -\maketitle\thispagestyle{empty} -\pdfinfo{% - /Creator (TeX) - /Producer (pdfTeX) - /Author (Clea F.\ Rees) - /Title (electrumadf) - /Subject (TeX) - /Keywords (TeX,LaTeX,font,fonts,tex,latex,Electrum,electrum,electrumadf,ElectrumADF,ADF,adf,Arkandis,Digital,Foundry,arkandis,digital,foundry,Hirwen,Harendal,Clea,Rees)} -\pdfcatalog{% - /URL () - /PageMode /UseOutlines} % other values: /UseNone, /UseOutlines, /UseThumbs, /FullScreen - %[openaction <actionspec>] -% \pagestyle{empty} % if you want this, you probably want to comment out \maketitle as well...? -\setlength{\parindent}{0pt} -\setlength{\parskip}{0.5em} - - -\newcommand*{\adf}{\textsc{adf}} -\newcommand*{\lpack}[1]{\textsf{#1}} -\newcommand*{\fgroup}[1]{\textsf{#1}} -\newcommand*{\fname}[1]{\textsf{#1}} - -\begin{abstract} - \hspace*{-\parindent}Hirwen Harendal, Arkandis Digital Foundry (\adf) has produced the Electrum \adf\ font collection. This guide outlines the \emph{experimental} \TeX/\LaTeX\ support provided by \lpack{electrumadf} for version 1.005 of the fonts. -\end{abstract} - -\tableofcontents - -\section{Introduction} - -This document explains how to use the \TeX/\LaTeX\ support provided for version 1.005 of the Electrum \adf\ font collection developed by Hirwen Harendal of the Arkandis Digital Foundry (\adf). \lpack{electrumadf} includes copies of the fonts in postscript type 1 format. Further information about the fonts themselves and alternative font formats for use with other programmes can be found at \url{http://arkandis.tuxfamily.org/adffonts.html}. The fonts are released under the \textsc{gnu} General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or any later version, with font exception. For details, see \textsc{notice}.txt and \textsc{copying}. - -The \TeX/\LaTeX\ support package consists of all files listed in \path{manifest.txt}\ and these files are released under the \LaTeX\ Project Public Licence as explained in the included licensing notices. Please let me know of any problems so that I can solve them if I can. If you can correct the problems and send me the fix, that would be even better. Unlike the fonts themselves, the \TeX/\LaTeX\ support is somewhat experimental. - -\section{The collection} - -Electrum \adf\ is a slab serif family designed as a substitute for Eurostyle or URWCity. The family currently includes upright, oblique, small-caps and oblique small-caps shapes in each of light, regular, semi-bold and bold weights. Four sets of digits are provided: oldstyle, lining, inferior and superior\footnote{In fact, the fonts also include denominator and numerator figures. Since there is currently no use for these in TeX, however, the support package ignores them.}. The support package renames the fonts according to the Karl Berry fontname scheme and defines six families. Two of these primarily provide access to the ``standard'' or default characters while the two ``ligature'' families support additional non-standard ligatures\footnote{\Fref{sec:encs} describes the encodings used to create these families. The fifth and sixth families include the inferior and superior figures, together with any other complementary characters included in the fonts. For further details see the encoding (\path{.etx}) files.}. The included package files provide access to these features in \LaTeX\ as explained in \fref{sec:support} and \fref{sec:commands}. - -\clearpage - -\begin{longtable}{llll} - \toprule - \textbf{\TeX\ directory} & \textbf{font families} & \textbf{Original name} & \textbf{\TeX\ name}\\\midrule\endhead - \bottomrule\endfoot - \multirow{8}*{electrum} & \multirow{8}{.2\textwidth}{yes, yesj, yesjw, yesw, \textl{yes0, yes1} } & ElectrumADFExp-Light & yesl8a\\ - & & ElectrumADFExp-LightOblique & yeslo8a\\ - & & ElectrumADFExp-Regular & yesr8a\\ - & & ElectrumADFExp-Oblique & yesro8a\\ - & & ElectrumADFExp-SemiBold & yess8a\\ - & & ElectrumADFExp-SemiBoldOblique & yesso8a\\ - & & ElectrumADFExp-Bold & yesb8a\\ - & & ElectrumADFExp-BoldOblique & yesbo8a\\ -\end{longtable} - -\section{Requirements} - -Apart from such obvious requirements as \LaTeXe, the \LaTeX\ support provided by \path{electrum.sty} requires \lpack{nfssext-cfr} and \lpack{xkeyval}. Without this, you will get errors complaining that the package cannot be found and you will not be able to use any of the additional font commands described in \fref{sec:commands}. - -The documentation requires in additional packages. These are all standard and available from \textsc{ctan} but you can always comment out the relevant lines in \path{electrumadf.tex} if you wish. - -\section{Installation} - -Installation varies with \TeX\ distribution so you should consult the documentation which came with your system for details. In most cases, you will need to perform three steps: - \begin{enumerate} - \item move or copy the package files to appropriate locations on your system; - \item refresh the \TeX\ database; - \item incorporate the included map file fragments for the different engines your distribution supports. - \end{enumerate} - -The following instructions assume you are using \TeX~Live\footnote{This includes Mac\TeX\ for OS X users.}. They should not be too difficult to adapt if you are using a different distribution. - -\subsection{Install the files} - -The files should be installed in one of two locations: \emph{either} the local system-wide \TeX\ tree \emph{or} your personal tree. If the package is installed system-wide, all users will have access to it. On the other hand, you may need privileges you do not have to do this in which case you must use your personal tree. - -For \TeX~Live, \verb|kpsewhich -var-value TEXMFLOCAL| will return the path to the local tree and \verb|kpsewhich -var-value TEXMFHOME| the path to your personal tree. The package already includes a hierarchy of files to help you install them correctly. Ignoring any symbolic link in the top directory, move or copy the files in \path{doc}, \path{fonts} and \path{tex} into the appropriate locations. If the tree is initially empty, you can simply move or copy the directories in as they are. If the tree already contains other packages, you may need to merge the package hierarchy with the pre-existing one. For example, if you already have a \path{doc/fonts} directory, move or copy \path{doc/fonts/electrum} into \path{doc/fonts/}. If you have a \path{doc} directory but not a \path{doc/fonts}, move \path{doc/fonts} into \path{doc/}. - -\subsection{Refresh the database} - -Again, this depends on your distribution. For \TeX~Live, \verb|mktexlsr <path to directory>| for the directory you used in the first step should do the trick. Note that you \emph{may} be able to skip this step if you install into your personal tree. Whether this is so depends on the details of your set-up. As a test, move to a directory containing none of the package files and try \verb|kpsewhich electrum.sty|. If the file is found, you don't need to refresh the database; otherwise use \verb|mktexlsr| and then try again. - -\subsection{Install the map fragments} - -For \TeX~Live, there are at least two ways of doing this. The second method varies according to the version of \TeX~Live and instructions are provided accordingly. Both methods depend on whether you installed into \verb|TEXMFLOCAL| or \verb|TEXMFHOME|. If you installed system-wide, the choice is relatively straightforward --- it obviously makes sense in that case to update the font maps system-wide as well. If, on the other hand, you installed into your personal tree, the matter is more complex. On the one hand, updating the system-wide maps may create difficulties or confusion for other users because while the map files will list the fonts as available, they will not be able to access them. On the other hand, maintaining personal font map files can produce difficulties and confusions of its own. Whether it is to be preferred or not is a complex issue and depends on the details of your \TeX\ distribution, local configuration and personal preference. The one clear case is that in which you install into your personal tree because you lack the privileges needed to install system-wide. In that case, you have no choice but to maintain personal font map files or forgo the use of all fonts not provided by your administrator. Other cases are thankfully beyond the scope of this document. - -\subsubsection{Method 1} - -If you installed the package system-wide, use the command: -\begin{verbatim} - updmap-sys --enable Map=yes.map -\end{verbatim} -If you installed the package in your personal tree, you \emph{may} prefer to use: -\begin{verbatim} - updmap --enable Map=yes.map -\end{verbatim} - -Either way, \verb|updmap| will output a good deal of information after each incantation. This is normal. Just check that it does not end with an error and that it found the new map file. - -\subsubsection{Method 2: \TeX~Live 2008 (and probably earlier)} - -If you installed the package system-wide, use \verb|updmap-sys --edit|. - -If you installed into your personal tree, you \emph{may} prefer to use \verb|updmap --edit|. - -Either way, a configuration file will be opened which you can edit. Move to the end of the file and add the following line: -\begin{verbatim} - Map yes.map -\end{verbatim} -When you are done, save the file. \verb|updmap| or \verb|updmap-sys| will produce a great deal of output if all is well. Just check that it does not end with an error and that \path{yes.map} is found. - -\subsubsection{Method 2: \TeX~Live 2009 (and possibly later)} - -If you installed the package system-wide, edit or or create \path{TEXMFLOCAL/web2c/updmap-local.cfg} and add the following line to the end of the file: -\begin{verbatim} - Map yes.map -\end{verbatim} -Save the file and tell \verb|tlmgr| to merge in your addition using the command: -\begin{verbatim} - tlmgr generate updmap -\end{verbatim} -\verb|tlmgr| will then tell you that you need to ensure the changes are propagated correctly by calling \verb|updmap-sys|. This should produce a great deal of output. Check that it finds the new map file and does not end with an error. - -If you installed into your personal tree, you \emph{may} prefer to use \verb| updmap --edit| as described above for \TeX~Live 2008. - -To test your installation and that the package works on your system, latex this file (\path{electrumadf.tex}). The console output and/or log should tell you whether any fonts were not found. If you are careful not to overwrite it, you may also compare your output with \path{electrumadf.pdf}. - -\section{The support package}\label{sec:support} - -\subsection{Encodings}\label{sec:encs} - -The package supports modified \textsc{ec}/\textsc{t1} and Text Companion (\textsc{ts1}) encodings. Most characters in the \textsc{ec} encoding are available and the fonts provide a small number of characters from the \textsc{ts1} encoding as well, including the \texteuro. The regular versions of the \textsc{ec}/\textsc{t1} encoding (\path{t1-yes.etx}/\path{t1j-yes.etx}) reassign three slots which would otherwise be empty due to missing glyphs which \path{fontinst} cannot fake. In the \textsc{t1} encoding, these slot are standardly used for the per thousand zero and the unfakable Sami Eng/eng characters (\textorigrm{\NG}/\textorigrm{\ng}). The modified encodings use \verb|zero.denominator| in place of the per thousand zero which should provide a reasonable substitute (\textl{\textperthousand}/\textl{\textpertenthousand}) when lining figures are in use and a substitute which is at least intelligible (\textperthousand/\textpertenthousand) for oldstyle digits. The two further slots are used for the alternate `Q' (Q*) and the \verb|t_t| ligature (tt). - -The ``ligature'' versions of the \textsc{ec}/\textsc{t1} encoding (\path{t1-yesw.etx}/\path{t1j-yesw.etx}/\path{t1-yesw-sc.etx}/\path{t1j-yesw-sc.etx}) provide access to the full range of ligatures available --- including `\textswash{ct}', `\textswash{it}', `\textswash{sp}' and `\textswash{st}'. In addition the alternate `Q' (\textswash{Q}) becomes the default `Q' and the standard `Q' is installed as an alternate (\textswash{Q*}). Because further slots are required to accommodate the additional ligatures, a number of characters normally available in the \textsc{ec} encoding are unavailable in upright and oblique shapes. These are the \textsc{ascii} upward-pointing arrowhead (\textasciicircum), the \textsc{ascii} tilde (\textasciitilde) and the \verb|dbar| (\dj). Attempting to access these characters while using the ligature versions of the fonts may result in errors of various kinds and will certainly produce unexpected output even though the characters are provided by the fonts, as the previous sentence demonstrates. To access these glyphs, ensure that the regular version of the fonts is active. - -The difference between the \verb|t1-| and \verb|t1j-| encodings is that the latter use oldstyle rather than lining figures and the corresponding symbols designed to complement them. For example, \verb|0123456789 \& \$ \pounds\ \%| produces \textl{0123456789 \& \$ \pounds\ \%} when an encoding of the former kind is active, but 0123456789 \& \$ \pounds\ \% when an encoding of the latter sort is used. - -Finally, \path{t1-dotinferiors.etx} and \path{t1-dotsuperiors.etx} support the inferiors and superiors provided by the fonts. This amounts to the digits (\textin{0123456789}/\textsu{0123456789}), some basic punctuation (\textin{(,)-.}/\textsu{(,)-.}) and symbols (\textin{+\pounds\$}/\textsu{+\pounds\$}) and, in the case of superiors, a selection of lowercase letters (\textsu{abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz}). - -The \verb|ts1-| encodings complement the corresponding \verb|t1-| encodings as usual. \path{ts1-yes.etx} simply adapts the names appropriately for Electrum. \verb|ts1-dotoldstyle-yes.etx| also replaces standard symbols with oldstyle variants where these are available. This means that - \begin{verbatim} - \oldstylenums{0} \oldstylenums{1} \oldstylenums{2} \oldstylenums{3} - \oldstylenums{4} \oldstylenums{5} \oldstylenums{6} \oldstylenums{7} - \oldstylenums{8} \oldstylenums{9} \textdollaroldstyle\ \textcentoldstyle - \end{verbatim} - should produce \oldstylenums{0} \oldstylenums{1} \oldstylenums{2} \oldstylenums{3} \oldstylenums{4} \oldstylenums{5} \oldstylenums{6} \oldstylenums{7} \oldstylenums{8} \oldstylenums{9} \textdollaroldstyle\ \textcentoldstyle\ for both encodings, but - \begin{verbatim} - \textdollar\ \textcent\ \textsterling\ \texteuro\ \textyen\ \textperthousand - \end{verbatim} - for example, will produce \textl{\textdollar\ \textcent\ \textsterling\ \texteuro\ \textyen\ \textperthousand\ }if lining figures are active but \textdollar\ \textcent\ \textsterling\ \texteuro\ \textyen\ \textperthousand\ when oldstyle digits are in use. Similarly, \path{ts1-dotinferior.etx} and \path{ts1-dotsuperior.etx} contain subscript and superscript symbols where available (\textin{\texteuro \textsterling \textyen \textdollar \textcent}/\textsu{\texteuro \textsterling \textyen \textdollar \textcent}). Unlike \path{ts1-dotoldstyle-yes.etx}, however, the ``standard'' symbols make no sense here so when inferiors or superiors are in use \emph{only} those symbols available in subscript or superscript form are provided. - -\subsection{\LaTeX\ package} - -To use the fonts in a \LaTeX\ document, add \verb|\usepackage{electrum}| to your document preamble. This will set the default serif/roman family to \fname{yes} (\fgroup{electrum}) and enable access to the various alternates, styles and ligatures.. Three optional arguments are available to tailor the behaviour of the package: \verb|lf|; \verb|osf|, and \verb|lig|. By default, oldstyle figures are used as standard and lining digits are available using the commands explained in \fref{sec:commands}. To make lining figures the default instead, use one of the following when loading the package: -\begin{verbatim} - \usepackage[lf]{electrum} - \usepackage[lf=true]{electrum} - \usepackage[osf=flase]{electrum} -\end{verbatim} -Similarly, to explicitly request oldstyle figures: -\begin{verbatim} - \usepackage[osf]{electrum} - \usepackage[osf=true]{electrum} - \usepackage[lf=flase]{electrum} -\end{verbatim} - -Loading \lpack{electrum} with \verb|lig| or \verb|lig=true| will select the versions which enable the additional ligatures and the alternate Q as default. \textbf{\emph{This option is not recommended unless you are \emph{certain} you do not wish to access any of the characters described in \fref{sec:encs}.}} You should also note that this option will mean all of the additional ligatures will be active, which may not be what you want. Again, passing \verb|lig=false| will explicitly request the default --- and strongly recommended --- behaviour which is to \emph{not} enable the additional ligatures by default. - - \begin{longtable}{lllllll} - \toprule - \textbf{weights} & \textbf{shapes} & \textbf{ligatures} & \textbf{\texttt{Q}} & \textbf{\texttt{Q*}} & \textbf{figures} & \textbf{family}\tabularnewline\midrule\endhead - \bottomrule\endfoot - \multirow{7}{.15\textwidth}{light,\\regular,\\semi-bold,\\bold} %\multirow{nrows}[bigstruts]{width}[fixup]{text}; or * for {width} - & \multirow{5}{.26\textwidth}{upright,\\oblique,\\small-caps,\\oblique small-caps}% - & \multirow{2}{.15\textwidth}{standard, tt}% - & \multirow{2}*{Q} & \multirow{2}*{Q*} & lining & yes\tabularnewline\cmidrule{6-7} - & & & & & oldstyle & yesj\tabularnewline\cmidrule{3-7} - & & \multirow{2}{.15\textwidth}{standard, ct, it, sp, st, it}% - & \multirow{2}*{\textswash{Q}} & \multirow{2}*{\textswash{Q*}} & lining & yesw\tabularnewline\cmidrule{6-7} - & & & & & oldstyle & yesjw\tabularnewline\cmidrule{2-7} - & \multirow{2}{.26\textwidth}{upright (very incomplete)}% - & \multirow{2}*{---}% - & \multirow{2}*{---} & \multirow{2}*{---} & inferior & \textl{yes0}\tabularnewline\cmidrule{6-7} - & & & & & superior & \textl{yes1}\tabularnewline - \end{longtable} - -Note that loading \path{electrum.sty} will not affect the default sans-serif or typewriter families. - -\section{Additional font selection commands}\label{sec:commands} - - The \LaTeX\ package \lpack{electrum}\ loads \lpack{nfssext-cfr}\ which is an extension of the package \lpack{nfssext}\ supplied by Philipp Lehman as part of The Font Installation Guide. The file extends the font selection commands to facilitate access to various font features. Both the original and the extension are designed for use with a wide range of fonts. For this reason, only a subset of the additional commands are relevant to any particular font support package. Those relevant to \lpack{electrumadf}\ are described below. - - I consider my additions to \lpack{nfssext-cfr}\ to be \emph{highly experimental}. If things don't work as advertised, apart from letting me know about the problem, you may be able to access the features you need by issuing a \verb|\normalfont| and then selecting features from there. This command will return you to the default document text font --- typically the relevant serif in regular weight, standard width and upright shape with oldstyle or lining figures etc.\ as determined by the packages and options loaded or your distribution's setup. - -\subsection{nfssext-cfr} - -These commands are available when \lpack{electrum} is loaded. If for some reason you wish to make them available when no relevant package is loaded, use \verb|\usepackage{nfssext-cfr}| in your document preamble. - -\subsubsection{Weights} - - \begin{longtable}{lll} - \toprule - \textbf{weight} & \textbf{weight command} & \textbf{text command}\\\midrule\endhead - \bottomrule\endfoot - light & \verb|\lgweight| & \verb|\textlg{}|\\ - semibold & \verb|\sbweight| & \verb|\textsb{}|\\ - \end{longtable} - - These work in the same way as the standard \LaTeX\ commands for switching to bold text, \verb|\bfseries| and \verb|\textbf{}| except that since these commands affect only the weight and not the width, \verb|weight| replaces \verb|series|. - \begin{verbatim} - \textlg{From Light} through regular \textsb{and semibold} \textbf{to bold.} - \end{verbatim} - produces: - \begin{center} - \textlg{From Light} through regular \textsb{and semibold} \textbf{to bold.} - \end{center} - -\subsubsection{Shapes} - - \begin{longtable}{lll} - \toprule - \textbf{shape} & \textbf{shape command} & \textbf{text command}\\\midrule\endhead - \bottomrule\endfoot - oblique small-caps & \verb|\sishape| & \verb|\textsi{}|\\ - \end{longtable} - - For example, \verb|\textsi{Lewis Carroll wrote, ``I always avoid a kangaroo''.}| produces: - \begin{center} - \textsi{Lewis Carroll wrote, ``I always avoid a kangaroo''.} - \end{center} - -\subsubsection{Styles} - - \begin{longtable}{llll} - \toprule - \textbf{style} & \textbf{style command} & \textbf{text command} & \textbf{effect}\\\midrule\endhead - \bottomrule\endfoot - ligature/swash & \verb|\swashstyle| & \verb|\textswash{}| & italic, regular script\\ - \end{longtable} - - \verb|\swashstyle| and \verb|\textswash{}| switch to the ``ligature'' families (\fgroup{yesw}/\fgroup{yesjw}). Within the scope of these commands: - \begin{itemize} - \item \verb|Q| will typeset the alternate `Q' (\textswash{Q}); - \item \verb|Q*| will typeset the default `Q' (\textswash{Q*}); - \item in upright and oblique text, \verb|ct|, \verb|it|, \verb|sp| and \verb|st| will typeset the corresponding ligature (\textswash{ct}/\textswash{it}/\textswash{sp}/\textswash{st}); - \item attempting to typeset certain standard characters will produce unexpected results (see \fref{sec:encs}). - \end{itemize} - - Outside the scope of these commands: - \begin{itemize} - \item \verb|Q| will typeset the default `Q' (Q); - \item \verb|Q*| will typeset the alternate `Q' (Q*); - \item \verb|ct|, \verb|it|, \verb|sp| and \verb|st| will not produce ligatures (ct/it/sp/st); - \item except as explained in \fref{sec:encs}, typesetting standard characters should produce the expected results. - \end{itemize} - - For example, suppose that \lpack{electrum}\ was loaded and the following commands set up: - \begin{verbatim} - \newcommand{\fytext}{% - Q*ueenie, actor-spy and Queen of AQ*UA as Acting Erector Aesthete,\\ - deactivated the sporadically impacted TORQUE despite aspirating stridently\\ - amidst the hysteria of wispy, wasted wasps wistfully whistling.} - \newcommand{\fytest}{% - \fytext\\[1em] - \textswash{\fytext}\\[1em] - \textsl{\fytext}\\[1em] - \textswash{\textsl{\fytext}}\\[1em] - \textsc{\fytext}\\[1em] - \textsc{\textswash{\fytext}}\\[1em] - \textsi{\fytext}\\[1em] - \textswash{\textsi{\fytext}}} - \end{verbatim} - \newcommand{\fytext}{% - Q*ueenie, actor-spy and Queen of AQ*UA as Acting Erector Aesthete,\\ - deactivated the sporadically impacted TORQUE despite aspirating stridently\\ - amidst the hysteria of wispy, wasted wasps wistfully whistling.} - \newcommand{\fytest}{% - \fytext\\[1em] - \textswash{\fytext}\\[1em] - \textsl{\fytext}\\[1em] - \textswash{\textsl{\fytext}}\\[1em] - \textsc{\fytext}\\[1em] - \textsc{\textswash{\fytext}}\\[1em] - \textsi{\fytext}\\[1em] - \textswash{\textsi{\fytext}}} - Then: - \begin{verbatim} - \fytext - \end{verbatim} - produces: - \begin{center} - \fytest - \end{center} - -\subsubsection{Figures} - - \begin{longtable}{lll} - \toprule - \textbf{figure style} & \textbf{style command} & \textbf{text command}\\\midrule\endhead - \bottomrule\endfoot - lining & \verb|\lstyle| & \verb|\textl{}|\\ - oldstyle & \verb|\ostyle| & \verb|\texto{}|\\ - inferior/subscript & \verb|\instyle| & \verb|\textin{}|\\ - superior/superscript & \verb|\sustyle| & \verb|\textsu{}|\\ - \end{longtable} - - In this document, oldstyle figures are used when available by default: - \begin{center} - 0123456789 - \end{center} - but lining figures are also accessible. For example, \verb|\textl{0123456789}| produces: - \begin{center} - \textl{0123456789} - \end{center} - In addition to modifying the figure style, these commands affect the style of certain complementary characters in the \textsc{t1} and \textsc{ts1} encodings as explained in \fref{sec:encs}. This means that: - \begin{verbatim} - 50\%\ off! That's just \texteuro 2.95, \pounds 3.41, \textyen 5.28 - \& \$8.67\textcent\ \textsl{or} less than \textdollar 1 \& \textsterling 0.99!! - \end{verbatim} - produces: - \begin{center} - 50\%\ off! That's just \texteuro 2.95, \pounds 3.41, \textyen 5.28 - \& \$8.67\textcent\ \textsl{or} less than \textdollar 1 \& \textsterling 0.99!! - \end{center} - when oldstyle digits are in use, but: - \begin{center} - \textl{50\%\ off! That's just \texteuro 2.95, \pounds 3.41, \textyen 5.28 - \& \$8.67\textcent\ \textsl{or} less than \textdollar 1 \& \textsterling 0.99!!} - \end{center} - after switching to lining figures. - - Note that the commands for inferior and superior figures make further changes. \textbf{\emph{Normal text cannot be typeset within the scope of the commands for inferiors or superiors.}} The commands for subscript activate basic symbols and punctuation to complement the digits. So \verb|Llundain\textin{(1,4+\$5)}| produces Llundain\textin{(1,4+\$5)}. The commands for superscript activate a partial lowercase in as well. For example, \verb|postbox\textsu{9(iii)}| produces postbox\textsu{9(iii)}. - -%\subsubsection{The slashed zero (0*)} -% -%Both of the modified \textsc{t1} encodings used by \lpack{electrumadf} include a non-standard ligature to accommodate the slashed zero. Provided \lpack{electrum} is loaded and the default serif/roman family is active, \verb|0*| will produce the slashed zero (0*). - -\end{document} \ No newline at end of file diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/fonts/electrum/manifest.txt new/doc/fonts/electrum/manifest.txt --- old/doc/fonts/electrum/manifest.txt 2010-09-13 18:39:55.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/fonts/electrum/manifest.txt 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,294 +0,0 @@ -Copyright 2010 Clea F. Rees - -This work may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this license is in http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. - -This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'. - -The Current Maintainer of this work is Clea F. Rees. - -This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. - -This file lists all files released under the LPPL. It does *not* list all files included in the package. See README for further details. - -README -build-ttsc.mtx -electrum.sty -electrumadf.tex -manifest.txt -reglyph-yes.tex -supp-yes.etx -t1-yes.etx -t1-yesw-sc.etx -t1-yesw.etx -t1j-yes.etx -t1j-yesw-sc.etx -t1j-yesw.etx -ts1-dotoldstyle-yes.etx -ts1-yes.etx -yes-drv.tex -yes-map.tex -dotsc2.etx -dotscbuild.mtx -dotscmisc.mtx -newlatin-dotsc.mtx -t1-dotinferior.etx -t1-dotsuperior.etx -ts1-dotinferior.etx -ts1-dotsuperior.etx - -Derived files: -supp-yes.enc -t1yes.fd -t1yes0.fd -t1yes1.fd -t1yesj.fd -t1yesjw.fd -t1yesw.fd -ts1yes.fd -ts1yes0.fd -ts1yes1.fd -ts1yesj.fd -ts1yesjw.fd -ts1yesw.fd -yesb08c.tfm -yesb08c.vf -yesb08t.tfm -yesb08t.vf -yesb0o8c.tfm -yesb0o8c.vf -yesb0o8t.tfm -yesb0o8t.vf -yesb18c.tfm -yesb18c.vf -yesb18t.tfm -yesb18t.vf -yesb1o8c.tfm -yesb1o8c.vf -yesb1o8t.tfm -yesb1o8t.vf -yesb8c.tfm -yesb8c.vf -yesb8r.tfm -yesb8s.tfm -yesb8t.tfm -yesb8t.vf -yesbc8t.tfm -yesbc8t.vf -yesbcj8t.tfm -yesbcj8t.vf -yesbcjo8t.tfm -yesbcjo8t.vf -yesbcjow8t.tfm -yesbcjow8t.vf -yesbcjw8t.tfm -yesbcjw8t.vf -yesbco8t.tfm -yesbco8t.vf -yesbcow8t.tfm -yesbcow8t.vf -yesbcw8t.tfm -yesbcw8t.vf -yesbj8c.tfm -yesbj8c.vf -yesbj8t.tfm -yesbj8t.vf -yesbjo8c.tfm -yesbjo8c.vf -yesbjo8t.tfm -yesbjo8t.vf -yesbjow8t.tfm -yesbjow8t.vf -yesbjw8t.tfm -yesbjw8t.vf -yesbo8c.tfm -yesbo8c.vf -yesbo8r.tfm -yesbo8s.tfm -yesbo8t.tfm -yesbo8t.vf -yesbow8t.tfm -yesbow8t.vf -yesbw8t.tfm -yesbw8t.vf -yesl08c.tfm -yesl08c.vf -yesl08t.tfm -yesl08t.vf -yesl0o8c.tfm -yesl0o8c.vf -yesl0o8t.tfm -yesl0o8t.vf -yesl18c.tfm -yesl18c.vf -yesl18t.tfm -yesl18t.vf -yesl1o8c.tfm -yesl1o8c.vf -yesl1o8t.tfm -yesl1o8t.vf -yesl8c.tfm -yesl8c.vf -yesl8r.tfm -yesl8s.tfm -yesl8t.tfm -yesl8t.vf -yeslc8t.tfm -yeslc8t.vf -yeslcj8t.tfm -yeslcj8t.vf -yeslcjo8t.tfm -yeslcjo8t.vf -yeslcjow8t.tfm -yeslcjow8t.vf -yeslcjw8t.tfm -yeslcjw8t.vf -yeslco8t.tfm -yeslco8t.vf -yeslcow8t.tfm -yeslcow8t.vf -yeslcw8t.tfm -yeslcw8t.vf -yeslj8c.tfm -yeslj8c.vf -yeslj8t.tfm -yeslj8t.vf -yesljo8c.tfm -yesljo8c.vf -yesljo8t.tfm -yesljo8t.vf -yesljow8t.tfm -yesljow8t.vf -yesljw8t.tfm -yesljw8t.vf -yeslo8c.tfm -yeslo8c.vf -yeslo8r.tfm -yeslo8s.tfm -yeslo8t.tfm -yeslo8t.vf -yeslow8t.tfm -yeslow8t.vf -yeslw8t.tfm -yeslw8t.vf -yesr08c.tfm -yesr08c.vf -yesr08t.tfm -yesr08t.vf -yesr0o8c.tfm -yesr0o8c.vf -yesr0o8t.tfm -yesr0o8t.vf -yesr18c.tfm -yesr18c.vf -yesr18t.tfm -yesr18t.vf -yesr1o8c.tfm -yesr1o8c.vf -yesr1o8t.tfm -yesr1o8t.vf -yesr8c.tfm -yesr8c.vf -yesr8r.tfm -yesr8s.tfm -yesr8t.tfm -yesr8t.vf -yesrc8t.tfm -yesrc8t.vf -yesrcj8t.tfm -yesrcj8t.vf -yesrcjo8t.tfm -yesrcjo8t.vf -yesrcjow8t.tfm -yesrcjow8t.vf -yesrcjw8t.tfm -yesrcjw8t.vf -yesrco8t.tfm -yesrco8t.vf -yesrcow8t.tfm -yesrcow8t.vf -yesrcw8t.tfm -yesrcw8t.vf -yesrj8c.tfm -yesrj8c.vf -yesrj8t.tfm -yesrj8t.vf -yesrjo8c.tfm -yesrjo8c.vf -yesrjo8t.tfm -yesrjo8t.vf -yesrjow8t.tfm -yesrjow8t.vf -yesrjw8t.tfm -yesrjw8t.vf -yesro8c.tfm -yesro8c.vf -yesro8r.tfm -yesro8s.tfm -yesro8t.tfm -yesro8t.vf -yesrow8t.tfm -yesrow8t.vf -yesrw8t.tfm -yesrw8t.vf -yess08c.tfm -yess08c.vf -yess08t.tfm -yess08t.vf -yess0o8c.tfm -yess0o8c.vf -yess0o8t.tfm -yess0o8t.vf -yess18c.tfm -yess18c.vf -yess18t.tfm -yess18t.vf -yess1o8c.tfm -yess1o8c.vf -yess1o8t.tfm -yess1o8t.vf -yess8c.tfm -yess8c.vf -yess8r.tfm -yess8s.tfm -yess8t.tfm -yess8t.vf -yessc8t.tfm -yessc8t.vf -yesscj8t.tfm -yesscj8t.vf -yesscjo8t.tfm -yesscjo8t.vf -yesscjow8t.tfm -yesscjow8t.vf -yesscjw8t.tfm -yesscjw8t.vf -yessco8t.tfm -yessco8t.vf -yesscow8t.tfm -yesscow8t.vf -yesscw8t.tfm -yesscw8t.vf -yessj8c.tfm -yessj8c.vf -yessj8t.tfm -yessj8t.vf -yessjo8c.tfm -yessjo8c.vf -yessjo8t.tfm -yessjo8t.vf -yessjow8t.tfm -yessjow8t.vf -yessjw8t.tfm -yessjw8t.vf -yesso8c.tfm -yesso8c.vf -yesso8r.tfm -yesso8s.tfm -yesso8t.tfm -yesso8t.vf -yessow8t.tfm -yessow8t.vf -yessw8t.tfm -yessw8t.vf -electrumadf.pdf -yes.map diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/cm.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/cm.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/cm.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/cm.doc.tlpobj 2013-04-01 04:41:10.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +name cm.doc +category Package +revision 29581 +shortdesc doc files of cm +relocated 1 +docfiles size=2 + RELOC/doc/fonts/cm/README + RELOC/doc/fonts/cm/README-cmps.txt diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/electrum.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/electrum.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/electrum.doc.tlpobj 2010-09-14 04:04:33.000000000 +0200 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/electrum.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -name electrum.doc -category Package -revision 19705 -shortdesc doc files of electrum -relocated 1 -docfiles size=89 - RELOC/doc/fonts/electrum/COPYING - RELOC/doc/fonts/electrum/NOTICE.txt - RELOC/doc/fonts/electrum/README - RELOC/doc/fonts/electrum/electrumadf.pdf - RELOC/doc/fonts/electrum/electrumadf.tex - RELOC/doc/fonts/electrum/manifest.txt ++++++ electrum.tar.xz -> cm.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 54879 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ elbioimp.doc.tar.xz -> cmap.doc.tar.xz ++++++ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/cmap/README new/doc/latex/cmap/README --- old/doc/latex/cmap/README 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/cmap/README 2008-07-08 15:13:02.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +The cmap package is intended to make the PDF files generated by +pdflatex "searchable and copyable" in acrobat reader and other +compliant PDF viewers. + +Just put the line \usepackage{cmap} at the beginning of your preamble, +and it will pre-load the needed CMap translations for the fonts used +in the document, provided that there exists the file <encoding>.cmap +for the font encoding. + +Current version of the CMap package includes CMap files for the +following LaTeX font encodings: T1, T2A, T2B, T2C, T5, OT1, OT1tt, +OT6, LGR, LAE, LFE. + +Adding support for other font encoding does not require the change in +the cmap.sty package: just create the <encoding>.cmap file and make it +visible to TeX by putting it into the appropriate directory. + +As of version 1.0f, the package detects the monospace (typewriter) +fonts (by checking whether \fontdimen3=0, \fontdimen4=0 and widths of +letters "W" and "i" are the same). If a monospace font is detected, +and a file <encoding>tt.cmap exists, it will be used for this font +instead of <encoding>.cmap. This is useful for encodings such as OT1 +where there are variants in mapping between "normal" and "typewriter" +fonts. + +To force loading of the CMap files even for fonts such as cmr10 which +are normally preloaded into the pdflatex format file, add an option +[resetfonts]. This will undefine those fonts and load the CMap for +them (if they will be used in the document). + +It works for Type 1 fonts, and also for Type 3 fonts (including the PK +fonts which are preloaded as Type 3 fonts into PDF) with recent +versions of pdftex. + +The main limitation currently is inability to work with virtual fonts, +and this is because of limitation of pdftex, and may be resolved in a +future versions of pdftex. + +It is possible to work around this limitation by creating a Type 3 +font which implements instructions contained in the virtual font. + +================================================================== + +TODO: + add *.cmap files for other font encodings (contributions are welcome): + TS1, OT1, OT2, LY1, IL2, OML, OMS, ... + support dvips? + +History: + +2003/03/07 private version +2003/03/11 version 1.0: first public version +2003/03/13 version 1.0a: + change error to warning for non-pdftex + added warnings if cmap is loaded after fontenc or babel + added t5.cmap - thanks to Han The Thanh +2003/03/19 version 1.0b: + minor refinements +2003/05/22 version 1.0c: + fixed a typo due to which the package had no effect at all +2004/06/16 version 1.0d (wl): + add support for subfonts as used in the CJK package +2005/05/03 version 1.0e: + do not fail under pdftex with \pdfoutput=0 (thanks to Robin Fairbairns) +2006/12/24 + added files lae.cmap and lfe.cmap for the Arabic and Farsi encodings, + contributed by Youssef JABRI <yjabri(a)ensa.univ-oujda.ac.ma> +2007/04/25 version 1.0f: + added files ot1.cmap and ot1tt.cmap, contributed by Oleg Katsitadze. + added "dotless j" mapping to T1, T2A, T2B, T2C; this character + appeared in unicode 4.1 (noticed by Oleg Katsitadze). + cmap.sty: added support for loading "typewriter" variant of CMap. + If a font is monospaced (which is tested by \fontdimen3=0 and + \fontdimen4=0 and width of "W" = width of "i"), and a file + <encoding>tt.cmap exists, it will be used for this font instead of + <encoding>.cmap. + Added package option "resetfonts" to undefine standard preloaded fonts. +2007/04/25 version 1.0g: + fixed a typo +2008/03/06 version 1.0h: + added greek mapping (lgr.cmap), contributed by Werner Lemberg + added armenian mapping (ot6.cmap) + bugfix - running \usepackage[resetfonts]{cmap} in DVI mode was giving an error + because the endinput was run too early, and option was not declared - thanks + to Werner Lemberg + suppress `Missing character' warnings when testing for monowidth fonts (which may + not include W and/or i, e.g. some CJK fonts) - thanks to Werner Lemberg + {t1,t2a,t2b,t2c}.cmap: change mapping of <7F> from <002D> (hyphen-minus) to + <00AD> (soft hyphen) as, it appears, acrobat reader in this case + allows to search hyphenated words, ignoring the hyphenation character. + (this requires redefining the \defaulthyphenchar to 127). This + change was inspired by discussion with Alexey Kuligin and Alexey Vikhlinin. diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/elbioimp/Makefile new/doc/latex/elbioimp/Makefile --- old/doc/latex/elbioimp/Makefile 2011-03-18 21:48:34.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/elbioimp/Makefile 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -PACKAGE = elbioimp - -$(PACKAGE).cls: $(PACKAGE).ins $(PACKAGE).dtx - tex $(PACKAGE).ins - -$(PACKAGE).pdf: $(PACKAGE).cls - pdflatex $(PACKAGE).dtx - bibtex $(PACKAGE) - makeindex -s gglo.ist -o elbioimp.gls elbioimp.glo - makeindex -s gind.ist -o elbioimp.ind elbioimp.idx - pdflatex $(PACKAGE).dtx - -test1.pdf: test1.tex $(PACKAGE).cls - pdflatex test1.tex - bibtex test1 - pdflatex test1.tex - pdflatex test1.tex - -distr: $(PACKAGE).pdf test1.pdf - zip elbioimp README Makefile $(PACKAGE).dtx $(PACKAGE).ins \ - $(PACKAGE).cls $(PACKAGE).pdf test1.tex test-bib.bib \ - test-ill.png $(PACKAGE)-basis.tex - cp elbioimp.pdf ~dag/www_docs/latex-links - -clean: - rm -f *.aux *.bbl *.blg *.dvi *.glo *.gls *.idx *.ilg *.ind *.log *.zip *~ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/elbioimp/README new/doc/latex/elbioimp/README --- old/doc/latex/elbioimp/README 2011-03-18 21:48:34.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/elbioimp/README 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,76 +0,0 @@ -Document class elbioimp ------------------------ -A LaTeX document class for the Journal of Electrical Bioimpedance -Version 1.2 dated 2 March 2011 - - -Contents --------- -- Files -- Licence -- Requirements -- Installation -- Documentation -- Use - - -Files ------ -README - this file -elbioimp.cls - the document class -elbioimp.ins - a driver file for extracting elbioimp.cls from -elbioimp.dtx - combined documentation and code file -elbioimp.pdf - documented source code -elbioimp-basis.tex - a basis for writing your own articles -test1.tex - a test document -test1.pdf - the test document (processed) -test-bib.bib - a bibliography for the test document -test-ill.png - an illustration for the test document - - -Licence -------- - -This document class and the documentation are distributed according to -the LaTeX Project Public License, see -http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt - - -Requirements ------------- -The document class should run with any standard LaTeX distribution from -2007 or later; it was tested with TeXlive 2007. The following packages -are needed: - -caption - for adapting the figure and table captions -ifthen - for adding an if-then-else-construct -geometry - for specifying page dimensions -mathptmx - for using the Times Roman font -url - for typesetting e-mail addresses and URLs - -All these should be available in a standard LaTeX distribution. - - -Installation ------------- - -Put elbioimp.cls in a folder when LaTeX will find it. (Remember to -rebuild the file name database.) - -If you don't know how to do this, you can just put elbioimp.cls in the -same folder as your LaTeX file. - - -Documentation -------------- - -See the enclosed file elbioimp.pdf. To create this PDF file, let LaTeX -process elbioimp.dtx. - - -Use ---- - -Make a copy of elbioimp-basis.tex. Modify the settings (as specified -in the comments -- look particularly for the word "OPTION") and write -your article. diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/elbioimp/elbioimp-basis.tex new/doc/latex/elbioimp/elbioimp-basis.tex --- old/doc/latex/elbioimp/elbioimp-basis.tex 2011-03-18 21:48:34.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/elbioimp/elbioimp-basis.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,99 +0,0 @@ -%% Base file for an article submitted to the Journal of Electrical -%% Bioimpedance. - -%% 1. Make a copy of this file. -%% 2. Select your options (look for "OPTION" below). -%% 3. Add your text and illustrations. - - - -\documentclass{elbioimp} - -%% OPTION: Select encoding used in you LaTeX file: -\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} % ISO 8859-1 (standard single-byte - % encoding in the Western world) -% \usepackage[applemac]{inputenc} % Standard Mac encoding -% \usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} % Unicode in UTF-8 - -%% OPTION: Select your language: -\usepackage[USenglish]{babel} % American English -% \usepackage[UKenglish]{babel} % British English - -%% Other packages you might need: -% \usepackage{graphicx} % Add this package if you have illustrations -% \usepackage{textcomp} % Additional characters - - -%% OPTION: Document information: -\title{My title} % Article title - -\author{First author\affiliation{Institution of first author}\and - Second author\affiliation{Institution of second author}\and - Third author\affiliation{Institution of third author}} - -%% For identical affiliations: -% \author{A Author\affiliation{Uni 1}\and -% B Author\sameaffiliation} -% -%% In more complex cases, use \sameaffiliation[n]. -%% For example: Assume first and third author have the same affiliation: -% \author{A Author\affiliation{Uni 1}\and -% B Author\affiliation{Uni 2}\and -% C Author\sameaffiliation[1]} - -%% OPTION: Keywords: -\keywords{Keyword1, keyword2, keyword3} % Article keywords - - - -%% And, finally, the article itself: - -\begin{document} -%% NOTE: Always use \maketitle! -\maketitle - - -%% NOTE: Always include an abstract! -\begin{abstract} - Put your abstract here. - -\end{abstract} - - -\section{Introduction} % Level 1 heading -\subsection{Previous results} % Level 2 heading -\subsubsection{The 2001 investigations} % Level 3 heading - -%% NOTE: Your text. -%% REMEMBER: -%% \# for # \% for % \{ for { \_ for _ -%% \$ for $ \& for & \} for } -%% \textbackslash for \ -%% \textasciicircum for ^ -%% \textasciitilde fir ~ -%% -%% Use a blank line to separate paragraphs. -%% Use \url{...} for e-mail addresses and URLs. - -%% OPTION: An illustration: -% \begin{figure} -% \centering -% \includegraphics[width=\columnwidth]{illustration1} -% \caption{Figure caption\label{a label}} -% \end{figure} - -%% OPTION: A table: -% \begin{table} -% \centering -% \begin{tabular}{|l|c|r|} %% l=left, c=center, r=right, |=vertical rule -% \hline %% horizontal rule -% A& B& C\\ %% & separates columns; \\ ends row -% \hline -% \end{tabular} -% \caption{Table caption\label{a label}} -% \end{table} - - -%% OPTION: Name of your BibTeX bibliography file: -% \bibliography{mybib} %% No .bib suffix! -\end{document} Files old/doc/latex/elbioimp/elbioimp.pdf and new/doc/latex/elbioimp/elbioimp.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/elbioimp/test-bib.bib new/doc/latex/elbioimp/test-bib.bib --- old/doc/latex/elbioimp/test-bib.bib 2010-02-11 01:00:33.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/elbioimp/test-bib.bib 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,52 +0,0 @@ -@InCollection{Meltzer, - crossref = {Vogelstein}, - author = {P S Meltzer and A Kallioniemi and J M Trent}, - title = {Chromosome alterations in human solid tumors}, - publisher = {McGraw-Hill}, - year = 2002, - pages = {93-113}} - -@Book{Vogelstein, - editor = {B Vogelstein and K W Kinzler}, - booktitle = {The genetic basis of human cancer}}, - publisher = {McGraw-Hill}, - year = 2002, - address = {New York}} - -@Book{Murray, - author = {P R Murray and K S Rosenthal and G S Kobayashi and - M A Pfaller}, - title = {Medical microbiology}, - publisher = {Mosby}, - year = 2002, - edition = {4th}, - address = {St.~Louis}} - -@Article{Rose, - author = {M E Rose and M B Huerbin and J Melick and D W Marion - and A M Palmer and J K Schiding an others}, - title = {Regulation of interstitial excitatory amino acid - concentrations after cortical contusion injury}, - journal = {Brain research}, - year = 2002, - volume = 935, - number = {1--2}, - pages = {40-46}} - -@Article{Halpern, - author = {S D Halpern and P A Ubel and A L Caplan}, - title = {Solid-organ transplantation in {HIV}-infected patients}, - journal = {{New England} journal of medicine}, - year = 2002, - volume = 347, - pages = {284-287}} - -@Misc{NIH, - author = {{National institue of health}}, - title = {International committee of medical journal editors - uniforum requirements for manuscripts submitted to - biomedical journals}, - howpublished = {Updated 2009 Aug 28; cited 2009 Oct 6}, - note = {Available from - \url{http://www.nlm.nih.gov/bsd/uniform_requirements.html}}} - Files old/doc/latex/elbioimp/test-ill.png and new/doc/latex/elbioimp/test-ill.png differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/elbioimp/test1.tex new/doc/latex/elbioimp/test1.tex --- old/doc/latex/elbioimp/test1.tex 2011-03-18 21:48:34.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/elbioimp/test1.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,113 +0,0 @@ -\documentclass{elbioimp} -\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage[USenglish]{babel} -\usepackage{textcomp,graphicx} -\usepackage{lipsum} %% For generating random text - -\title{This is your template for Journal of Electrical Bioimpedance} - -\author{First B. Author\affiliation{Department, University, City, Country}\and - Second C. Coauthor\sameaffiliation\and - Third D. Coauthor\affiliation{Xyz company}\and - Fourth E. Coauthor\sameaffiliation[1]\and - Last Z. Author\affiliation{E-mail any correspondence to: - \textsf{myname(a)domain.com}}} - -\keywords{Bioimpedance, current, voltage} - -\hyphenation{bio-impe-dance} - -\begin{document} -\maketitle - -\begin{abstract} - These are guidelines for preparing papers for the Journal of - Electrical Bioimpedance. The journal accepts original research - papers and review articles within the broad field of electrical - bioimpedance. Use this document as a template if you are using - \LaTeX. The paper size is A4 (21\,\texttimes\,29.7\,cm). -\end{abstract} - - -\section{Introduction} -This original source of this document is a template for Microsoft Word. -Please use the electronic version of this document as a -template when you produce your manuscript for submission to the -\emph{Journal of Electrical Bioimpedance}. The paper size is standard A4 -(21\,\texttimes\,29.7\,cm). - -The introduction section of your paper should include the necessary -background information, including an adequate review of earlier -findings and the justification for conducting this study. - - -\subsection{Materials and methods} -The margins in this document are set to 2.5\,cm for the top and 1.5\,cm -for the sides and bottom. The main body of the manuscript is in two -columns separated by a 1\,cm. The line spacing is 1.1. - -In the materials and methods section, please describe all necessary -details on how the study was performed. Do not include any discussions -of the work in this section. Enough information should be given so -that other researchers can reproduce your study. - - -\subsection{Results} -All figures should be numbered consecutively with the figure legend -indented 0.5 cm on each side.\footnote{See figure~\ref{fig:demo} for - an example.} - -Figures may be in color or black and white and must be of such quality -that they produce clear and sharp printouts on an ordinary (color) -laser printer. - -Use this section to present the results from the measurements or -studies that were described in the last section, but without going -into any discussion about the results. - -\begin{figure} - \centering - \includegraphics[width=0.8\columnwidth]{test-ill} - \caption{Box-plot showing the median value (line), mean value (cross), - middle 50\% (box) and smallest and largest point within - 1.5\,interquartiles from the box (whiskers) of all measurements on - days A, B and C.\label{fig:demo}} -\end{figure} - -\begin{table} - \centering - \renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.2} - \begin{tabular}{clccc} - $D$& &$P_u$& $\sigma_N$\\ - (in)& & (lbs)& (psi)\\ \hline - 5& test 1& 285& 38.00\\ - & test 2& 287& 38.27\\ - & test 3& 230& 30.67\\ \hline - 10& test 1& 430& 28.67\\ - & test 2& 433& 28.87\\ - & test 3& 431& 28.73\\ \hline - \end{tabular} - \caption{A simple table\label{tab:demo}} -\end{table} - -\subsection{Concluding text} -\lipsum[1-9] - -\subsubsection{Additional comments} -\lipsum[10-11] - - -\section{Discussion} -Now you can discuss your results. Emphasize the new and important -aspects of the study and the conclusions that follow from them. Do not -repeat in detail data or other information given in the Introduction -or the Results section. After this section there may be sections -called Conclusion and Acknowledgments. The last section is -References. The \emph{Journal of Electrical Bioimpedance} uses the -Vancouver style of references with numbers in square brackets in the -text and a numbered list in the Reference section~\cite{NIH}. - -\nocite{Halpern,Meltzer,Murray,Rose} -\bibliography{test-bib} -\end{document} diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/cmap.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/cmap.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/cmap.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/cmap.doc.tlpobj 2013-04-11 03:42:46.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +name cmap.doc +category Package +revision 29849 +shortdesc doc files of cmap +relocated 1 +docfiles size=2 + RELOC/doc/latex/cmap/README diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/elbioimp.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/elbioimp.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/elbioimp.doc.tlpobj 2011-03-19 04:19:54.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/elbioimp.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ -name elbioimp.doc -category Package -revision 21758 -shortdesc doc files of elbioimp -relocated 1 -docfiles size=79 - RELOC/doc/latex/elbioimp/Makefile - RELOC/doc/latex/elbioimp/README - RELOC/doc/latex/elbioimp/elbioimp-basis.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/elbioimp/elbioimp.pdf - RELOC/doc/latex/elbioimp/test-bib.bib - RELOC/doc/latex/elbioimp/test-ill.png - RELOC/doc/latex/elbioimp/test1.tex ++++++ elbioimp.tar.xz -> cmap.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 2118 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ easy-todo.doc.tar.xz -> codedoc.doc.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 5443 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ easy-todo.doc.tar.xz -> codedoc.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 2171 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ context_fourier-map.dif ++++++ --- texmf-dist/fonts/map/pdftex/context/fourier.map +++ texmf-dist/fonts/map/pdftex/context/fourier.map 2007-05-24 09:05:32.000000000 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +fourier-alt Fourier-Alternate-Roman <fourier-alt.pfb +fourier-alt-black Fourier-Alternate-Black <fourier-alt-black.pfb +fourier-alt-bold Fourier-Alternate-Bold <fourier-alt-bold.pfb +fourier-alt-bold-sl Fourier-Alternate-Bold ".167 SlantFont" <fourier-alt-bold.pfb +fourier-alt-boldita Fourier-Alternate-BoldItalic <fourier-alt-boldita.pfb +fourier-alt-ita Fourier-Alternate-Italic <fourier-alt-ita.pfb +fourier-alt-semi Fourier-Alternate-SemiBold <fourier-alt-semi.pfb +fourier-alt-semi-sl Fourier-Alternate-SemiBold ".167 SlantFont" <fourier-alt-semi.pfb +fourier-alt-semiita Fourier-Alternate-SemItalic <fourier-alt-semiita.pfb +fourier-alt-sl Fourier-Alternate-Roman ".167 SlantFont" <fourier-alt.pfb +fourier-bb Fourier-Math-BlackBoard <fourier-bb.pfb +fourier-mcl Fourier-Math-Cal <fourier-mcl.pfb +fourier-mex Fourier-Math-Extension <fourier-mex.pfb +fourier-ml Fourier-Math-Letters <fourier-ml.pfb +fourier-mlb Fourier-Math-Letters-Bold <fourier-mlb.pfb +fourier-mlit Fourier-Math-Letters-Italic <fourier-mlit.pfb +fourier-mlitb Fourier-Math-Letters-Bold-Italic <fourier-mlitb.pfb +fourier-ms Fourier-Math-Symbols <fourier-ms.pfb +fourier-orns fourier-orns <fourier-orns.pfb +fut10 Archaic-Futharc <fut10.pfb +futb8r Utopia-Bold "TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont" <8r.enc <putb8a.pfb +futbi8r Utopia-BoldItalic "TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont" <8r.enc <putbi8a.pfb +futbo8r Utopia-Bold ".167 SlantFont TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont" <8r.enc <putb8a.pfb +futr8r Utopia-Regular "TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont" <8r.enc <putr8a.pfb +futri8r Utopia-Italic "TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont" <8r.enc <putri8a.pfb +futro8r Utopia-Regular ".167 SlantFont TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont" <8r.enc <putr8a.pfb

1 0

commit texlive-specs-d for openSUSE:Factory
by root＠hilbert.suse.de 24 Feb '15

24 Feb '15

Hello community, here is the log from the commit of package texlive-specs-d for openSUSE:Factory checked in at 2015-02-24 12:59:27 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ Comparing /work/SRC/openSUSE:Factory/texlive-specs-d (Old) and /work/SRC/openSUSE:Factory/.texlive-specs-d.new (New) ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ Package is "texlive-specs-d" Changes: -------- --- /work/SRC/openSUSE:Factory/texlive-specs-d/texlive-specs-d.changes 2014-06-18 07:50:04.000000000 +0200 +++ /work/SRC/openSUSE:Factory/.texlive-specs-d.new/texlive-specs-d.changes 2015-02-24 13:00:30.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,0 +2,14 @@ +Thu Feb 19 09:29:36 UTC 2015 - coolo(a)suse.com + +- rework generate to create the texlive-specs-$letter.spec directly + to build X sources +- this decouples the letter from being a prefix to be a slice of + all the texlive packages + +- as such patches move between packages, among them + bbold_bbold11.dif bbold_bbold11.dif context_fourier-map.dif context_fourier-map.dif + jadetex_ini.dif kpathsea_cnf.dif latexdiff_env.dif luaotfload_varfonts.dif latex2man_tmphandling.dif + musixtex_various.dif pgf_plain.dif musixtex_various.dif texconfig_scripts.dif + texdraw_info.dif tex4ht_env.dif texdoc_cnf.dif tetex_scripts.dif + +------------------------------------------------------------------- Old: ---- dancers.tar.xz dashbox.doc.tar.xz dashbox.tar.xz dashrule.doc.tar.xz dashrule.tar.xz dashundergaps.doc.tar.xz dashundergaps.tar.xz datatool.doc.tar.xz datatool.tar.xz dateiliste.doc.tar.xz dateiliste.tar.xz datenumber.doc.tar.xz datenumber.tar.xz datetime.doc.tar.xz datetime.tar.xz dblfloatfix.doc.tar.xz dblfloatfix.tar.xz dcpic.doc.tar.xz dcpic.tar.xz de-macro.doc.tar.xz de-macro.tar.xz decimal.doc.tar.xz decimal.tar.xz decorule.doc.tar.xz decorule.tar.xz dehyph-exptl.doc.tar.xz dehyph-exptl.tar.xz dejavu.doc.tar.xz dejavu.tar.xz delim.doc.tar.xz delim.tar.xz delimtxt.doc.tar.xz delimtxt.tar.xz detex.doc.tar.xz detex.tar.xz devnag.tar.xz dhua.doc.tar.xz dhua.tar.xz diagbox.doc.tar.xz diagbox.tar.xz diagmac2.doc.tar.xz diagmac2.tar.xz diagnose.doc.tar.xz diagnose.tar.xz dialogl.doc.tar.xz dialogl.tar.xz dice.doc.tar.xz dice.tar.xz dichokey.doc.tar.xz dichokey.tar.xz dictsym.doc.tar.xz dictsym.tar.xz digiconfigs.doc.tar.xz digiconfigs.tar.xz din1505.doc.tar.xz din1505.tar.xz dinat.doc.tar.xz dinat.tar.xz dinbrief.doc.tar.xz dinbrief.tar.xz dingbat.doc.tar.xz dingbat.tar.xz directory.doc.tar.xz directory.tar.xz dirtree.doc.tar.xz dirtree.tar.xz dirtytalk.doc.tar.xz dirtytalk.tar.xz disser.doc.tar.xz disser.tar.xz dk-bib.doc.tar.xz dk-bib.tar.xz dlfltxb.doc.tar.xz dlfltxb.tar.xz dnaseq.doc.tar.xz dnaseq.tar.xz dnp.tar.xz doc-pictex.doc.tar.xz doc-pictex.tar.xz docmfp.doc.tar.xz docmfp.tar.xz docmute.doc.tar.xz docmute.tar.xz documentation.doc.tar.xz documentation.tar.xz doi.doc.tar.xz doi.tar.xz doipubmed.doc.tar.xz doipubmed.tar.xz dosepsbin.doc.tar.xz dosepsbin.tar.xz dot2texi.doc.tar.xz dot2texi.tar.xz dotarrow.doc.tar.xz dotarrow.tar.xz dotseqn.doc.tar.xz dotseqn.tar.xz dottex.doc.tar.xz dottex.tar.xz doublestroke.doc.tar.xz doublestroke.tar.xz dowith.doc.tar.xz dowith.tar.xz download.doc.tar.xz download.tar.xz dox.doc.tar.xz dox.tar.xz dozenal.doc.tar.xz dozenal.tar.xz dpfloat.doc.tar.xz dpfloat.tar.xz dprogress.doc.tar.xz dprogress.tar.xz drac.doc.tar.xz drac.tar.xz draftcopy.doc.tar.xz draftcopy.tar.xz draftwatermark.doc.tar.xz draftwatermark.tar.xz dramatist.doc.tar.xz dramatist.tar.xz dratex.doc.tar.xz dratex.tar.xz drawstack.doc.tar.xz drawstack.tar.xz droid.doc.tar.xz droid.tar.xz droit-fr.doc.tar.xz droit-fr.tar.xz drs.doc.tar.xz drs.tar.xz drv.doc.tar.xz drv.tar.xz dtk.doc.tar.xz dtk.tar.xz dtl.tar.xz dtxgallery.doc.tar.xz dtxgallery.source.tar.xz dtxgallery.tar.xz dtxgen.doc.tar.xz dtxgen.tar.xz dtxtut.doc.tar.xz dtxtut.tar.xz duerer-latex.doc.tar.xz duerer-latex.tar.xz duerer.doc.tar.xz duerer.tar.xz duotenzor.doc.tar.xz duotenzor.tar.xz dutchcal.doc.tar.xz dutchcal.tar.xz dvdcoll.doc.tar.xz dvdcoll.tar.xz dvgloss.doc.tar.xz dvgloss.tar.xz dviasm.tar.xz dvicopy.doc.tar.xz dvicopy.tar.xz dvidvi.tar.xz dviincl.doc.tar.xz dviincl.tar.xz dviljk.doc.tar.xz dviljk.tar.xz dvipdfmx-def.tar.xz dvipdfmx.doc.tar.xz dvipdfmx.post dvipdfmx.requires dvipdfmx.tar.xz dvipng.doc.tar.xz dvipng.tar.xz dvipos.doc.tar.xz dvipos.tar.xz dvips.doc.tar.xz dvips.requires dvips.tar.xz dvipsconfig.tar.xz dvisvgm.doc.tar.xz dvisvgm.tar.xz dynblocks.doc.tar.xz dynblocks.tar.xz dyntree.doc.tar.xz dyntree.tar.xz texlive-specs-rpmlintrc texlive-specs.tar.xz New: ---- bophook.doc.tar.xz bophook.tar.xz borceux.doc.tar.xz borceux.tar.xz bosisio.doc.tar.xz bosisio.tar.xz boxedminipage.doc.tar.xz boxedminipage.tar.xz boxhandler.doc.tar.xz boxhandler.tar.xz bpchem.doc.tar.xz bpchem.tar.xz bpolynomial.doc.tar.xz bpolynomial.tar.xz bracketkey.doc.tar.xz bracketkey.tar.xz braids.doc.tar.xz braids.tar.xz braille.doc.tar.xz braille.tar.xz braket.doc.tar.xz braket.tar.xz breakcites.doc.tar.xz breakcites.tar.xz breakurl.doc.tar.xz breakurl.tar.xz bropd.doc.tar.xz bropd.tar.xz brushscr.doc.tar.xz brushscr.tar.xz bullcntr.doc.tar.xz bullcntr.tar.xz bundledoc.doc.tar.xz bundledoc.tar.xz burmese.doc.tar.xz burmese.tar.xz bussproofs.doc.tar.xz bussproofs.tar.xz bxbase.doc.tar.xz bxbase.tar.xz bxdpx-beamer.doc.tar.xz bxdpx-beamer.tar.xz bxeepic.doc.tar.xz bxeepic.tar.xz bxjscls.doc.tar.xz bxjscls.tar.xz bytefield.doc.tar.xz bytefield.tar.xz c-pascal.doc.tar.xz c-pascal.tar.xz c90.doc.tar.xz c90.tar.xz cabin.doc.tar.xz cabin.tar.xz cachepic.doc.tar.xz cachepic.tar.xz calcage.doc.tar.xz calcage.tar.xz calctab.doc.tar.xz calctab.tar.xz calculator.doc.tar.xz calculator.tar.xz calligra-type1.doc.tar.xz calligra-type1.tar.xz calligra.doc.tar.xz calligra.tar.xz calrsfs.doc.tar.xz calrsfs.tar.xz cals.doc.tar.xz cals.tar.xz calxxxx-yyyy.doc.tar.xz calxxxx-yyyy.tar.xz cancel.doc.tar.xz cancel.tar.xz canoniclayout.doc.tar.xz canoniclayout.tar.xz cantarell.doc.tar.xz cantarell.tar.xz capt-of.doc.tar.xz capt-of.tar.xz captcont.doc.tar.xz captcont.tar.xz captdef.doc.tar.xz captdef.tar.xz caption.doc.tar.xz caption.tar.xz carlisle.doc.tar.xz carlisle.tar.xz carolmin-ps.doc.tar.xz carolmin-ps.tar.xz cascadilla.doc.tar.xz cascadilla.tar.xz cases.doc.tar.xz cases.tar.xz casyl.doc.tar.xz casyl.tar.xz catchfilebetweentags.doc.tar.xz catchfilebetweentags.tar.xz catcodes.doc.tar.xz catcodes.tar.xz catechis.doc.tar.xz catechis.tar.xz catoptions.doc.tar.xz catoptions.tar.xz cbcoptic.doc.tar.xz cbcoptic.tar.xz cbfonts.doc.tar.xz cbfonts.tar.xz cc-pl.doc.tar.xz cc-pl.tar.xz ccaption.doc.tar.xz ccaption.tar.xz ccfonts.doc.tar.xz ccfonts.tar.xz ccicons.doc.tar.xz ccicons.tar.xz cclicenses.doc.tar.xz cclicenses.tar.xz cd-cover.doc.tar.xz cd-cover.tar.xz cd.doc.tar.xz cd.tar.xz cdpbundl.doc.tar.xz cdpbundl.tar.xz cell.doc.tar.xz cell.tar.xz cellspace.doc.tar.xz cellspace.tar.xz censor.doc.tar.xz censor.tar.xz cfr-lm.doc.tar.xz cfr-lm.tar.xz changebar.doc.tar.xz changebar.tar.xz changelayout.doc.tar.xz changelayout.tar.xz changepage.doc.tar.xz changepage.tar.xz changes.doc.tar.xz changes.tar.xz chappg.doc.tar.xz chappg.tar.xz chapterfolder.doc.tar.xz chapterfolder.tar.xz charter.doc.tar.xz charter.tar.xz chbibref.doc.tar.xz chbibref.tar.xz checkcites.doc.tar.xz checkcites.tar.xz chem-journal.tar.xz chemarrow.doc.tar.xz chemarrow.tar.xz chembst.doc.tar.xz chembst.tar.xz chemcompounds.doc.tar.xz chemcompounds.tar.xz chemcono.doc.tar.xz chemcono.tar.xz chemexec.doc.tar.xz chemexec.tar.xz chemfig.doc.tar.xz chemfig.tar.xz chemmacros.doc.tar.xz chemmacros.tar.xz chemnum.doc.tar.xz chemnum.tar.xz chemstyle.doc.tar.xz chemstyle.tar.xz cherokee.doc.tar.xz cherokee.tar.xz chess-problem-diagrams.doc.tar.xz chess-problem-diagrams.tar.xz chess.doc.tar.xz chess.tar.xz chessboard.doc.tar.xz chessboard.tar.xz chessfss.doc.tar.xz chessfss.tar.xz chet.doc.tar.xz chet.tar.xz chextras.doc.tar.xz chextras.tar.xz chicago-annote.doc.tar.xz chicago-annote.tar.xz chicago.tar.xz chickenize.doc.tar.xz chickenize.tar.xz chkfloat.doc.tar.xz chkfloat.tar.xz chktex.doc.tar.xz chktex.tar.xz chletter.doc.tar.xz chletter.tar.xz chngcntr.doc.tar.xz chngcntr.tar.xz ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ Other differences: ------------------ ++++++ texlive-specs-d.spec ++++++ ++++ 17638 lines (skipped) ++++ between /work/SRC/openSUSE:Factory/texlive-specs-d/texlive-specs-d.spec ++++ and /work/SRC/openSUSE:Factory/.texlive-specs-d.new/texlive-specs-d.spec ++++++ dtxgallery.source.tar.xz -> bxbase.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 1774 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ dashbox.doc.tar.xz -> c90.doc.tar.xz ++++++ Files old/doc/fonts/enc/c90/c90.pdf and new/doc/fonts/enc/c90/c90.pdf differ Files old/doc/latex/dashbox/dashbox.pdf and new/doc/latex/dashbox/dashbox.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/c90.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/c90.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/c90.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/c90.doc.tlpobj 2010-06-10 18:20:50.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +name c90.doc +category Package +revision 15878 +shortdesc doc files of c90 +relocated 1 +docfiles size=27 + RELOC/doc/fonts/enc/c90/c90.pdf diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/dashbox.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/dashbox.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/dashbox.doc.tlpobj 2011-08-06 04:16:34.000000000 +0200 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/dashbox.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -name dashbox.doc -category Package -revision 23425 -shortdesc doc files of dashbox -relocated 1 -docfiles size=39 - RELOC/doc/latex/dashbox/dashbox.pdf ++++++ dancers.tar.xz -> c90.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 1921 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ dosepsbin.doc.tar.xz -> cabin.doc.tar.xz ++++++ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/fonts/cabin/OFL.txt new/doc/fonts/cabin/OFL.txt --- old/doc/fonts/cabin/OFL.txt 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/fonts/cabin/OFL.txt 2012-11-05 23:20:40.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +Copyright (c) 2011, Pablo Impallari (www.impallari.com|impallari@gmail.com), +Copyright (c) 2011, Igino Marini. (www.ikern.com|mail@iginomarini.com), +with Reserved Font Name Cabin. +This Font Software is licensed under the SIL Open Font License, Version 1.1. +This license is copied below, and is also available with a FAQ at: +http://scripts.sil.org/OFL + + +----------------------------------------------------------- +SIL OPEN FONT LICENSE Version 1.1 - 26 February 2007 +----------------------------------------------------------- + +PREAMBLE +The goals of the Open Font License (OFL) are to stimulate worldwide +development of collaborative font projects, to support the font creation +efforts of academic and linguistic communities, and to provide a free and +open framework in which fonts may be shared and improved in partnership +with others. + +The OFL allows the licensed fonts to be used, studied, modified and +redistributed freely as long as they are not sold by themselves. The +fonts, including any derivative works, can be bundled, embedded, +redistributed and/or sold with any software provided that any reserved +names are not used by derivative works. The fonts and derivatives, +however, cannot be released under any other type of license. The +requirement for fonts to remain under this license does not apply +to any document created using the fonts or their derivatives. + +DEFINITIONS +"Font Software" refers to the set of files released by the Copyright +Holder(s) under this license and clearly marked as such. This may +include source files, build scripts and documentation. + +"Reserved Font Name" refers to any names specified as such after the +copyright statement(s). + +"Original Version" refers to the collection of Font Software components as +distributed by the Copyright Holder(s). + +"Modified Version" refers to any derivative made by adding to, deleting, +or substituting -- in part or in whole -- any of the components of the +Original Version, by changing formats or by porting the Font Software to a +new environment. + +"Author" refers to any designer, engineer, programmer, technical +writer or other person who contributed to the Font Software. + +PERMISSION & CONDITIONS +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining +a copy of the Font Software, to use, study, copy, merge, embed, modify, +redistribute, and sell modified and unmodified copies of the Font +Software, subject to the following conditions: + +1) Neither the Font Software nor any of its individual components, +in Original or Modified Versions, may be sold by itself. + +2) Original or Modified Versions of the Font Software may be bundled, +redistributed and/or sold with any software, provided that each copy +contains the above copyright notice and this license. These can be +included either as stand-alone text files, human-readable headers or +in the appropriate machine-readable metadata fields within text or +binary files as long as those fields can be easily viewed by the user. + +3) No Modified Version of the Font Software may use the Reserved Font +Name(s) unless explicit written permission is granted by the corresponding +Copyright Holder. This restriction only applies to the primary font name as +presented to the users. + +4) The name(s) of the Copyright Holder(s) or the Author(s) of the Font +Software shall not be used to promote, endorse or advertise any +Modified Version, except to acknowledge the contribution(s) of the +Copyright Holder(s) and the Author(s) or with their explicit written +permission. + +5) The Font Software, modified or unmodified, in part or in whole, +must be distributed entirely under this license, and must not be +distributed under any other license. The requirement for fonts to +remain under this license does not apply to any document created +using the Font Software. + +TERMINATION +This license becomes null and void if any of the above conditions are +not met. + +DISCLAIMER +THE FONT SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, +EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT +OF COPYRIGHT, PATENT, TRADEMARK, OR OTHER RIGHT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +DAMAGES, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING +FROM, OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE FONT SOFTWARE OR FROM +OTHER DEALINGS IN THE FONT SOFTWARE. diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/fonts/cabin/README new/doc/fonts/cabin/README --- old/doc/fonts/cabin/README 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/fonts/cabin/README 2013-01-26 00:10:54.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +This is the README for the cabin package, version 2013-01-24. + +This package provides LaTeX, pdfLaTeX, XeLaTeX and LuaLaTeX support for +the Cabin and Cabin Condensed families of sans serif fonts, designed by +Pablo Impallari. + +Cabin is a humanist sans with four weights and true italics and small +capitals. According to the designer, Cabin was inspired by Edward +Johnston's and Eric Gill's typefaces, with a touch of modernism. Cabin +incorporates modern proportions, optical adjustments, and some elements +of the geometric sans. A compatible condensed family CabinCondensed is +also available. + +To install this package on a TDS-compliant TeX system unzip the file +tex-archive/install/fonts/cabin.tds.zip at the root of an appropriate +texmf tree, likely a personal or local tree. If necessary, update +the file-name database (e.g., texhash). Update the font-map files by +enabling the Map file cabin.map. + +To use, add + +\usepackage{cabin} + +to the preamble of your document. This makes Cabin the default sans +family. To also set Cabin as the main text font, use + +\usepackage[sfdefault]{cabin} + +This re-defines \familydefault, not \rmdefault. LuaLaTeX and xeLaTeX +users who might prefer type1 fonts or who wish to avoid fontspec may use +the type1 option. + +Other options include: + +bold \bfdefault is bold +semibold \bfdefault is semibold + +regular \mddefault is regular +medium \mddefault is medium + +condensed + +Defaults are regular and bold (uncondensed). + +Available shapes in all series include: + +it italic +sc small caps +scit italic small caps + +Options scaled=<number> or scale=<number> may be used to adjust +fontsizes to match a serifed font. + +Slanted variants are not supported; the designed italic variants will +be automatically substituted. However, there are currently no italic +versions of the condensed variants and so artificially slanted versions +have been generated and treated as if they were italic. The only figure +style supported is tabular-lining. Font encodings supported are OT1, T1, +LY1 and TS1. + +Macros \cabin and \cabincondensed select the Cabin and CabinCondensed +font family, respectively. + +The original fonts are available at http://www.google.com/webfonts and +are licensed under the SIL Open Font License, (version 1.1); the text +may be found in the doc directory. The opentype and type1 versions were +created using fontforge. The support files were created using autoinst +and are licensed under the terms of the LaTeX Project Public License. +The maintainer of this package is Bob Tennent (rdt at cs.queensu.ca) Files old/doc/fonts/cabin/samples-condensed.pdf and new/doc/fonts/cabin/samples-condensed.pdf differ Files old/doc/fonts/cabin/samples.pdf and new/doc/fonts/cabin/samples.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/fonts/cabin/samples.tex new/doc/fonts/cabin/samples.tex --- old/doc/fonts/cabin/samples.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/fonts/cabin/samples.tex 2012-11-26 00:21:05.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} +\usepackage[sfdefault]{cabin} +\usepackage{lipsum} +\begin{document} + +\subsection*{Regular} +\lipsum[1] + +\subsection*{Italic} +\textit{\lipsum[2]} + +\subsection*{Bold} +\textbf{\lipsum[3]} + +\subsection*{Bold Italic} + +\textbf{\textit{\lipsum[4]}} + +\subsection*{Small Caps Regular} +\textsc{\lipsum[5]} + + +\subsection*{Small Caps Italic} +\textsc{\textit{\lipsum[6]}} + +\subsection*{Small Caps Bold} +\textsc{\textbf{\lipsum[7]}} + +\subsection*{Small Caps Bold Italic} + +\textsc{\textbf{\textit{\lipsum[8]}}} + +\end{document} diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dosepsbin.1 new/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dosepsbin.1 --- old/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dosepsbin.1 2012-04-01 00:40:28.000000000 +0200 +++ new/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dosepsbin.1 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,275 +0,0 @@ -.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man v1.37, Pod::Parser v1.13 -.\" -.\" Standard preamble: -.\" ======================================================================== -.de Sh \" Subsection heading -.br -.if t .Sp -.ne 5 -.PP -\fB\\$1\fR -.PP -.. -.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP) -.if t .sp .5v -.if n .sp -.. -.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text -.ft CW -.nf -.ne \\$1 -.. -.de Ve \" End verbatim text -.ft R -.fi -.. -.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will -.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left -.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. | will give a -.\" real vertical bar. \*(C+ will give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to -.\" do unbreakable dashes and therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' -.\" expand to `' in nroff, nothing in troff, for use with C<>. -.tr \(*W-|\(bv\*(Tr -.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' -.ie n \{\ -. ds -- \(*W- -. ds PI pi -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch -. ds L" "" -. ds R" "" -. ds C` "" -. ds C' "" -'br\} -.el\{\ -. ds -- \|\(em\| -. ds PI \(*p -. ds L" `` -. ds R" '' -'br\} -.\" -.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for -.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.Sh), items (.Ip), and index -.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the -.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion. -.if \nF \{\ -. de IX -. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2" -.. -. nr % 0 -. rr F -.\} -.\" -.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes -.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. -.hy 0 -.if n .na -.\" -.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2). -.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts. -. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds #H 0 -. ds #V .8m -. ds #F .3m -. ds #[ \f1 -. ds #] \fP -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m) -. ds #V .6m -. ds #F 0 -. ds #[ \& -. ds #] \& -.\} -. \" simple accents for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds ' \& -. ds ` \& -. ds ^ \& -. ds , \& -. ds ~ ~ -. ds / -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u" -. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u' -. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u' -. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u' -.\} -. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents -.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V' -.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H' -.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] -.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H' -.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u' -.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#] -.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#] -.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e -.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E -. \" corrections for vroff -.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u' -.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' -. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr) -.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \ -\{\ -. ds : e -. ds 8 ss -. ds o a -. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga -. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy -. ds th \o'bp' -. ds Th \o'LP' -. ds ae ae -. ds Ae AE -.\} -.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C -.\" ======================================================================== -.\" -.IX Title "DOSEPSBIN 1" -.TH DOSEPSBIN 1 "2012-03-22 v1.2" "perl v5.8.1" "User Contributed Perl Documentation" -.SH "NAME" -dosepsbin \-\- Extract PS/WMF/TIFF sections from DOS EPS binary files -.SH "VERSION" -.IX Header "VERSION" -2012\-03\-22 v1.2 -.SH "SYNOPSIS" -.IX Header "SYNOPSIS" -The progam \fBdosepsbin\fR analyses an \s-1EPS\s0 file that is not -a plain \s-1ASCII\s0 PostScript file but given as \s-1DOS\s0 \s-1EPS\s0 binary file. -.PP -.Vb 1 -\& dosepsbin [options] <input file> -.Ve -.PP -First it analyzes the \fIinput file\fR, validates its header -and summarizes the available sections. Depending on the -given options, the sections are then written to files. -.PP -Options: -.PP -.Vb 9 -\& --eps-file <file> Write PS section to <file>. -\& --wmf-file <file> Write WMF section to <file>. -\& --tiff-file <file> Write TIFF section to <file>. -\& --inputfile <file> The name of the input file. -\& --verbose Verbose output. -\& --quiet Only errors and warnings are printed. -\& --help Brief help message. -\& --man Full documentation. -\& --version Print version identification. -.Ve -.PP -The files for output must be different from the input file. -.SH "DESCRIPTION" -.IX Header "DESCRIPTION" -.Sh "\s-1DOS\s0 \s-1EPS\s0 Binary File Format" -.IX Subsection "DOS EPS Binary File Format" -A Encapsulated PostScript (\s-1EPS\s0) file can also given in a special -binary format to support the inclusion of a thumbnail. The file -format starts with a binary header that contains the positions of -the possible sections: -.IP "* Postscript (\s-1PS\s0)" 4 -.IX Item "Postscript (PS)" -.PD 0 -.IP "* Windows Metafile Format (\s-1WMF\s0)" 4 -.IX Item "Windows Metafile Format (WMF)" -.IP "* Tag Image File Format (\s-1TIFF\s0)" 4 -.IX Item "Tag Image File Format (TIFF)" -.PD -.PP -The \s-1PS\s0 section must be present and either the \s-1WMF\s0 file or the \s-1TIFF\s0 -file should be given. -.SH "OPTIONS" -.IX Header "OPTIONS" -.IP "\fB\-\fR\fB\-eps\-file\fR=<\fIfile\fR>" 4 -.IX Item "--eps-file=<file>" -The \s-1PS\s0 section is written to <\fIfile\fR>. The output file must -be different from the input file. -.IP "\fB\-\fR\fB\-wmf\-file\fR=<\fIfile\fR>" 4 -.IX Item "--wmf-file=<file>" -The \s-1WMF\s0 section is written to <\fIfile\fR> if present. The output -file must be different from the input file. -.IP "\fB\-\fR\fB\-tiff\-file\fR=<\fIfile\fR>" 4 -.IX Item "--tiff-file=<file>" -The \s-1TIFF\s0 section is written to <\fIfile\fR> if present. The output -file must be different from the input file. -.IP "\fB\-\fR\fB\-inputfile\fR=<\fIfile\fR>" 4 -.IX Item "--inputfile=<file>" -The input file can also be given directly on the command line. -If the file does not exist, then the file with extension `.eps' -is tried. -.IP "\fB\-\fR\fB\-verbose\fR" 4 -.IX Item "--verbose" -Verbose messages. -.IP "\fB\-\fR\fB\-quiet\fR" 4 -.IX Item "--quiet" -No messages are printed except for errors and warnings. -.IP "\fB\-\fR\fB\-help\fR" 4 -.IX Item "--help" -Display help screen. -.IP "\fB\-\fR\fB\-man\fR" 4 -.IX Item "--man" -Prints manual page. -.IP "\fB\-\fR\fB\-version\fR" 4 -.IX Item "--version" -Print version identification and exit. -.SH "EXAMPLES" -.IX Header "EXAMPLES" -The following command extracts the \s-1PS\s0 section from file \fItest.eps\fR -and stores the result in file \fItest\-ps.eps\fR: -.PP -.Vb 1 -\& dosepsbin --eps-file test-ps.eps test.eps -.Ve -.SH "AUTHOR" -.IX Header "AUTHOR" -Heiko Oberdiek, email: heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com -.SH "COPYRIGHT AND LICENSE" -.IX Header "COPYRIGHT AND LICENSE" -Copyright 2011\-2012 by Heiko Oberdiek. -.PP -This library is free software; you may redistribute it and/or -modify it under the same terms as Perl itself -(Perl Artistic License/GNU General Public License, version 2). -.SH "SEE ALSO" -.IX Header "SEE ALSO" -The \s-1DOS\s0 \s-1EPS\s0 binary file format is described -in section \*(L"5.2 Windows Metafile or \s-1TIFF\s0\*(R": -.PP -.Vb 5 -\& Adobe Developer Support, -\& Encapsulated PostScript File Format Specification, -\& Version 3.0, -\& 1992-05-01, -\& http://partners.adobe.com/public/developer/en/ps/5002.EPSF_Spec.pdf -.Ve -.SH "HISTORY" -.IX Header "HISTORY" -.IP "\fB2011/11/10 v1.0\fR" 2 -.IX Item "2011/11/10 v1.0" -.RS 2 -.PD 0 -.IP "* First version." 2 -.IX Item "First version." -.RE -.RS 2 -.RE -.IP "\fB2011/12/05 v1.1\fR" 2 -.IX Item "2011/12/05 v1.1" -.RS 2 -.IP "* Typo fixed in help text (thanks Peter Breitenlohner)." 2 -.IX Item "Typo fixed in help text (thanks Peter Breitenlohner)." -.RE -.RS 2 -.RE -.IP "\fB2012/03/22 v1.2\fR" 2 -.IX Item "2012/03/22 v1.2" -.RS 2 -.IP "* Fix in validation test for offset of \s-1PS\s0 section." 2 -.IX Item "Fix in validation test for offset of PS section." -.RE -.RS 2 -.RE Files old/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dosepsbin.man1.pdf and new/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dosepsbin.man1.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/texmf-dist/doc/support/dosepsbin/Makefile.in new/texmf-dist/doc/support/dosepsbin/Makefile.in --- old/texmf-dist/doc/support/dosepsbin/Makefile.in 2011-12-05 01:32:12.000000000 +0100 +++ new/texmf-dist/doc/support/dosepsbin/Makefile.in 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,114 +0,0 @@ -# Makefile.in -# @configure_input@ - -# Copyright 2007, 2008, 2011 by Heiko Oberdiek. -# -# The file is part of project dosepsbin. -# It's free software; you may redistribute it and/or -# modify it under the same terms as Perl itself -# (Perl Artistic License/GNU General Public License, version 2). - -VPATH = @srcdir@ -srcdir = @srcdir@ -SHELL = @SHELL@ - -prefix = @prefix@ -datarootdir = @datarootdir@ -exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ -bindir = @bindir@ -mandir = @mandir@ -manext = 1 -man1dir = $(mandir)/man$(manext) - -INSTALL = @INSTALL@ -INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ -INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ - -PRJ = dosepsbin -SRC_FILE = $(PRJ).pl -SRC_FILES = $(SRC_FILE) $(PRJ).ltx clean-case.pl version.pl -DOC_FILES = $(PRJ).txt $(PRJ).man $(PRJ).html $(PRJ).pdf README -ALL_FILES = $(DOC_FILES) configure -AUTOSRC_FILES = configure.ac Makefile.in install-sh -DISTRIB_FILES = $(SRC_FILES) $(ALL_FILES) $(AUTOSRC_FILES) -PDFLATEX = TEXINPUTS=$(srcdir): pdflatex -LUALATEX = TEXINPUTS=$(srcdir): lualatex -TMP_FILE = __temp__.pl -FILE_DATE_VERSION = date-version.txt - -default all: - -include $(wildcard $(srcdir)/$(PRJ).mk) - -configure: configure.ac - autoconf - -Makefile: Makefile.in configure - ./configure - -doc: $(DOC_FILES) - -$(FILE_DATE_VERSION): $(SRC_FILE) - ./version.pl - autoconf - ./configure - -$(PRJ).txt: $(SRC_FILE) - pod2text -l $< $@ - -$(PRJ).man: $(SRC_FILE) $(FILE_DATE_VERSION) - pod2man -d "$(shell cat $(FILE_DATE_VERSION))" $< $@ - -html: $(PRJ).html -$(PRJ).html: $(SRC_FILE) ./clean-case.pl - ./clean-case.pl $< $(TMP_FILE) - pod2html --title=$(PRJ) --infile=$(TMP_FILE) --outfile=$@ - -$(PRJ).pdf: $(PRJ).ltx $(PRJ).tex - $(LUALATEX) $< - makeindex $(PRJ) - $(LUALATEX) $< - makeindex $(PRJ) - $(LUALATEX) $< - makeindex $(PRJ) - $(LUALATEX) $< - makeindex $(PRJ) - $(LUALATEX) $< - -$(PRJ).tex: $(SRC_FILE) - ./clean-case.pl $< $(TMP_FILE) - pod2latex -out $@ $(TMP_FILE) - recode latin1..utf8 $@ - -distrib: $(PRJ).zip - -$(PRJ).zip: $(DISTRIB_FILES) - zip -9j $@ $+ - -install: - $(INSTALL) -d $(bindir) $(man1dir) - $(INSTALL_SCRIPT) $(srcdir)/$(PRJ).pl $(bindir)/$(PRJ) - $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$(PRJ).man $(man1dir)/$(PRJ).1 - -check: $(SRC_FILE) - podchecker $< - -uninstall: - -rm -f $(bindir)/$(PRJ) $(man1dir)/$(PRJ).1 - -clean: - -rm -f $(PRJ).aux $(PRJ).log $(PRJ).toc - -rm -f $(PRJ).idx $(PRJ).ind $(PRJ).ilg - -rm -f pod2htmd.tmp pod2htmi.tmp - -distclean: clean - -rm -f Makefile config.status config.log config.cache - -rm -f $(PRJ).tex - -realclean: distclean - -rm -f $(ALL_FILES) $(PRJ).zip - -mostlyclean: clean - -.PHONY: default all doc distrib install check uninstall \ - clean distclean realclean mostlyclean test html diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/texmf-dist/doc/support/dosepsbin/README new/texmf-dist/doc/support/dosepsbin/README --- old/texmf-dist/doc/support/dosepsbin/README 2012-04-01 00:40:28.000000000 +0200 +++ new/texmf-dist/doc/support/dosepsbin/README 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,53 +0,0 @@ -README for dosepsbin 2012/03/22 v1.2 - -Copyright 2011-2012 by Heiko Oberdiek - -License -======= -The file is part of project dosepsbin. -It's free software; you may redistribute it and/or -modify it under the same terms as Perl itself -(Perl Artistic License/GNU General Public License, version 2). - -Requirements -============ -* Perl - -Documentation -============= -The source of the documentation is embedded as POD data -in the Perl script dosepsbin.pl. The documentation is -available in various formats: -* Manual page: dosepsbin.man -* PDF file: dosepsbin.pdf -* HTML file: dosepsbin.html -* Text file: dosepsbin.txt -And program option --man displays the documentation on -the screen. - -Installation -============ -* Unix: - GNU autoconf was used, thus you can try: - ./configure - make install - It should install the script and manual page. - The other documentation files can be installed manually. - -* Manually: - * dosepsbin.pl: Install the file as `dosepsbin' in a directory - that is listed in environment variable `PATH', e.g. - /usr/local/bin/dosepsbin - * dosepsbin.man: Install the manual page as `dosepsbin.1' - in the appropriate directory, e.g.: - /usr/local/man/man1/dosepsbin.1 - * dosepsbin.pdf, dosepsbin.html, dosepsbin.html, README: - Install them where you find them, for example in directory: - /usr/local/share/doc/dosepsbin/ - -The files clean-case.pl and version.pl are just helper scripts for -generating the documentation and are provided for sake of completeness. -They are usually not needed, because the documentation files are -already generated and provided in the distribution. - -See the documentation for further information. diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/texmf-dist/doc/support/dosepsbin/clean-case.pl new/texmf-dist/doc/support/dosepsbin/clean-case.pl --- old/texmf-dist/doc/support/dosepsbin/clean-case.pl 2011-12-05 01:32:12.000000000 +0100 +++ new/texmf-dist/doc/support/dosepsbin/clean-case.pl 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,20 +0,0 @@ -#!/usr/bin/env perl -use strict; -$^W=1; - -@ARGV == 2 or die "!!! Syntax: <input file> <output file>\n"; - -my $infile = $ARGV[0]; -my $outfile = $ARGV[1]; - -open(IN, '<', $infile) or die "!!! Error: Cannot open `$infile'!\n"; -open(OUT, '>', $outfile) or die "!!! Error: Cannot write `$outfile'!\n"; -while (<IN>) { - s/^(=head[1] [A-Z])(.*)/$1\L$2\E/; - s/(L<"[A-Z])([^"]+)">/$1\L$2\E">/g; - print OUT; -} -close(IN); -close(OUT); - -__END__ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/texmf-dist/doc/support/dosepsbin/dosepsbin.html new/texmf-dist/doc/support/dosepsbin/dosepsbin.html --- old/texmf-dist/doc/support/dosepsbin/dosepsbin.html 2012-04-01 00:40:28.000000000 +0200 +++ new/texmf-dist/doc/support/dosepsbin/dosepsbin.html 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,211 +0,0 @@ -<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> -<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> -<head> -<title>dosepsbin</title> -<link rev="made" href="mailto:feedback@suse.de" /> -</head> - -<body style="background-color: white"> - -<p><a name="__index__"></a></p> - - -<ul> - - <li><a href="#name">Name</a></li> - <li><a href="#version">Version</a></li> - <li><a href="#synopsis">Synopsis</a></li> - <li><a href="#description">Description</a></li> - <ul> - - <li><a href="#dos_eps_binary_file_format">DOS EPS Binary File Format</a></li> - </ul> - - <li><a href="#options">Options</a></li> - <li><a href="#examples">Examples</a></li> - <li><a href="#author">Author</a></li> - <li><a href="#copyright_and_license">Copyright and license</a></li> - <li><a href="#see_also">See also</a></li> - <li><a href="#history">History</a></li> -</ul> - - -<hr /> -<p> -</p> -<h1><a name="name">Name</a></h1> -<p>dosepsbin -- Extract PS/WMF/TIFF sections from DOS EPS binary files</p> -<p> -</p> -<hr /> -<h1><a name="version">Version</a></h1> -<p>2012-03-22 v1.2</p> -<p> -</p> -<hr /> -<h1><a name="synopsis">Synopsis</a></h1> -<p>The progam <strong>dosepsbin</strong> analyses an EPS file that is not -a plain ASCII PostScript file but given as DOS EPS binary file.</p> -<pre> - dosepsbin [options] <input file></pre> -<p>First it analyzes the <em>input file</em>, validates its header -and summarizes the available sections. Depending on the -given options, the sections are then written to files.</p> -<p>Options:</p> -<pre> - --eps-file <file> Write PS section to <file>. - --wmf-file <file> Write WMF section to <file>. - --tiff-file <file> Write TIFF section to <file>. - --inputfile <file> The name of the input file. - --verbose Verbose output. - --quiet Only errors and warnings are printed. - --help Brief help message. - --man Full documentation. - --version Print version identification.</pre> -<p>The files for output must be different from the input file.</p> -<p> -</p> -<hr /> -<h1><a name="description">Description</a></h1> -<p> -</p> -<h2><a name="dos_eps_binary_file_format">DOS EPS Binary File Format</a></h2> -<p>A Encapsulated PostScript (EPS) file can also given in a special -binary format to support the inclusion of a thumbnail. The file -format starts with a binary header that contains the positions of -the possible sections:</p> -<ul> -<li><strong><a name="item_postscript">Postscript (PS)</a></strong><br /> -</li> -<li><strong><a name="item_format">Windows Metafile Format (WMF)</a></strong><br /> -</li> -<li><strong>Tag Image File Format (TIFF)</strong><br /> -</li> -</ul> -<p>The PS section must be present and either the WMF file or the TIFF -file should be given.</p> -<p> -</p> -<hr /> -<h1><a name="options">Options</a></h1> -<dl> -<dt><strong><a name="item__2d_2deps_2dfile_3d_3cfile_3e"><strong>-</strong><strong>-eps-file</strong>=<<em>file</em>></a></strong><br /> -</dt> -<dd> -The PS section is written to <<em>file</em>>. The output file must -be different from the input file. -</dd> -<p></p> -<dt><strong><a name="item__2d_2dwmf_2dfile_3d_3cfile_3e"><strong>-</strong><strong>-wmf-file</strong>=<<em>file</em>></a></strong><br /> -</dt> -<dd> -The WMF section is written to <<em>file</em>> if present. The output -file must be different from the input file. -</dd> -<p></p> -<dt><strong><a name="item__2d_2dtiff_2dfile_3d_3cfile_3e"><strong>-</strong><strong>-tiff-file</strong>=<<em>file</em>></a></strong><br /> -</dt> -<dd> -The TIFF section is written to <<em>file</em>> if present. The output -file must be different from the input file. -</dd> -<p></p> -<dt><strong><a name="item__2d_2dinputfile_3d_3cfile_3e"><strong>-</strong><strong>-inputfile</strong>=<<em>file</em>></a></strong><br /> -</dt> -<dd> -The input file can also be given directly on the command line. -If the file does not exist, then the file with extension `.eps' -is tried. -</dd> -<p></p> -<dt><strong><a name="item__2d_2dverbose"><strong>-</strong><strong>-verbose</strong></a></strong><br /> -</dt> -<dd> -Verbose messages. -</dd> -<p></p> -<dt><strong><a name="item__2d_2dquiet"><strong>-</strong><strong>-quiet</strong></a></strong><br /> -</dt> -<dd> -No messages are printed except for errors and warnings. -</dd> -<p></p> -<dt><strong><a name="item__2d_2dhelp"><strong>-</strong><strong>-help</strong></a></strong><br /> -</dt> -<dd> -Display help screen. -</dd> -<p></p> -<dt><strong><a name="item__2d_2dman"><strong>-</strong><strong>-man</strong></a></strong><br /> -</dt> -<dd> -Prints manual page. -</dd> -<p></p> -<dt><strong><a name="item__2d_2dversion"><strong>-</strong><strong>-version</strong></a></strong><br /> -</dt> -<dd> -Print version identification and exit. -</dd> -<p></p></dl> -<p> -</p> -<hr /> -<h1><a name="examples">Examples</a></h1> -<p>The following command extracts the PS section from file <em>test.eps</em> -and stores the result in file <em>test-ps.eps</em>:</p> -<pre> - dosepsbin --eps-file test-ps.eps test.eps</pre> -<p> -</p> -<hr /> -<h1><a name="author">Author</a></h1> -<p>Heiko Oberdiek, email: heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com</p> -<p> -</p> -<hr /> -<h1><a name="copyright_and_license">Copyright and license</a></h1> -<p>Copyright 2011-2012 by Heiko Oberdiek.</p> -<p>This library is free software; you may redistribute it and/or -modify it under the same terms as Perl itself -(Perl Artistic License/GNU General Public License, version 2).</p> -<p> -</p> -<hr /> -<h1><a name="see_also">See also</a></h1> -<p>The DOS EPS binary file format is described -in section ``5.2 Windows Metafile or TIFF'':</p> -<pre> - Adobe Developer Support, - Encapsulated PostScript File Format Specification, - Version 3.0, - 1992-05-01, - <a href="http://partners.adobe.com/public/developer/en/ps/5002.EPSF_Spec.pdf">http://partners.adobe.com/public/developer/en/ps/5002.EPSF_Spec.pdf</a></pre> -<p> -</p> -<hr /> -<h1><a name="history">History</a></h1> -<ol> -<li><strong><a name="item__2f11_2f10_v1_2e0"><strong>2011/11/10 v1.0</strong></a></strong><br /> -</li> -<ul> -<li><strong><a name="item_first_version_2e">First version.</a></strong><br /> -</li> -</ul> -<li><strong><a name="item__2f12_2f05_v1_2e1"><strong>2011/12/05 v1.1</strong></a></strong><br /> -</li> -<ul> -<li><strong><a name="item_text">Typo fixed in help text (thanks Peter Breitenlohner).</a></strong><br /> -</li> -</ul> -<li><strong><a name="item__2f03_2f22_v1_2e2"><strong>2012/03/22 v1.2</strong></a></strong><br /> -</li> -<ul> -<li><strong><a name="item_fix_in_validation_test_for_offset_of_ps_section_2e">Fix in validation test for offset of PS section.</a></strong><br /> -</li> -</ul> -</ol> - -</body> - -</html> diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/texmf-dist/doc/support/dosepsbin/dosepsbin.ltx new/texmf-dist/doc/support/dosepsbin/dosepsbin.ltx --- old/texmf-dist/doc/support/dosepsbin/dosepsbin.ltx 2012-04-01 00:40:28.000000000 +0200 +++ new/texmf-dist/doc/support/dosepsbin/dosepsbin.ltx 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,100 +0,0 @@ -% dosepsbin.ltx -% -% Copyright 2011-2012 by Heiko Oberdiek. -% -% The file is part of project dosepsbin. -% It's free software; you may redistribute it and/or -% modify it under the same terms as Perl itself -% (Perl Artistic License/GNU General Public License, version 2). - -\documentclass[a4paper,12pt]{article} - -\providecommand*{\DATE}{2012/03/22} -\providecommand*{\VERSION}{1.2} - -\usepackage[ - hmargin=1in, - top=.75in, - bottom=.5in, - includefoot, - headheight=14.5pt, - footskip=40pt, -]{geometry} - -\usepackage{fancyhdr} -\renewcommand*{\headrulewidth}{0pt} -\renewcommand*{\footrulewidth}{0.4pt} -\fancyhead{} -\fancyfoot[L]{\textsf{dosepsbin}} -\fancyfoot[C]{\DATE\ v\VERSION} -\fancyfoot[R]{\thepage} -\pagestyle{fancy} -\makeatletter -\let\ps@plain\ps@fancy -\makeatother - -\makeatletter -\renewenvironment*{theindex}{% - \section*{\indexname}% - \setlength{\parindent}{0pt}% - \setlength{\parskip}{0pt plus .3pt}% - \let\item\@idxitem -}{% - \clearpage -} -\makeatother - -\usepackage{ifluatex} -\ifluatex - \usepackage{fontspec} -\else - \usepackage[T1]{fontenc}% - \usepackage{lmodern}% - \usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}% -\fi - -\usepackage{makeidx} - -\usepackage{hyperref} -\hypersetup{ - colorlinks, - pdfauthor={Heiko Oberdiek}, - pdftitle={dosepsbin}, -} -\definecolor{linkcolor}{rgb}{0,0,.8} -\hypersetup{ - linkcolor=linkcolor, -} - -\usepackage{bookmark} -\bookmarksetup{ - open, - numbered, -} - -\makeindex - -\author{Heiko Oberdiek} -\title{Program \textsf{dosepsbin}} -\date{\DATE\space v\VERSION} - -% ignore minor overfull \hbox warnings -\setlength{\hfuzz}{1.5pt} - -\begin{document} - -\maketitle - -\pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{toc} -\tableofcontents - -\makeatletter -\let\org@section\section -\def\section{\@ifstar\org@section\org@section} -\makeatother - -\input{dosepsbin.tex} - -\printindex - -\end{document} Files old/texmf-dist/doc/support/dosepsbin/dosepsbin.pdf and new/texmf-dist/doc/support/dosepsbin/dosepsbin.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/texmf-dist/doc/support/dosepsbin/dosepsbin.txt new/texmf-dist/doc/support/dosepsbin/dosepsbin.txt --- old/texmf-dist/doc/support/dosepsbin/dosepsbin.txt 2012-04-01 00:40:28.000000000 +0200 +++ new/texmf-dist/doc/support/dosepsbin/dosepsbin.txt 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,127 +0,0 @@ -NAME - - dosepsbin -- Extract PS/WMF/TIFF sections from DOS EPS binary files - -VERSION - - 2012-03-22 v1.2 - -SYNOPSIS - - The progam dosepsbin analyses an EPS file that is not a plain ASCII - PostScript file but given as DOS EPS binary file. - - dosepsbin [options] <input file> - - First it analyzes the *input file*, validates its header and summarizes - the available sections. Depending on the given options, the sections are - then written to files. - - Options: - - --eps-file <file> Write PS section to <file>. - --wmf-file <file> Write WMF section to <file>. - --tiff-file <file> Write TIFF section to <file>. - --inputfile <file> The name of the input file. - --verbose Verbose output. - --quiet Only errors and warnings are printed. - --help Brief help message. - --man Full documentation. - --version Print version identification. - - The files for output must be different from the input file. - -DESCRIPTION - - DOS EPS Binary File Format - - A Encapsulated PostScript (EPS) file can also given in a special binary - format to support the inclusion of a thumbnail. The file format starts - with a binary header that contains the positions of the possible - sections: - - * Postscript (PS) - * Windows Metafile Format (WMF) - * Tag Image File Format (TIFF) - - The PS section must be present and either the WMF file or the TIFF file - should be given. - -OPTIONS - - --eps-file=<*file*> - The PS section is written to <*file*>. The output file must be - different from the input file. - - --wmf-file=<*file*> - The WMF section is written to <*file*> if present. The output file - must be different from the input file. - - --tiff-file=<*file*> - The TIFF section is written to <*file*> if present. The output file - must be different from the input file. - - --inputfile=<*file*> - The input file can also be given directly on the command line. If - the file does not exist, then the file with extension `.eps' is - tried. - - --verbose - Verbose messages. - - --quiet - No messages are printed except for errors and warnings. - - --help - Display help screen. - - --man - Prints manual page. - - --version - Print version identification and exit. - -EXAMPLES - - The following command extracts the PS section from file test.eps and - stores the result in file test-ps.eps: - - dosepsbin --eps-file test-ps.eps test.eps - -AUTHOR - - Heiko Oberdiek, email: heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com - -COPYRIGHT AND LICENSE - - Copyright 2011-2012 by Heiko Oberdiek. - - This library is free software; you may redistribute it and/or modify it - under the same terms as Perl itself (Perl Artistic License/GNU General - Public License, version 2). - -SEE ALSO - - The DOS EPS binary file format is described in section "5.2 Windows - Metafile or TIFF": - - Adobe Developer Support, - Encapsulated PostScript File Format Specification, - Version 3.0, - 1992-05-01, - http://partners.adobe.com/public/developer/en/ps/5002.EPSF_Spec.pdf - -HISTORY - - 2011/11/10 v1.0 - - * First version. - - 2011/12/05 v1.1 - - * Typo fixed in help text (thanks Peter Breitenlohner). - - 2012/03/22 v1.2 - - * Fix in validation test for offset of PS section. - diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/texmf-dist/doc/support/dosepsbin/version.pl new/texmf-dist/doc/support/dosepsbin/version.pl --- old/texmf-dist/doc/support/dosepsbin/version.pl 2011-12-05 01:32:12.000000000 +0100 +++ new/texmf-dist/doc/support/dosepsbin/version.pl 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,145 +0,0 @@ -#!/usr/bin/env perl -use strict; -$^W=1; - -my $prj = 'dosepsbin'; -my $infile = "$prj.pl"; -my $acfile = 'configure.ac'; -my $ltxfile = "$prj.ltx"; -my $readmefile = 'README'; -my $datefile = 'date-version.txt'; -my $tmpfile = "version.tmp"; - -my $date = ''; -my $version = ''; -my $copyright_years = ''; -my $pl_date_version = ''; - -open(IN, '<', $infile) or die "!!! Error: Cannot open `$infile'!\n"; -while (<IN>) { - if (/my \$date\s*=\s*'([0-9\/]+)'/) { - $date = $1; - next; - } - if (/my \$version\s*=\s*'([0-9\.]+)'/) { - $version = $1; - next; - } - if (/my \$copyright\s*=\s*"Copyright (.*) \$author"/) { - $copyright_years = $1; - next; - } - if (/^(\d{4}-\d{2}-\d{2} v\d+\.\d+)\s*$/) { - $pl_date_version = $1; - next; - } -} - -$date or die "!!! Error: Date not found!\n"; -$version or die "!!! Error: Version not found!\n"; -$copyright_years or die "!!! Error: Copyright years not found!\n"; -my $isodate = $date; -$isodate =~ s|/|-|g; -my $date_version = "$isodate v$version"; -$pl_date_version or die "!!! Error: VERSION/POD not found!\n"; -$pl_date_version eq $date_version or die "!!! Error: Fix VERSION in pod section!\n"; - -open(OUT, '>', $tmpfile) or die "!!! Error: Cannot open `$tmpfile'!\n"; -open(IN, '<', $acfile) or die "!!! Error: Cannot open `$acfile'!\n"; -my $found = 0; -my $update = 0; -while (<IN>) { - if (/^(dnl Copyright )(.*)( by .*)$/) { - $found |= 1; - $_ = "$1$copyright_years$3\n"; - $update = 1 unless $2 eq $copyright_years; - } - if (/^(AC_INIT$dosepsbin, )([^,]*)(,.*|$.*)$/) { - $found |= 2; - $_ = "$1$version$3\n"; - $update = 1 unless $2 eq $version; - } - print OUT; -} -die "!!! Error: COPYRIGHT or AC_INIT line not found!\n" unless $found = 3; -unlink $acfile or die "!!! Error: Cannot delete `$acfile'!\n"; -rename $tmpfile, $acfile - or die "!!! Error: Cannot rename `$tmpfile' to `$acfile'!\n"; -print "--> `$acfile' updated\n" if $update; - -open(OUT, '>', $tmpfile) or die "!!! Error: Cannot open `$tmpfile'!\n"; -open(IN, '<', $ltxfile) or die "!!! Error: Cannot open `$ltxfile'!\n"; -$found = 0; -$update = 0; -while (<IN>) { - if (/^(% Copyright )(.*)( by .*)$/) { - $found |= 1; - $_ = "$1$copyright_years$3\n"; - $update = 1 unless $2 eq $copyright_years; - } - if (/^(\\providecommand\*{\\DATE}{)(.*)(})$/) { - $found |= 2; - $_ = "$1$date$3\n"; - $update = 1 unless $2 eq $date; - } - if (/^(\\providecommand\*{\\VERSION}{)(.*)(})$/) { - $found |= 4; - $_ = "$1$version$3\n"; - $update = 1 unless $2 eq $version; - } - print OUT; -} -close(IN); -close(OUT); -die "!!! Error: COPYRIGHT or DATE or VERSION line not found!\n" - unless $found == 7; -unlink $ltxfile or die "!!! Error: Cannot delete `$ltxfile'!\n"; -rename $tmpfile, $ltxfile - or die "!!! Error: Cannot rename `$tmpfile' to `$ltxfile'!\n"; -print "--> `$ltxfile' updated\n" if $update; - -open(OUT, '>', $tmpfile) or die "!!! Error: Cannot open `$tmpfile'!\n"; -open(IN, '<', $readmefile) or die "!!! Error: Cannot open `$readmefile'!\n"; -$found = 0; -$update = 0; -while (<IN>) { - if (/^(Copyright )(.*)( by .*)$/) { - $found |= 1; - $_ = "$1$copyright_years$3\n"; - $update = 1 unless $2 eq $copyright_years; - } - if (/^(README for dosepsbin )([0-9\/]+) v([0-9\.]+)$/) { - $found |= 2; - $_ = "$1$date v$version\n"; - $update = 1 unless $2 eq $date and $3 eq $version; - } - print OUT; -} -close(IN); -close(OUT); -die "!!! Error: COPYRIGHT or DATE/VERSION line not found!\n" - unless $found == 3; -unlink $readmefile or die "!!! Error: Cannot delete `$readmefile'!\n"; -rename $tmpfile, $readmefile - or die "!!! Error: Cannot rename `$tmpfile' to `$readmefile'!\n"; -print "--> `$readmefile' updated.\n" if $update; - -my $old_date_version = ''; -if (-f $datefile) { - open(IN, '<', $datefile) or die "!!! Error: Cannot open `$datefile'!\n"; - my @lines = <IN>; - $old_date_version = "@lines"; - close(IN); -} -if ($old_date_version eq $date_version) { - # print "--> `$datefile' is already uptodate.\n"; -} -else { - open(OUT, '>', $datefile) or die "!!! Error: Cannot open `$datefile'!\n"; - print OUT $date_version; - close(OUT); - print "--> `$datefile' updated.\n"; -} - -1; -__END__ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/cabin.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/cabin.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/cabin.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/cabin.doc.tlpobj 2013-01-26 04:32:35.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +name cabin.doc +category Package +revision 28942 +shortdesc doc files of cabin +relocated 1 +docfiles size=58 + RELOC/doc/fonts/cabin/OFL.txt + RELOC/doc/fonts/cabin/README + RELOC/doc/fonts/cabin/samples-condensed.pdf + RELOC/doc/fonts/cabin/samples.pdf + RELOC/doc/fonts/cabin/samples.tex diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/dosepsbin.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/dosepsbin.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/dosepsbin.doc.tlpobj 2013-04-08 21:25:28.000000000 +0200 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/dosepsbin.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,15 +0,0 @@ -name dosepsbin.doc -category Package -revision 29752 -shortdesc doc files of dosepsbin -docfiles size=26 - texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dosepsbin.1 - texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dosepsbin.man1.pdf - texmf-dist/doc/support/dosepsbin/Makefile.in - texmf-dist/doc/support/dosepsbin/README - texmf-dist/doc/support/dosepsbin/clean-case.pl - texmf-dist/doc/support/dosepsbin/dosepsbin.html - texmf-dist/doc/support/dosepsbin/dosepsbin.ltx - texmf-dist/doc/support/dosepsbin/dosepsbin.pdf - texmf-dist/doc/support/dosepsbin/dosepsbin.txt - texmf-dist/doc/support/dosepsbin/version.pl ++++++ dosepsbin.tar.xz -> cabin.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 3442 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ dialogl.doc.tar.xz -> calcage.doc.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 1602 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ dialogl.doc.tar.xz -> calcage.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 1654 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ dateiliste.doc.tar.xz -> calctab.doc.tar.xz ++++++ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/calctab/README new/doc/latex/calctab/README --- old/doc/latex/calctab/README 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/calctab/README 2009-07-17 02:52:15.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +calctab package - A language for numeric tables +version 0.6.1 2009/07/12 + +1 - Introduction +The calctab package helps the user to typeset a kind of economic table such as invoices, +expense notes and liquidation, or other tabular material with a values columns. +The code computes sum and percentage with floating point numeric method (with the fltpoint +package by Eckhart Guthoehrlein) and builds the render table task. +Economics items may be are independent values or not like sums and percentage on previous +values. The language must be expressive concerning together data and its relationships. + +2 - Calctab and xcalctab environments +The calctab environment allow you to typesetting a table with only one values column +beside a label and a description columns. +In the xcalctab environment the values of two columns are multiplied and the result +is printed in a third column. +Please read the calctab user manual for more information and example. + +3 - Language +A standard tabular environment works well but force the user to think in a generic LaTeX +language without a conceptual relation among the items. In addition a lot of formatting +commands takes the same relevance of the main data. + +4 - Feedback and language enhancements +This version waiting for the user help and feedback and somehow a powerful implemented +language to adjust all the view property such as row numbering, label type, coloring, etc. +Finally, I hope in a new infrastructure design which allow to building table with an +object oriented language (ool). + +5 - Package license +This program can be redistributed and/or modified under the terms of the LaTeX Project +Public License Distributed from CTAN archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt; +either version 1 of the License, or any later version. + +Happy TeXing! + +Copyright (C) 2009 Roberto Giacomelli -- giaconet dot mailbox at gmail dot com + Files old/doc/latex/calctab/calctab_manual.pdf and new/doc/latex/calctab/calctab_manual.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/calctab/calctab_manual.tex new/doc/latex/calctab/calctab_manual.tex --- old/doc/latex/calctab/calctab_manual.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/calctab/calctab_manual.tex 2009-07-17 02:52:15.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,658 @@ +% 0.6.1 - 2009/07/12 +\documentclass[a4paper]{article} + +\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} +\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} +\usepackage[ left=32mm, + right=45mm, + top=32mm, + bottom=28mm]{geometry} + +\usepackage[english]{babel} +\usepackage{inconsolata} + +\usepackage{fancyhdr} +\usepackage{calctab} +\usepackage{microtype} +\usepackage{url} +\usepackage{fancyvrb} +\usepackage{caption} +\usepackage[ pdfauthor={Roberto Giacomelli}, + pdfsubject={Calctab package user manual}, + pdfkeywords={table, invoice, expense note, report}, + pdftitle={Calctab user manual}, + colorlinks, + linkcolor=blue]{hyperref} + +% set the Verbatim environment +\fvset{numbers=left,numbersep=7pt} + +% set page layout +\pagestyle{fancy} + +% new command definition section +\newcommand{\ct}{\textsc{calctab}} % calctab package +\newcommand{\pkg}[1]{\textsf{#1}} +\newcommand{\env}[1]{\textsf{#1}} +\newcommand{\cmd}[1]{\texttt{\char`\\#1}} +\newcommand{\meta}[1]{\ensuremath{\langle}\emph{#1}\ensuremath{\rangle}} +\newcommand{\curlyp}[1]{\texttt{\{}\meta{#1}\texttt{\}}} +\newcommand{\squarep}[1]{\texttt{[}\meta{#1}\texttt{]}} + +\author{Roberto Giacomelli\\ +e-mail: \texttt{giaconet dot mailbox at gmail dot com}} +\date{2009/07/12} +\title{\ct{} package\\version 0.6.1} + +\begin{document} +\maketitle + +\bigskip +\hspace*{238pt}\begin{minipage}{125pt}\em +``The table computes the sum\\ +not because is useful,\\ +but because the result\\ +is not an user essential data'' +\end{minipage} + +\vfill +\begin{center} +\begin{minipage}{112mm}%.8\textwidth +\tableofcontents +\end{minipage} +\end{center} +\vfill +\newpage +% +% +% +\section{Introduction} +The \ct{} package helps the user to typeset a kind of economic table such as invoices, expence notes and liquidation, or other tabular material with numeric columns. + +A standard \env{tabular} environment works well but forces the author \emph{to think} in a generic \LaTeX{} language to reference economic object and without a conceptual relation among them. In addition a lot of formatting commands takes the same relevance of the main data, values, text description, etc. + +Economic items maybe are independent values or not, like sums and percentages on previous values. The language must be expressive concerning together data and its relations. So, the priority is to add a new language element. + +% +% +% +\section{User manual} +This section will be explain the use of the two \ct{} environments \env{calctab} and \env{xcalctab}, first through several examples and then showing its formal syntax. + +% +% +% +\subsection{\env{calctab} and \env{xcalctab} by examples} +% +\subsubsection{A simple table} +Well, starting with a simple case of a list of three entries, a 10\% tax apply on it, and the final sum as showed in the next table: + +\begin{calctab} + \amount{First cost}{12500,9} + \amount{Second cost}{8560,03} + \amount{Third cost}{9200,45} + \perc{Tax}{10} + \add{Total cost} +\end{calctab} + +The user can typesetting the example table with the followed \ct{} code (obviously, the directive \verb=\usepackage{calctab}= must be present in the document preamble). + +{\color{blue} +\begin{Verbatim}[numbers=none] +% in the document preamble +\usepackage{calctab} +\end{Verbatim} +} + +\begin{Verbatim} +% in the document body +\begin{calctab} + \amount{First cost}{12500,9} + \amount{Second cost}{8560,03} + \amount{Third cost}{9200,45} + \perc{Tax}{10} + \add{Total cost} +\end{calctab} +\end{Verbatim} + +Probably, is better to show the sum on which the 10\% tax is applied. Look this code: + + +\begin{Verbatim} +\begin{calctab} + \amount{First cost}{12500,9} + \amount{Second cost}{8560,03} + \amount{Third cost}{9200,45} + \add{Partial total} % <-- The 'Partial total' row is not + \perc{Tax}{10} % considered in the 'Total cost' sum... + \add{Total cost} +\end{calctab} +\end{Verbatim} + +Since the \cmd{add} command not adds new table element in the stack so is easy to insert a subtotal. This is one of the basic rules implicit in the \env{calctab} environment so you are free to add an \cmd{add} row without you worry about following row's computation. In other words, the \cmd{add} command is a \emph{trasparent} math object. + +The behaviour of the inner commands is based on these main rules: + +\begin{itemize} + \item Each command typeset one table row; + \item The sequence of commands produce the sequence of the table rows; + \item The \verb=\perc= and the \verb=\add= commands computes all previous values (with exception to the \verb=\add= rows); + \item Optional command argument provides a relation rows language to select an item or a group of items. +\end{itemize} + +An independent item is not only a numeric data but also it's defined by a description text. This concept is directly express by the \verb=\amount= command which needs two mandatory arguments: the \emph{description text} and the item \emph{numeric consistency}. + +No more different is a percentage object structured in a description text and in a numeric value this time not an absolute number but a \emph{factor} multiply by one hundred applied on some previous data, still we can easy express this with the \verb=\perc= command. + +Finally, we encountered a sum that only needs a description text. The \ct{} language provides the \verb=\add= command to cover this concept. + +These three commands are available in an environment called \env{calctab} that represents the comprehensive structure of a table. + +The code implementation of the inner commands computes the numeric results with the floating point algorithm rounded it with a max of two decimal digit (currently the results are truncated at this fixed precision). +The number of the commands mandatory argument can be negative. + +The \ct{} environments manages all the table format elements such as the rows color, the rules, the columns header description text, etc. Furthermore, the code executes the data numeric formatting, the font family selection and more. For example, to the rows description text the \verb=\add= and \verb=\perc= commands adds a list of uppercase alphabetical character to explicate the computed rows. + +Potentially all of these \emph{visual property} could be adjust by the \ct{} user. + +% +\subsubsection{Quantity and price columns} +The \ct{} package provides another environment called \env{xcalctab} where the \env{x} character suggests a multiply operation and an extension of the base \env{calctab} too. +The inner commands are the same already discussed except the \verb=\amount= command that accepts the description test and \emph{two} numbers indeed only one. + +The final table will appears with three columns typesetting with the two numeric arguments and their product. The following table with its corresponding code clarify this structure: + +\begin{xcalctab} + \amount{Newspapers}{3}{1,30} + \amount{Coloured pencils}{12}{6,00} + \amount{Maths exercise book}{6}{2,50} + \amount{Compass}{1}{9,90} + \amount{Ruler}{1}{5,90} + \amount{Protractor}{1}{6,80} + \perc{Deduction}{-5} + \add{Total} +\end{xcalctab} + +\begin{Verbatim} +\begin{xcalctab} + \amount{Newspapers}{3}{1,30} + \amount{Coloured pencils}{12}{6,00} + \amount{Maths exercise book}{6}{2,50} + \amount{Compass}{1}{9,90} + \amount{Ruler}{1}{5,90} + \amount{Protractor}{1}{6,80} + \perc{Deduction}{-5} + \add{Total} +\end{xcalctab} +\end{Verbatim} + +The help text A+B+C+D+$\cdots$+\meta{LAST}, will be shorted when the items are more than \emph{five} elements, in A+B+$\cdots$+\meta{LAST}. The abbreviation condition is true only if the items in the subgroup are a consecutive sequence. + +% +% +% +\subsubsection{Items relations} +If more complex tables require \emph{relational} information between rows is necessary to assign an items names and to recall later these identifiers in a list. This simply way can be achieved with the command optional argument. + +A name can be assign to a table row by using the \texttt{id} key (a significance name of the key improve code clarity). The syntax is based to \meta{key} $=$ \meta{value} assignment, where key is the fixed \texttt{id} string. Later on, compute sum or percentage only on a subset of previous \pkg{calctab} items, can get recall in a comma separated list, the user row names. + +The next example explains the language support to the rows relation by naming with commands optional argument at work. For example, we want to apply a different discount on each expense or on each group of expense. + +\begin{calctab} + \amount[id=dinner]{Five dinner}{146} + \amount[id=breakfast]{Five breakfast}{35} + \perc[dinner]{Discount}{-8} + \perc[breakfast]{Discount}{-4} + \add{Grand total} +\end{calctab} + +\medskip +\begin{Verbatim} +\begin{calctab} + \amount[id=dinner] {Five dinner}{146} + \amount[id=breakfast]{Five breakfast}{35} + \perc[dinner] {Discount}{-8} + \perc[breakfast]{Discount}{-4} + \add{Grand total} +\end{calctab} +\end{Verbatim} + +\subsubsection{Subtotals} +To the table of the last example we will add a subtotal as the sum of the discount rows. These \cmd{perc} rows handling together own identifiers and a list of previous names (one id name list in this case). As the reader can be notice, the optional \emph{table description} is typeset as a paragraph having the same (variable) table width. + +\begin{calctab}[Hotel bill:\\ +Period from 12 october 2008 to 18 october 2008 (room 456)] + \amount[id=dinner] {Five dinner} {29,2 * 5} + \amount[id=breakfast] {Five breakfast}{ 7 * 5} + \perc[id=dis8,dinner] {Discount} { -8} + \perc[id=dis4,breakfast]{Discount} { -4} + \add[dis8,dis4] {Total of discount} + \add {Grand total} +\end{calctab} + +\bigskip + +\begin{Verbatim} +\begin{calctab}[Hotel bill:\\ + Period from 12 october 2008 to 18 october 2008 (room 456)] + \amount[id=dinner] {Five dinner} {29,2 * 5} + \amount[id=breakfast] {Five breakfast}{ 7 * 5} + \perc[id=dis8,dinner] {Discount} { -8} + \perc[id=dis4,breakfast]{Discount} { -4} + \add[dis8,dis4] {Total of discount} + \add {Grand total} +\end{calctab} +\end{Verbatim} + +% +% +% +\subsubsection{An arithmetic argument} +The last example silently uses a feature of the \cmd{amount} command (only for \env{calctab} and not for \env{xcalctab}) available from the version 0.6. The numeric argument can optionally be a \emph{binary} math expression. The parse algorithm is very simple and the only syntax allowed are show in Tab.~\ref{tabOper} where \meta{a} and \meta{b} are two decimal numbers. + +\begin{table}[bh] +\centering +\caption{\env{calctab} \cmd{amount} command optional binary operation} +\label{tabOper} +\begin{tabular}{lcc}\toprule +Floating point operation & Symbolic description & Numeric example\\\midrule + \emph{Addition} & \meta{a} $+$ \meta{b} & $15{,}20 + 41$\\ + \emph{Addition} & $-$\meta{a} $+$ \meta{b} & $-15{,}20 + 41$\\ + \emph{Subtraction} & \meta{a} $-$ \meta{b} & $15{,}20 - 41$\\ + \emph{Subtraction} & $-$\meta{a} $-$ \meta{b} & $-15{,}20 - 41$\\ + \emph{Multiplication} & \meta{a} $\cdot$ \meta{b} & $15{,}20 * 41$\\ + \emph{Multiplication} & $-$\meta{a} $\cdot$ $-$\meta{b} & $-15{,}20 * -41$\\ + \emph{Division} & \meta{a} $/$ \meta{b} & $15{,}20 / 41$\\ + \emph{Division} & $-$\meta{a} $/$ \meta{b} & $-15{,}20 / 41$\\\bottomrule +\end{tabular} +\end{table} + +Sometimes the applied round off number must be show in the table. This is possible because \env{calctab} reports the \cmd{amount} binary operations. Here is an example. + +\begin{calctab} + \amount{A rounded cost}{4506-6} + \amount{Positive rounded cost}{3598,30+1,70} + \add{Total (rounded)} +\end{calctab} + +\begin{Verbatim} +\begin{calctab} + \amount{A rounded cost}{4506-6} + \amount{Positive rounded cost}{3598,30+1,70} + \add{Total (rounded)} +\end{calctab} +\end{Verbatim} + + +\subsubsection{Sum of sums} +The next table a 20\% deduction amount must be apply on the total of the first three values (see the F row). A solution is to assign a name for each rows and to write its list in the optional argument of \cmd{perc} command. Nevertheless, this sum is just computed in previus row, thus we can assign a name only to row \texttt{\cmd{add}[id=total]\{Total amount of the design task\}}, and later recall the result and then apply percentage on it with the line \texttt{\cmd{perc}[total]\{Deduction\}\{-20\}}. + +\begin{calctab}[Plant project Fee Note:\\ + Italian restaurant and pizzeria ``La Margherita''] + \amount{Design of the air conditioned plant}{5400} + \amount{Design of the electric plant and video surveillance}{8000} + \perc{General expence}{8,55} + \add[id=total]{Total amount of the design task} + \perc{Tax}{2} + \perc{VAT}{20} + \perc[total]{Deduction}{-20} + \add{Total} +\end{calctab} + +The complete code is showed here: + +\begin{Verbatim} +\begin{calctab}[Plant project Fee Note:\\ + Italian restaurant and pizzeria ``La Margherita''] + \amount{Design of the air conditioned plant}{5400} + \amount{Design of the electric plant and video surveillance}{8000} + \perc{General expence}{8,55} + \add[id=total]{Total amount of design task} + \perc{Tax}{2} + \perc{VAT}{20} + \perc[total]{Deduction}{-20} + \add{Total} +\end{calctab} +\end{Verbatim} + +\subsubsection{Interval selection} +The \emph{interval} selection of a elements list is simply an identification of consecutive elements. So we only need to specify the first and the last elements delimiters of the series. If the first delimeter is not an explicit information, we can give to the first list element this role. Equally, the default last element of the interval can be the last list element, if one is not available. + +The \ct{} commands \cmd{perc} and \cmd{add} supports the interval selection with \texttt{from} and \texttt{until} keys that referenced row name. For example in this follow table the first five items and the last four are two separated groups. + +Is possible to combine the key \texttt{until} with the key \texttt{from} in the same optional argument to select a completely defined inner interval. +In case of a selection overlap, a package warning will be throw at compile time. + +\begin{calctab}[The interval selection table] + \amount{One} {100000000} + \amount{Two} {20000000} + \amount{Three} {3000000} + \amount{Four} {400000} + \amount[id=five]{Five}{50000} + \inrule + \amount[id=six]{Six} {6000} + \amount{Seven} {700} + \amount{Eight} {80} + \amount{Nine} {9} + \add[until=five]{From one to five} + \add[from=six]{From six to nine} + \add[from=five,until=six]{From five to six} + \add{As well as total} +\end{calctab} + +\begin{Verbatim} +\begin{calctab}[The interval selection table] + \amount {One}{100000000} + \amount {Two}{20000000} + \amount {Three}{3000000} + \amount {Four}{400000} + \amount[id=five]{Five}{50000} + \inrule + \amount[id=six] {Six}{6000} + \amount {Seven}{700} + \amount {Eight}{80} + \amount {Nine}{9} + \add[until=five]{From one to five} + \add[from=six]{From six to nine} + \add[from=five,until=six]{From five to six} % same of [five,six] + \add{As well as total} +\end{calctab} +\end{Verbatim} + +An inner rule is adding \emph{manually} to the table with command \cmd{inrule} (that just sounds \emph{inner rule}). + +\subsection{Environments formal syntax} +\subsubsection{\env{calctab} syntax} +The \env{calctab} environment syntax will be described in succession: + +\medskip +\noindent\fbox{ + \parbox{220pt}{ + \noindent\cmd{begin}\texttt{\{calctab\}}\squarep{description paragraph}\smallskip + + \hspace*{5mm}\meta{calctab commands list}\smallskip + + \noindent\cmd{end}\texttt{\{calctab\}} + } +}\medskip + +The \meta{calctab commands list} is a sequence of the internal commands \cmd{amount}, \cmd{perc}, \cmd{add} and \cmd{inrule}.\medskip + +\noindent\fbox{\cmd{amount}\squarep{key-value identifier}\curlyp{description}\curlyp{value}}\medskip + +\meta{key-value identifier} $=$ \texttt{id=}\meta{rowID};\medskip + +\meta{description} $=$ \meta{text line};\medskip + +\meta{value} $=$ \meta{decimal value} or \meta{basic binary operation}.\medskip + +\noindent\fbox{\cmd{perc}\squarep{key-value list}\curlyp{description}\curlyp{percentage}}\medskip + +\meta{key-value list} $=$ \texttt{id=}\meta{rowID}\texttt{,} \texttt{from=}\meta{rowID}\texttt{,} \texttt{until=}\meta{rowID}\texttt{,} \meta{rowID~list};\medskip + +\meta{description} $=$ \meta{text line};\medskip + +\meta{value} $=$ \meta{percentage decimal value}.\medskip + +\noindent\fbox{\cmd{add}\squarep{key-value list}\curlyp{description}}\medskip + +\meta{key-value list} $=$ \texttt{id=}\meta{rowID}\texttt{,} \texttt{from=}\meta{rowID}\texttt{,} \texttt{until=}\meta{rowID}\texttt{,} \meta{rowID~list};\medskip + +\meta{description} $=$ \meta{text line}.\medskip + +\noindent\fbox{\cmd{inrule}}\medskip + + +\subsubsection{\env{xcalctab} syntax} +The \pkg{xcalctab} environment syntax will be described in the next paragraph: + +\medskip +\noindent\fbox{ + \parbox{220pt}{ + \noindent\cmd{begin}\texttt{\{xcalctab\}}\squarep{description paragraph}\smallskip + + \hspace*{5mm}\meta{xcalctab commands list}\smallskip + + \noindent\cmd{end}\texttt{\{xcalctab\}} + } +} +\medskip + +The \meta{xcalctab commands list} is a sequence of the internal commands \cmd{amount}, \cmd{perc}, \cmd{add} and \cmd{inrule}.\medskip + +\noindent\fbox{\cmd{amount}\squarep{key-value identifier}\curlyp{description}\curlyp{value1}\curlyp{value2}}\medskip + +\meta{key-value identifier} $=$ \texttt{id=}\meta{rowID};\medskip + +\meta{description} $=$ \meta{text line};\medskip + +\meta{value1} $=$ \meta{decimal value};\medskip + +\meta{value2} $=$ \meta{decimal value}.\medskip + +\noindent\fbox{\cmd{perc}\squarep{key-value list}\curlyp{description}\curlyp{percentage}}\medskip + +\meta{key-value list} $=$ \texttt{id=}\meta{rowID}\texttt{,} \texttt{from=}\meta{rowID}\texttt{,} +\texttt{until=}\meta{rowID}\texttt{,} \meta{rowID~list};\medskip + +\meta{description} $=$ \meta{text line};\medskip + +\meta{value} $=$ \meta{percentage decimal value}.\medskip + +\noindent\fbox{\cmd{add}\squarep{key-value list}\curlyp{description}}\medskip + +\meta{key-value list} $=$ \texttt{id=}\meta{rowID}\texttt{,} \texttt{from=}\meta{rowID}\texttt{,} \texttt{until=}\meta{rowID}\texttt{,} \meta{rowID~list};\medskip + +\meta{description} $=$ \meta{text line}.\medskip + +\noindent\fbox{\cmd{inrule}}\medskip + +Please note that the \pkg{calctab} and \pkg{xcalctab} environments are based on the standard \LaTeX{} \env{tabular} environment, so you can manage your table as a float object all-surrounding it with a \pkg{table} environment. + +\subsection{The table appearance commands (at the moment)} +The first row of the table typeset by \pkg{calctab} environment contains a pair of texts. The title of description column, that can be modify by the user with the command \cmd{ctdescription}, and the title of economic column that describe currency, set by the command \cmd{ctcurrency}. Default values are ``\texttt{Items description}'' and \cmd{euro}. + +These command save the argument in defined internal macro, in the same way of the common \cmd{title} and \cmd{author} command of the \pkg{article} class. Insert these commands before the \pkg{calctab} environment to change it. + +\bigskip +\noindent\fbox{\cmd{ctcurrency}\curlyp{user text}} + +\smallskip + +\noindent\fbox{\cmd{ctdescription}\curlyp{user text}} + + +\bigskip +A table example show explicit assignment of the description text and currency unit after this commands: + +\begin{Verbatim} +\ctdescription{Your bill, thanks a lot.} +\ctcurrency{USD} +\end{Verbatim} + +\ctdescription{Your bill, thanks a lot.} +\ctcurrency{USD} + +\begin{calctab} + \amount[id=dinner]{Five dinner}{146} + \amount[id=breakfast]{Five breakfast}{35} + \perc[dinner]{Discount}{-8} + \perc[breakfast]{Discount}{-4} + \add{Grand total} +\end{calctab} + +The default english text in percentage row can be changed in the same way with the command \cmd{ctontranslation}. + +\bigskip +\noindent\fbox{\cmd{ctontranslation}\curlyp{on traslation}} +\bigskip + +and the headers of the two \env{xcalctab} numeric columns can be setting with + +\bigskip +\noindent\fbox{\cmd{ctheaderone}\curlyp{first text header}} +\noindent\fbox{\cmd{ctheadertwo}\curlyp{second text header}} +% +% +% +\subsection{Incrementing the table width} +The width of the \ct{} table can be adjust via a standard \LaTeX{} length called \cmd{ctsep} (default value is 8mm). The horizontal space will be add to the central column of the table. The next line is an example: + +\medskip +\texttt{\cmd{setlength}\{\cmd{ctsep}\}\{28pt\}} + + +% +% +% +\newcommand{\closetable}[1][10]{ +\add{Subtotal} +\perc{Tax}{#1} +\add{Total} +} +% +\newcommand{\billtab}[2][10]{% +\begin{calctab}[This is my table] +\amount{Confirmed cost}{#2} +\perc{Tax}{#1} +\add{Total} +\end{calctab}} +% +\ctdescription{Description} +\ctcurrency{\euro} +% +% +% +\subsection{New command with \ct{} environments} +Some cases requires repetitive tasks with tables. How \ct{} can help to do these? + +\subsubsection{One command, one table} +A table similar to \env{calctab} basic structure can to be build with a unique command. + +\begin{Verbatim} +\newcommand{\billtab}[2][10]{% two arg command +\begin{calctab}[This is my table] +\amount{Confirmed cost}{#2} +\perc{Tax}{#1} +\add{Total} +\end{calctab}} +\end{Verbatim} + +When you write: \verb=\billtab{2800}= you achieved this table: + +\billtab{2800}\bigskip + +and with the command \verb=\billtab[20]{2000}= you achieved: + +\billtab[20]{2000} + +% +% +% +\subsubsection{Inner table command} + +Sometimes is useful to insert only one command to insert several rows of \ct{} computation. The next code is an example. + +\begin{Verbatim} +\newcommand{\closetable}[1][10]{ +\add{Subtotal} +\perc{Tax}{#1} +\add{Total} +} +\end{Verbatim} + +With this command the user can write shortly: + +\begin{Verbatim} +\begin{calctab} + \amount{Cost}{1200} + \amount{Save pricing}{-400} + \closetable +\end{calctab} +\end{Verbatim} + +\begin{calctab} + \amount{Cost}{1200} + \amount{Save pricing}{-400} + \closetable +\end{calctab} + + + +% +% +% +\section{\ct{} idea} +The language efficacy is particularly important for the \LaTeX{} user. The \ct{} underline concept is to build an expressive language for the model -- view paradigm. + +So one \emph{model} of structured data, can have more and more presentation \emph{view}. For example, a text with tabular structure can became a report or a graphic plot image. + +\section{ToDo} +A big work remain to do until the release 1.0 version: a language design and implementation too of a new user interface that make easy modify the view paramenter of the table such as the type of label row (number, letter and so on), or to define the description text in the header column. + + +This list report tasks: + +\begin{itemize} + \item write in good english the package documentation; + \item internationalization of the fixed text in table and the currency unit; + \item data input and inner commands language development; + \item new infrastructure to manage the table view properties; + \item \dots +\end{itemize} + +\section{Package License} +This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +conditions of the \LaTeX{} Project Public License, either version 1.3 +of this license or any later version. +The latest version of this license is in +\url{http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt} +and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of \LaTeX{} +version 2005/12/01 or later. + + +\section{Thanks and acknowledgments} + +The enthusiasm raised during GuIT\emph{meeting}2008 in Pisa (Italy)\footnote{For information please visit the site \url{www.guit.sssup.it/guitmeeting/2008/2008.it.php}} by the talk \emph{``Una tabella che fa calcoli''} and the tip suggest me by Norbert Preining (Vienna University of Technology) to upload on CTAN the code in experimental section, finally persuade me to publish this work. + +Thanks GuIT\emph{meeting}2008 people, thanks Norbert. + +Thanks a lot to Professor Enrico Gregorio for help me to resolve some code problem: balance the table description paragraph width to the table variable width, save in a tokens registry the material of table so as over the implicit group barrier of the tabular cells, and solve consequent \verb=\expandafter= \emph{jungle}. + +Thanks a lot to the authors of the packages used by \pkg{calctab}. + +And finally, thanks to my family. + +Every comment are welcome as well as any language discussion, so don't esitate to send to me an e-mail message with your opinion, suggestion or desiderata, or to leave a public comment in my site blog\footnote{Blog site address: \url{http://robitex.wordpress.com/calctab-package/}}. Thank you. + + + +\section{Change history} + +\begin{tabular}{lccp{247pt}}\toprule + Ver. & N. & Date & Improvement description\\\midrule + 0.5 & & 2009/02/23 & first \ct{} CTAN release\\\midrule + & 1 & 2009/03/03 & New \cmd{inrule} command to manual draw a rule + among the table rows\\ + & 2 & 2009/03/03 & Fixed bug: the absense of a rule after an add row\\ + & 3 & 2009/03/05 & New \env{xcalctab} environment (extended environment + with the ``quantity'' and ``price'' columns)\\ + & 4 & 2009/03/10 & New feature: automatic short of the description + string (A+B+C+$\cdots$) if it's long than more five items\\ + & 5 & 2009/03/10 & Substituted the standard \LaTeX{} command \cmd{Alph} + with \cmd{AlphAlph} by Heiko Oberdiek to eliminate + the 26 rows limit in label column\\ + & 6 & 2009/03/12 & New feature for \cmd{amount} command: basic binary + operation with two numbers implemented with the \pkg{xstring} + package\\ + & 7 & 2009/03/12 & Some minor internal code adjustments\\\midrule + 0.6 & & 2009/03/29 & CTAN upload of the new version\\\midrule + & 1 & 2009/06/26 & Fixed parsing of negative numbers in the \cmd{amount} + command binary operations\\ + & 2 & 2009/07/12 & User manual improvement\\\midrule + 0.6.1 & & 2009/07/14 & CTAN upload of the maintenance release\\\bottomrule +\end{tabular} + +\end{document} + + diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/dateiliste/README new/doc/latex/dateiliste/README --- old/doc/latex/dateiliste/README 2012-10-15 19:40:21.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/dateiliste/README 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,255 +0,0 @@ -This README is for version: - 2012/10/13 v0.6 % ----------------- -([de] unten - [eo] sube) ----------------- -[en] -LaTeX-package 'dateiliste' - include list of used files -(like \listfiles) in the document, and related features. - -Author: Paul Ebermann <Paul-Ebermann(a)gmx.de> -License: LPPL 1.3b or later, author-maintained - (see http://www.latex-project.org/lppl/). - -All Documentation (other than this file) is in german. - -The typesetting of the documentation needs 'pauldoc' (from the -same author). -Additionally you'll need the packages 'ltxtable', 'tabularx', -'longtable' and 'rcsinfo'. - -The package comes as .dtx + .ins. -Run "latex dateiliste.ins" to create the style file and the -README-files (and maybe put them to texmf/tex/latex/paul/, if -your docstrip is configured accordingly), (after that and -maybe updating your TeX hash) run "latex dateiliste.dtx" -(some times) to create the documentation. - - Usage -------- -The package has three main features, which can -be used independently, but together are specially -useful. - -(1) automatic version infos: - - If you use a version control system like RCS, CVS, Subversion - for your LaTeX source files, you may use the Id tag to generate - the date and version number for the version string in \listfiles. - Use - - \ProvideFileInfos{$<>Id$}{short description} - - (without '<>' [0]) in your file, and do a 'cvs commit' (or - 'svn commit'). In the svn case, use the package-option 'svn' - (or 'subversion') to indicate the parsing format to the - package, and tell Subversion to expand Id: - svn propset svn:keywords Id <filename> - -(2) include main file: - - Normally the "main" file (given on the command - line to LaTeX) does not appear in the list given - by \listfiles. This is changed by the package for - the case that the file has the name \jobname.tex. - - (More precisely, the package adds \jobname.tex - iff this file exists and it not can be determinded[1] - to be already in the file list [2].) - - This is enabled by default and may be disabled - using the package option 'noaddmain'. - The macro - \mainFileToList - may also be invoked manually to add the main file. - -(3) include file list also in the (dvi) result - - You can use the command - - \printFileList[<section command>] - - to include a pretty-printed version of the - file list as a section (by default \section*, - any sectioning command may be given as an - optional argument). - - You also have to use \listfiles in the - document preamble (otherwise you'll only get - an error message). - - The table only appears from the second LaTeX-run, - from the third one is complete, and may need some - more runs to align correctly. - - The title, preamble and table headers may be localized - with babel - translations for 'english', 'german', - 'ngerman' and 'esperanto' are included. - If you need something else or don't use babel, you have - to redefine the following macros: - - \fileListName - title ("List of Files") - \fileListPreamble - preamble (typeset before the table) - \fileNameName - table header "file name" - \dateName - table header "date" - \verName - table header "version" - \descriptionName - table header "description" - ------ -[0] The <> are inserted here to avoid Subversion - expanding this line. If someone has an idea how - to have this in plain format in the README (maybe - with some complicated magic in the .dtx and/or .ins), - please contact me. -[1] this determination can be configured with - the package options - nocat12 - does only work with eTeX, else - may give double entry - cat12 - works also without eTeX, but may - have some side effects to other macro - packages, since it converts \@filelist - to cat 12. - The default setting works like cat12 on non-eTeX - and like nocat12 on eTeX. - -[2] this may occur when you invoke - LaTeX with "\input{mainfile.tex}". ----------------- -[de] -LaTeX-Paket 'dateiliste' - Liste der verwendeten Dateien im Dokument -und verwandte Funktionen. - -Autor: Paul Ebermann (Paul-Ebermann(a)gmx.de). -Lizenz: LPPL 1.3b oder später, mit Maintenance-Status - "author-maintained". Siehe http://www.latex-project.org/lppl/. - -Geschrieben für den eigenen Gebrauch -(-> http://www.math.hu-berlin.de/~ebermann/alg-script/), -aber vielleicht ist es auch für andere von Nutzen. - -Zum Setzen der Dokumentation wird das Paket 'pauldoc' -(vom selben Autor) benötigt. - -Das Paket kommt als .dtx + .ins. -Mit "latex dateiliste.ins" wird die .sty-Datei erstellt (und -eventuell gleich nach texmf/tex/latex/paul/ installiert, -wenn docstrip entsprechend eingerichtet ist), mit -latex dateiliste.dtx kann (danach und eventuell nach einer -Aktualisierung der TeX-Dateidatenbank) die Dokumentation neu -erstellt werden. - -Zur Verwendung siehe dateiliste.pdf. ----------------- -[eo] -LaTeX-pakaĵo 'dateiliste' - Variaĵo de \DeclareRobustCommand, -kiu antaŭe elprovas, ĉu la nomo jam ekzistas. - -Aŭtoro: Paŭlo Ebermann (Paul-Ebermann(a)gmx.de). -Licenzo: LPPL 1.3, 'author-maintained' - (-> http://www.latex-project.org/lppl/). - -Kreitaj por propra uzo, sed eble iom de ĝi ankaŭ -uzeblas por aliaj. - -La dokumentaro (escepte tiu ĉi dosiero) estas nur en la germana -lingvo. - -La pakaĵo bezonas la pakaĵojn 'ltxtable', 'longtable', -'tabularx' kaj 'rcsinfo'. -Por krei la dokumentadon vi krome bezonas 'pauldoc' (de la sama aŭtoro). - -La pakaĵo venas en .dtx + .ins. -Voku "latex dateiliste.ins" por krei la .sty-dosieron (kaj -eble meti ĝin al texmf/tex/latex/paul/, se via docstrip estis -konfigurita laŭe), voku "latex dateiliste.dtx" por rekrei -la dokumentaron. - - Uzado -------- - -La pakaĵo konsistas el tri ĉefaj bonaĵoj, kiujn -oni povas uzi sendepende, sed kune ili estas speciale -utile. - -(1) Aŭtomataj versio-informoj. - - Se vi uzas versio-kontrolan sistemon kiel Subversion aŭ - CVS/RCS, vi povas uzi tion por aŭtomate generi la daton - kaj versi-numeron por la listo kreita de \listfiles - (kaj la listo de (3).) - Uzu - - \ProvideFileInfos{$<>Id$}{mallonga priskribo} - - en via dosiero, forprenu la '<>', kaj faru 'svn commit' aŭ - 'cvs commit'. (CVS aŭ SVN tiam enmetos informojn, kiun - \ProvideFileInfos uzos.) - En la Subversion-kazo necesas antaŭe informi Subversion - pri tio, ke vi volas anstataŭi 'Id' per alia afero: - svn propset svn:keywords Id <dosiernomo> - Ankaŭ necesas uzi la pakaĵ-opcion 'svn' aŭ 'subversion', - kiel tie: - \usepackage[svn]{dateiliste} - -(2) Aldono de ĉefa dosiero - - Kutime la ĉefa dosiero (kiun vi donis en la - latex-voko) ne aperas en la listo kreita de - \listfiles. Tion la pakaĵo ŝanĝas, se tiu - dosiero havas la nomfinaĵon .tex - - (Pli precize, la pakaĵo aldonas '\jobname.tex', - se tiu dosiero ekzistas, kaj se ne eblas eltrovi[1], - ke la dosiero estas jam en la listo[2].) - - Tiu aldonado estas kutime ŝaltita, sed eblas - malŝalti ĝin per la pakaĵ-opcio 'noaddmain'. - Tiam ankaŭ eblas voki - \mainFileToList - por fari tion. - -(3) Enmetu la dosierliston en la rezulton - - Vi povas uzi la komandon - - \printFileList[<section command>] - - por enmeti bele formatitan version de la - dosierlisto kiel sekcio (kutime '\section*', - sed vi povas uzi iun ajn sekci-komandon kiel - opcia argumento) en la dokumenton. - - Vi krome devas uzi \listfiles en la komenca - parto de la dokumento (antaŭ \begin{document}), - alikaze vi nur ricevos erarmesaĝon. - - La tabelo nur aperos ekde la dua LaTeX-voko, kaj - eble bezonos kelkajn pliajn por aspekti ĝuste. - - Eblas traduki la titolon de la sekcio, la antaŭtekston - kaj la tabelkapoj helpe de la babel-pakaĵo - tradukojn - por 'english', 'german', 'ngerman' kaj 'esperanto' la - pakaĵo jam enhavas. - Se vi bezonas aliajn lingvojn aŭ ne uzas 'babel', - redifinu la sekvajn makroojn: - - \fileListName - titolo ("Listo de dosieroj") - \fileListPreamble - antaŭteksto (printita inter titolo - kaj tabelo) - \fileNameName - tabelkapo "dosiernomo" - \dateName - tabelkapo "dato" - \verName - tabelkapo "versio" - \descriptionName - tabelkapo "priskribo" - ------ -[1] Tiun determinadon vi povas konfiguri per la - pakaĵ-opcioj: - nocat12 - nur funkcias se vi uzas eTeX, alikaze - eble la cxef-dosiero aperos dufoje. - cat12 - funkcias kun aŭ sen eTeX, konvertante - la enhavon de \@filelist al kategorio 12. - Se vi neniun de tiuj opcioj donas, ĝi laboras - kiel 'nocat12' en eTeX kaj kiel 'cat12' en ne-eTeX. - -[2] Tio povas okazi ekzemple, se vi invokas - LaTeX kun "\input{mainfile.tex}". diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/dateiliste/README-de new/doc/latex/dateiliste/README-de --- old/doc/latex/dateiliste/README-de 2012-10-15 19:40:21.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/dateiliste/README-de 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -Dieses README ist für Version: - 2012/10/13 v0.6 % ----------------- -LaTeX-Paket 'dateiliste' - Liste der verwendeten Dateien im Dokument -und verwandte Funktionen. - -Autor: Paul Ebermann (Paul-Ebermann(a)gmx.de). -Lizenz: LPPL 1.3b oder später, mit Maintenance-Status - "author-maintained". Siehe http://www.latex-project.org/lppl/. - -Geschrieben für den eigenen Gebrauch -(-> http://www.math.hu-berlin.de/~ebermann/alg-script/), -aber vielleicht ist es auch für andere von Nutzen. - -Zum Setzen der Dokumentation wird das Paket 'pauldoc' -(vom selben Autor) benötigt. - -Das Paket kommt als .dtx + .ins. -Mit "latex dateiliste.ins" wird die .sty-Datei erstellt (und -eventuell gleich nach texmf/tex/latex/paul/ installiert, -wenn docstrip entsprechend eingerichtet ist), mit -latex dateiliste.dtx kann (danach und eventuell nach einer -Aktualisierung der TeX-Dateidatenbank) die Dokumentation neu -erstellt werden. - -Zur Verwendung siehe dateiliste.pdf. diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/dateiliste/README-en new/doc/latex/dateiliste/README-en --- old/doc/latex/dateiliste/README-en 2012-10-15 19:40:21.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/dateiliste/README-en 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,113 +0,0 @@ -This README is for version: - 2012/10/13 v0.6 % ----------------- -LaTeX-package 'dateiliste' - include list of used files -(like \listfiles) in the document, and related features. - -Author: Paul Ebermann <Paul-Ebermann(a)gmx.de> -License: LPPL 1.3b or later, author-maintained - (see http://www.latex-project.org/lppl/). - -All Documentation (other than this file) is in german. - -The typesetting of the documentation needs 'pauldoc' (from the -same author). -Additionally you'll need the packages 'ltxtable', 'tabularx', -'longtable' and 'rcsinfo'. - -The package comes as .dtx + .ins. -Run "latex dateiliste.ins" to create the style file and the -README-files (and maybe put them to texmf/tex/latex/paul/, if -your docstrip is configured accordingly), (after that and -maybe updating your TeX hash) run "latex dateiliste.dtx" -(some times) to create the documentation. - - Usage -------- -The package has three main features, which can -be used independently, but together are specially -useful. - -(1) automatic version infos: - - If you use a version control system like RCS, CVS, Subversion - for your LaTeX source files, you may use the Id tag to generate - the date and version number for the version string in \listfiles. - Use - - \ProvideFileInfos{$<>Id$}{short description} - - (without '<>' [0]) in your file, and do a 'cvs commit' (or - 'svn commit'). In the svn case, use the package-option 'svn' - (or 'subversion') to indicate the parsing format to the - package, and tell Subversion to expand Id: - svn propset svn:keywords Id <filename> - -(2) include main file: - - Normally the "main" file (given on the command - line to LaTeX) does not appear in the list given - by \listfiles. This is changed by the package for - the case that the file has the name \jobname.tex. - - (More precisely, the package adds \jobname.tex - iff this file exists and it not can be determinded[1] - to be already in the file list [2].) - - This is enabled by default and may be disabled - using the package option 'noaddmain'. - The macro - \mainFileToList - may also be invoked manually to add the main file. - -(3) include file list also in the (dvi) result - - You can use the command - - \printFileList[<section command>] - - to include a pretty-printed version of the - file list as a section (by default \section*, - any sectioning command may be given as an - optional argument). - - You also have to use \listfiles in the - document preamble (otherwise you'll only get - an error message). - - The table only appears from the second LaTeX-run, - from the third one is complete, and may need some - more runs to align correctly. - - The title, preamble and table headers may be localized - with babel - translations for 'english', 'german', - 'ngerman' and 'esperanto' are included. - If you need something else or don't use babel, you have - to redefine the following macros: - - \fileListName - title ("List of Files") - \fileListPreamble - preamble (typeset before the table) - \fileNameName - table header "file name" - \dateName - table header "date" - \verName - table header "version" - \descriptionName - table header "description" - ------ -[0] The <> are inserted here to avoid Subversion - expanding this line. If someone has an idea how - to have this in plain format in the README (maybe - with some complicated magic in the .dtx and/or .ins), - please contact me. -[1] this determination can be configured with - the package options - nocat12 - does only work with eTeX, else - may give double entry - cat12 - works also without eTeX, but may - have some side effects to other macro - packages, since it converts \@filelist - to cat 12. - The default setting works like cat12 on non-eTeX - and like nocat12 on eTeX. - -[2] this may occur when you invoke - LaTeX with "\input{mainfile.tex}". diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/dateiliste/README-eo new/doc/latex/dateiliste/README-eo --- old/doc/latex/dateiliste/README-eo 2012-10-15 19:40:21.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/dateiliste/README-eo 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,115 +0,0 @@ -Tiu README (legumin) estas por versio: - 2012/10/13 v0.6 % ----------------- -LaTeX-pakaĵo 'dateiliste' - Variaĵo de \DeclareRobustCommand, -kiu antaŭe elprovas, ĉu la nomo jam ekzistas. - -Aŭtoro: Paŭlo Ebermann (Paul-Ebermann(a)gmx.de). -Licenzo: LPPL 1.3, 'author-maintained' - (-> http://www.latex-project.org/lppl/). - -Kreitaj por propra uzo, sed eble iom de ĝi ankaŭ -uzeblas por aliaj. - -La dokumentaro (escepte tiu ĉi dosiero) estas nur en la germana -lingvo. - -La pakaĵo bezonas la pakaĵojn 'ltxtable', 'longtable', -'tabularx' kaj 'rcsinfo'. -Por krei la dokumentadon vi krome bezonas 'pauldoc' (de la sama aŭtoro). - -La pakaĵo venas en .dtx + .ins. -Voku "latex dateiliste.ins" por krei la .sty-dosieron (kaj -eble meti ĝin al texmf/tex/latex/paul/, se via docstrip estis -konfigurita laŭe), voku "latex dateiliste.dtx" por rekrei -la dokumentaron. - - Uzado -------- - -La pakaĵo konsistas el tri ĉefaj bonaĵoj, kiujn -oni povas uzi sendepende, sed kune ili estas speciale -utile. - -(1) Aŭtomataj versio-informoj. - - Se vi uzas versio-kontrolan sistemon kiel Subversion aŭ - CVS/RCS, vi povas uzi tion por aŭtomate generi la daton - kaj versi-numeron por la listo kreita de \listfiles - (kaj la listo de (3).) - Uzu - - \ProvideFileInfos{$<>Id$}{mallonga priskribo} - - en via dosiero, forprenu la '<>', kaj faru 'svn commit' aŭ - 'cvs commit'. (CVS aŭ SVN tiam enmetos informojn, kiun - \ProvideFileInfos uzos.) - En la Subversion-kazo necesas antaŭe informi Subversion - pri tio, ke vi volas anstataŭi 'Id' per alia afero: - svn propset svn:keywords Id <dosiernomo> - Ankaŭ necesas uzi la pakaĵ-opcion 'svn' aŭ 'subversion', - kiel tie: - \usepackage[svn]{dateiliste} - -(2) Aldono de ĉefa dosiero - - Kutime la ĉefa dosiero (kiun vi donis en la - latex-voko) ne aperas en la listo kreita de - \listfiles. Tion la pakaĵo ŝanĝas, se tiu - dosiero havas la nomfinaĵon .tex - - (Pli precize, la pakaĵo aldonas '\jobname.tex', - se tiu dosiero ekzistas, kaj se ne eblas eltrovi[1], - ke la dosiero estas jam en la listo[2].) - - Tiu aldonado estas kutime ŝaltita, sed eblas - malŝalti ĝin per la pakaĵ-opcio 'noaddmain'. - Tiam ankaŭ eblas voki - \mainFileToList - por fari tion. - -(3) Enmetu la dosierliston en la rezulton - - Vi povas uzi la komandon - - \printFileList[<section command>] - - por enmeti bele formatitan version de la - dosierlisto kiel sekcio (kutime '\section*', - sed vi povas uzi iun ajn sekci-komandon kiel - opcia argumento) en la dokumenton. - - Vi krome devas uzi \listfiles en la komenca - parto de la dokumento (antaŭ \begin{document}), - alikaze vi nur ricevos erarmesaĝon. - - La tabelo nur aperos ekde la dua LaTeX-voko, kaj - eble bezonos kelkajn pliajn por aspekti ĝuste. - - Eblas traduki la titolon de la sekcio, la antaŭtekston - kaj la tabelkapoj helpe de la babel-pakaĵo - tradukojn - por 'english', 'german', 'ngerman' kaj 'esperanto' la - pakaĵo jam enhavas. - Se vi bezonas aliajn lingvojn aŭ ne uzas 'babel', - redifinu la sekvajn makroojn: - - \fileListName - titolo ("Listo de dosieroj") - \fileListPreamble - antaŭteksto (printita inter titolo - kaj tabelo) - \fileNameName - tabelkapo "dosiernomo" - \dateName - tabelkapo "dato" - \verName - tabelkapo "versio" - \descriptionName - tabelkapo "priskribo" - ------ -[1] Tiun determinadon vi povas konfiguri per la - pakaĵ-opcioj: - nocat12 - nur funkcias se vi uzas eTeX, alikaze - eble la cxef-dosiero aperos dufoje. - cat12 - funkcias kun aŭ sen eTeX, konvertante - la enhavon de \@filelist al kategorio 12. - Se vi neniun de tiuj opcioj donas, ĝi laboras - kiel 'nocat12' en eTeX kaj kiel 'cat12' en ne-eTeX. - -[2] Tio povas okazi ekzemple, se vi invokas - LaTeX kun "\input{mainfile.tex}". Files old/doc/latex/dateiliste/dateiliste.pdf and new/doc/latex/dateiliste/dateiliste.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/calctab.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/calctab.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/calctab.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/calctab.doc.tlpobj 2010-06-10 18:20:51.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +name calctab.doc +category Package +revision 15878 +shortdesc doc files of calctab +relocated 1 +docfiles size=115 + RELOC/doc/latex/calctab/README + RELOC/doc/latex/calctab/calctab_manual.pdf + RELOC/doc/latex/calctab/calctab_manual.tex diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/dateiliste.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/dateiliste.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/dateiliste.doc.tlpobj 2012-10-16 04:26:46.000000000 +0200 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/dateiliste.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -name dateiliste.doc -category Package -revision 27974 -shortdesc doc files of dateiliste -relocated 1 -docfiles size=71 - RELOC/doc/latex/dateiliste/README - RELOC/doc/latex/dateiliste/README-de - RELOC/doc/latex/dateiliste/README-en - RELOC/doc/latex/dateiliste/README-eo - RELOC/doc/latex/dateiliste/dateiliste.pdf ++++++ dateiliste.doc.tar.xz -> calctab.tar.xz ++++++ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/dateiliste/README new/doc/latex/dateiliste/README --- old/doc/latex/dateiliste/README 2012-10-15 19:40:21.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/dateiliste/README 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,255 +0,0 @@ -This README is for version: - 2012/10/13 v0.6 % ----------------- -([de] unten - [eo] sube) ----------------- -[en] -LaTeX-package 'dateiliste' - include list of used files -(like \listfiles) in the document, and related features. - -Author: Paul Ebermann <Paul-Ebermann(a)gmx.de> -License: LPPL 1.3b or later, author-maintained - (see http://www.latex-project.org/lppl/). - -All Documentation (other than this file) is in german. - -The typesetting of the documentation needs 'pauldoc' (from the -same author). -Additionally you'll need the packages 'ltxtable', 'tabularx', -'longtable' and 'rcsinfo'. - -The package comes as .dtx + .ins. -Run "latex dateiliste.ins" to create the style file and the -README-files (and maybe put them to texmf/tex/latex/paul/, if -your docstrip is configured accordingly), (after that and -maybe updating your TeX hash) run "latex dateiliste.dtx" -(some times) to create the documentation. - - Usage -------- -The package has three main features, which can -be used independently, but together are specially -useful. - -(1) automatic version infos: - - If you use a version control system like RCS, CVS, Subversion - for your LaTeX source files, you may use the Id tag to generate - the date and version number for the version string in \listfiles. - Use - - \ProvideFileInfos{$<>Id$}{short description} - - (without '<>' [0]) in your file, and do a 'cvs commit' (or - 'svn commit'). In the svn case, use the package-option 'svn' - (or 'subversion') to indicate the parsing format to the - package, and tell Subversion to expand Id: - svn propset svn:keywords Id <filename> - -(2) include main file: - - Normally the "main" file (given on the command - line to LaTeX) does not appear in the list given - by \listfiles. This is changed by the package for - the case that the file has the name \jobname.tex. - - (More precisely, the package adds \jobname.tex - iff this file exists and it not can be determinded[1] - to be already in the file list [2].) - - This is enabled by default and may be disabled - using the package option 'noaddmain'. - The macro - \mainFileToList - may also be invoked manually to add the main file. - -(3) include file list also in the (dvi) result - - You can use the command - - \printFileList[<section command>] - - to include a pretty-printed version of the - file list as a section (by default \section*, - any sectioning command may be given as an - optional argument). - - You also have to use \listfiles in the - document preamble (otherwise you'll only get - an error message). - - The table only appears from the second LaTeX-run, - from the third one is complete, and may need some - more runs to align correctly. - - The title, preamble and table headers may be localized - with babel - translations for 'english', 'german', - 'ngerman' and 'esperanto' are included. - If you need something else or don't use babel, you have - to redefine the following macros: - - \fileListName - title ("List of Files") - \fileListPreamble - preamble (typeset before the table) - \fileNameName - table header "file name" - \dateName - table header "date" - \verName - table header "version" - \descriptionName - table header "description" - ------ -[0] The <> are inserted here to avoid Subversion - expanding this line. If someone has an idea how - to have this in plain format in the README (maybe - with some complicated magic in the .dtx and/or .ins), - please contact me. -[1] this determination can be configured with - the package options - nocat12 - does only work with eTeX, else - may give double entry - cat12 - works also without eTeX, but may - have some side effects to other macro - packages, since it converts \@filelist - to cat 12. - The default setting works like cat12 on non-eTeX - and like nocat12 on eTeX. - -[2] this may occur when you invoke - LaTeX with "\input{mainfile.tex}". ----------------- -[de] -LaTeX-Paket 'dateiliste' - Liste der verwendeten Dateien im Dokument -und verwandte Funktionen. - -Autor: Paul Ebermann (Paul-Ebermann(a)gmx.de). -Lizenz: LPPL 1.3b oder später, mit Maintenance-Status - "author-maintained". Siehe http://www.latex-project.org/lppl/. - -Geschrieben für den eigenen Gebrauch -(-> http://www.math.hu-berlin.de/~ebermann/alg-script/), -aber vielleicht ist es auch für andere von Nutzen. - -Zum Setzen der Dokumentation wird das Paket 'pauldoc' -(vom selben Autor) benötigt. - -Das Paket kommt als .dtx + .ins. -Mit "latex dateiliste.ins" wird die .sty-Datei erstellt (und -eventuell gleich nach texmf/tex/latex/paul/ installiert, -wenn docstrip entsprechend eingerichtet ist), mit -latex dateiliste.dtx kann (danach und eventuell nach einer -Aktualisierung der TeX-Dateidatenbank) die Dokumentation neu -erstellt werden. - -Zur Verwendung siehe dateiliste.pdf. ----------------- -[eo] -LaTeX-pakaĵo 'dateiliste' - Variaĵo de \DeclareRobustCommand, -kiu antaŭe elprovas, ĉu la nomo jam ekzistas. - -Aŭtoro: Paŭlo Ebermann (Paul-Ebermann(a)gmx.de). -Licenzo: LPPL 1.3, 'author-maintained' - (-> http://www.latex-project.org/lppl/). - -Kreitaj por propra uzo, sed eble iom de ĝi ankaŭ -uzeblas por aliaj. - -La dokumentaro (escepte tiu ĉi dosiero) estas nur en la germana -lingvo. - -La pakaĵo bezonas la pakaĵojn 'ltxtable', 'longtable', -'tabularx' kaj 'rcsinfo'. -Por krei la dokumentadon vi krome bezonas 'pauldoc' (de la sama aŭtoro). - -La pakaĵo venas en .dtx + .ins. -Voku "latex dateiliste.ins" por krei la .sty-dosieron (kaj -eble meti ĝin al texmf/tex/latex/paul/, se via docstrip estis -konfigurita laŭe), voku "latex dateiliste.dtx" por rekrei -la dokumentaron. - - Uzado -------- - -La pakaĵo konsistas el tri ĉefaj bonaĵoj, kiujn -oni povas uzi sendepende, sed kune ili estas speciale -utile. - -(1) Aŭtomataj versio-informoj. - - Se vi uzas versio-kontrolan sistemon kiel Subversion aŭ - CVS/RCS, vi povas uzi tion por aŭtomate generi la daton - kaj versi-numeron por la listo kreita de \listfiles - (kaj la listo de (3).) - Uzu - - \ProvideFileInfos{$<>Id$}{mallonga priskribo} - - en via dosiero, forprenu la '<>', kaj faru 'svn commit' aŭ - 'cvs commit'. (CVS aŭ SVN tiam enmetos informojn, kiun - \ProvideFileInfos uzos.) - En la Subversion-kazo necesas antaŭe informi Subversion - pri tio, ke vi volas anstataŭi 'Id' per alia afero: - svn propset svn:keywords Id <dosiernomo> - Ankaŭ necesas uzi la pakaĵ-opcion 'svn' aŭ 'subversion', - kiel tie: - \usepackage[svn]{dateiliste} - -(2) Aldono de ĉefa dosiero - - Kutime la ĉefa dosiero (kiun vi donis en la - latex-voko) ne aperas en la listo kreita de - \listfiles. Tion la pakaĵo ŝanĝas, se tiu - dosiero havas la nomfinaĵon .tex - - (Pli precize, la pakaĵo aldonas '\jobname.tex', - se tiu dosiero ekzistas, kaj se ne eblas eltrovi[1], - ke la dosiero estas jam en la listo[2].) - - Tiu aldonado estas kutime ŝaltita, sed eblas - malŝalti ĝin per la pakaĵ-opcio 'noaddmain'. - Tiam ankaŭ eblas voki - \mainFileToList - por fari tion. - -(3) Enmetu la dosierliston en la rezulton - - Vi povas uzi la komandon - - \printFileList[<section command>] - - por enmeti bele formatitan version de la - dosierlisto kiel sekcio (kutime '\section*', - sed vi povas uzi iun ajn sekci-komandon kiel - opcia argumento) en la dokumenton. - - Vi krome devas uzi \listfiles en la komenca - parto de la dokumento (antaŭ \begin{document}), - alikaze vi nur ricevos erarmesaĝon. - - La tabelo nur aperos ekde la dua LaTeX-voko, kaj - eble bezonos kelkajn pliajn por aspekti ĝuste. - - Eblas traduki la titolon de la sekcio, la antaŭtekston - kaj la tabelkapoj helpe de la babel-pakaĵo - tradukojn - por 'english', 'german', 'ngerman' kaj 'esperanto' la - pakaĵo jam enhavas. - Se vi bezonas aliajn lingvojn aŭ ne uzas 'babel', - redifinu la sekvajn makroojn: - - \fileListName - titolo ("Listo de dosieroj") - \fileListPreamble - antaŭteksto (printita inter titolo - kaj tabelo) - \fileNameName - tabelkapo "dosiernomo" - \dateName - tabelkapo "dato" - \verName - tabelkapo "versio" - \descriptionName - tabelkapo "priskribo" - ------ -[1] Tiun determinadon vi povas konfiguri per la - pakaĵ-opcioj: - nocat12 - nur funkcias se vi uzas eTeX, alikaze - eble la cxef-dosiero aperos dufoje. - cat12 - funkcias kun aŭ sen eTeX, konvertante - la enhavon de \@filelist al kategorio 12. - Se vi neniun de tiuj opcioj donas, ĝi laboras - kiel 'nocat12' en eTeX kaj kiel 'cat12' en ne-eTeX. - -[2] Tio povas okazi ekzemple, se vi invokas - LaTeX kun "\input{mainfile.tex}". diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/dateiliste/README-de new/doc/latex/dateiliste/README-de --- old/doc/latex/dateiliste/README-de 2012-10-15 19:40:21.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/dateiliste/README-de 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -Dieses README ist für Version: - 2012/10/13 v0.6 % ----------------- -LaTeX-Paket 'dateiliste' - Liste der verwendeten Dateien im Dokument -und verwandte Funktionen. - -Autor: Paul Ebermann (Paul-Ebermann(a)gmx.de). -Lizenz: LPPL 1.3b oder später, mit Maintenance-Status - "author-maintained". Siehe http://www.latex-project.org/lppl/. - -Geschrieben für den eigenen Gebrauch -(-> http://www.math.hu-berlin.de/~ebermann/alg-script/), -aber vielleicht ist es auch für andere von Nutzen. - -Zum Setzen der Dokumentation wird das Paket 'pauldoc' -(vom selben Autor) benötigt. - -Das Paket kommt als .dtx + .ins. -Mit "latex dateiliste.ins" wird die .sty-Datei erstellt (und -eventuell gleich nach texmf/tex/latex/paul/ installiert, -wenn docstrip entsprechend eingerichtet ist), mit -latex dateiliste.dtx kann (danach und eventuell nach einer -Aktualisierung der TeX-Dateidatenbank) die Dokumentation neu -erstellt werden. - -Zur Verwendung siehe dateiliste.pdf. diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/dateiliste/README-en new/doc/latex/dateiliste/README-en --- old/doc/latex/dateiliste/README-en 2012-10-15 19:40:21.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/dateiliste/README-en 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,113 +0,0 @@ -This README is for version: - 2012/10/13 v0.6 % ----------------- -LaTeX-package 'dateiliste' - include list of used files -(like \listfiles) in the document, and related features. - -Author: Paul Ebermann <Paul-Ebermann(a)gmx.de> -License: LPPL 1.3b or later, author-maintained - (see http://www.latex-project.org/lppl/). - -All Documentation (other than this file) is in german. - -The typesetting of the documentation needs 'pauldoc' (from the -same author). -Additionally you'll need the packages 'ltxtable', 'tabularx', -'longtable' and 'rcsinfo'. - -The package comes as .dtx + .ins. -Run "latex dateiliste.ins" to create the style file and the -README-files (and maybe put them to texmf/tex/latex/paul/, if -your docstrip is configured accordingly), (after that and -maybe updating your TeX hash) run "latex dateiliste.dtx" -(some times) to create the documentation. - - Usage -------- -The package has three main features, which can -be used independently, but together are specially -useful. - -(1) automatic version infos: - - If you use a version control system like RCS, CVS, Subversion - for your LaTeX source files, you may use the Id tag to generate - the date and version number for the version string in \listfiles. - Use - - \ProvideFileInfos{$<>Id$}{short description} - - (without '<>' [0]) in your file, and do a 'cvs commit' (or - 'svn commit'). In the svn case, use the package-option 'svn' - (or 'subversion') to indicate the parsing format to the - package, and tell Subversion to expand Id: - svn propset svn:keywords Id <filename> - -(2) include main file: - - Normally the "main" file (given on the command - line to LaTeX) does not appear in the list given - by \listfiles. This is changed by the package for - the case that the file has the name \jobname.tex. - - (More precisely, the package adds \jobname.tex - iff this file exists and it not can be determinded[1] - to be already in the file list [2].) - - This is enabled by default and may be disabled - using the package option 'noaddmain'. - The macro - \mainFileToList - may also be invoked manually to add the main file. - -(3) include file list also in the (dvi) result - - You can use the command - - \printFileList[<section command>] - - to include a pretty-printed version of the - file list as a section (by default \section*, - any sectioning command may be given as an - optional argument). - - You also have to use \listfiles in the - document preamble (otherwise you'll only get - an error message). - - The table only appears from the second LaTeX-run, - from the third one is complete, and may need some - more runs to align correctly. - - The title, preamble and table headers may be localized - with babel - translations for 'english', 'german', - 'ngerman' and 'esperanto' are included. - If you need something else or don't use babel, you have - to redefine the following macros: - - \fileListName - title ("List of Files") - \fileListPreamble - preamble (typeset before the table) - \fileNameName - table header "file name" - \dateName - table header "date" - \verName - table header "version" - \descriptionName - table header "description" - ------ -[0] The <> are inserted here to avoid Subversion - expanding this line. If someone has an idea how - to have this in plain format in the README (maybe - with some complicated magic in the .dtx and/or .ins), - please contact me. -[1] this determination can be configured with - the package options - nocat12 - does only work with eTeX, else - may give double entry - cat12 - works also without eTeX, but may - have some side effects to other macro - packages, since it converts \@filelist - to cat 12. - The default setting works like cat12 on non-eTeX - and like nocat12 on eTeX. - -[2] this may occur when you invoke - LaTeX with "\input{mainfile.tex}". diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/dateiliste/README-eo new/doc/latex/dateiliste/README-eo --- old/doc/latex/dateiliste/README-eo 2012-10-15 19:40:21.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/dateiliste/README-eo 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,115 +0,0 @@ -Tiu README (legumin) estas por versio: - 2012/10/13 v0.6 % ----------------- -LaTeX-pakaĵo 'dateiliste' - Variaĵo de \DeclareRobustCommand, -kiu antaŭe elprovas, ĉu la nomo jam ekzistas. - -Aŭtoro: Paŭlo Ebermann (Paul-Ebermann(a)gmx.de). -Licenzo: LPPL 1.3, 'author-maintained' - (-> http://www.latex-project.org/lppl/). - -Kreitaj por propra uzo, sed eble iom de ĝi ankaŭ -uzeblas por aliaj. - -La dokumentaro (escepte tiu ĉi dosiero) estas nur en la germana -lingvo. - -La pakaĵo bezonas la pakaĵojn 'ltxtable', 'longtable', -'tabularx' kaj 'rcsinfo'. -Por krei la dokumentadon vi krome bezonas 'pauldoc' (de la sama aŭtoro). - -La pakaĵo venas en .dtx + .ins. -Voku "latex dateiliste.ins" por krei la .sty-dosieron (kaj -eble meti ĝin al texmf/tex/latex/paul/, se via docstrip estis -konfigurita laŭe), voku "latex dateiliste.dtx" por rekrei -la dokumentaron. - - Uzado -------- - -La pakaĵo konsistas el tri ĉefaj bonaĵoj, kiujn -oni povas uzi sendepende, sed kune ili estas speciale -utile. - -(1) Aŭtomataj versio-informoj. - - Se vi uzas versio-kontrolan sistemon kiel Subversion aŭ - CVS/RCS, vi povas uzi tion por aŭtomate generi la daton - kaj versi-numeron por la listo kreita de \listfiles - (kaj la listo de (3).) - Uzu - - \ProvideFileInfos{$<>Id$}{mallonga priskribo} - - en via dosiero, forprenu la '<>', kaj faru 'svn commit' aŭ - 'cvs commit'. (CVS aŭ SVN tiam enmetos informojn, kiun - \ProvideFileInfos uzos.) - En la Subversion-kazo necesas antaŭe informi Subversion - pri tio, ke vi volas anstataŭi 'Id' per alia afero: - svn propset svn:keywords Id <dosiernomo> - Ankaŭ necesas uzi la pakaĵ-opcion 'svn' aŭ 'subversion', - kiel tie: - \usepackage[svn]{dateiliste} - -(2) Aldono de ĉefa dosiero - - Kutime la ĉefa dosiero (kiun vi donis en la - latex-voko) ne aperas en la listo kreita de - \listfiles. Tion la pakaĵo ŝanĝas, se tiu - dosiero havas la nomfinaĵon .tex - - (Pli precize, la pakaĵo aldonas '\jobname.tex', - se tiu dosiero ekzistas, kaj se ne eblas eltrovi[1], - ke la dosiero estas jam en la listo[2].) - - Tiu aldonado estas kutime ŝaltita, sed eblas - malŝalti ĝin per la pakaĵ-opcio 'noaddmain'. - Tiam ankaŭ eblas voki - \mainFileToList - por fari tion. - -(3) Enmetu la dosierliston en la rezulton - - Vi povas uzi la komandon - - \printFileList[<section command>] - - por enmeti bele formatitan version de la - dosierlisto kiel sekcio (kutime '\section*', - sed vi povas uzi iun ajn sekci-komandon kiel - opcia argumento) en la dokumenton. - - Vi krome devas uzi \listfiles en la komenca - parto de la dokumento (antaŭ \begin{document}), - alikaze vi nur ricevos erarmesaĝon. - - La tabelo nur aperos ekde la dua LaTeX-voko, kaj - eble bezonos kelkajn pliajn por aspekti ĝuste. - - Eblas traduki la titolon de la sekcio, la antaŭtekston - kaj la tabelkapoj helpe de la babel-pakaĵo - tradukojn - por 'english', 'german', 'ngerman' kaj 'esperanto' la - pakaĵo jam enhavas. - Se vi bezonas aliajn lingvojn aŭ ne uzas 'babel', - redifinu la sekvajn makroojn: - - \fileListName - titolo ("Listo de dosieroj") - \fileListPreamble - antaŭteksto (printita inter titolo - kaj tabelo) - \fileNameName - tabelkapo "dosiernomo" - \dateName - tabelkapo "dato" - \verName - tabelkapo "versio" - \descriptionName - tabelkapo "priskribo" - ------ -[1] Tiun determinadon vi povas konfiguri per la - pakaĵ-opcioj: - nocat12 - nur funkcias se vi uzas eTeX, alikaze - eble la cxef-dosiero aperos dufoje. - cat12 - funkcias kun aŭ sen eTeX, konvertante - la enhavon de \@filelist al kategorio 12. - Se vi neniun de tiuj opcioj donas, ĝi laboras - kiel 'nocat12' en eTeX kaj kiel 'cat12' en ne-eTeX. - -[2] Tio povas okazi ekzemple, se vi invokas - LaTeX kun "\input{mainfile.tex}". Files old/doc/latex/dateiliste/dateiliste.pdf and new/doc/latex/dateiliste/dateiliste.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tex/latex/calctab/calctab.sty new/tex/latex/calctab/calctab.sty --- old/tex/latex/calctab/calctab.sty 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tex/latex/calctab/calctab.sty 2009-07-17 02:52:15.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,600 @@ +% calctab.sty +% +% Version: 0.6.1 +% Date: 2009_07_12 +% +% Copyright (C) 2009 Roberto Giacomelli <giaconet dot mailbox at gmail dot com> +% +% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either +% version 1.3 of this license or any later version. +% The latest version of this license is in +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt and version 1.3 +% or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version +% 2005/12/01 or later. +% +% This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'. +% +% The Current Maintainer of this work is Roberto Giacomelli +% +% This work consists of these files: +% calctab.sty, calctab_manual.pdf and README +% +% Please make attention to this important notice: +% The language syntax can be change. +% +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} +\ProvidesPackage{calctab}[2009/07/12 v0.6.1 Autocalc table environments] +% +% ''library'' package for the table's visual property +\RequirePackage{alphalph} +\RequirePackage{booktabs} +\RequirePackage{eurosym} +\RequirePackage[table]{xcolor} +\RequirePackage{numprint}[2008/02/17] +% +% ''library'' package for algorithms and language implementation +\RequirePackage{xkeyval} +\RequirePackage{ifthen} +\RequirePackage{fltpoint} +\RequirePackage{xstring} +% +% +% length to tuning distance of central column of calctab table +% 8 mm is the default value +\newlength{\ctsep}\setlength{\ctsep}{8mm} +% +% main counter of the table rows +\newcounter{ct@RowIndex} +% +% simple loop counter +\newcounter{ct@i} +\newcounter{ct@k} +% +% macrokey definition commands +\newcommand{\ct@makemacrokey}[1]{\expandafter\def\csname #1\endcsname##1{% + \expandafter\def\csname ct@#1\endcsname{##1}}} +% +% apparence text commands definition and default assignments +\ct@makemacrokey{ctcurrency}\ctcurrency{\euro} +\ct@makemacrokey{ctdescription}\ctdescription{Items description} +\ct@makemacrokey{ctontraslation}\ctontraslation{on} +\ct(a)makemacrokey{ctheaderone}\ctheaderone{Q.ty} +\ct@makemacrokey{ctheadertwo}\ctheadertwo{Price} + +% +% boolean to control numeric loop: if ct@Globflag is true then +% all row values are computed +\newboolean{ct@Globflag}\setboolean{ct@Globflag}{true} +% +% new boolean to control behavior of the \inrule command +\newboolean{ct@ifinrule}\setboolean{ct@ifinrule}{false} +% +% new boolean to control rule after an \add row +\newboolean{ct@ifruleafteradd}\setboolean{ct@ifruleafteradd}{false} +% +% control flag of the from, until keys +% this flag is false if from and/or unil keys is/are not specified +\newboolean{ct@fromctrl}\setboolean{ct@fromctrl}{false} +\newboolean{ct@untilctrl}\setboolean{ct@untilctrl}{false} +% +% +% +% definitions of the ordinary keys +% the ordinary keys is useful for to assign a name to row +% note the use of different families +% +\define@key{ctfamId}{id}{% + % save in ctreg@<idname> its row number + \expandafter\edef\csname ctreg@#1\endcsname{\thect@RowIndex} + % definition of the key <idvalue>, the id argument #1 + \define@key{ctfamLabel}{#1}[]{ + % activate ctflag<n> + \ifthenelse{\boolean{ctflag\csname ctreg@#1\endcsname}}{ + %ops, overriding of keys condition + \PackageWarning{calctab}{\ct@overridingkeyerr{#1}} + }{% + \setboolean{ctflag\csname ctreg@#1\endcsname}{true} + } + % global flag is false if a key is specifed + \setboolean{ct@Globflag}{false} + }% +}% +% +% +% the id key for \add command +\define@key{ctfamAddid}{id}{% + \ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@Globflag}}{% + \expandafter\edef\csname ctref@#1\endcsname{\thect@RowIndex} + \define@key{ctfamLabel}{#1}[]{% set all row flag on true + \setcounter{ct@i}{1} + \whiledo{\not$\value{ct@i}>\expandafter\number\csname ctref@#1\endcsname$}{ + \ifthenelse{\boolean{ctflag\thect@i}}{ + \PackageWarning{calctab}{\ct@overridingkeyerr{#1}} + }{ + \setboolean{ctflag\thect@i}{true} + } + \stepcounter{ct@i} + }% end whiledo + \setboolean{ct@Globflag}{false} + } + }{% else clause + \expandafter\edef\csname ctref@#1\endcsname{\ctref@temp} + \define@key{ctfamLabel}{#1}[]{% repeat the original id list + \edef\n@xt{\noexpand\setkeys{ctfamLabel}[id]{\csname ctref@#1\endcsname}} + \n@xt + } + } +}% +% +% +% definition of ``interval'' keys +\define@key{ctfamLabel}{from}{% + \@ifundefined{ctreg@#1} + {\PackageError{calctab}{\ct@keynotexisterr{#1}}} + {% + \def\ct@fromrow{\csname ctreg@#1\endcsname} + \ifthenelse{\ct@fromrow=1}{\PackageWarning{calctab}{\ct@notusefulwarning{from}}}{} + \setboolean{ct@fromctrl}{true} + \setboolean{ct@Globflag}{false} + } +}% +% +% +\define@key{ctfamLabel}{until}{% + \@ifundefined{ctreg@#1} + {\PackageError{calctab}{\ct@keynotexisterr{#1}}}{% + \def\ct@untilrow{\csname ctreg@#1\endcsname} + \ifthenelse{\ct@untilrow=\thect@RowIndex}{\PackageWarning{calctab}{\ct@notusefulwarning{until}}}{} + \setboolean{ct@untilctrl}{true} + \setboolean{ct@Globflag}{false} + } +}% +% +% allocation of the table box +\newsavebox{\ct@TabBox} +% +% set standard decimal position (numprint package) +\nprounddigits{2} +% +% internal \amount command control flag +\newboolean{ct@isop} +% +% +% main computation loop +\newcommand\ct@Loop{% + \fpRegSet{ct@Sum}{0} + \setcounter{ct@i}{1} + \setcounter{ct@k}{0} + \edef\ct@labelreg{}% for the text labels row sequence (A+B+...) + \edef\ct@labeltemp{}% + \def\ct@plustext{}% '+' char + \whiledo{\not$\value{ct@i}>\value{ct@RowIndex}$}{% + \ifthenelse{$\boolean{ctflag\thect@i}\OR\boolean{ct@Globflag}$}{% + \fpRegAdd{ct@Sum}{ctRowValue\thect@i}% + \stepcounter{ct@k} + \ifthenelse{\value{ct@k}<3}{% + \edef\ct@labelreg{\ct@labelreg\ct@plustext\AlphAlph{\value{ct@i}}} + }{% else clause + \ifthenelse{\value{ct@k}>5}{% + \edef\ct@labeltemp{\ct@plustext$\, \cdots\,$\ct@plustext\AlphAlph{\value{ct@i}}} + }{%else clause + \edef\ct@labeltemp{\ct@labeltemp\ct@plustext\AlphAlph{\value{ct@i}}} + } + } + \setboolean{ctflag\thect@i}{false}% reset the row flag status + \def\ct@plustext{+} + }{%else clause: reset internal loop variables + \edef\ct@labelreg{\ct@labelreg\ct@labeltemp} + \setcounter{ct@k}{0}% + \edef\ct@labeltemp{}% + }% + \stepcounter{ct@i}% + }% + \edef\ct@labelreg{\ct@labelreg\ct@labeltemp} + \setboolean{ct@Globflag}{true}% reset the global flag status +}% +% +% +% +% +% calctab environment: definition code +% +\newenvironment{calctab}[1][]{%#1 is the optinal table's paragraph description +%set font family +\sffamily +% +%set the token register (TeX primitive token register resolve the tabular grouping problem) +\toks255={\rowcolors{1}{gray!15}{}\begin{tabular}{clr}\midrule&\ct@ctdescription & \ct@ctcurrency \\\midrule} +% +% reset main counter to starting value +\setcounter{ct@RowIndex}{0} +% +% save paragraph table header to use it in the environment end code +\newcommand{\ct@FirstPar}[1]{#1} +% +% internal command definition +% +% +% from until keys internal command +\newcommand{\ct@intervalloop}{% + \ifthenelse{$\boolean{ct@fromctrl}\OR\boolean{ct@untilctrl}$}{% + \ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@fromctrl}}{\setboolean{ct@fromctrl}{false}}{\def\ct@fromrow{1}} + \ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@untilctrl}}{\setboolean{ct@untilctrl}{false}}{\def\ct@untilrow{\thect@RowIndex}} + \ifthenelse{\number\ct@fromrow<\number\ct@untilrow}{% canonical interval from until + \ct@setintervalflag{\ct@fromrow}{\ct@untilrow} + }{% negative interval 1 -> until plus from -> last row + \ct@setintervalflag{1}{\ct@untilrow} + \ct@setintervalflag{\ct@fromrow}{\thect@RowIndex} + } + }{}% else clause denied +} +% +% internal command to set true the flags row in an interval +\newcommand{\ct@setintervalflag}[2]{% + % #1 arg -> start row value + % #2 arg -> finish row value + \setcounter{ct@i}{##1} + \whiledo{\not$\value{ct@i}>\number##2$}{% + \ifthenelse{\boolean{ctflag\thect@i}}{% + \PackageWarning{calctab}{\ct@overridingkeyerr{from or until}} + }{% + \setboolean{ctflag\thect@i}{true} + } + \stepcounter{ct@i} + } +}% +% +% +% #1 -> operator sign * / + - +% #2 -> text for sign operation ($\, \times \,$) +\newcommand{\ct@operator}[2]{% + \StrBefore{\ct@arg}{##1}[\ct@before] + \StrBehind{\ct@arg}{##1}[\ct@after] + \fpRegSet{ct@one}{\ct@before} + \fpRegMul{ct@one}{ct@unit} + \fpRegSet{ct@two}{\ct@after} + \fpRegCopy{ctRowValue\thect@RowIndex}{ct@one} + \IfStrEq{##1}{*}{\fpRegMul{ctRowValue\thect@RowIndex}{ct@two}}{} + \IfStrEq{##1}{/}{\fpRegDiv{ctRowValue\thect@RowIndex}{ct@two}}{} + \IfStrEq{##1}{+}{\fpRegAdd{ctRowValue\thect@RowIndex}{ct@two}}{} + \IfStrEq{##1}{-}{\fpRegSub{ctRowValue\thect@RowIndex}{ct@two}}{} + \fpRegRound{ctRowValue\thect@RowIndex}{-2} + \fpRegGet{ct@one}{\ct@before} + \fpRegGet{ct@two}{\ct@after} + \toks255=\expandafter{\the\toks255(} + \edef\ct@result{\noexpand\numprint{\ct@before}} + \toks255=\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{\expandafter\the\expandafter\toks255\ct@result ##2} + \edef\ct@result{\noexpand\numprint{\ct@after}} + \toks255=\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{% + \expandafter\the\expandafter\toks255\ct@result)\rule{\ctsep}{0pt}} +} +% +% +% +% +% interface inner command: \amount +\newcommand\amount[3][]{%#1->opt arg #2->descr #3->amount + \stepcounter{ct@RowIndex} + \newboolean{ctflag\thect@RowIndex}%definition of bool flag for each row + \setboolean{ctflag\thect@RowIndex}{false}%initial value of ctflag<n> + \setkeys{ctfamId}{##1}% + %append the tabular entry to the token register + \ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@ifinrule}}{% + \ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@ifruleafteradd}}{ + \toks255=\expandafter{\the\toks255\midrule} + \setboolean{ct@ifruleafteradd}{false} + }{} + }{% + \setboolean{ct@ifruleafteradd}{false} + } + % + \toks255=\expandafter{\the\toks255\AlphAlph{\value{ct@RowIndex}}&##2 } + % elementary ``parsing'' of the argument #3 + \fpRegSet{ct@unit}{1} + % elimination of the space char + \StrDel{##3}{ }[\ct@arg] + \IfBeginWith{\ct@arg}{-}{\setboolean{ct@isop}{true}}{\setboolean{ct@isop}{false}} + \ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@isop}}{% + \fpRegSet{ct@unit}{-1} + \StrBehind{\ct@arg}{-}[\ct@argt] + \def\ct@arg{\ct@argt} + }{ + \IfBeginWith{\ct@arg}{+}{\setboolean{ct@isop}{true}}{\setboolean{ct@isop}{false}} + \ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@isop}}{% + \StrBehind{\ct@arg}{+}[\ct@argt] + \def\ct@arg{\ct@argt} + }{} + } + % + \IfSubStr{\ct@arg}{*}{\setboolean{ct@isop}{true}}{\setboolean{ct@isop}{false}} + \ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@isop}}{% true + \ct@operator{*}{$\, \times \,$} + }{% false + \IfSubStr{\ct@arg}{/}{\setboolean{ct@isop}{true}}{\setboolean{ct@isop}{false}} + \ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@isop}}{% + \ct@operator{/}{$\, / \,$} + }{% + \IfSubStr{\ct@arg}{-}{\setboolean{ct@isop}{true}}{\setboolean{ct@isop}{false}} + \ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@isop}}{% + \ct@operator{-}{$\, - \,$} + }{% + \IfSubStr{\ct@arg}{+}{\setboolean{ct@isop}{true}}{\setboolean{ct@isop}{false}} + \ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@isop}}{% + \ct@operator{+}{$\, + \,$} + }{% + \fpRegSet{ctRowValue\thect@RowIndex}{\ct@arg} + \fpRegMul{ctRowValue\thect@RowIndex}{ct@unit}% add for 0.6 fixed bug + } + } + } + } + \fpRegGet{ctRowValue\thect@RowIndex}{\ct@tempnumber} + \toks255=\expandafter{\the\toks255&} + \edef\ct@result{\noexpand\numprint{\ct@tempnumber}} + \toks255=\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{\expandafter\the\expandafter\toks255\ct@result\\} + \setboolean{ct@ifinrule}{true} +}% +% +% +% +\newcommand\perc[3][]{% + \stepcounter{ct@RowIndex}% another new row + \newboolean{ctflag\thect@RowIndex}% definition of bool flag for each row + \setboolean{ctflag\thect@RowIndex}{false}% initial value of ctflag<n> + % user id label task + \setkeys*{ctfamLabel}{##1} + \setrmkeys{ctfamId} + % 'from' and 'until' keys process + \ct@intervalloop + % + \addtocounter{ct@RowIndex}{-1}\ct@Loop\stepcounter{ct@RowIndex} + \fpDiv{\tempPerc}{##3}{100}% + \fpRegSet{tempreg}{\tempPerc} + \fpRegMul{ct@Sum}{tempreg} + \fpRegRound{ct@Sum}{-2}% approx to the second digit + \fpRegGet{ct@Sum}{\ct@tempnum} + \fpRegSet{ctRowValue\thect@RowIndex}{\ct@tempnum} + % + \ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@ifinrule}}{ + \ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@ifruleafteradd}}{% + \toks255=\expandafter{\the\toks255\midrule} + \setboolean{ct@ifruleafteradd}{false} + }{} + }{ + \setboolean{ct@ifruleafteradd}{false} + } + % + \toks255=\expandafter{\the\toks255\AlphAlph{\value{ct@RowIndex}}&##2 (\numprint{##3}\% \ct@ctontraslation{} } + \edef\ct@num{\noexpand\ct@labelreg)\noexpand\rule{\ctsep}{0pt}} + \toks255=\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{\expandafter\the\expandafter\toks255\ct@num&} + \edef\ct@num{\noexpand\numprint{\ct@tempnum}} + \toks255=\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{\expandafter\the\expandafter\toks255\ct@num\\} + \setboolean{ct@ifinrule}{true} +} +% +\newcommand\add[2][]{% + \def\ctref@temp{##1}% save id list + \setkeys*{ctfamLabel}{##1} + \setrmkeys{ctfamAddid} + % 'from' and 'until' keys processing + \ct@intervalloop + % + \ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@ifinrule}}{\toks255=\expandafter{\the\toks255\midrule}}{} + \ct@Loop\fpRegGet{ct@Sum}{\ct@tempnum} + \toks255=\expandafter{\the\toks255\rowcolor{gray!15}&\bfseries##2 (} + \edef\ct@num{\noexpand\ct@labelreg)\noexpand\rule{\ctsep}{0pt}} + \toks255=\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{\expandafter\the\expandafter\toks255\ct@num&\bfseries} + \edef\ct@num{\noexpand\numprint{\ct@tempnum}} + \toks255=\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{\expandafter\the\expandafter\toks255\ct@num\\} + \setboolean{ct@ifinrule}{true} + \setboolean{ct@ifruleafteradd}{true} +} +% +\newcommand\inrule{% + \ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@ifinrule}}{% + \toks255=\expandafter{\the\toks255\midrule} + }{ + \PackageWarning{calctab}{\ct@inrulewarning} + } + \setboolean{ct@ifinrule}{false} +}% +% +% +% +}{% calctab environment closing code + \begin{center} + \begin{lrbox}{\ct@TabBox} + \the\toks255\bottomrule + \end{tabular} + \end{lrbox} + \sffamily + \parbox{\wd\ct@TabBox}{ + \ct@FirstPar\par\smallskip\par + \usebox{\ct@TabBox}} + \end{center} +} +% +% +% +% xcalctab environment section definition +% +\newenvironment{xcalctab}[1][]{% +%set font family +\sffamily +% +% set the token register (TeX primitive command resolve the tabular grouping problem) +\toks255={\rowcolors{1}{gray!15}{}% +\begin{tabular}{cl*{3}{r}}\midrule&\ct@ctdescription &\ct@ctheaderone&\ct@ctheadertwo& \ct@ctcurrency \\\midrule} +% +% reset main counter to starting value +\setcounter{ct@RowIndex}{0} +% +% save paragraph table header to use it in the environment end code +\newcommand{\ct@FirstPar}[1]{#1} +% +% internal command definition +% +% +% +% from until keys internal command +\newcommand{\ct@intervalloop}{% + \ifthenelse{$\boolean{ct@fromctrl}\OR\boolean{ct@untilctrl}$}{% + \ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@fromctrl}}{\setboolean{ct@fromctrl}{false}}{\def\ct@fromrow{1}} + \ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@untilctrl}}{\setboolean{ct@untilctrl}{false}}{\def\ct@untilrow{\thect@RowIndex}} + \ifthenelse{\number\ct@fromrow<\number\ct@untilrow}{% canonical interval from until + \ct@setintervalflag{\ct@fromrow}{\ct@untilrow} + }{% negative interval 1 -> until plus from -> last row + \ct@setintervalflag{1}{\ct@untilrow} + \ct@setintervalflag{\ct@fromrow}{\thect@RowIndex} + } + }{}% else clause denied +} +% +% internal command to set true the flags row in an interval +\newcommand{\ct@setintervalflag}[2]{% + % #1 arg -> start row value + % #2 arg -> finish row value + \setcounter{ct@i}{##1} + \whiledo{\not$\value{ct@i}>\number##2$}{% + \ifthenelse{\boolean{ctflag\thect@i}}{% + \PackageWarning{calctab}{\ct@overridingkeyerr{from or until}} + }{% else clause + \setboolean{ctflag\thect@i}{true} + } + \stepcounter{ct@i} + } +}% +% +% +% +\newcommand\amount[4][]{%#1 ->opt #2->descr #3->qta #4->price + \stepcounter{ct@RowIndex} + \newboolean{ctflag\thect@RowIndex}%definition of bool flag for each row + \setboolean{ctflag\thect@RowIndex}{false}%initial value of ctflag<n> + \setkeys{ctfamId}{##1}% + % fp computation + \fpRegSet{ctRowValue\thect@RowIndex}{##3}% first number + \fpRegSet{ct@two}{##4}% second number + \fpRegMul{ctRowValue\thect@RowIndex}{ct@two} + \fpRegRound{ctRowValue\thect@RowIndex}{-2} + % + % now, we must control the ``rule'' case + \ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@ifinrule}}{ + \ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@ifruleafteradd}}{% + \toks255=\expandafter{\the\toks255\midrule} + \setboolean{ct@ifruleafteradd}{false} + }{} + }{ + \setboolean{ct@ifruleafteradd}{false} + }% + % + % + % append the tabular entry to the token register + \toks255=\expandafter{\the\toks255\AlphAlph{\value{ct@RowIndex}}&##2\rule{\ctsep}{0pt}&\numprint{##3}&\numprint{##4}&} + \fpRegGet{ctRowValue\thect@RowIndex}{\ct@tempnum} + \edef\ct@num{\noexpand\numprint{\ct@tempnum}} + \toks255=\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{\expandafter\the\expandafter\toks255\ct@num\\} + % rule regolation + \setboolean{ct@ifinrule}{true} +}% +% +% +% +\newcommand\perc[3][]{% + \stepcounter{ct@RowIndex}% another new row + \newboolean{ctflag\thect@RowIndex}% definition of bool flag for each row + \setboolean{ctflag\thect@RowIndex}{false}% initial value of ctflag<n> + % user id label task + \setkeys*{ctfamLabel}{##1} + \setrmkeys{ctfamId} + % 'from' and 'until' keys process + \ct@intervalloop + % + \addtocounter{ct@RowIndex}{-1}\ct@Loop\stepcounter{ct@RowIndex} + \fpDiv{\tempPerc}{##3}{100}% + \fpRegSet{tempreg}{\tempPerc} + \fpRegMul{ct@Sum}{tempreg} + \fpRegRound{ct@Sum}{-2}% approx to the second digit + \fpRegGet{ct@Sum}{\ct@tempnum} + \fpRegSet{ctRowValue\thect@RowIndex}{\ct@tempnum} + % + \ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@ifinrule}}{% + \ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@ifruleafteradd}}{% + \toks255=\expandafter{\the\toks255\midrule} + \setboolean{ct@ifruleafteradd}{false} + }{}% + }{% else clause + \setboolean{ct@ifruleafteradd}{false} + }% + % + \toks255=\expandafter{\the\toks255\AlphAlph{\value{ct@RowIndex}}&##2 (\numprint{##3}\% \ct@ctontraslation{} } + \edef\ct@num{\noexpand\ct@labelreg)\noexpand\rule{\ctsep}{0pt}} + \toks255=\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{\expandafter\the\expandafter\toks255\ct@num&&&} + \edef\ct@num{\noexpand\numprint{\ct@tempnum}} + \toks255=\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{\expandafter\the\expandafter\toks255\ct@num\\} + \setboolean{ct@ifinrule}{true} +} +% +\newcommand\add[2][]{% + \def\ctref@temp{##1}% save id list + \setkeys*{ctfamLabel}{##1} + \setrmkeys{ctfamAddid} + % 'from' and 'until' keys process + \ct@intervalloop + % + \ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@ifinrule}}{\toks255=\expandafter{\the\toks255\midrule}}{} + \ct@Loop\fpRegGet{ct@Sum}{\ct@tempnum} + \toks255=\expandafter{\the\toks255\rowcolor{gray!15}&\bfseries##2 (} + \edef\ct@num{\noexpand\ct@labelreg)} + \toks255=\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{\expandafter\the\expandafter\toks255\ct@num&&&\bfseries} + \edef\ct@num{\noexpand\numprint{\ct@tempnum}} + \toks255=\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{\expandafter\the\expandafter\toks255\ct@num\\} + % rule case analisys flag setup + \setboolean{ct@ifinrule}{true} + \setboolean{ct@ifruleafteradd}{true} +} +% +% this command remain internal! +\newcommand\inrule{% + \ifthenelse{\boolean{ct@ifinrule}}{% + \toks255=\expandafter{\the\toks255\midrule} + }{ + \PackageWarning{calctab}{\ct@inrulewarning} + } + \setboolean{ct@ifinrule}{false} +}% +% +% +% +}{% calctab environment closing code + \begin{center} + \begin{lrbox}{\ct@TabBox} + \the\toks255\bottomrule + \end{tabular} + \end{lrbox} + \sffamily + \parbox{\wd\ct@TabBox}{ + \ct@FirstPar\par\smallskip\par + \usebox{\ct@TabBox}} + \end{center} +} +% +% +% package warning and error macro definition part code +% +% the user has defined a key that not exist +\newcommand{\ct@keynotexisterr}[1]{The key '#1' not exist} +% +% in the id list command optional argument, a key is been specifed more then one time +\newcommand{\ct@overridingkeyerr}[1]{The '#1' key is just specifed in a previous optional arg sequence.\MessageBreak +Overlap ignored} +% +\newcommand{\ct@notusefulwarning}[1]{The key '#1' is not influential on computation} +\newcommand{\ct@inrulewarning}[1]{A rule cannot be draw at this point. Command ignored} +% +% +% +% Version 0.6.1 Changes history see the calctab_manual.pdf documentation +% +% end of file calctab.sty diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/calctab.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/calctab.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/calctab.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/calctab.tlpobj 2010-06-10 18:20:52.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +name calctab +category Package +revision 15878 +shortdesc Language for numeric tables. +relocated 1 +longdesc The calctab package helps the user to typeset a kind of +longdesc economic table such as invoices, expense notes and liquidation, +longdesc or other tabular material with a values column. The code +longdesc computes sum and percentage with floating point numeric methods +longdesc (using the fltpoint package) and builds the render table task. +runfiles size=5 + RELOC/tex/latex/calctab/calctab.sty +catalogue-ctan /macros/latex/contrib/calctab +catalogue-date 2009-07-14 21:55:02 +0200 +catalogue-license lppl +catalogue-version v0.6.1 diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/dateiliste.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/dateiliste.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/dateiliste.doc.tlpobj 2012-10-16 04:26:46.000000000 +0200 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/dateiliste.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -name dateiliste.doc -category Package -revision 27974 -shortdesc doc files of dateiliste -relocated 1 -docfiles size=71 - RELOC/doc/latex/dateiliste/README - RELOC/doc/latex/dateiliste/README-de - RELOC/doc/latex/dateiliste/README-en - RELOC/doc/latex/dateiliste/README-eo - RELOC/doc/latex/dateiliste/dateiliste.pdf ++++++ dozenal.doc.tar.xz -> cancel.doc.tar.xz ++++++ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/fonts/dozenal/README new/doc/fonts/dozenal/README --- old/doc/fonts/dozenal/README 2013-05-20 23:59:18.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/fonts/dozenal/README 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,109 +0,0 @@ -+AMDG - -This document is copyright 2009 by Donald P. Goodman, and is -released publicly under the LaTeX Project Public License. The -distribution and modification of this work is constrained by the -conditions of that license. See - http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -for the text of the license. This document is released -under version 1.3 of that license, and this work may be distributed -or modified under the terms of that license or, at your option, any -later version. - -This work has the LPPL maintenance status 'maintained'. - -The Current Maintainer of this work is Donald P. Goodman -(dgoodmaniii(a)gmail.com). - -This work consists of the files dozchars10.mf, -dozchars12.mf, dozchars17.mf, dozchars6.mf, dozchars7.mf, -dozchars8.mf, dozchars9.mf, dozchb10.mf, dozchbx10.mf, -dozchbx12.mf, dozchbx5.mf, dozchbx6.mf, dozchbx7.mf, -dozchbx8.mf, dozchbx9.mf, dozchbxi10.mf, dozchbxsl10.mf, -dozchit10.mf, dozchit12.mf, dozchit7.mf, dozchit8.mf, -dozchit9.mf, dozchsl10.mf, dozchsl12.mf, dozchsl8.mf, -dozchsl9.mf, dozenalb.mf, dozenali.mf, dozenal.mf, -dozchars10.tfm, dozchars12.tfm, dozchars17.tfm, -dozchars6.tfm, dozchars7.tfm, dozchars8.tfm, dozchars9.tfm, -dozchb10.tfm, dozchbx10.tfm, dozchbx12.tfm, dozchbx5.tfm, -dozchbx6.tfm, dozchbx7.tfm, dozchbx8.tfm, dozchbx9.tfm, -dozchbxi10.tfm, dozchbxsl10.tfm, dozchit10.tfm, -dozchit12.tfm, dozchit7.tfm, dozchit8.tfm, dozchit9.tfm, -dozchsl10.tfm, dozchsl12.tfm, dozchsl8.tfm, dozchsl9.tfm, -fdzb7t.tfm, fdzb8a.tfm, fdzb8c.tfm, fdzb8t.tfm, fdzbc7t.tfm, -fdzbc8t.tfm, fdzbi7t.tfm, fdzbi8a.tfm, fdzbi8c.tfm, -fdzbi8t.tfm, fdzbo7t.tfm, fdzbo8c.tfm, fdzbo8t.tfm, -fdzbs8a.tfm, fdzi8a.tfm, fdzr7t.tfm, fdzr8a.tfm, fdzr8c.tfm, -fdzr8t.tfm, fdzrc7t.tfm, fdzrc8t.tfm, fdzro7t.tfm, -fdzro8c.tfm, fdzro8t.tfm, fdzs7t.tfm, fdzs8a.tfm, -fdzs8c.tfm, fdzs8t.tfm, fdzsc7t.tfm, fdzsc8t.tfm, -fdzso7t.tfm, fdzso8c.tfm, fdzso8t.tfm, fdzb8a.afm, -fdzbi8a.afm, fdzbs8a.afm, fdzi8a.afm, fdzr8a.afm, -fdzs8a.afm, fdzb8a.pfb, fdzbi8a.pfb, fdzbs8a.pfb, -fdzi8a.pfb, fdzr8a.pfb, fdzs8a.pfb, fdzb7t.vf, fdzb8c.vf, -fdzb8t.vf, fdzbc7t.vf, fdzbc8t.vf, fdzbi7t.vf, fdzbi8c.vf, -fdzbi8t.vf, fdzbo7t.vf, fdzbo8c.vf, fdzbo8t.vf, fdzr7t.vf, -fdzr8c.vf, fdzr8t.vf, fdzrc7t.vf, fdzrc8t.vf, fdzro7t.vf, -fdzro8c.vf, fdzro8t.vf, fdzs7t.vf, fdzs8c.vf, fdzs8t.vf, -fdzsc7t.vf, fdzsc8t.vf, fdzso7t.vf, fdzso8c.vf, fdzso8t.vf, -testdozchars.tex, dozenal.sty, dozenal.pdf, and dozenal.dtx, -fdzb8r.tfm, fdzbi8r.tfm, fdzbo8r.tfm, fdzr8r.tfm, -fdzro8r.tfm, fdzs8r.tfm, fdzso8r.tfm, along with this -README. - -dozenal provides macros and characters in a variety of -styles and sizes, designed to blend with the Computer Modern -family, for typesetting dozenal documents. It employs the -\basexii algorithm by David Kastrup. - -This document should run properly on any properly running LaTeX -system. It's been tested specifically with TeXLive on Linux (2.6.2 -kernel). - -This is version 3.3 of dozenal. - -For version 1.1, minor bugs, in which section and subsection -numbers were not properly redefined, have been fixed. - -For version 1.2, support for using dozenal characters in -math mode was added. Submitted to CTAN on 6 June 2009. - -For version 1.3, \mainmatter's slaughter of the dozenal -counter redefinitions was stopped. Submitted to CTAN on 20 -June 2009. - -For version 2.0, Type 1 versions of the fonts were uploaded. -Some trouble with the normal weight italic, which is -therefore replaced with the simple slanted version. Was -annoyed at having to do this at all; only did it because -acroread is terrible and won't display bitmap fonts -properly. Submitted to CTAN on 2 July 2009. - -For version 3.0, I was kindly informed that my \x was -actually a backwards Pitman ten; so I fixed that, which -included redrawing the italics font (the rest were simply -mirrored). Also, made the version numbers "real" by -including them in the \ProvidesPackage command; thanks to -Robin Fairbairns for telling me to. - -For version 3.1, I've updated things to allow TeXLive to -install the package correctly automatically; previously, -some manual work was required. This was essentially just -adding a \pdfmapfile statement to dozenal.sty. Submitted to -CTAN on 25 November 2009. - -For version 3.2, I've made minor changes because a new -version of hyperref for some reason seemed to break things, -for reasons that aren't really clear to me. Submitted to -CTAN on 13 May 2012. - -For version 3.3, I was kindly notified by Karl Berry that -the Type 1 italic TFM wasn't properly formed; I switched -from mftrace to mf2pt1 for converting from Metafont, and -this seems to have resolved the problem. Submitted to CTAN -on 3 Nov 11E8 (decimal 2012). - -For version 4.0, I've included the tally mark characters, as -well, for whatever they may be worth. The documentation -also now contains examples of the characters. Submitted to -CTAN on 17 May 11E9 (decimal 19 May 2013). Files old/doc/fonts/dozenal/dozenal.pdf and new/doc/fonts/dozenal/dozenal.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/fonts/dozenal/testdozchars.tex new/doc/fonts/dozenal/testdozchars.tex --- old/doc/fonts/dozenal/testdozchars.tex 2009-07-19 20:42:20.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/fonts/dozenal/testdozchars.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,186 +0,0 @@ -% +AMDG - -\documentclass{article} -\title{Testing Dozenal Characters for Computer Modern} -\author{Donald P.\ Goodman III} -\date{\today} - -\usepackage{fix-cm} -\usepackage{dozenal} - -\begin{document} - -\maketitle - -\mainmatter - -\noindent -Tiny: \\ -\tiny 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Footnotesize: \\ -\footnotesize 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Small: \\ -\small 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Normalsize: \\ -\normalsize 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -large: \\ -\large 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Large: \\ -\Large 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -LARGE: \\ -\LARGE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -huge: \\ -\huge 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Huge: \\ -\Huge 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Really, really big: \\ -\fontsize{50pt}{65pt}\selectfont\ldots 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ -10 \\\normalsize - -34\x5897\e45383\e4325 -\textbf{34\x5897\e45383\e4325} - -\begin{equation} -\sum_{k=\x}^n -\end{equation} - -\clearpage - -\bfseries -\noindent -Tiny: \\ -\tiny 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Footnotesize: \\ -\footnotesize 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Small: \\ -\small 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Normalsize: \\ -\normalsize 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -large: \\ -\large 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Large: \\ -\Large 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -LARGE: \\ -\LARGE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -huge: \\ -\huge 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Huge: \\ -\Huge 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Really, really big: \\ -\fontsize{50pt}{65pt}\selectfont\ldots 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ -10 \\\normalsize\normalfont - -34\x5897\e45383\e4325 -\textbf{34\x5897\e45383\e4325} - -\clearpage - -\slshape -\noindent -Tiny:\\ -\tiny 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Footnotesize: \\ -\footnotesize 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Small: \\ -\small 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Normalsize: \\ -\normalsize 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -large: \\ -\large 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Large: \\ -\Large 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -LARGE: \\ -\LARGE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -huge: \\ -\huge 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Huge: \\ -\Huge 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Really, really big: \\ -\fontsize{50pt}{65pt}\selectfont\ldots 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ -10\\\normalsize\normalfont -34\x5897\e45383\e4325 -\textbf{\textsl{34\x5897\e45383\e4325}} - -\clearpage - -\slshape\bfseries -\noindent -Tiny:\\ -\tiny 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Footnotesize: \\ -\footnotesize 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Small: \\ -\small 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Normalsize: \\ -\normalsize 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -large: \\ -\large 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Large: \\ -\Large 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -LARGE: \\ -\LARGE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -huge: \\ -\huge 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Huge: \\ -\Huge 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Really, really big: \\ -\fontsize{50pt}{65pt}\selectfont\ldots 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ -10\\\normalsize\normalfont -34\x5897\e45383\e4325 -\textbf{\textsl{34\x5897\e45383\e4325}} - -\clearpage - -\itshape -\noindent -Tiny:\\ -\tiny 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Footnotesize: \\ -\footnotesize 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Small: \\ -\small 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Normalsize: \\ -\normalsize 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -large: \\ -\large 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Large: \\ -\Large 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -LARGE: \\ -\LARGE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -huge: \\ -\huge 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Huge: \\ -\Huge 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Really, really big: \\ -\fontsize{50pt}{65pt}\selectfont\ldots 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ -10\\\normalsize -\textit{7452\x578\e33\e\x567} - -\clearpage - -\itshape\bfseries -\noindent -Tiny:\\ -\tiny 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Footnotesize: \\ -\footnotesize 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Small: \\ -\small 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Normalsize: \\ -\normalsize 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -large: \\ -\large 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Large: \\ -\Large 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -LARGE: \\ -\LARGE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -huge: \\ -\huge 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Huge: \\ -\Huge 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Really, really big: \\ -\fontsize{50pt}{65pt}\selectfont\ldots 8 9 \x\ \e\ -10\\\normalsize -\textit{7452\x578\e33\e\x567} - -\end{document} diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/fonts/dozenal/testfdzchars.tex new/doc/fonts/dozenal/testfdzchars.tex --- old/doc/fonts/dozenal/testfdzchars.tex 2012-11-05 23:29:13.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/fonts/dozenal/testfdzchars.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,185 +0,0 @@ -% +AMDG - -\documentclass{article} -\title{Testing Dozenal Characters for Computer Modern} -\author{Donald P.\ Goodman III} -\date{\today} - -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage{dozenal} -\usepackage{lmodern} - -\begin{document} - -\maketitle - -\noindent -Tiny: \\ -\tiny 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Footnotesize: \\ -\footnotesize 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Small: \\ -\small 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Normalsize: \\ -\normalsize 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -large: \\ -\large 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Large: \\ -\Large 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -LARGE: \\ -\LARGE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -huge: \\ -\huge 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Huge: \\ -\Huge 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Really, really big: \\ -\fontsize{50pt}{65pt}\selectfont\ldots 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ -10 \\\normalsize - -34\x5897\e45383\e4325 -\textbf{34\x5897\e45383\e4325} - -\begin{equation} -\sum_{n = \x} -\end{equation} - -\clearpage - -\bfseries -\noindent -Tiny: \\ -\tiny 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Footnotesize: \\ -\footnotesize 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Small: \\ -\small 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Normalsize: \\ -\normalsize 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -large: \\ -\large 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Large: \\ -\Large 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -LARGE: \\ -\LARGE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -huge: \\ -\huge 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Huge: \\ -\Huge 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Really, really big: \\ -\fontsize{50pt}{65pt}\selectfont\ldots 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ -10 \\\normalsize\normalfont - -34\x5897\e45383\e4325 -\textbf{34\x5897\e45383\e4325} - -\clearpage - -\slshape -\noindent -Tiny:\\ -\tiny 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Footnotesize: \\ -\footnotesize 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Small: \\ -\small 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Normalsize: \\ -\normalsize 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -large: \\ -\large 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Large: \\ -\Large 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -LARGE: \\ -\LARGE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -huge: \\ -\huge 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Huge: \\ -\Huge 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Really, really big: \\ -\fontsize{50pt}{65pt}\selectfont\ldots 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ -10\\\normalsize\normalfont -34\x5897\e45383\e4325 -\textbf{\textsl{34\x5897\e45383\e4325}} - -\clearpage - -\slshape\bfseries -\noindent -Tiny:\\ -\tiny 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Footnotesize: \\ -\footnotesize 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Small: \\ -\small 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Normalsize: \\ -\normalsize 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -large: \\ -\large 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Large: \\ -\Large 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -LARGE: \\ -\LARGE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -huge: \\ -\huge 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Huge: \\ -\Huge 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Really, really big: \\ -\fontsize{50pt}{65pt}\selectfont\ldots 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ -10\\\normalsize\normalfont -34\x5897\e45383\e4325 -\textbf{\textsl{34\x5897\e45383\e4325}} - -\clearpage - -\itshape -\noindent -Tiny:\\ -\tiny 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Footnotesize: \\ -\footnotesize 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Small: \\ -\small 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Normalsize: \\ -\normalsize 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -large: \\ -\large 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Large: \\ -\Large 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -LARGE: \\ -\LARGE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -huge: \\ -\huge 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Huge: \\ -\Huge 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Really, really big: \\ -\fontsize{50pt}{65pt}\selectfont\ldots 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ -10\\\normalsize -\textit{7452\x578\e33\e\x567} - -\clearpage - -\itshape\bfseries -\noindent -Tiny:\\ -\tiny 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Footnotesize: \\ -\footnotesize 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Small: \\ -\small 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Normalsize: \\ -\normalsize 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -large: \\ -\large 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Large: \\ -\Large 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -LARGE: \\ -\LARGE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -huge: \\ -\huge 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Huge: \\ -\Huge 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \x\ \e\ 10 \\\normalsize -Really, really big: \\ -\fontsize{50pt}{65pt}\selectfont\ldots 8 9 \x\ \e\ -10\\\normalsize -\textit{7452\x578\e33\e\x567} - -\end{document} Files old/doc/latex/cancel/cancel.pdf and new/doc/latex/cancel/cancel.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/cancel/cancel.tex new/doc/latex/cancel/cancel.tex --- old/doc/latex/cancel/cancel.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/cancel/cancel.tex 2010-02-22 00:20:18.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +\documentclass[pagesize=auto]{scrartcl} + +\usepackage{fixltx2e} +\usepackage{lmodern} +\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} +\usepackage{textcomp} +\usepackage{booktabs} +\usepackage{microtype} +\usepackage{hyperref} + +\newcommand*{\meta}[1]{\textlangle\textsl{#1}\textrangle} +\newcommand*{\marg}[1]{\texttt{\{}\meta{#1}\texttt{\}}} +\newcommand*{\cmd}[1]{\texttt{\string#1}} + +\addtokomafont{title}{\rmfamily} + +\title{The \textsf{cancel} package\thanks{This manual corresponds to \textsf{cancel}~v2.1, dated~12--Mar--2000.}} +\author{Donald Arseneau\\\href{mailto:asnd@triumf.ca}{\texttt{asnd@triumf.ca}}} +\date{12--Mar--2000} +\publishers{I contribute this software to the public domain. No rights reserved.} + + +\begin{document} + +\maketitle + +\section{Commands:} + + + +\begin{labeling}{\cmd{\cancelto}\marg{value}\marg{expression}} +\item[\cmd{\cancel}] draws a diagonal line (slash) through its argument. +\item[\cmd{\bcancel}] uses the negative slope (a backslash). +\item[\cmd{\xcancel}] draws an X (actually \cmd{\cancel} plus \cmd{\bcancel}). +\item[\cmd{\cancelto}\marg{value}\marg{expression}] draws a diagonal arrow through the \meta{expression}, pointing to the \meta{value}. +\end{labeling} +% +The first three work in math and text mode, but \cmd{\cancelto} is only +for math mode. +The slope of the line or arrow depends on what is being cancelled. + + +\section{Options:} + +Bt default, none of these commands affects the horizontal spacing, +so they might over-print neighboring parts of the formula (or text). +They do add their height to the expression, so there should never be +unintended vertical overlap. There is a package option \texttt{[makeroom]} to +increase the horizontal spacing to make room for the cancellation value. + +If you use the color package, then you can declare +% +\begin{verbatim} + \renewcommand{\CancelColor}{<color_command>} +\end{verbatim} +% +and the cancellation marks will be printed in that color (e.\,g., \cmd{\blue}). +However, if you are using color, I recommend lightly shaded blocks rather +than diagonal arrows for cancelling. + +The option \texttt{[thicklines]} asks for heavier lines and arrows. This may be +useful when the lines are colored a light shade. + +\begin{samepage} + The size (math style) of the \cmd{\cancelto} value depends on package options + according to this table: + % + \begin{center} + \small + \begin{tabular}{@{}llll@{}} + \toprule + \textbf{Current style} & \textbf{\texttt{[samesize]}} & \textbf{\texttt{[smaller]}} & \textbf{\texttt{[Smaller]}} \\ + \midrule + \cmd{\displaystyle} & \cmd{\displaystyle} & \cmd{\textstyle} & \cmd{\scriptstyle} \\ + \cmd{\textstyle} & \cmd{\textstyle} & \cmd{\scriptstyle} & \cmd{\scriptstyle} \\ + \cmd{\scriptstyle} & \cmd{\scriptstyle} & \cmd{\scriptscriptstyle} & \cmd{\scriptscriptstyle} \\ + \cmd{\scriptscriptstyle} & \cmd{\scriptscriptstyle} & \cmd{\scriptscriptstyle} & \cmd{\scriptscriptstyle} \\ + \bottomrule + \end{tabular} + \end{center} + % + (``\texttt{smaller}'' is the default behavior. It gives textstyle limits in + displaystyle, whereas ``\texttt{Smaller}'' gives scriptstyle limits.) +\end{samepage} + +This package is provided without guarantees or support. Drawing slashes +through math to indicate ``cancellation'' is poor design. I don't recommend +that you use this package at all. + +\end{document} diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/cancel.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/cancel.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/cancel.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/cancel.doc.tlpobj 2010-06-10 18:20:52.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +name cancel.doc +category Package +revision 17124 +shortdesc doc files of cancel +relocated 1 +docfiles size=67 + RELOC/doc/latex/cancel/cancel.pdf + RELOC/doc/latex/cancel/cancel.tex diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/dozenal.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/dozenal.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/dozenal.doc.tlpobj 2013-05-21 03:45:57.000000000 +0200 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/dozenal.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -name dozenal.doc -category Package -revision 30592 -shortdesc doc files of dozenal -relocated 1 -docfiles size=61 - RELOC/doc/fonts/dozenal/README - RELOC/doc/fonts/dozenal/dozenal.pdf - RELOC/doc/fonts/dozenal/testdozchars.tex - RELOC/doc/fonts/dozenal/testfdzchars.tex ++++++ dozenal.tar.xz -> cancel.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 3718 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ dehyph-exptl.doc.tar.xz -> captdef.doc.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 2454 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ dehyph-exptl.doc.tar.xz -> captdef.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 2275 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ dashundergaps.doc.tar.xz -> cases.doc.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 3671 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ dashundergaps.tar.xz -> cases.tar.xz ++++++ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tex/latex/cases/cases.sty new/tex/latex/cases/cases.sty --- old/tex/latex/cases/cases.sty 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tex/latex/cases/cases.sty 2010-02-22 00:19:14.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,187 @@ +% C A S E S . S T Y ver 2.5 May 2002 +% +% Copyright (C) 1993,1994,1995,2000,2002 by Donald Arseneau +% asnd(a)triumf.ca +% These macros may be freely transmitted, reproduced, or modified +% provided that this notice is left intact. Sub-equation numbering +% is based on subeqn.sty by Stephen Gildea; most of the rest is based +% on LaTeX's \eqnarray by Leslie Lamport and the LaTeX3 team. +% +% This provides a LaTeX environment {numcases} to produce multi-case +% equations with a separate equation number for each case. There is +% also {subnumcases} which numbers each case with the overall equation +% number plus a letter [8a, 8b, etc.]. The syntax is +% +% \begin{numcases}{left_side} +% case_1 & explanation_1 \\ +% case_2 & explanation_2 \\ +% ... +% case_n & explanation_n +% \end{numcases} +% +% Each case is a math formula, and each explanation is a piece of lr mode +% text (which may contain math mode in $...$ or $...$). The explanations +% are optional. Equation numbers are inserted automatically, just as for +% the eqnarray environment. In particular, the \nonumber command suppresses +% an equation number and the \label command allows reference to a particular +% case. In a subnumcases environment, a \label in the left_side of the +% equation gives the overall equation number, without any letter. +% +% To use this package, +% include "\usepackage{cases}" after \documentclass. You may also +% specify "\usepackage[subnum]{cases}" to force *all* numcases +% environments to be treated as subnumcases. +% +% Question: Is there a {numcases*} environment for unnumbered cases? +% Answer: There is a {cases} environment in AMS-LaTeX, but it is just as +% convenient to stick with the canonical LaTeX array: +% \[ left side = \left\{ \begin{array}...\end{array} \right. \] +% +% Speaking of AMS-math, they use an entirely different system of equation +% numbering, and this package uses ordinary LaTeX numbering. +% +% - - - - - +% A simple example is: +% \begin{numcases}{|x|=} +% x, & for $x \geq 0$\\ +% -x, & for $x < 0$ +% \end{numcases} +% +% Giving: +% / x for x > 0 (1) +% |x| = < - +% \ -x for x < 0 (2) +% +% - - - - - +% +% Another example is calculating the square root of $c+id$. First compute +% \begin{subnumcases}{\label{w} w\equiv} +% 0 & $c = d = 0$\label{wzero}\\ +% \sqrt{|c|}\,\sqrt{\frac{1 + \sqrt{1+(d/c)^2}}{2}} & $|c| \geq |d|$ \\ +% \sqrt{|d|}\,\sqrt{\frac{|c/d| + \sqrt{1+(c/d)^2}}{2}} & $|c| < |d|$ +% \end{subnumcases} +% Then, using $w$ from eq.~(\ref{w}), the square root is +% \begin{subnumcases}{\sqrt{c+id}=} +% 0 & $w=0$ (case \ref{wzero})\\ +% w+i\frac{d}{2w} & $w \neq 0$, $c \geq 0$ \\ +% \frac{|d|}{2w} + iw & $w \neq 0$, $c < 0$, $d \geq 0$ \\ +% \frac{|d|}{2w} - iw & $w \neq 0$, $c < 0$, $d < 0$ +% \end{subnumcases} +% +% - - - begin definitions - - - + +\ProvidesPackage{cases}[2002/05/02 ver 2.5 ] + +\newenvironment{numcases}[1]% +{$$\numc@opts \setbox\z@\hbox + {\advance\c@equation\@ne\def\@currentlabel{\p@equation\theequation}% local + $\displaystyle {#1\null}\m@th$}% + \numc@setsub + \setbox\tw@\vbox\bgroup + \stepcounter{equation}\def\@currentlabel{\p@equation\theequation}% + \global\@eqnswtrue\m@th \everycr{}\tabskip\numc@left\let\\\@eqncr + \halign to\dimen@ii \bgroup \kern\wd\z@ \kern14\p@ % assume width of brace + \tabskip\z@skip \global\@eqcnt\@ne $\displaystyle{##}$\hfil + &\global\@eqcnt\tw@ \skip@10\p@ \advance\skip@\tw@\arraycolsep \hskip\skip@ + ##\unskip\hfil\tabskip\@centering% \unskip removes space if no explanations + &\global\@eqcnt\thr@@\hbox to\z@\bgroup\hss##\egroup\tabskip\z@skip\cr +}{\@@eqncr \egroup % end \halign, which does not contain first column or brace + \global\advance\c@equation\m@ne +%Measure the natural width of the alignment + \unskip\unpenalty\unskip\unpenalty \setbox\z@\lastbox % grab last line + \nointerlineskip \copy\z@ % then put it back + \global\dimen@i\wd\z@ + \setbox\z@\hbox{\hskip-\numc@left\unhbox\z@}% Measure its natural width + \ifdim \wd\z@<\dimen@i \global\dimen@i\wd\z@ \fi +\egroup% end \vbox (box\tw@, box\z@ is restored to LHS) +\hbox to\dimen@ii{\m@th % assemble the whole equation + \hskip\numc@left + \hbox to\dimen@i{$\displaystyle \box\z@ % parameter #1 + \dimen@\ht\tw@ \advance\dimen@\dp\tw@ % get size of brace + \left\{\vcenter to\dimen@{\vfil}\right.\n@space % make brace + $\hfil}\hskip\@centering % finished first part (filled whole line) + \kern-\dimen@ii % backspace the full width + $\vcenter{\box\tw@}$% overlay the alignment + }% end the \hbox to\dimen@ii +\numc@resetsub +$$\global\@ignoretrue} + +\let\numc@setsub\relax +\let\numc@resetsub\relax + +\def\subnumcases{\let\numc@setsub\subequations + \let\numc@resetsub\endsubequations \numcases} +\let\endsubnumcases\endnumcases + +% declare subequations -- either defining them following the style of +% Gildea's subeqn.sty, or using the syntax of AMS-LaTeX if that is loaded. + +\@ifundefined{c@parentequation}{% No AMS, define subequations from scratch: +% +% These versions of subequations follow the style of Gildea's subeqn.sty, +% but are thoroughly rewritten. +% +% You can change the labelling by redefining \thesubequation, but the names +% of the counters may be confusing: The sub-number is given by counter +% {equation}, while the overall equation number is given by {mainequation}. +% There are two ways to reference the overall equation number: +% through the value of \c@mainequation, as in \Roman{mainequation}, or +% through \themainequation, which gives the text of the normal \theequation. +% Refer to the local sub-number with \c@equation, as in \alph{equation}. +% The default numbering is like 13c, given by: +% +\def\thesubequation{\themainequation\alph{equation}} +% +% Some alternatives: +% \def\thesubequation{\themainequation.\Alph{equation}} % 13.C +% \def\thesubequation{\themainequation-\roman{equation}} % 13-iii +% \def\thesubequation{(\arabic{mainequation}\alph{equation})} % (13c) +% The third alternative should be used if a document style has +% declared \renewcommand{\@eqnnum}{\theequation} and +% \renewcommand{\theequation}{(\arabic{equation})}, which makes +% \ref put parentheses around regular equation numbers automatically. +% +\def\subequations{\refstepcounter{equation}% + \mathchardef\c@mainequation\c@equation + \let\@tempa\protect % * added protection + \def\protect{\noexpand\protect\noexpand}% * + \edef\themainequation{\theequation}\let\theequation\thesubequation + \let\protect\@tempa % * + \global\c@equation\z@} +% +\def\endsubequations{% + \global\c@equation\c@mainequation + \global\@ignoretrue} +% +% \begin{subeqnarray} works like \begin{subequations}\begin{eqnarray}, +% with the added feature that a \label command given given at the very +% beginning of the first entry defines a label for the overall equation +% number. +% +\def\subeqnarray{\subequations\eqnarray\@ifnextchar\label{\@lab@subeqnarray}{}} +\def\endsubeqnarray{\endeqnarray\endsubequations} +\def\@lab@subeqnarray#1#2{\begingroup + \let\@currentlabel\themainequation #1{#2}\endgroup} +% +}{}% AMS \subequations already defined + +\def\numc@left{\@centering} +\def\numc@opts{\dimen@ii\displaywidth} + +\DeclareOption{subnum}{ + \let\numc@setsub\subequations + \let\numc@resetsub\endsubequations } + +\DeclareOption{fleqn}{ + \def\numc@left{\mathindent} + \def\numc@opts{\displaywidth\linewidth + \dimen@ii\linewidth } +} +\ProcessOptions + +\endinput + +% Send problem reports to asnd(a)triumf.ca + +Test file integrity: ASCII 32-57, 58-126: !"#$%&'()*+,-./0123456789 +:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tex/latex/dashundergaps/dashundergaps.sty new/tex/latex/dashundergaps/dashundergaps.sty --- old/tex/latex/dashundergaps/dashundergaps.sty 2011-08-03 14:56:43.000000000 +0200 +++ new/tex/latex/dashundergaps/dashundergaps.sty 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,78 +0,0 @@ -%% This is file `dashundergaps.sty' v1.2 by Merciadri Luca. - -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesPackage{dashundergaps}[2010/01/20 Dashing and underlining (phantom) text] -\PackageInfo{dashundergaps}{This is DashUnderGaps by Merciadri Luca.} - -\RequirePackage{ifthen}[1994/06/01] -\PassOptionsToPackage{normalem}{ulem} -\RequirePackage{ulem} -\newboolean{dot} % false at start -\newboolean{dash} % false at start - - -\DeclareOption{dash}{% -\typeout{Dashing mode activated!} -\setboolean{dash}{true} -\providecommand{\dashuline}{\bgroup -\ifdim\ULdepth=\maxdimen -\settodepth\ULdepth{(j}\advance\ULdepth.4pt\fi -\markoverwith{\kern.15em -\vtop{\kern\ULdepth \hrule width .3em}% -\kern.15em}\ULon} -} - - -\DeclareOption{dot}{% -\typeout{Dotting mode activated!} -\setboolean{dot}{true} -\providecommand{\dotuline}{\bgroup -\ifdim\ULdepth=\maxdimen -\settodepth\ULdepth{(j}\advance\ULdepth.4pt\fi -\markoverwith{\begingroup -\advance\ULdepth0.08ex -\lower\ULdepth\hbox{\kern.15em .\kern.1em}% -\endgroup}\ULon} -} - - -\DeclareOption{phantomtext}{% -\typeout{Phantom mode activated! All the gaps will be filled.} -\newboolean{teachernotes} % false at start -\newcounter{nb-gaps} -\setcounter{nb-gaps}{1} -\newcounter{nth-gaps} -\setcounter{nth-gaps}{1} - -\def\phantom@putbox{\ifx\UL@start\@empty \else % not inner - \vrule\@width\z@ \LA@penalty\@M - {\UL@skip\wd\UL@box \UL@leaders \kern-\UL@skip}% - \hbox to\wd\UL@box{}\fi}% - -\providecommand{\gap}[1]{% -\bgroup -\let\UL@putbox=\phantom@putbox -\ifthenelse{\boolean{teachernotes}} -{\textbf{#1} (\arabic{nth-gaps})} -{\ifthenelse{\boolean{dash} \AND \boolean{dot}}{\uline{#1}(\arabic{nth-gaps})}{\ifthenelse{\boolean{dash}}{\dashuline{#1} (\arabic{nth-gaps})}{\ifthenelse{\boolean{dot}}{\dotuline{#1} (\arabic{nth-gaps})}{\uline{#1} (\arabic{nth-gaps})}}} -} -\addtocounter{nb-gaps}{1} -\addtocounter{nth-gaps}{1} -\egroup -}} - - -\DeclareOption{teachernotes}{% -\typeout{Phantom mode deactivated! All the gaps will be filled with their content.} -\setboolean{teachernotes}{true} -} - - -\DeclareOption{displaynbgaps}{% -\typeout{Gaps counting mode activated!} -\addtocounter{nb-gaps}{-1} -\AtEndDocument{\vfill \centering \bfseries GAPS: \arabic{nb-gaps}.} -} - -\ProcessOptions\relax - diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/cases.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/cases.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/cases.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/cases.tlpobj 2010-06-10 18:20:56.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +name cases +category Package +revision 17123 +shortdesc Numbered cases environment +relocated 1 +longdesc Define the environment numcases: equations with several +longdesc alternative right-hand sides, with equation numbers for each +longdesc alternative. Also environment subnumcases, where each +longdesc alternative is a sub-number (e.g., 8a, 8b, ...) of the equation +longdesc set as a whole. +runfiles size=2 + RELOC/tex/latex/cases/cases.sty +catalogue-ctan /macros/latex/contrib/cases +catalogue-date 2010-02-23 16:16:11 +0100 +catalogue-license pd +catalogue-version 2.5 diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/dashundergaps.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/dashundergaps.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/dashundergaps.tlpobj 2011-08-04 04:19:42.000000000 +0200 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/dashundergaps.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,16 +0,0 @@ -name dashundergaps -category Package -revision 23373 -shortdesc Underline with dotted or dashed lines. -relocated 1 -longdesc The package provides commands (\underline, \dotuline and -longdesc \dashuline) each of which underlines its argument with one of -longdesc the styles the package is capable of. A phantom mode is -longdesc provided, where the underline (of whatever form) can serve for -longdesc a 'fill-in block' for student evaluation sheets. -runfiles size=1 - RELOC/tex/latex/dashundergaps/dashundergaps.sty -catalogue-ctan /macros/latex/contrib/dashundergaps -catalogue-date 2010-01-23 00:15:17 +0100 -catalogue-license lppl -catalogue-version 1.2 ++++++ dashbox.doc.tar.xz -> cd.doc.tar.xz ++++++ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/cd/CD.tex new/doc/latex/cd/CD.tex --- old/doc/latex/cd/CD.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/cd/CD.tex 2008-05-06 03:02:24.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +\documentclass[a4paper]{cd} +\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} +\usepackage{avant} +\renewcommand\rmdefault{\sfdefault} +\onecorrection{.2} + +\begin{document} + +\makeCD + +\end{document} diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/cd/CDlist.tex new/doc/latex/cd/CDlist.tex --- old/doc/latex/cd/CDlist.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/cd/CDlist.tex 2008-05-06 03:02:24.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +\documentclass[a4paper]{cd} +\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} +\usepackage{avant,amstext} +\renewcommand\rmdefault{\sfdefault} +\onecorrection{.2} + +\begin{document} + +\makelist + +\end{document} diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/cd/README new/doc/latex/cd/README --- old/doc/latex/cd/README 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/cd/README 2008-05-06 03:02:24.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +A LaTeX CD cover class + +This class grew out of my frustration with software for CD covers. My list of +requirements includes eternal durability of covers (I do not want to throw +away my precious covers because of an upgrade), easy batch printing with crop +marks, full typographical control, extended foreign language support, fully +open text-based format for easy copy-and-modify operations, and so on. +Since version 1.1, slim CD are supported. + +As usual, the package is provided by means of a .dtx source that a .ins +driver will convert into a class (.cls) file. Of course, compiling the .dtx +source will generate the documentation. For your convenience, the full +archive contains the class file and the documentation. + +Normal usage requires creating a simple data file for each cover, much as in +the following example: + +\covertext{ +The Artist\\ +\bfseries The Title +} + +\leftspine{THE ARTIST} +\centerspine{THE TITLE} + +\lefttracklist{ +\track Song 1 +\track Song 2 +\track Song 3 +} + +\leftinfo{Words and Music by The Artist} + +Then, by using the provided driver files you can easily generate one or more +covers. Note that the class uses heavily the rotating package, so you must +convert the resulting dvi file into PostScript�, or use directly pdflatex. + +If you're really lazy... + +...there is a Ruby script (parsecd.rb) that, provided with information from +freedb.org, will generate automatically a data file. For instance, + + wget -O- http://www.freedb.org/freedb/jazz/380a0a05 | ./parsecd.rb + +will generate a cover for Monk's "Brilliant Corners". You can search for your +record on freedb.org, and then simply use the links provided under the label +"ids". Files old/doc/latex/cd/cd.pdf and new/doc/latex/cd/cd.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/cd/example.dat new/doc/latex/cd/example.dat --- old/doc/latex/cd/example.dat 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/cd/example.dat 2006-01-09 01:44:40.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +\covertext{ +The Artist\\ +\bfseries The Title +} + +\leftspine{THE ARTIST} +\centerspine{THE TITLE} + +\lefttracklist{ +\track Song 1 +\track Song 2 +\track Song 3 +} + +\leftinfo{Words and Music by The Artist} diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/cd/parsecd.rb new/doc/latex/cd/parsecd.rb --- old/doc/latex/cd/parsecd.rb 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/cd/parsecd.rb 2008-05-06 03:02:24.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +#!/usr/bin/ruby + +# +# This script generates a data file using data from freedb.org. +# +# Typical usage: +# +# wget -O- http://www.freedb.org/freedb/jazz/380a0a05 | ./parsecd.rb +# + +track = [] + +class String + def tex + return sub(/&/, "\\\\&").sub(/%/, "\\\\%").sub(/#/, "\\\\#") + end +end + +$stdin.each_line do |line| + name, content = line.split("=") + name.strip! if name + content.strip! if content + + if name == "DTITLE" then + author, title = content.split("/") + author = "" if ! author + title = "" if ! title + author.strip! + title.strip! + author_cap = [] + author.each(" ") { |word| author_cap << word.strip.capitalize.tex } + print "\\covertext{\n", author_cap.join(" "), "\\\\\n", "\\bfseries ", title.strip.tex, "\n}\n\n" + + print "\\leftspine{", author.upcase.tex, "}\n\n" + print "\\centerspine{", title.upcase.tex, "}\n\n" + + end + + if name.strip =~ /TTITLE.*/ then + track << content + end +end + +print "\\lefttracklist{\n" + +if track.size < 16 then track.each { |x| print "\\track ", x.tex, "\n" } +else + track[0,(track.size/2)+1].each { |x| print "\\track ", x.tex, "\n" } + print "}\n\n\\righttracklist{\n" + track[(track.size/2)+1,track.size].each { |x| print "\\track ", x.tex, "\n" } +end + + +print "}\n" diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/cd/slimCD.tex new/doc/latex/cd/slimCD.tex --- old/doc/latex/cd/slimCD.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/cd/slimCD.tex 2008-05-06 03:02:24.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +\documentclass[a4paper]{cd} +\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} +\usepackage{avant} +\renewcommand\rmdefault{\sfdefault} +\onecorrection{.2} + +\begin{document} + +\makeslimCD + +\end{document} diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/cd/slimCDlist.tex new/doc/latex/cd/slimCDlist.tex --- old/doc/latex/cd/slimCDlist.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/cd/slimCDlist.tex 2008-05-06 03:02:24.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +\documentclass[a4paper]{cd} +\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} +\usepackage{avant,amstext} +\renewcommand\rmdefault{\sfdefault} +\onecorrection{.2} + +\begin{document} + +\makeslimlist + +\end{document} Files old/doc/latex/dashbox/dashbox.pdf and new/doc/latex/dashbox/dashbox.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/cd.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/cd.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/cd.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/cd.doc.tlpobj 2010-06-10 18:21:57.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +name cd.doc +category Package +revision 15878 +shortdesc doc files of cd +relocated 1 +docfiles size=35 + RELOC/doc/latex/cd/CD.tex + RELOC/doc/latex/cd/CDlist.tex + RELOC/doc/latex/cd/README + RELOC/doc/latex/cd/cd.pdf + RELOC/doc/latex/cd/example.dat + RELOC/doc/latex/cd/parsecd.rb + RELOC/doc/latex/cd/slimCD.tex + RELOC/doc/latex/cd/slimCDlist.tex diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/dashbox.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/dashbox.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/dashbox.doc.tlpobj 2011-08-06 04:16:34.000000000 +0200 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/dashbox.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -name dashbox.doc -category Package -revision 23425 -shortdesc doc files of dashbox -relocated 1 -docfiles size=39 - RELOC/doc/latex/dashbox/dashbox.pdf ++++++ dancers.tar.xz -> cd.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 2273 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ dvdcoll.doc.tar.xz -> cell.doc.tar.xz ++++++ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/cell/README new/doc/latex/cell/README --- old/doc/latex/cell/README 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/cell/README 2010-12-16 01:42:02.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +for the journal Cell +http://www.cell.com/ +cell.bst +cell.sty + + Dr. Thomas D. Schneider + National Institutes of Health + schneidt(a)mail.nih.gov + toms(a)alum.mit.edu (permanent) + http://alum.mit.edu/www/toms + +(public domain) diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/dvdcoll/CHANGES new/doc/latex/dvdcoll/CHANGES --- old/doc/latex/dvdcoll/CHANGES 2008-04-29 19:37:53.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/dvdcoll/CHANGES 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,255 +0,0 @@ -=== dvdcoll.cls === - --- dvdcoll.cls v1.1a -- - -2008/04/21 Bugfix: \pn@pdf@string@def (see: pdfnotiz.sty) [jk] - force usage of hyperref.sty [2008/04/12 v6.77m] or higher - -2008/04/21 Bugfix: no default set for option pdfencoding [jk] - --- dvdcoll.cls v1.1 (<- v1.01dev 2007/03/21) -- - -2007/03/21 new class option pdfencoding [jk] - changing encoding in bookmarks and pdf annotations - to pdfdocencoding or unicode(slow; see ducumentation) - -2007/03/21 Bugfix: faulty output of characters in pdf annotations by incorrect encoding [jk] - -> new class option pdfencoding, switching off active characters within environment Dvd - -> new commands added to .dcl files: \dc@dvd@shorthand@on, \dc@dvd@shorthand@off - - reported by: myself - -2007/03/21 Bugfix: switch to \LoadClass and \DeclareOptionX* to prevent unused global options warning [jk] - - reported by: myself - -2007/03/16 revision of environment Dvd [jk] - switching off language dependant shorthands (babel) temporary - -> added \dc@dvd@shorthand@on, \dc@dvd@shorthand@off in env Dvd - -2007/03/13 new list of empty descriptions [jk] - adjustment of \DvdTitleWithDescription - -> \l@ledsec, \toclevel@ledsec, \listofemptydescriptions, \dc@ledname - --- dvdcoll.cls v1.0 (<- v0.71dev 2007/02/24) -- - -2007/02/24 setting pdf properties [jk] - -2007/02/24 changing default TOCSecIndent for both haeding=number and nonumber [jk] - -2007/02/23 completion of season support in bookmarks [jk] - various changes in several commands (esp. \DvdSeries and \SetSeason) - -2007/02/23 Bugfix \listofdvds [jk] - changed \section* to \chapter* - - reported by: myself - -2007/02/22 changing from l@section to l@dcdvd (and toclevel@dcdvd -> hyperref) for toc and bookmark entries [jk] - - --- dvdcoll.cls v0.7 (<- v0.61dev 2007/02/14) -- - -2007/02/14 completion of BibTeX output [jk] - various changes and new commands - \leadzeros provided by Heiko Oberdiek in d.c.t.t, Msg-Id: <eqrquu$f52$1(a)news.BelWue.DE> - introduction of new command options - DvdSeries -> labelbase, labelbaselength, labelbaseprefix, labelbasesuffix - changed label handling in environment Dvd - writing database (label, dvd titel) in BibTeX formant on-the-fly - -2007/02/14 Bugfix env Dvd [jk] - changed table format from lXr to rXr - better layout with more than 9 Dvd titles - - reported by: myself - -2007/02/14 included links in TOC and Bookmarks for LFR and List of Dvds [jk] - - --- dvdcoll.cls v0.6a (<- v0.6 2006/10/25) -- - -2006/10/25 Bugfix env Dvd [jk] - solving the indent problems within the environment Dvd - Indent (SPACE(s) in this case) in new line after using commands within env Dvd - Solution: (1) manual adding of % at the end of the commands by the user - not useful, therefore - (2) insert \endlinechar=-1 in env Dvd - see: Msg-ID: <ehnv22$i4h$1(a)news.BelWue.DE> by Heiko Oberdiek - -> empty line is needed between two Dvds - - reported by: myself - -2006/10/25 revision of env Dvd [jk] - after solving the indent problem: - changed the table definition to \tabularx{\textwidth}{lXr} - --- dvdcoll.cls v0.6 (<- v0.53dev 2006/10/06) -- - -2006/10/06 solving some indent problems in 1st column [jk] - just %ing all ends of lines of code - still indent with all \DvdTitleWithDescription - space consuming pdf anchor?? - and at all \SetSeason{} within the Dvd environment but not outside?? - -2006/10/05 switching from cooltooltips.sty to pdfnotiz.sty [jk] - -2006/09/01 new command \SetLFRName [jk] - -2006/09/01 completion of season support [jk] - various changes and new commands - -2006/06/27 new feature: descriptions in pdf annotation (only with pdflatex in pdf mode; Acrobat Reader >= 7) [jk] - \dc@pdf@desc, \Description, \DvdTitleWithDescription - -2006/06/27 revision of \DvdTitle [jk] - making the printing of the counter in \DvdTitle ajustable - -> \dc@print@counter - -2006/06/23 revision of Dvd [jk] - making size adjustments possible in the dvd tables - -> \dc@size@table@title (\Large), \dc@size@table@cells (\large) - - --- dvdcoll.cls v0.52 (<- v0.51dev 2006/06/14) -- - -2006/06/14 revision of the *Numwidth and *Indent commands [jk] - -2006/06/12 Bugfix: env Dvd, \AutoTitle, \DvdCounter [jk] - incorrect (different) spaces (in TOC) in different types of - automatic titling - - reported by: myself - -2006/06/12 Bugfix: \SetThirdColumnAddition [jk] - wrong variable \dc@addhspace@title@count instead of \dc@third - - reported by: myself - -=== pdfnotiz.sty === - --- pdfnotiz.sty v1.2a -- - -2008/04/21 Bugfix: \pn@pdf@string@def (pdfnotiz.sty) [jk] - macro name change in hyperref.sty [2008/04/12 v6.77m] - (\HyPSD@AMSclassfix -> \HyPsd@AMSclassfix) - the same fix is needed in the derived macro \pn@pdf@string@def - --- pdfnotiz.sty v1.2 -- - -2007/03/16 added \pn@pdf@string@def [jk] - it's a simplified run time optimized version of hyperref's \pdfstringdef - works only with PDFDocEncoding - --- pdfnotiz.sty v1.1a -- - -2007/03/14 revision of \pdfnote [jk] - added \gdef\pn@pdf@desc{} at the end of \pdfnote for clearing the description after usage - --- pdfnotiz.sty v1.1 -- - -2007/02/24 revision of \pdfmarginnote [jk] - making type adjustable; default:Help - --- pdfnotiz.sty v1.0 -- - -2006/10/05 final adjustments to pdfnotiz.sty [jk] - - -=== dcwrtbib.sty === - --- dcwrtbib.sty v1.0 -- - -2007/02/10 final adjustments to dcwrtbib.sty [jk] - - -=== dcbib.bst === - --- dcbib.bst v1.0 -- - -2007/02/13 final adjustments to dcbib.bst [jk] - - -=== language definition files (dcl) === - -2007/03/22 added support for language polish [jk] - added polish.dcl - - contributed by Daniel Mr�z (beorn(a)alpha.pl) - -2007/03/21 added support for language portuguese [jk] - added portuges.dcl, portuguese.dcl, brazil.dcl, brazilian.dcl - - contributed by Pedro Quaresma (pedro(a)mat.uc.pt) - -2007/03/19 added support for language italian [jk] - added italian.dcl - - contributed by Enrico Gregorio - -2007/03/16 added definitions of \dc@dvd@shorthand@on, \dc@dvd@shorthand@off to all .dcl files [jk] - for switching off language related shorthands (babel) within environment Dvd - -2007/03/15 added support for language spanish [jk] - added spanish.dcl - - contributed by Michael Wiedmann (mw(a)miwie.in-berlin.de) - -2007/03/13 added definitions of \dc@ledname to all .dcl files [jk] - -2007/02/24 added definitions of \dc@season and \dc@pdftitle to all .dcl files [jk] - -2007/02/14 added definitions of \dc@dvdlist to all .dcl files [jk] - -2006/09/18 moved definitions from german.dcl to germanb.dcl [jk] - -> adjustments of all german related dcl files; loading germanb.dcl - -2006/09/18 added definitions of \dc@pdf@subject to all .dcl files [jk] - -2006/06/19 added support for language french [jk] - added acadian.dcl, canadien.dcl, francais.dcl, french.dcl, frenchb.dcl - - contributed by Fran�ois P�tiard - - -=== dvdcoll.pdf === - -2008/04/21 adjustments for version 1.1a - -2007/03/22 adjustments for version 1.1 - -2007/02/26 adjustments for version 1.0 - -2007/02/15 adjustments for version 0.7 - -2006/10/26 adjustments for version 0.6a - -2006/10/09 adjustments for version 0.6 - -2006/06/14 adjustments for version 0.52 - -2006/06/12 added forgotten section References [jk] - - -=== dvdcoll_de.pdf === - -2008/04/21 adjustments for version 1.1a - -2007/03/22 new german documentation for version 1.1 - - -=== INSTALL === - - -2007/02/14 adjustments for the new dcbib.bst - -2006/06/12 added FNDB update [jk] - correction of wrong path for documentation [jk] - localtexmf/doc/latex/dvdcoll/ - - -=== IPO === - - --- dvdcoll bundle v0.5 -- - -2006/06/11 IPO of dvdcoll on CTAN \ No newline at end of file diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/dvdcoll/INSTALL new/doc/latex/dvdcoll/INSTALL --- old/doc/latex/dvdcoll/INSTALL 2007-09-13 20:23:02.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/dvdcoll/INSTALL 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,18 +0,0 @@ - dvdcoll -- INSTALL -====================== - -All the files ending with .cls, .sty, .bst and .dcl have to be installed where -TeX can find them. Please refer to your TeX distribution's manual for how -to install additional packages. - -According to the TeX Directory Standard (TDS), the files should be installed -in your local texmf/ tree as follows: - --- *.cls -> localtexmf/tex/latex/dvdcoll/ --- *.sty -> localtexmf/tex/latex/dvdcoll/ --- *.dcl -> localtexmf/tex/latex/dvdcoll/dcl/ --- *.bst -> localtexmf/bibtex/bst/dvdcoll/ --- *.pdf -> localtexmf/doc/latex/dvdcoll/ --- *.tex -> localtexmf/doc/latex/dvdcoll/ - -Don't forget to update your FNDB (Filename database). (see: manual) \ No newline at end of file diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/dvdcoll/README new/doc/latex/dvdcoll/README --- old/doc/latex/dvdcoll/README 2008-04-29 19:37:53.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/dvdcoll/README 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,25 +0,0 @@ -Having lost the overview of my DVD archives, I simply could not remember -if I already recorded the documentary running on TV that day. I chose to -recreate the index using LaTeX: the design aim was a hyperlinked and fully -searchable PDF-document listing my DVDs with all titles, contents, lengths -and so on. Further requirements were support for seasons of tv series and -a list with all faulty or missing programs for rerecording. The dvdcoll -class supports all these requirements. - -dvdcoll.cls follows the structure <number><title><length>. As a result, -the class is not limited to DVDs - you can of course typeset archives of -CD-ROMs, Audio-CDs and so on. - -Supported languages at the moment: English, French, German, Italian, Polish, -Portuguese, Spanish. - -Some help is needed for other languages! ;-) - -License: LPPL - -Changes in v1.1a: - -2008/04/21 Bugfix: \pn@pdf@string@def (pdfnotiz.sty) [jk] - macro name change in hyperref.sty [2008/04/12 v6.77m] - (\HyPSD@AMSclassfix -> \HyPsd@AMSclassfix) - the same fix is needed in the derived macro \pn@pdf@string@def \ No newline at end of file Files old/doc/latex/dvdcoll/dcexample.pdf and new/doc/latex/dvdcoll/dcexample.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/dvdcoll/dcexample.tex new/doc/latex/dvdcoll/dcexample.tex --- old/doc/latex/dvdcoll/dcexample.tex 2007-02-28 02:31:43.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/dvdcoll/dcexample.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,201 +0,0 @@ -\documentclass[pagenumbers=yes,heading=number,dvdlabel=wide,dvdskip=big]{dvdcoll} - -\usepackage[german]{babel} -\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage{textcomp} -\usepackage{charter} -\usepackage{avant} - -\hypersetup{pdfauthor={Josef Kleber}} -\begin{document} -\SetTOCNumwidth{15pt} -\SetTOCSecIndent{15pt} -\SetLFRSecNumwidth{37pt} -\tableofcontents - -\DvdPart{Fernsehserien} -\SetThirdColumnAddition{mins} - -\DvdSeries[titlenumbering=season,labelbase=23,labelbaselength=4]{J.A.G.} - -\SetSeason{1} - -\begin{Dvd}{}{} - \Description{An Bord eines amerikanischen Flugzeugtr�gers verschwindet eine junge Pilotin spurlos. Die milit�rische Ermittlungsbeh�rde JAG wird eingeschaltet und schickt die Marineanw�lte Harm Rabb und Kate Pike auf das Schiff, das im Rahmen der UNO-Massnahmen gegen Serbien an Kampfeins�tzen in der Adria beteiligt ist. Schon bald kommt der Verdacht auf, dass die Pilotin ermordet wurde. Hat der frauenfeindliche Commander der Flugzeugstaffel eine kritische Untergebene beseitigt?} - \DvdTitleWithDescription{Tod auf dem Flugzeugtr�ger (1)}{F} - \Description{Die Leiche der Pilotin Angela wird aus dem Meer geborgen. Harm misstraut der Diagnose 'Tod durch Ertrinken'. Seine Recherchen decken die wahren Zusammenh�nge auf. Angelas Kameradin Cassie zeigte sich in sportlichen Wettk�mpfen mehrfach ihrem Sicherheitsoffizier Ripper �berlegen. Darunter litt sein Selbstbewusstsein so sehr, dass er Cassie zu hassen begann und ihr seine Abneigung immer deutlicher zeigte. In der bewussten Nacht kam es zu einer t�dlichen Verwechslung.} - \DvdTitleWithDescription{Tod auf dem Flugzeugtr�ger (2)}{F} - \Description{Der schrullige Computert�ftler Grover soll auf Anordnung des US-Verteidigungsministeriums den Offizieren des U-Bootes 'Tigershark' seine neueste Erfindung vorf�hren: Einen computergesteuerten Torpedo namens 'Shadow'. Kaum ist der Torpedo abgeschossen, er�ffnet Dirk dem Captain einen schrecklichen Plan: Er hat den 'Shadow' auf ein Kreuzfahrtschiff angesetzt und droht, es zu versenken, falls ihm nicht bis Mitternacht 40 Millionen Dollar in Gold �bergeben werden. } - \DvdTitleWithDescription{Der Torpedo}{F} - \Description{Bei einer Gefechts�bung eines Marineinfanterie-Bataillons werden mehrere Soldaten versehentlich schwer verletzt. Schuld hat offenbar der junge Offizier Jay Williams, Sohn eines bekannten Generals. Williams' vorschnelles Schuldgest�ndnis macht Lt. Harm Rabb und Meg Austin jedoch misstrauisch. Das Band des Funkverkehrs, auf dem alle Kommandos der �bung aufgezeichnet sind, soll Kl�rung bringen. Doch dann ist das Band pl�tzlich gel�scht.} - \DvdTitleWithDescription{Operation Sandsturm}{F} -\end{Dvd} - -\begin{Dvd}{}{} - \Description{Im Abstand von wenigen Monaten werden drei Navy-Lieutenants erstochen. Die Spur f�hrt Rabb und Austin zum thail�ndischen Botschafter Sonsiri. Ist er der M�rder, weil er eifers�chtig auf seine Frau war? Oder ist es dessen Sicherheitschef Patano, der sich durch allzu schnellen Gebrauch seiner Waffe verd�chtig macht? Schliesslich ist da noch Angelique, die Harm ein aus der Botschaftsk�che stammendes Messer, identisch mit der Tatwaffe, bringt, um den Verdacht von sich abzulenken?} - \DvdTitleWithDescription{Der Offiziersm�rder}{46:03} - \Description{Auf einem Luftwaffenst�tzpunkt st�rzt ein erfahrener Pilot mit seinem Flieger auf unerkl�rliche Weise ab. Harm und Meg konzentrieren sich bei ihren Ermittlungen auf das automatische Gel�nde-Radar-Navigationssystem des Flugzeugs, das Harm aus seiner Pilotenzeit kennt und dem er eine Fehlfunktion zutraut. Mit dieser These macht er sich allerdings den Vertreter der Herstellungsfirma, Reid, zum erbitterten Gegner. } - \DvdTitleWithDescription{Flug in den Tod}{46:18} - \Description{Die amerikanische Botschaft in Lima wird von US-Marines unter der Leitung von Sgt. Granger bewacht. Eines Nachts h�rt der Marine Parr ein verd�chtiges Ger�usch. Er geht der Sache nach und sieht eine Gestalt auf der Mauer des Botschaftsgrundst�cks. Als er die Person stellen will, schiesst diese sofort. Parr erwidert das Feuer und t�tet den Eindringling. Es stellt sich allerdings heraus, dass der vermeintliche Angreifer noch ein Junge war. Meg und Harm sollen den Fall aufkl�ren. } - \DvdTitleWithDescription{Der leuchtende Pfad}{45:29} - \Description{Auf einem Milit�rst�tzpunkt verschwinden immer h�ufiger gef�hrliche Waffen. Harm Rabb und Meg Austin werden auf die Insel geschickt, um die Vorf�lle zu kl�ren. Harm freut sich auf ein Wiedersehen mit Kate Pike, die dorthin versetzt worden ist. Doch die Freude ist von kurzer Dauer, denn die drei mutmasslichen Diebe brechen aus dem Milit�rgef�ngnis aus und nehmen eine Geisel in ihre Gewalt: Meg. F�r Harm und Kate beginnt ein Wettlauf mit der Zeit. } - \DvdTitleWithDescription{Der Ausbruch}{46:15} -\end{Dvd} - -\begin{Dvd}{}{} - \Description{Als zwei Marines an der Grenze zwischen Kuwait und dem Irak Patrouille fahren, beschiessen Irakis ihren Jeep, t�ten den einen und nehmen den anderen, Corporal Anderson, unter dem Vorwand der Spionage fest. Ihm steht ein Schauprozess in Bagdad bevor. Aus politischen Gr�nden stimmt Diktator Saddam Hussein der Anwesenheit von zwei US-Verteidigern zu. Meg und Harm sind die beiden Auserw�hlten - sie haben den Geheimauftrag, Anderson zu befreien.} - \DvdTitleWithDescription{Gefangen in Bagdad}{46:58} - \Description{Vor Jahren hat die Navy ihren Luftwaffenst�tzpunkt bei Del Rio in Texas aufgegeben, weil dort angeblich UFOs und unheimliche Gestalten ihr Unwesen treiben. Darauf soll auch das Verschwinden der 10-j�hrigen Cathy zur�ckzuf�hren sein. Cathys Onkel J.D. glaubt, dass sich seine Nichte immer noch an dem Ort aufh�lt. Harmon Rabb und Meg Austin sollen jetzt den Ger�chten nachgehen und das M�dchen finden.} - \SetSeason[11]{1} - \pdfmarginnote{ge�nderte Sendereihenfolge} - \DvdTitleWithDescription{Unheimliche Begegnungen}{45:37} - \Description{W�hrend eines Man�vers einer Ausbildungseinheit der Marines wird der Rekrut Hanson schwer verletzt. Lt. Teese berichtet, dass Hanson einen Rausch am Strand ausgeschlafen hat und dass die Bluterg�sse von einer Schl�gerei stammen. Rabb und Austin sehen sich mit Widerspr�chen konfrontiert: In Hansons Blut wurde kein Alkohol gefunden. Warum liefert Lt. Teese keine Beweise f�r seine These? Als sie den Strand absuchen, werden sie von Rekruten der Einheit �berrascht. } - \DvdTitleWithDescription{Code Red}{46:14} - \Description{Bei einem Kontrollflug zweier US-Jets �ber Bosnien kommt es zu einem Zwischenfall: Captain Boone ortet ein serbisches Kampfflugzeug in einer Verbotszone und will das Flugzeug in den Luftraum zur�ckdr�ngen. Gleichzeitig f�ngt der zweite Jet Feuer. Die Piloten bet�tigen die Schleudersitze. Kaum h�ngen sie an ihren Fallschirmen, er�ffnet ein serbischer Hubschrauber das Feuer auf sie. Boone nimmt Kurs auf den Hubschrauber und zerst�rt ihn - ohne eine Schiesserlaubnis einzuholen.} - \DvdTitleWithDescription{Vor dem Kriegsgericht}{45:31} -\end{Dvd} - - - -\DvdSeries[titlenumbering=season,dvdnumbering=season,labelbase=451]{CSI:Miami} - -\SetSeason[21]{2} -\setcounter{seasondvd}{5} %for getting CSI:Miami 2.6 - the counter will be increased by 1 - -\begin{Dvd}{}{} - \Description{Am Strand von Miami zerschellt eine Cessna, die f�r Langstreckenfl�ge ausgelegt war und Chemikalien an Bord hatte. Horatio entdeckt bei seinen Untersuchungen, dass zwar der Boden des Flugzeugs weggesprengt worden ist und dadurch das Flugzeug abst�rzte, Adam Decker, der Pilot, merkw�rdigerweise jedoch an den Flugzeugabgasen erstickt ist. Auch das private Umfeld des toten Piloten h�lt einige Merkw�rdigkeiten bereit: Deckers Flugpartner, Wes Gallagher, bezichtigt den Toten des Ehebruchs und auch Deckers Nachbar, Jeff Latham, verfolgte vor dessen Tod eifers�chtig Deckers Treiben. Weiterhin stellt sich heraus, dass mehrere Nachbarn mit einer kleinen Mini-Kamera im Schlafzimmer �berwacht worden sind. Der �belt�ter ist Tony Macken, der mit fast s�mtlichen Frauen im Umkreis ein Verh�ltnis hat, so auch mit Wendy Decker, Adams Frau. Wendy wiederum ist mit Tony Macken nur deshalb ein Verh�ltnis eingegangen, um sich an ihrem Mann zu r�chen. Dieser brachte n�mlich eines Tages einen Kopfkissenbezug mit nach Hause, der mit Lippenstift und Eye-Liner beschrieben war. Die rachs�chtige Wendy hatte diesen Bezug zwar in die Waschmaschine gesteckt, Tim gelingt jedoch die Rekonstruktion des Geschriebenen und er stellt fest, dass es sich um eine Formel zum Entwurf einer Brennstoffzelle handelt. Diese Brennstoffzelle ist von Heddy Latham, der Frau seines Feindes, entwickelt worden. Adam Decker hatte mit Heddy ein Verh�ltnis. Als er aber die Brennstoffzelle und somit Heddys Idee selbst als Patent einreichte, beschloss Heddy, sich zu r�chen und Adams Flugzeug zu sabotieren.} - \DvdTitleWithDescription{Sabotage}{44:23} - \Description{Auf den ber�hmten Rapper Ten-Large wird auf offener B�hne ein Attentat ver�bt, bei dem der Musiker verletzt und sein Bodyguard Billy erschossen wird. �ber eine Gesichtsverletzung des toten Bodyguards finden die CSI'ler heraus, dass der Bodyguard mit seinem vorherigen Klienten einigen �rger hatte: Der Sportmoderator Dan Dakota behauptet, dass Billy sich nach einem handfesten Streit mit ihm, Dakotas Auto genommen und damit einen kleinen Unfall gebaut habe. Dieser Unfall passt zu einem festgestellten Unfall mit Fahrerflucht, bei dem der junge Student Trevor, t�dlich verletzt worden ist. Als Horatio bei der Rekonstruktion des �berfalls auf Ten-Large feststellt, dass dieser gar nicht das eigentliche Ziel gewesen sein kann, sondern Billy, der Leibw�chter, wird er misstrauisch. Unterdessen bekommt Gerichtsmedizinerin Alexx einen geh�rigen Schock, als ihr aus dem Tiefk�hlfach eine vermeintlich tote Frau entgegenspringt. Diese ist mit ihrem Wagen gegen einen Hydranten gefahren, wurde ohnm�chtig und das aus dem Hydranten spritzende eiskalte Wasser hat sie durch Unterk�hlung in einen scheintoten Zustand versetzt. Eric und Tim, die den Tatort untersuchen, finden Blut auf der Beifahrerseite des Autos und finden eine weitere Tote im Baum h�ngen, die w�hrend des Unfalls aus dem Wagen herausgeschleudert worden ist. Alexx stellt fest, dass die Tote im Baum, Nicole, schon zum Zeitpunkt des Aufpralls tot gewesen sein muss. Veronica Grant, die Unfallfahrerin, kann sich durch den Unfallschock an nichts erinnern. Veronica und Nicole waren Lebensgef�hrtinnen. Veronica hat sich kurz zuvor von ihrem Freund Ken Dawson getrennt, um mit Nicole zusammenzuziehen. Ken war das ein Dorn im Auge, er kam zu Nicole in die Wohnung, hat diese zusammengeschlagen und t�dlich verletzt liegen lassen. Veronica, die nach Hause kam, hat noch versucht, ihre Freundin ins Krankenhaus zu fahren. Abgelenkt kam sie von der Fahrbahn ab und prallte gegen den Hydranten.} - \DvdTitleWithDescription{T�dliche Reime}{44:28} - \Description{Als Laura Spelman von der Disco nach Hause kommt, findet sie ihre beiden Eltern brutal ermordet vor. Horatio verspricht ihr, die M�rder ihrer Eltern zu finden. Da sich der T�ter unvorsichtigerweise am Tatort ger�uspert und dabei Speichel hinterlassen hat, kann Calleigh eine Verbindung nach New York herstellen, da sich im Speichel des M�rders typische R�ckst�nde finden, wie sie bei Leuten, die den Einsturz des World Trade Centers erlebt haben, in der Lunge zu finden sind. Horatio fliegt daraufhin nach New York. Der vermeintliche T�ter, ein gewisser Murdoch, wird aber nur noch tot aufgefunden. Er war ein Undercover-Cop und wurde bereits vor drei Tagen ermordet. Somit kann er also nicht der T�ter sein. Durch einen halben Fingerabdruck, den die Ermittler jeweils in Miami und New York gemeinsam zusammensetzen, finden sie die Identit�t des T�ters heraus: Es ist Davey Penrod, ein bekannter Dealer und Schwerverbrecher. Als sie ihn in seiner Wohnung festnehmen wollen, kann Penrod zwar fliehen, aber Horatio findet ein Flugticket, auf dem die Adresse seiner Mordopfer notiert ist. Es stellt sich heraus, dass Penrod an einer Leseschw�che litt und einen Zahlendreher hatte. Somit hat er in Miami die falsche Familie umgebracht. Die Besitzer des Grundst�cks mit der richtigen Adresse wohnen in New York. Horatio ist alarmiert und f�hrt zu deren Wohnung, doch auch dort hat der M�rder schon zugeschlagen. Allerdings gibt es einen schwer verletzten �berlebenden...} - \DvdTitleWithDescription{Spurensuche in New York}{46:06} - \Description{Die Collegestudenten Kyle Preston und Gina Lasalle finden den Pornostar Ashley Anders tot auf. Anders ist erw�rgt worden. Bei der Untersuchung des Mageninhaltes findet Alexx sehr teuren Kaviar. Es stellt sich heraus, dass Ashley am Abend ihres Todes bei einer Party ihres Arbeitgebers David Jeffers war, der mit Hilfe von ihr und anderen Pornostars seine Gesch�ftsfreunde beeindrucken wollte. Am Hals der Toten finden sich untypische W�rgemale, offenbar konnte der T�ter mit einem seiner Finger nicht richtig zudr�cken. Bei der genauen Untersuchung der Toten stellt Alexx fest, dass deren Weisheitsz�hne noch nicht durchgewachsen sind und sie somit erheblich j�nger sein muss, als ihr Chef angibt. Bei der Untersuchung des B�ros finden die Ermittler die Geburtsurkunde von Ashley, die sich als manipuliert herausstellt. Als Tim den Hund der Toten findet, stellt er fest, dass dieser kleine Fetzen menschlichen Gewebes zwischen den Z�hnen hat. Offensichtlich hat er den T�ter w�hrend der Tat gebissen. Da sich Kyle Preston im Verh�r in Widerspr�che verstrickt, wird er genauer unter die Lupe genommen. Eric gibt sich kumpelhaft und bietet ihm eine Dose Cola an. Als Kyle diese nimmt, sieht Eric, dass er mit einem Finger nicht richtig zufassen kann. Als Eric ihm auf den Kopf zusagt, dass er der M�rder von Ashley Anders ist, bricht Kyle zusammen und gesteht.} - \DvdTitleWithDescription{W�rgemale}{45:21} -\end{Dvd} - -\SetSeason{3} - -\begin{Dvd}{}{} - \Description{Eine Jacht steuert unkontrolliert auf einen Br�ckenpfeiler zu. An Bord des Schiffes findet das Ermittlerteam den toten Reed Williams, der offenbar erschossen wurde. Als Horatio die Frau des Ermordeten, Tawny Williams, von dem Geschehen unterrichten will, stellt sich heraus, dass der Sohn des Paares entf�hrt wurde und ihr Mann offensichtlich bei der L�segeld�bergabe - Schmuck im Wert von drei Millionen Dollar - erschossen wurde. Mit Hilfe von modernster Kriminaltechnik gelingt es dem Team, ein Teil des Schmucks in einem versenkten Auto in einem Fluss aufzusp�ren. Die Polizisten finden auch heraus, dass der Schmuck gar nicht echt war, sondern es sich um gut gemachte Imitate handelte. Horatio und Tim Speedle begeben sich zu dem Juwelier, denn sie vermuten - zu Recht -, dass der Juwelenbetrug hier statt gefunden hat. Als Horatio und Speedle das Gesch�ft betreten, kommt es zu einem folgenschweren Schusswechsel: Speedles Waffe klemmt, und er selbst wird t�dlich getroffen. Trotz dieses Schicksalsschlages gelingt es den Polizisten nach und nach den komplizierten Fall zu l�sen: Der Entf�hrer des Sohnes, Pete Keller, entpuppt sich als Ex-Freund von Tawny Williams. Vor ihrer Hochzeit mit Reed Williams, machten die beiden gemeinsame Sache in dem sie reiche, alte M�nner ausnahmen. Doch nachdem sich Tawny in Reed und seinen kleinen Sohn verliebte, hat sie ihr Leben gewandelt. Pete Keller passte dieser Sinneswandel �berhaupt nicht. Blind vor Wut beschloss er Tawny eins auszuwischen, in dem er Reed Williams erschiesst und den Jungen entf�hrt. Bei dem Versuch, den Entf�hrten in den Everglades zu verstecken, wird Keller Opfer seines eigenen Racheplans: Er wird von einem Hai gefressen. Horatio findet den v�llig ver�ngstigten Jungen schliesslich und bringt ihn seiner Mutter zur�ck. Aber Horatio und sein Team haben noch eine schwere Aufgabe zu bew�ltigen: Die Beerdigung ihres Partners Tim Speedle.} - \DvdTitleWithDescription{Der verlorene Sohn}{43:47} - \Description{Der f�r seine ber�chtigten Strand-Partys bekannte Rapper, Dennis De Labeque, veranstaltet ein Fest, bei dem eine junge Frau aus einem vorbei fahrenden Boot heraus erschossen wird. Zun�chst hat es den Anschein, als habe das Ermittlerteam leichtes Spiel bei diesem Fall: Der Sohn der Toten, Stevie Valdez, hat den T�ter erkannt und als Byron Middlebrook identifiziert - ein ehemaliger Freund von Dennis De Labeque. Auch De Labeque selbst wurde Zeuge der Gr�ueltat und best�tigt Stevies Aussage. Byron Middlebrook wird festgenommen und beschliesst, sich selbst zu verteidigen. Die Ermittler ahnen nicht, dass dies Teil des teuflischen Plans ist. Middlebrook l�sst Dennis De Labeque vorladen, und es gelingt ihm, den Rapper so lange zu provozieren, bis dieser die Kontrolle �ber sich verliert und seinen Ex-Kumpel niederschl�gt, woraufhin Dennis selbst im Gef�ngnis landet. Dort l�sst Byron Middlebrook Dennis De Labeque ermorden. Jetzt bleibt nur noch Stevie Valdez als Zeuge �brig. Horatio weigert sich, ihn vor Gericht auftreten zu lassen, um ihn nicht zu gef�hrden. Allerdings hat Byron Middlebrook mittlerweile selbst herausgefunden, wer dieser zweite Augenzeuge ist. Als sich bereits ein weiteres Todeskommando auf dem Weg zu dem Jungen befindet, erf�hrt Horatio von der lebensbedrohenden Situation. Gelingt es ihm noch rechtzeitig, den Jungen zu sch�tzen und Middlebrook zu �berf�hren?} - \DvdTitleWithDescription{Der letzte Zeuge}{44:48} - \Description{Katrina Hannagan wird von einem Unbekannten vor einen Bus geschubst und erliegt ihren Verletzungen. Am Tatort werden Horatio und seine Leute von dem jungen Polizisten Ryan Wolfe unterst�tzt, der durch sein umsichtiges und kluges Handeln Horatios Gefallen findet und daraufhin als Nachfolger f�r den ermordeten Tim Speedle in die Mannschaft aufgenommen wird. Bei der Untersuchung der Leiche findet Alexx weitere Verletzungen, die auf k�rperliche Misshandlungen schliessen lassen. Jay Seaver, der Freund der Toten wird befragt, und beruft sich auf Katrinas eigene Tollpatschigkeit. Stutzig wird Horatio, als er zu einem zweiten Mordfall gerufen wird, der sich ebenfalls in Jay Seavers Umfeld abspielt: In einem Fahrstuhlschacht wird ein Arbeitskollege von Jay tot aufgefunden. Seaver wird daraufhin vernommen und h�lt eine �berraschung parat: Er vermutet hinter den Anschl�gen Claudia Sanders, eine Stalkerin, die ihn seit Monaten verfolgt. Als sich herausstellt, dass Katrina Hannagan schwanger war, ahnt Horatio, dass sich Jay Claudias bedient hat, um durch sie 'St�rfaktoren' in seinem Leben aus dem Weg zu r�umen. Doch so leicht will Horatio Jay Seavers nicht davon kommen lassen und sucht - mit Erfolg - nach weiteren dunklen Flecken in seiner Biografie. Unterdessen bittet Duke Duquesne seine Tochter Calleigh um Hilfe: Nicht nur, dass er wieder dem Alkohol verfallen ist, auch glaubt er, im angetrunkenen Zustand einen Menschen �berfahren zu haben. In Panik ist er anschliessend geflohen. Calleigh bittet Horatio diesen brisanten Fall �bernehmen zu d�rfen, doch dieser teilt den Fall dem neuen Mitarbeiter Ryan Wolfe zu. Wolfe macht sich an die Arbeit und deckt die ganze Wahrheit auf.} - \DvdTitleWithDescription{Verst�rkung}{44:43} - \Description{An der Prime Crest Academy herrschen skandal�se Zust�nde: Obwohl die High School ausschliesslich von Sch�lern betuchter Eltern besucht wird, bestimmen Lug und Betrug den Schul-Alltag: Die korrupten Zust�nde greifen sogar soweit um sich, dass Sch�ler mit ihren Lehrern schlafen, um an Pr�fungsstoff zu gelangen. Besonders hervor tut sich dabei Daniel Kleiner, der mit der billigen Sex-Nummer ein regelrechtes Gesch�ft betreibt. Stephanie Brooks, die Tochter des Schuldirektors, beschliesst, ihm einen Strich durch die Rechnung zu machen und ihn mit KO-Tropfen, ausser Gefecht zu setzen. Doch Daniel Kleiner stirbt an den Folgen der Einnahme dieser Tropfen und Stephanie offenbart sich ihrem Vater. Statt die Polizei einzuschalten, wendet sich Phillip Brooks an seinen gerissenen Anwalt: Mr. Gillespie r�t dem Direktor, nichts zu unternehmen und die Leiche am Golfplatz liegen zu lassen. Was die beiden M�nner nicht ahnen: Gillespies Sohn Justin, der zugleich ein Mitsch�ler von Stephanie ist, wird Zeuge des perfiden Plans und beschliesst, die Beteiligten auffliegen zu lassen. Doch statt die Gesetzesh�ter zu informieren organisiert er kurzerhand einen sogenannten Flash Mob - einen spontanen Menschenauflauf, der per SMS oder Internet gesteuert wird - auf dem Golfplatz und f�hrt so die Ermittler des CSI an den Tatort. Das Team nimmt die komplizierten Ermittlungen auf...} - \DvdTitleWithDescription{Der S�ndenpfuhl}{44:24} -\end{Dvd} - -\SetSeason{4} - -\begin{Dvd}{}{} - \Description{Miami wird von einer neuen Mafia heimgesucht, den Mala Noche, einer Bande nicaraguanischer Fl�chtlinge, die vor allem durch enorme Skrupellosigkeit von sich reden macht. Anf�hrer dieser Bande ist ein gewisser Benito Galian, genannt 'Diablo', der den Hafturlaub seines Konkurrenten Aberto Fuentes nutzt, um ihn auf der Beerdigung seiner Mutter erschiessen zu lassen. Im Rahmen der Ermittlungen finden die Beamten auch heraus, dass beim Tod von Abertos Mutter ebenfalls 'nachgeholfen' wurde. Das Team ger�t in ein Dickicht von organisierter Kriminalit�t und Bestechung. Zudem pr�ft das Team, ob es zwischen dieser Tat und der brutalen Vergewaltigung des Dienstm�dchens der noblen Familie Livingston einen Zusammenhang gibt. Brisant ist, dass das Opfer offenbar schwanger von ihrem Arbeitgeber war...} - \DvdTitleWithDescription{Teufel in Miami}{42:22} - \Description{Vor Miami bricht auf der Yacht der Familie Gannon ein Feuer aus. Die Tochter, Julie Gannon, versucht sich durch einen Sprung ins Wasser zu retten und ist anschliessend unauffindbar. Auch ihr Bruder Luke bleibt nach dem Versuch sie zu retten verschollen. Zwar finden Horatios Leute wenig sp�ter eine m�nnliche Leiche im Wasser, doch es handelt sich nicht um Luke. Der Tote wird als Damon Loughlin identifiziert und ist ein Angestellter der Familie Elias, die mit den Gannons bekannt ist. Den Beamten wird schnell klar, dass Damon keines nat�rlichen Todes gestorben ist. Weiterhin finden sie heraus, dass Damons Arbeitgeber Goldbarren im Wert von zehn Millionen Dollar gestohlen wurden. Bei der Suche nach dem T�ter und der Beute st�sst das Team �berraschend auf den unversehrten Luke Gannon, der sich ausgerechnet an Bord des Bootes befindet, auf dem man die gestohlenen Goldbarren wieder findet. Die Ermittler stellen Lukes Integrit�t in Frage und finden zudem Beweise daf�r, dass die Familie Gannon m�glicherweise in weitere Kapitalverbrechen involviert ist. } - \DvdTitleWithDescription{Alles anders}{44:44} - \Description{Die beiden High-School-Sch�lerinnen Tina Saunders und Sarah Jennings machen mit ihrer Klasse einen Trip auf die Bahamas. Zuvor wollen sie es in Miami noch einmal richtig krachen lassen und geniessen in einer Disco zahlreiche Drinks. Am n�chsten Morgen gibt es jedoch ein b�ses Erwachen: Sarah ist spurlos verschwunden. Tina gibt an, ihre Freundin nachts im Club verlassen zu haben. Als sie tags darauf aufwachte, war Sarah verschwunden. Noch wissen die Beamten nicht, dass Sarah in einem Park erw�rgt wurde. M�hsam rekonstruieren sie den Abend. Zun�chst entdecken die Ermittler, dass Sarahs eifers�chtiger Stiefvater ihren Wagen heimlich mit einer Kamera versehen hat. Doch im Wagen finden sich ausserdem Blutspuren, die von dem Mann stammen, mit dem Sarah auffallend intensiv in der Disco geflirtet hat: Brad Walker. Es wird jedoch schnell klar, dass weder Sarahs Stiefvater noch Brad etwas mit dem Verschwinden der jungen Frau zu tun haben. Trotzdem gelingt es den Ermittlern den komplizierten Fall aufzukl�ren. Natalia Boa Vista erinnert Horatio unterdessen an den bereits lang zur�ck liegenden Fall der damals neunj�hrigen Jennifer Wilson, deren Eltern ermordet wurden. Horatio hatte geschworen, sie zu besch�tzen. Nun gibt es Grund zu der Annahme, dass neuer �rger droht.} - \DvdTitleWithDescription{Jagd durch die Nacht}{42:20} - \Description{Die vermeintlich schnelle Aufkl�rung eines Mordfalls an einer Bootsbesitzerin ruft Horatio auf den Plan. Tobey Hollins, ein farbiger Bootsjunge, wird beschuldigt, seine Arbeitgeberin erschossen zu haben. Zwar liegt Patrice Boland an Bord ihres Schiffes mit einer Schusswunde, Alexx stellt aber fest, dass der Schuss nicht die Todesursache war, sondern dass Patrice erstickt worden ist. Trotzdem ist Frank Tripp von der Schuld Hollins �berzeugt und Horatio bleiben folglich nur 48 Stunden bis zur Anklageverlesung, um die Unschuld des jungen Farbigen zu beweisen. Der Fall ger�t ins Rollen, als die private Lebensumst�nde von Patrice Boland durchleuchtet werde. Trotzdem kann Horatio nicht verhindern, dass Tobey ins Gef�ngnis kommt und dort einen Mord begeht.} - \DvdTitleWithDescription{Leidensgeschichte}{42:30} -\end{Dvd} - -\begin{Dvd}{}{} - \Description{Vor einem exklusiven F�nf-Sterne-Hotel in Miami wird der Hotelangestellte Armando Diaz tot aufgefunden. Horatios Team wird f�r die Aufkl�rung des Falles abgezogen. Als Tatverd�chtige kommen drei Frauen in Frage, die es sich fern von ihren Ehem�nnern gut gehen lassen wollten. Es finden sich eindeutige Beweise, dass sowohl Yvette Travers als auch Felicia Hardy und Beth Jacobson enger mit dem attraktiven Armando in Beziehung standen, als es sich f�r drei sittsame Ehefrauen geh�rt. Beth gesteht schliesslich die Tat, da sie Armando nach einem missgl�ckten Stell-Dich-Ein mehrere Schl�ge mit der Handtuchstange verpasst habe. Doch Eric findet Belege, dass diese nicht die Todesursache gewesen sein k�nnen und so dauern die Ermittlungen an. Auch Felicia und Yvette gerieten nach ihren intimen Treffen mit dem Sch�nling Armando aneinander und wurden gewaltt�tig. Doch ermordet haben sie Armando nicht. Es stellt sich schliesslich heraus, dass der Ehemann von Felicia, Steven Hardy, ein Verh�ltnis mit Yvette hatte und dieser nachspionierte. So wurde er Zeuge der Untreue seiner Geliebten und Armando Opfer eines eifers�chtigen Liebhabers.} - \DvdTitleWithDescription{3 Frauen}{44:13} - \Description{Der Serienm�rder Henry Darius wird von New York nach Miami �berf�hrt, um bei der Suche nach der vor einem Jahr verschwundenen Lydia Johnson zu helfen. Die Ermittler gehen davon aus, dass Lydia Johnson ermordet wurde. Horatio verspricht Adam, dem kleinen Sohn der Entf�hrten, den M�rder seiner Mutter zu finden. Doch dem Killer gelingt mit Hilfe seines Komplizen w�hrend der �berf�hrung die Flucht, indem er das Flugzeug zur Notlandung zwingt. Dabei zieht der Fl�chtige eine breite Blutspur durch Miami. Kurz bevor ihn die Ermittler um Horatio Caine stellen k�nnen, gelingt Darius mit einem Privatflugzeug die Flucht nach New York. Horatio und seinem New Yorker Kollegen Mac Taylor bleibt nichts anderes �brig, als die Jagd nach Darius auf New York auszuweiten.} - \pdfmarginnote{1. Teil einer Doppelfolge mit CSI:NY. 2.Teil CSI.Miami 02x12} - \DvdTitleWithDescription{Blutspur}{44:22} - \Description{Die Bergung zweier verungl�ckter M�dchen f�rdert eine weibliche Leiche zu Tage. Die Frau wird von Horatio sofort als Rachel Turner identifiziert. Es handelt sich dabei genau um die Frau, mit der er am Abend zuvor essen war. F�r den unbescholtenen Lieutenant beginnt ein Albtraum, denn er spielt unwissend die Hauptrolle in einem perfiden Plan, den sich ein psychopathischer Killer ausgedacht hat. Mit jedem Ermittlungsschritt zieht sich die Schlinge enger um Horatios Hals und er wird zum Hauptverd�chtigen im Mordfall Turner. Hinter dem Plan steckt Walter Resden, ein Mann, der vor Jahren wegen seiner bestialischen Morde von Horatio gejagt, aber nie gefasst wurde. Um die Aufmerksamkeit des Ermitllers wieder auf sich zu lenken, hat er zehn Jahre an seinem Racheplan gearbeitet. Nun beginnt die Jagd von vorne und es scheint, als sei Resden Horatio immer einen Schritt voraus.} - \DvdTitleWithDescription{Rache an Horatio}{44:33} - \Description{Im Hause von Gary Hall wird seine Ex-Frau Brenda tot aufgefunden. Ungew�hnlicherweise wurde die Frau mit einer Nagelpistole erschossen. Schnell ger�t Gary Hall ins Visier der Ermittler, da bekannt wird, dass seine Frau die Scheidung nicht wollte und Gary in Charlene Hartford schon lange eine Nachfolgerin f�r Brenda gefunden hatte. Calleigh stellt bei ihren Untersuchungen fest, dass die am Tatort gefundene Nagelpistole nicht die Tatwaffe gewesen sein kann. Ryan Wolfe beschliesst, sich noch mal den Bauwagen des Handwerkers anzusehen, der mit dem Umbau von Gary Halls Anwesen besch�ftigt ist. Im Bauwagen von Karl Lampley finden die Beamten eine grosse Menge Bargeld. Horatio vermutet, dass Gary Hall den Handwerker beauftragt hat, seine Ex-Frau zu t�ten. Doch diese Vermutung erweist sich als falsch.} - \DvdTitleWithDescription{Wunschm�rder}{44:14} -\end{Dvd} - -\begin{Dvd}{}{} - \Description{Bei dem Versuch, Geld abzuheben, ger�t Eric in einen Bank�berfall. Dabei t�ten die maskierten R�uber eine Kassiererin und nehmen den Bank-Manager als Geisel. Eric erschiesst einen der M�nner, als dieser auf der Flucht ein noch gr�sseres Blutbad anrichten will. Anhand der �berwachungskamera kann das Fluchtfahrzeug der T�ter identifiziert werden. Ausserdem ist zu sehen, dass die R�uber es offensichtlich ganz bewusst darauf angelegt haben, dass ein Polizist am Tatort zugegen ist. Das Team steht vor einem R�tsel. Anhand der Ergebnisse der labortechnischen Untersuchungen finden die Ermittler das Versteck des gefesselten Bank-Managers und erfahren von ihm, welches Geldinstitut die Bande als n�chstes �berfallen wird. Horatio taucht gerade noch rechtzeitig auf, um Gabe Hammond, einen der Bankr�uber, festzunehmen. Gabe Hammond tischt dem Lieutenant eine abenteuerliche Geschichte auf: Er behauptet, dass die Bankr�uber Studenten und so genannte Gamer sind, die ein Computerspiel namens 'Urban Hellraisers' nachspielen. Der Entwickler des Spiels ist schnell gefunden, doch Chris Allen weigert sich, mit der Crew zu kooperieren und sagt ihr nicht, welche 'Aufgaben' die Gamer als n�chstes zu erf�llen haben. Also muss Ryan Wolfe das Spiel selbst knacken, um die vernarrten Spieler zu stoppen und weitere Verbrechen zu verhindern.} - \DvdTitleWithDescription{Spiel mit uns}{42:06} - \Description{Jay Fisher, ein bekannter Juwelier und mutmasslicher Drogenbaron, ist erschossen worden. Johnny Nixon befindet sich am Tatort und wird festgenommen. Mit seiner Aussage sorgt er allerdings daf�r, dass die Mordermittlungen zun�chst in den Hintergrund r�cken. Er behauptet n�mlich, Eric Delko Marihuana verkauft zu haben. Zuf�llig ist der ermittelnde Polizist, Sergeant Stetler, ein ehemaliger Kollege von Horatio und hat dessen Bef�rderung zum Lieutenant nie �berwunden. Nun nutzt Stetler Nixons Behauptung um Horatios Crew in die Mangel zu nehmen und Horatio bleibt nichts anderes �brig, als Delko vorl�ufig vom Dienst zu suspendieren. Unterdessen stellen Calleigh und Tripp fest, dass es einen zweiten Sch�tzen gegeben haben muss. Fingerabdr�cke f�hren die Ermittler auf die Spur des Kopfgeldj�gers Duane Merrick. In dessen Wohnung finden sich Hinweise auf einen weiteren Tatverd�chtigen, n�mlich den Mann, auf dessen Kopf Merrick angesetzt wurde: Byron Diller. Es gelingt dem Team, beide M�nner festzunehmen. Doch sie bezichtigen sich gegenseitig, Jay Fisher umgelegt zu haben und es steht Aussage gegen Aussage. Auch die Untersuchungen im Fall 'Delko' schreiten voran. Als Stetler triumphierend mit einem positiven Urintest und der Staatsanw�ltin Monica West auftaucht, ist es Zeit f�r Horatio, genussvoll zur�ckzuschlagen.} - \DvdTitleWithDescription{Kopfgeldj�ger}{43:46} - \Description{Brian Lexington hat sechs Jahre wegen der angeblichen Vergewaltigung von Valerie Naff im Gef�ngnis gesessen. Bei der Untersuchung des Tatortes damals konnte zwar ein Schamhaar des T�ters sichergestellt werden, f�r eine beweiskr�ftige DNS-Analyse war aber die Labortechnik noch nicht ausreichend. Nun wird das Material erneut untersucht und so kann bewiesen werden, dass Brian Lexington nicht der T�ter war, sondern der Immobilienmakler Jeff Colson das grausame Verbrechen zu verantworten hat. Kurz darauf wird Jeff Colson erschlagen aufgefunden. Gleich mehrere Personen kommen f�r den Racheakt in Frage: Neben Brian Lexington verh�ren die Beamten auch Doug Stets, den Freund des Vergewaltigungsopfers. Schliesslich gibt Doug Stets zu, Jeff Colson zusammengeschlagen zu haben, um diesem eine Lektion zu erteilten. Er streitet aber ab, dem am Boden liegenden Opfer mit einer Marmorstatue die t�dlichen Verletzungen zugef�hrt zu haben. L�gt Stets oder gibt es einen weiteren T�ter?} - \DvdTitleWithDescription{S�nde bringt Bu�e}{44:24} - \Description{Das CSI-Team untersucht den brutalen Mord an Paul Sanders. Paul Sanders war Teilnehmer eines bizarren Seminars, bei dem Wayne Reynolds seinen Sch�lern die besten Flirt-Tipps vermitteln wollte, um Frauen auf direktem Weg ins Bett zu lotsen. Sanders wurde mit einem Eispicker erstochen. Gefunden wird seine Leiche ausgerechnet von einem weiteren Kursteilnehmer, Todd Manning, der den Beamten verd�chtigt vorkommt. Calleigh und Ryan k�nnen den komplizierten Fall mittels eines Aroma-Spenders knacken. Unterdessen wird Erics Schwester Marisol mit f�nf T�ten Marihuana festgenommen, und scheint um eine Gef�ngnisstrafe nicht herum zu kommen. Die Staatsanw�ltin Monica West schaltet sich ein, und Horatio vermutet aufgrund der Schnelligkeit, mit der sie diese Information erh�lt, einen Maulwurf in seinem Labor. Horatio geht der Sache nach und macht eine erstaunliche Entdeckung, die dazu f�hrt, dass Marisol nicht in den Knast muss.} - \DvdTitleWithDescription{Letzte Anmache}{44:19} -\end{Dvd} - -\DvdSeries[labelbase=1,labelbaselength=4]{Jake 2.0} - -\begin{Dvd}{}{} - \DvdTitle{Geburt eines Helden}{40:16} - \DvdTitle{Erste Schritte}{39:45} - \DvdTitle{Die China-Connection}{40:14} - \DvdTitle{Die Waffen und das M�dchen}{38:29} -\end{Dvd} - -\begin{Dvd}{}{} - \DvdTitle{Die Akte Dumont}{38:50} - \DvdTitle{Der Feind in meinem K�rper}{39:52} - \DvdTitle{Jerry 2.0}{39:53} - \DvdTitle{Der Mittelsmann}{39:21} -\end{Dvd} - -\begin{Dvd}{}{} - \DvdTitle{Whiskey-Tango-Foxtrott}{39:32} - \DvdTitle{Der Spion der mich mochte}{40:05} - \DvdTitle{Der Prinz und die Revolution}{39:36} -\end{Dvd} - -\begin{Dvd}{}{} - \DvdTitle{Der Doppelagent}{F} - \DvdTitle{Blackout}{F} -\end{Dvd} - -\begin{Dvd}{}{} - \DvdTitle{Schnappt Foley}{40:14} - \DvdTitle{Totgeglaubte leben l�nger}{30:55} - \DvdTitle{Upgrade}{39:56} -\end{Dvd} - -\DvdPart{Dokumentationen} -\SetThirdColumnAddition{min} - -\DvdSeries[labelbase=1,labelbaselength=2,labelbaseprefix=EB]{Eisenbahn} - -\begin{Dvd}{Eisenbahn\DvdSpace 1\DvdSpace extra title}{} - \DvdTitle{Bahnzeit (20.01.2006)}{29:21} - \DvdTitle{Bahnzeit (17.02.2006)}{29:27} - \DvdTitle{Gro�baustelle Berlin}{47:01} - \DvdTitle{H�chste Eisenbahn}{38:29} - \DvdTitle{M�nnertr�ume im Miniland}{37:40} -\end{Dvd} - -\begin{Dvd}{Eisenbahn\DvdCounter}{} - \DvdTitle{Bahnzeit (17.03.2006)}{29:26} - \DvdTitle{Auf kleiner Spur (17.04.2006)}{29:49} - \DvdTitle{Giganten aus Stahl}{28:42} - \DvdTitle{Drahtseilakt mit 3000 Tonnen}{29:44} - \DvdTitle{Kreuzquer und drumherum}{43:48} - \DvdTitle{N�chster Halt, Berlin Ostbahnhof!}{13:45} -\end{Dvd} - -\begin{Dvd}{\AutoTitle Hauptbahnhof Berlin}{} - \DvdTitle{Countdown f�r den Bahnpalast}{29:59} - \DvdTitle{Der neue Hauptbahnhof Berlin}{43:42} - \DvdTitle{Abendschau Hauptbahnhof}{08:59} - \DvdTitle{Hauptbahnhof Berlin - Die Er�ffnung}{75:31} - \DvdTitle{rbbspezial Hauptbahnhof Berlin}{25:56} -\end{Dvd} - -\begin{Dvd}{}{EB04} - \DvdTitle{Bahnzeit (21.04.2006)}{29:23} - \DvdTitle{Bahnzeit (19.05.2006)}{29:25} - \DvdTitle{Millimeterarbeit auf Schienen}{47:15} - \DvdTitle{Welt im Untergrund}{39:47} - \DvdTitle{Welt der Wunder - Eisenbahn}{39:35} -\end{Dvd} - -\listoffaultyrecordings - -\listofdvds{3} - -\end{document} \ No newline at end of file Files old/doc/latex/dvdcoll/dvdcoll.pdf and new/doc/latex/dvdcoll/dvdcoll.pdf differ Files old/doc/latex/dvdcoll/dvdcoll_de.pdf and new/doc/latex/dvdcoll/dvdcoll_de.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/dvdcoll/manifest.txt new/doc/latex/dvdcoll/manifest.txt --- old/doc/latex/dvdcoll/manifest.txt 2007-04-02 20:59:37.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/dvdcoll/manifest.txt 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,56 +0,0 @@ -This work consists of the following files: - --- Class -- - -dvdcoll.cls - --- Styles -- - -pdfnotiz.sty -dcwrtbib.sty - --- language definition files (dcl) -- - -acadian.dcl -american.dcl -australian.dcl -austrian.dcl -brazil.dcl -brazilian.dcl -british.dcl -canadian.dcl -canadien.dcl -english.dcl -francais.dcl -french.dcl -frenchb.dcl -german.dcl -germanb.dcl -italian.dcl -naustrian.dcl -newzealand.dcl -ngerman.dcl -polish.dcl -portuges.dcl -portuguese.dcl -spanish.dcl -UKenglish.dcl -USenglish.dcl - --- BibTeX style -- - -dcbib.bst - --- Documentation -- - -dvdcoll.pdf -dvdcoll_de.pdf -dcexample.tex -dcexample.pdf - --- Misc. Files -- - -README -manifest.txt -INSTALL -CHANGES \ No newline at end of file diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/cell.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/cell.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/cell.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/cell.doc.tlpobj 2010-12-16 04:11:28.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +name cell.doc +category Package +revision 20756 +shortdesc doc files of cell +relocated 1 +docfiles size=1 + RELOC/doc/latex/cell/README diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/dvdcoll.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/dvdcoll.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/dvdcoll.doc.tlpobj 2010-06-10 18:25:18.000000000 +0200 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/dvdcoll.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,14 +0,0 @@ -name dvdcoll.doc -category Package -revision 15878 -shortdesc doc files of dvdcoll -relocated 1 -docfiles size=138 - RELOC/doc/latex/dvdcoll/CHANGES - RELOC/doc/latex/dvdcoll/INSTALL - RELOC/doc/latex/dvdcoll/README - RELOC/doc/latex/dvdcoll/dcexample.pdf - RELOC/doc/latex/dvdcoll/dcexample.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/dvdcoll/dvdcoll.pdf - RELOC/doc/latex/dvdcoll/dvdcoll_de.pdf - RELOC/doc/latex/dvdcoll/manifest.txt ++++++ dvdcoll.tar.xz -> cell.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 5282 lines of diff (skipped) -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org For additional commands, e-mail: opensuse-commit+help(a)opensuse.org

1 0

commit texlive-specs-c for openSUSE:Factory
by root＠hilbert.suse.de 24 Feb '15

24 Feb '15

Hello community, here is the log from the commit of package texlive-specs-c for openSUSE:Factory checked in at 2015-02-24 12:59:18 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ Comparing /work/SRC/openSUSE:Factory/texlive-specs-c (Old) and /work/SRC/openSUSE:Factory/.texlive-specs-c.new (New) ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ Package is "texlive-specs-c" Changes: -------- --- /work/SRC/openSUSE:Factory/texlive-specs-c/texlive-specs-c.changes 2014-06-18 07:49:48.000000000 +0200 +++ /work/SRC/openSUSE:Factory/.texlive-specs-c.new/texlive-specs-c.changes 2015-02-24 12:59:55.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,0 +2,14 @@ +Thu Feb 19 09:29:36 UTC 2015 - coolo(a)suse.com + +- rework generate to create the texlive-specs-$letter.spec directly + to build X sources +- this decouples the letter from being a prefix to be a slice of + all the texlive packages + +- as such patches move between packages, among them + bbold_bbold11.dif bbold_bbold11.dif context_fourier-map.dif context_fourier-map.dif + jadetex_ini.dif kpathsea_cnf.dif latexdiff_env.dif luaotfload_varfonts.dif latex2man_tmphandling.dif + musixtex_various.dif pgf_plain.dif musixtex_various.dif texconfig_scripts.dif + texdraw_info.dif tex4ht_env.dif texdoc_cnf.dif tetex_scripts.dif + +------------------------------------------------------------------- Old: ---- c-pascal.doc.tar.xz c-pascal.tar.xz c90.doc.tar.xz c90.tar.xz cabin.doc.tar.xz cabin.tar.xz cachepic.doc.tar.xz cachepic.tar.xz calcage.doc.tar.xz calcage.tar.xz calctab.doc.tar.xz calctab.tar.xz calculator.doc.tar.xz calculator.tar.xz calligra-type1.doc.tar.xz calligra-type1.tar.xz calligra.doc.tar.xz calligra.tar.xz calrsfs.doc.tar.xz calrsfs.tar.xz cals.doc.tar.xz cals.tar.xz calxxxx-yyyy.doc.tar.xz calxxxx-yyyy.tar.xz cancel.doc.tar.xz cancel.tar.xz canoniclayout.doc.tar.xz canoniclayout.tar.xz cantarell.doc.tar.xz cantarell.tar.xz capt-of.doc.tar.xz capt-of.tar.xz captcont.doc.tar.xz captcont.tar.xz captdef.doc.tar.xz captdef.tar.xz caption.doc.tar.xz caption.tar.xz carlisle.doc.tar.xz carlisle.tar.xz carolmin-ps.doc.tar.xz carolmin-ps.tar.xz cascadilla.doc.tar.xz cascadilla.tar.xz cases.doc.tar.xz cases.tar.xz casyl.doc.tar.xz casyl.tar.xz catchfilebetweentags.doc.tar.xz catchfilebetweentags.tar.xz catcodes.doc.tar.xz catcodes.tar.xz catechis.doc.tar.xz catechis.tar.xz catoptions.doc.tar.xz catoptions.tar.xz cbcoptic.doc.tar.xz cbcoptic.tar.xz cbfonts.doc.tar.xz cbfonts.tar.xz cc-pl.doc.tar.xz cc-pl.tar.xz ccaption.doc.tar.xz ccaption.tar.xz ccfonts.doc.tar.xz ccfonts.tar.xz ccicons.doc.tar.xz ccicons.tar.xz cclicenses.doc.tar.xz cclicenses.tar.xz cd-cover.doc.tar.xz cd-cover.tar.xz cd.doc.tar.xz cd.tar.xz cdpbundl.doc.tar.xz cdpbundl.tar.xz cell.doc.tar.xz cell.tar.xz cellspace.doc.tar.xz cellspace.tar.xz censor.doc.tar.xz censor.tar.xz cfr-lm.doc.tar.xz cfr-lm.tar.xz changebar.doc.tar.xz changebar.tar.xz changelayout.doc.tar.xz changelayout.tar.xz changepage.doc.tar.xz changepage.tar.xz changes.doc.tar.xz changes.tar.xz chappg.doc.tar.xz chappg.tar.xz chapterfolder.doc.tar.xz chapterfolder.tar.xz charter.doc.tar.xz charter.tar.xz chbibref.doc.tar.xz chbibref.tar.xz checkcites.doc.tar.xz checkcites.tar.xz chem-journal.tar.xz chemarrow.doc.tar.xz chemarrow.tar.xz chembst.doc.tar.xz chembst.tar.xz chemcompounds.doc.tar.xz chemcompounds.tar.xz chemcono.doc.tar.xz chemcono.tar.xz chemexec.doc.tar.xz chemexec.tar.xz chemfig.doc.tar.xz chemfig.tar.xz chemmacros.doc.tar.xz chemmacros.tar.xz chemnum.doc.tar.xz chemnum.tar.xz chemstyle.doc.tar.xz chemstyle.tar.xz cherokee.doc.tar.xz cherokee.tar.xz chess-problem-diagrams.doc.tar.xz chess-problem-diagrams.tar.xz chess.doc.tar.xz chess.tar.xz chessboard.doc.tar.xz chessboard.tar.xz chessfss.doc.tar.xz chessfss.tar.xz chet.doc.tar.xz chet.tar.xz chextras.doc.tar.xz chextras.tar.xz chicago-annote.doc.tar.xz chicago-annote.tar.xz chicago.tar.xz chickenize.doc.tar.xz chickenize.tar.xz chkfloat.doc.tar.xz chkfloat.tar.xz chktex.doc.tar.xz chktex.tar.xz chletter.doc.tar.xz chletter.tar.xz chngcntr.doc.tar.xz chngcntr.tar.xz chronology.doc.tar.xz chronology.tar.xz chronosys.doc.tar.xz chronosys.tar.xz chscite.doc.tar.xz chscite.tar.xz circ.doc.tar.xz circ.tar.xz circuitikz.doc.tar.xz circuitikz.tar.xz cite.doc.tar.xz cite.tar.xz cjhebrew.doc.tar.xz cjhebrew.tar.xz cjk-ko.doc.tar.xz cjk-ko.tar.xz cjk.doc.tar.xz cjk.tar.xz cjkpunct.doc.tar.xz cjkpunct.tar.xz cjkutils.doc.tar.xz cjkutils.tar.xz classics.doc.tar.xz classics.tar.xz classicthesis.doc.tar.xz classicthesis.tar.xz clefval.doc.tar.xz clefval.tar.xz cleveref.doc.tar.xz cleveref.tar.xz clipboard.doc.tar.xz clipboard.tar.xz clock.doc.tar.xz clock.tar.xz clrscode.doc.tar.xz clrscode.tar.xz cm-lgc.doc.tar.xz cm-lgc.tar.xz cm-super.doc.tar.xz cm-super.tar.xz cm-unicode.doc.tar.xz cm-unicode.tar.xz cm.doc.tar.xz cm.tar.xz cmap.doc.tar.xz cmap.tar.xz cmarrows.doc.tar.xz cmarrows.tar.xz cmbright.doc.tar.xz cmbright.tar.xz cmcyr.doc.tar.xz cmcyr.tar.xz cmdstring.doc.tar.xz cmdstring.tar.xz cmdtrack.doc.tar.xz cmdtrack.tar.xz cmextra.tar.xz cmll.doc.tar.xz cmll.tar.xz cmpica.doc.tar.xz cmpica.tar.xz cmpj.doc.tar.xz cmpj.tar.xz cmsd.doc.tar.xz cmsd.tar.xz cmtiup.doc.tar.xz cmtiup.tar.xz cns.doc.tar.xz cns.tar.xz codedoc.doc.tar.xz codedoc.tar.xz codepage.doc.tar.xz codepage.tar.xz codicefiscaleitaliano.doc.tar.xz codicefiscaleitaliano.tar.xz collcell.doc.tar.xz collcell.tar.xz collectbox.doc.tar.xz collectbox.tar.xz collref.doc.tar.xz collref.tar.xz colordoc.doc.tar.xz colordoc.tar.xz colorinfo.doc.tar.xz colorinfo.tar.xz colorsep.tar.xz colortab.doc.tar.xz colortab.tar.xz colortbl.doc.tar.xz colortbl.tar.xz colorwav.doc.tar.xz colorwav.tar.xz colourchange.doc.tar.xz colourchange.tar.xz combelow.doc.tar.xz combelow.tar.xz combine.doc.tar.xz combine.tar.xz combinedgraphics.doc.tar.xz combinedgraphics.tar.xz comfortaa.doc.tar.xz comfortaa.tar.xz comma.doc.tar.xz comma.tar.xz commado.doc.tar.xz commado.tar.xz commath.doc.tar.xz commath.tar.xz comment.doc.tar.xz comment.tar.xz compactbib.tar.xz complexity.doc.tar.xz complexity.tar.xz components-of-TeX.doc.tar.xz components-of-TeX.tar.xz comprehensive.doc.tar.xz comprehensive.tar.xz computational-complexity.doc.tar.xz computational-complexity.tar.xz concepts.doc.tar.xz concepts.tar.xz concmath-fonts.doc.tar.xz concmath-fonts.tar.xz concmath.doc.tar.xz concmath.tar.xz concprog.doc.tar.xz concprog.tar.xz concrete.doc.tar.xz concrete.tar.xz confproc.doc.tar.xz confproc.tar.xz constants.doc.tar.xz constants.tar.xz conteq.doc.tar.xz conteq.tar.xz context-account.doc.tar.xz context-account.tar.xz context-algorithmic.tar.xz context-bnf.doc.tar.xz context-bnf.tar.xz context-chromato.doc.tar.xz context-chromato.tar.xz context-construction-plan.doc.tar.xz context-construction-plan.tar.xz context-cyrillicnumbers.doc.tar.xz context-cyrillicnumbers.tar.xz context-degrade.doc.tar.xz context-degrade.tar.xz context-filter.doc.tar.xz context-filter.tar.xz context-fixme.tar.xz context-french.doc.tar.xz context-french.tar.xz context-fullpage.doc.tar.xz context-fullpage.tar.xz context-games.doc.tar.xz context-games.tar.xz context-gantt.doc.tar.xz context-gantt.tar.xz context-gnuplot.doc.tar.xz context-gnuplot.tar.xz context-letter.doc.tar.xz context-letter.tar.xz context-lettrine.doc.tar.xz context-lettrine.tar.xz context-lilypond.doc.tar.xz context-lilypond.tar.xz context-mathsets.doc.tar.xz context-mathsets.tar.xz context-notes-zh-cn.doc.tar.xz context-notes-zh-cn.tar.xz context-rst.doc.tar.xz context-rst.tar.xz context-ruby.doc.tar.xz context-ruby.tar.xz context-simplefonts.doc.tar.xz context-simplefonts.tar.xz context-simpleslides.doc.tar.xz context-simpleslides.tar.xz context-transliterator.doc.tar.xz context-transliterator.tar.xz context-typearea.doc.tar.xz context-typearea.tar.xz context-typescripts.doc.tar.xz context-typescripts.tar.xz context-vim.doc.tar.xz context-vim.tar.xz context.doc.tar.xz context.tar.xz context_fourier-map.dif contour.doc.tar.xz contour.tar.xz contracard.doc.tar.xz contracard.tar.xz convbkmk.doc.tar.xz convbkmk.tar.xz cooking.doc.tar.xz cooking.tar.xz cookingsymbols.doc.tar.xz cookingsymbols.tar.xz cool.doc.tar.xz cool.tar.xz coollist.doc.tar.xz coollist.tar.xz coolstr.doc.tar.xz coolstr.tar.xz coolthms.doc.tar.xz coolthms.tar.xz cooltooltips.doc.tar.xz cooltooltips.tar.xz coordsys.doc.tar.xz coordsys.tar.xz copyrightbox.doc.tar.xz copyrightbox.tar.xz coseoul.doc.tar.xz coseoul.tar.xz countriesofeurope.doc.tar.xz countriesofeurope.tar.xz counttexruns.doc.tar.xz counttexruns.tar.xz courier-scaled.doc.tar.xz courier-scaled.tar.xz courier.tar.xz courseoutline.doc.tar.xz courseoutline.tar.xz coursepaper.doc.tar.xz coursepaper.tar.xz coverpage.doc.tar.xz coverpage.tar.xz covington.doc.tar.xz covington.tar.xz cprotect.doc.tar.xz cprotect.tar.xz crbox.doc.tar.xz crbox.tar.xz crop.doc.tar.xz crop.tar.xz crossreference.doc.tar.xz crossreference.tar.xz crossword.doc.tar.xz crossword.tar.xz crosswrd.doc.tar.xz crosswrd.tar.xz cryst.doc.tar.xz cryst.tar.xz cs.tar.xz csbulletin.doc.tar.xz csbulletin.tar.xz cslatex.tar.xz csplain.tar.xz csquotes-de.doc.tar.xz csquotes-de.tar.xz csquotes.doc.tar.xz csquotes.tar.xz cstex.doc.tar.xz cstex.tar.xz csvsimple.doc.tar.xz csvsimple.tar.xz csvtools.doc.tar.xz csvtools.tar.xz ctable.doc.tar.xz ctable.tar.xz ctanify.doc.tar.xz ctanify.tar.xz ctanupload.doc.tar.xz ctanupload.tar.xz ctex-faq.doc.tar.xz ctex-faq.tar.xz ctex.doc.tar.xz ctex.tar.xz ctib.doc.tar.xz ctib.tar.xz ctie.doc.tar.xz ctie.tar.xz cuisine.doc.tar.xz cuisine.tar.xz currfile.doc.tar.xz currfile.tar.xz currvita.doc.tar.xz currvita.tar.xz cursolatex.doc.tar.xz cursolatex.tar.xz curve.doc.tar.xz curve.tar.xz curve2e.doc.tar.xz curve2e.tar.xz curves.doc.tar.xz curves.tar.xz custom-bib.doc.tar.xz custom-bib.tar.xz cutwin.doc.tar.xz cutwin.tar.xz cv.doc.tar.xz cv.tar.xz cweb-latex.doc.tar.xz cweb-latex.tar.xz cweb.doc.tar.xz cweb.tar.xz cyklop.doc.tar.xz cyklop.tar.xz cyrillic-bin.doc.tar.xz cyrillic-bin.tar.xz cyrillic.doc.tar.xz cyrillic.tar.xz cyrplain.tar.xz texlive-specs-rpmlintrc texlive-specs.tar.xz New: ---- bbold-type1.doc.tar.xz bbold-type1.tar.xz bbold.doc.tar.xz bbold.tar.xz bbold_bbold11.dif bchart.doc.tar.xz bchart.tar.xz bclogo.doc.tar.xz bclogo.tar.xz beamer-FUBerlin.doc.tar.xz beamer-FUBerlin.tar.xz beamer-tut-pt.doc.tar.xz beamer.doc.tar.xz beamer.tar.xz beamer2thesis.doc.tar.xz beamer2thesis.tar.xz beameraudience.doc.tar.xz beameraudience.tar.xz beamerposter.doc.tar.xz beamerposter.tar.xz beamersubframe.doc.tar.xz beamersubframe.tar.xz beamertheme-upenn-bc.doc.tar.xz beamertheme-upenn-bc.tar.xz beamerthemejltree.tar.xz beamerthemenirma.doc.tar.xz beamerthemenirma.tar.xz beebe.tar.xz begriff.doc.tar.xz begriff.tar.xz belleek.doc.tar.xz belleek.tar.xz bengali.doc.tar.xz bengali.tar.xz bera.doc.tar.xz bera.tar.xz berenisadf.doc.tar.xz berenisadf.tar.xz betababel.doc.tar.xz betababel.tar.xz beton.doc.tar.xz beton.tar.xz bez123.doc.tar.xz bez123.tar.xz bezos.doc.tar.xz bezos.tar.xz bgreek.doc.tar.xz bgreek.tar.xz bgteubner.doc.tar.xz bgteubner.tar.xz bguq.doc.tar.xz bguq.tar.xz bhcexam.doc.tar.xz bhcexam.tar.xz bib-fr.doc.tar.xz bib-fr.tar.xz bibarts.doc.tar.xz bibarts.tar.xz biber.doc.tar.xz bibexport.doc.tar.xz bibexport.tar.xz bibhtml.doc.tar.xz bibhtml.tar.xz biblatex-apa.doc.tar.xz biblatex-apa.tar.xz biblatex-bwl.doc.tar.xz biblatex-bwl.tar.xz biblatex-caspervector.doc.tar.xz biblatex-caspervector.tar.xz biblatex-chem.doc.tar.xz biblatex-chem.tar.xz biblatex-chicago.doc.tar.xz biblatex-chicago.tar.xz biblatex-dw.doc.tar.xz biblatex-dw.tar.xz biblatex-fiwi.doc.tar.xz biblatex-fiwi.tar.xz biblatex-gost.doc.tar.xz biblatex-gost.tar.xz biblatex-historian.doc.tar.xz biblatex-historian.tar.xz biblatex-ieee.doc.tar.xz biblatex-ieee.tar.xz biblatex-juradiss.doc.tar.xz biblatex-juradiss.tar.xz biblatex-luh-ipw.doc.tar.xz biblatex-luh-ipw.tar.xz biblatex-mla.doc.tar.xz biblatex-mla.tar.xz biblatex-musuos.doc.tar.xz biblatex-musuos.tar.xz biblatex-nature.doc.tar.xz biblatex-nature.tar.xz biblatex-nejm.doc.tar.xz biblatex-nejm.tar.xz biblatex-philosophy.doc.tar.xz biblatex-philosophy.tar.xz biblatex-phys.doc.tar.xz biblatex-phys.tar.xz biblatex-publist.doc.tar.xz biblatex-publist.tar.xz biblatex-science.doc.tar.xz biblatex-science.tar.xz biblatex-swiss-legal.doc.tar.xz biblatex-swiss-legal.tar.xz biblatex-trad.doc.tar.xz biblatex-trad.tar.xz biblatex.doc.tar.xz biblatex.tar.xz bibleref-french.doc.tar.xz bibleref-french.tar.xz bibleref-german.doc.tar.xz bibleref-german.tar.xz bibleref-lds.doc.tar.xz bibleref-lds.tar.xz bibleref-mouth.doc.tar.xz bibleref-mouth.tar.xz bibleref-parse.doc.tar.xz bibleref-parse.tar.xz bibleref.doc.tar.xz bibleref.tar.xz biblist.doc.tar.xz biblist.tar.xz bibtex.doc.tar.xz bibtex.tar.xz bibtex8.doc.tar.xz bibtex8.tar.xz bibtexu.doc.tar.xz bibtopic.doc.tar.xz bibtopic.tar.xz bibtopicprefix.doc.tar.xz bibtopicprefix.tar.xz bibunits.doc.tar.xz bibunits.tar.xz bidi.doc.tar.xz bidi.tar.xz bigfoot.doc.tar.xz bigfoot.tar.xz bigints.doc.tar.xz bigints.tar.xz binomexp.doc.tar.xz binomexp.tar.xz biocon.doc.tar.xz biocon.tar.xz bitelist.doc.tar.xz bitelist.tar.xz bizcard.doc.tar.xz bizcard.tar.xz blacklettert1.doc.tar.xz blacklettert1.tar.xz blindtext.doc.tar.xz blindtext.tar.xz blkarray.doc.tar.xz blkarray.tar.xz block.doc.tar.xz block.tar.xz blockdraw_mp.doc.tar.xz blockdraw_mp.tar.xz bloques.doc.tar.xz bloques.tar.xz blowup.doc.tar.xz blowup.tar.xz bodegraph.doc.tar.xz bodegraph.tar.xz bohr.doc.tar.xz bohr.tar.xz boisik.doc.tar.xz boisik.tar.xz boites.doc.tar.xz boites.tar.xz bold-extra.doc.tar.xz bold-extra.tar.xz boldtensors.doc.tar.xz boldtensors.tar.xz bondgraph.doc.tar.xz bondgraph.tar.xz bookest.doc.tar.xz bookest.tar.xz bookhands.doc.tar.xz bookhands.tar.xz booklet.doc.tar.xz booklet.tar.xz bookman.tar.xz booktabs-de.doc.tar.xz booktabs-fr.doc.tar.xz booktabs.doc.tar.xz booktabs.tar.xz boolexpr.doc.tar.xz boolexpr.tar.xz boondox.doc.tar.xz boondox.tar.xz ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ Other differences: ------------------ ++++++ texlive-specs-c.spec ++++++ ++++ 13552 lines (skipped) ++++ between /work/SRC/openSUSE:Factory/texlive-specs-c/texlive-specs-c.spec ++++ and /work/SRC/openSUSE:Factory/.texlive-specs-c.new/texlive-specs-c.spec ++++++ carolmin-ps.doc.tar.xz -> bbold.doc.tar.xz ++++++ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/fonts/carolmin-ps/README new/doc/fonts/carolmin-ps/README --- old/doc/fonts/carolmin-ps/README 2007-11-05 20:37:03.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/fonts/carolmin-ps/README 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -The carolmin-ps bundle offers PostScript Type 1 versions of the -Carolingan Minuscules in the 'Bookhands' collection. - -The license of carolmin-ps is LaTeX Project Public License, lppl. - -The fonts are ready to use replacements for the MetaFont version -provided in the 'Bookhands' collection. - -The author of carolmin-ps is Palle Jorgensen. - diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/bbold/INSTALL new/doc/latex/bbold/INSTALL --- old/doc/latex/bbold/INSTALL 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/bbold/INSTALL 2006-01-09 01:44:40.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +THE BBOLD SYMBOL FONT + +6 APRIL 1994 + +This distribution contains the bbold symbol font: + + INSTALL bbgreeku.mf bbold.dtx bbold17.mf bbold8.mf + README bbligs.mf bbold.mf bbold5.mf bbold9.mf + bbbase.mf bblower.mf bbold10.mf bbold6.mf bbparams.mf + bbgreekl.mf bbnum.mf bbold12.mf bbold7.mf bbpunc.mf + bbupper.mf + +To install the fonts, you should: + + * run METAFONT on the fonts, for example under Unix you say: + + mf "\mode=localfont; input bbold5;" + mf "\mode=localfont; input bbold6;" + mf "\mode=localfont; input bbold7;" + mf "\mode=localfont; input bbold8;" + mf "\mode=localfont; input bbold9;" + mf "\mode=localfont; input bbold12;" + mf "\mode=localfont; input bbold17;" + + * move bbold*.tfm into a TeX font metrics directory + + * move bbold*.*pk into a TeX bitmaps directory + +If you want to use the bbold font in LaTeX2e, you should: + + * run LaTeX2e on bbold.dtx + + * move bbold.sty and Ubbold.fd into a TeX inputs directory + + * read the documentation in bbold.dvi + +This file should only be distributed as part of the bbold +distribution. + +Copyright 1994 Alan Jeffrey diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/bbold/README new/doc/latex/bbold/README --- old/doc/latex/bbold/README 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/bbold/README 2006-01-09 01:44:40.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +THE BBOLD SYMBOL FONT + +6 APRIL 1994 + +This directory contains the bbold symbol font. This is a geometric +sans serif blackboard bold font, for use in mathematics. + +Read the INSTALL file for details of how to install the bbold +package. + +Alan Jeffrey (alanje(a)cogs.susx.ac.uk) + Files old/doc/latex/bbold/bbold.pdf and new/doc/latex/bbold/bbold.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/bbold.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/bbold.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/bbold.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/bbold.doc.tlpobj 2010-06-10 18:16:55.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +name bbold.doc +category Package +revision 17187 +shortdesc doc files of bbold +relocated 1 +docfiles size=41 + RELOC/doc/latex/bbold/INSTALL + RELOC/doc/latex/bbold/README + RELOC/doc/latex/bbold/bbold.pdf diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/carolmin-ps.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/carolmin-ps.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/carolmin-ps.doc.tlpobj 2010-06-10 18:20:55.000000000 +0200 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/carolmin-ps.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -name carolmin-ps.doc -category Package -revision 15878 -shortdesc doc files of carolmin-ps -relocated 1 -docfiles size=1 - RELOC/doc/fonts/carolmin-ps/README ++++++ carolmin-ps.doc.tar.xz -> bbold.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 4532 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ bbold_bbold11.dif ++++++ --- texmf-dist/fonts/source/public/bbold/bbold11.mf +++ texmf-dist/fonts/source/public/bbold/bbold11.mf 2010-01-14 08:18:19.579429546 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +% Blackboard bold 11pt. + +mode_setup; + +input bbbase; + +% Hacks to make sure cmr doesn't generate the font, and doesn't load cmbase. +cmbase := 1; +def generate suffix t = enddef; + +% Input the cmr parameters. +input cmr11; + +font_identifier := "BBOLD"; +font_coding_scheme := "Blackboard bold"; + +% Then generate blackboard bold. +input bbold; +bye; ++++++ cm-super.doc.tar.xz -> beamer.doc.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 19236 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ cm-super.tar.xz -> beamer.tar.xz ++++++ /work/SRC/openSUSE:Factory/texlive-specs-c/cm-super.tar.xz /work/SRC/openSUSE:Factory/.texlive-specs-c.new/beamer.tar.xz differ: char 25, line 1 ++++++ c-pascal.doc.tar.xz -> beebe.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 149506 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ calculator.doc.tar.xz -> bera.doc.tar.xz ++++++ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/fonts/bera/LICENSE new/doc/fonts/bera/LICENSE --- old/doc/fonts/bera/LICENSE 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/fonts/bera/LICENSE 2006-01-09 01:47:01.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +The fonts are distributed under the following copyright: + +Copyright + +Copyright (c) 2003 by Bitstream, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +Bitstream Vera is a trademark of Bitstream, Inc. + +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person +obtaining a copy of the fonts accompanying this license +(ÿFontsÿ) and associated documentation files (the ÿFont +Softwareÿ), to reproduce and distribute the Font Software, +including without limitation the rights to use, copy, merge, +publish, distribute, and/or sell copies of the Font +Software, and to permit persons to whom the Font Software is +furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + +The above copyright and trademark notices and this +permission notice shall be included in all copies of one or +more of the Font Software typefaces. + +The Font Software may be modified, altered, or added to, and +in particular the designs of glyphs or characters in the +Fonts may be modified and additional glyphs or characters +may be added to the Fonts, only if the fonts are renamed to +names not containing either the words ÿBitstreamÿ or the +word ÿVeraÿ. + +This License becomes null and void to the extent applicable +to Fonts or Font Software that has been modified and is +distributed under the ÿBitstream Veraÿ names. + +The Font Software may be sold as part of a larger software +package but no copy of one or more of the Font Software +typefaces may be sold by itself. + +THE FONT SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF +ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR +PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF COPYRIGHT, PATENT, TRADEMARK, +OR OTHER RIGHT. IN NO EVENT SHALL BITSTREAM OR THE GNOME +FOUNDATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +LIABILITY, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, +INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, WHETHER IN AN ACTION +OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF THE USE +OR INABILITY TO USE THE FONT SOFTWARE OR FROM OTHER DEALINGS +IN THE FONT SOFTWARE. + +Except as contained in this notice, the names of Gnome, the +Gnome Foundation, and Bitstream Inc., shall not be used in +advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other +dealings in this Font Software without prior written +authorization from the Gnome Foundation or Bitstream Inc., +respectively. For further information, contact: fonts at +gnome dot org. + +%% finis diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/fonts/bera/README new/doc/fonts/bera/README --- old/doc/fonts/bera/README 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/fonts/bera/README 2006-01-09 01:47:01.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,189 @@ +=========================================================== + "Bera" font pack for LaTeX + as of 2004-09-30 +============================================================ + Malte Rosenau + Walter Schmidt + + +This collection comprises the "Bera" Type1 fonts and the +files required to use them with LaTeX on the Un*x or PC +platform. + +"Bera" is a set of three PostScript Type1 font families: +Bera Serif (a slab-serif Roman), Bera Sans (a Frutiger +descendant), and Bera Mono (monospaced/typewriter). The +fonts were originally designed by Bitstream, Inc in TrueType +format under the name "Bitstream Vera". These fonts are +available from <http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/GNOME/sources/ +ttf-bitstream-vera/1.10/>. + +Malte Rosenau converted the Vera fonts to the Postscript +type1 format; the license required a different name ("Bera") +to be assigend to the result. Ulrich Dirr (Art & Satz) +reworked the kerning tables of the Bera Sans fonts. + +The file bera.pdf shows samples of the Bera fonts and lists +all available families, series and shapes. + +The below installation instructions assume a TDS-compliant +TeX system, such as teTeX, MikTeX or VTeX/Free. Yet they +may not exactly fit your particular TeX system; please, +consult its documentation, too! The directory name "texmf" +refers to the root directory of a TDS directory tree. In +case your TeX systems has more than one TDS tree, its +documentation should tell you where to install new files. + + + +History +------- +2004-09-30 + bugs in the kerning tables of BeraSans fixed + +2004-09-07 + substantially improved kerning data for Bera Sans + (special thanks to Ulrich Dirr!); + minor fixes to the kerning data of Bera Serif; + miinor changes to the substititions in the fd files; + minor changes to the documentation; + font sample; + +2004-01-31 + preliminary release + + + +Installing the Type1 font files +------------------------------- +The Type1 font files + + fveb8a.pfb + fver8a.pfb + fvmb8a.pfb + fvmbo8a.pfb + fvmr8a.pfb + fvmro8a.pfb + fvsb8a.pfb + fvsbo8a.pfb + fvsr8a.pfb + fvsro8a.pfb + +are to be copied to the directory + + texmf/fonts/type1/public/bera + +of your TeX system, and the related .afm files should go +into + + texmf/fonts/afm/public/bera + +Most likely, you will have to create these directories +first. + + + +Installing the TeX support files from the archive bera.zip +---------------------------------------------------------- +Unpack the ZIP archive bera.zip in the directory "texmf" of +your TeX system; thus, all files will be copied to the +appropriate directories. + + + +Updating the filename database +------------------------------ +Many TeX systems require manual updating of a "filename +database" after adding of new files. Please, consult the +documentation of your TeX system! + + + +Configuring your TeX system +--------------------------- +The required actions depend on the particular TeX system. +Particular sets of instructions are provided below for + + * teTeX 2.0 and later, + * VTeX/Free 8.x and later. + +In case you have a different TeX system, consult its +documentation how to make it use the additional font map +file named "bera.map". Two copies of this file reside in +the directories texmf/dvips/config/ and +texmf/fonts/map/dvips. + +Configuring teTeX: +Use the shell script "updmap" to add the font map file named +"bera.map" to the configuration. See the documentation of +your particular teTeX version how to use the script. With +teTeX 2.0 and above, execute the following commands: + + texhash + updmap --enable Map bera.map + + +Configuring VTeX/Free: +Make VTeX read the additional font map ("aliasing") file +bera.ali. This is usually accomplished by putting a record +for this file into each of the configuration files + + texmf/vtex/config/pdf.fm +and + texmf/vtex/config/ps.fm + +"bera.ali" is to be added to the TYPE1 section of the +above-mentioned files: + + TYPE1 { + ... + bera.ali + } + + + +Using the Bera fonts with LaTeX +------------------------------- +See the file bera.txt, which resides in the directory +texmf/doc/fonts/bera. + + + +Bugs and problems +----------------- +With older versions of the dvips program, font subsetting +may fail with the Bera fonts. In this case, disable +subsetting through the dvips option "-j0", or change the +font map file bera.map accordingly. + +The Type1 fonts exhibit a font-specific encoding, rather +than the usual "Adobe Standard". While this is irrelevant +for TeX, it may lead to problems with applications from the +non-TeX world. In case you encounter any such problem, +please report to +Malte Rosenau <malte.rosenau(a)theol.uni-goettingen.de>. + +Any bugs regarding the TeX metrics (including the kerning +data), fd files and macros should be reported to +WalterSchmidt <w.a.schmidt(a)gmx.net>. + + +Legal notice +------------ +The license terms for the Bera fonts are included in +the file LICENSE. + +The contents of the archive file bera.zip are + + Copyright (c) 2004 Walter Schmidt + +The files may be distributed (either as a ZIP archive or +unpacked) and/or modified under the conditions of the LaTeX +Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this license +or (at your option) any later version. The latest version +of this license is in http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of +LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later. + + +== finis Files old/doc/fonts/bera/bera.pdf and new/doc/fonts/bera/bera.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/fonts/bera/bera.txt new/doc/fonts/bera/bera.txt --- old/doc/fonts/bera/bera.txt 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/fonts/bera/bera.txt 2006-01-09 01:47:01.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +============================================================ + Using the Bera fonts with LaTeX +============================================================ + 2004-09-07 + Walter Schmidt + w.a.schmidt(a)gmx.net + +"Bera" is a set of three PostScript Type1 font families: +Bera Serif (a slab-serif Roman), Bera Sans (a "Frutiger +descendant") and Bera Mono (monospaced/typewriter). + + +USING SINGLE FONT FAMILIES + +Several macro packages are provided to use these font +families with LaTeX: + +package: effect: +------------------------------------------------------------ +beraserif selects Bera Serif as the default roman family +berasans selects Bera Sans as the default sansserif family +beramono selects Bera Mono as the default typewriter family + +You need not necessarily use all three font families +together (even though this is supported, see below). +Bera Sans blends well with many roman typefaces, as long as +their x-height is not too low. Bera Mono is a versatile +"all-purpose" monospaced typeface, whose advantage over +CM-Typewriter is the availability of a bold font series. + +Notice that the Bera fonts are supported with T1 (european) +and TS1 (textcompanion) encoding only, so you should issue +the commands + + \usepackage[T1]{fontenc} + \usepackage{textcomp} + +in the document preamble. The obsolete OT1 encoding, which +is still the default with LaTeX, is _not_ supported. + +The Bera fonts are much larger than many others, when used +at the same nominal size. This can be fixed by loading the +above package so with the option [scaled=...]. For +instance, + + \usepackage[scaled=0.95]{berasans} + +loads the Bera Sans fonts, scaled down to 95% of their +"natural" size. Omitting the factor, i.e., + + \usepackage[scaled]{...} + +selects a default scaling of 90%, which makes the Bera fonts +approximately match the size of the Computer Modern fonts. + + +USING THE BERA FONT FAMILIES TOGETHER + +To make the use of the three Bera fonts families together +most easy, a further macro package bera.sty is provided: + + \usepackage{bera} + +effects all of the following: + +* T1 and textcompanion encoding is selected + +* Bera Roman, Sans and Mono at 90% are loaded as the three + main text font families (while the math fonts remain + unchanged!) + +* the line spacing is enlarged by 5%, i.e., + \linespread{1.05}, with respect to the large x-height of + the Bera typefaces; + +* the definitions of the TeX and LaTeX logos \TeX and \LaTeX + are changed so as to suit BeraSerif. + +Even though there are no math fonts that were designed +particularly to go with Bera Serif, math typesetting is +possible. It is recommended to use the the math fonts of +Y&Y's Lucida font set <http://www.yandy.com/lucida.htm>, +which blend surprisingly well with Bera. Notice that the +Lucida math fonts are to be scaled correspondingly: + + \usepackage{bera} + \usepackage[expert]{lucbmath} + \def\DeclareLucidaFontShape#1#2#3#4#5#6{% + \DeclareFontShape{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{<->s*[0.90]#5}{#6}} + + + + +NFSS CLASSIFICATION + +encodings family series shape(s) Postscript font name +--------------------------------------------------------- +T1, TS1 fve m n, sl(*) BeraSerif-Roman +T1, TS1 fve b n, sl(*) BeraSerif-Bold +T1, TS1 fvs m n, sl BeraSans-Roman + BeraSans-Oblique +T1, TS1 fvs b n, sl BeraSans-Bold + BeraSans-BoldOblique +T1, TS1 fvm m n, sl BeraSansMono-Roman + BeraSansMono-Oblique +T1, TS1 fvm b n, sl BeraSansMono-Bold + BeraSansMono-BoldOb + +(*) The slanted series of the Bera Serif fonts are +artificially slanted; there are no correspoding real fonts. + +In the TS1 encoding only the characters of the ISO-Adobe +character set plus the Euro (\texteuro) and the Omega +(\textomega) are available. + + +== finis diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/calculator/README new/doc/latex/calculator/README --- old/doc/latex/calculator/README 2012-07-23 19:28:43.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/calculator/README 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,133 +0,0 @@ - -The calculator and calculus packages: Use \LaTeX as a scientific calculator. - -Robert Fuster, 2012 - - -1. Licence ----------- -This material is subject to the LaTeX Project Public License. - -See http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/licenses.lppl.html -for the details of that license. - - -2. About the packages ---------------------- - -The calculator and calculus packages define several instructions which allow us -to realize algebraic operations and to evaluate elementary functions and derivatives -in our documents. - -My main goal is to define the arithmetic and functional claculations I need in my -package "xpicture" (http://www.upv.es/~rfuster/xpicture), but the numeric abilities -of "calculator" and "calculus" may be useful in other contexts. - -2.1 The calculator package --------------------------- - -The operations implemented by the calculator package include -- arithmetical calculations with real and integer numbers -- two and three dimensional vectors and matrices arithmetics -- computation of powers, square roots, trigonometrical, exponential, logarithmic and - hyperbolic functions. - -In addition, some important numbers, such as pi, sqrt(2) or e, are predefined. - -Some simple examples: - -a) Simplify a fraction: if you type - - \FRACTIONSIMPLIFY{252}{2220}{\num}{\den} - - Then, $\num/\den$ equals to 21/186 - -b) Compute elementary functions: - - \LOG{2}{\sol} ---> \sol equals 0.69315 - - \LOG[10]{2}{\sol} ---> \sol equals 0.30103 - - \SIN{\numberHALFPI}{\sol} ---> \sol equals 1 - -c) More complex calculations: - You can compute the value of sqrt(7.25)cos(pi/7) by typing - - \SQRT{7.25}{\tempa} - \DIVIDE{\numberPI}{7}{\tempb} - \COS{\tempb}{\tempc} - \MULTIPLY{\tempa}{\tempa}{\sol} - - Then, the value 2.42589 is stored in \sol. - -d) Vectors and matrices: - - \SCALARPRODUCT(1,2)(2,1){\sol} ---> \sol equals 4 - - \MATRIXPRODUCT(1,1;-1,2)(0,-1;1,1)(\sola,\solb;\solc,\sold) - ---> \sola, \solb, \solc, \sold equals 1, 0, 2, 3. - - -2.2. The calculus package -------------------------- - -This package adds to the calculator package several utilities to use and define -real functions and their derivatives, including elementary functions, -operations with functions, vector-valuated functions polar coordinates. -When you call a "function", this function ant its derivative are evaluated simultaneously. - -Examples: - -a) Predefined functions: - - \SINfunction{\numberPI}{\sol}{\Dsol} ---> - \sol equals to 0 (=sin(pi)), and \Dsol equals -1 (=cos(pi)), - because cos(t) is the derivative of sin(t). - -b) Defining new functions: You can define the function f(t)=exp(2t)cos(t)-t -with the following code: - - \SCALEVARIABLEfunction{2}{\EXPfunction}{\functionA} % A=e^(2t) - \MULTIPLY{\functionA}{\COSfunction}{\functionB} % b=e^(2t)cos(t) - \SUBTRACTfunction{\functionB}{\IDENTITYfunction}{\functionF} % My function - -Then, \functionF{num}{\sol}{\Dsol} stores f(num) and f'(num) in \sol and \Dsol. - - -3. Installation and documentation ---------------------------------- - -By compiling the source file "calculator.dtx" in the following sequence - ->> pdflatex calculator.dtx ->> makeindex -s gind.ist -o calculator.ind calculator.idx ->> makeindex -s gglo.ist -o calculator.gls calculator.glo ->> pdflatex calculator.dtx - -several files will be generated: - - "calculator.sty" and "calculus.sty" (the packages). - Move these two files where LaTeX search for (typically, in a local texmf tree, - at tex/latex/calculator) and refresh the file database. - - "calculator.pdf" (the user manual) - -In addition, many small files, named "calculatorNN.tex" are generated. -These files contain the source code of all examples included in the manual. -You can store or discard this files. - ---------------------------------------------------- -Robert Fuster -rfuster(a)mat.upv.es - -Universitat Polit\`ecnica de Val\`encia, 2012/05/19 ---------------------------------------------------- - - - - - - - - - Files old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator.pdf and new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator1.tex new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator1.tex --- old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator1.tex 2012-07-23 19:28:43.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator1.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,16 +0,0 @@ -% \tempA=2,5^2 - \SQUARE{2.5}{\tempA} -% \tempB=sqrt(12) - \SQUAREROOT{12}{\tempB} -% \tempC=exp(3,4) - \EXP{3.4}{\tempC} -% \divisio=\tempA/tempB - \DIVIDE{\tempA}{\tempB}{\divisio} -% \sol=\divisio+\tempC - \ADD{\divisio}{\tempC}{\sol} -\begin{align*} -\frac{2.5^2}{\sqrt{12}}+\mathrm{e}^{3.4} - &= \frac{\tempA}{\tempB}+\tempC \\ - &= \divisio+\tempC \\ - &=\sol -\end{align*} diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator10.tex new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator10.tex --- old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator10.tex 2012-07-23 19:28:43.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator10.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -\LENGTHDIVIDE{1in}{1cm}{\sol} -One inch equals $\sol$ centimeters. diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator11.tex new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator11.tex --- old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator11.tex 2012-07-23 19:28:43.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator11.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -\SQUARE{-1.256}{\sol} -$(-1.256)^2=\sol$ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator12.tex new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator12.tex --- old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator12.tex 2012-07-23 19:28:43.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator12.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -\CUBE{-1.256}{\sol} -$(-1.256)^3=\sol$ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator13.tex new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator13.tex --- old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator13.tex 2012-07-23 19:28:43.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator13.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -\POWER{-1.256}{-5}{\sola} -\POWER{-1.256}{5}{\solb} -\POWER{-1.256}{0}{\solc} -\[ -\begin{aligned} -(-1.256)^{-5}&=\sola -\\ -(-1.256)^{5}&=\solb -\\ -(-1.256)^{0}&=\solc -\end{aligned} -\] diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator14.tex new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator14.tex --- old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator14.tex 2012-07-23 19:28:43.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator14.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -\ABSVALUE{-1.256}{\sol} -$\left\vert-1.256\right\vert=\sol$ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator15.tex new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator15.tex --- old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator15.tex 2012-07-23 19:28:43.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator15.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ -\INTEGERPART{1.256}{\sola} -\INTEGERPART{-1.256}{\solb} -The integer part of $1.256$ is $\sola$, -but the integer part of $-1.256$ is $\solb$. diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator16.tex new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator16.tex --- old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator16.tex 2012-07-23 19:28:43.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator16.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -\FLOOR{1.256}{\sol} -The integer part of $1.256$ is $\sol$. diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator17.tex new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator17.tex --- old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator17.tex 2012-07-23 19:28:43.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator17.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,5 +0,0 @@ -\FRACTIONALPART{1.256}{\sol} -\sol - -\FRACTIONALPART{-1.256}{\sol} -\sol diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator18.tex new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator18.tex --- old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator18.tex 2012-07-23 19:28:43.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator18.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -\TRUNCATE[0]{1.25688}{\sol} -\sol - -\TRUNCATE[2]{1.25688}{\sol} -\sol - -\TRUNCATE[4]{1.25688}{\sol} -\sol diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator19.tex new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator19.tex --- old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator19.tex 2012-07-23 19:28:43.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator19.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -\ROUND[0]{1.25688}{\sol} -\sol - -\ROUND[2]{1.25688}{\sol} -\sol - -\ROUND[4]{1.25688}{\sol} -\sol diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator2.tex new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator2.tex --- old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator2.tex 2012-07-23 19:28:43.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator2.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,14 +0,0 @@ -\SQUARE{5}\sol -The \texttt{\textbackslash sol} -command contains the square of $5$: -\[5^2=\sol\] -\begin{center} -\SQUAREROOT{5}\sol -Now, the \texttt{\textbackslash sol} -command is the square root of $5$: -\[\sqrt{5}=\sol\] -\end{center} -On having gone out of the \texttt{center} -environment, -the command recovers its previous value: -\sol diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator20.tex new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator20.tex --- old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator20.tex 2012-07-23 19:28:43.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator20.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,14 +0,0 @@ -\INTEGERDIVISION{435}{27}{\sola}{\solb} -$435=27\times\sola+\solb$ - -\INTEGERDIVISION{27}{435}{\sola}{\solb} -$27=435\times\sola+\solb$ - -\INTEGERDIVISION{-435}{27}{\sola}{\solb} -$-435=27\times(\sola)+\solb$ - -\INTEGERDIVISION{435}{-27}{\sola}{\solb} -$435=-27\times(\sola)+\solb$ - -\INTEGERDIVISION{-435}{-27}{\sola}{\solb} -$-435=-27\times\sola+\solb$ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator21.tex new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator21.tex --- old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator21.tex 2012-07-23 19:28:43.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator21.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -\INTEGERQUOTIENT{435}{27}{\sol} -\sol - -\INTEGERQUOTIENT{27}{435}{\sol} -\sol - -\INTEGERQUOTIENT{-43.5}{2.7}{\sol} -\sol diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator22.tex new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator22.tex --- old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator22.tex 2012-07-23 19:28:43.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator22.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -\MODULO{435}{27}{\sol} -\[ -435 \equiv \sol \pmod{27} -\] -\MODULO{-435}{27}{\sol} -\[ --435 \equiv \sol \pmod{27} -\] diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator23.tex new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator23.tex --- old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator23.tex 2012-07-23 19:28:43.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator23.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -\GCD{435}{27}{\sol} -$\gcd(435,27)=\sol$ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator24.tex new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator24.tex --- old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator24.tex 2012-07-23 19:28:43.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator24.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,3 +0,0 @@ -\newcommand{\lcm}{\operatorname{lcm}} -\LCM{435}{27}{\sol} -$\lcm(435,27)=\sol$ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator25.tex new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator25.tex --- old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator25.tex 2012-07-23 19:28:43.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator25.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -\FRACTIONSIMPLIFY{435}{27}{\sola}{\solb} -$435/27=\sola/\solb$ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator26.tex new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator26.tex --- old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator26.tex 2012-07-23 19:28:43.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator26.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -\SQUAREROOT{1.44}{\sol} -$\sqrt{1.44}=\sol$ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator27.tex new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator27.tex --- old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator27.tex 2012-07-23 19:28:43.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator27.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -\EXP{0.5}{\sol} -$\exp(0.5)=\sol$ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator28.tex new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator28.tex --- old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator28.tex 2012-07-23 19:28:43.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator28.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,6 +0,0 @@ -\EXP[10]{1.3}{\sol} -$10^{1.3}=\sol$ - -\EXP[2]{0.33333}{\sol} -$2^{1/3}=\sol$ - diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator29.tex new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator29.tex --- old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator29.tex 2012-07-23 19:28:43.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator29.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -\LOG{0.5}{\sol} -$\log 0.5=\sol$ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator3.tex new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator3.tex --- old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator3.tex 2012-07-23 19:28:43.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator3.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -\COPY{-1.256}{\sol} -\sol diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator30.tex new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator30.tex --- old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator30.tex 2012-07-23 19:28:43.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator30.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -\LOG[10]{0.5}{\sol} -$\log_{10} 0.5=\sol$ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator31.tex new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator31.tex --- old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator31.tex 2012-07-23 19:28:43.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator31.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -\SIN{\numberTHIRDPI}{\sol} -$\sin \pi/3=\sol$ - -\COS{\numberTHIRDPI}{\sol} -$\cos \pi/3=\sol$ - -\TAN{\numberTHIRDPI}{\sol} -$\tan \pi/3=\sol$ - -\COT{\numberTHIRDPI}{\sol} -$\cot \pi/3=\sol$ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator32.tex new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator32.tex --- old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator32.tex 2012-07-23 19:28:43.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator32.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -\DEGREESSIN{60}{\sol} -$\sin 60^{\textrm o}=\sol$ - -\DEGREESCOS{60}{\sol} -$\cos 60^{\textrm o}=\sol$ - -\DEGREESTAN{60}{\sol} -$\tan 60^{\textrm o}=\sol$ - -\DEGREESCOT{60}{\sol} -$\cot 60^{\textrm o}=\sol$ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator33.tex new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator33.tex --- old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator33.tex 2012-07-23 19:28:43.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator33.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -\DEGREESCOS[400]{50}{\sol} -\sol - -\DEGREESCOS{45}{\sol} -\sol - -\COS{\numberQUARTERPI}{\sol} -\sol - -\DEGREESCOS[8]{1}{\sol} -\sol diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator34.tex new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator34.tex --- old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator34.tex 2012-07-23 19:28:43.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator34.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -\DEGtoRAD{60}{\sol} -\sol diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator35.tex new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator35.tex --- old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator35.tex 2012-07-23 19:28:43.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator35.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -\MULTIPLY{\numberTWOPI}{10}{\TWENTYPI} -\ADD{\numberPI}{\TWENTYPI}{\TWENTYONEPI} -\REDUCERADIANSANGLE{\TWENTYONEPI}{\sol} -\sol - -\REDUCEDEGREESANGLE{3690}{\sol} -\sol diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator36.tex new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator36.tex --- old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator36.tex 2012-07-23 19:28:43.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator36.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -\SINH{1.256}{\sol} -\sol - -\COSH{1.256}{\sol} -\sol - -\TANH{1.256}{\sol} -\sol - -\COTH{1.256}{\sol} -\sol diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator37.tex new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator37.tex --- old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator37.tex 2012-07-23 19:28:43.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator37.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,5 +0,0 @@ -\VECTORCOPY(1,-1)(\sola,\solb) -$(\sola,\solb)$ - -\VECTORCOPY(1,-1,2)(\sola,\solb,\solc) -$(\sola,\solb,\solc)$ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator38.tex new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator38.tex --- old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator38.tex 2012-07-23 19:28:43.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator38.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,5 +0,0 @@ -\VECTORADD(1,-1,2)(3,5,-1)(\sola,\solb,\solc) -$(1,-1,2)+(3,5,-1)=(\sola,\solb,\solc)$ - -\VECTORSUB(1,-1,2)(3,5,-1)(\sola,\solb,\solc) -$(1,-1,2)-(3,5,-1)=(\sola,\solb,\solc)$ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator39.tex new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator39.tex --- old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator39.tex 2012-07-23 19:28:43.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator39.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,6 +0,0 @@ -\SCALARVECTORPRODUCT{2}(3,5)(\sola,\solb) -$2(3,5)=(\sola,\solb)$ - -\SCALARVECTORPRODUCT{2}(3,5,-1)(% - \sola,\solb,\solc) -$2(3,5,-1)=(\sola,\solb,\solc)$ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator4.tex new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator4.tex --- old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator4.tex 2012-07-23 19:28:43.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator4.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -\MAX{1.256}{3.214}{\sol} -\[\max(1.256,3.214)=\sol\] diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator40.tex new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator40.tex --- old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator40.tex 2012-07-23 19:28:43.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator40.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -\SCALARPRODUCT(1,-1)(3,5){\sol} -$(1,-1)\cdot(3,5)=\sol$ - -\SCALARPRODUCT(1,-1,2)(3,5,-1){\sol} -$(1,-1,2)\cdot(3,5,-1)=\sol$ - -\VECTORNORM(3,4)\sol -$\left\|(3,4)\right\|=\sol$ - -\VECTORNORM(1,2,-2)\sol -$\left\|(1,2,-2)\right\|=\sol$ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator41.tex new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator41.tex --- old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator41.tex 2012-07-23 19:28:43.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator41.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,5 +0,0 @@ -\UNITVECTOR(3,4)(\sola,\solb) -$(\sola,\solb)$ - -\UNITVECTOR(1,2,-2)(\sola,\solb,\solc) -$(\sola,\solb,\solc)$ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator42.tex new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator42.tex --- old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator42.tex 2012-07-23 19:28:43.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator42.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,5 +0,0 @@ -\VECTORABSVALUE(3,-4)(\sola,\solb) -$(\sola,\solb)$ - -\VECTORABSVALUE(3,-4,-1)(\sola,\solb,\solc) -$(\sola,\solb,\solc)$ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator43.tex new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator43.tex --- old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator43.tex 2012-07-23 19:28:43.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator43.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -\MATRIXCOPY(1, -1, 2; - 3, 0, 5; - -1, 1, 4)% - (\sola,\solb,\solc; - \sold,\sole,\solf; - \solg,\solh,\soli) -$\begin{bmatrix} - \sola & \solb & \solc \\ - \sold & \sole & \solf \\ - \solg & \solh & \soli - \end{bmatrix}$ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator44.tex new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator44.tex --- old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator44.tex 2012-07-23 19:28:43.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator44.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -\TRANSPOSEMATRIX(1,-1;3,0)% - (\sola,\solb;\solc,\sold) -$\begin{bmatrix} - 1 & -1 \\ 3 & 0 - \end{bmatrix}^T=\begin{bmatrix} - \sola & \solb \\ \solc & \sold - \end{bmatrix}$ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator45.tex new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator45.tex --- old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator45.tex 2012-07-23 19:28:43.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator45.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ -\MATRIXADD(1,-1;3,0)(3,5;-3,2)% - (\sola,\solb;\solc,\sold) -$\begin{bmatrix} - 1 & -1 \\ 3 & 0 - \end{bmatrix}+ -\begin{bmatrix} - 3 & 5 \\ -3 & 2 - \end{bmatrix}=\begin{bmatrix} - \sola & \solb \\ \solc & \sold - \end{bmatrix}$ - -\MATRIXSUB(1,-1;3,0)(3,5;-3,2)% - (\sola,\solb;\solc,\sold) -$\begin{bmatrix} - 1 & -1 \\ 3 & 0 - \end{bmatrix}- -\begin{bmatrix} - 3 & 5 \\ -3 & 2 - \end{bmatrix}=\begin{bmatrix} - \sola & \solb \\ \solc & \sold - \end{bmatrix}$ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator46.tex new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator46.tex --- old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator46.tex 2012-07-23 19:28:43.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator46.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,14 +0,0 @@ -\SCALARMATRIXPRODUCT{3}(1,-1,2; - 3, 0,5; - -1, 1,4)% - (\sola,\solb,\solc; - \sold,\sole,\solf; - \solg,\solh,\soli) -$3\begin{bmatrix} - 1 & -1 & 2 \\ 3 & 0 & 5 \\ -1 & 1 & 4 - \end{bmatrix} - =\begin{bmatrix} - \sola & \solb & \solc \\ - \sold & \sole & \solf \\ - \solg & \solh & \soli - \end{bmatrix}$ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator47.tex new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator47.tex --- old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator47.tex 2012-07-23 19:28:43.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator47.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -\MATRIXVECTORPRODUCT(1,-1; - 0, 2)(3,5)(\sola,\solb) -$\begin{bmatrix} - 1 & -1 \\ 0 & 2 - \end{bmatrix} - \begin{bmatrix} - 3 \\ 5 - \end{bmatrix} - =\begin{bmatrix} - \sola \\ \solb - \end{bmatrix}$ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator48.tex new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator48.tex --- old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator48.tex 2012-07-23 19:28:43.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator48.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,18 +0,0 @@ -\MATRIXPRODUCT(1,-1,2;3,0,5;-1,1,4)% - (3,5,-1;-3,2,-5;1,-2,3)% - (\sola,\solb,\solc; - \sold,\sole,\solf; - \solg,\solh,\soli) -\begin{multline*} -\begin{bmatrix} - 1 & -1 & 2 \\ 3 & 0 & 5 \\ -1 & 1 & 4 - \end{bmatrix} -\begin{bmatrix} - 3 & 5 & -1 \\ -3 & 2 & -5 \\ 1 & -2 & 3 - \end{bmatrix}\\ -=\begin{bmatrix} - \sola & \solb & \solc \\ - \sold & \sole & \solf \\ - \solg & \solh & \soli -\end{bmatrix} -\end{multline*} diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator49.tex new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator49.tex --- old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator49.tex 2012-07-23 19:28:43.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator49.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,5 +0,0 @@ -\DETERMINANT(1,-1,2;3,0,5;-1,1,4){\sol} -\SpecialUsageIndex{\DETERMINANT}% -$\begin{vmatrix} - 1 & -1 & 2 \\ 3 & 0 & 5 \\ -1 & 1 & 4 - \end{vmatrix}=\sol$ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator5.tex new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator5.tex --- old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator5.tex 2012-07-23 19:28:43.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator5.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -\MIN{1.256}{3.214}{\sol} -\sol diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator50.tex new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator50.tex --- old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator50.tex 2012-07-23 19:28:43.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator50.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -\INVERSEMATRIX(1,-1;3,5)(% - \sola,\solb;\solc,\sold) -$\begin{bmatrix} - 1 & -1 \\ 3 & 5 - \end{bmatrix}^{-1}= - \begin{bmatrix} - \sola & \solb \\ \solc & \sold - \end{bmatrix}$ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator51.tex new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator51.tex --- old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator51.tex 2012-07-23 19:28:43.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator51.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -\MATRIXABSVALUE(1,-1,2;3,0,5;-1,1,4)% - (\sola,\solb,\solc; - \sold,\sole,\solf; - \solg,\solh,\soli) -$\begin{bmatrix} - \sola & \solb & \solc \\ - \sold & \sole & \solf \\ - \solg & \solh & \soli - \end{bmatrix}$ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator52.tex new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator52.tex --- old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator52.tex 2012-07-23 19:28:43.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator52.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,15 +0,0 @@ -\SOLVELINEARSYSTEM(1,-1,2;3,0,5;-1,1,4)% - (-4,4,-2)% - (\sola,\solb,\solc) -Solving the linear system -\[ -\begin{bmatrix} - 1 & -1 & 2 \\ 3 & 0 & 5 \\ -1 & 1 & 4 - \end{bmatrix}\mathsf{X}=\begin{bmatrix} - -4\\4\\-2 - \end{bmatrix} -\] -we obtain -$\mathsf{X}=\begin{bmatrix} - \sola \\ \solb\\ \solc - \end{bmatrix}$ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator53.tex new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator53.tex --- old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator53.tex 2012-07-23 19:28:43.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator53.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,5 +0,0 @@ -\SQUAREfunction{3}{\sol}{\Dsol} -If $f(t)=t^2$, then -\[ - f(3)=\sol \mbox{ and } f'(3)=\Dsol -\] diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator54.tex new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator54.tex --- old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator54.tex 2012-07-23 19:28:43.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator54.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,15 +0,0 @@ -$\begin{array}{cll} -x & \log x & \log' x \\ -\LOGfunction{1}{\logx}{\Dlogx} -1 &\logx & \Dlogx\\ -\LOGfunction{2}{\logx}{\Dlogx} -2 &\logx & \Dlogx\\ -\LOGfunction{3}{\logx}{\Dlogx} -3 &\logx & \Dlogx\\ -\LOGfunction{4}{\logx}{\Dlogx} -4 &\logx & \Dlogx\\ -\LOGfunction{5}{\logx}{\Dlogx} -5 &\logx & \Dlogx\\ -\LOGfunction{6}{\logx}{\Dlogx} -6 &\logx & \Dlogx -\end{array}$ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator55.tex new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator55.tex --- old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator55.tex 2012-07-23 19:28:43.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator55.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,30 +0,0 @@ -% exp(-t) - \SCALEVARIABLEfunction - {-1}{\EXPfunction} - {\NEGEXPfunction} - -% exp(-t)cos(t) - \PRODUCTfunction - {\NEGEXPfunction} - {\COSfunction} - {\NEGEXPCOSfunction} - -% 3t^2-2exp(-t)cos(t) - \LINEARCOMBINATIONfunction - {3}{\SQUAREfunction} - {-2}{\NEGEXPCOSfunction} - {\myfunction} - -\myfunction{5}{\sol}{\Dsol} - -If -\[ - f(t)=3t^2-2\mathrm{e}^{-t}\cos t -\] -then -\[ -\begin{gathered} - f(5)=\sol\\ - f'(5)=\Dsol -\end{gathered} -\] diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator56.tex new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator56.tex --- old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator56.tex 2012-07-23 19:28:43.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator56.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ -% \mypoly=1-x^2+x^3 - \newcpoly{\mypoly}{1}{0}{-1}{1} - \mypoly{2}{\sol}{\Dsol} -$p'(2)=\Dsol$ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator57.tex new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator57.tex --- old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator57.tex 2012-07-23 19:28:43.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator57.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -For the $f(t)=(t^2,t^3)$ function we have -\VECTORfunction - {\SQUAREfunction}{\CUBEfunction}{\F} - -\F{4}{\solx}{\Dsolx}{\soly}{\Dsoly} - -\[ -f(4)=(\solx,\soly), f'(4)=(\Dsolx,\Dsoly) -\] diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator6.tex new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator6.tex --- old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator6.tex 2012-07-23 19:28:43.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator6.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -\ADD{1.256}{3.214}{\sol} -$1.256+3.214=\sol$ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator7.tex new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator7.tex --- old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator7.tex 2012-07-23 19:28:43.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator7.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -\SUBTRACT{1.256}{3.214}{\sol} -$1.256-3.214=\sol$ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator8.tex new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator8.tex --- old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator8.tex 2012-07-23 19:28:43.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator8.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -\MULTIPLY{1.256}{3.214}{\sol} -$1.256\times3.214=\sol$ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator9.tex new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator9.tex --- old/doc/latex/calculator/calculator9.tex 2012-07-23 19:28:43.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/calculator/calculator9.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -\DIVIDE{1.256}{3.214}{\sol} -$1.256/3.214=\sol$ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/bera.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/bera.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/bera.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/bera.doc.tlpobj 2010-10-10 04:05:12.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +name bera.doc +category Package +revision 20031 +shortdesc doc files of bera +relocated 1 +docfiles size=10 + RELOC/doc/fonts/bera/LICENSE + RELOC/doc/fonts/bera/README + RELOC/doc/fonts/bera/bera.pdf + RELOC/doc/fonts/bera/bera.txt diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/calculator.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/calculator.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/calculator.doc.tlpobj 2012-07-24 04:33:45.000000000 +0200 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/calculator.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,65 +0,0 @@ -name calculator.doc -category Package -revision 27112 -shortdesc doc files of calculator -relocated 1 -docfiles size=203 - RELOC/doc/latex/calculator/README - RELOC/doc/latex/calculator/calculator.pdf - RELOC/doc/latex/calculator/calculator1.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/calculator/calculator10.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/calculator/calculator11.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/calculator/calculator12.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/calculator/calculator13.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/calculator/calculator14.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/calculator/calculator15.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/calculator/calculator16.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/calculator/calculator17.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/calculator/calculator18.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/calculator/calculator19.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/calculator/calculator2.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/calculator/calculator20.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/calculator/calculator21.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/calculator/calculator22.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/calculator/calculator23.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/calculator/calculator24.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/calculator/calculator25.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/calculator/calculator26.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/calculator/calculator27.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/calculator/calculator28.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/calculator/calculator29.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/calculator/calculator3.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/calculator/calculator30.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/calculator/calculator31.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/calculator/calculator32.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/calculator/calculator33.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/calculator/calculator34.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/calculator/calculator35.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/calculator/calculator36.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/calculator/calculator37.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/calculator/calculator38.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/calculator/calculator39.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/calculator/calculator4.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/calculator/calculator40.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/calculator/calculator41.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/calculator/calculator42.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/calculator/calculator43.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/calculator/calculator44.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/calculator/calculator45.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/calculator/calculator46.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/calculator/calculator47.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/calculator/calculator48.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/calculator/calculator49.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/calculator/calculator5.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/calculator/calculator50.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/calculator/calculator51.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/calculator/calculator52.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/calculator/calculator53.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/calculator/calculator54.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/calculator/calculator55.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/calculator/calculator56.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/calculator/calculator57.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/calculator/calculator6.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/calculator/calculator7.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/calculator/calculator8.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/calculator/calculator9.tex ++++++ calculator.doc.tar.xz -> bera.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 10508 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ cantarell.doc.tar.xz -> betababel.doc.tar.xz ++++++ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/fonts/cantarell/CHANGES new/doc/fonts/cantarell/CHANGES --- old/doc/fonts/cantarell/CHANGES 2012-07-15 16:42:23.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/fonts/cantarell/CHANGES 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,19 +0,0 @@ -Changelog for version 2.0: - - complete rewrite of the fontinst driver file - - rename .vf and .tfm files based on the pattern <font>-<encoding> - - change slant angle for italics to comply with the slant of the first - italics versions of Cantarell - - modify paths of the archive: documentation is now in - doc/fonts/cantarell/ and sources in source/fonts/cantarell/ - -Changelog for version 2.1: - - update font files to version 0.0.7 - -Changelog for version 2.2: - - remove unneeded call to textcomp package in cantarell.sty - -Changelog for version 2.3: - - update font files to version 0.0.8 - -Changelog for version 2.4: - - update font files to version 0.0.9; Cyrillic support is included diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/fonts/cantarell/README new/doc/fonts/cantarell/README --- old/doc/fonts/cantarell/README 2012-07-15 16:42:23.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/fonts/cantarell/README 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ ------------------------- - Cantarell, version 2.4 ------------------------- - -Cantarell is a contemporary Humanist sans serif designed by Dave Crossland and -Jakub Steiner. This font, delivered under the OFL version 1.1, is available on -The GNOME download server at -http://download.gnome.org/sources/cantarell-fonts/0.0/. - -This package provides support for this font in LaTeX. It includes Type 1 -versions of the fonts, converted for this package using FontForge from its -sources, for full support with Dvips. - -Installation and usage instructions are described in -doc/fonts/cantarell/cantarell.pdf. - -This package is released under the LaTeX Project Public License, either version -1.3c or above, with the exception of the .pfb and .sfd files, released under the -Open Font License version 1.1. - -If you have comments about the package, please contact Mohamed El Morabity -(melmorabity AT fedoraproject DOT org). Files old/doc/fonts/cantarell/cantarell-samples.pdf and new/doc/fonts/cantarell/cantarell-samples.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/fonts/cantarell/cantarell-samples.tex new/doc/fonts/cantarell/cantarell-samples.tex --- old/doc/fonts/cantarell/cantarell-samples.tex 2012-07-15 16:42:23.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/fonts/cantarell/cantarell-samples.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,76 +0,0 @@ -%% cantarell-samples.tex -%% Copyright 2011, 2012 Mohamed El Morabity -% -% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the LaTeX -% Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) -% any later version. The latest version of this license is in -% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt and version 1.3 or later is part of all -% distributions of LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% -% This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'. -% -% The Current Maintainer of this work is Mohamed El Morabity -% -% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. - -\documentclass{article} - -\usepackage[russian,francais,american]{babel} -\usepackage{cantarell} -\usepackage[T2A,T1,OT1]{fontenc} -\usepackage[utf8x]{inputenc} -\usepackage{microtype} -\usepackage{textcomp} - -\newcommand{\latinSample}{% - \foreignlanguage{francais}{% - Tous les Ãªtres humains naissent libres et Ã©gaux en dignitÃ© et en droits. Ils - sont douÃ©s de raison et de conscience et doivent agir les uns envers les - autres dans un esprit de fraternitÃ©.% - }% -} - -\newcommand{\cyrillicSample}{% - \foreignlanguage{russian}{% - ÐÑÐµ Ð»ÑÐŽÐž ÑÐŸÐ¶ÐŽÐ°ÑÑÑÑ ÑÐ²ÐŸÐ±ÐŸÐŽÐœÑÐŒÐž Ðž ÑÐ°Ð²ÐœÑÐŒÐž Ð² ÑÐ²ÐŸÐµÐŒ ÐŽÐŸÑÑÐŸÐžÐœÑÑÐ²Ðµ Ðž Ð¿ÑÐ°Ð²Ð°Ñ. ÐÐœÐž - ÐœÐ°ÐŽÐµÐ»ÐµÐœÑ ÑÐ°Ð·ÑÐŒÐŸÐŒ Ðž ÑÐŸÐ²ÐµÑÑÑÑ Ðž ÐŽÐŸÐ»Ð¶ÐœÑ Ð¿ÐŸÑÑÑÐ¿Ð°ÑÑ Ð² ÐŸÑÐœÐŸÑÐµÐœÐžÐž ÐŽÑÑÐ³ ÐŽÑÑÐ³Ð° Ð² ÐŽÑÑÐµ - Ð±ÑÐ°ÑÑÑÐ²Ð°.% - }% -} - -\newcommand{\miscSample}{% - 0123456789 ff fi fl ffi ffl \textperthousand{} \textcopyright{} - \textregistered{} \texttrademark{} \texteuro{} \textsterling{} \textyen% -} - -\newcommand{\fontSample}[2]{% - {\usefont{T1}{fca}{#1}{#2} \latinSample} - - {\usefont{T2A}{fca}{#1}{#2}\cyrillicSample} - - {\fontfamily{fca}\fontseries{#1}\fontshape{#2}\selectfont\miscSample}\\% -} - -\begin{document} - -\section*{Cantarell Regular} - -\fontSample{m}{n} - -\fontSample{m}{sl} - -\fontSample{m}{sc} - -\fontSample{m}{scsl} - -\section*{Cantarell Bold} - -\fontSample{b}{n} - -\fontSample{b}{sl} - -\fontSample{b}{sc} - -\fontSample{b}{scsl} - -\end{document} Files old/doc/fonts/cantarell/cantarell.pdf and new/doc/fonts/cantarell/cantarell.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/fonts/cantarell/cantarell.tex new/doc/fonts/cantarell/cantarell.tex --- old/doc/fonts/cantarell/cantarell.tex 2012-07-15 16:42:23.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/fonts/cantarell/cantarell.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,194 +0,0 @@ -%% cantarell.tex -%% Copyright 2011, 2012 Mohamed El Morabity -% -% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the LaTeX -% Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) -% any later version. The latest version of this license is in -% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt and version 1.3 or later is part of all -% distributions of LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. -% -% This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'. -% -% The Current Maintainer of this work is Mohamed El Morabity -% -% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. - -\documentclass{article} - -\usepackage[american]{babel} -\usepackage{booktabs} -\usepackage[default]{cantarell} -\usepackage{microtype} -\usepackage{multirow} -\usepackage{path} -\usepackage{varioref} -\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref} - -\hypersetup{% - pdftitle={LaTeX support for Cantarell},% - pdfauthor={Mohamed El Morabity}% -}% - -\newcommand{\acronym}[1]{\textsc{\lowercase{#1}}} -\newcommand{\code}{\texttt} -\newcommand{\command}{\texttt} -\newcommand{\email}[1]{\href{mailto:#1}{\nolinkurl{#1}}} -\newcommand{\name}{} -\newcommand{\package}{\texttt} -\newcommand{\parameter}[1]{\textnormal{\textit{#1}}} -\newcommand{\program}{} - -\title{\LaTeX{} support for Cantarell\\Version~2.4} - -\author{Mohamed \name{El~Morabity}\\\email{melmorabity(a)fedoraproject.org}} - -\begin{document} - -\maketitle - -\tableofcontents - -\section{Introduction} - -Cantarell is a contemporary Humanist sans serif designed initially by Dave -\name{Crossland} and maintained by Jakub \name{Steiner} (see -figure~\vref{styles}). This font, delivered under the \acronym{OFL} version~1.1, -is available on the \acronym{GNOME} download server~\cite{cantarell}. - -\begin{figure} - \centering - {% - \fcafamily% - Cantarell Regular\\ - {\bfseries Cantarell Bold} - } - \caption{Available styles for Cantarell} - \label{styles} -\end{figure} - -This package provides support for this font in \LaTeX{}. It includes Type~1 -versions of the fonts, converted from its sources using \program{FontForge}, for -full support with \program{Dvips}. - -\section{Installation} - -These directions assume that your \TeX{} distribution is -\acronym{TDS}-compliant. - -Once the \path|cantarell.zip| archive extracted: -\begin{enumerate} -\item Copy \path|doc/|, \path|fonts/|, \path|source/|, and \path|tex/| - directories to your \path|texmf/| directory (either your local or global - \path|texmf/| directory). -\item Run \command{mktexlsr} to refresh the file name database and make \TeX{} - aware of the new files. -\item Run \command{updmap --enable Map=cantarell.map} to make \program{Dvips}, - \program{dvipdf} and \program{pdf\TeX} aware of the new fonts. -\end{enumerate} - -Note that this package requires the \package{keyval}~\cite{keyval} and -\package{slantsc}~\cite{slantsc} (to handle italic/slanted small caps) ones to -work. - -\section{Usage} - -\subsection{Calling Cantarell} - -You can use the Cantarell font in a \LaTeX{} document by adding the command -\begin{verbatim} -\usepackage{cantarell} -\end{verbatim} -to the preamble. The package supplies the \code{\char`\\fcafamily} command to -switch the current font to Cantarell. - -\subsection{Options} - -\subsubsection{Cantarell as default (sans-serif) font} - -You can set \LaTeX{} to use Cantarell as standard font throughout the whole -document by passing the \code{default} option to the package: -\begin{verbatim} -\usepackage[default]{cantarell} -\end{verbatim} -To set Cantarell as default sans-serif only: -\begin{verbatim} -\usepackage[defaultsans]{cantarell} -\end{verbatim} - -\subsubsection{Font scaling} - -The font can be up- and downscale by any factor. This can be used to make -Cantarell more friendly when used in company with other type faces, e.g., to -adapt the x-height. The package option \code{scale=\parameter{ratio}} will scale -the font according to \parameter{ratio} (1.0 by default), for example: -\begin{verbatim} -\usepackage[scale=0.95]{cantarell} -\end{verbatim} - -\subsection{Encodings} - -The following encodings are supported: -\begin{description} -\item[Latin] OT1, T1, TS1 (partial) -\item[Cyrillic] T2A, T2B, T2C, X2 -% \item[Greek] LGR (monotonic only) -\end{description} -To use one or another encoding, give the \LaTeX{} name to the \package{fontenc} -package as usual, as in -\begin{verbatim} -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage{cantarell} -\end{verbatim} - -\subsection{Available weights and variants} - -Table~\vref{nfss} lists the available font series and shapes with their -\acronym{NFSS} classification. Parenthesized combinations are provided via -substitutions. -\begin{table} - \centering - \begin{tabular}{llll} - \toprule - family&encoding&series&shape\\ - \midrule - \multirow{3}{*}{fca}&OT1,T1,&\multirow{3}{*}{m, b (bx)}&\multirow{2}{*}{n, sl (it), sc, scsl (scit)}\\ - &T2A, T2B, T2C, X2,&&\\ -% &LGR&&\\ - \cmidrule{2-2} - \cmidrule{4-4} - &TS1&&n, sl (it)\\ - \bottomrule - \end{tabular} - \caption{Available font series and shapes for Cantarell} - \label{nfss} -\end{table} -Notice that the slanted shapes are faked ones, as well as the small capitals -(reduced to 80\%). - -Samples of the font are available in the -\href{run:cantarell-samples.pdf}{\path|cantarell-samples.pdf|} file. - -\section{Known bugs and improvements} - -Please send bug reports and suggestions about the Cantarell \LaTeX{} support to -\href{mailto:melmorabity@fedoraproject.org}{Mohamed \name{El~Morabity}}, neither -to Dave \name{Crossland} nor the \acronym{GNOME} project. They only distribute -the font files themselves. - -\section{License} - -This package is released under the \LaTeX{} project public license, either -version~1.3c or above~\cite{lppl}. Anyway both the Type~1 and Fontforge source -files are delivered under the Open Font License version~1.1~\cite{ofl}. - -\begin{thebibliography}{9} -\bibitem{cantarell} \url{http://download.gnome.org/sources/cantarell-fonts/0.0/} -\bibitem{keyval} - \url{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/graphics/} -\bibitem{slantsc} - \url{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/slantsc/} -\bibitem{lppl} \url{http://www.latex-project.org/lppl/lppl-1-3c.html} -\bibitem{ofl} \url{http://scripts.sil.org/OFL_web} -\end{thebibliography} - -\end{document} diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/fonts/cantarell/manifest.txt new/doc/fonts/cantarell/manifest.txt --- old/doc/fonts/cantarell/manifest.txt 2012-07-15 16:42:23.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/fonts/cantarell/manifest.txt 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,153 +0,0 @@ -./README -./manifest.txt -./fonts/map/dvips/cantarell/cantarell.map -./fonts/tfm/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Regular-ot1.tfm -./fonts/tfm/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Regular-Slanted-02.tfm -./fonts/tfm/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Regular-Slanted-SmallCaps-x2.tfm -./fonts/tfm/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Bold-Slanted-SmallCaps-t2c.tfm -./fonts/tfm/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Bold-x2.tfm -./fonts/tfm/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Regular-t2b.tfm -./fonts/tfm/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Bold-SmallCaps-t2a.tfm -./fonts/tfm/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Regular-Slanted-SmallCaps-t2b.tfm -./fonts/tfm/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Regular-03.tfm -./fonts/tfm/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Bold-SmallCaps-ot1.tfm -./fonts/tfm/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Regular-Slanted-03.tfm -./fonts/tfm/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Bold-Slanted-SmallCaps-t1.tfm -./fonts/tfm/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Regular-t2c.tfm -./fonts/tfm/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Bold-Slanted-02.tfm -./fonts/tfm/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Bold-Slanted-01.tfm -./fonts/tfm/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Bold-t2b.tfm -./fonts/tfm/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Regular-Slanted-ts1.tfm -./fonts/tfm/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Regular-Slanted-SmallCaps-t1.tfm -./fonts/tfm/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Regular-Slanted-t2c.tfm -./fonts/tfm/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Bold-SmallCaps-t2c.tfm -./fonts/tfm/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Bold-Slanted-t2b.tfm -./fonts/tfm/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Bold-t1.tfm -./fonts/tfm/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Regular-SmallCaps-t2b.tfm -./fonts/tfm/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Regular-SmallCaps-t2a.tfm -./fonts/tfm/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Bold-Slanted-ot1.tfm -./fonts/tfm/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Bold-Slanted-t2a.tfm -./fonts/tfm/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Bold-Slanted-SmallCaps-x2.tfm -./fonts/tfm/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Regular-SmallCaps-ot1.tfm -./fonts/tfm/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Bold-01.tfm -./fonts/tfm/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Bold-Slanted-03.tfm -./fonts/tfm/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Regular-Slanted-x2.tfm -./fonts/tfm/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Bold-ts1.tfm -./fonts/tfm/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Regular-SmallCaps-t1.tfm -./fonts/tfm/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Bold-t2a.tfm -./fonts/tfm/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Bold-Slanted-SmallCaps-ot1.tfm -./fonts/tfm/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Regular-Slanted-SmallCaps-t2a.tfm -./fonts/tfm/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Bold-t2c.tfm -./fonts/tfm/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Bold-SmallCaps-x2.tfm -./fonts/tfm/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Regular-02.tfm -./fonts/tfm/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Regular-Slanted-ot1.tfm -./fonts/tfm/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Bold-ot1.tfm -./fonts/tfm/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Regular-t2a.tfm -./fonts/tfm/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Bold-03.tfm -./fonts/tfm/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Bold-Slanted-t2c.tfm -./fonts/tfm/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Regular-Slanted-01.tfm -./fonts/tfm/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Regular-Slanted-SmallCaps-t2c.tfm -./fonts/tfm/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Bold-Slanted-SmallCaps-t2b.tfm -./fonts/tfm/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Regular-SmallCaps-x2.tfm -./fonts/tfm/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Bold-Slanted-SmallCaps-t2a.tfm -./fonts/tfm/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Regular-Slanted-SmallCaps-ot1.tfm -./fonts/tfm/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Bold-SmallCaps-t2b.tfm -./fonts/tfm/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Regular-01.tfm -./fonts/tfm/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Regular-x2.tfm -./fonts/tfm/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Regular-SmallCaps-t2c.tfm -./fonts/tfm/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Regular-Slanted-t2a.tfm -./fonts/tfm/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Bold-Slanted-t1.tfm -./fonts/tfm/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Bold-02.tfm -./fonts/tfm/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Regular-Slanted-t1.tfm -./fonts/tfm/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Bold-SmallCaps-t1.tfm -./fonts/tfm/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Bold-Slanted-ts1.tfm -./fonts/tfm/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Regular-ts1.tfm -./fonts/tfm/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Regular-Slanted-t2b.tfm -./fonts/tfm/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Regular-t1.tfm -./fonts/tfm/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Bold-Slanted-x2.tfm -./fonts/vf/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Bold-Slanted-t2b.vf -./fonts/vf/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Bold-ts1.vf -./fonts/vf/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Regular-Slanted-t2b.vf -./fonts/vf/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Regular-Slanted-t1.vf -./fonts/vf/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Bold-SmallCaps-t2b.vf -./fonts/vf/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Bold-Slanted-t2a.vf -./fonts/vf/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Regular-t2b.vf -./fonts/vf/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Bold-Slanted-SmallCaps-t2c.vf -./fonts/vf/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Bold-t2c.vf -./fonts/vf/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Regular-t2c.vf -./fonts/vf/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Bold-Slanted-SmallCaps-ot1.vf -./fonts/vf/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Bold-x2.vf -./fonts/vf/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Regular-ot1.vf -./fonts/vf/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Regular-t2a.vf -./fonts/vf/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Regular-SmallCaps-t2b.vf -./fonts/vf/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Bold-SmallCaps-ot1.vf -./fonts/vf/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Bold-Slanted-ts1.vf -./fonts/vf/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Bold-Slanted-SmallCaps-x2.vf -./fonts/vf/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Bold-Slanted-SmallCaps-t2a.vf -./fonts/vf/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Regular-SmallCaps-t1.vf -./fonts/vf/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Regular-Slanted-ot1.vf -./fonts/vf/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Regular-Slanted-SmallCaps-t2b.vf -./fonts/vf/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Regular-Slanted-t2a.vf -./fonts/vf/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Regular-SmallCaps-ot1.vf -./fonts/vf/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Regular-Slanted-ts1.vf -./fonts/vf/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Regular-Slanted-SmallCaps-t2a.vf -./fonts/vf/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Regular-Slanted-SmallCaps-t2c.vf -./fonts/vf/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Regular-SmallCaps-t2c.vf -./fonts/vf/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Regular-Slanted-t2c.vf -./fonts/vf/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Regular-ts1.vf -./fonts/vf/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Bold-Slanted-SmallCaps-t1.vf -./fonts/vf/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Bold-SmallCaps-t2a.vf -./fonts/vf/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Regular-x2.vf -./fonts/vf/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Bold-ot1.vf -./fonts/vf/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Bold-t2a.vf -./fonts/vf/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Regular-Slanted-SmallCaps-ot1.vf -./fonts/vf/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Bold-SmallCaps-x2.vf -./fonts/vf/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Bold-t2b.vf -./fonts/vf/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Bold-Slanted-x2.vf -./fonts/vf/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Regular-t1.vf -./fonts/vf/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Bold-t1.vf -./fonts/vf/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Bold-SmallCaps-t2c.vf -./fonts/vf/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Bold-Slanted-ot1.vf -./fonts/vf/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Regular-SmallCaps-x2.vf -./fonts/vf/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Bold-Slanted-t2c.vf -./fonts/vf/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Regular-Slanted-SmallCaps-x2.vf -./fonts/vf/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Regular-Slanted-SmallCaps-t1.vf -./fonts/vf/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Bold-SmallCaps-t1.vf -./fonts/vf/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Regular-SmallCaps-t2a.vf -./fonts/vf/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Regular-Slanted-x2.vf -./fonts/vf/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Bold-Slanted-t1.vf -./fonts/vf/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Bold-Slanted-SmallCaps-t2b.vf -./fonts/afm/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Regular.afm -./fonts/afm/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Bold.afm -./fonts/enc/dvips/cantarell/cantarell-02.enc -./fonts/enc/dvips/cantarell/cantarell-03.enc -./fonts/enc/dvips/cantarell/cantarell-01.enc -./fonts/type1/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Bold.pfb -./fonts/type1/public/cantarell/Cantarell-Regular.pfb -./tex/latex/cantarell/t2cfca.fd -./tex/latex/cantarell/x2fca.fd -./tex/latex/cantarell/ts1fca.fd -./tex/latex/cantarell/cantarell.sty -./tex/latex/cantarell/t1fca.fd -./tex/latex/cantarell/t2afca.fd -./tex/latex/cantarell/ot1fca.fd -./tex/latex/cantarell/t2bfca.fd -./source/fonts/cantarell/Cantarell-Bold.sfd -./source/fonts/cantarell/cantarell-map.tex -./source/fonts/cantarell/cantarell-fixgreek.mtx -./source/fonts/cantarell/Cantarell-Regular.sfd -./source/fonts/cantarell/sfd2type1.pe -./source/fonts/cantarell/cantarell-fixcyrillic.mtx -./source/fonts/cantarell/cantarell-fixtextcomp.mtx -./source/fonts/cantarell/Makefile -./source/fonts/cantarell/cantarell-fixlatin.mtx -./source/fonts/cantarell/cantarell-02.etx -./source/fonts/cantarell/cantarell-drv.tex -./source/fonts/cantarell/cantarell-03.etx -./source/fonts/cantarell/cantarell-01.etx -./doc/fonts/cantarell/README -./doc/fonts/cantarell/cantarell-samples.tex -./doc/fonts/cantarell/cantarell.tex -./doc/fonts/cantarell/cantarell.pdf -./doc/fonts/cantarell/cantarell-samples.pdf -./doc/fonts/cantarell/CHANGES Files old/doc/latex/betababel/betatest.pdf and new/doc/latex/betababel/betatest.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/betababel/betatest.tex new/doc/latex/betababel/betatest.tex --- old/doc/latex/betababel/betatest.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/betababel/betatest.tex 2006-01-09 01:49:07.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,191 @@ +\documentclass{article} +\usepackage[english]{betababel} +\usepackage{hyperref} + +\title{Documentation for the {\sf betababel.sty} package} +\author{Felix G. Berkemeier\thanks{ Questions, commentary and bug reports to \texttt{felix.berkemeier(a)gmx.de} please.}} +\date{2005/07/10} + + +\begin{document} +\maketitle +\begin{abstract} +The \textsf{betababel} package extends the \texttt{polutonikogreek} option of the \textsf{babel} package. It provides the possibility to directly type or paste in ancient Greek texts with diacritical characters coded by the common Beta Code convention. + +This file documents version 0.5 of \textsf{betababel.sty}. +\end{abstract} + +\tableofcontents +\section{Introduction} +Although the \LaTeX{} typesetting system is often used especially for its capabilities of displaying fancy formulas in scientific texts, there are plenty of other possible uses. Whoever wants a smooth layout made (almost) by itself freeing time to care for the content, not for its form, would use \LaTeX, \emph{if} other specific needs are satisfied as well. One (maybe very) specific, but nevertheless requested need is the possibility to type ancient Greek texts. These texts require not only the Greek alphabet, but special diacritics. As those are usually not supported as input characters, there exist some transliteration codes to describe the Greek characters and diacritics by representing them by Latin characters and ASCII signs. One very common code has been defined by the \textsc{Thesaurus Linguae Graecae}; it's called Beta Code. (For complete documentation of the code, visit \url{http://www.tlg.uci.edu/}.) + +The Beta Code assigns to every Greek letter one Latin letter, diacritical characters are coded by braces, slashes and other signs (see table below). All Latin input letters, uppercase or lowercase, are handled as lowercase; Greek uppercase letters are coded by an asterisk prefix. E.g.: *w = \bcode{*w} (uppercase omega). To place one or more special characters over (or in case of the iota subscript under) a Greek letter, they have to directly follow the letter to be placed on. There is an order to be respected in placing the diacritics: First comes (if there is) the spiritus or the diaeresis, then the accent and, finally, a iota subscriptum, eventually. Caution: For some reason (possibly because of the prefixing of diacritics of uppercase Greek letters), if the letter to whom the diacritics belong is an uppercase letter, the diacritical signs have to be placed between the asterisk and the letter, i.e. \emph{before} the letter! E.g.: *)/a = \bcode{*)/a} (uppercase alpha with smooth breathing and acute accent); a)/ = \bcode{a)/} (lowercase alpha with smooth breathing and acute accent). + +{\paragraph{Code table} +\begin{center} +\begin{tabular}{llllllllllll} +a & b & g & d & e & z & h & q & i & k & l & m\\ +\bcode{a} & \bcode{b} & \bcode{g} & \bcode{d} & \bcode{e} & \bcode{z} & \bcode{h} & \bcode{q} & \bcode{i} & \bcode{k} & \bcode{l} & \bcode{m}\\[.8em] +n & c & o & p & r & s & t & u & f & x & y & w\\ +\bcode{n} & \bcode{c} & \bcode{o} & \bcode{p} & \bcode{r} & \bcode{s} & \bcode{t} & \bcode{u} & \bcode{f} & \bcode{x} & \bcode{y} & \bcode{w} +\end{tabular} +\end{center}} + +Though, for instance, the semicolon `\texttt{;}' has another meaning in Greek than in Latin, it is still the same sign and thus the punctuation remains almost unchanged in Beta Code with the exception of the `\texttt{:}' that becomes `\bcode{:}'. + +\pagebreak[4] +{\paragraph{Code for the diacritics} +\begin{center} +\begin{tabular}{rc} +smooth breathing (spiritus lenis) & \verb')'\\ +rough breathing (spiritus asper) & \verb'('\\ +diaeresis & \verb'+'\\[.8em] +acute accent & \verb'/'\\ +grave accent & \verb'\'\\ +circumflex accent & \verb'='\\[.8em] +iota subscriptum & \verb'|'\\ +\end{tabular} +\end{center}} + +In section \ref{usage} you can find some examples for Beta Code text and the usage of \textsf{betababel}. + +\section{Betababel} +\subsection{Loading the package} +The \textsf{betababel} package is an extension to the widely used \textsf{babel} package that, therefore, has to be correctly installed in order to enable {\sf betababel} to work properly. To use \textsf{betababel} the \textsf{betababel.sty} file has to be in a directory searched by your \LaTeX{} system (if you don't know where this is, just copy the file into the directory you'll save your \LaTeX{} document) and your document must contain the line \verb'\usepackage['\textit{language option(s)}\verb']{betababel}' in its preamble. The possible language options are exactly the same as those of the \textsf{babel} package. By default \textsf{betababel} uses the \texttt{polutonikogreek} option of the \textsf{babel} package. If your text is written in another language, you should give the right option; for instance for a mostly English text that contains some ancient Greek passages, type: \verb'\usepackage[english]{betababel}'. + +Since \textsf{betababel} internally loads the \textsf{babel} package by itself, there \emph{must not} be a \verb'\usepackage[...]{babel}' command in your document preamble. If, for instance, you had a \verb'\usepackage[english,german]{babel}' in your document, just replace it by \verb'\usepackage[english,german]{betababel}'. + +Some of \textsf{betababel}'s extended functionality (\frenchspacing e.\ g. \nonfrenchspacing all the characters whose Beta Code uses the hash character `\#' --- added in version v0.5) requires Claudio Beccari's \textsf{teubner.sty} package. You can find it at \url{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/teubner/}. While \textsf{betababel} can be run without \textsf{teubner}, it than lacks some of its features. + +\subsection{Usage and examples} +\label{usage} +The \textsf{betababel} package provides two slightly different ways to insert Beta Code input into your \LaTeX{} document. You can enclose the Beta Code in an evironment using \verb'\begin{betacode}' and \verb'\end{betacode}' or you can pass the Beta Code through the argument of the \verb'\bcode{}' command. + +\subsubsection{The \texttt{betacode} environment} +The \texttt{betacode} environment inserts some vertical space before and after the Beta Code input. The amount of this space can be set through the length \verb'\betaskip'. All paragraphs within the \texttt{betacode} environment will be indented just like standard paragraphs, i.e. by the length \verb=\parindent=. + +The text used for the following example has been taken from the \textsc{Thesaurus Linguae Graecae} (\url{http://www.tlg.uci.edu/}). + +\begin{betacode} +*)/ANDRA MOI E)/NNEPE, *MOU=SA, POLU/TROPON, O(\S MA/LA POLLA\ + +PLA/GXQH, E)PEI\ *TROI/HS I(ERO\N PTOLI/EQRON E)/PERSE: +\end{betacode} + +These lines have been produced by +\begin{verbatim} +\begin{betacode} +*)/ANDRA MOI E)/NNEPE, *MOU=SA, POLU/TROPON, O(\S MA/LA POLLA\ + +PLA/GXQH, E)PEI\ *TROI/HS I(ERO\N PTOLI/EQRON E)/PERSE: +\end{betacode} +\end{verbatim} + +\subsubsection{The \texttt{$\backslash$bcode} command} +The argument of the \verb'\bcode' command will be inserted in the output exactly where the command appears,\frenchspacing i.\ e. \nonfrenchspacing without any extra space before or after it. Paragraphs (= blank line) in the Beta Code input text are converted to line breaks and aren't indented. + +The text used for the following example has been taken from the \textsc{Perseus} Project (\url{http://www.perseus.tufts.edu/}).\bigskip + +Here starts the odyssee: \bcode{ +a)/ndra moi e)/nnepe, mou=sa, polu/tropon, o(\s ma/la polla\ + +pla/gxqh, e)pei\ *troi/hs i(ero\n ptoli/eqron e)/persen:} +To be continued \dots\bigskip + +These lines have been produced by +\begin{verbatim} +Here starts the odyssee: \bcode{ +a)/ndra moi e)/nnepe, mou=sa, polu/tropon, o(\s ma/la polla\ + +pla/gxqh, e)pei\ *troi/hs i(ero\n ptoli/eqron e)/persen:} +To be continued \dots +\end{verbatim} + +\subsection{Features} +\subsubsection{Placing of the diacritics} +As mentioned before, there is a difference in placing the diacritics on an uppercase or on a lowercase letter. But as there are some sources that don't respect this rule, \textsf{betababel} doesn't handle this strictly. It allows you to place the diacritics before or after an uppercase letter (if they are placed before \emph{and} after the letter, the ones after are neglected). + +\subsubsection{Inner-word and final sigma} +As defined in Beta Code, there is only one Latin representation (the character \texttt{s}) for both the inner-word and final sigma characters. \textsf{Betababel} therefore recognizes by itself which one's to be used. Beta Code, however, provides a way to determine explicitly the sigma by a suffix number: \texttt{s1} represents the inner-word sigma and \texttt{s2} the final sigma. For instance: \verb'\bcode{*)ana/basis s1 s2}' gives \bcode{*)ana/basis s1 s2}. + +Note: Sometimes it's found that the letter \texttt{j} is used to represent the final sigma. This, however, is not conform to the Beta Code convention. Therefore you shouldn't use it in your Beta Code texts. Since \textsf{betababel} handles the sigma automatically, you don't need an extra representation like \texttt{j}. If \textsf{betababel} finds a \texttt{j}, it displays a warning, but you can let continue the typesetting by hitting the return key; then, in most of the cases, the \texttt{j} will just be omitted. + +\subsubsection{Special characters} +\label{SpecChar} +If \textsf{betababel} detects a properly installed \textsf{teubner.sty} file of Claudio Beccari's \textsf{teubner} package, it will use it to be able to provide support for some additional special characters. The following table gives an overview over those characters and their Beta Code representation. + +\begin{center} +\begin{tabular}{r@{\hspace{0pt}}l@{\hspace{3pt}}l|c} +&&\textbf{BetaCode}&\textbf{Result}\\ +\hline\hline +&[&Left Square Bracket&\bcode{[}\\ +\hline +&]&Right Square Bracket&\bcode{]}\\ +\hline +&\#&Keraia&\bcode{#}\\ +\hline +&\#1&Koppa&\bcode{#1}\\ +\hline +&\#2&Stigma&\bcode{#2}\\ +{*}&\#2&Stigma&\bcode{*#2}\\ +\hline +&\#3&Coppa&\bcode{#3}\\ +{*}&\#3&Coppa&\bcode{*#3}\\ +\hline +&\#5&Sampi&\bcode{#5}\\ +{*}&\#5&Sampi&\bcode{*#5}\\ +\hline +&\#6&Paragraphos&\bcode{#6}\\ +\hline +&\#12&EM Dash&\bcode{#12}\\ +\hline +&\#22&low Keraia&\bcode{#22}\\ +\end{tabular} +\end{center} + +\subsubsection{Hyphenation} +\textsf{Betababel} simply converts the Beta Code to the input code for the \texttt{polutonikogreek} option of the \textsf{babel} package. Thus, it benefits from the Greek hyphenation capabilities of \textsf{babel}. + +\pagebreak[4] +\subsection{Known limitations} +\paragraph{Using \textsf{betababel} within footnotes or other commands} +\label{footbug} +I got some feedback drawing my attention to the fact that \textsf{betababel} doesn't handle grave accents within footnotes properly. This is due to the backslash `\verb=\=' that is used in Beta Code for the grave accent; in \LaTeX, however, it prefixes commands. I found a way to handle this problem in simple use of \textsf{betababel}, but: If the \verb=\bcode= command or the \texttt{betacode} environment is used within another command (like \verb=\footnote= or \verb=\section= etc.) all the content of the argument of this command seems to be checked for correctness; and when a backslash followed by some other characters is found, but not recognized as a known command (which will most likely be the case), \LaTeX{} will prompt an error message and/or ignore the backslash and the following characters. --- This seems to be a quite fundamental problem arising when backslashes are used for other purposes than as command prefixes, and up to now I didn't figure it out how to fix the bug. + +But to provide a way to properly generate grave accents in footnotes or within most other commands I added a little workaround to \textsf{betababel}. The modification doesn't eliminate the actual problem, but it allows to replace the impairing backslashes in footnotes or within other commands by exclamation marks `\texttt{!}'; they will work as a second transliteration for the grave accent. This is, of course, not conform to the Beta Code definition and thus against the original aims of the \textsf{betababel} package, but till I find a better solution it allows for using \textsf{betababel} to typeset Greek text in footnotes or within other commands. + +\section{Version history} +\subsection{Changes in v0.5 of 2005/07/10} +\begin{itemize} +\item Digamma support (\bcode{*v}, \bcode{v}) +\item Extended functionaliy of \textsf{betababel} by use of the \textsf{teubner.sty} package. Special characters added (see section \ref{SpecChar} on page \pageref{SpecChar}). +\end{itemize} + +\subsection{Changes in v0.4b of 2005/05/26} +\begin{itemize} +\item Fixed bug that prevented use of \textsf{betababel} within some commands like \verb=\section= and others. +\item Some minor optimizations. +\end{itemize} + +\subsection{Changes in v0.3 of 2004/04/20} +\begin{itemize} +\item Fixed the uppercase sigma bug. +\item Added workaround for the footnote bug (for further details see section \ref{footbug} on page \pageref{footbug}). +\item Reprogramming of the output routine. +\item Removed superfluous space after Greek text inserted using the \verb=\bcode= command. +\end{itemize} + +\subsection{Changes in v0.2 of 2003/07/21 (first released version)} +\begin{itemize} +\item Added automatic handling of inner-word and final sigma. +\item Support for the Beta Codes {\tt s1} and {\tt s2} (forced inner-word and final sigma). +\item Added {\tt betacode} environment. +\item Added some Warnings. +\end{itemize} + +\subsection{v0.1 of 2003/06} +\begin{itemize} +\item First try. For my own personal use only. Was able to perform the simple conversions from Beta Code to the transliteration used by the {\tt polutonikogreek} option of the {\sf babel} package. +\end{itemize} + +\end{document} \ No newline at end of file diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/betababel.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/betababel.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/betababel.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/betababel.doc.tlpobj 2010-06-10 18:17:07.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +name betababel.doc +category Package +revision 15878 +shortdesc doc files of betababel +relocated 1 +docfiles size=48 + RELOC/doc/latex/betababel/betatest.pdf + RELOC/doc/latex/betababel/betatest.tex diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/cantarell.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/cantarell.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/cantarell.doc.tlpobj 2012-07-16 04:36:36.000000000 +0200 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/cantarell.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ -name cantarell.doc -category Package -revision 27066 -shortdesc doc files of cantarell -relocated 1 -docfiles size=64 - RELOC/doc/fonts/cantarell/CHANGES - RELOC/doc/fonts/cantarell/README - RELOC/doc/fonts/cantarell/cantarell-samples.pdf - RELOC/doc/fonts/cantarell/cantarell-samples.tex - RELOC/doc/fonts/cantarell/cantarell.pdf - RELOC/doc/fonts/cantarell/cantarell.tex - RELOC/doc/fonts/cantarell/manifest.txt ++++++ cantarell.tar.xz -> betababel.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 3377 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ covington.doc.tar.xz -> beton.doc.tar.xz ++++++ Files old/doc/latex/beton/beton.pdf and new/doc/latex/beton/beton.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/beton/legal.txt new/doc/latex/beton/legal.txt --- old/doc/latex/beton/legal.txt 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/beton/legal.txt 2008-06-02 17:15:50.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +The files of this package "beton" may be distributed and/or modified +under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version +1.2 of this license or (at your option) any later version. The latest +version of this license is in + http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version +1999/12/01 or later. + +The complete listing of files covered by this license is + beton.dtx + beton.ins + +May 2002, Thomas Esser with permission of the copyright owner. Files old/doc/latex/covington/covington.pdf and new/doc/latex/covington/covington.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/covington/covington.tex new/doc/latex/covington/covington.tex --- old/doc/latex/covington/covington.tex 2006-01-09 01:49:07.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/covington/covington.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,484 +0,0 @@ -% File: covington.tex (in LaTeX2e) -% Documentation for covington.sty - -\documentclass{article} -\usepackage{covington} -\title{\bf Typing Linguistics with {\tt covington.sty}} -\author{Michael A. Covington \\ - \small Artificial Intelligence Center \\ - \small The University of Georgia \\ - \small Athens, Georgia 30602 \sc u.s.a.\\ - mcovingt(a)ai.uga.edu\\ - http://www.ai.uga.edu/$\sim$mc} -\date{2001 March 27} - -\begin{document} -\maketitle -{\footnotesize \tableofcontents} -\typeout{Run LaTeX twice to get a correct table of contents.} - -\section*{New in This Version} -\begin{itemize} -\item It is no longer necessary to type \verb"\it" to get proper italic type in feature structures. -\item Instructions have been rewritten with \LaTeXe\ users in mind. -\end{itemize} - -\section*{New in Preceding Versions} -\begin{itemize} -\item Multiple accents on a single letter (e.g., \emph{\acm{a}}) are supported. -\item This package is now called {\tt covington} (with the o) -and is compatible with \LaTeXe\ and NFSS as well as \LaTeX\ 2.09. -\item The vertical placement of labeled feature structures has -been changed -so that the category labels line up regardless of the size of -the structures. -\end{itemize} - -\section*{Introduction} -This file, {\tt covington.tex}, is the documentation for the -March 2001 version of {\tt covington.sty}, which is a \LaTeX\ style -option for typing many of the special notations common in linguistics. - -{\footnotesize -In em\TeX\ under MS-DOS, {\tt covington.sty} is called {\tt covingto.sty}. -The missing $n$ has no effect.} - -To use {\tt covington.sty}, you should have a copy of it in either your -current directory or the directory where \LaTeX\ styles are kept on your -system. - -Then, under \LaTeXe, -include the command -\verb"\usepackage{covington}" -after your \verb"\documentclass" command. - -{\footnotesize -In \LaTeX\ 2.09, -include {\tt covington} among the optional parameters of -\verb"\documentstyle", like this: \hfill\\ -{\tt -\verb"\documentstyle[12pt,"\underline{covington}\verb"]{article}" -}\hfill\\ -Note the spelling {\tt covington} (9 letters). -} - -In what follows I presume that you know how to use \LaTeX\ and have -access to the \LaTeX\ manual. Note that {\tt covington.sty} does not -provide any special fonts or character sets. However, it can be used in -combination with other style sheets that do. - -If you are using {\tt covington.sty} and {\tt uga.sty} (UGa thesis style) -together, you should mention {\tt uga} before {\tt covington}. - - -\section{Accents} - -\LaTeX\ provides a generous range of accents that can be placed on any -letter, such as: -\begin{flushleft} -\`{x} \'{x} \^{x} \"{x} \~{x} \={x} \H{x} \t{xx} \c{x} \d{x} \b{x} -\end{flushleft} -which are typed, respectively, as: -\begin{verbatim} -\`{x} \'{x} \^{x} \"{x} \~{x} \={x} \H{x} \t{xx} \c{x} \d{x} \b{x} -\end{verbatim} -\LaTeX also provides the foreign characters -\begin{flushleft}\obeyspaces -\i \j \ae \AE \oe \OE \aa \AA \o \O \l \L \ss ?` !` -\end{flushleft} -which are typed as: -\begin{verbatim} -\i \j \ae \AE \oe \OE \aa \AA \o \O \l \L \ss ?` !` -\end{verbatim} - -But by itself, \LaTeX\ doesn't give you a convenient way to put two -accents on the same letter. To fill this gap, {\tt covington.sty} provides -the following macros: -\begin{flushleft} -\verb,\twoacc[...|...], \quad to combine any 2 accents, e.g., - \verb.\twoacc[\~|\={a}]. = \twoacc[\~|\={a}]\\[6pt] -\verb,\acm{...}, \quad for acute over macron, e.g., \verb.\acm{a}. = \acm{a}\\ -\verb,\grm{...}, \quad for grave over macron, e.g., \verb.\grm{a}. = \grm{a}\\ -\verb,\cim{...}, \quad for circumflex over macron, e.g., \verb.\cim{a}. = \cim{a} -\end{flushleft} -The first of these is the general case and the latter three are special -cases that occur often in transcribing Greek. Now you can type -\emph{Koin\acm{e}} with both accents in place. - -Note the peculiar syntax of \verb.\twoacc. --- its arguments are in -square brackets, not curly brackets, and are separated by \verb.|.. -The first argument is the upper accent (only) and the second argument -is the letter with the lower accent indicated. - -Note also that not all accents work in the {\tt tabbing} environment. -Use {\tt tabular} or see the \LaTeX\ manual for workarounds. - -\section{Example numbers} - -Linguistics papers often include numbered examples. -The macro \verb"\exampleno" generates a new example number and can be -used anywhere you want the number to appear. For example, to display a -sentence with a number at the extreme right, do this: -\begin{verbatim} -\begin{flushleft} -This is a sentence. \hfill (\exampleno) -\end{flushleft} -\end{verbatim} -Here's what you get: -\begin{flushleft} -This is a sentence. \hfill (\exampleno) -\end{flushleft} -The example counter is actually the same as \LaTeX's equation counter, -so that if you use equations and numbered examples in the same -paper, you get a single continuous series of numbers. If you want to -access the number without changing it, use \verb"\theequation". - -Also, you can use \verb"\label" and \verb"\ref" with example numbers in -exactly the same way as with equation numbers. See the \LaTeX\ manual for -details. This applies to the {\tt example} and {\tt examples} -environments, described next, as well as to \verb"\exampleno" itself. - -\section{The {\tt example} environment} - -The {\tt example} environment displays a single example -with a generated example number to the left of it. -If you type -\begin{verbatim} -\begin{example} -This is a sentence. -\end{example} -\end{verbatim} -you get: -\begin{example} -This is a sentence. -\end{example} -The {\tt example} environment is a lot like {\tt flushleft}. The example -can be of any length; it can consist of many lines (separated by \verb"\\"), -or even whole paragraphs. - -One way to number sub--examples is to use {\tt itemize} or {\tt -enumerate} within an example, like this: -\begin{verbatim} -\begin{example} -\begin{itemize} -\item[(a)] This is the first sentence. -\item[(b)] This is the second sentence. -\end{itemize} -\end{example} -\end{verbatim} -This prints as: -\begin{example} -\begin{itemize} -\item[(a)] This is the first sentence. -\item[(b)] This is the second sentence. -\end{itemize} -\end{example} -However, the {\tt examples} environment, described next, is usually more -convenient. - -\section{The {\tt examples} environment} - -To display a series of examples together, each with its own example -number, use {\tt examples} instead of {\tt example}. The only -difference is that there can be more than one example, and each of them -has to be introduced by \verb"\item", like this: -\begin{verbatim} -\begin{examples} -\item This is the first sentence. -\item This is the second sentence. -\end{examples} -\end{verbatim} -This prints as: -\begin{examples} -\item This is the first sentence. -\item This is the second sentence. -\end{examples} - - -\section{Glossing sentences word--by--word} - -To gloss a sentence is to annotate it word--by--word. Most commonly, a -sentence in a foreign language is followed by a word--for--word -translation (with the words lined up vertically) and then a smooth -translation (not lined up), like this:% -\footnote{The macros for handling glosses are adapted with permission -from {\tt gloss.tex}, by Marcel R. van der Goot.} -\gll Dit is een Nederlands voorbeeld. - This is a Dutch example. -\glt `This is an example in Dutch.' -\glend -That particular example would be typed as: -\begin{verbatim} -\gll Dit is een Nederlands voorbeeld. - This is a Dutch example. -\glt `This is an example in Dutch.' -\glend -\end{verbatim} -Notice that the words do not have to be typed lining up; instead, \TeX\ -counts them. If the words in the two languages do not correspond -one--to--one, you can use curly brackets to show the intended grouping. -For example, to print -\gll Dit is een voorbeeldje in het Nederlands. - This is a {little example} in {} Dutch. -\glt `This is a little example in Dutch.' -\glend -you would type: -\begin{verbatim} -\gll Dit is een voorbeeldje in het Nederlands. - This is a {little example} in {} Dutch. -\glt `This is a little example in Dutch.' -\glend -\end{verbatim} -All together, {\tt covington.sty} gives you five macros for dealing with -glosses: -\begin{itemize} -\item \verb"\gll" introduces two lines of words vertically aligned, and -activates an environment very similar to {\tt flushleft}. -\item \verb"\glll" is like \verb"gll" except that it introduces {\em -three} lines of lined--up words (useful for cited forms, morphology, -and translation). -\item \verb"\glt" ends the set of lined--up lines and introduces a line -(or more) of translation. -\item \verb"\gln" is like \verb"\glt" but does not start a new line -(useful when no translation follows but you want to put a number on the -right). -\item \verb"\glend" ends the special {\tt flushleft}--like environment. -\end{itemize} -Here are several examples. First, a sentence with three lines aligned, -instead of just two: -\glll Hoc est aliud exemplum. - n.sg.nom 3.sg n.sg.nom n.sg.nom - This is another example. -\glt `This is another example.' -\glend -This is typed as: -\begin{verbatim} -\glll Hoc est aliud exemplum. - n.sg.nom 3.sg n.sg.nom n.sg.nom - This is another example. -\glt `This is another example.' -\glend -\end{verbatim} -Next, an example with a gloss but no translation, with an example number -at the right: -\gll Hoc habet numerum. - This has number -\gln \hfill (\exampleno) -\glend -That one was typed as: -\begin{verbatim} -\gll Hoc habet numerum. - This has number -\gln \hfill (\exampleno) -\glend -\end{verbatim} -Finally we'll put a glossed sentence inside the {\tt example} -environment, which is a very common way of using it: -\begin{example} -\gll Hoc habet numerum praepositum. - This has number preposed -\glt `This one has a number in front of it.' -\glend -\end{example} -This last example was, of course, typed as: -\begin{verbatim} -\begin{example} -\gll Hoc habet numerum praepositum. - This has number preposed -\glt `This one has a number in front of it.' -\glend -\end{example} -\end{verbatim} -Notice that every glossed sentence begins with either \verb"\gll" or -\verb"\glll", then contains either \verb"\glt" or \verb"\gln", and ends -with \verb"\glend". Layout is critical in the part preceding -\verb"\glt" or \verb"\gln", and fairly free afterward. - -\section{Phrase structure rules} - -To print the phrase structure rule \psr{S}{NP~VP} you can type -\verb"\psr{S}{NP~VP}", and likewise for other phrase structure rules. - -\section{Feature structures} - -To print a feature structure such as: -\begin{flushleft} -%\fs{\it case:nom \\ \it person:P} -\fs{case:nom} -\end{flushleft} -you can type: -\begin{verbatim} -\fs{case:nom \\ person:P} -\end{verbatim} - -The feature structure can appear anywhere --- in continuous text, in a -displayed environment such as {\tt flushleft}, or inside a -phrase--structure rule, or even inside another feature structure. - -To put a category label at the top of the feature structure, like this, -\begin{flushleft} -\lfs{N}{case:nom \\ person:P} -\end{flushleft} -here's what you type: -\begin{verbatim} -\lfs{N}{case:nom \\ person:P} -\end{verbatim} -And here is an example of a PS--rule made of labeled feature structures: -\begin{flushleft} -\psr{\lfs{S}{tense:T}} - {\lfs{NP}{case:nom \\ number:N} - \lfs{VP}{tense:T \\ number:N} } -\end{flushleft} -which was of course typed as: -\begin{verbatim} -\psr{\lfs{S}{tense:T}} - {\lfs{NP}{case:nom \\ number:N} - \lfs{VP}{tense:T \\ number:N} } -\end{verbatim} - - -\section{Discourse representation structures} - -Several macros in {\tt covington.sty} facilitate display of discourse -repsesentation structures (DRSes) in the box notation originally used by -Hans Kamp. The simplest is \verb"\drs", which takes two arguments: -a list of discourse variables joined by \verb"~", and a list of DRS -conditions separated by \verb"\\". Nesting is permitted. Note that the -\verb"\drs" macro itself does not give you a displayed environment; you -must use {\tt flushleft} or the like to display the DRS. -Here are some examples: -\begin{verbatim} -\drs{X}{donkey(X)\\green(X)} -\end{verbatim} -\begin{flushleft} -\drs{X}{donkey(X)\\green(X)} -\end{flushleft} -\begin{verbatim} -\drs{X} -{named(X,`Pedro') \\ -\drs{Y}{donkey(Y)\\owns(X,Y)}~~ - {\large $\Rightarrow$}~ - \drs{~}{feeds(X,Y)} -} -\end{verbatim} -\begin{flushleft} -\drs{X} -{named(X,`Pedro') \\ -\drs{Y}{donkey(Y)\\owns(X,Y)}~~ - {\large $\Rightarrow$}~ - \drs{~}{feeds(X,Y)} -} -\end{flushleft} -To display a sentence above the DRS, use \verb"\sdrs", like this: -\begin{verbatim} -\sdrs{A donkey is green.}{X}{donkey(X)\\green(X)} -\end{verbatim} -\begin{flushleft} -\sdrs{A donkey is green.}{X}{donkey(X)\\green(X)} -\end{flushleft} -Some DRS connectives are also provided (normally for forming -DRSes that are to be nested within other DRSes). -The macro \verb"\negdrs" forms a DRS preceded by a negation symbol: -\begin{verbatim} -\negdrs{X}{donkey(X)\\green(X)} -\end{verbatim} -\begin{flushleft} -\negdrs{X}{donkey(X)\\green(X)} -\end{flushleft} -Finally, \verb"\ifdrs" forms a pair of DRSes joined by a big arrow, -like this: -\begin{verbatim} -\ifdrs{X}{donkey(X)\\hungry(X)} - {~}{feeds(Pedro,X)} -\end{verbatim} -\begin{flushleft} -\ifdrs{X}{donkey(X)\\hungry(X)} - {~}{feeds(Pedro,X)} -\end{flushleft} -If you have an ``if''--structure appearing among ordinary predicates -inside a DRS, you may prefer to use \verb"\alifdrs", which is just like -\verb"\ifdrs" but shifted slightly to the left for better alignment. - -\section{Exercises} - -The {\tt exercise} environment generates an exercise numbered according -to chapter, section, and subsection (suitable for use in a large book; -in this example, the subsection number is going to come out as 0). -\begin{exercise}[Project] -Prove that the above assertion is true. -\end{exercise} -This was typed as -\begin{verbatim} -\begin{exercise}[Project] -Prove that the above assertion is true. -\end{exercise} -\end{verbatim} -and the argument \verb"[Project]" is optional (actually, any word could -go there). - -\section{Reference Lists} - -To type an LSA--style hanging--indented reference list, use the {\tt -reflist} environment. ({\em Note:\/} {\tt reflist} is not presently -integrated with Bib\TeX\ in any way.) For example, -\begin{verbatim} -\begin{reflist} -Barton, G. Edward; Berwick, Robert C.; and Ristad, Eric Sven. 1987. -Computational complexity and natural language. Cambridge, -Massachusetts: MIT Press. - -Chomsky, Noam. 1965. Aspects of the theory of syntax. Cambridge, -Massachusetts: MIT Press. - -Covington, Michael. 1993. Natural language processing for Prolog -programmers. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice--Hall. -\end{reflist} -\end{verbatim} -prints as: -\begin{reflist} -Barton, G. Edward; Berwick, Robert C.; and Ristad, Eric Sven. 1987. -Computational complexity and natural language. Cambridge, -Massachusetts: MIT Press. - -Chomsky, Noam. 1965. Aspects of the theory of syntax. Cambridge, -Massachusetts: MIT Press. - -Covington, Michael A. 1993. Natural--language processing for Prolog -programmers. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice--Hall. -\end{reflist} -Notice that within the reference list, ``French spacing'' is in effect ---- that is, spaces after periods are no wider than normal spaces. Thus -you do not have to do anything special to avoid excessive space after -people's initials. - - -\section{Displayed sentences} - -The macro \verb"\sentence" displays an italicized sentence (it is a -combination of {\tt flushleft} and \verb"\em"). If you type -\begin{verbatim} -\sentence{This is a sentence.} -\end{verbatim} -you get: -\sentence{This is a sentence.} - - -\section{Big curly brackets (disjunctions)} - -Last of all, the 2--argument macro \verb"\either" expresses alternatives -within a sentence or PS--rule: -\begin{flushleft} -\verb"the \either{big}{large} dog" $=$ the \either{big}{large} dog \\ -\end{flushleft} -\begin{flushleft} -\verb"\psr{A}{B~\either{C}{D}~E} " $=$ \psr{A}{B~\either{C}{D}~E} -\end{flushleft} - -That's all there is. -Suggestions for improving {\tt covington.sty} are welcome, and bug -reports are actively solicited. Please note, however, that this is free -software, and the author makes no commitment to do any further work on -it. - -\end{document} - Files old/doc/latex/covington/covingtonGerm.pdf and new/doc/latex/covington/covingtonGerm.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/covington/covingtonGerm.tex new/doc/latex/covington/covingtonGerm.tex --- old/doc/latex/covington/covingtonGerm.tex 2010-04-08 00:55:02.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/covington/covingtonGerm.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,491 +0,0 @@ -% File: covington.tex (in LaTeX2e) -% Documentation in German for covington.sty - -\documentclass{article} -\usepackage[ngerman]{babel} -\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} -\setlength{\parindent}{0pt} -\setlength{\parskip}{1ex plus 0.2ex minus 0.1ex} -\usepackage{covington} -\title{\bf Linguistisch editieren mit {\tt covington.sty}} -\author{Michael A. Covington\footnote{Deutsche ?bersetzung von Robert Galow -(Friedrich-Schiller-Universit?t Jena).}\\ - \small Artificial Intelligence Center \\ - \small The University of Georgia \\ - \small Athens, Georgia 30602 \sc u.s.a.\\ - mcovingt(a)ai.uga.edu\\ - http://www.ai.uga.edu/$\sim$mc} - -\date{29.03.2007} - - -\begin{document} -\maketitle -{\footnotesize \tableofcontents} -\typeout{Run LaTeX twice to get a correct table of contents.} - -\section*{Neues in dieser Version} -\begin{itemize} -\item Merkmalsstrukturen erfordern nicht l?nger den Befehl \verb"\it", um kursive Schrift anzeigen zu lassen. -\item Die vorliegende Dokumentation wurde f?r \LaTeXe\ Benutzer redigiert. -\end{itemize} - -\section*{Neues in ?lteren Versionen} -\begin{itemize} -\item Mehrere Akzente ?ber einem einzigen Graphem (Bsp.: \emph{\acm{a}}) werden unterst?tzt. -\item Dieses Paket wurde in {\tt covington} (mit \textit{o}) umbenannt und ist sowohl mit \LaTeXe\ und NFSS -als auch \LaTeX\ 2.09. kompatibel. -\item Die vertikale Anordnung beschrifteter Merkmalsstrukturen wurde derart ver?ndert, dass die -Kategoriebezeichnungen nun unabh?ngig von der Gr??e der Strukturdarstellung angeordnet werden. -\end{itemize} - -\section*{Einf?hrung} -Die Datei {\tt covington.tex} ist die Dokumentation der Version {\tt covington.sty} vom M?rz 2001. -Mit dieser \LaTeX\ Style-Option wird es nun m?glich spezielle und f?r die Linguistik typische Anmerkungen -sowie Strukturen darzustellen. - -{\footnotesize -In em\TeX\ unter MS-DOS finden Sie {\tt covington.sty} mit der Bezeichnung {\tt covingto.sty}. -Das fehlende $n$ hat keinerlei Auswirkungen.} - -Um {\tt covington.sty} nutzen zu k?nnen, sollten Sie entweder ?ber eine Kopie in ihrem aktuellen Ordner oder im \LaTeX\- Verzeichnis verf?gen, in dem ihre \LaTeX\ Style-Files gespeichert werden. - -Unter \LaTeXe\ -f?gen Sie nach \verb"\documentclass" -den Befehl\\ \verb"\usepackage{covington}" hinzu. - -{\footnotesize -Bei \LaTeX\ 2.09 f?gen Sie {\tt covington} unmittelbar in den \verb"\documentstyle" Befehl mit ein. -Das Ergebnis: \hfill\\ -{\tt -\verb"\documentstyle[12pt,"\underline{covington}\verb"]{article}" -}\hfill\\ -Beachten Sie die richtige Schreibweise {\tt covington} (9 Buchstaben). -} - -F?r diese Dokumentation wird vorausgesetzt, dass Sie wissen, wie Sie korrekt mit \LaTeX\ umgehen und dass -Sie ?ber eine \LaTeX-Anleitung verf?gen. {\tt covington.sty} bietet Ihnen keine speziellen Fonts -oder Grapheme, kann jedoch mit anderen passenden Stildateien verwendet werden. - -Falls Sie {\tt covington.sty} und {\tt uga.sty} (UGa thesis style) -zusammen nutzen, sollten Sie {\tt uga} vor {\tt covington} erw?hnen. - - -\section{Akzente} - -\LaTeX\ bietet eine gro?z?gige Auswahl von Akzenten, die ?ber jedem beliebigen Graphem platziert werden -k?nnen. -Beispiele: -\begin{flushleft} -\`{x} \'{x} \^{x} \"{x} \~{x} \={x} \H{x} \t{xx} \c{x} \d{x} \b{x} -\end{flushleft} -Die Eingabe erfolgt so: -\begin{verbatim} -\`{x} \'{x} \^{x} \"{x} \~{x} \={x} \H{x} \t{xx} \c{x} \d{x} \b{x} -\end{verbatim} - -\LaTeX\ erm?glicht nat?rlich auch diese Grapheme: -\begin{flushleft}\obeyspaces -\i \j \ae \AE \oe \OE \aa \AA \o \O \l \L \ss ?` !` -\end{flushleft} -Die Eingabe daf?r: -\begin{verbatim} -\i \j \ae \AE \oe \OE \aa \AA \o \O \l \L \ss ?` !` -\end{verbatim} - -\LaTeX\ bietet leider keine bequeme M?glichkeit zwei Akzente ?ber dem selben -Graphem zu realisieren. Abhilfe schafft hier {\tt covington.sty} mit den folgenden -Makros: -\begin{flushleft} -\verb,\twoacc[...|...], \quad um 2 beliebige Akzente zu kombinieren. Bsp.: - \verb.\twoacc[\~|\={a}]. = \twoacc[\~|\={a}]\\[6pt] -\verb,\acm{...}, \quad f?r einen Akut ?ber dem L?ngsstrich,Bsp.: \verb.\acm{a}. = \acm{a}\\ -\verb,\grm{...}, \quad f?r einen Gravis ?ber dem L?ngsstrich, Bsp.: \verb.\grm{a}. = \grm{a}\\ -\verb,\cim{...}, \quad f?r Zirkumflex ?ber dem L?ngsstrich, Bsp.: \verb.\cim{a}. = \cim{a} -\end{flushleft} -Der erste der obigen Beispiele ist der allgemeine Fall, die anderen drei sind spezielle. Diese -entstehen oft beim Transkribieren aus dem Griechischen. Nun k?nnen sie mit beiden Akzenten an selber Stelle -\emph{Koin\acm{e}} schreiben. - -Beachten sie die spezielle Syntax von \verb.\twoacc. --- dessen Argumente werden in eckigen, aber nicht -geschwungenen Klammern gefasst. Die Argumente werden durch \verb.|. getrennt. -Das erste Argument ist der obere Akzent (nur), das zweite das Graphem mit dem niedrigen Akzent. - -Bitte beachten Sie, dass Akzente nicht in der {\tt tabbing} Umgebung funktionieren. -Nutzen Sie {\tt tabular} oder ihre \LaTeX\ Anleitung f?r L?sungsvorschl?ge. - -\section{Makros f?r nummerierte Satzbeispiele} - -Linguistische Aufs?tze beinhalten oft nummerierte Beispiele. -Das Makro \verb"\exampleno" generiert eine neue Beispielnummer und kann an beliebiger Stelle genutzt werden. -Um beispielsweise einen Satz mit einer rechtsb?ndigen Beispielnummer zu erhalten, geben Sie ein: -\begin{verbatim} -\begin{flushleft} -Das ist ein Satz. \hfill (\exampleno) -\end{flushleft} -\end{verbatim} -Das Resultat sieht so aus: -\begin{flushleft} -Das ist ein Satz. \hfill (\exampleno) -\end{flushleft} -Der Beispielz?hler funktioniert im Prinzip wie die \LaTeX-Nummerierung von Gleichungen. -Sollten Sie also Gleichungen UND nummerierte Beispiele im selben Dokument nutzen, -erhalten Sie eine fortlaufende Nummerierung von Beispielen. Um auf die -Nummer zuzugreifen, ohne sie zu ?ndern, nutzen Sie \verb"\theequation". - -Sie k?nnen auch \verb"\label" und \verb"\ref" jeweils f?r Beispielnummern als auch f?r -die Gleichungsnummerierung nutzen. Sehen Sie dazu in Ihren \LaTeX\ Unterlagen nach. -Die dargestellte Situation trifft auch f?r die {\tt example} und {\tt examples} -Umgebungen zu, die als n?chstes beschrieben werden sollen, aber auch f?r \verb"\exampleno" selbst. - -\section{Nummerierte Beispiele mit der {\tt example}-Umgebung} - -Die {\tt example}-Umgebung stellt ein einziges Beispiel mit einer linksb?ndig -generierten Beispielnummer dar. - -Wenn Sie Nachfolgendes eingeben, -\begin{verbatim} -\begin{example} -This is a sentence. -\end{example} -\end{verbatim} -erhalten Sie als Resultat: -\begin{example} -Das ist ein Beispiel. -\end{example} -Die {\tt example}-Umgebung ?hnelt stark {\tt flushleft}. Dabei kann das Beispiel -beliebiger L?nge sein und sowohl mehreren Zeilen (getrennt durch \verb"\\") -oder sogar ganzen Abs?tzen bestehen. - -Eine M?glichkeit innerhalb untergeordneter Beispiele zu nummerieren, bietet {\tt itemize} oder {\tt -enumerate}. - -Beispiel: -\begin{verbatim} -\begin{example} -\begin{itemize} -\item[(a)] Das ist der erste Satz. -\item[(b)] Das ist der zweite Satz. -\end{itemize} -\end{example} -\end{verbatim} -Das Resultat: -\begin{example} -\begin{itemize} -\item[(a)] Das ist der erste Satz. -\item[(b)] Das ist der zweite Satz. -\end{itemize} -\end{example} -Die im n?chsten Punkt beschriebene {\tt examples}-Umgebung ist ?blicher. - -\section{Nummerierte Beispiele mit der {\tt examples}-Umgebung} - -Um mehrere Beispiele mit jeweiliger Nummerierung zusammen anzeigen zu lassen, -nutzen Sie {\tt examples} anstelle von {\tt example}. Der einzige Unterschied besteht darin, -dass mehrere Beispiele angezeigt werden k?nnen, implementiert mit \verb"\item". - -Ein Beispiel: -\begin{verbatim} -\begin{examples} -\item Das ist der erste Satz. -\item Das ist der zweite Satz. -\end{examples} -\end{verbatim} -Das Resultat: -\begin{examples} -\item Das ist der erste Satz. -\item Das ist der zweite Satz. -\end{examples} - - -\section{S?tze glossieren und interlineares ?bersetzen} - -Einen Satz zu glossieren meint, ihn Lexem f?r Lexem zu "`erl?utern"'. In der Regel werden bei -interlinearen ?bersetzungen zun?chst S?tze der Ausgangssprache Wort f?r Wort, also unter Verzicht auf -syntaktisch-grammatikalische Regeln, in vertikaler Anordnung ?bersetzt. Danach folgt die philologische -?bersetzung, die Lexeme nach syntaktischen und grammatischen Regeln der Zielsprache gliedert, -Satzglieder also korrekt anordnet. - -Ein Beispiel:% -\footnote{Die Makros zum Umgang mit Glossen wurden mit Erlaubnis von Marcel R. van der Goot von {\tt gloss.tex} angepasst.} -\gll Dit is een Nederlands voorbeeld. - Das ist ein niederl?ndisches Beispiel. -\glt `Das ist ein Beispiel auf Niederl?ndisch.' -\glend -Dieses spezielle Beispiel wird so eingegeben: -\begin{verbatim} -\gll Dit is een Nederlands voorbeeld. - Das ist ein niederl?ndisches Beispiel. -\glt `Das ist ein Beispiel auf Niederl?ndisch.' -\glend -\end{verbatim} -Da \TeX\ Lexeme z?hlt, m?ssen Sie diese nicht in einer Zeile entsprechend ihrer Anzahl ordnen. Wenn also -Lexeme von Ausgangs- und Zielsprache nicht korrespondieren, k?nnen Sie zur Veranschaulichung der -intendierten Reihenfolge geschweifte Klammern nutzen. -M?chten Sie beispielsweise folgende S?tze darstellen -\gll Dit is een voorbeeldje in het Nederlands. - Das ist ein {kleines Beispiel} auf {} Niederl?ndisch. -\glt `Das ist ein kleines Beispiel auf Niederl?ndisch.' -\glend -schreiben Sie: -\begin{verbatim} -\gll Dit is een voorbeeldje in het Nederlands. - Das ist ein {kleines Beispiel} auf {} Niederl?ndisch. -\glt `Das ist ein kleines Beispiel auf Niederl?ndisch.' -\glend -\end{verbatim} -Insgesamt bietet Ihnen {\tt covington.sty} f?nf Makros zum Umgang mit Glossen: -\begin{itemize} -\item \verb"\gll" stellt zwei Zeilen vertikal zueinander angeordneter W?rter dar. Die damit verbundene -Umgebung ?hnelt {\tt flushleft}. -\item \verb"\glll" entspricht \verb"gll", nur gibt es -{\em drei} Zeilen angeordneter W?rter (N?tzlich f?r Zitate, Morphologisches, -und ?bersetzungen). -\item \verb"\glt" beendet Zeilen mit aufeinander angeordneter W?rter und f?hrt eine Zeile -(oder mehr) mit der ?bersetzung auf. -\item \verb"\gln" entspricht \verb"\glt" , beginnt aber keine neue Zeile -(n?tzlich, wenn keine ?bersetzung folgt, daf?r aber eine rechtsb?ndige Beispielnummerierung). -\item \verb"\glend" beendet die \verb"\gll" Umgebung. -\end{itemize} -Hier sind weitere Beispiele. Erstens, einen Satz mit drei Zeilen in vertikaler Anordnung: -\glll Hoc est aliud exemplum. - n.sg.nom 3.sg n.sg.nom n.sg.nom - Das ist ein anderes Beispiel. -\glt `Das ist ein anderes Beispiel.' -\glend -Die Eingabe muss sein: -\begin{verbatim} -\glll Hoc est aliud exemplum. - n.sg.nom 3.sg n.sg.nom n.sg.nom - Das ist ein anderes Beispiel. -\glt `Das ist ein anderes Beispiel.' -\glend -\end{verbatim} -Jetzt ein Beispiel mit einer Glosse ohne philologische ?bersetzung. Auf der rechten Seite setzen wir -au?erdem eine Beispielnummer: -\gll Hoc habet numerum. - Das hat Nummer. -\gln \hfill (\exampleno) -\glend -Die Eingabe muss sein: -\begin{verbatim} -\gll Hoc habet numerum. - Das hat Nummer -\gln \hfill (\exampleno) -\glend -\end{verbatim} -Hier noch eine sehr g?ngige Methode: Wir f?gen einen glossierten Satz in die {\tt example} -Umgebung ein: -\begin{example} -\gll Hoc habet numerum praepositum. - Das hat Nummer davor -\glt `Dieses hat eine Nummer davor.' -\glend -\end{example} -Die Eingabe muss sein: -\begin{verbatim} -\begin{example} -\gll Hoc habet numerum praepositum. - Das hat Nummer davor -\glt `Dieses hat eine Nummer davor.' -\glend -\end{example} -\end{verbatim} -Bitte merken Sie sich, dass jeder glossierte Satz entweder mit \verb"\gll" oder -\verb"\glll" beginnt, dann entweder \verb"\glt" oder \verb"\gln" enth?lt, und schlie?lich mit -\verb"\glend" endet. Das Layout im Arbeitsschritt vor -\verb"\glt" oder \verb"\gln" ist an feste Kriterien gebunden, danach aber wesentlich freier gestaltbar. - -\section{Satzstruktur-Regeln darstellen} - -Um die Satzstruktur-Regel \psr{S}{NP~VP} darzustellen, k?nnen Sie -\verb"\psr{S}{NP~VP}" eingeben. -Das gilt nat?rlich auch f?r alle anderen Satzstruktur-Regeln. - -\section{Repr?sentation von Merkmalsstrukturen} - -Um eine Merkmalsstrukur wie die nachfolgende zu erhalten, -\begin{flushleft} -%\fs{\it Kasus:nom \\ \it Persona:P} -\fs{Kasus:nom} -\end{flushleft} -k?nnen Sie eingeben: -\begin{verbatim} -\fs{Kasus:nom \\ Persona:P} -\end{verbatim} - -Merkmalstrukturen k?nnen ?berall integriert werden -- in Flie?texte, in spezielle -Umgebungen wie {\tt flushleft}, in den Zusammenhang syntaktischer Regeln oder -sogar in andere Merkmalstrukturen. - -Um Kategorienamen einer Merkmalstruktur ?ber diesselbe zu setzen, wie in -dem nachfolgenden Beispiel zu sehen ist, -\begin{flushleft} -\lfs{N}{Kasus:nom \\ Persona:P} -\end{flushleft} -geben Sie Folgendes ein: -\begin{verbatim} -\lfs{N}{Kasus:nom \\ Persona:P} -\end{verbatim} -Hier noch ein Beispiel f?r eine Satzstrukturdarstellung mit Kategoriebezeichnung ?ber der jeweiligen -Merkmalsstruktur: -\begin{flushleft} -\psr{\lfs{S}{Tempus:T}} - {\lfs{NP}{Kasus:nom \\ Nummerus:N} - \lfs{VP}{Tempus:T \\ Nummerus:N}} -\end{flushleft} -Die Eingabe daf?r ist: -\begin{verbatim} -\psr{\lfs{S}{Tempus:T}} - {\lfs{NP}{Kasus:nom \\ Nummerus:N} - \lfs{VP}{Tempus:T \\ Nummerus:N}} -\end{verbatim} - - -\section{Discourse Representation Structures nach H.Kamp setzen} - -Verschiedene Makros in {\tt covington.sty} erleichtern Diskurs Structures -(Kurz DRS von \emph{Discourse representation structure}. Wir wollen uns im -Folgenden auf die Verwendung -dieser g?ngigen Abk?rzung festlegen). Konkret sind die K?stchen-Bezeichnungen von Hans Kamp gemeint. -Das einfachste Makro ist \verb"\drs", welches zwei Argumente verlangt: -Ein Verzeichnis der Diskursvariablen verbunden mit \verb"~", und ein -Verzeichnis von DRS-Bedingungen -getrennt durch \verb"\\". Verschachtelung ist dabei erlaubt. Beachten Sie jedoch, dass Ihnen das -\verb"\drs" Makro an sich keine entfaltete Umgebung bietet. Sie m?ssen {\tt -flushleft} oder ?hnliches nutzen, -um eine DRS anzeigen zu lassen. -Hier sind einige Beispiele: -\begin{verbatim} -\drs{X}{Esel(X)\\gr?n(X)} -\end{verbatim} -\begin{flushleft} -\drs{X}{Esel(X)\\gr?n(X)} -\end{flushleft} -\begin{verbatim} -\drs{X} -{named(X,`Pedro') \\ -\drs{Y}{Esel(Y)\\besitzt(X,Y)}~~ - {\large $\Rightarrow$}~ - \drs{~}{f?ttert(X,Y)} -} -\end{verbatim} -\begin{flushleft} -\drs{X} -{named(X,`Pedro') \\ -\drs{Y}{Esel(Y)\\besitzt(X,Y)}~~ - {\large $\Rightarrow$}~ - \drs{~}{f?ttert(X,Y)} -} -\end{flushleft} -Um einen Satz oberhalb der DRS-Box zu platzieren, verwenden Sie \verb"\sdrs" wie im n?chsten Beispiel: -\begin{verbatim} -\sdrs{Ein Esel ist gr?n.}{X}{Esel(X)\\gr?n(X)} -\end{verbatim} -\begin{flushleft} -\sdrs{Ein Esel ist gr?n.}{X}{Esel(X)\\gr?n(X)} -\end{flushleft} -Au?erdem werden Ihnen DRS-Verbindungen angeboten, die normalerweise zur Repr?sentation von einer DRS in -einer anderen vorgesehen sind. -Das Makro \verb"\negdrs" generiert eine DRS, vor der ein Negationssymbol steht: -\begin{verbatim} -\negdrs{X}{Esel(X)\\gr?n(X)} -\end{verbatim} -\begin{flushleft} -\negdrs{X}{Esel(X)\\gr?n(X)} -\end{flushleft} -Als letztes ist \verb"\ifdrs" zu erw?hnen. Dabei handelt es sich um die Verbindung zweier DRS durch einen -gro?en Pfeil. -Beispiel: -\begin{verbatim} -\ifdrs{X}{Esel(X)\\hungrig(X)} - {~}{f?ttert(Pedro,X)} -\end{verbatim} -\begin{flushleft} -\ifdrs{X}{Esel(X)\\hungrig(X)} - {~}{f?ttert(Pedro,X)} -\end{flushleft} -Bei Verbindungen von gew?hnlichen Pr?dikaten und Konditionals?tzen innerhalb -einer DRS ist die Benutzung von \verb"\alifdrs" zu empfehlen. \verb"\alifdrs" ist -\verb"\ifdrs" sehr ?hnlich, wird aber zwecks besserer Anordnung etwas weiter nach links ger?ckt. - -\section{?bungsbeispiele} - -Die {\tt exercise}-Umgebung generiert eine nach Kapitel, Absatz und -Unterabschnitt nummerierte ?bung. Diese Option eignet sich beispielsweise f?r in B?chern auftretende ?bungen. -Im folgenden Beispiel wird der Unterabschnitt als 0 angezeigt: -\begin{exercise}[Projekt] -Beweisen Sie die Richtigkeit der oben gestellten Hypothese. -\end{exercise} -Die notwendige Eingabe: -\begin{verbatim} -\begin{exercise}[Projekt] -Beweisen Sie die Richtigkeit der oben gestellten Hypothese. -\end{exercise} -\end{verbatim} -Das Argument \verb"[Projekt]" kann optional verwendet werden und ist durch jedes beliebige Lexem ersetzbar. - -\section{Literaturverweise nach LSA-Muster} - -Um Bibliographien im LSA-Stil zu verfassen, nutzen Sie bitte die {\tt -reflist}-Umgebung. ({\em Anmerkung:\/} {\tt reflist} ist derzeit noch nicht -in Bib\TeX\ integriert.) Beispielsweise sehen die kommenden Nachweise in der Ausgabe wie folgt aus: - -\begin{verbatim} -\begin{reflist} -Barton, G. Edward; Berwick, Robert C.; and Ristad, Eric Sven. 1987. -Computational complexity and natural language. Cambridge, -Massachusetts: MIT Press. - -Chomsky, Noam. 1965. Aspects of the theory of syntax. Cambridge, -Massachusetts: MIT Press. - -Covington, Michael. 1993. Natural language processing for Prolog -programmers. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice--Hall. -\end{reflist} -\end{verbatim} -\begin{reflist} -Barton, G. Edward; Berwick, Robert C.; and Ristad, Eric Sven. 1987. -Computational complexity and natural language. Cambridge, -Massachusetts: MIT Press. - -Chomsky, Noam. 1965. Aspects of the theory of syntax. Cambridge, -Massachusetts: MIT Press. - -Covington, Michael A. 1993. Natural language processing for Prolog -programmers. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice--Hall. -\end{reflist} -Beachten Sie, dass innerhalb dieser Bibliographien ``French spacing'' angewandt wird. -Das bedeutet: Die Leerstellen nach Punkten sind nicht gr??er als das konventionelle Leerzeichen. Sie m?ssen -also nichts gegen ?bergro?e Abst?nde nach Namen unternehmen. - - -\section{Das Makro {\tt sentence}} - -Das Makro \verb"\sentence" hilft bei der Ausgabe von kursiven S?tzen, und ist eine -Kombination von {\tt flushleft} und \verb"\em"). Bei der Eingabe von -\begin{verbatim} -\sentence{Das ist ein Satz.} -\end{verbatim} -ist das Resultat: -\sentence{Das ist ein Satz.} - - -\section{Geschwungene Klammern und Disjunktionen mit {\tt either}} - -Zu guter Letzt: Das 2-Argumente-Makro \verb"\either" repr?sentiert Alternativen -innerhalb eines Satzes oder einer Satzstruktur: -\begin{flushleft} -\verb"the \either{schwer}{gro?e} dog" $=$ the \either{schwer}{gro?} dog \\ -\end{flushleft} -\begin{flushleft} -\verb"\psr{A}{B~\either{C}{D}~E} " $=$ \psr{A}{B~\either{C}{D}~E} -\end{flushleft} - -Mehr gibt es nicht zu sagen. -Vorschl?ge zur Verbesserung von {\tt covington.sty} sind willkommen und auf Bug-Reports wird gern -eingegangen. Bitte beachten Sie, dass es sich um kostenlose Software handelt und der Autor nicht zu -weiterer Arbeit an der Software verpflichtet ist. - -\end{document} - diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/beton.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/beton.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/beton.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/beton.doc.tlpobj 2010-06-10 18:17:07.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +name beton.doc +category Package +revision 15878 +shortdesc doc files of beton +relocated 1 +docfiles size=27 + RELOC/doc/latex/beton/beton.pdf + RELOC/doc/latex/beton/legal.txt diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/covington.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/covington.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/covington.doc.tlpobj 2010-06-10 18:24:34.000000000 +0200 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/covington.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -name covington.doc -category Package -revision 17750 -shortdesc doc files of covington -relocated 1 -docfiles size=119 - RELOC/doc/latex/covington/covington.pdf - RELOC/doc/latex/covington/covington.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/covington/covingtonGerm.pdf - RELOC/doc/latex/covington/covingtonGerm.tex ++++++ covington.tar.xz -> beton.tar.xz ++++++ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tex/latex/beton/beton.sty new/tex/latex/beton/beton.sty --- old/tex/latex/beton/beton.sty 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tex/latex/beton/beton.sty 2006-01-13 00:52:08.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +%% +%% This is file `beton.sty', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% beton.dtx (with options: `package') +%% +%% File `beton.dtx'. +%% Copyright (C) 1992--1995 Frank Jensen. All rights reserved. + +\def\fileversion{v1.3} +\def\filedate{1995/03/05} + +%% \CharacterTable +%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z +%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z +%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9 +%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \# +%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \& +%% Acute accent \' Left paren $ Right paren $ +%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \, +%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/ +%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \< +%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \? +%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\ +%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ +%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| +%% Right brace \} Tilde \~} +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] +\ProvidesPackage{beton}[\filedate\space\fileversion] +\typeout{Package: `beton' \fileversion\space <\filedate> (FJ)} +\def\rmdefault{ccr} +\def\beton@baselineskip@table + {<\@viiipt>10<\@ixpt>11.5<\@xpt>13<\@xipt>14.5<\@xiipt>16} +\def\beton@new@setfontsize#1#2#3% + {\edef\@tempa{\def\noexpand\@tempb####1<#2}% + \@tempa>##2<##3\@nil{\def\beton@baselineskip@value{##2}}% + \edef\@tempa{\noexpand\@tempb\beton@baselineskip@table<#2}% + \@tempa><\@nil + \ifx\beton@baselineskip@value\@empty + \def\beton@baselineskip@value{#3}% + \fi + \beton@old@setfontsize{#1}{#2}\beton@baselineskip@value} +\AtBeginDocument + {\let\beton@old@setfontsize=\@setfontsize + \let\@setfontsize=\beton@new@setfontsize} +\DeclareOption{standard-baselineskips} + {\AtBeginDocument{\let\@setfontsize=\beton@old@setfontsize}} +\DeclareOption{oldstyle-equation-numbers} + {\@ifundefined{chapter} + {\def\theequation{{\beton@oldstyle\arabic{equation}}}} + {\def\theequation{{\beton(a)oldstyle\thechapter}.% + {\beton@oldstyle\arabic{equation}}}}} +\DeclareRobustCommand\beton@oldstyle{\usefont{OML}{ccm}\f@series{it}} +\DeclareRobustCommand\oldstylenums[1]% + {\begingroup + \spaceskip\fontdimen\tw@\font + \TextOldstyle \MathOldstyle #1% + \endgroup} +\let\TextOldstyle=\beton@oldstyle +\providecommand\MathOldstyle{\mathgroup\symletters} +\DeclareOption{concrete-math} + {\DeclareSymbolFont{operators}{OT1}{ccr}{m}{n}% + \DeclareSymbolFont{letters}{OML}{ccm}{m}{it}} +\def\dash---{\thinspace---\hskip.16667em\relax} +\def\qback{\kern-.15em} % between , or . and '' +\def\t#1{{\edef\next{\the\font}\beton@oldstyle\accent"7F\next#1}} +\ProcessOptions +\AtBeginDocument{\normalsize} +\endinput +%% +%% End of file `beton.sty'. diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tex/latex/covington/covington.sty new/tex/latex/covington/covington.sty --- old/tex/latex/covington/covington.sty 2006-01-13 00:53:39.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tex/latex/covington/covington.sty 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,509 +0,0 @@ -%%% File covington.sty -%%% -%%% Michael A. Covington -%%% Artificial Intelligence Programs -%%% The University of Georgia -%%% Athens, Georgia 30602-7415 USA -%%% mcovingt(a)aisun1.ai.uga.edu -%%% -%%% You may copy and distribute this file freely. -%%% (If you modify it, please change its name and add your own comments.) -%%% -%%% See covington.tex for documentation. - -\typeout{* covington.sty : Covington's linguistic macros, 2001 March 27 *} - -%%% -%%% Preferences about how text is laid out -%%% - -\renewcommand{\textfloatsep}{0.7in} -\raggedbottom - -%%% -%%% Stacked accents -%%% - -% This is adapted from the \diatop macro in wsuipa.sty, which was -% originally designed by Jean-Pierre Paillet. - -\def\twoacc[#1|#2]{\leavevmode{\setbox1=\hbox{{#1{}}}% - \setbox2=\hbox{{#2{}}}% - \dimen0=\ifdim\wd1>\wd2\wd1\else\wd2\fi% - \dimen1=\ht2\advance\dimen1by-0.8ex% - \setbox1=\hbox to1\dimen0{\hss#1\hss}% - \rlap{\raise1\dimen1\box1}% - \hbox to1\dimen0{\hss#2\hss}}}% - -% Example of usage: \twoacc[\^|\={a}] -% Special cases: - -\def\acm#1{\twoacc[\'|\={#1}]} % acute over macron -\def\grm#1{\twoacc[\`|\={#1}]} % grave over macron -\def\cim#1{\twoacc[\^|\={#1}]} % circumflex over macron - -%%% -%%% Example numbering -%%% - -% Example numbering uses the same counter as LaTeX's equation numbering. -% Thus, you can use \label and \ref to refer to numbered examples in -% exactly the same way as with equations. - -% \exampleno increments the counter and gives you its current value. -% You can use it anywhere to generate an example number. -% -% For example, to display a sentence with a number at the -% right margin, do this: -% -% \begin{flushleft} -% This is a sentence. \hfill (\exampleno) -% \end{flushleft} - -\newcommand{\exampleno}{\refstepcounter{equation}\theequation} - -%%% -%%% The 'example' environment -%%% - -% example is an environment for displaying a single numbered -% example, preceded by its number. Example of use: -% -% \begin{example} -% This is an example. -% \end{example} -% -% This is actually a special case of 'examples' where -% the first \item is automatically supplied. -% -% To display sub-examples with numbers such as -% (3)(a), (3)(b), etc., you can use 'itemize', thus: -% \begin{example} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item[(a)] This is the first example. -% \item[(b)] This is the second example. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{example} - -\newenvironment{example}{\begin{examples}\item}{\end{examples}} - -%%% -%%% The 'examples' environment -%%% - -% examples is an environment for displaying a series of examples -% together, each with its own example number. Usage: -% -% \begin{examples} -% \item This is the first example. -% \item This is the second example. -% \end{examples} -% -% Thanks to Darrel Hankerson of Auburn University, and numerous others -% across the net, for help with this macro. - -\newcounter{equationsave} % used in trick with equation number - -\newenvironment{examples}% % define "example" environment -{% -\begin{list}{(\theequation)}% -{% -\setcounter{equationsave}{\arabic{equation}}% -\usecounter{equation}% % sets it to zero, unwantedly -\setcounter{equation}{\arabic{equationsave}}% % restores previous value -\setlength{\listparindent}{0pt}% -\def\makelabel##1{##1\hfil}% % put labels flushleft in space available -}% -\raggedright}% % text is flushleft, not justified -{\end{list}} - -%%% -%%% Sentences with word-by-word glosses -%%% - -% See covingtn.tex for full documentation. Some examples: -% -% Displayed sentence with gloss and translation: -% -% \gll Dit is een Nederlands voorbeeld. -% This is a Dutch example. -% \glt `This is an example in Dutch.' -% \glend -% -% Same, using bracketing where words do not correspond one-to-one: -% -% \gll Dit is een voorbeeldje in het Nederlands. -% This is a {little example} in {} Dutch. -% \glt `This is a little example in Dutch.' -% \glend -% -% Same, with example number added at right: -% -% \gll Dit is een voorbeeldje in het Nederlands. -% This is a {little example} in {} Dutch. -% \glt `This is a little example in Dutch.' \hfill (\exampleno) -% \glend -% -% Same, with number but no (line reserved for) translation: -% -% \gll Dit is een voorbeeldje in het Nederlands. -% This is a {little example} in {} Dutch. -% \gln \hfill (\exampleno) -% \glend -% -% If you want to align 3 lines rather than two, use \glll instead of \gll. -% -% Layout is critical between \gll (or \glll) and \glt (or \gln). -% After \glt, environment is essentially the same as 'flushleft'. -% -% Thanks to Marcel R. van der Goot for permission to reproduce code. -% -% Modified 1992 Nov 8 to force single spacing regardless of -% baselinestretch. - -\@ifundefined{new@fontshape}% - {\def\@selfnt{\ifx\@currsize\normalsize\@normalsize\else\@currsize\fi}} - {\def\@selfnt{\selectfont}} - % Thanks to Hans-Peter Kolb for this macro. - -\def\gll % Introduces 2-line text-and-gloss. - {\begin{flushleft} -\vskip\baselineskip% % Added 1992 Nov 8 to force single spacing -\def\baselinestretch{1}% -\@selfnt% -\vskip-\baselineskip% - \bgroup - \catcode`\^^M=12 - \twosent - } - -\def\glll % Introduces 3-line text-and-gloss. - {\begin{flushleft} -\vskip\baselineskip% % Added 1992 Nov 8 to force single spacing -\def\baselinestretch{1}% -\@selfnt% -\vskip-\baselineskip% - \bgroup - \catcode`\^^M=12 - \threesent - } - -\def\glt{{\hskip -\glossglue}\unhbox\gline\smallskip\newline} % \newline was \\ - % Introduces translation. - % Required even if no translation follows. - -\def\gln{{\hskip -\glossglue}\unhbox\gline\hfill} - % Alternative to glt, when one wants to - % put a number but no translation. - -\def\glend{\end{flushleft}} % Ends the gloss environment. - -% The following TeX code is adapted, with permission, from: -% gloss.tex: Macros for vertically aligning words in consecutive sentences. -% Version: 1.0 release: 26 November 1990 -% Copyright (c) 1991 Marcel R. van der Goot (marcel(a)cs.caltech.edu). -% Original gloss.tex and gloss.doc are available from -% csvax.cs.caltech.edu [131.215.131.131] in pub/tex -% and many other anonymous ftp archives. - -\newbox\lineone % boxes with words from first line -\newbox\linetwo -\newbox\linethree -\newbox\wordone % a word from the first line (hbox) -\newbox\wordtwo -\newbox\wordthree -\newbox\gline % the constructed double line (hbox) -\newskip\glossglue % extra glue between glossed pairs or triples -% \glossglue = 0pt plus 2pt minus 1pt % allow stretch/shrink between words -\glossglue = 5pt plus 2pt minus 1pt % allow stretch/shrink between words -\newif\ifnotdone - -\let\eachwordone=\it -\let\eachwordtwo=\rm -\let\eachwordthree=\rm - -\def\lastword#1#2#3% #1 = \each, #2 = line box, #3 = word box - {\setbox#2=\vbox{\unvbox#2% - \global\setbox#3=\lastbox - }% - \ifvoid#3\global\setbox#3=\hbox{#1\strut{} }\fi - % extra space following \strut in case #1 needs a space - } - -\def\testdone - {\ifdim\ht\lineone=0pt - \ifdim\ht\linetwo=0pt \notdonefalse % tricky space after pt - \else\notdonetrue - \fi - \else\notdonetrue - \fi - } - -{\catcode`\^^M=12 \endlinechar=-1 % 12 = other -\gdef\getwords(#1,#2)#3 #4^^M% #1=linebox, #2=\each, #3=1st word, #4=remainder - {\setbox#1=\vbox{\hbox{#2\strut#3 }% adds space - \unvbox#1% - }% - \def\more{#4}% - \ifx\more\empty\let\more=\donewords - \else\let\more=\getwords - \fi - \more(#1,#2)#4^^M% - } - -\gdef\donewords(#1,#2)^^M{}% - -\gdef\twosent#1^^M#2^^M% #1 = first line, #2 = second line - {\getwords(\lineone,\eachwordone)#1 ^^M% - \getwords(\linetwo,\eachwordtwo)#2 ^^M% - \loop\lastword{\eachwordone}{\lineone}{\wordone}% - \lastword{\eachwordtwo}{\linetwo}{\wordtwo}% - \global\setbox\gline=\hbox{\unhbox\gline - \hskip\glossglue - \vtop{\box\wordone % vtop was vbox - \nointerlineskip - \box\wordtwo - }% - }% - \testdone - \ifnotdone - \repeat - \egroup % matches \bgroup in \gloss - } - -\gdef\threesent#1^^M#2^^M#3^^M% #1 = first line, #2 = second line, #3 = third - {\getwords(\lineone,\eachwordone)#1 ^^M% - \getwords(\linetwo,\eachwordtwo)#2 ^^M% - \getwords(\linethree,\eachwordthree)#3 ^^M% - \loop\lastword{\eachwordone}{\lineone}{\wordone}% - \lastword{\eachwordtwo}{\linetwo}{\wordtwo}% - \lastword{\eachwordthree}{\linethree}{\wordthree}% - \global\setbox\gline=\hbox{\unhbox\gline - \hskip\glossglue - \vtop{\box\wordone % vtop was vbox - \nointerlineskip - \box\wordtwo - \nointerlineskip - \box\wordthree - }% - }% - \testdone - \ifnotdone - \repeat - \egroup % matches \bgroup in \gloss - } -} % restore \catcode`\^^M - -%\def\gloss % raw TeX macro for 2 aligned lines -% {\bgroup -% \catcode`\^^M=12 -% \twosent -% } - - -%%% -%%% Phrase-structure rules -%%% - -% \psr To print S -> NP VP, use: \psr{S}{NP~VP} - -\newcommand{\psr}[2]{\mbox{\it #1 $\rightarrow$ #2}} - - -%%% -%%% Feature structures -%%% - -% \fs To print a feature structure by itself, type for example -% \fs{case:nom \\ person:P} -% -% \lfs To print the same feature structure with the category -% label N at the top, type: -% \lfs{N}{case:nom \\ person:P} - -% Modified 1990 Dec 5 so that features are left aligned. -% Modified 2001 Mar 27 so that italics are used without the user typing \it. -\newcommand{\fs}[1] -{ - \mbox{\small - $ - \it - \left[ - \!\! - \begin{array}{l} - #1 - \end{array} - \!\! - \right] - $} -} - -% Modified 1990 Dec 5 so that features are left aligned. -\newcommand{\lfs}[2] - { - \mbox{$ - \it - \!\! - \begin{array}[t]{c} - #1 - \\ - \mbox{\small% - $ - \it - \left[ - \!\! - \begin{array}{l} - #2 - \end{array} - \!\! - \right] - $} - \end{array} - \!\! - $} - } - - -%%% -%%% Discourse representation structures -%%% - -% \drs typesets a DRS in box notation a la Kamp. -% Arguments: -% 1. List of discourse variables joined by ~ -% 2. List of conditions joined by \\ -% -% Example: \drs{X}{donkey(X)\\green(X)} -% -% Example: \drs{~}{purple(X,Y)} -% -% Example: \drs{X} -% {named(X,`Pedro') \\ -% \drs{Y}{donkey(Y)\\owns(X,Y)}~~ -% {\large $\Rightarrow$}~ -% \drs{~}{feeds(X,Y)} -% } - -% \sdrs like \drs but first argument is a sentence -% to be displayed above the drs. -% -% Example: \sdrs{A donkey is green.}{X}{donkey(X)\\green(X)} - -% \ifdrs forms 2 DRSes joined with a big arrow. -% Usually used for DRSes nested within another. -% -% Example: \ifdrs{X}{donkey(X)\\hungry(X)} -% {~}{feeds(Pedro,X)} - -% \alifdrs is like \ifdrs but shifted to the left so that an -% embedded `if' structure will line up with ordinary -% DRS conditions. - -% \negdrs forms a DRS preceded by the negation symbol. -% -% Example: \negdrs{X}{donkey(X)\\green(X)} - - -\newcommand{\drs}[2] -{ - { - \it - \begin{tabular}{|l|} - \hline - ~ \vspace{-2ex} \\ - #1 - \\ - ~ \vspace{-2ex} \\ - \hline - ~ \vspace{-2ex} \\ - #2 - \\ - ~ \\ % can't vspace here or the line will come out wrong - \hline - \end{tabular} - } -} - -\newcommand{\sdrs}[3] -{\begin{tabular}{l} -\mbox{\it #1} \\ -~ \\ -\drs{#2}{#3} -\end{tabular}} - -\newcommand{\ifdrs}[4] -{ - \mbox{\drs{#1}{#2}~~{\large $\Rightarrow$}~\drs{#3}{#4}} -} - -\newcommand{\alifdrs}[4] -{ - \mbox{$\!\!\!$\drs{#1}{#2}~~{\large $\Rightarrow$}~\drs{#3}{#4}} -} - -\newcommand{\negdrs}[2] -{ - \mbox{{\large $\neg$}\drs{#1}{#2}} -} - - -% -% Exercises, reference lists, and miscellany -% - -% exercise Environment for exercises, numbered by subsection. -% Optional argument for describing the exercise -% ("Project" or the like). - -% \bx Abbreviation for \begin{exercise} -% \ex Abbreviation for \end{exercise} - -% reflist Environment for hanging-indented list -% (suitable for LSA-style reference list). -% Does NOT require \item before entries. - -% \sentence Displays its argument, flushleft, italicized. - -% \either Displays its arguments as alternatives between -% large curly brackets. Good for alternatives -% within sentences or PS-rules. - -\newtheorem{exercise}{Exercise}[subsection] - -% Exercise numbering resets to 0 not only at the start of -% a subsection, but also at the start of a section or chapter -% even if it is not divided into subsections. -\@addtoreset{exercise}{section} -\@addtoreset{exercise}{chapter} - -\newcommand{\bx}{\begin{exercise}} -\newcommand{\ex}{\end{exercise}} - -\@ifundefined{reflist}{ -\newenvironment{reflist}{\begin{list}{}% -{\setlength{\labelwidth}{0pt} - \setlength{\labelsep}{0pt} - \setlength{\leftmargin}{3em} - \setlength{\itemindent}{-3em} - \setlength{\listparindent}{-3em} - \setlength{\itemsep}{6pt}}\item}{\end{list}} -} -% Modified 1992 Nov 8 to skip defining reflist if reflist is already -% defined. Permits using uga.sty with covingtn.sty. - -\newcommand{\sentence}[1] - {\begin{flushleft}{\it #1}\end{flushleft}} - -\newcommand{\either}[2] -{ - $ - \left\{ - \begin{array}{l} - \makebox{#1} \\ - \makebox{#2} \\ - \end{array} - \right\} - $ -} - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% End of Covington's Macros %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/beton.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/beton.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/beton.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/beton.tlpobj 2010-06-10 18:17:07.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +name beton +category Package +revision 15878 +shortdesc Use Concrete fonts. +relocated 1 +longdesc Typeset a LaTeX2e document with the Concrete fonts designed by +longdesc Don Knuth and used in his book "Concrete Mathematics". +runfiles size=1 + RELOC/tex/latex/beton/beton.sty +catalogue-ctan /macros/latex/contrib/beton +catalogue-date 2009-09-24 15:05:48 +0200 +catalogue-license lppl diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/covington.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/covington.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/covington.tlpobj 2010-06-10 18:24:34.000000000 +0200 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/covington.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,14 +0,0 @@ -name covington -category Package -revision 17750 -shortdesc Linguistic support. -relocated 1 -longdesc Numerous minor LaTeX enhancements for linguistics, including -longdesc multiple accents on the same letter, interline glosses (word- -longdesc by-word translations), Discourse Representation Structures, and -longdesc example numbering. -runfiles size=4 - RELOC/tex/latex/covington/covington.sty -catalogue-ctan /macros/latex/contrib/covington -catalogue-date 2010-04-05 22:57:39 +0200 -catalogue-license pd ++++++ chickenize.doc.tar.xz -> bez123.doc.tar.xz ++++++ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/bez123/README new/doc/latex/bez123/README --- old/doc/latex/bez123/README 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/bez123/README 2009-09-10 01:40:19.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +________________________________ +The BEZ123 and MULTIPLY packages + + LaTeX can be used for drawing quadratic Bezier curves. The bez123 +package provides additional facilities for drawing linear, cubic, and +rational quadratic Bezier curves. The multiply package provides a +command for multiplication of a length without numerical overflow. + +______________ +Change History + +Version 1.1b (2009/09/02) +- New maintainer (Will Robertson) + +Version 1.1a (2004/04/16) +- Changed license from LPPL v1.0 to v1.3 +- Updated contact information + +Version 1.1 (1998/10/14) +- Put the multiplication code into a separate package + +----------------------------------------------------------------- + Author: Peter Wilson, Herries Press + Maintainer: Will Robertson (will dot robertson at latex-project dot org) + Copyright 1998--2004 Peter R. Wilson + + This work may be distributed and/or modified under the + conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either + version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any + later version: <http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt> + + This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". + The Current Maintainer of this work is Will Robertson. + + This work consists of the files: +README (this file) +bez123.dtx +bez123.ins +bez123.pdf + and the derived files: +bez123.sty +multiply.sty + +----------------------------------------------------------------- + + To install the package: +- run: latex bez123.ins (which will generate bez123.sty and multiply.sty) +- Move bez123.sty and multiply.sty to a location where LaTeX will find them + (typically in a local texmf tree at tex/latex/bez123) and refresh the + file database. See the FAQ on CTAN at help/uk-tex-faq or + http://www.tug.ac.uk/faq for more information on this. + To process the manual: +- run: latex bez123.dtx (Note that bez123.dtx requires bez123.sty. + Several Package Warning messages will occur, but + these can be ignored.) +- run: makeindex -s gind.ist bez123 +- run: latex bez123.dtx +- Print bez123.dvi for a hardcopy of the package manual + Files old/doc/latex/bez123/bez123.pdf and new/doc/latex/bez123/bez123.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/luatex/chickenize/README new/doc/luatex/chickenize/README --- old/doc/luatex/chickenize/README 2013-02-26 01:29:48.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/luatex/chickenize/README 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,18 +0,0 @@ -This is the README file of the chickenize package. The package provides several commands and Lua functions to manipulate the input or output tokens of any Lua(La)TeX document. It serves mostly educational and playful usage, but some functions may be used in serious documents. - -To produce the package files, run lualatex on chickinize.dtx, wich should result in the creation of the following files: - chickenize.pdf (documentation) - chickenize.tex (plainTeX user interface) - chickenize.sty (LaTeX user interface) - chickenize.lua (Lua package code) [does the actual work] - -You need an up-to-date TeX Live (2011 or 2012, if possible) to use this package. Maybe a full MiKTeX will do, too. - -For any comments or suggestions, contact me: -arno dot trautmann at gmx dot de - -Hope you have fun with this package! - -This package is copyright Â© 2013 Arno L. Trautmann. It may be distributed and/or -modified under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c -of this license or (at your option) any later version. This work has the LPPL maintenance status âmaintainedâ. Files old/doc/luatex/chickenize/chickenize.pdf and new/doc/luatex/chickenize/chickenize.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/bez123.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/bez123.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/bez123.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/bez123.doc.tlpobj 2010-06-10 18:17:07.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +name bez123.doc +category Package +revision 15878 +shortdesc doc files of bez123 +relocated 1 +docfiles size=72 + RELOC/doc/latex/bez123/README + RELOC/doc/latex/bez123/bez123.pdf diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/chickenize.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/chickenize.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/chickenize.doc.tlpobj 2013-02-26 04:33:02.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/chickenize.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -name chickenize.doc -category Package -revision 29232 -shortdesc doc files of chickenize -relocated 1 -docfiles size=44 - RELOC/doc/luatex/chickenize/README - RELOC/doc/luatex/chickenize/chickenize.pdf ++++++ chickenize.doc.tar.xz -> bez123.tar.xz ++++++ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/luatex/chickenize/README new/doc/luatex/chickenize/README --- old/doc/luatex/chickenize/README 2013-02-26 01:29:48.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/luatex/chickenize/README 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,18 +0,0 @@ -This is the README file of the chickenize package. The package provides several commands and Lua functions to manipulate the input or output tokens of any Lua(La)TeX document. It serves mostly educational and playful usage, but some functions may be used in serious documents. - -To produce the package files, run lualatex on chickinize.dtx, wich should result in the creation of the following files: - chickenize.pdf (documentation) - chickenize.tex (plainTeX user interface) - chickenize.sty (LaTeX user interface) - chickenize.lua (Lua package code) [does the actual work] - -You need an up-to-date TeX Live (2011 or 2012, if possible) to use this package. Maybe a full MiKTeX will do, too. - -For any comments or suggestions, contact me: -arno dot trautmann at gmx dot de - -Hope you have fun with this package! - -This package is copyright Â© 2013 Arno L. Trautmann. It may be distributed and/or -modified under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c -of this license or (at your option) any later version. This work has the LPPL maintenance status âmaintainedâ. Files old/doc/luatex/chickenize/chickenize.pdf and new/doc/luatex/chickenize/chickenize.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tex/latex/bez123/bez123.sty new/tex/latex/bez123/bez123.sty --- old/tex/latex/bez123/bez123.sty 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tex/latex/bez123/bez123.sty 2009-09-10 01:40:19.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,382 @@ +%% +%% This is file `bez123.sty', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% bez123.dtx (with options: `bez') +%% +%% ----------------------------------------------------------------- +%% Author: Peter Wilson, Herries Press +%% Maintainer: Will Robertson (will dot robertson at latex-project dot org) +%% Copyright 1998--2004 Peter R. Wilson +%% +%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either +%% version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any +%% later version: <http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt> +%% +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is Will Robertson. +%% +%% This work consists of the files listed in the README file. +%% ----------------------------------------------------------------- +%% +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} +\ProvidesPackage{bez123}[2009/09/02 v1.1b Bezier curves] +\RequirePackage{multiply}[2009/09/02] +\newcommand{\lbezier}[2][0]{\@lbez{#1}#2} +\gdef\@lbez#1(#2,#3)(#4,#5){% +%%%%\def\lbezier#1(#2,#3)(#4,#5){% + \ifnum #1<\@ne + \@ovxx = #4\unitlength + \advance\@ovxx by -#2\unitlength + \ifdim \@ovxx < \z@ + \@ovxx = -\@ovxx + \fi + \@ovyy = #5\unitlength + \advance\@ovyy by -#3\unitlength + \ifdim \@ovyy < \z@ + \@ovyy = -\@ovyy + \fi + \ifdim \@ovxx > \@ovyy + \@multicnt = \@ovxx + \else + \@multicnt = \@ovyy + \fi + \@ovxx = 0.5\@halfwidth + \divide\@multicnt by \@ovxx + \ifnum \qbeziermax < \@multicnt + \@multicnt = \qbeziermax\relax + \fi + \else + \@multicnt = #1\relax + \fi + \@tempcnta = \@multicnt + \advance\@tempcnta by \@ne + \@ovdx = #4\unitlength + \advance\@ovdx by -#2\unitlength + \divide\@ovdx by \@multicnt + \@ovdy = #5\unitlength + \advance\@ovdy by -#3\unitlength + \divide\@ovdy by \@multicnt + \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{\vrule \@height\@halfwidth + \@depth \@halfwidth + \@width \@wholewidth}% + \put(#2,#3){% + \count@ = \z@ + \@whilenum{\count@ < \@tempcnta}\do + {\@xdim = \count@\@ovdx + \@ydim = \count@\@ovdy + \raise \@ydim + \hb@xt@\z@{\kern\@xdim + \unhcopy\@tempboxa\hss}% + \advance\count@\@ne}}% +} +\newlength{\@wxc} +\newlength{\@wyc} +\newcommand{\cbezier}[2][0]{\@cbez{#1}#2} +\gdef\@cbez#1(#2,#3)(#4,#5)(#6,#7)(#8,#9){% + \ifnum #1<\@ne + \@ovxx = #2\unitlength + \@ovdx = \@ovxx + \@ovdy = #4\unitlength + \ifdim \@ovdy > \@ovxx + \@ovxx = \@ovdy + \fi + \ifdim \@ovdy < \@ovdx + \@ovdx = \@ovdy + \fi + \@ovdy = #6\unitlength + \ifdim \@ovdy > \@ovxx + \@ovxx = \@ovdy + \fi + \ifdim \@ovdy < \@ovdx + \@ovdx = \@ovdy + \fi + \@ovdy = #8\unitlength + \ifdim \@ovdy > \@ovxx + \@ovxx = \@ovdy + \fi + \ifdim \@ovdy < \@ovdx + \@ovdx = \@ovdy + \fi + \advance\@ovxx by -\@ovdx + \@ovyy = #3\unitlength + \@ovdy = \@ovyy + \@ovdx = #5\unitlength + \ifdim \@ovdx > \@ovyy + \@ovyy = \@ovdx + \fi + \ifdim \@ovdx < \@ovdy + \@ovdy = \@ovdx + \fi + \@ovdx = #7\unitlength + \ifdim \@ovdx > \@ovyy + \@ovyy = \@ovdx + \fi + \ifdim \@ovdx < \@ovdy + \@ovdy = \@ovdx + \fi + \@ovdx = #9\unitlength + \ifdim \@ovdx > \@ovyy + \@ovyy = \@ovdx + \fi + \ifdim \@ovdx < \@ovdy + \@ovdy = \@ovdx + \fi + \advance\@ovyy by -\@ovdy + \ifdim \@ovxx > \@ovyy + \@multicnt = \@ovxx + \else + \@multicnt = \@ovyy + \fi + \@ovxx = 0.5\@halfwidth + \divide\@multicnt by \@ovxx + \ifnum \qbeziermax < \@multicnt + \@multicnt = \qbeziermax\relax + \fi + \else + \@multicnt = #1\relax + \fi + \@tempcnta = \@multicnt + \advance\@tempcnta by \@ne + \@ovdx = #4\unitlength \advance\@ovdx by -#2\unitlength + \@ovxx = #6\unitlength \advance\@ovxx by -\@ovdx + \multiply\@ovdx by \thr@@ + \advance\@ovxx by -#4\unitlength \multiply\@ovxx by \thr@@ + \@wxc = #4\unitlength \advance\@wxc by -#6\unitlength + \multiply\@wxc by \thr@@ \advance\@wxc by #8\unitlength + \advance\@wxc by -#2\unitlength \divide\@wxc by \@multicnt + \@ovdy = #5\unitlength \advance\@ovdy by -#3\unitlength + \@ovyy = #7\unitlength \advance\@ovyy by -\@ovdy + \multiply\@ovdy by \thr@@ + \advance\@ovyy by -#5\unitlength \multiply\@ovyy by \thr@@ + \@wyc = #5\unitlength \advance\@wyc by -#7\unitlength + \multiply\@wyc by \thr@@ \advance\@wyc by #9\unitlength + \advance\@wyc by -#3\unitlength \divide\@wyc by \@multicnt + \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{\vrule \@height\@halfwidth + \@depth \@halfwidth + \@width \@wholewidth}% + \put(#2,#3){% + \count@ = \z@ + \@whilenum{\count@ < \@tempcnta}\do + {\@xdim = \count@\@wxc + \advance\@xdim by \@ovxx + \divide\@xdim by \@multicnt + \multiply\@xdim by \count@ + \advance\@xdim by \@ovdx + \divide\@xdim by \@multicnt + \multiply\@xdim by \count@ + \@ydim = \count@\@wyc + \advance\@ydim by \@ovyy + \divide\@ydim by \@multicnt + \multiply\@ydim by \count@ + \advance\@ydim by \@ovdy + \divide\@ydim by \@multicnt + \multiply\@ydim by \count@ + \raise \@ydim + \hb@xt@\z@{\kern\@xdim + \unhcopy\@tempboxa\hss}% + \advance\count@\@ne}}% +} +\newlength{\@ww} +\newlength{\@wwa} +\newlength{\@wwb} +\newlength{\@wwo} +\newlength{\@wwi} +\newcounter{@pntscale} +\newcounter{weightscale} +\newlength{\botscale} +\newcommand{\setweightscale}[1]{\setcounter{weightscale}{#1}} +\newcommand{\resetweightscale}{\setcounter{weightscale}{10000}} +\resetweightscale +\newcommand{\rqbezier}[2][0]{\@rqbez{#1}#2} +\gdef\@rqbez#1(#2,#3)(#4,#5)(#6,#7)(#8){% + \@ovxx = #8\unitlength + \ifdim\@ovxx = \unitlength + \PackageWarning{bez123}{Rational quadratic denerates to quadratic} + \qbezier[#1](#2,#3)(#4,#5)(#6,#7) + \else + \ifdim\@ovxx = \z@ + \PackageWarning{bez123}{Rational quadratic degenerates to linear} + \lbezier[#1](#2,#3)(#6,#7) + \else + \@ovxx = #4\unitlength + \advance\@ovxx by -#2\unitlength + \ifdim \@ovxx < \z@ + \@ovxx = -\@ovxx + \fi + \@ovdx = #6\unitlength + \advance\@ovdx by -#4\unitlength + \ifdim \@ovdx < \z@ + \@ovdx = -\@ovdx + \fi + \ifdim \@ovxx < \@ovdx + \@ovxx = \@ovdx + \fi + \@ovyy = #5\unitlength + \advance\@ovyy by -#3\unitlength + \ifdim \@ovyy < \z@ + \@ovyy = -\@ovyy + \fi + \@ovdy = #7\unitlength + \advance\@ovdy by -#5\unitlength + \ifdim \@ovdy < \z@ + \@ovdy = -\@ovdy + \fi + \ifdim \@ovyy < \@ovdy + \@ovyy = \@ovdy + \fi + \ifdim \@ovxx > \@ovyy + \@multicnt = \@ovxx + \else + \@multicnt = \@ovyy + \fi + \@wwi = \@multicnt sp + \ifnum #1<\@ne + \@ovxx = 0.5\@halfwidth + \divide\@multicnt by \@ovxx + \ifnum\qbeziermax < \@multicnt + \@multicnt = \qbeziermax\relax + \fi + \else + \@multicnt = #1\relax + \fi + \@tempcnta = \@multicnt + \advance\@tempcnta by \@ne + \divide\@tempcnta by \tw@ + \advance\@tempcnta by \@ne + \@wwo = \maxdimen + \advance\@wwo by -\@wwi + \divide\@wwo by \tw@ + \divide\@wwo by \@wwi + \@wwi = 10sp + \@wwi = #8\@wwi + \ifdim\@wwi < \z@ + \@wwi = -\@wwi + \fi + \divide\@wwi by 10\relax + \ifdim\@wwi < \@wwo + \c@@pntscale = \@ne + \else + \divide\@wwi by \tw@ + \ifdim\@wwi < \@wwo + \c@@pntscale = \tw@ + \else + \divide\@wwi by \tw@ + \ifdim\@wwi < \@wwo + \c@@pntscale = 4\relax + \else + \divide\@wwi by \tw@ + \ifdim\@wwi < \@wwo + \c@@pntscale = 8\relax + \else + \c@@pntscale = 16\relax + \fi + \fi + \fi + \fi + \@ovxx = #4\unitlength \advance\@ovxx by -#2\unitlength + \multiply\@ovxx by \tw@ + \divide\@ovxx by \c@@pntscale + \@ovdx = #8\@ovxx + \@ovxx = #6\unitlength \advance\@ovxx by -#2\unitlength + \divide\@ovxx by \c@@pntscale + \advance\@ovxx by -\@ovdx + \divide\@ovxx by \@multicnt + \@ovyy = #5\unitlength \advance\@ovyy by -#3\unitlength + \multiply\@ovyy by \tw@ + \divide\@ovyy by \c@@pntscale + \@ovdy = #8\@ovyy + \@ovyy = #7\unitlength \advance\@ovyy by -#3\unitlength + \divide\@ovyy by \c@@pntscale + \advance\@ovyy by -\@ovdy + \divide\@ovyy by \@multicnt + \setlength{\botscale}{\c@weightscale sp} + \@wwo = \botscale + \@wwi = #8\@wwo + \@wwa = \@wwo \advance\@wwa by -\@wwi + \multiply\@wwa by \tw@ + \@wwb = \@wwa + \divide\@wwb by \@multicnt + \@wwi = \botscale + \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{\vrule \@height\@halfwidth + \@depth \@halfwidth + \@width \@wholewidth}% + \put(#2,#3){% + \count@ = \z@ + \@whilenum{\count@ < \@tempcnta}\do + {\@xdim = \count@\@ovxx + \advance\@xdim by \@ovdx + \divide\@xdim by \@multicnt + \multiply\@xdim by \count@ + \@ydim = \count@\@ovyy + \advance\@ydim by \@ovdy + \divide\@ydim by \@multicnt + \multiply\@ydim by \count@ + \@ww = \count@\@wwb + \advance\@ww by -\@wwa + \divide\@ww by \@multicnt + \multiply\@ww by \count@ + \advance\@ww by \@wwo + \divide\@ww by \c@@pntscale + \ifdim\@ww = \z@ + \else + \divide\@xdim by \@ww + \divide\@ydim by \@ww + \fi + \multnooverflow{\@xdim}{\botscale}% + \multnooverflow{\@ydim}{\botscale}% + \raise \@ydim + \hb@xt@\z@{\kern\@xdim + \unhcopy\@tempboxa\hss}% + \advance\count@\@ne}} + \@ovxx = #4\unitlength \advance\@ovxx by -#6\unitlength + \multiply\@ovxx by \tw@ + \divide\@ovxx by \c@@pntscale + \@ovdx = #8\@ovxx + \@ovxx = #2\unitlength \advance\@ovxx by -#6\unitlength + \divide\@ovxx by \c@@pntscale + \advance\@ovxx by -\@ovdx + \divide\@ovxx by \@multicnt + \@ovyy = #5\unitlength \advance\@ovyy by -#7\unitlength + \multiply\@ovyy by \tw@ + \divide\@ovyy by \c@@pntscale + \@ovdy = #8\@ovyy + \@ovyy = #3\unitlength \advance\@ovyy by -#7\unitlength + \divide\@ovyy by \c@@pntscale + \advance\@ovyy by -\@ovdy + \divide\@ovyy by \@multicnt + \put(#6,#7){% + \count@ = \z@ + \@whilenum{\count@ < \@tempcnta}\do + {\@xdim = \count@\@ovxx + \advance\@xdim by \@ovdx + \divide\@xdim by \@multicnt + \multiply\@xdim by \count@ + \@ydim = \count@\@ovyy + \advance\@ydim by \@ovdy + \divide\@ydim by \@multicnt + \multiply\@ydim by \count@ + \@ww = \count@\@wwb + \advance\@ww by -\@wwa + \divide\@ww by \@multicnt + \multiply\@ww by \count@ + \advance\@ww by \@wwo + \divide\@ww by \c@@pntscale + \ifnum\@ww = \z@ + \else + \divide\@xdim by \@ww + \divide\@ydim by \@ww + \fi + \multnooverflow{\@xdim}{\botscale}% + \multnooverflow{\@ydim}{\botscale}% + \raise \@ydim + \hb@xt@\z@{\kern\@xdim + \unhcopy\@tempboxa\hss}% + \advance\count@\@ne}} + \fi\fi} +\endinput +%% +%% End of file `bez123.sty'. diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tex/latex/bez123/multiply.sty new/tex/latex/bez123/multiply.sty --- old/tex/latex/bez123/multiply.sty 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tex/latex/bez123/multiply.sty 2009-09-04 02:49:19.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +%% +%% This is file `multiply.sty', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% bez123.dtx (with options: `mult') +%% +%% ----------------------------------------------------------------- +%% Author: Peter Wilson, Herries Press +%% Maintainer: Will Robertson (will dot robertson at latex-project dot org) +%% Copyright 1998--2004 Peter R. Wilson +%% +%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either +%% version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any +%% later version: <http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt> +%% +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". +%% The Current Maintainer of this work is Will Robertson. +%% +%% This work consists of the files listed in the README file. +%% ----------------------------------------------------------------- +%% +\ProvidesPackage{multiply}[1998/10/14 v1.1 Multiplication of lengths without overflow] +\newlength{\n@fl@wa} +\newlength{\n@fl@wb} +\newlength{\n@fl@wc} +\newif\ifch@nge +\newcommand{\multnooverflow}[2]{% + \n@fl@wa = #1\relax% + \n@fl@wb = #2\relax% + \ch@ngefalse% + \ifnum\n@fl@wb = \@ne% + \else% + \ifnum\n@fl@wb = \z@% + \n@fl@wa = \z@% + \else% + \ifnum\n@fl@wb = \m@ne% + \ch@ngetrue% + \else% + \ifnum\n@fl@wa = \z@% + \else% + \ifnum\n@fl@wa = \@ne% + \n@fl@wa = \n@fl@wb% + \else% + \ifnum\n@fl@wa = \m@ne% + \n@fl@wa = -\n@fl@wb% + \else% + \ifnum\n@fl@wa < \z@% + \ch@ngetrue% + \n@fl@wa = -\n@fl@wa% + \fi% + \ifnum\n@fl@wb < \z@% + \n@fl@wb = -\n@fl@wb% + \ifch@nge% + \ch@ngefalse% + \else% + \ch@ngetrue% + \fi% + \fi% + \n@fl@wc = \maxdimen% + \divide\n@fl@wc by \n@fl@wb% + \advance\n@fl@wc by -1sp% \m@ne + \ifnum\n@fl@wa > \n@fl@wc% + \n@fl@wa = \maxdimen% + \PackageWarning{multiply}{Multiplication overflow}% + \else% + \multiply\n@fl@wa by \n@fl@wb% + \fi% + \fi% + \fi% + \fi% + \fi% + \fi% + \fi% + \ifch@nge% + \n@fl@wa = -\n@fl@wa% + \fi% + #1 = \n@fl@wa% +} +\endinput +%% +%% End of file `multiply.sty'. diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/bez123.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/bez123.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/bez123.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/bez123.tlpobj 2010-06-10 18:17:08.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +name bez123 +category Package +revision 15878 +shortdesc Support for Bezier curves. +relocated 1 +longdesc Provides additional facilities in a picture environment for +longdesc drawing linear, cubic, and rational quadratic Bezier curves +longdesc (standard LaTeX only offers non-rational quadratic splines). +longdesc Provides a package multiply that provides a command for +longdesc multiplication of a length without numerical overflow. +runfiles size=4 + RELOC/tex/latex/bez123/bez123.sty + RELOC/tex/latex/bez123/multiply.sty +catalogue-ctan /macros/latex/contrib/bez123 +catalogue-date 2009-09-02 11:33:10 +0200 +catalogue-license lppl1.3 +catalogue-version 1.1b diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/chickenize.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/chickenize.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/chickenize.doc.tlpobj 2013-02-26 04:33:02.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/chickenize.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -name chickenize.doc -category Package -revision 29232 -shortdesc doc files of chickenize -relocated 1 -docfiles size=44 - RELOC/doc/luatex/chickenize/README - RELOC/doc/luatex/chickenize/chickenize.pdf ++++++ context-filter.doc.tar.xz -> biber.doc.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 9141 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ context-cyrillicnumbers.doc.tar.xz -> bibleref.doc.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 3929 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ context-cyrillicnumbers.doc.tar.xz -> bibleref.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 2388 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ copyrightbox.doc.tar.xz -> bibtex.doc.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 5066 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ copyrightbox.tar.xz -> bibtex.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 9207 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ copyrightbox.doc.tar.xz -> bibtex8.doc.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 1639 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ copyrightbox.doc.tar.xz -> bibtex8.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 3667 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ clock.doc.tar.xz -> block.doc.tar.xz ++++++ Files old/doc/latex/block/block.pdf and new/doc/latex/block/block.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/block/block.tex new/doc/latex/block/block.tex --- old/doc/latex/block/block.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/block/block.tex 2010-02-26 01:52:26.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +\documentclass[DIV=7, pagesize=auto, version=last]{scrartcl} + +\addtokomafont{title}{\rmfamily} + +\title{The \textsf{block} package} +\author{Chua Eng Huang} +\date{1999/07/19} + + +\begin{document} + +\maketitle + +\noindent +\textsf{block.sty} is a style file for use with the \textsf{letter} class that overwrites the \verb+\opening+ and \verb+\closing+ macros so that letters can be styled with the block letter style instead of the default style. Thus, the return address, the closing, and the signature appear flushed on the left margin. + +\end{document} diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/clock/COPYING new/doc/latex/clock/COPYING --- old/doc/latex/clock/COPYING 2006-01-09 01:49:07.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/clock/COPYING 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,339 +0,0 @@ - GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE - Version 2, June 1991 - - Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA - Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies - of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. - - Preamble - - The licenses for most software are designed to take away your -freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public -License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free -software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This -General Public License applies to most of the Free Software -Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to -using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by -the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to -your programs, too. - - When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not -price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you -have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for -this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it -if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it -in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. - - To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid -anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. -These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you -distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. - - For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether -gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that -you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the -source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their -rights. - - We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and -(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, -distribute and/or modify the software. - - Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain -that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free -software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we -want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so -that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original -authors' reputations. - - Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software -patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free -program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the -program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any -patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. - - The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and -modification follow. - - GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE - TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION - - 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains -a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed -under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, -refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" -means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: -that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, -either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another -language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in -the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". - -Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not -covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of -running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program -is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the -Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). -Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. - - 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's -source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you -conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate -copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the -notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; -and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License -along with the Program. - -You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and -you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. - - 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion -of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and -distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 -above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: - - a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices - stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. - - b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in - whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any - part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third - parties under the terms of this License. - - c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively - when run, you must cause it, when started running for such - interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an - announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a - notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide - a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under - these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this - License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but - does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on - the Program is not required to print an announcement.) - -These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If -identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, -and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in -themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those -sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you -distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based -on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of -this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the -entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. - -Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest -your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to -exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or -collective works based on the Program. - -In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program -with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of -a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under -the scope of this License. - - 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, -under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of -Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: - - a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable - source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections - 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, - - b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three - years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your - cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete - machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be - distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium - customarily used for software interchange; or, - - c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer - to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is - allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you - received the program in object code or executable form with such - an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) - -The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for -making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source -code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any -associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to -control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a -special exception, the source code distributed need not include -anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary -form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the -operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component -itself accompanies the executable. - -If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering -access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent -access to copy the source code from the same place counts as -distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not -compelled to copy the source along with the object code. - - 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program -except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt -otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is -void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. -However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under -this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such -parties remain in full compliance. - - 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not -signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or -distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are -prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by -modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the -Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and -all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying -the Program or works based on it. - - 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the -Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the -original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to -these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further -restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. -You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to -this License. - - 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent -infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), -conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or -otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not -excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot -distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this -License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you -may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent -license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by -all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then -the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to -refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. - -If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under -any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to -apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other -circumstances. - -It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any -patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any -such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the -integrity of the free software distribution system, which is -implemented by public license practices. Many people have made -generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed -through that system in reliance on consistent application of that -system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing -to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot -impose that choice. - -This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to -be a consequence of the rest of this License. - - 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in -certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the -original copyright holder who places the Program under this License -may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding -those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among -countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates -the limitation as if written in the body of this License. - - 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions -of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will -be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to -address new problems or concerns. - -Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program -specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any -later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions -either of that version or of any later version published by the Free -Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of -this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software -Foundation. - - 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free -programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author -to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free -Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes -make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals -of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and -of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. - - NO WARRANTY - - 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY -FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN -OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES -PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED -OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF -MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS -TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE -PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, -REPAIR OR CORRECTION. - - 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING -WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR -REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, -INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING -OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED -TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY -YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER -PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE -POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. - - END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS - - Appendix: How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs - - If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest -possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it -free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. - - To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest -to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively -convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least -the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. - - <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> - Copyright (C) 19yy <name of author> - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. - -Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. - -If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this -when it starts in an interactive mode: - - Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19yy name of author - Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. - This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it - under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. - -The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate -parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may -be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be -mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. - -You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your -school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if -necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: - - Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program - `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. - - <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 - Ty Coon, President of Vice - -This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into -proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may -consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the -library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General -Public License instead of this License. diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/clock/EMTEX new/doc/latex/clock/EMTEX --- old/doc/latex/clock/EMTEX 2006-01-09 01:49:07.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/clock/EMTEX 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,25 +0,0 @@ -REM This is the installation batch file skeleton for emtex -REM users. Please check this file carefully whether it -REM matches your system before you commit any changes. -REM -REM How to proceed: -REM -REM 1. Check for your drives and paths. -REM 2. Correct the following md and copy statements where -REM necessary. -REM 3. Rename this file from EMTEX to EMTEX.BAT -REM 4. Execute EMTEX.BAT - -ECHO Creating following directories: - -md \emtex\texinput\clock -md \emtex\mfinput\clock -md \emtex\tfm\clock -md \emtex\doc\clock - -ECHO Copying contents into newly created directories: - -copy texinput\*.* \emtex\texinput\clock\ -copy mfinput\*.* \emtex\mfinput\clock\ -copy tfm\*.* \emtex\tfm\clock\ -copy doc\*.* \emtex\doc\clock\ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/clock/HISTORY new/doc/latex/clock/HISTORY --- old/doc/latex/clock/HISTORY 2006-01-09 01:49:07.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/clock/HISTORY 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ -Changes in the TeX clock - -2001-04-10: Version 0.2 - - - First Public Version of The TeXclock - - -2001-10-01: Version 0.3 - - - Name changed from TeXclock to TeX clock - - - Minor technical corrections, review of - naming conventions, credits given. diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/clock/INSTALL new/doc/latex/clock/INSTALL --- old/doc/latex/clock/INSTALL 2006-01-09 01:49:07.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/clock/INSTALL 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,88 +0,0 @@ - Title: The TeX clock - Version: 0.3 - Author: Oliver Corff - Copyright: Ulaanbaatar, Berlin, Beijing 2001 - Date: October 01, 2001 - Archive Name: clock.zip - Description: A Clock for TeX and LaTeX - System Requirements: TeX, LaTeX or LaTeX2e - - -0. Introduction - -The TeX clock provides little graphical and textual clocks to the -(La)TeX user community. - -1. Installation - -Unpack the archive clock.zip in some temporary directory. - -teTeX users can proceed to section 1.2, MikTeX users should read -section 1.3. - - -1.1 emtex - -If you are an emtex user, read and follow the instructions in the -file EMTEX. - -1.2 teTeX (and other TeX systems based on the TeX Directory Structure) - -Create subdirectories, either in your main TeX installation, or -in any local tree, with the following structure: - - mkdir $TEXMF/tex/latex/clock/ - mkdir $TEXMF/fonts/source/public/mfinput/clock/ - mkdir $TEXMF/fonts/tfm/clock/ - mkdir $TEXMF/doc/clock/ - -Copy the appropriate contents into the newly created directories: - - cp $TMP/texinput/* $TEXMF/tex/latex/clock/ - cp $TMP/mfinput/* $TEXMF/fonts/source/public/mfinput/clock/ - cp $TMP/tfm/mls/* $TEXMF/fonts/tfm/clock/ - cp $TMP/doc/* $TEXMF/doc/clock/ - -Rehash the file name database by executing texhash. - - -1.3 MikTeX - -Read and follow the instructions in the file MIKTEX. - - - -2. Running the TeX clock - -The TeX clock is now ready for use. It is activated by stating - -\usepackage{clock} - -in the preamble of your LaTeX2e document, or by saying - -\input clock - -at the beginning of your TeX (or LaTeX2.09) document. - - -4. Legal Notes - -This software is put under the GNU Public Licence. - -The author cannot accept any responsability for the usability -and/or fitness of this software package for any particular -purpose. - -If you ever happen to modify any of the files, then that file -MUST be renamed prior to redistribution. Please contact the author -(e-mail: corff(a)zedat.fu-berlin.de) if you discover bugs, deficiencies -etc. - -Thank you for using the TeX clock! - - Ulaanbaatar, Beijing, Berlin, - April 2001 - - Oliver Corff - corff(a)zedat.fu-berlin.de - corff(a)arvis.ac.mn diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/clock/MIKTEX new/doc/latex/clock/MIKTEX --- old/doc/latex/clock/MIKTEX 2006-01-09 01:49:07.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/clock/MIKTEX 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,33 +0,0 @@ -REM This is the installation batch file skeleton for MikTeX -REM users. Please check this file carefully whether it -REM matches your system before you commit any changes. -REM -REM How to proceed: -REM -REM 1. Check for your drives and paths. -REM 2. Correct the following md and copy statements where -REM necessary. -REM 3. Rename this file from MIKTEX to MIKTEX.BAT -REM 4. Execute MIKTEX.BAT - -ECHO Creating following directories: - -md \localtexmf\texinput\clock -md \localtexmf\mfinput\clock -md \localtexmf\tfm\clock -md \localtexmf\doc\clock - -ECHO Copying contents into newly created directories: - -copy texinput\*.* \localtexmf\tex\latex\clock\ -copy mfinput\*.* \localtexmf\fonts\source\clock\ -copy tfm\*.* \localtexmf\fonts\tfm\clock\ -copy doc\*.* \localtexmf\doc\clock\ - -ECHO Remake file database: - -cd \texmf\miktex\config -configure -u -cd \temp\clock - -ECHO Everything should be installed now! diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/clock/README new/doc/latex/clock/README --- old/doc/latex/clock/README 2006-01-09 01:49:07.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/clock/README 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,19 +0,0 @@ -Package name: clock (The TeX clock) -Package authors: Oliver Corff -Version/Release: 0.3 - -Features: - -The TeX clock provides various graphical and textual clocks for -TeX and LaTeX2e documents. - -Installation: - -emtex users: Read and follow instructions in EMTEX - -MikTeX users: Read and follow instructions in MIKTEX - -tetex users: Installation notes are contained in INSTALL - - -OC, October 2001 Files old/doc/latex/clock/clockdoc.pdf and new/doc/latex/clock/clockdoc.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/clock/clockdoc.tex new/doc/latex/clock/clockdoc.tex --- old/doc/latex/clock/clockdoc.tex 2006-01-09 01:49:07.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/clock/clockdoc.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,160 +0,0 @@ -\documentclass[12pt]{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{clock} - -\newcommand\exa{\nopagebreak \begin{flushleft}\smallskip \nopagebreak - \begin{minipage}[t]{6cm}\sloppy} -\newcommand\exb{\end{minipage}\kern 1cm\begin{minipage}[t]{8cm}\sloppy } -\newcommand\exc{\end{minipage}\kern -3cm \smallskip\end{flushleft}} - -\ClockFramefalse -\title{{\bigclockfont\clock{10}{10}}\\[0.5cm] - The \TeX\ Clock 0.3} -\author{Oliver Corff} -\date{October 01, 2001} -\begin{document} -\maketitle - - -\section{Graphical Clocks} - -The \TeX\ clock is a small hack\footnote{% - The \TeX\ clock was inspired by a discussion on - \texttt{comp.text.tex} somewhen in spring 2001; - special thanks to Daniel Luecking for the detection - of spurious spaces.} -for those who desire to show the time -in a graphical fashion. The basic command available is -\verb-\clock{..}{..}- which takes two arguments: hours and minutes. It -does not matter whether the hours are given in a 12h or a 24h range; -the \TeX\ clock understands both. - -When saying \verb-\clocktime- (without any argument) then the \TeX\ clock -will output the current system time at time of compilation in graphical -manner: - - -\exa - A random time: \clock{13}{47}\\ - The compilation time: \clocktime -\exb - \begin{verbatim} - A random time: \clock{13}{47}\\ - The compilation time: \clocktime - \end{verbatim} -\exc - - -\section{Installation} - -Before, however, we go into the details of the \TeX\ clock, some notes -on the installation of this software package. -The installation procedure depends on the nature of the actual -\TeX\ system. The directory tree of e.\,g., teTeX is different -from the emtex tree; hence the source archive \texttt{clock.zip} -features the following subdirectories the contents of which has to be -placed into appropriate branches of the \TeX\ installation: -\begin{sloppypar} -\begin{itemize} - \item \texttt{mfinput} holds the Metafont source file - for the clock. The suggested path for emtex - users is \verb"\emtex\mfinput\clock"; for teTeX users - \verb"$TEXMF/fonts/source/public/clock" is a suitable - choice. - \item \texttt{tfm} holds the font metrics file. - The suggested path for emtex users is \verb"\emtex\tfm\clock"; - for teTeX users \verb"$TEXMF/fonts/tfm/public/clock" - is a suitable choice. - \item \texttt{texinput} holds the style files which are read - by \TeX\ and \LaTeXe. - The suggested path for emtex users is - \verb"\emtex\texinput\clock"; for teTeX users - \verb"$TEXMF/tex/latex/clock" is a suitable choice. - \item \texttt{doc} contains the documentation (the document - which you are reading right now). It can be placed - in \verb"\emtex\doc\clock" (for emtex users) or - \verb"$TEXMF/doc/latex/clock" (for teTeX users). -\end{itemize} -\end{sloppypar} - -It may become necessary to rehash the directory database of the -\TeX\ system. When in doubt, consult your system administrator or -local \TeX\ wizard. -On teTeX systems, the command \texttt{texhash} will perform this service. - - -\section{Activating the \TeX\ clock} - -\begin{sloppypar} -In order to access the features of this little clock, \TeX\ users -put \verb*-\input clock- near the beginning of their document, while -\LaTeXe\ users say \verb-\usepackage{clock}- in the preamble of -their document. There are no options for the \TeX\ clock. - - -\section{Clock Styles} - -The appearance of the clock is controlled by two style parameters. -\verb-\ClockFrame- is a Boolean parameter and can be \verb-true- or -\verb-false-. Saying \verb-\ClockFramefalse- lets the border -disappear, saying \verb-\ClockFrametrue- lets the border appear. -\end{sloppypar} - -The parameter \verb-ClockStyle- takes a number between $0$ and $3$ -where $0$ stands for a clock with invisible dial: -\begin{center} -\begin{tabular}{ccc} -\texttt{\char92 Clockstyle=}\textit{n} & With Border & Without Border\\ -0 & \clockfont\ClockStyle=0 \ClockFrametrue\clock{10}{10} - & \clockfont\ClockStyle=0 \ClockFramefalse\clock{10}{10}\\ -1 & \clockfont\ClockStyle=1 \ClockFrametrue\clock{10}{10} - & \clockfont\ClockStyle=1 \ClockFramefalse\clock{10}{10}\\ -2 & \clockfont\ClockStyle=2 \ClockFrametrue\clock{10}{10} - & \clockfont\ClockStyle=2 \ClockFramefalse\clock{10}{10}\\ -3 & \clockfont\ClockStyle=3 \ClockFrametrue\clock{10}{10} - & \clockfont\ClockStyle=3 \ClockFramefalse\clock{10}{10} -\end{tabular} -\end{center} - -When used with \LaTeX2e, the size of the clock will automatically -adapt to the text environment, but if the user so desires, deviating -sizes can be selected with the usual font size commands. - -\section{The Text Clock} - -A graphical clock is not always ideal, sometimes a simple four-digit -digital display is more useful. For this purpose, the \TeX\ clock -provides a text-style clock. -Saying \verb-\texttime- shows the system time at the time of -compilation in a colon-separated 24 hour format. -Of course, the hours of the day are available as \verb-\texthours-, -and the minutes can be accessed by saying \verb-\textminutes- - -\exa - The compilation time is: \texttime\\ - Minute \textminutes\ of the hour\\ - Hour \texthours\ of the day\\ -\exb - \begin{verbatim} - The compilation time is: \texttime\\ - Minute \textminutes\ of the hour\\ - Hour \texthours\ of the day\\ - \end{verbatim} -\exc - -\section{The \TeX\ clockwork} - -\begin{sloppypar} -The inner workings of the \TeX\ clock are of astonishing simplicity. -Sixty different minute hands and the same number of hour hands are -stored as characters, and for any given minute \verb-\minute- the appopriate -minute hand is selected like \verb-\char\minute-. While the time -of minutes translates directly into the minute hand escapement, -the escapement of the hour hand has to be augmented by tiny steps -calculated from the minutes in order to create a natural, clock-like -look as the hour hand stands more often than not between full hours. -The border and the -various dials are stored as individual characters which then can be -added to the display of the clock as desired. -\end{sloppypar} - -\end{document} diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/block.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/block.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/block.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/block.doc.tlpobj 2010-06-10 18:20:36.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +name block.doc +category Package +revision 17209 +shortdesc doc files of block +relocated 1 +docfiles size=17 + RELOC/doc/latex/block/block.pdf + RELOC/doc/latex/block/block.tex diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/clock.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/clock.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/clock.doc.tlpobj 2010-06-10 18:22:19.000000000 +0200 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/clock.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,14 +0,0 @@ -name clock.doc -category Package -revision 15878 -shortdesc doc files of clock -relocated 1 -docfiles size=35 - RELOC/doc/latex/clock/COPYING - RELOC/doc/latex/clock/EMTEX - RELOC/doc/latex/clock/HISTORY - RELOC/doc/latex/clock/INSTALL - RELOC/doc/latex/clock/MIKTEX - RELOC/doc/latex/clock/README - RELOC/doc/latex/clock/clockdoc.pdf - RELOC/doc/latex/clock/clockdoc.tex ++++++ clock.tar.xz -> block.tar.xz ++++++ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/fonts/source/public/clock/clock.mf new/fonts/source/public/clock/clock.mf --- old/fonts/source/public/clock/clock.mf 2006-01-10 00:38:21.000000000 +0100 +++ new/fonts/source/public/clock/clock.mf 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,137 +0,0 @@ -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% File: clock.mf -% Date: April 10, 2001 -% Author: Oliver Corff -% (c) 2001 Ulaanbaatar, Beijing, Berlin -% -% A metafont for providing the clock to LaTeX-users. -% -% Usage: see package clock -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%%%% This font contains characters for hands and dials. %%%%% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -mode_setup; - mg:=4/4; - thin#:=mg*1pt#; - width#:=mg*16pt#; - height#:=mg*12pt#; - depth#:=mg*4pt#; - margin#:=mg*1.05pt#; - - define_pixels(width,height,depth,thin,margin); - - font_size = 10pt#; - - font_x_height = 16pt#; - % font_quad = 16pt#; - font_normal_space = 0pt#; - font_extra_space = 0pt#; -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% All sorts of clock parts -% -def MinuteHand (expr minutes) = % Minutenzeiger - z1=(w/2,1/2(h-d)); - z2=(w/2,27/36h-margin); - pickup pencircle scaled 1/2thin; % rotated (-minutes*6); - draw (z1--z2) rotatedabout (z1,-minutes*6); -enddef; - -def HourHand (expr minutes) = % Stundenzeiger - z1=(w/2,1/2(h-d)); - z2=(w/2,24/36h-margin); - pickup pencircle scaled 9/16thin; % rotated (-minutes*6); - draw (z1--z2) rotatedabout (z1,-minutes*6); -enddef; - -def Hands (expr minutes) = % Beide Zeiger - % - beginchar(minutes+64,width#,height#,depth#); - MinuteHand(minutes); - endchar; - % - beginchar(minutes+128,width#,height#,depth#); - HourHand(minutes); - endchar; -enddef; - -def NESW = - % This routine places ticks at 12, 3, 6 and 9 o'clock - for l = 0,3,6,9: - top z5=(w/2,h-margin); - z7=(w/2,1/2(h-d)); - z6=6/36[z5,z7]; - draw (z5--z6) rotatedabout (z7,-l*30); - endfor; -enddef; - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% All sorts of dials -% -beginchar("0",width#,height#,depth#); - top z1=(0.5w,h-margin); % 12 Uhr - rt z2=(w-margin,0.5(h-d)); % 3 Uhr - bot z3=(x1,-d+margin); % 6 Uhr - lft z4=(0+margin,y2); % 9 Uhr - - pickup pencircle scaled 1/2thin; - draw z1...z2...z3...z4...cycle; -endchar; -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -beginchar("1",width#,height#,depth#); - % - % "Standard", or "Classical" dial - % with indications for every hour - % - pickup pencircle scaled 5/8thin; - NESW; - - pickup pencircle scaled 2/4thin; - for l = 1,2,4,5,7,8,10,11: - numeric x[]; - numeric y[]; - top z5=(w/2,h-margin); - z7=(w/2,1/2(h-d)); - z6=3/36[z5,z7]; - draw (z5--z6) rotatedabout (z7,-l*30); - endfor; -endchar; -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -beginchar("2",width#,height#,depth#); - % - % A rather minimalist dial, with - % just a dot marking each hour - % - pickup pencircle scaled 2/4thin; - for l = 0 step 1 until 11: - top z2=(w/2,h-margin-6/8thin); - z1=(w/2,1/2(h-d)); - drawdot(z2) rotatedabout (z1,-l*30); - endfor; -endchar; -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -beginchar("3",width#,height#,depth#); - % A radically minimalist dial - pickup pencircle scaled 5/8thin; - NESW; -endchar; -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% The true center of activity: -% create both hands at the same time -% -for minutes = 0 step 1 until 59: - Hands(minutes); -endfor; -end. - Files old/fonts/tfm/public/clock/clock.tfm and new/fonts/tfm/public/clock/clock.tfm differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tex/latex/block/block.sty new/tex/latex/block/block.sty --- old/tex/latex/block/block.sty 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tex/latex/block/block.sty 2010-02-26 01:52:26.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1996/06/01] \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} + +\renewcommand*{\opening}[1]{\ifx\@empty\fromaddress + \thispagestyle{firstpage}% + {%\raggedleft + \@date\par}% + \else % home address + \thispagestyle{empty}% + {%\raggedleft\begin{tabular}{l@{}}\ignorespaces + \fromaddress \\*[2\parskip]% + \@date %\end{tabular} + \par}% + \fi + \vspace{2\parskip}% + {\raggedright \toname \\ \toaddress \par}% + \vspace{2\parskip}% + #1\par\nobreak} +\renewcommand{\closing}[1]{\par\nobreak\vspace{\parskip}% + \stopbreaks + \noindent + \ifx\@empty\fromaddress\else + %\hspace*{\longindentation} + \fi + %\parbox{\indentedwidth} + {\raggedright + \ignorespaces #1\\[6\medskipamount]% + \ifx\@empty\fromsig + \fromname + \else \fromsig \fi\strut}% + \par} +\endinput +%% +%% End of file `block.sty'. diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tex/latex/clock/clock.sty new/tex/latex/clock/clock.sty --- old/tex/latex/clock/clock.sty 2006-01-13 00:53:08.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tex/latex/clock/clock.sty 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,45 +0,0 @@ -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% File: clock.sty -% Date: April 10, 2001 -% Author: Oliver Corff -% (c) 2001 Ulaanbaatar, Macau, Berlin -% -% A package for providing graphical -% clocks to TeX- and LaTeX-users. -% -% Usage: \usepackage{clock} -% -% No options. -% -% NB: This package requires LaTeX2e! -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% Identification -% -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesPackage{clock}[2001/04/10 v0.1 TeXclock] -% -% -% Preliminary declarations -% -\DeclareFontFamily{U}{clock}{} -\DeclareFontShape{U}{clock}{m}{n}{% - <-> clock}{} -\DeclareFontSubstitution{U}{clock}{m}{n} -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% Loading the clock command structure -% -\def\LaTeXclock{} -\input clock.tex -\newcommand{\clockfont}{\usefont{U}{clock}{m}{n}\selectfont} -\newcommand{\bigclockfont}{\Huge\usefont{U}{clock}{m}{n}\selectfont} -% -% -% No options with this package. -% -% No More declarations -% -% End of file `clock.sty'. diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tex/latex/clock/clock.tex new/tex/latex/clock/clock.tex --- old/tex/latex/clock/clock.tex 2006-06-02 19:33:01.000000000 +0200 +++ new/tex/latex/clock/clock.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,123 +0,0 @@ -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% File: clock.tex -% Date: April 10, 2001 -% Author: Oliver Corff -% (c) 2001 Ulaanbaatar, Macau, Berlin -% -% A package for providing graphical -% clocks to TeX- and LaTeX-users. -% -% Usage: \input clock -% -% No options. -% -% NB: This file does not require LaTeX2e! -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% Size definitions -% -\ifx\LaTeXclock\undefined - \font\myclockfont clock - \font\mybigclockfont clock at 24pt - % - \def\clockfont{\let\clockfont\myclockfont} - \def\bigclockfont{\let\clockfont\mybigclockfont} -\fi - -\ifx\TeXclock\undefined - \def\TeXclock{} - \catcode`@ 11 -\else - \endinput -\fi - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% Variables -% - \newcount\time@in@minutes - \newcount\floor@minutes - \newcount\hour@minutes - \newcount\text@hours - \newcount\text@minutes - \newcount\my@minute - \newcount\my@minutes - \newcount\my@hour - \newcount\ClockStyle % one of 1 2 3 4 - \global\newif\ifClockFrame % one of true false -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% Time Calculations -% -\def\calc@hours{% - \time@in@minutes=\time - \text@hours=\time@in@minutes - \divide\text@hours by 60 } - -\def\texthours{% - \calc@hours - \the\text@hours } - -\def\calc@minutes{% - \calc@hours - \floor@minutes=\text@hours - \multiply\floor@minutes by 60 - \text@minutes=\time@in@minutes - \advance\text@minutes-\floor@minutes } - -\def\textminutes{% - \calc@minutes - \ifnum\text@minutes<10 0\fi - \the\text@minutes} - -\def\texttime{\texthours:\textminutes} - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% Display Operations -% -\def\show@clock#1#2{% - {\clockfont % - \char#1\kern-1.00ex \char#2% % Print hours and minutes! - \advance\ClockStyle by 48 % Build dial - \ifnum\ClockStyle>48 - \kern-1ex\char\ClockStyle % - \fi - \ifClockFrame \kern-1ex\char48 \fi - }} - -\def\calc@movement{% - \ifnum\my@hour>11 \advance\my@hour by -12 \fi - \multiply\my@hour by 5 - \my@minutes=\my@minute - \divide\my@minutes by 12 - \advance\my@hour by \my@minutes - \advance\my@hour by 128 - \advance \my@minute by 64 - } - -\def\clock#1#2{% - \my@hour#1\my@minute#2% - \calc@movement - \show@clock{\my@hour}{\my@minute}} - - -\def\clocktime{% - \calc@minutes % Calls \calc@hours - \clock{\text@hours}{\text@minutes} - } - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% Initial Settings -% -\ClockStyle=1 -\ClockFramefalse -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% Some Housekeeping... -% -\ifx\LaTeXclock\undefined - \catcode`@ 12 -\fi diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/block.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/block.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/block.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/block.tlpobj 2010-06-10 18:20:37.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +name block +category Package +revision 17209 +shortdesc A block letter style for the letter class. +relocated 1 +longdesc A style file for use with the letter class that overwrites the +longdesc \opening and \closing macros so that letters can be styled with +longdesc the block letter style instead of the default style. Thus, the +longdesc return address, the closing, and the signature appear flushed +longdesc on the left margin. +runfiles size=1 + RELOC/tex/latex/block/block.sty +catalogue-ctan /macros/latex/contrib/block +catalogue-date 2010-02-26 11:17:49 +0100 +catalogue-license pd diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/clock.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/clock.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/clock.tlpobj 2010-06-10 18:22:19.000000000 +0200 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/clock.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,18 +0,0 @@ -name clock -category Package -revision 15878 -shortdesc Graphical and textual clocks for TeX and LaTeX. -relocated 1 -longdesc Features graphical clocks (with a classical 12h dial and two -longdesc hands) and text clocks (in 24h format) which can show system -longdesc time or any time the user desires. Works with both TeX and -longdesc LaTeX. The clock faces (appearances of the dial) are easily -longdesc expandable; the default uses a custom MetaFont font. -runfiles size=4 - RELOC/fonts/source/public/clock/clock.mf - RELOC/fonts/tfm/public/clock/clock.tfm - RELOC/tex/latex/clock/clock.sty - RELOC/tex/latex/clock/clock.tex -catalogue-ctan /macros/latex/contrib/clock -catalogue-date 2008-04-19 23:05:28 +0200 -catalogue-license other-free

1 0

commit texlive-specs-b for openSUSE:Factory
by root＠hilbert.suse.de 24 Feb '15

24 Feb '15

Hello community, here is the log from the commit of package texlive-specs-b for openSUSE:Factory checked in at 2015-02-24 12:59:13 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ Comparing /work/SRC/openSUSE:Factory/texlive-specs-b (Old) and /work/SRC/openSUSE:Factory/.texlive-specs-b.new (New) ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ Package is "texlive-specs-b" Changes: -------- --- /work/SRC/openSUSE:Factory/texlive-specs-b/texlive-specs-b.changes 2014-06-18 07:49:37.000000000 +0200 +++ /work/SRC/openSUSE:Factory/.texlive-specs-b.new/texlive-specs-b.changes 2015-02-24 12:59:30.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,0 +2,14 @@ +Thu Feb 19 09:29:36 UTC 2015 - coolo(a)suse.com + +- rework generate to create the texlive-specs-$letter.spec directly + to build X sources +- this decouples the letter from being a prefix to be a slice of + all the texlive packages + +- as such patches move between packages, among them + bbold_bbold11.dif bbold_bbold11.dif context_fourier-map.dif context_fourier-map.dif + jadetex_ini.dif kpathsea_cnf.dif latexdiff_env.dif luaotfload_varfonts.dif latex2man_tmphandling.dif + musixtex_various.dif pgf_plain.dif musixtex_various.dif texconfig_scripts.dif + texdraw_info.dif tex4ht_env.dif texdoc_cnf.dif tetex_scripts.dif + +------------------------------------------------------------------- Old: ---- bbold-type1.doc.tar.xz bbold-type1.tar.xz bbold.doc.tar.xz bbold.tar.xz bbold_bbold11.dif bchart.doc.tar.xz bchart.tar.xz bclogo.doc.tar.xz bclogo.tar.xz beamer-FUBerlin.doc.tar.xz beamer-FUBerlin.tar.xz beamer-tut-pt.doc.tar.xz beamer-tut-pt.tar.xz beamer.doc.tar.xz beamer.tar.xz beamer2thesis.doc.tar.xz beamer2thesis.tar.xz beameraudience.doc.tar.xz beameraudience.tar.xz beamerposter.doc.tar.xz beamerposter.tar.xz beamersubframe.doc.tar.xz beamersubframe.tar.xz beamertheme-upenn-bc.doc.tar.xz beamertheme-upenn-bc.tar.xz beamerthemejltree.tar.xz beamerthemenirma.doc.tar.xz beamerthemenirma.tar.xz beebe.tar.xz begriff.doc.tar.xz begriff.tar.xz belleek.doc.tar.xz belleek.tar.xz bengali.doc.tar.xz bengali.tar.xz bera.doc.tar.xz bera.tar.xz berenisadf.doc.tar.xz berenisadf.tar.xz betababel.doc.tar.xz betababel.tar.xz beton.doc.tar.xz beton.tar.xz bez123.doc.tar.xz bez123.tar.xz bezos.doc.tar.xz bezos.tar.xz bgreek.doc.tar.xz bgreek.tar.xz bgteubner.doc.tar.xz bgteubner.tar.xz bguq.doc.tar.xz bguq.tar.xz bhcexam.doc.tar.xz bhcexam.tar.xz bib-fr.doc.tar.xz bib-fr.tar.xz bibarts.doc.tar.xz bibarts.tar.xz biber.doc.tar.xz biber.tar.xz bibexport.doc.tar.xz bibexport.tar.xz bibhtml.doc.tar.xz bibhtml.tar.xz biblatex-apa.doc.tar.xz biblatex-apa.tar.xz biblatex-bwl.doc.tar.xz biblatex-bwl.tar.xz biblatex-caspervector.doc.tar.xz biblatex-caspervector.tar.xz biblatex-chem.doc.tar.xz biblatex-chem.tar.xz biblatex-chicago.doc.tar.xz biblatex-chicago.tar.xz biblatex-dw.doc.tar.xz biblatex-dw.tar.xz biblatex-fiwi.doc.tar.xz biblatex-fiwi.tar.xz biblatex-gost.doc.tar.xz biblatex-gost.tar.xz biblatex-historian.doc.tar.xz biblatex-historian.tar.xz biblatex-ieee.doc.tar.xz biblatex-ieee.tar.xz biblatex-juradiss.doc.tar.xz biblatex-juradiss.tar.xz biblatex-luh-ipw.doc.tar.xz biblatex-luh-ipw.tar.xz biblatex-mla.doc.tar.xz biblatex-mla.tar.xz biblatex-musuos.doc.tar.xz biblatex-musuos.tar.xz biblatex-nature.doc.tar.xz biblatex-nature.tar.xz biblatex-nejm.doc.tar.xz biblatex-nejm.tar.xz biblatex-philosophy.doc.tar.xz biblatex-philosophy.tar.xz biblatex-phys.doc.tar.xz biblatex-phys.tar.xz biblatex-publist.doc.tar.xz biblatex-publist.tar.xz biblatex-science.doc.tar.xz biblatex-science.tar.xz biblatex-swiss-legal.doc.tar.xz biblatex-swiss-legal.tar.xz biblatex-trad.doc.tar.xz biblatex-trad.tar.xz biblatex.doc.tar.xz biblatex.tar.xz bibleref-french.doc.tar.xz bibleref-french.tar.xz bibleref-german.doc.tar.xz bibleref-german.tar.xz bibleref-lds.doc.tar.xz bibleref-lds.tar.xz bibleref-mouth.doc.tar.xz bibleref-mouth.tar.xz bibleref-parse.doc.tar.xz bibleref-parse.tar.xz bibleref.doc.tar.xz bibleref.tar.xz biblist.doc.tar.xz biblist.tar.xz bibtex.doc.tar.xz bibtex.tar.xz bibtex8.doc.tar.xz bibtex8.tar.xz bibtexu.doc.tar.xz bibtexu.tar.xz bibtopic.doc.tar.xz bibtopic.tar.xz bibtopicprefix.doc.tar.xz bibtopicprefix.tar.xz bibunits.doc.tar.xz bibunits.tar.xz bidi.doc.tar.xz bidi.tar.xz bigfoot.doc.tar.xz bigfoot.tar.xz bigints.doc.tar.xz bigints.tar.xz binomexp.doc.tar.xz binomexp.tar.xz biocon.doc.tar.xz biocon.tar.xz bitelist.doc.tar.xz bitelist.tar.xz bizcard.doc.tar.xz bizcard.tar.xz blacklettert1.doc.tar.xz blacklettert1.tar.xz blindtext.doc.tar.xz blindtext.tar.xz blkarray.doc.tar.xz blkarray.tar.xz block.doc.tar.xz block.tar.xz blockdraw_mp.doc.tar.xz blockdraw_mp.tar.xz bloques.doc.tar.xz bloques.tar.xz blowup.doc.tar.xz blowup.tar.xz bodegraph.doc.tar.xz bodegraph.tar.xz bohr.doc.tar.xz bohr.tar.xz boisik.doc.tar.xz boisik.tar.xz boites.doc.tar.xz boites.tar.xz bold-extra.doc.tar.xz bold-extra.tar.xz boldtensors.doc.tar.xz boldtensors.tar.xz bondgraph.doc.tar.xz bondgraph.tar.xz bookest.doc.tar.xz bookest.tar.xz bookhands.doc.tar.xz bookhands.tar.xz booklet.doc.tar.xz booklet.tar.xz bookman.tar.xz booktabs-de.doc.tar.xz booktabs-de.tar.xz booktabs-fr.doc.tar.xz booktabs-fr.tar.xz booktabs.doc.tar.xz booktabs.tar.xz boolexpr.doc.tar.xz boolexpr.tar.xz boondox.doc.tar.xz boondox.tar.xz bophook.doc.tar.xz bophook.tar.xz borceux.doc.tar.xz borceux.tar.xz bosisio.doc.tar.xz bosisio.tar.xz boxedminipage.doc.tar.xz boxedminipage.tar.xz boxhandler.doc.tar.xz boxhandler.tar.xz bpchem.doc.tar.xz bpchem.tar.xz bpolynomial.doc.tar.xz bpolynomial.tar.xz bracketkey.doc.tar.xz bracketkey.tar.xz braids.doc.tar.xz braids.tar.xz braille.doc.tar.xz braille.tar.xz braket.doc.tar.xz braket.tar.xz breakcites.doc.tar.xz breakcites.tar.xz breakurl.doc.tar.xz breakurl.tar.xz bropd.doc.tar.xz bropd.tar.xz brushscr.doc.tar.xz brushscr.tar.xz bullcntr.doc.tar.xz bullcntr.tar.xz bundledoc.doc.tar.xz bundledoc.tar.xz burmese.doc.tar.xz burmese.tar.xz bussproofs.doc.tar.xz bussproofs.tar.xz bxbase.doc.tar.xz bxbase.tar.xz bxdpx-beamer.doc.tar.xz bxdpx-beamer.tar.xz bxeepic.doc.tar.xz bxeepic.tar.xz bxjscls.doc.tar.xz bxjscls.tar.xz bytefield.doc.tar.xz bytefield.tar.xz texlive-specs-rpmlintrc texlive-specs.tar.xz New: ---- archaic.doc.tar.xz archaic.tar.xz arcs.doc.tar.xz arcs.tar.xz arev.doc.tar.xz arev.tar.xz around-the-bend.doc.tar.xz arphic.doc.tar.xz arphic.tar.xz arrayjobx.doc.tar.xz arrayjobx.tar.xz arsclassica.doc.tar.xz arsclassica.tar.xz articleingud.doc.tar.xz articleingud.tar.xz arydshln.doc.tar.xz arydshln.tar.xz asaetr.doc.tar.xz asaetr.tar.xz ascelike.doc.tar.xz ascelike.tar.xz ascii-chart.doc.tar.xz ascii-font.doc.tar.xz ascii-font.tar.xz aspectratio.doc.tar.xz aspectratio.tar.xz assignment.doc.tar.xz assignment.tar.xz astro.doc.tar.xz astro.tar.xz asyfig.doc.tar.xz asyfig.tar.xz asymptote-by-example-zh-cn.doc.tar.xz asymptote-faq-zh-cn.doc.tar.xz asymptote-manual-zh-cn.doc.tar.xz asymptote.doc.tar.xz asymptote.tar.xz attachfile.doc.tar.xz attachfile.tar.xz augie.doc.tar.xz augie.tar.xz auncial-new.doc.tar.xz auncial-new.tar.xz aurical.doc.tar.xz aurical.tar.xz authoraftertitle.doc.tar.xz authoraftertitle.tar.xz authorindex.doc.tar.xz authorindex.tar.xz auto-pst-pdf.doc.tar.xz auto-pst-pdf.tar.xz autoarea.doc.tar.xz autoarea.tar.xz automata.doc.tar.xz automata.tar.xz autonum.doc.tar.xz autonum.tar.xz autopdf.doc.tar.xz autopdf.tar.xz avantgar.tar.xz ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ Other differences: ------------------ ++++++ texlive-specs-b.spec ++++++ ++++ 13944 lines (skipped) ++++ between /work/SRC/openSUSE:Factory/texlive-specs-b/texlive-specs-b.spec ++++ and /work/SRC/openSUSE:Factory/.texlive-specs-b.new/texlive-specs-b.spec ++++++ beamer2thesis.doc.tar.xz -> archaic.doc.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 5292 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ beamer2thesis.doc.tar.xz -> archaic.tar.xz ++++++ ++++ 12216 lines of diff (skipped) ++++++ beamer2thesis.doc.tar.xz -> arcs.doc.tar.xz ++++++ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/arcs/README new/doc/latex/arcs/README --- old/doc/latex/arcs/README 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/arcs/README 2006-01-09 01:44:40.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +This tiny package provides two commands for placing an arc +over/under a short piece of text. + +The code comes from my package `metre'. I have repackaged it +to make it more easily available and to allow the commands +to be used within math formulas. + +To install the package: + latex arcs.ins + latex arcs.dtx + +The file arcstest.tex contains some examples of usage. + +-- + Gianfranco Boggio-Togna + gbt(a)acm.org Files old/doc/latex/arcs/arcs.pdf and new/doc/latex/arcs/arcs.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/arcs/arcstest.tex new/doc/latex/arcs/arcstest.tex --- old/doc/latex/arcs/arcstest.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/doc/latex/arcs/arcstest.tex 2006-01-09 01:44:40.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +\documentclass[11pt]{report} +\usepackage{arcs} +\parindent 0pt +\pagestyle{empty} +\begin{document} +$\overarc[.1]{AB}\ \overarc[.2]{AB}\ \overarc[.3]{AB}\ + \overarc[.4]{AB}\ \overarc[.5]{AB}\ \overarc[.6]{AB}\ + \overarc[.7]{AB}\ \overarc[.8]{AB}\ \overarc[.9]{AB}\ + \overarc{AB}$\par +\vspace{2ex} +$\overarc[.1]{ABC}\ \overarc[.2]{ABC}\ \overarc[.3]{ABC}\ + \overarc[.4]{ABC}\ \overarc[.5]{ABC}\ \overarc[.6]{ABC}\ + \overarc[.7]{ABC}\ \overarc[.8]{ABC}\ \overarc[.9]{ABC}\ + \overarc{ABC}$\par +\vspace{2ex} +\overarc[.1]{ABC}\ \overarc[.2]{ABC}\ \overarc[.3]{ABC}\ + \overarc[.4]{ABC}\ \overarc[.5]{ABC}\ \overarc[.6]{ABC}\ + \overarc[.7]{ABC}\ \overarc[.8]{ABC}\ \overarc[.9]{ABC}\ + \overarc{ABC}\par +\vspace{4ex} +$\underarc[.1]{AB}\ \underarc[.2]{AB}\ \underarc[.3]{AB}\ + \underarc[.4]{AB}\ \underarc[.5]{AB}\ \underarc[.6]{AB}\ + \underarc[.7]{AB}\ \underarc[.8]{AB}\ \underarc[.9]{AB}\ + \underarc{AB}$\par +\vspace{2ex} +$\underarc[.1]{ABC}\ \underarc[.2]{ABC}\ \underarc[.3]{ABC}\ + \underarc[.4]{ABC}\ \underarc[.5]{ABC}\ \underarc[.6]{ABC}\ + \underarc[.7]{ABC}\ \underarc[.8]{ABC}\ \underarc[.9]{ABC}\ + \underarc{ABC}$\par +\vspace{2ex} +\underarc[.1]{ABC}\ \underarc[.2]{ABC}\ \underarc[.3]{ABC}\ +\underarc[.4]{ABC}\ \underarc[.5]{ABC}\ \underarc[.6]{ABC}\ +\underarc[.7]{ABC}\ \underarc[.8]{ABC}\ \underarc[.9]{ABC}\ +\underarc{ABC}\par +\vspace{4ex} +$\overarc[.1]{ab}\ \overarc[.2]{ab}\ \overarc[.3]{ab}\ + \overarc[.4]{ab}\ \overarc[.5]{ab}\ \overarc[.6]{ab}\ + \overarc[.7]{ab}\ \overarc[.8]{ab}\ \overarc[.9]{ab}\ + \overarc{ab}$\par +\vspace{2ex} +$\overarc[.1]{abc}\ \overarc[.2]{abc}\ \overarc[.3]{abc}\ + \overarc[.4]{abc}\ \overarc[.5]{abc}\ \overarc[.6]{abc}\ + \overarc[.7]{abc}\ \overarc[.8]{abc}\ \overarc[.9]{abc}\ + \overarc{abc}$\par +\vspace{2ex} +\overarc[.1]{abc}\ \overarc[.2]{abc}\ \overarc[.3]{abc}\ +\overarc[.4]{abc}\ \overarc[.5]{abc}\ \overarc[.6]{abc}\ +\overarc[.7]{abc}\ \overarc[.8]{abc}\ \overarc[.9]{abc}\ +\overarc{abc}\par +\vspace{4ex} +$\underarc[.1]{ag}\ \underarc[.2]{ag}\ \underarc[.3]{ag}\ + \underarc[.4]{ag}\ \underarc[.5]{ag}\ \underarc[.6]{ag}\ + \underarc[.7]{ag}\ \underarc[.8]{ag}\ \underarc[.9]{ag}\ + \underarc{ag}$\par +\vspace{2ex} +$\underarc[.1]{abg}\ \underarc[.2]{abg}\ \underarc[.3]{abg}\ + \underarc[.4]{abg}\ \underarc[.5]{abg}\ \underarc[.6]{abg}\ + \underarc[.7]{abg}\ \underarc[.8]{abg}\ \underarc[.9]{abg}\ + \underarc{abg}$\par +\vspace{2ex} +\underarc[.1]{abg}\ \underarc[.2]{abg}\ \underarc[.3]{abg}\ +\underarc[.4]{abg}\ \underarc[.5]{abg}\ \underarc[.6]{abg}\ +\underarc[.7]{abg}\ \underarc[.8]{abg}\ \underarc[.9]{abg}\ +\underarc{abg}\par +\vspace{4ex} +\overarc{a e}\ \underarc{a e}\ \overarc{$x+y$}\ +\underarc{$x+y$}\ +$a_{\underarc[.6]{\tiny xy}}$\ +$a^{\overarc[.6]{\tiny xy}}$ +\end{document} diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/beamer2thesis/README new/doc/latex/beamer2thesis/README --- old/doc/latex/beamer2thesis/README 2012-08-28 00:12:01.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/beamer2thesis/README 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% Copyright 2011-2012 Claudio Fiandrino -% -% Beamer2Thesis - 2.2 -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -Beamer2Thesis is a Beamer Theme to create presentation for a thesis: -it introduces specific commands. Guides are provided, as presentations, -in english and italian. Files old/doc/latex/beamer2thesis/beamer2thesis.pdf and new/doc/latex/beamer2thesis/beamer2thesis.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/beamer2thesis/beamer2thesis.tex new/doc/latex/beamer2thesis/beamer2thesis.tex --- old/doc/latex/beamer2thesis/beamer2thesis.tex 2012-08-28 00:12:01.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/beamer2thesis/beamer2thesis.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,90 +0,0 @@ -\documentclass{beamer} -\usetheme[titlepagelogo=logopolito,% Logo for the first page - language=english - ]{TorinoTh} - -\usepackage[beamer,customcolors]{hf-tikz} -\hfsetfillcolor{alerted text.fg!10} -\hfsetbordercolor{alerted text.fg} - -\author{Claudio Fiandrino} -\rel{Mario Rossi} -\title{Beamer2Thesis 2.2, thesis theme for Beamer} -\ateneo{Politecnico di Torino} -\date{\today} - -\begin{document} -\input{content_initial.tex} - -\begin{frame}[t,fragile]{Configuration} -\begin{itemize} -\item The configuration of the standard theme is: -\begin{itemize} -\item \verb!language=english! -\item \verb!coding=utf8x! -\item \verb!titlepagelogo=name-of-the-logo! -\item \verb!bullet=circle! -\item \verb!pageofpages=of! -\item \verb!titleline=true! -\item \verb!color=blue! -\item \verb!secondcandidate=false! -\item \verb!secondlogo=false! -\end{itemize} -\item Most of them, actually everyone except the \highlight{titlepagelogo}, can be omitted if there are no modifications -\end{itemize} -\end{frame} - -\begin{frame}[fragile]{Behavior of alerts} -Each color theme requires different colors to highlight words. To insert alerts by using the \emph{itemize} environment, you can exploit: -\begin{verbatim} -\begin{itemize} -\item<+-| alert@+> Apple -\item<+-| alert@+> Peach -\end{itemize} -\end{verbatim} -For example: -\begin{itemize} -\item<+-| alert@+> Apple -\item<+-| alert@+> Peach -\end{itemize} -\end{frame} - -\begin{frame}[fragile]{Another way to highlight words} -If you want to highlight your text out of the enviroment \emph{itemize}, Beamer2Thesis offers you the following possibilities: -\begin{itemize} -\item the standard command \verb!\alert{text}!: it simply highlights your \alert{text} -\item the command \verb!\highlight{text}!: it highlights your \highlight{text} setting it in italic -\item the command \verb!\highlightbf{text}!: it highlights your \highlightbf{text} setting it in bold -\end{itemize} -Of course, the color used, is set accordingly to your choice in the configuration phase. -\end{frame} - -\begin{frame}[fragile]{Highlighting formulas} -\begin{itemize} -\item The package \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/hf-tikz}{hf-tikz} allows to highlight formulas and formula parts in Beamer with overlay specifications -\item The adaptation of colors to the theme could be done in this way: -\begin{verbatim} -\usepackage[beamer,customcolors]{hf-tikz} -\hfsetfillcolor{alerted text.fg!10} -\hfsetbordercolor{alerted text.fg} -\end{verbatim} -\item \highlight{Two compilation runs} are required to get the right result! -\item Read the package documentation to find more options; an example will be provided in the next frame. -\end{itemize} -\end{frame} - -\begin{frame}[fragile]{Highlighting formulas (II)} -\begin{itemize} -\item Example: -\[\tikzmarkin<2->{a}x+\tikzmarkin<1>{b}y\tikzmarkend{b}=10\tikzmarkend{a}\] -\item<2-> Code: -\begin{verbatim} -\[\tikzmarkin<2->{a}x+ - \tikzmarkin<1>{b}y\tikzmarkend{b} - =10\tikzmarkend{a}\] -\end{verbatim} -\end{itemize} -\end{frame} - -\input{content_end} -\end{document} Files old/doc/latex/beamer2thesis/beamer2thesis_ita.pdf and new/doc/latex/beamer2thesis/beamer2thesis_ita.pdf differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/beamer2thesis/beamer2thesis_ita.tex new/doc/latex/beamer2thesis/beamer2thesis_ita.tex --- old/doc/latex/beamer2thesis/beamer2thesis_ita.tex 2012-08-28 00:12:01.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/beamer2thesis/beamer2thesis_ita.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,88 +0,0 @@ -\documentclass{beamer} -\usetheme[titlepagelogo=logopolito,% Logo for the first page - language=italian, - bullet=triangle, - color=green, - ]{TorinoTh} - -\usepackage[beamer,customcolors]{hf-tikz} -\hfsetfillcolor{alerted text.fg!10} -\hfsetbordercolor{alerted text.fg} - -\author{Claudio Fiandrino} -\rel{Mario Rossi} -\title{Beamer2Thesis 2.1, thesis theme for Beamer} -\ateneo{Politecnico di Torino} -\date{\today} - -\begin{document} -\input{content_initial_ita.tex} - -\begin{frame}[t,fragile]{Configurazione} -\begin{itemize} -\item La configurazione di questo tema è: -\begin{itemize} -\item \verb!language=italian! -\item \verb!coding=utf8x! -\item \verb!titlepagelogo=name-of-the-logo! -\item \verb!bullet=triangle! -\item \verb!color=green! -\end{itemize} -\item La maggior parte delle opzioni, effettivamente tutte a parte \highlight{titlepagelogo}, può essere omessa utilizzando il tema standard -\end{itemize} -\end{frame} - -\begin{frame}[fragile]{Comportamento degli alert} -Scegliendo un colore, il tema evidenzia il testo di conseguenza. Per inserire gli alert nell'ambiente \emph{itemize}, potete utilizzare: -\begin{verbatim} -\begin{itemize} -\item<+-| alert@+> Mela -\item<+-| alert@+> Pesca -\end{itemize} -\end{verbatim} -Ad esempio: -\begin{itemize} -\item<+-| alert@+> Mela -\item<+-| alert@+> Pesca -\end{itemize} -\end{frame} - -\begin{frame}[fragile]{Un diverso approccio per evidenziare il testo} -Se volete evidenziare il vostro testo al di fuori dell'ambiente \emph{itemize}, Beamer2Thesis offre le seguenti possibilità: -\begin{itemize} -\item il comando standard \verb!\alert{testo}!: evidenzia semplicemente il vostro \alert{testo} -\item il comando \verb!\highlight{testo}!: evidenzia il vostro \highlight{testo} rendendolo corsivo -\item il comando \verb!\highlightbf{testo}!: evidenzia il vostro \highlightbf{testo} in grassetto -\end{itemize} -Ovviamente, il colore utilizzato è quello da voi scelto nel preambolo. -\end{frame} - -\begin{frame}[fragile]{Evidenziare formule matematiche} -\begin{itemize} -\item Il pacchetto \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/hf-tikz}{hf-tikz} permette di evidenziare formule matematiche (completamente o in parte) in Beamer con animazioni semplici -\item Si possono adattare i colori del tema così: -\begin{verbatim} -\usepackage[beamer,customcolors]{hf-tikz} -\hfsetfillcolor{alerted text.fg!10} -\hfsetbordercolor{alerted text.fg} -\end{verbatim} -\item È necessario \highlight{compilare due volte} per ottenere il risultato voluto! -\item Si legga la documentazione del pacchetto per ulteriori opzioni; un esempio di utilizzo è riportato nella diapositiva successiva. -\end{itemize} -\end{frame} - -\begin{frame}[fragile]{Evidenziare formule matematiche (II)} -\begin{itemize} -\item Esempio: -\[\tikzmarkin<2->{a}x+\tikzmarkin<1>{b}y\tikzmarkend{b}=10\tikzmarkend{a}\] -\item<2-> Codice: -\begin{verbatim} -\[\tikzmarkin<2->{a}x+ - \tikzmarkin<1>{b}y\tikzmarkend{b} - =10\tikzmarkend{a}\] -\end{verbatim} -\end{itemize} -\end{frame} - -\input{content_end_ita} -\end{document} \ No newline at end of file diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/beamer2thesis/content_end.tex new/doc/latex/beamer2thesis/content_end.tex --- old/doc/latex/beamer2thesis/content_end.tex 2012-08-28 00:12:01.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/beamer2thesis/content_end.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,113 +0,0 @@ -\begin{frame}[t,fragile]{The output} -The pdf generated, has automatically, some properties: -\begin{itemize} -\item the title -\item the name of the author -\item the subject: -\begin{itemize} -\item Thesis Presentation by using the english language -\item Presentazione Tesi di Laurea by using the italian language -\end{itemize} -\end{itemize} -This is possible thanks to the available options of hyperref. To create references in the text, use: -\begin{itemize} -\item \verb!\label{name-reference}! in the starting point -\item \verb!\ref{name-reference}! in the point you want to show the reference -\item \verb!\href{url}{name-url}! to specify web addresses -\end{itemize} -\end{frame} - - -\begin{frame}[fragile]{Suggestions} -\begin{itemize} -\item To realize a frame it is possible use the environment \emph{frame} with top (t), center (c) or bottom (b) alignment: I suggest you to use the top alignment; this is the basic code: -\verb!\begin{frame}[t]{title-of-the-frame}! -\begin{flushleft} -text -\end{flushleft} -\verb!\end{frame}! -\item To make things easier, it has been introduced a new environment which is able to have the top property property intrinsic: -\verb!\begin{tframe}{title-of-the-frame}! -\begin{flushleft} -text -\end{flushleft} -\verb!\end{tframe}! -\end{itemize} -\end{frame} - -\begin{frame}[fragile]{Suggestions (II)} -\begin{itemize} -\item To realize the titlepage with all options, it has been introduced the command \verb!\titlepageframe! -\begin{itemize} -\item Of course, it is also possible to use the \emph{standard} approach\\ -\verb!\begin{frame}[plain]!\\ -\verb!\titlepage! \\ -\verb!\end{frame}! -\item In this case \textbf{do not} provide a title for the frame -\end{itemize} -\item If you have to insert some code using \emph{verbatim} or \emph{listings} \textbf{do not exploit} \emph{tframe} environment, but:\\ -\verb!\begin{frame}[t,fragile]{title-of-the-frame}! -\begin{verbatim} -\verb!code! -\end{verbatim} -\verb!\end{frame}! -\end{itemize} -\end{frame} - -\begin{frame}[t,fragile]{Suggestions (III)} -\begin{itemize} -\item If the title does not fit in the footer box, it is possible to exploit the so called \highlight{shorttitle}; an example: -\begin{verbatim} -\title[short title]{Long title of the thesis} -\end{verbatim} -In this way the long title is just placed in the titlepage. -\item In case there are more than two supervisors or assistansupervisors, I suggest you to insert them through commands reported in \ref{secondrel} and separate names thanks to a comma. -\end{itemize} -\end{frame} - -\begin{tframe}{On Facebook} -The relevance of Facebook is known to everybody: due to this reason, you can find: -\begin{itemize} -\item the group \href{https://www.facebook.com/\#!/groups/beamer2thesis/}{Beamer2Thesis} -\item the page \href{https://www.facebook.com/\#!/pages/Beamer2Thesis/112814205489099}{Beamer2Thesis} -\end{itemize} -In this way you can post your comments, hints, suggestion and questions in more familiar way. Morevoer, you can find further examples. -\end{tframe} - -\begin{tframe}{History} -Here are shortly reported the main features of the releases: -\begin{itemize} -\item basic version (2011-01-17): -\begin{itemize} -\item colors, second logo, second candidate, tframe environment, titleline, bullets, languages, separator string for slide numeration; -\end{itemize} -\item release 2.0: -\begin{itemize} -\item third logo, assistant supervisor, new ways to highlight, new command for the titlepage, new enviroments \emph{adv} and \emph{disadv}, \XeTeX\, and \XeLaTeX\, support, blocks; -\end{itemize} -\item release 2.1: -\begin{itemize} -\item coding option, second supervisor, second assistantsupervisor; -\end{itemize} -\item release 2.2: -\begin{itemize} -\item language, short title, highlighting formulas. -\end{itemize} -\end{itemize} -\end{tframe} - -\begin{tframe}{Thanks} -I would like to thank people that, with precious hints, help me: -\begin{itemize} -\item Alessio Califano -\item Alessio Sanna -\item Luca De Villa Palù -\item Mariano \emph{Dave} Graziano -\item Giovanna Turvani -\item Mattia Stefano -\item Nicola Tuveri -\item Giuliana Galati -\end{itemize} -A special thank to Claudio Beccari for very precise comments on the first version. -\end{tframe} - diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/beamer2thesis/content_end_ita.tex new/doc/latex/beamer2thesis/content_end_ita.tex --- old/doc/latex/beamer2thesis/content_end_ita.tex 2012-08-28 00:12:01.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/beamer2thesis/content_end_ita.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,114 +0,0 @@ -\begin{frame}[t,fragile]{Il risultato} -Il pdf generato presenta, automaticamente, alcune proprietà: -\begin{itemize} -\item il titolo -\item il nome dell'autore -\item l'oggetto -\begin{itemize} -\item Thesis Presentation utilizzando la lingua inglese -\item Presentazione Tesi di Laurea in italiano -\end{itemize} -\end{itemize} -Tutto ciò è reso possibile grazie alle opzioni del pacchetto hyperref. Per creare riferimenti nel testo il codice da utilizzare è: -\begin{itemize} -\item \verb!\label{nome-riferimento}! nel punto sorgente -\item \verb!\ref{nome-riferimento}! nel punto in cui richiamate il riferimento -\item \verb!\href{url}{name-url}! per specificare indirizzi web -\end{itemize} -\end{frame} - - -\begin{frame}[fragile]{Suggerimenti} -\begin{itemize} -\item Per realizzare una slide si usa l'ambiente \emph{frame}, con allineamenti in alto (t), al centro (c) oppure in basso (b): suggerisco di usare il primo; il codice è\\ -\verb!\begin{frame}[t]{titolo-della-slide}! -\begin{flushleft} -text -\end{flushleft} -\verb!\end{frame}! -\item Per facilitare la scrittura ho creato un nuovo ambiente che ha questa proprietà intrinsecamente:\\ -\verb!\begin{tframe}{titolo-della-slide}! -\begin{flushleft} -text -\end{flushleft} -\verb!\end{tframe}! -\end{itemize} -\end{frame} - -\begin{frame}[fragile]{Suggerimenti (II)} -\begin{itemize} -\item Per realizzare la prima pagina, è stato introdotto il comando \verb!\titlepageframe! -\begin{itemize} -\item naturalmente è possibile usare un approccio più \emph{standard}\\ -\verb!\begin{frame}[plain]!\\ -\verb!\titlepage! \\ -\verb!\end{frame}! -\item In questo caso \textbf{non} inserite un titolo alla slide -\end{itemize} -\item Se dovete inserire del codice con gli ambenti \emph{verbatim} o \emph{listings} \textbf{non utilizzate} \emph{tframe}, ma:\\ -\verb!\begin{frame}[t,fragile]{titolo-della-slide}! -\begin{verbatim} -\verb!codice! -\end{verbatim} -\verb!\end{frame}! -\end{itemize} -\end{frame} - -\begin{frame}[t,fragile]{Suggerimenti (III)} -\begin{itemize} -\item Se il titolo è troppo lungo rischia di non essere perfettamente inserito a fondo diapositiva, perciò si può utilizzare il \highlight{titolo corto}; ad esempio: -\begin{verbatim} -\title[Titolo corto]{Titolo lungo} -\end{verbatim} -In questo modo il titolo lungo viene soltanto inserito nel frontespizio. -\item In caso si abbiano più di due relatori o correlatori, suggerisco di inserirli con i comandi riportati in slide \ref{secondrel} separati da una virgola. -\end{itemize} -\end{frame} - -\begin{tframe}{Su Facebook} -La rilevanza di Facebook, ad oggi, è nota a tutti: per questo motivo, esistono: -\begin{itemize} -\item il gruppo \href{https://www.facebook.com/\#!/groups/beamer2thesis/}{Beamer2Thesis} -\item la pagina \href{https://www.facebook.com/\#!/pages/Beamer2Thesis/112814205489099}{Beamer2Thesis} -\end{itemize} -In questo modo potete postare i vostri commenti, suggerimenti, idee e domande in modo più \emph{familiare}. Inoltre è possibile trovare ulteriori esempi. -\end{tframe} - -\begin{tframe}{Cronologia} -Di seguito sono riportate le principali caratteristiche delle versioni: -\begin{itemize} -\item iniziale (2011-01-17): -\begin{itemize} -\item colori, secondo logo, secondo candidato, ambiente tframe, titleline, bullet, lingue (inglese, italiano), separatore per la numerazione delle slide; -\end{itemize} -\item versione 2.0: -\begin{itemize} -\item terzo logo, correlatore, nuovi modi di evidenziazione del testo, comando per il frontespizio, nuovi ambienti \emph{adv} e \emph{disadv}, supporto a \XeTeX\, e \XeLaTeX\,, ambienti block; -\end{itemize} -\item versione 2.1: -\begin{itemize} -\item opzione sulla codifica, secondo relatore, secondo correlatore. -\end{itemize} -\item versione 2.2: -\begin{itemize} -\item supporto per più lingue, titolo corto, suggerimento per evidenziare formule matematiche. -\end{itemize} -\end{itemize} -\end{tframe} - -\begin{tframe}{Ringraziamenti} -\begin{itemize} -\item Voglio ringraziare le persone, che con preziosi suggerimenti, hanno contribuito alla realizzazione: -\begin{itemize} -\item Alessio Califano -\item Alessio Sanna -\item Luca De Villa Palù -\item Mariano \emph{Dave} Graziano -\item Giovanna Turvani -\item Mattia Stefano -\item Nicola Tuveri -\item Giuliana Galati -\end{itemize} -\end{itemize} -Un ringraziamento speciale è per il professor Claudio Beccari per i commenti sulla prima versione. -\end{tframe} \ No newline at end of file diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/beamer2thesis/content_initial.tex new/doc/latex/beamer2thesis/content_initial.tex --- old/doc/latex/beamer2thesis/content_initial.tex 2012-08-28 00:12:01.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/beamer2thesis/content_initial.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,410 +0,0 @@ -\titlepageframe % Specific command - -\begin{tframe}{Introduction} -\begin{itemize} -\item Beamer is a \LaTeX{} class that allows you to create presentations -\item Beamer2Thesis is a Beamer package that allows you to create a presentation for your thesis -\begin{itemize} -\item with specific dedicated commands -\item it uses TorinoTh, a Beamer Theme -\end{itemize} -\end{itemize} -\end{tframe} - -\begin{tframe}{TorinoTh theme} -\begin{itemize} -\item TorinoTh (TorinoThesis) is a theme which is based on Torino and extend it -\begin{itemize} -\item Torino is a pretty theme for Beamer realized by Marco Barisione -\item \href{http://blog.barisione.org/2007-09/torino-a-pretty-theme-for-latex-beamer/}{http://blog.barisione.org/2007-09/torino-a-pretty-theme-for-latex-beamer/} -\end{itemize} -\item Names are similar because I attend, as him, the Politecnico of Torino, but I want to emphasize the fact that TorinoTh is a theme that can be used only to realize a thesis -\end{itemize} -\end{tframe} - -\begin{tframe}{TorinoTh theme} -\begin{itemize} -\item The theme consist of: -\begin{itemize} -\item \emph{beamercolorthemetorinoth.sty} defines colors and allows you to choose among three possible options: blue (default), green or red -\item \emph{beamerfontthemetorinoth.sty} defines fonts used -\item \emph{beamerinnerthemetorinoth.sty} defines the title page and items -\item \emph{beamerouterthemetorinoth.sty} defines headers and footers -\item \emph{beamerthemeTorinoTh.sty} include all definitions -\end{itemize} -\end{itemize} -\end{tframe} - -\begin{tframe}{Installation} -Beamer2Thesis is distributed under: -\begin{itemize} -\item TeX Live -\item MiKTeX -\end{itemize} -You can use, respectively, the Package Wizard for MiK\TeX\, (\emph{Start/MiKTeX/2.9/}) and the TeX Live Manager for \TeX Live to search and install the theme. -Personally, I suggest you to use \TeX Live: it works for Linux, Mac and Windows. Actually, the installation under Linux is a bit complicated, but I have realized a short guide that may help you -\begin{itemize} -\item \href{http://claudiofiandrino.altervista.org/LaTeX/texlive_on_ubuntu_guide.pdf}{download the guide here} -\end{itemize} - -\end{tframe} - -\begin{tframe}{Installation (II)} -\label{slide-guide-installation} -As an alternative, Beamer2Thesis can be downloaded from my personal page as a zip file -\begin{itemize} -\item \href{http://claudiofiandrino.altervista.org/latex\_projects.html}{http://claudiofiandrino.altervista.org/latex\_projects.html} -\end{itemize} -or in the official page: -\begin{itemize} -\item \href{http://cfiandra.github.com/Beamer2Thesis/}{http://cfiandra.github.com/Beamer2Thesis/} -\end{itemize} - -It can be installed with the standard procedure used to install a common package: I suggest you to read a short guide I have written -\begin{itemize} -\item \href{http://claudiofiandrino.altervista.org/LaTeX/package_installation.pdf}{download the guide here} -\end{itemize} -\end{tframe} - -\begin{tframe}{The guides} -\begin{itemize} -\item Next slides will present all features avaiable -\item As examples in which different options are applied, is possible to see the guides: -\begin{itemize} -\item beamer2thesis.pdf is the standard english guide which uses standard options -\item beamer2thesis\_ita.pdf is the italian guide with green colors -\end{itemize} -\end{itemize} -\end{tframe} - -\begin{frame}[t,fragile]{How to read the guides} -\begin{itemize} -\item All guides show options in general; to have a look for specific configurations, read each guide because in each one is reported its own configuration state -\item Every time something is declared to be \emph{default}, it is possible to omit it from the configuration phase -\item Every time an option is enabled by setting it with \emph{true}, to disable it you can use \emph{false}; for example: -\begin{verbatim} -secondcandidate=false -secondcandidate=true -\end{verbatim} -\end{itemize} -\end{frame} - -\begin{frame}[t,fragile]{The configuration phase} -\begin{itemize} -\item It is the first thing you have to declare in the document -\item The general code is \verb!\usetheme[.. options ..]{TorinoTh}! -\item An example is: -\begin{verbatim} -\documentclass{beamer} -\usetheme[language=english, - titlepagelogo=logopolito, - bullet=circle, - pageofpages=of, - titleline=true, - color=blue - ]{TorinoTh} -\end{verbatim} -\end{itemize} -\end{frame} - -\begin{tframe}{Some general options} -\begin{itemize} -\item The \highlight{pageofpages} option defines the string between the current - page number and the total page count - \begin{itemize} - \item the default is \emph{of} - \end{itemize} -\item If the \highlight{titleline} option is set to \emph{true}, a horizontal line - is drawn below the title - \begin{itemize} - \item the default is \emph{true}; use \emph{false} to disable - \end{itemize} -\item The \highlight{notshowauthor} option set to \emph{true} allows you to not show the name of the author in the footer -\begin{itemize} -\item the default is \emph{false} -\end{itemize} -\item The \highlight{titlepagelogo} is the name of the principal logo: it must be a .jpg, .pdf, .png picture -\begin{itemize} -\item to include the logo of your University, follow the procedure explained in the following slide -\end{itemize} -\end{itemize} -\end{tframe} - -\begin{tframe}{How insert a new logo} -There are several ways to do it (for people highly capable in \LaTeX\, this is not a problem), but I suggest this method: -\begin{itemize} -\item download from my page the .zip file and extract it -\item copy your logo into the directory of the package -\item install the package in your personal tree following the guide reported in slide \ref{slide-guide-installation} -\end{itemize} -\label{slide-rule-installation} -\end{tframe} - -\begin{frame}[t,fragile]{Other options: avaiable bullets} -\begin{itemize} -\item The \highlight{bullet} option can be used to choose the symbol used in the bullet lists - \begin{itemize} - \item \verb!square!: a filled square - ({\usebeamercolor[fg]{item}\tiny\raise0.2ex\hbox{$\blacksquare$}}) for - first and third level items, an empty square - ({\usebeamercolor[fg]{item}\tiny\raise0.2ex\hbox{$\square$}}) for - second level items - \item \verb!diamond!: a filled diamond - ({\usebeamercolor[fg]{item}\tiny\raise0.2ex\hbox{$\blacklozenge$}}) for - first and third level items, an empty diamond - ({\usebeamercolor[fg]{item}\tiny\raise0.2ex\hbox{$\lozenge$}}) for - second level items - \item \verb!triangle!: a filled triangle - ({\usebeamercolor[fg]{item}\tiny\raise0.2ex\hbox{$\blacktriangleright$}}) for - first and third level items, an empty triangle - ({\usebeamercolor[fg]{item}\tiny\raise0.2ex\hbox{$\vartriangleright$}}) for - second level items - \item \verb!circle!: a filled circle ({\usebeamercolor[fg]{item}$\bullet$}) - for first and third level items, an empty circle - ({\usebeamercolor[fg]{item}$\circ$}) for second level items - \item The default value is \verb!circle! - \end{itemize} -\end{itemize} -\end{frame} - -\begin{frame}[t,fragile]{Languages} -\begin{itemize} -\item All languages can be supported, but the two main ones are: -\begin{itemize} -\item english -\item italian -\end{itemize} -\item The choice of one of the main languages implies that in the titlepage, date and labels (Supervisor, Candidate, Relatore, Candidato) are shown with the proper language in an automatic way -\item To set the italian language, for example, use in the configuration phase: -\verb!language=italian!; the name should be the one used by the package babel or by \verb!\setmainfont! with \XeLaTeX -\item If the language selected is not one of the two main languages, then labels in the titlepage should be introduced by the user (see the example in the next frame) -\end{itemize} -\end{frame} - -\begin{frame}[t,fragile]{Languages (II)} -\begin{itemize} -\item Example with spanish language: -\begin{verbatim} -\usetheme[language=spanish,...]{TorinoTh} -\setrellabel{Relator Tesis} -\setcandidatelabel{Candidato} -\setassistentsupervisorlabel{Co Tesis} -\setsubject{Tesis} -\end{verbatim} -\item Commands illustrated are mandatory when \highlight{not using} a main language -\item If you have already set a language and you change, it may happen that, the first time you compile, this error occurs: \begin{flushleft} -\highlight{! Package babel Error: You haven't loaded the option -language- yet} -\end{flushleft} -do not be afraid and compile a second time: it will work!! -\end{itemize} -\end{frame} - -\begin{frame}[t,fragile]{Coding} -To avoid forcing an user to use the \verb!utf8x! coding, this release fix the bug by introducing the \highlight{coding} option; possible choices you can exploit are: -\begin{itemize} -\item \verb!coding=utf8x! (default) -\item \verb!coding=utf8! -\item \verb!coding=latin1! -\end{itemize} -An important advise: the program does not check which string you put in input; it is your matter select the right coding to satisfy requeriments of your system. -\end{frame} - -\begin{frame}[t,fragile]{Second logo} -\begin{itemize} -\item If, for some reasons, someone needs a second logo (a thesis performed in another institute for example) an option allows you to put it in the title page -\item When \highlight{secondlogo} is set to \emph{true}, you have to use the command \verb!\titlepagesecondlogo{name-logo}!: otherwise an error occurs -\item As the main logo, the second logo must be a .jpg, .pdf, .png picture and you can insert it following the same rules explained in slide \ref{slide-rule-installation} -\end{itemize} -\end{frame} - -\begin{frame}[fragile]{Third logo} -\begin{itemize} -\item Eventually, if you need a third logo you can exploit the possibility of insert it by setting the option \highlight{thirdlogo} to \emph{true} -\begin{itemize} -\item the default is \emph{false} -\end{itemize} -\item You have to insert the picture as described for the second logo and use the command \verb!\titlepagethirdlogo{name-logo}! -to put the logo in the title page -\item Of course, you can use this option if, and only if, the \highlight{secondlogo} is set to \emph{true} -\item When there are three logos please use, as reference for the dimensions, the picture \alert{logopolito}: in this way they will be aligned -\end{itemize} -\end{frame} - -\begin{frame}[t,fragile]{Second candidate} -\begin{itemize} -\item It is possible that there are two candidates: the package manage this fact easily -\begin{itemize} -\item the first candidate is also the author -\item the second candidate can be inserted with the command \verb!\secondcandidate{name-surname}! when the option \highlight{secondcandidate} is set to \emph{true} -\end{itemize} -\item Of course, when there are two candidates the label \emph{Candidate} becomes \emph{Candidates} and \emph{Candidato} become \emph{Candidati} -\item With two candidates, the footer changes and the author is not shown automatically (the reason is simply: show two authors plus the title is too much long, making the footer too big) -\end{itemize} -\end{frame} - -\begin{frame}[t,fragile]{Supervisor and Assistant Supervisor}\label{secondrel} -\begin{itemize} -\item To insert the supervisor you just have to use the command \verb!\rel{name-surname}! -\item There is also the possibility of report the Assistant supervisor: -\begin{itemize} -\item set the option \highlight{assistantsupervisor} to \emph{true} (default is \emph{false}) -\item use the command \verb!\assistantsupervisor{name-surname}! -\end{itemize} -\item Labels are set accordingly to the language used -\end{itemize} -\end{frame} - -\begin{frame}[t,fragile]{Second Supervisor and Assistant Supervisor} -There is also the possibility of insert more than one supervisor and assistant supervisor: -\begin{itemize} -\item set the options: -\begin{itemize} -\item \highlight{secondsupervisor} to true (default is false); -\item \highlight{secondassistantsupervisor} to true (default is false); -\end{itemize} -\item name can be inserted thanks to: -\begin{itemize} -\item \verb!\secondsupervisor! command; -\item \verb!\secondassistantsupervisor! command; this one can be exploited just when the \highlight{assistantsupervisor} option is set to true; -\end{itemize} -\item as usual, labels are set accordingly to the language used -\end{itemize} -\end{frame} - -\begin{frame}[t,fragile]{Advantages and Disadvantages} -Sometimes it is useful highlight advantages and disadvantages of a given argument: instead of list them by using the standard bullet, there is the possibility of exploit two new environments (\emph{adv} and \emph{disadv}). Usage: -\begin{columns} -\begin{column}{0.3\paperwidth} -\begin{verbatim} -\begin{adv} -\item -\end{adv} -\end{verbatim} -\end{column} -\begin{column}{0.3\paperwidth} -\begin{verbatim} -\begin{disadv} -\item -\end{disadv} -\end{verbatim} -\end{column} -\end{columns} -\bigskip -In the following slide there is an example. -\end{frame} - -\begin{tframe}{Why use Beamer2Thesis} -Advantages: -\begin{adv} -\item Simply to install -\item Easy to customize -\item Possibility to exploit several features -\end{adv} -Disadvantages: -\begin{disadv} -\item Difficulty with long titles -\item If you find some others, please contact me -\end{disadv} - -\end{tframe} - -\begin{frame}[t,fragile]{Finally: colors} -\begin{itemize} -\item There are three possible choices: -\begin{itemize} -\item blue -\item green -\item red -\end{itemize} -\item When the color is chosen setting the option \highlight{color} to one of the list above, consequently headers, footers, title page, bullet and highlightings are set accordingly -\item For example: \verb!color=green! -\end{itemize} -\end{frame} - -\begin{tframe}{\XeLaTeX} -Thanks to a suggestion and the precious help of Nicola Tuveri, Beamer2Thesis supports \XeTeX\, and \XeLaTeX\, automatically. -You can choose your favourite font to further customize the presentation. I report some examples:\\ -\fontspec[Ligatures={Common, Historical}]{Linux Libertine O Italic} -\fontsize{12pt}{18pt}\selectfont This is quite strange! -\fontspec{TeX Gyre Pagella} -\selectfont{Also this is strange}\\ -\fontspec[ SizeFeatures={ -{Size={-10}, Font=TeX Gyre Bonum Italic, Color=AA0000}, -{Size={10-14}, Color=00AA00}, -{Size={14-}, Color=0000FA}} ]{TeX Gyre Chorus} -\selectfont{How to customize fonts?}\par -\begin{itemize} -\item {\LARGE Word} -\item Word -\item {\tiny World} -\end{itemize} -\end{tframe} - -\begin{frame}[t,fragile]{\XeLaTeX\,: code} -To realize the examples reported in the previous slide, the code is: -\scriptsize{ -\begin{verbatim} -\fontspec[Ligatures={Common, Historical}]{Linux Libertine O Italic} -\fontsize{12pt}{18pt}\selectfont This is quite strange! -\fontspec{TeX Gyre Pagella} -\selectfont{Also this is strange}\\ -\fontspec{TeX Gyre Pagella} -\selectfont{How to customize fonts?}\par -\fontspec[ SizeFeatures={ -{Size={-10}, Font=TeX Gyre Bonum Italic, Color=AA0000}, -{Size={10-14}, Color=00AA00}, -{Size={14-}, Color=0000FA}}]{TeX Gyre Chorus} -\begin{itemize} - \item {\LARGE Word} - \item Word - \item {\tiny World} -\end{itemize} -\end{verbatim} -} -\end{frame} - -\begin{tframe}{Block} -Beamer allows to use the \emph{block} environment: it is very useful in some applications. For example: -\begin{block}<1->{Why use Beamer2Thesis? Advantages} -\begin{adv} -\item Simply to install -\item Easy to customize -\item Possibility to exploit several features -\end{adv} -\end{block} -\begin{block}<2->{Why use Beamer2Thesis? Disadvantages} -\begin{disadv} -\item Difficulty with long titles -\item If you find some others, please contact me -\end{disadv} -\end{block} -\end{tframe} - -\begin{frame}[t,fragile]{Block: code} -The previous slide has been realized as: -\small{\begin{verbatim} -\begin{block}<1->{Why use Beamer2Thesis? Advantages} -\begin{adv} -\item Simply to install -\item Easy to customize -\item Possibility to exploit several features -\end{adv} -\end{block} -\begin{block}<2->{Why use Beamer2Thesis? Disadvantages} -\begin{disadv} -\item Difficulty with long titles -\item If you find some others, please contact me -\end{disadv} -\end{block} -\end{verbatim}} -\end{frame} - -\begin{frame}[t,fragile]{Block: code (II)} -More in general, Beamer provide three \emph{block} environments: -\begin{itemize} -\item \highlight{block} -\item \highlight{alertblock} -\item \highlight{exampleblock} -\end{itemize} -To have more details, not only on this argument, I suggest to read the \href{http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/beamer/doc/beameruserguide.pdf}{beameruserguide}. -\end{frame} diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/beamer2thesis/content_initial_ita.tex new/doc/latex/beamer2thesis/content_initial_ita.tex --- old/doc/latex/beamer2thesis/content_initial_ita.tex 2012-08-28 00:12:01.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/beamer2thesis/content_initial_ita.tex 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,394 +0,0 @@ -\titlepageframe % Specific command - -\begin{tframe}{Introduzione} -\begin{itemize} -\item Beamer è una classe \LaTeX{} che permette di creare presentazioni -\item Beamer2Thesis è un pacchetto Beamer che permette di creare presentazioni per la tesi -\begin{itemize} -\item con comandi specifici ed appositi -\item usando TorinoTh, un tema Beamer -\end{itemize} -\end{itemize} -\end{tframe} - -\begin{tframe}{Il tema TorinoTh} -\begin{itemize} -\item TorinoTh (TorinoThesis) è un tema basato su Torino, un tema Beamer, estendendolo -\begin{itemize} -\item Torino è un tema realizzato da Marco Barisione -\item \href{http://blog.barisione.org/2007-09/torino-a-pretty-theme-for-latex-beamer/}{http://blog.barisione.org/2007-09/torino-a-pretty-theme-for-latex-beamer/} -\end{itemize} -\item I nomi sono simili, perchè, anche io come lui, frequento il Politecnico di Torino, ma voglio precisare che TorinoTh permette solo di realizzare presentazioni per tesi -\end{itemize} -\end{tframe} - -\begin{tframe}{Il tema TorinoTh} -\begin{itemize} -\item Il tema consiste in: -\begin{itemize} -\item \emph{beamercolorthemetorinoth.sty} definisce i colori e permette all'utente di scegliere fra tre possibili scelte: blue (default), green or red -\item \emph{beamerfontthemetorinoth.sty} definisce i fonts utilizzati -\item \emph{beamerinnerthemetorinoth.sty} definisce la pagina iniziale e gli elenchi puntati e numerati -\item \emph{beamerouterthemetorinoth.sty} definisce le intestazioni di inizio e piè di pagina -\item \emph{beamerthemeTorinoTh.sty} include tutti i files precedenti -\end{itemize} -\end{itemize} -\end{tframe} - -\begin{tframe}{Installazione} -Beamer2Thesis è distribuito da: -\begin{itemize} -\item TeX Live -\item MiKTeX -\end{itemize} -Per cercare e installare il tema, potete usare, rispettivamente, il Package Wizard di MiK\TeX\, (\emph{Start/MiKTeX/2.9/}) e il TeX Live Manager di \TeX Live. -Personalmente, suggerisco di usare use \TeX Live: funziona sia su Linux, Mac e Windows. Effettivamente, l'installazione su Linux è un po' complicata, ma esiste una guida molto ben curata di Enrico Gregorio che vi può aiutare -\begin{itemize} -\item \href{http://profs.sci.univr.it/~gregorio/texlive-ubuntu.pdf}{download della la guida} -\end{itemize} -\label{slide-guide-installation} -\end{tframe} - -\begin{tframe}{Installazione (II)} -In alternativa, Beamer2Thesis può essere scaricato dalla mia pagina personale come file .zip -\begin{itemize} -\item \href{http://claudiofiandrino.altervista.org/latex\_projects.html}{http://claudiofiandrino.altervista.org/latex\_projects.html} -\end{itemize} -o dalla pagina ufficiale: -\begin{itemize} -\item \href{http://cfiandra.github.com/Beamer2Thesis/}{http://cfiandra.github.com/Beamer2Thesis/} -\end{itemize} - -Ovviamente deve essere installato seguendo la procedura standard di installazione manuale di un pacchetto: suggerisco, ancora di leggere la guida di Enrico Gregorio -\end{tframe} - -\begin{tframe}{Le guide} -\begin{itemize} -\item Le slide seguenti illustrano tutte le possibili opzioni selezionabili -\item Come esempi dove le varie opzioni solo utilizzate, è possibile consultare le seguenti guide: -\begin{itemize} -\item beamer2thesis.pdf è la guida standard, in inglese, dove sono utilizzate le opzioni standard -\item beamer2thesis\_ita.pdf è la guida in italiano, con tema di colore verde e opzioni diverse da quelle standard -\end{itemize} -\end{itemize} -\end{tframe} - -\begin{frame}[t,fragile]{Come leggere le guide} -\begin{itemize} -\item Entrembe le guide spiegano le opzioni generali; per avere una panoramica completa, potete guardare entrembe le guide, perchè in ognuna di esse è riportata la configurazione -\item Ogni volta che un'opzione è attiva o no di \emph{default}, è possibile ometterla nel premabolo -\item Ogni volta che un'opzione si attiva con \emph{true}, potete disabilitarla con \emph{false}; ad esempio: -\begin{verbatim} -secondcandidate=false -secondcandidate=true -\end{verbatim} -\end{itemize} -\end{frame} - -\begin{frame}[t,fragile]{Il preambolo} -\begin{itemize} -\item \`E la prima cosa che si deve dichiarare nel preambolo -\item In generale il codice è: \verb!\usetheme[.. options ..]{TorinoTh}! -\item Ecco un esempio: -\begin{verbatim} -\documentclass{beamer} -\usetheme[language=italian, - titlepagelogo=logopolito, - bullet=triangle, - pageofpages=of, - titleline=true, - color=green - ]{TorinoTh} -\end{verbatim} -\end{itemize} -\end{frame} - -\begin{tframe}{Alcune opzioni generali} -\begin{enumerate} -\item L'opzione \highlight{pageofpages} definisce una stringa fra l'attuale numero di slide e il totale - \begin{itemize} - \item la stringa di default usata è \emph{of} - \end{itemize} -\item Se l'opzione \highlight{titleline} è settata a \emph{true}, una linea orizzontale viene creata sotto il titolo della slide, con il colore del tema -\begin{itemize} - \item l'opzione per default è \emph{true}; usare \emph{false} per disabilitare -\end{itemize} -\item L'opzione \highlight{notshowauthor} definita come \emph{true} permette di non mostrare il nome dell'autore nel footer -\begin{itemize} -\item il default è \emph{false} -\end{itemize} -\item L'opzione \highlight{titlepagelogo} rappresenta il nome del logo principale: deve essere un file .jpg, .pdf, .png -\begin{itemize} -\item per includere il logo della vostra Università, seguite le procedure della prossima slide -\end{itemize} -\end{enumerate} -\end{tframe} - -\begin{tframe}{Come inserire un nuovo logo} -Ci sono diversi modi per inserire il vostro logo (per persone molto esperte in \LaTeX\, non è certo un problema), ma suggerisco questo metodo generale: -\begin{itemize} -\item scaricate il file .zip dalla mia pagina personale ed estraetelo -\item copiate il vostro logo nella directory LaTeX (troverete già altri due loghi) -\item installate il pacchetto nel vostro albero personale seguendo la procedura standarad per installare un pacchetto (guida riportata in slide \ref{slide-guide-installation}) -\end{itemize} -\label{slide-rule-installation} -\end{tframe} - -\begin{frame}[t,fragile]{Altre opzioni: simboli per gli elenchi} -\begin{itemize} -\item L'opzione \highlight{bullet} può essere usata per selezionare il simbolo da utilizzare negli elenchi puntati - \begin{itemize} - \item \verb!square!: un quadrato interamente colorato - ({\usebeamercolor[fg]{item}\tiny\raise0.2ex\hbox{$\blacksquare$}}) per elenchi con annidamento di primo e terzo livello e un quadrato bianco all'interno - ({\usebeamercolor[fg]{item}\tiny\raise0.2ex\hbox{$\square$}}) per il secondo livello di annidamento - \item \verb!diamond!: un rombo interamente colorato - ({\usebeamercolor[fg]{item}\tiny\raise0.2ex\hbox{$\blacklozenge$}}) per elenchi con indentazione di primo e terzo livello e un rombo bianco all'interno - ({\usebeamercolor[fg]{item}\tiny\raise0.2ex\hbox{$\lozenge$}}) per il secondo livello di annidamento - \item \verb!triangle!: un triangolo interamente colorato - ({\usebeamercolor[fg]{item}\tiny\raise0.2ex\hbox{$\blacktriangleright$}}) per elenchi con annidamento di primo e terzo livello e un triangolo bianco all'interno - ({\usebeamercolor[fg]{item}\tiny\raise0.2ex\hbox{$\vartriangleright$}}) per il secondo livello di annidamento - \item \verb!circle! (default): un cerchio interamente colorato - ({\usebeamercolor[fg]{item}\tiny\raise0.2ex\hbox{$\bullet$}}) per elenchi con annidamento di primo e terzo livello e un cerchio bianco all'interno - ({\usebeamercolor[fg]{item}\tiny\raise0.2ex\hbox{$\circ$}}) per il secondo livello di annidamento - \end{itemize} -\end{itemize} -\end{frame} - -\begin{frame}[t,fragile]{Lingue} -\begin{itemize} -\item Tutte le lingue sono disponibili, ma le due principali sono: -\begin{itemize} -\item inglese -\item italiano -\end{itemize} -\item La scelta di una delle due lingue principali implica che, nella pagina iniziale, date e label (Supervisor, Candidate, Relatore, Candidato) siano riportate esattamente in modo automatico -\item Per selezionare la lingua italiana, ad esempio, usate nel preambolo: -\verb!language=italian! -il nome deve essere quello utilizzato dal pacchetto babel or dal comando \verb!\setmainfont! con \XeLaTeX -\item Se la lingua selezionata non è una delle due principali, occorre ridefinire manualmente le label del frontespizio (si riporta un esempio nella diapositiva successiva) -\end{itemize} -\end{frame} - -\begin{frame}[t,fragile]{Lingue (II)} -\begin{itemize} -\item Un esempio con la lingua spagnola: -\begin{verbatim} -\usetheme[language=spanish,...]{TorinoTh} -\setrellabel{Relator Tesis} -\setcandidatelabel{Candidato} -\setassistentsupervisorlabel{Co Tesis} -\setsubject{Tesis} -\end{verbatim} -\item I comandi illustrati sono obbligatori quando \highlight{non si utilizza} una delle due lingue principali -\item Se avete scelto una lingua e volete cambiarla, può succedere che, la prima compilazione dia questo errore: \begin{flushleft} -\highlight{! Package babel Error: You haven't loaded the option -lingua- yet} -\end{flushleft} -non spaventatevi e compilate nuovamente: funzionerà! -\end{itemize} -\end{frame} - -\begin{frame}[t,fragile]{Codifica} -Per non forzare l'utente ad utilizzare esclusivamente la codifica utf8x, questa versione risolve il problema introducendo l'opzione \highlight{coding}; le possibili scelte sono: -\begin{itemize} -\item \verb!coding=utf8x! (default) -\item \verb!coding=utf8! -\item \verb!coding=latin1! -\end{itemize} -Un avviso: il programma non controlla eventuali errori di inserimento ed è compito del lettore assicurarsi di scegliere la giusta codifica che il suo sistema richiede. -\end{frame} - -\begin{frame}[t,fragile]{Secondo logo} -\begin{itemize} -\item Se è necessario inserire un secondo logo (ad esempio per una tesi di laurea con doppio titolo), un'opzione permette di visualizzarlo nella pagina iniziale -\item Quando l'opzione \highlight{secondlogo} è \emph{true}, dovete utilizzare il comando \verb!\titlepagesecondlogo{name-logo}! per inserire il logo: se non è presente si verifica un errore -\item Come il logo principale, anche il secondo logo deve essere un'immagine in .jpg, .pdf, .png, e, potete inserirlo, utilizzando le stesse regole spiegate nella slide \ref{slide-rule-installation} -\end{itemize} -\end{frame} - -\begin{frame}[fragile]{Terzo logo} -\begin{itemize} -\item Eventualmente, se è necessario un terzo logo, avete la possibilità di inserirlo settando l'opzione \highlight{thirdlogo} a \emph{true} -\begin{itemize} -\item il default è \emph{false} -\end{itemize} -\item L'immagine deve essere caricata seguendo le procedure descritte per il primo e secondo logo; poi utilizzate il comando \verb!\titlepagethirdlogo{name-logo}! per inserire il logo nel frontespizio -\item Naturalmente, potete usare questa opzione se, e solo se, anche il \highlight{secondlogo} è \emph{true} -\item Quando inserite tre loghi usate, come riferimento per le dimensioni, la figura \alert{logopolito}: in questo modo risulteranno perfettamente allineati -\end{itemize} -\end{frame} - -\begin{frame}[t,fragile]{Secondo candidato} -\begin{itemize} -\item \`{E} possibile che in una tesi ci siano due candidati: Beamer2Thesis gestisce con facilità questo caso -\begin{itemize} -\item il \emph{primo} candidato è anche l'autore -\item il secondo candidato viene inserito con il comando \verb!\secondcandidate{nome-cognome}! quando l'opzione \highlight{secondcandidate} è \emph{true} -\end{itemize} -\item Naturalmente, in presenza di due candidati, la label \emph{Candidate} diventa \emph{Candidates} e la label \emph{Candidato} diventa \emph{Candidati} -\item Con due candidati, il footer cambia e l'autore non viene mostrato (la ragione è semplice: due autori più il titolo rendono il footer troppo grande) -\end{itemize} -\end{frame} - -\begin{frame}[t,fragile]{Relatore e Correlatore} -\begin{itemize} -\item Per inserire il relatore è sufficiente usare il comando \verb!\rel{nome-cognome}! -\item Inoltre, è possibile inserire il correlatore: -\begin{itemize} -\item settando l'opzione \highlight{assistantsupervisor} a \emph{true} (il default è \emph{false}) -\item usare il comando \verb!\assistantsupervisor{nome-cognome}! -\end{itemize} -\item Le label sono inserite in base alla lingua selezioanta -\end{itemize} -\end{frame} - -\begin{frame}[t,fragile]{Secondo Relatore e Correlatore}\label{secondrel} -Esiste la possibilità di inserire un secondo relatore e correlatore: -\begin{itemize} -\item grazie alle opzioni: -\begin{itemize} -\item \highlight{secondsupervisor} settato a true (default is false) -\item \highlight{secondassistantsupervisor} settato a true (default is false) -\end{itemize} -\item i nomi possono essere inseriti con: -\begin{itemize} -\item il comando \verb!\secondsupervisor! per il relatore -\item il comando\verb!\secondassistantsupervisor! per il correlatore; in questo caso, si può utilizzare questo comando soltanto se l'opzione \highlight{assistantsupervisor} è true -\end{itemize} -\item come sempre, le label si aggiornano correttamente a seconda della lingua scelta e al plurale -\end{itemize} -\end{frame} - -\begin{frame}[t,fragile]{Vantaggi e Svantaggi} -A volte è utile evidenziare vantaggi e svantaggi di un determinato argomento: anzichè elencarli con gli ambienti normali, esiste la possibilità di impiegare due nuovi ambienti (\emph{adv} and \emph{disadv}). Il metodo di utilizzo è il seguente: -\begin{columns} -\begin{column}{0.3\paperwidth} -\begin{verbatim} -\begin{adv} -\item -\end{adv} -\end{verbatim} -\end{column} -\begin{column}{0.3\paperwidth} -\begin{verbatim} -\begin{disadv} -\item -\end{disadv} -\end{verbatim} -\end{column} -\end{columns} -\bigskip -Nella slide seguente è riportato un esempio. -\end{frame} - -\begin{tframe}{Perchè usare Beamer2Thesis} -Vantaggi: -\begin{adv} -\item Semplice da installare -\item Facile la personalizzazione -\item Possibilità di utilizzare diverse funzionalità -\end{adv} -Svantaggi: -\begin{disadv} -\item Difficile gestione di titoli enormemente lunghi -\item Se trovate altri svantaggi.. contattatemi -\end{disadv} -\end{tframe} - -\begin{frame}[t,fragile]{Infine i colori} -\begin{itemize} -\item Esistono tre possibili sfumature cromatiche: -\begin{itemize} -\item blu -\item verde -\item rosso -\end{itemize} -\item La sfumatura desiderata viene scelta con l'opzione \highlight{color} dalla lista precendente e, di conseguenza, sono definite intestazioni di inizio e piè di pagina, il frontespizio, i simboli degli elenchi e i colori di evidenziazione del testo -\item Ad esempio: \verb!color=green! -\end{itemize} -\end{frame} - -\begin{tframe}{\XeLaTeX} -Grazie ad un suggerimento e al prezioso aiuto di Nicola Tuveri, Beamer2Thesis supporta \XeTeX\, and \XeLaTeX\, automaticamente. -Pertanto potete scegliere il vostro font preferito per personalizzare ulteriormente la presentazione. Ecco alcuni esempi:\\ -\fontspec[Ligatures={Common, Historical}]{Linux Libertine O Italic} -\fontsize{12pt}{18pt}\selectfont Questo è strano! -\fontspec{TeX Gyre Pagella} -\selectfont{Anche questo è strano}\\ -\fontspec[ SizeFeatures={ -{Size={-10}, Font=TeX Gyre Bonum Italic, Color=AA0000}, -{Size={10-14}, Color=00AA00}, -{Size={14-}, Color=0000FA}} ]{TeX Gyre Chorus} -\selectfont{Come personalizzare i font?}\par -\begin{itemize} -\item {\LARGE Parola} -\item Parola -\item {\tiny Parola} -\end{itemize} -\end{tframe} - -\begin{frame}[t,fragile]{\XeLaTeX\,: il codice} -Per realizzare gli esempi riportati nella slide precedente, il codice da utilizzare è: -\scriptsize{ -\begin{verbatim} -\fontspec[Ligatures={Common, Historical}]{Linux Libertine O Italic} -\fontsize{12pt}{18pt}\selectfont Questo è strano! -\fontspec{TeX Gyre Pagella} -\selectfont{Anche questo è strano}\\ -\fontspec[ SizeFeatures={ -{Size={-10}, Font=TeX Gyre Bonum Italic, Color=AA0000}, -{Size={10-14}, Color=00AA00}, -{Size={14-}, Color=0000FA}} ]{TeX Gyre Chorus} -\selectfont{Come personalizzare i font?}\par -\begin{itemize} -\item {\LARGE Parola} -\item Parola -\item {\tiny Parola} -\end{verbatim} -} -\end{frame} - -\begin{tframe}{Block} -Beamer permette di utilizzare gli ambienti \emph{block}: sono molto comodi in alcune applicazioni. Per esempio: -\begin{block}<1->{Perchè usare Beamer2Thesis? Vantaggi} -\begin{adv} -\item Semplice da installare -\item Facile la personalizzazione -\item Possibilità di utilizzare diverse funzionalità -\end{adv} -\end{block} -\begin{block}<2->{Perchè usare Beamer2Thesis? Svantaggi} -\begin{disadv} -\item Difficile gestione di titoli enormemente lunghi -\item Se trovate altri svantaggi.. contattatemi -\end{disadv} -\end{block} -\end{tframe} - -\begin{frame}[t,fragile]{Block: codice} -La slide precedente è stata realizzata con il seguente codice: -\small{\begin{verbatim} -\begin{block}<1->{Perchè usare Beamer2Thesis? Vantaggi} -\begin{adv} -\item Semplice da installare -\item Facile la personalizzazione -\item Possibilità di utilizzare diverse funzionalità -\end{adv} -\end{block} -\begin{block}<2->{Perchè usare Beamer2Thesis? Svantaggi} -\begin{disadv} -\item Difficile gestione di titoli enormemente lunghi -\item Se trovate altri svantaggi.. contattatemi -\end{disadv} -\end{block} -\end{verbatim}} -\end{frame} - -\begin{frame}[t,fragile]{Block: codice (II)} -Più in generale, Beamer offre la possibilità di utilizzare tre ambienti \emph{block}: -\begin{itemize} -\item \highlight{block} -\item \highlight{alertblock} -\item \highlight{exampleblock} -\end{itemize} -Per avere più dettagli, e non solo su questo argomento, suggerisco di leggere la \href{http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/beamer/doc/beameruserguide.pdf}{beameruserguide}. -\end{frame} \ No newline at end of file diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/doc/latex/beamer2thesis/license new/doc/latex/beamer2thesis/license --- old/doc/latex/beamer2thesis/license 2012-08-28 00:12:01.000000000 +0200 +++ new/doc/latex/beamer2thesis/license 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% Copyright 2011-2012 Claudio Fiandrino -% -% Beamer2Thesis -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - - This package may be distributed and/or modified - - 1. under the LaTeX Project Public License and/or - 2. under the GNU Public License. diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/arcs.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/arcs.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/arcs.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/arcs.doc.tlpobj 2010-06-10 18:15:04.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +name arcs.doc +category Package +revision 15878 +shortdesc doc files of arcs +relocated 1 +docfiles size=22 + RELOC/doc/latex/arcs/README + RELOC/doc/latex/arcs/arcs.pdf + RELOC/doc/latex/arcs/arcstest.tex diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/beamer2thesis.doc.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/beamer2thesis.doc.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/beamer2thesis.doc.tlpobj 2012-08-28 04:40:58.000000000 +0200 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/beamer2thesis.doc.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,16 +0,0 @@ -name beamer2thesis.doc -category Package -revision 27539 -shortdesc doc files of beamer2thesis -relocated 1 -docfiles size=99 - RELOC/doc/latex/beamer2thesis/README - RELOC/doc/latex/beamer2thesis/beamer2thesis.pdf - RELOC/doc/latex/beamer2thesis/beamer2thesis.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/beamer2thesis/beamer2thesis_ita.pdf - RELOC/doc/latex/beamer2thesis/beamer2thesis_ita.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/beamer2thesis/content_end.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/beamer2thesis/content_end_ita.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/beamer2thesis/content_initial.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/beamer2thesis/content_initial_ita.tex - RELOC/doc/latex/beamer2thesis/license ++++++ beamer2thesis.tar.xz -> arcs.tar.xz ++++++ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tex/latex/arcs/arcs.sty new/tex/latex/arcs/arcs.sty --- old/tex/latex/arcs/arcs.sty 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tex/latex/arcs/arcs.sty 2006-01-13 00:51:36.000000000 +0100 @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +%% +%% This is file `arcs.sty', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% arcs.dtx (with options: `package') +%% +%% This is a generated file. +%% +%% Copyright 2004 Gianfranco Boggio-Togna +%% +%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the +%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either +%% version 1.2 of this license or (at your option) any +%% later version. The latest version of this license is in +%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions +%% of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later. +%% +\NeedsTeXFormat {LaTeX2e}[2003/12/01] +\ProvidesPackage {arcs}[2004/05/09] +\RequirePackage {relsize} +\newcommand{\overarc}[2][1]{\over@under@arc{#1}{#2}\z@} +\newcommand{\underarc}[2][1]{\over@under@arc{#1}{#2}\@ne} +\newcommand{\over@under@arc}[3]{% + \leavevmode + \hbox {% + \setbox\z@ = \hbox {#2}% + \ifdim \ht\z@ = \z@ % arc over/under space + \ifdim \dp\z@ = \z@ + \ht\z@ = 1ex\relax + \fi + \fi + \dimen@ = #1\wd\z@ + \begingroup + \let \rs@size@warning = \@gobbletwo + \relsize{-10}% + \wd\@ne = \z@ + \@whiledim \wd\@ne < .95\dimen@ \do {% + \ifx \@currsize \Huge + \dimen@ = \z@ + \else + $% + \skip@ = \f@baselineskip + \fontencoding{OML}\fontfamily{cmm}\fontseries{m}% + \fontshape{it}\fontsize{\ssf@size}{\skip@}\selectfont + \global \setbox\@ne = \hbox {% + \hss\symbol{"5\ifnum #3=\z@ F\else E\fi}\hss}% + \ifdim \wd\@ne < \dimen@ + \fontsize{\sf@size}{\skip@}\selectfont + \global \setbox\@ne = \hbox {% + \hss\symbol{"5\ifnum #3=\z@ F\else E\fi}\hss}% + \ifdim \wd\@ne < \dimen@ + \fontsize{\tf@size}{\skip@}\selectfont + \global \setbox\@ne = \hbox {% + \hss\symbol{"5\ifnum #3=\z@ F\else E\fi}\hss}% + \fi + \fi + $% + \fi + \ifdim \wd\@ne < \dimen@ + \relsize{+1}% + \fi + \global \dimen@i = \fontdimen5\the\font + }% + \endgroup + \ifnum #3 = \z@ + \dimen@ii = 1.067\ht\z@ + \global \divide \dimen@i by \tw@ + \global \advance \dimen@i by -\ht\@ne + \advance \dimen@ii by .6\dimen@i + \else + \dimen@ii = -1.05\ht\@ne + \advance \dimen@ii by -.75pt + \ifdim \dp\z@ > \z@ + \advance \dimen@ii by -\dp\z@ + \fi + \fi + \copy\z@ + \dimen@ = \wd\z@ + \advance \dimen@ by \wd\@ne + \kern -.5\dimen@ + \raisebox {\dimen@ii}[\z@][\z@]{\copy\@ne}% + \dimen@ = \wd\z@ + \advance \dimen@ by -\wd\@ne + \dimen@ = .5\dimen@ + \kern \dimen@ + }% +} +%% \Finale +\endinput +%% +%% End of file `arcs.sty'. Files old/tex/latex/beamer2thesis/beamer2thesis.jpg and new/tex/latex/beamer2thesis/beamer2thesis.jpg differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tex/latex/beamer2thesis/beamercolorthemetorinoth.sty new/tex/latex/beamer2thesis/beamercolorthemetorinoth.sty --- old/tex/latex/beamer2thesis/beamercolorthemetorinoth.sty 2012-08-28 00:12:01.000000000 +0200 +++ new/tex/latex/beamer2thesis/beamercolorthemetorinoth.sty 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,111 +0,0 @@ -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% Copyright 2011-2012 by Fiandrino Claudio -% -% This file may be distributed and/or modified -% -% 1. under the LaTeX Project Public License and/or -% 2. under the GNU Public License. -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -\mode<presentation> - -% Blue -\definecolor{navyblue}{cmyk}{0.94,0.54,0,0} -\definecolor{cerulean}{cmyk}{0.94,0.11,0,0} -\definecolor{processblue}{cmyk}{0.96,0,0,0} -% Green -\definecolor{forestgreen}{cmyk}{0.91,0,0.88,0.12} -\definecolor{yellowgreen}{cmyk}{0.48,0,0.72,0} -% Red -\definecolor{redorange}{cmyk}{0,0.77,0.87,0} -\definecolor{apricot}{cmyk}{0,0.32,0.52,0} - -\DeclareOptionBeamer{color}{\def\beamer@torinoth@defcolor{#1}} -\ExecuteOptionsBeamer{color=blue} - -\ProcessOptionsBeamer - -% Blue colors -\def\beamer@torinoth@bluetext{blue}% -\ifx\beamer@torinoth@defcolor\beamer@torinoth@bluetext% - - \setbeamercolor*{palette primary}{fg=white,bg=processblue} - \setbeamercolor*{palette secondary}{fg=navyblue,bg=processblue!20} - - \setbeamercolor*{titlelike}{fg=white,bg=processblue} - \setbeamercolor*{frametitle}{fg=black,bg=black} - \setbeamercolor*{item}{fg=cerulean} - \setbeamercolor*{alerted text}{fg=cerulean} - \def\beamer@torinoth@color{cerulean} - - \setbeamercolor{block body}{fg=black,bg=processblue!10} - \setbeamercolor{block body alerted}{fg=black,bg=processblue!10} - \setbeamercolor{block body example}{use=block title,fg=black,bg=processblue!10} - \setbeamercolor{block title}{bg=processblue,fg=white} - \setbeamercolor{block title alerted}{bg=processblue,fg=white} - \setbeamercolor{block title example}{bg=processblue,fg=white} - -\fi% - -% Green colors -\def\beamer@torinoth@greentext{green}% -\ifx\beamer@torinoth@defcolor\beamer@torinoth@greentext% - - \setbeamercolor*{palette primary}{fg=white,bg=forestgreen} - \setbeamercolor*{palette secondary}{fg=black,bg=yellowgreen} - - \setbeamercolor*{titlelike}{fg=white,bg=forestgreen} - \setbeamercolor*{frametitle}{fg=black,bg=black} - \setbeamercolor*{item}{fg=forestgreen} - \setbeamercolor*{alerted text}{fg=forestgreen} - \def\beamer@torinoth@color{forestgreen} - - \setbeamercolor{block body}{fg=black,bg= yellowgreen!20} - \setbeamercolor{block body alerted}{fg=black,bg= yellowgreen!20} - \setbeamercolor{block body example}{use=block title,fg=black,bg= yellowgreen!20} - \setbeamercolor{block title}{bg= forestgreen,fg=white} - \setbeamercolor{block title alerted}{bg= forestgreen,fg=white} - \setbeamercolor{block title example}{bg= forestgreen,fg=white} - -\fi% - -% Red colors -\def\beamer@torinoth@redtext{red}% -\ifx\beamer@torinoth@defcolor\beamer@torinoth@redtext% - - \setbeamercolor*{palette primary}{fg=white,bg=redorange} - \setbeamercolor*{palette secondary}{fg=black,bg=apricot} - - \setbeamercolor*{titlelike}{fg=white,bg=redorange} - \setbeamercolor*{frametitle}{fg=black,bg=black} - \setbeamercolor*{item}{fg=redorange} - \setbeamercolor*{alerted text}{fg=redorange} - \def\beamer@torinoth@color{redorange} - - \setbeamercolor{block body}{fg=black,bg= apricot!20} - \setbeamercolor{block body alerted}{fg=black,bg= apricot!20} - \setbeamercolor{block body example}{use=block title,fg=black,bg= apricot!20} - \setbeamercolor{block title}{bg= redorange,fg=white} - \setbeamercolor{block title alerted}{bg= redorange,fg=white} - \setbeamercolor{block title example}{bg= redorange,fg=white} - -\fi% - -% Innertheme colors -\setbeamercolor*{title page header}{parent=palette primary} -\setbeamercolor*{ateneo page header}{parent=palette primary} - -% Outertheme colors -\setbeamercolor*{footerbox}{parent=palette secondary} -\setbeamercolor*{titleline}{parent=palette primary} -\setbeamercolor*{page header}{parent=titlelike} -\setbeamercolor*{second header}{parent=palette secondary} -\setbeamercolor*{frame number}{parent=palette secondary} - -\setbeamercolor*{separation line}{bg=white} -\setbeamercolor*{fine separation line}{bg=white} - -\mode -<all> diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tex/latex/beamer2thesis/beamerfontthemetorinoth.sty new/tex/latex/beamer2thesis/beamerfontthemetorinoth.sty --- old/tex/latex/beamer2thesis/beamerfontthemetorinoth.sty 2012-08-28 00:12:01.000000000 +0200 +++ new/tex/latex/beamer2thesis/beamerfontthemetorinoth.sty 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,24 +0,0 @@ -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% Copyright 2011-2012 by Fiandrino Claudio -% -% This file may be distributed and/or modified -% -% 1. under the LaTeX Project Public License and/or -% 2. under the GNU Public License. -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -\mode<presentation> - -% Fonts -\setbeamerfont{title}{size=\Large} -\setbeamerfont{ateneo}{size=\large,shape=\scshape} -\setbeamerfont{person}{size=\normalsize,shape=\itshape} -\setbeamerfont{definition}{size=\normalsize} -\setbeamerfont{frame number}{series=\bfseries} -\setbeamerfont{footnote}{size=\tiny,family=\sffamily,series=\bfseries} -\setbeamerfont{date}{family=\sffamily,size=\small} - -\mode -<all> diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tex/latex/beamer2thesis/beamerinnerthemetorinoth.sty new/tex/latex/beamer2thesis/beamerinnerthemetorinoth.sty --- old/tex/latex/beamer2thesis/beamerinnerthemetorinoth.sty 2012-08-28 00:12:01.000000000 +0200 +++ new/tex/latex/beamer2thesis/beamerinnerthemetorinoth.sty 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,499 +0,0 @@ -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% Copyright 2011-2012 by Fiandrino Claudio -% -% This file may be distributed and/or modified -% -% 1. under the LaTeX Project Public License and/or -% 2. under the GNU Public License. -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -\mode<presentation> - -% Logo to use in the title page -\def\beamer@torinoth@titlepagelogo{} -\DeclareOptionBeamer{titlepagelogo}{\def\beamer@torinoth@titlepagelogo{#1}} - -% Second optional logo to use in the title page -\DeclareOptionBeamer{secondlogo}[true]{\def\beamer@torinoth@secondlogo{#1}} -\ExecuteOptionsBeamer{secondlogo=false} - -% Third optional logo to use in the title page -\DeclareOptionBeamer{thirdlogo}[true]{\def\beamer@torinoth@thirdlogo{#1}} -\ExecuteOptionsBeamer{thirdlogo=false} - -% Language -\DeclareOptionBeamer{language}[italian]{\def\beamer@torinoth@language{#1}} -\DeclareOptionBeamer{language}[other]{\def\beamer@torinoth@language{#1}} -\ExecuteOptionsBeamer{language=english} - -% Second candidate -\DeclareOptionBeamer{secondcandidate}[true]{\def\beamer@torinoth@secondcandidate{#1}} -\ExecuteOptionsBeamer{secondcandidate=false} - -% Second supervisor -\DeclareOptionBeamer{secondsupervisor}[true]{\def\beamer@torinoth@secondsupervisor{#1}} -\ExecuteOptionsBeamer{secondsupervisor=false} - -% Assistant supervisor -\DeclareOptionBeamer{assistantsupervisor}[true]{\def\beamer@torinoth@assistantsupervisor{#1}} -\ExecuteOptionsBeamer{assistantsupervisor=false} - -% Second assistant supervisor -\DeclareOptionBeamer{secondassistantsupervisor}[true]{\def\beamer@torinoth@secondassistantsupervisor{#1}} -\ExecuteOptionsBeamer{secondassistantsupervisor=false} - -% Bullet shape -\DeclareOptionBeamer{bullet}{\def\beamer@torinoth@bullet{#1}} -\ExecuteOptionsBeamer{bullet=circle} - -\ProcessOptionsBeamer - -% Definition of second logo if request -\def\beamer@torinoth@secondlogotext{true}% -\ifx\beamer@torinoth@secondlogo\beamer@torinoth@secondlogotext% - \def\titlepagesecondlogo#1{\gdef\@titlepagesecondlogo{#1}}% - - % Definition of third logo if request - \def\beamer@torinoth@thirdlogotext{true}% - \ifx\beamer@torinoth@thirdlogo\beamer@torinoth@thirdlogotext% - \def\titlepagethirdlogo#1{\gdef\@titlepagethirdlogo{#1}}% - \fi% - -\fi% - -% Ateneo -\providecommand{\ateneo}{\institute}% -\providecommand{\insertateneo}{\insertinstitute}% - -% Supervisor -\def\rel#1{\gdef\@rel{#1}} -\def\@rel{\PackageError{Beamer2Thesis}% -{\protect\rel\space not given. Please insert name and surname of the supervisor}% -{Example: \protect\rel{Name-surname}} -}% - -% Second supervisor - \def\beamer@torinoth@secondsuptext{true}% - \ifx\beamer@torinoth@secondsupervisor\beamer@torinoth@secondsuptext% - \def\secondsupervisor#1{\gdef\@secondsupervisor{#1}}% - \def\@secondsupervisor{\PackageError{Beamer2Thesis}% - {\protect\secondsupervisor\space not given. Please insert it}% - {Example: \protect\secondsupervisor{Name-surname}} - }% - \fi - -% Second candidate -\def\beamer@torinoth@secondcandtext{true}% -\ifx\beamer@torinoth@secondcandidate\beamer@torinoth@secondcandtext% - \def\secondcandidate#1{\gdef\@secondcandidate{#1}}% - \def\@secondcandidate{\PackageError{Beamer2Thesis}% - {\protect\secondcandidate\space not given. Please insert it}% - {Example: \protect\secondcandidate{Name-surname}} - }% -\fi - -% Assistant supervisor -\def\beamer@torinoth@assistantsupervisortext{true}% -\ifx\beamer@torinoth@assistantsupervisortext\beamer@torinoth@assistantsupervisor% - \def\assistantsupervisor#1{\gdef\@assistantsupervisor{#1}}% - \def\@assistantsupervisor{\PackageError{Beamer2Thesis}% - {\protect\assistantsupervisor\space not given. Please insert it}% - {Example: \protect\assistantsupervisor{Name-surname}} - }% - % Second assistant supervisor - \def\beamer@torinoth@secondassistantsuptext{true}% - \ifx\beamer@torinoth@secondassistantsupervisor\beamer@torinoth@secondassistantsuptext% - \def\secondassistantsupervisor#1{\gdef\@secondassistantsupervisor{#1}}% - \def\@secondassistantsupervisor{\PackageError{Beamer2Thesis}% - {\protect\secondassistantsupervisor\space not given. Please insert it}% - {Example: \protect\secondassistantsupervisor{Name-surname}} - }% - \fi -\fi - -% Margins -\newlength{\beamer@torinoth@normalmargin} -\setlength{\beamer@torinoth@normalmargin}{.065\paperwidth} -\setbeamersize{text margin left=\beamer@torinoth@normalmargin} -\setbeamersize{text margin right=\beamer@torinoth@normalmargin} -\setlength\leftmargini{.6\beamer@torinoth@normalmargin} -\setlength\leftmarginii{.6\beamer@torinoth@normalmargin} -\setlength\leftmarginiii{.6\beamer@torinoth@normalmargin} - -% Labels in title page -%---------------------------------- -\def\beamer@torinoth@superv{} -\def\beamer@torinoth@assistantsupervisorlabel{} -\def\beamer@torinoth@cand{} -\def\beamer@torinoth@italiantext{italian}% -\def\beamer@torinoth@englishtext{english}% -%---------------------------------- - % First Column labels - % Supervisor-number-check - \ifx\beamer@torinoth@secondsupervisor\beamer@torinoth@secondsuptext% - % Supervisor-language-check - - \ifx\beamer@torinoth@language\beamer@torinoth@italiantext% - \renewcommand\beamer@torinoth@superv{Relatori}% - \else% - \ifx\beamer@torinoth@language\beamer@torinoth@englishtext% - \renewcommand\beamer@torinoth@superv{Supervisors}% - \else% - \def\setrellabel#1{\gdef\@setrellab{#1}}% - \def\@setrellab{\PackageError{Beamer2Thesis}% - {\protect\setrellabel\space not given. Please insert it in your language}% - {Example in english: \protect\setrellabel{Supervisor}} - } - \renewcommand\beamer@torinoth@superv{\@setrellab}% - \fi% - \fi% - \else% - % Supervisor-language-check - \ifx\beamer@torinoth@language\beamer@torinoth@italiantext% - \renewcommand\beamer@torinoth@superv{Relatore}% - \else% - \ifx\beamer@torinoth@language\beamer@torinoth@englishtext% - \renewcommand\beamer@torinoth@superv{Supervisor}% - \else% - \def\setrellabel#1{\gdef\@setrellab{#1}}% - \def\@setrellab{\PackageError{Beamer2Thesis}% - {\protect\setrellabel\space not given. Please insert it in your language}% - {Example in english: \protect\setrellabel{Supervisor}} - } - \renewcommand\beamer@torinoth@superv{\@setrellab}% - \fi% - \fi% - \fi% - % Assistant Supervisor-number-check - \ifx\beamer@torinoth@secondassistantsupervisor\beamer@torinoth@secondassistantsuptext% - % Assistant-supervisor-language-check - \ifx\beamer@torinoth@language\beamer@torinoth@italiantext% - \renewcommand\beamer@torinoth@assistantsupervisorlabel{Correlatori}% - \else% - \ifx\beamer@torinoth@language\beamer@torinoth@englishtext% - \renewcommand\beamer@torinoth@assistantsupervisorlabel{Assistant Supervisors}% - \else% - \def\setassistentsupervisorlabel#1{\gdef\@setassistentsupervlab{#1}}% - \def\@setassistentsupervlab{\PackageError{Beamer2Thesis}% - {\protect\setassistentsupervisorlabel\space not given. Please insert it in your language}% - {Example in english: \protect\setassistentsupervisorlabel{Assistent Supervisor}} - } - \renewcommand\beamer@torinoth@assistantsupervisorlabel{\@setassistentsupervlab}% - \fi% - \fi% - \else% - % Assistant-supervisor-language-check - \ifx\beamer@torinoth@language\beamer@torinoth@italiantext% - \renewcommand\beamer@torinoth@assistantsupervisorlabel{Correlatore}% - \else% - \ifx\beamer@torinoth@language\beamer@torinoth@englishtext% - \renewcommand\beamer@torinoth@assistantsupervisorlabel{Assistant Supervisor}% - \else% - \def\setassistentsupervisorlabel#1{\gdef\@setassistentsupervlab{#1}}% - \def\@setassistentsupervlab{\PackageError{Beamer2Thesis}% - {\protect\setassistentsupervisorlabel\space not given. Please insert it in your language}% - {Example in english: \protect\setassistentsupervisorlabel{Assistent Supervisor}} - } - \renewcommand\beamer@torinoth@assistantsupervisorlabel{\@setassistentsupervlab}% - \fi% - \fi% - \fi% -%---------------------------------- - % Second Column labels - % Number-candidates-check - \def\beamer@torinoth@secondcandtext{true}% - \ifx\beamer@torinoth@secondcandidate\beamer@torinoth@secondcandtext% - % Candidate-language-check - \ifx\beamer@torinoth@language\beamer@torinoth@italiantext% - \renewcommand\beamer@torinoth@cand{Candidati}% - \else% - \ifx\beamer@torinoth@language\beamer@torinoth@englishtext% - \renewcommand\beamer@torinoth@cand{Candidates}% - \else% - \def\setcandidatelabel#1{\gdef\@setcandlab{#1}}% - \def\@setcandlab{\PackageError{Beamer2Thesis}% - {\protect\setcandidatelabel\space not given. Please insert it in your language}% - {Example in english: \protect\setcandidatelabel{Candidate}} - } - \renewcommand\beamer@torinoth@cand{\@setcandlab}% - \fi% - \fi% - \else% - % Candidate-language-check - \ifx\beamer@torinoth@language\beamer@torinoth@italiantext% - \renewcommand\beamer@torinoth@cand{Candidato}% - \else - \ifx\beamer@torinoth@language\beamer@torinoth@englishtext% - \renewcommand\beamer@torinoth@cand{Candidate}% - \else% - \def\setcandidatelabel#1{\gdef\@setcandlab{#1}}% - \def\@setcandlab{\PackageError{Beamer2Thesis}% - {\protect\setcandidatelabel\space not given. Please insert it in your language}% - {Example in english: \protect\setcandidatelabel{Candidate}} - } - \renewcommand\beamer@torinoth@cand{\@setcandlab}% - \fi% - \fi% - \fi% -%---------------------------------- - -% Thesis title page -\defbeamertemplate*{title page}{torinoth}[1][] -{ - % Logo & Ateneo - \begin{centering} - \begin{beamercolorbox}[rounded=true,shadow=true,ht=2.5ex,wd=.89\paperwidth,sep=3pt,center,#1]{ateneo page header}% - \usebeamerfont{ateneo}\insertateneo\par% - \end{beamercolorbox} - \vskip0.5em% - % Check-second-logo - \def\beamer@torinoth@secondlogotext{true}% - \ifx\beamer@torinoth@secondlogo\beamer@torinoth@secondlogotext% - % Check-third-logo - \def\beamer@torinoth@thirdlogotext{true}% - \ifx\beamer@torinoth@thirdlogo\beamer@torinoth@thirdlogotext% - \hbox{ - % First-column - \begin{beamercolorbox}[wd=0.3\paperwidth,center]{} - \includegraphics[height=.2\paperheight]{\@titlepagesecondlogo}% - \end{beamercolorbox} - % Second-column - \begin{beamercolorbox}[wd=0.25\paperwidth,center]{} - \includegraphics[height=.2\paperheight]{\beamer@torinoth@titlepagelogo}% - \end{beamercolorbox} - % Third-column - \begin{beamercolorbox}[wd=0.275\paperwidth,center]{} - \includegraphics[height=.2\paperheight]{\@titlepagethirdlogo}% - \end{beamercolorbox} - - } - \else% - \hbox{ - % First-column - \begin{beamercolorbox}[wd=0.475\paperwidth,center]{} - \includegraphics[height=.2\paperheight]{\beamer@torinoth@titlepagelogo}% - \end{beamercolorbox} - % Second-column - \begin{beamercolorbox}[wd=0.325\paperwidth,center]{} - \includegraphics[height=.2\paperheight]{\@titlepagesecondlogo}% - \end{beamercolorbox}} - \fi% - \else% - \includegraphics[height=.2\paperheight]{\beamer@torinoth@titlepagelogo}% - \fi% - \vfill% - \end{centering} - \vskip0.25em% - % Title - \begin{centering} - \begin{beamercolorbox}[wd=\paperwidth,sep=8pt,center,#1]{title page header} - \usebeamerfont{title}\inserttitle\par% - \end{beamercolorbox}% - \end{centering} - - \vskip0.75em\par% - - \begin{columns} - %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - % First column - \column{.5\paperwidth}% - %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - % Placement of labels - % Assistant-supervisor-check - \ifx\beamer@torinoth@assistantsupervisor\beamer@torinoth@assistantsupervisortext% - % Number assistant supervisor check - \ifx\beamer@torinoth@secondassistantsupervisor\beamer@torinoth@secondassistantsuptext% - \begin{beamercolorbox}[ht=0.075\paperheight,sep=8pt,center,#1]{rel} - \usebeamerfont{definition}\beamer@torinoth@superv% - \end{beamercolorbox} - \vskip-0.25em% - \ifx\beamer@torinoth@secondsupervisor\beamer@torinoth@secondsuptext% - \begin{beamercolorbox}[ht=0.065\paperheight,sep=8pt,center,#1]{rel}% - \usebeamerfont{person}\@rel% - \end{beamercolorbox} - \vskip-0.25em% - \begin{beamercolorbox}[ht=0.065\paperheight,sep=8pt,center,#1]{rel}% - \usebeamerfont{person}\@secondsupervisor% - \end{beamercolorbox} - \vspace{\stretch{0.6}}% - \else - \begin{beamercolorbox}[ht=0.065\paperheight,sep=8pt,center,#1]{rel}% - \usebeamerfont{person}\@rel% - \end{beamercolorbox} - \vspace{\stretch{0.6}}% - \fi - \begin{beamercolorbox}[ht=0.075\paperheight,sep=8pt,center,#1]{rel} - \usebeamerfont{definition}\beamer@torinoth@assistantsupervisorlabel% - \end{beamercolorbox} - \begin{beamercolorbox}[ht=0.06\paperheight,sep=8pt,center,#1]{rel}% - \usebeamerfont{person}\@assistantsupervisor% - \end{beamercolorbox} - \begin{beamercolorbox}[ht=0.05\paperheight,sep=8pt,center,#1]{rel}% - \usebeamerfont{person}\@secondassistantsupervisor% - \end{beamercolorbox} - \vskip-1.75em% - \else% - \vspace{\stretch{0.6}}% - \begin{beamercolorbox}[ht=0.075\paperheight,sep=8pt,center,#1]{rel} - \usebeamerfont{definition}\beamer@torinoth@superv% - \end{beamercolorbox} - \ifx\beamer@torinoth@secondsupervisor\beamer@torinoth@secondsuptext% - \begin{beamercolorbox}[ht=0.065\paperheight,sep=8pt,center,#1]{rel}% - \usebeamerfont{person}\@rel% - \end{beamercolorbox} - \vskip-0.25em% - \begin{beamercolorbox}[ht=0.065\paperheight,sep=8pt,center,#1]{rel}% - \usebeamerfont{person}\@secondsupervisor% - \end{beamercolorbox} - \vspace{\stretch{0.6}}% - \else% - - \begin{beamercolorbox}[ht=0.075\paperheight,sep=8pt,center,#1]{rel}% - \usebeamerfont{person}\@rel% - \end{beamercolorbox} - \vspace{\stretch{0.6}}% - \fi - \begin{beamercolorbox}[ht=0.07\paperheight,sep=8pt,center,#1]{rel} - \usebeamerfont{definition}\beamer@torinoth@assistantsupervisorlabel% - \end{beamercolorbox} - \begin{beamercolorbox}[ht=0.06\paperheight,sep=8pt,center,#1]{rel}% - \usebeamerfont{person}\@assistantsupervisor% - \end{beamercolorbox} - %\vskip-2em% - \fi% - \else% - \vspace{\stretch{0.25}}% - \begin{beamercolorbox}[ht=0.075\paperheight,sep=8pt,center,#1]{rel} - \usebeamerfont{definition}\beamer@torinoth@superv% - \end{beamercolorbox} - - \ifx\beamer@torinoth@secondsupervisor\beamer@torinoth@secondsuptext% - \begin{beamercolorbox}[ht=0.065\paperheight,sep=8pt,center,#1]{rel}% - \usebeamerfont{person}\@rel% - \end{beamercolorbox} - \vspace{\stretch{0.5}}% - \begin{beamercolorbox}[ht=0.065\paperheight,sep=8pt,center,#1]{rel}% - \usebeamerfont{person}\@secondsupervisor% - \end{beamercolorbox} - \vspace{\stretch{0.75}}% - \else% - \begin{beamercolorbox}[ht=0.065\paperheight,sep=8pt,center,#1]{rel}% - \usebeamerfont{person}\@rel% - \end{beamercolorbox} - \vspace{\stretch{1}}% - \fi% - \fi% - - % Second column - \column{.5\paperwidth}% - %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - % Placement of labels - \vskip-0.5em% - \ifx\beamer@torinoth@secondcandidate\beamer@torinoth@secondcandtext% - \begin{beamercolorbox}[ht=0.075\paperheight,sep=8pt,center,#1]{author} - \usebeamerfont{definition}\beamer@torinoth@cand% - \end{beamercolorbox} - \vskip-0.5em% - % First-candidate - \begin{beamercolorbox}[sep=8pt,center,#1]{author} - \usebeamerfont{person}\insertauthor% - \end{beamercolorbox} - \vskip-0.5em% - % Second-candidate - \begin{beamercolorbox}[sep=8pt,center,#1]{author} - \usebeamerfont{person}\@secondcandidate% - \end{beamercolorbox} - \else% - \begin{beamercolorbox}[ht=0.075\paperheight,sep=8pt,center,#1]{author} - \usebeamerfont{definition}\beamer@torinoth@cand% - \end{beamercolorbox} - \vskip-0.5em% - % First-candidate - \begin{beamercolorbox}[sep=8pt,center,#1]{author} - \usebeamerfont{person}\insertauthor% - \end{beamercolorbox} - \fi - \end{columns} - % Selection of space to skip for the date label - %\def\beamer@torinoth@assistantsupervisortextf{false}% - %\ifx\beamer@torinoth@assistantsupervisor\beamer@torinoth@assistantsupervisortextf% - %\vskip1.5em% - %\else - %\vskip-1.35em% - %\fi - \vfill - % Date - \begin{centering} - \begin{beamercolorbox}[sep=8pt,center,#1]{date}% - \usebeamerfont{date}\insertdate{}% - \end{beamercolorbox}%\vskip0.5em - \end{centering} - \vfill -} - -% Itemize environment thesis-modifications - -% Advantages mode -\newenvironment{adv}% -{\begin{list}{\color{alerted text.fg}{\ding{51}}}{}}% -{\end{list}}% - -% Disadvantages mode -\newenvironment{disadv}% -{\begin{list}{\color{alerted text.fg}{\ding{55}}}{}}% -{\end{list}}% - -% Square mode -\defbeamertemplate{itemize item}{squarem}% -{\tiny\raise.5ex\hbox{\donotcoloroutermaths$\blacksquare$}} -\defbeamertemplate{itemize subitem}{squarem}% -{\tiny\raise.4ex\hbox{\donotcoloroutermaths$\square$}} -\defbeamertemplate{itemize subsubitem}{squarem}% -{\tiny\raise.3ex\hbox{\donotcoloroutermaths$\blacksquare$}} - -% Diamond mode -\defbeamertemplate{itemize item}{diamondm}% -{\tiny\raise.5ex\hbox{\donotcoloroutermaths$\blacklozenge$}} -\defbeamertemplate{itemize subitem}{diamondm}% -{\tiny\raise.4ex\hbox{\donotcoloroutermaths$\lozenge$}} -\defbeamertemplate{itemize subsubitem}{diamondm}% -{\tiny\raise.3ex\hbox{\donotcoloroutermaths$\blacklozenge$}} - -% Triangle mode -\defbeamertemplate{itemize item}{trianglem}% -{\tiny\raise.5ex\hbox{\donotcoloroutermaths$\blacktriangleright$}} -\defbeamertemplate{itemize subitem}{trianglem}% -{\tiny\raise.4ex\hbox{\donotcoloroutermaths$\vartriangleright$}} -\defbeamertemplate{itemize subsubitem}{trianglem}% -{\tiny\raise.3ex\hbox{\donotcoloroutermaths$\blacktriangleright$}} - -% Circle mode -\defbeamertemplate{itemize item}{circlem}% -{\small\raise.2ex\hbox{\donotcoloroutermaths$\bullet$}} -\defbeamertemplate{itemize subitem}{circlem}% -{\small\raise.1ex\hbox{\donotcoloroutermaths$\circ$}} -\defbeamertemplate{itemize subsubitem}{circlem}% -{\scriptsize\raise.1ex\hbox{\donotcoloroutermaths$\bullet$}} - -\def\options{square} -\def\optiond{diamond} -\def\optiont{triangle} -\def\optionc{circle} - -\ifx\beamer@torinoth@bullet\options - \setbeamertemplate{items}[squarem] -\fi -\ifx\beamer@torinoth@bullet\optiond - \setbeamertemplate{items}[diamondm] -\fi -\ifx\beamer@torinoth@bullet\optiont - \setbeamertemplate{items}[trianglem] -\fi -\ifx\beamer@torinoth@bullet\optionc - \setbeamertemplate{items}[circlem] -\fi - -\mode<all> - diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tex/latex/beamer2thesis/beamerouterthemetorinoth.sty new/tex/latex/beamer2thesis/beamerouterthemetorinoth.sty --- old/tex/latex/beamer2thesis/beamerouterthemetorinoth.sty 2012-08-28 00:12:01.000000000 +0200 +++ new/tex/latex/beamer2thesis/beamerouterthemetorinoth.sty 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,144 +0,0 @@ -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% Copyright 2011-2012 by Fiandrino Claudio -% -% This file may be distributed and/or modified -% -% 1. under the LaTeX Project Public License and/or -% 2. under the GNU Public License. -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -\mode<presentation> - -% String used between the current page and the total page count. -\def\beamer@torinoth@pageofpages{of} -\DeclareOptionBeamer{pageofpages}{\def\beamer@torinoth@pageofpages{#1}} -\ExecuteOptionsBeamer{pageofpages=of} - -% Show a line below the frame title. -\DeclareOptionBeamer{titleline}[false]{\def\beamer@torinoth@titleline{#1}} - -% Option to not show the author in the footer -\DeclareOptionBeamer{notshowauthor}[true]{\def\beamer@torinoth@notshowauthor{#1}} -\ExecuteOptionsBeamer{notshowauthor=false} - -\ExecuteOptionsBeamer{titleline=true} -\ProcessOptionsBeamer - -% Lengths -\newlength{\headerheight} -\setlength{\headerheight}{.045\paperheight} -\newlength{\beamer@torinoth@line} -\setlength{\beamer@torinoth@line}{.03\paperheight} -\newlength{\beamer@torinoth@box} -\setlength{\beamer@torinoth@box}{.015\paperheight} - -% Footer -\defbeamertemplate*{footline}{torinoth theme} -{ - \leavevmode% - % First line. - \hbox{% - \begin{beamercolorbox}[wd=\paperwidth,ht=\beamer@torinoth@line,dp=0pt]{}% - \end{beamercolorbox}% - } % - % Page number. - \hbox{% - \begin{beamercolorbox}[wd=.85\paperwidth,ht=0ex,dp=0ex]{}% - \end{beamercolorbox}% - \begin{beamercolorbox}[wd=.075\paperwidth,ht=.2ex,center,rounded=true,shadow=true]{frame number}% - \usebeamerfont{frame number}\insertframenumber{} \beamer@torinoth@pageofpages{} \inserttotalframenumber{}% - \end{beamercolorbox}% - } % - % Second line. - \hbox{% - \def\beamer@torinoth@separator{-}% - % Check if there are two candidates - \def\beamer@torinoth@secondcandtext{true}% - \ifx\beamer@torinoth@secondcandidate\beamer@torinoth@secondcandtext% - \begin{beamercolorbox}[wd=.2\paperwidth,ht=\beamer@torinoth@box,dp=0pt]{}% - \end{beamercolorbox}% - \begin{beamercolorbox}[wd=.6\paperwidth,ht=\beamer@torinoth@box,dp=0pt,center,rounded=true,shadow=true]{footerbox}% - \usebeamerfont{footnote} \insertshorttitle \par% - \end{beamercolorbox}% - \else% - \begin{beamercolorbox}[wd=.15\paperwidth,ht=\beamer@torinoth@box,dp=0pt]{}% - \end{beamercolorbox}% - \def\beamer@torinoth@notshowauthortext{true}% - \ifx\beamer@torinoth@notshowauthor\beamer@torinoth@notshowauthortext% - \begin{beamercolorbox}[wd=.65\paperwidth,ht=\beamer@torinoth@box,sep=0.75pt,center,rounded=true,shadow=true]{footerbox}% - \usebeamerfont{footnote}\insertshorttitle \par% - \end{beamercolorbox}% - \else - \begin{beamercolorbox}[wd=.65\paperwidth,ht=\beamer@torinoth@box,sep=0.75pt,center,rounded=true,shadow=true]{footerbox}% - \usebeamerfont{footnote}\insertauthor{} \beamer@torinoth@separator{} \insertshorttitle \par% - \end{beamercolorbox}% - \fi% - \fi% - \begin{beamercolorbox}[wd=.2\paperwidth,ht=\beamer@torinoth@box,dp=0pt]{}% - \end{beamercolorbox}% - } % - % Third line. - \hbox{% - \begin{beamercolorbox}[wd=\paperwidth,ht=\beamer@torinoth@line,dp=0pt,left]{}% - \insertslidenavigationsymbol - \end{beamercolorbox}% - } % -} - -% Header -\defbeamertemplate*{headline}{torinoth theme} -{ - - % Insert modality to manage navigation bars - % Insert modality to manage a logo put on the right up side - - \leavevmode% - \hbox{% - \begin{beamercolorbox}[wd=\paperwidth,ht=\headerheight,dp=0pt]{page header}% - \end{beamercolorbox}% - }% - \vskip0pt% - \hbox{% - \begin{beamercolorbox}[wd=\paperwidth,ht=\beamer@torinoth@line]{second header}% - \end{beamercolorbox}% - } -} - -\defbeamertemplate*{frametitle}{torinoth theme}[1][left] -{ - \ifbeamercolorempty[bg]{frametitle}{}{\nointerlineskip}% - \@tempdima=\textwidth% - \advance\@tempdima by\beamer@leftmargin% - \advance\@tempdima by\beamer@rightmargin% - \vbox{}\vskip-.5\beamer@leftmargin% - \begin{beamercolorbox}[sep=\beamer@leftmargin,#1,wd=\the\@tempdima]{} - \usebeamerfont{frametitle}\usebeamercolor[bg]{framesubtitle}% - \vbox{}\vskip0ex% - \if@tempswa\else\csname beamer@fte#1\endcsname\fi% - \strut\insertframetitle\strut\par% - {% - \ifx\insertframesubtitle\@empty% - \else% - {\usebeamerfont{framesubtitle}\usebeamercolor[bg]{framesubtitle}\insertframesubtitle\strut\par}% - \fi - }% - \vskip-1ex% - \if@tempswa\else\vskip-\beamer@leftmargin\fi - \end{beamercolorbox}% - \def\beamer@torinoth@truetext{true}% - \ifx\beamer@torinoth@titleline\beamer@torinoth@truetext% - \vskip-.5\beamer@leftmargin% - \begin{beamercolorbox}[wd=\textwidth,ht=.1ex,dp=0ex]{titleline}% - \end{beamercolorbox}% - \fi -} - -% Frame title continuations, default - -\defbeamertemplate*{frametitle continuation}{torinoth theme}{(\insertcontinuationcount)} - - -\mode -<all> diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tex/latex/beamer2thesis/beamerthemeTorinoTh.sty new/tex/latex/beamer2thesis/beamerthemeTorinoTh.sty --- old/tex/latex/beamer2thesis/beamerthemeTorinoTh.sty 2012-08-28 00:12:01.000000000 +0200 +++ new/tex/latex/beamer2thesis/beamerthemeTorinoTh.sty 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,129 +0,0 @@ -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% Copyright 2011-2012 by Fiandrino Claudio -% -% This file may be distributed and/or modified -% -% 1. under the LaTeX Project Public License and/or -% 2. under the GNU Public License. -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -\mode<presentation> - -% Options -\DeclareOptionBeamer{language}{\PassOptionsToPackage{language=#1}{beamerinnerthemetorinoth}\def\beamer@torinoth@language{#1}} -\DeclareOptionBeamer{titlepagelogo}{\PassOptionsToPackage{titlepagelogo=#1}{beamerinnerthemetorinoth}} -\DeclareOptionBeamer{bullet}{\PassOptionsToPackage{bullet=#1}{beamerinnerthemetorinoth}} -\DeclareOptionBeamer{pageofpages}{\PassOptionsToPackage{pageofpages=#1}{beamerouterthemetorinoth}} -\DeclareOptionBeamer{titleline}[false]{\PassOptionsToPackage{titleline=#1}{beamerouterthemetorinoth}} -\DeclareOptionBeamer{color}{\PassOptionsToPackage{color=#1}{beamercolorthemetorinoth}} -\DeclareOptionBeamer{secondcandidate}[true]{\PassOptionsToPackage{secondcandidate=#1}{beamerinnerthemetorinoth}} -\DeclareOptionBeamer{secondsupervisor}[true]{\PassOptionsToPackage{secondsupervisor=#1}{beamerinnerthemetorinoth}} -\DeclareOptionBeamer{secondlogo}[true]{\PassOptionsToPackage{secondlogo=#1}{beamerinnerthemetorinoth}} -\DeclareOptionBeamer{thirdlogo}[true]{\PassOptionsToPackage{thirdlogo=#1}{beamerinnerthemetorinoth}} -\DeclareOptionBeamer{assistantsupervisor}[true]{\PassOptionsToPackage{assistantsupervisor=#1}{beamerinnerthemetorinoth}} -\DeclareOptionBeamer{secondassistantsupervisor}[true]{\PassOptionsToPackage{secondassistantsupervisor=#1}{beamerinnerthemetorinoth}} -\DeclareOptionBeamer{notshowauthor}[true]{\PassOptionsToPackage{notshowauthor=#1}{beamerouterthemetorinoth}} -\DeclareOptionBeamer{coding}{\def\beamer@torinoth@coding{#1}} -\ExecuteOptionsBeamer{coding=utf8x} -\ProcessOptionsBeamer - -% Packages -\RequirePackage{ifxetex}% -\RequirePackage{pifont}% -\ifxetex - \RequirePackage{fontspec}% - \defaultfontfeatures{Mapping=tex-text}% - \RequirePackage{xunicode}% - \RequirePackage{xltxtra}% - \RequirePackage{metalogo}% - \RequirePackage{xkeyval}% - \RequirePackage{polyglossia}% -\else - \RequirePackage[\beamer@torinoth@coding]{inputenc}% -\fi - -% Disable insertshorttitle link -\renewcommand\insertshorttitle[1][]{% - \beamer@setupshort{#1}% - \let\thanks=\@gobble% - \beamer@insertshort{\beamer@shorttitle}% - } - -% Language -\def\beamer@torinoth@subject{}% -\def\beamer@torinoth@italiantext{italian}% -\def\beamer@torinoth@englishtext{english}% - \ifx\beamer@torinoth@language\beamer@torinoth@italiantext% - \renewcommand\beamer@torinoth@subject{Presentazione Tesi di Laurea}% - \ifxetex - \setmainlanguage{italian}% - \else - \RequirePackage[italian]{babel}% - \fi - \fi% - - \ifx\beamer@torinoth@language\beamer@torinoth@englishtext% - \renewcommand\beamer@torinoth@subject{Thesis Presentation}% - \ifxetex - \setmainlanguage[variant=british]{english}% - \else - \RequirePackage[english]{babel}% - \fi% - \else% - \def\setsubject#1{\gdef\@setsubject{#1}}% - \def\@setsubject{\PackageError{Beamer2Thesis}% - {\protect\setsubject\space not given. Please insert it}% - {Example in english: \protect\setsubject{Thesis Presentation}} - } - \renewcommand\beamer@torinoth@subject{\@setsubject}% - \ifxetex - \setmainlanguage{\beamer@torinoth@language}% - \else - \RequirePackage[\beamer@torinoth@language]{babel}% - \fi% - \fi% - -% General settings -\useinnertheme{torinoth} -\useoutertheme{torinoth} -\usecolortheme{torinoth} -\usefonttheme{torinoth} - -\setbeamertemplate{navigation symbols}{} - -% Environment -\newenvironment{tframe}{ -\begin{frame}[t]}{\end{frame}} - -% Titleapageframe command -\newcommand{\titlepageframe}{ -\begin{frame}[plain] -\titlepage -\end{frame} -} - -% Highlight a single word -\newcommand{\highlight}[1]{{\it{\color{alerted text.fg}{#1}}}} -\newcommand{\highlightbf}[1]{{\bf\color{alerted text.fg}{#1}}} - -% Define hypersetup -\hypersetup{% - colorlinks=true, - hyperindex=true, - plainpages=false, - urlcolor=alerted text.fg, - linkcolor=alerted text.fg, - pdfinfo={% - Title={\inserttitle},% - Author={\insertauthor},% - Subject={\beamer@torinoth@subject},% - } -} - -% Blocks -\setbeamertemplate{blocks}[rounded][shadow=true] - -\mode -<all> Files old/tex/latex/beamer2thesis/logopolito.jpg and new/tex/latex/beamer2thesis/logopolito.jpg differ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/arcs.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/arcs.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/arcs.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/arcs.tlpobj 2010-06-10 18:15:04.000000000 +0200 @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +name arcs +category Package +revision 15878 +shortdesc Draw arcs over and under text +relocated 1 +longdesc The package provides two commands for placing an arc over +longdesc (\overarc) or under (\underarc) a piece of text. (The text may +longdesc be up to three letters long.) The commands generate an \hbox, +longdesc and may be used both in text and in maths formulae. +runfiles size=1 + RELOC/tex/latex/arcs/arcs.sty +catalogue-ctan /macros/latex/contrib/arcs +catalogue-date 2006-10-12 15:06:10 +0200 +catalogue-license lppl +catalogue-version 1 diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/tlpkg/tlpobj/beamer2thesis.tlpobj new/tlpkg/tlpobj/beamer2thesis.tlpobj --- old/tlpkg/tlpobj/beamer2thesis.tlpobj 2012-08-28 04:40:58.000000000 +0200 +++ new/tlpkg/tlpobj/beamer2thesis.tlpobj 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,18 +0,0 @@ -name beamer2thesis -category Package -revision 27539 -shortdesc Thesis presentations using beamer. -relocated 1 -longdesc The package specifies a beamer theme for presenting a thesis. -runfiles size=88 - RELOC/tex/latex/beamer2thesis/beamer2thesis.jpg - RELOC/tex/latex/beamer2thesis/beamercolorthemetorinoth.sty - RELOC/tex/latex/beamer2thesis/beamerfontthemetorinoth.sty - RELOC/tex/latex/beamer2thesis/beamerinnerthemetorinoth.sty - RELOC/tex/latex/beamer2thesis/beamerouterthemetorinoth.sty - RELOC/tex/latex/beamer2thesis/beamerthemeTorinoTh.sty - RELOC/tex/latex/beamer2thesis/logopolito.jpg -catalogue-ctan /macros/latex/contrib/beamer-contrib/themes/beamer2thesis -catalogue-date 2012-08-27 10:11:59 +0200 -catalogue-license lppl -catalogue-version 2.2 -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org For additional commands, e-mail: opensuse-commit+help(a)opensuse.org

1 0

commit texlive-specs-a for openSUSE:Factory
by root＠hilbert.suse.de 24 Feb '15

24 Feb '15

Hello community, here is the log from the commit of package texlive-specs-a for openSUSE:Factory checked in at 2015-02-24 12:59:08 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ Comparing /work/SRC/openSUSE:Factory/texlive-specs-a (Old) and /work/SRC/openSUSE:Factory/.texlive-specs-a.new (New) ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ Package is "texlive-specs-a" Changes: -------- --- /work/SRC/openSUSE:Factory/texlive-specs-a/texlive-specs-a.changes 2014-06-18 07:49:27.000000000 +0200 +++ /work/SRC/openSUSE:Factory/.texlive-specs-a.new/texlive-specs-a.changes 2015-02-24 12:59:11.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,0 +2,14 @@ +Thu Feb 19 09:29:36 UTC 2015 - coolo(a)suse.com + +- rework generate to create the texlive-specs-$letter.spec directly + to build X sources +- this decouples the letter from being a prefix to be a slice of + all the texlive packages + +- as such patches move between packages, among them + bbold_bbold11.dif bbold_bbold11.dif context_fourier-map.dif context_fourier-map.dif + jadetex_ini.dif kpathsea_cnf.dif latexdiff_env.dif luaotfload_varfonts.dif latex2man_tmphandling.dif + musixtex_various.dif pgf_plain.dif musixtex_various.dif texconfig_scripts.dif + texdraw_info.dif tex4ht_env.dif texdoc_cnf.dif tetex_scripts.dif + +------------------------------------------------------------------- Old: ---- aleph.tar.xz amslatex-primer.tar.xz amsldoc-it.tar.xz amsldoc-vn.tar.xz amsmath-it.tar.xz amsthdoc-it.tar.xz anufinalexam.tar.xz apprends-latex.tar.xz archaic.doc.tar.xz archaic.tar.xz arcs.doc.tar.xz arcs.tar.xz arev.doc.tar.xz arev.requires arev.tar.xz around-the-bend.doc.tar.xz around-the-bend.tar.xz arphic.doc.tar.xz arphic.tar.xz arrayjobx.doc.tar.xz arrayjobx.tar.xz arsclassica.doc.tar.xz arsclassica.tar.xz articleingud.doc.tar.xz articleingud.tar.xz arydshln.doc.tar.xz arydshln.tar.xz asaetr.doc.tar.xz asaetr.tar.xz ascelike.doc.tar.xz ascelike.tar.xz ascii-chart.doc.tar.xz ascii-chart.tar.xz ascii-font.doc.tar.xz ascii-font.tar.xz aspectratio.doc.tar.xz aspectratio.tar.xz assignment.doc.tar.xz assignment.tar.xz astro.doc.tar.xz astro.tar.xz asyfig.doc.tar.xz asyfig.tar.xz asymptote-by-example-zh-cn.doc.tar.xz asymptote-by-example-zh-cn.tar.xz asymptote-faq-zh-cn.doc.tar.xz asymptote-faq-zh-cn.tar.xz asymptote-manual-zh-cn.doc.tar.xz asymptote-manual-zh-cn.tar.xz asymptote.doc.tar.xz asymptote.requires asymptote.tar.xz attachfile.doc.tar.xz attachfile.tar.xz augie.doc.tar.xz augie.tar.xz auncial-new.doc.tar.xz auncial-new.tar.xz aurical.doc.tar.xz aurical.tar.xz authoraftertitle.doc.tar.xz authoraftertitle.tar.xz authorindex.doc.tar.xz authorindex.tar.xz auto-pst-pdf.doc.tar.xz auto-pst-pdf.tar.xz autoarea.doc.tar.xz autoarea.tar.xz automata.doc.tar.xz automata.tar.xz autonum.doc.tar.xz autonum.tar.xz autopdf.doc.tar.xz autopdf.tar.xz avantgar.tar.xz texlive-specs-rpmlintrc texlive-specs.tar.xz New: ---- 12many.doc.tar.xz 12many.tar.xz 2up.doc.tar.xz 2up.tar.xz Asana-Math.doc.tar.xz Asana-Math.tar.xz ESIEEcv.doc.tar.xz ESIEEcv.tar.xz FAQ-en.doc.tar.xz GS1.doc.tar.xz GS1.tar.xz HA-prosper.doc.tar.xz HA-prosper.tar.xz IEEEconf.doc.tar.xz IEEEconf.tar.xz IEEEtran.doc.tar.xz IEEEtran.tar.xz MemoirChapStyles.doc.tar.xz SIstyle.doc.tar.xz SIstyle.tar.xz SIunits.doc.tar.xz SIunits.tar.xz Tabbing.doc.tar.xz Tabbing.tar.xz Type1fonts.doc.tar.xz ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ Other differences: ------------------ ++++++ texlive-specs-a.spec ++++++ ++++ 14085 lines (skipped) ++++ between /work/SRC/openSUSE:Factory/texlive-specs-a/texlive-specs-a.spec ++++ and /work/SRC/openSUSE:Factory/.texlive-specs-a.new/texlive-specs-a.spec -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org For additional commands, e-mail: opensuse-commit+help(a)opensuse.org

1 0

commit perl-Business-ISBN-Data for openSUSE:Factory
by root＠hilbert.suse.de 24 Feb '15

24 Feb '15

Hello community, here is the log from the commit of package perl-Business-ISBN-Data for openSUSE:Factory checked in at 2015-02-24 12:59:02 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ Comparing /work/SRC/openSUSE:Factory/perl-Business-ISBN-Data (Old) and /work/SRC/openSUSE:Factory/.perl-Business-ISBN-Data.new (New) ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ Package is "perl-Business-ISBN-Data" Changes: -------- --- /work/SRC/openSUSE:Factory/perl-Business-ISBN-Data/perl-Business-ISBN-Data.changes 2014-09-25 08:42:45.000000000 +0200 +++ /work/SRC/openSUSE:Factory/.perl-Business-ISBN-Data.new/perl-Business-ISBN-Data.changes 2015-02-24 12:59:04.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,0 +2,9 @@ +Thu Feb 19 13:24:45 UTC 2015 - coolo(a)suse.com + +- updated to 20140910.002 + * Look in the current directory for RangeMessage.xml if it's + not in other locations. This can help with various Perl app + packagers. (But, also try ISBN_RANGE_MESSAGE env var) +- add fix-provides.diff to avoid providing ::ISBN without data + +------------------------------------------------------------------- Old: ---- Business-ISBN-Data-20140910.001.tar.gz New: ---- Business-ISBN-Data-20140910.002.tar.gz fix-provides.diff ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ Other differences: ------------------ ++++++ perl-Business-ISBN-Data.spec ++++++ --- /var/tmp/diff_new_pack.nIDQWZ/_old 2015-02-24 12:59:05.000000000 +0100 +++ /var/tmp/diff_new_pack.nIDQWZ/_new 2015-02-24 12:59:05.000000000 +0100 @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ # # spec file for package perl-Business-ISBN-Data # -# Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LINUX Products GmbH, Nuernberg, Germany. +# Copyright (c) 2015 SUSE LINUX GmbH, Nuernberg, Germany. # # All modifications and additions to the file contributed by third parties # remain the property of their copyright owners, unless otherwise agreed @@ -17,22 +17,20 @@ Name: perl-Business-ISBN-Data -Version: 20140910.001 +Version: 20140910.002 Release: 0 %define cpan_name Business-ISBN-Data -Summary: Data pack for Business::ISBN +Summary: data pack for Business::ISBN License: Artistic-1.0 or GPL-1.0+ Group: Development/Libraries/Perl Url: http://search.cpan.org/dist/Business-ISBN-Data/ Source: http://www.cpan.org/authors/id/B/BD/BDFOY/%{cpan_name}-%{version}.tar.gz +Patch0: fix-provides.diff BuildArch: noarch BuildRoot: %{_tmppath}/%{name}-%{version}-build BuildRequires: perl BuildRequires: perl-macros BuildRequires: perl(Test::More) >= 0.95 -Requires: perl(Test::More) >= 0.95 -#BuildRequires: perl(Test::Pod) -#BuildRequires: perl(Test::Pod::Coverage) %{perl_requires} %description @@ -41,9 +39,9 @@ These data are generated from the _RangeMessage.xml_ file provided by the ISBN Agency. You can retrieve this yourself at the -http://www.isbn-international.org/agency?rmxml=1 manpage. This file is -included as part of the distribution and should be installed at -_~lib/Business/ISBN/RangeMessage.xml_. +https://www.isbn-international.org/range_file_generation manpage. This file +is included as part of the distribution and should be installed at +_~lib/Business/ISBN/Data/RangeMessage.xml_. If you want to use a different _RangeMessage.xml_ file, you can set the 'ISBN_RANGE_MESSAGE' environment variable to the alternate location before @@ -53,14 +51,17 @@ If the default _RangeMessage.xml_ or your alternate one is not available, the module falls back to data included in _Data.pm_. However, that data is -likely to be older data. +likely to be older data. If it does not find that file, it looks for +_RangeMessage.xml_ in the current directory. -The data are in 'Business::ISBN::country_data' (although the "country" +The data are in '%Business::ISBN::country_data' (although the "country" part is historical). If you want to see where the data are from, check '$Business::ISBN::country_data{_source}'. %prep %setup -q -n %{cpan_name}-%{version} +%patch0 -p1 +# MANUAL sed -i "s|^#!/usr/local/bin/.*|%{_bindir}/perl|" make_data.pl %build ++++++ Business-ISBN-Data-20140910.001.tar.gz -> Business-ISBN-Data-20140910.002.tar.gz ++++++ diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/Business-ISBN-Data-20140910.001/Changes new/Business-ISBN-Data-20140910.002/Changes --- old/Business-ISBN-Data-20140910.001/Changes 2014-09-18 12:46:16.000000000 +0200 +++ new/Business-ISBN-Data-20140910.002/Changes 2014-09-22 20:32:13.000000000 +0200 @@ -1,4 +1,9 @@ +20140910.02 - Mon Sep 22 14:31:21 2014 + * Look in the current directory for RangeMessage.xml if it's + not in other locations. This can help with various Perl app + packagers. (But, also try ISBN_RANGE_MESSAGE env var) + 20140910.001 - Thu Sep 18 06:46:01 2014 * Update to the latest data (2014-09-10) diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/Business-ISBN-Data-20140910.001/META.json new/Business-ISBN-Data-20140910.002/META.json --- old/Business-ISBN-Data-20140910.001/META.json 2014-09-18 12:46:59.000000000 +0200 +++ new/Business-ISBN-Data-20140910.002/META.json 2014-09-22 20:32:15.000000000 +0200 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ "brian d foy <bdfoy(a)cpan.org>" ], "dynamic_config" : 1, - "generated_by" : "ExtUtils::MakeMaker version 6.98, CPAN::Meta::Converter version 2.140640", + "generated_by" : "ExtUtils::MakeMaker version 6.86, CPAN::Meta::Converter version 2.120921", "license" : [ "perl_5" ], @@ -50,5 +50,5 @@ "web" : "https://github.com/briandfoy/business--isbn" } }, - "version" : "20140910.001" + "version" : "20140910.002" } diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/Business-ISBN-Data-20140910.001/META.yml new/Business-ISBN-Data-20140910.002/META.yml --- old/Business-ISBN-Data-20140910.001/META.yml 2014-09-18 12:46:58.000000000 +0200 +++ new/Business-ISBN-Data-20140910.002/META.yml 2014-09-22 20:32:15.000000000 +0200 @@ -3,25 +3,25 @@ author: - 'brian d foy <bdfoy(a)cpan.org>' build_requires: - ExtUtils::MakeMaker: '0' - Test::More: '0.95' + ExtUtils::MakeMaker: 0 + Test::More: 0.95 configure_requires: - ExtUtils::MakeMaker: '0' + ExtUtils::MakeMaker: 0 dynamic_config: 1 -generated_by: 'ExtUtils::MakeMaker version 6.98, CPAN::Meta::Converter version 2.140640' +generated_by: 'ExtUtils::MakeMaker version 6.86, CPAN::Meta::Converter version 2.120921' license: perl meta-spec: url: http://module-build.sourceforge.net/META-spec-v1.4.html - version: '1.4' + version: 1.4 name: Business-ISBN-Data no_index: directory: - t - inc requires: - Carp: '0' - File::Basename: '0' - File::Spec::Functions: '0' + Carp: 0 + File::Basename: 0 + File::Spec::Functions: 0 resources: repository: https://github.com/briandfoy/business--isbn -version: '20140910.001' +version: 20140910.002 diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/Business-ISBN-Data-20140910.001/Makefile.PL new/Business-ISBN-Data-20140910.002/Makefile.PL --- old/Business-ISBN-Data-20140910.001/Makefile.PL 2014-09-18 12:46:16.000000000 +0200 +++ new/Business-ISBN-Data-20140910.002/Makefile.PL 2014-09-22 20:32:13.000000000 +0200 @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ use ExtUtils::MakeMaker 6.65; +use 5.008; + eval "use Test::Manifest 1.21"; WriteMakefile( diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/Business-ISBN-Data-20140910.001/lib/Business/ISBN/Data.pm new/Business-ISBN-Data-20140910.002/lib/Business/ISBN/Data.pm --- old/Business-ISBN-Data-20140910.001/lib/Business/ISBN/Data.pm 2014-09-18 12:46:16.000000000 +0200 +++ new/Business-ISBN-Data-20140910.002/lib/Business/ISBN/Data.pm 2014-09-22 20:32:13.000000000 +0200 @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ use File::Basename qw(dirname); use File::Spec::Functions qw(catfile); -$VERSION = '20140910.001'; +$VERSION = '20140910.002'; =head1 NAME @@ -34,7 +34,8 @@ If the default F<RangeMessage.xml> or your alternate one is not available, the module falls back to data included in F<Data.pm>. However, that data -is likely to be older data. +is likely to be older data. If it does not find that file, it looks +for F<RangeMessage.xml> in the current directory. The data are in C<%Business::ISBN::country_data> (although the "country" part is historical). If you want to see where the data are from, check @@ -57,6 +58,9 @@ Daniel Jakubik updated the data in July 2012. +Markus Spann suggested looking for F<RangeMessage.xml> in the current +directory to make it work with Perl app bundlers. + =head1 COPYRIGHT AND LICENSE Copyright (c) 2002-2014, brian d foy, All Rights Reserved. @@ -68,6 +72,7 @@ sub _default_data { ( _source => __FILE__, + _data_date => '20140910', 0 => [ 'English language' => [ '00' => '19', '200' => '699', '7000' => '8499', '85000' => '89999', '900000' => '949999', '9500000' => '9999999'] ], 1 => [ 'English language' => [ '00' => '09', '100' => '329', '330' => '399', '4000' => '5499', '55000' => '86979', '869800' => '998999', '9990000' => '9999999'] ], 2 => [ 'French language' => [ '00' => '19', '200' => '349', '35000' => '39999', '400' => '699', '7000' => '8399', '84000' => '89999', '900000' => '949999', '9500000' => '9999999'] ], @@ -300,15 +305,18 @@ # eventually fetch this from the internet # http://www.isbn-international.org/agency?rmxml=1 - my $file = do { - no warnings 'uninitialized'; - if( -e $ENV{ISBN_RANGE_MESSAGE} ) { $ENV{ISBN_RANGE_MESSAGE} } - else { - my $default = catfile( dirname( __FILE__ ), 'RangeMessage.xml' ); - } - }; + if( defined $ENV{ISBN_RANGE_MESSAGE} and ! -e $ENV{ISBN_RANGE_MESSAGE} ) { + carp "ISBN_RANGE_MESSAGE is set to [$ENV{ISBN_RANGE_MESSAGE}] but that file does not exist!\nTrying to use the default locations\n"; + } + my $file = 'RangeMessage.xml'; + no warnings 'uninitialized'; + my @candidates = grep { -e } ( + $ENV{ISBN_RANGE_MESSAGE}, # env + catfile( dirname( __FILE__ ), $file ), # next to the module + $file, # current directory + ); - my $hash = _parse_range_message( $file ); + my $hash = _parse_range_message( $candidates[0] ); if( defined $hash ) { return %$hash } else { _default_data() } @@ -318,7 +326,7 @@ my( $file ) = @_; open my $fh, '<:utf8', $file or do { - carp "Could not open $file to get ISBN range data [$!]"; + carp "Could not open $file to get ISBN range data [$!]\n"; return }; ++++++ fix-provides.diff ++++++ Index: Business-ISBN-Data-20140910.002/lib/Business/ISBN/Data.pm =================================================================== --- Business-ISBN-Data-20140910.002.orig/lib/Business/ISBN/Data.pm +++ Business-ISBN-Data-20140910.002/lib/Business/ISBN/Data.pm @@ -375,7 +375,8 @@ $Business::ISBN::MAX_COUNTRY_CODE_LENGTH ( sort { $a <=> $b } grep { ! /\A_/ } keys %Business::ISBN::country_data )[-1] ); -package Business::ISBN; +package + Business::ISBN; sub isbn_group_code_string_from_number { return if $_[0] =~ /\A_/; -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org For additional commands, e-mail: opensuse-commit+help(a)opensuse.org

1 0

Jump to page: